Oshareg2 PDF

federalregulations
codeof Labor
29
PART 1910 (§ 1910.1000 to
END)
Revised as of July 1, 1999
CONTAINING
A CODIFICATION OF DOCUMENTS
OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY
AND FUTURE EFFECT
AS OF JULY 1, 1999
With Ancillaries
Published by
the Office of the Federal Register
National Archives and Records
Administration
as a Special Edition of
the Federal Register
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1999
For sale by U.S. Government Printing Office

Superintendent of Documents, Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402–9328
Table of Contents
Page
Explanation ................................................................................................ v
Title 29:
Subtitle B—Regulations Relating to Labor (Continued):
Chapter XVII—Occupational Safety and Health Administration,

Department of Labor ................................................................... 5
Finding Aids:
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference ............................ 541
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters ....................................................... 543
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR ......................... 561
Table of OMB Control Numbers .......................................................... 571
List of CFR Sections Affected ............................................................. 573
iii
Cite this Code: CFR
To cite the regulations in

this volume use title,
part and section num-
ber. Thus, 29 CFR
1910.1000 refers to title
29, part 1910, section
1000.
iv
Explanation
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and permanent
rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive departments and agen-
cies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided into 50 titles which represent
broad areas subject to Federal regulation. Each title is divided into chapters
which usually bear the name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further sub-
divided into parts covering specific regulatory areas.
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year and issued
on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16..............................................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27 .................................................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41 ..................................................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50 .............................................................as of October 1
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each volume.
LEGAL STATUS
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially noticed (44
U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie evidence of the text
of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual issues
of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used together to deter-
mine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its revision date
(in this case, July 1, 1999), consult the ‘‘List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA),’’
which is issued monthly, and the ‘‘Cumulative List of Parts Affected,’’ which
appears in the Reader Aids section of the daily Federal Register. These two lists
will identify the Federal Register page number of the latest amendment of any
given rule.
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal Reg-
ister since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source citations for
the regulations are referred to by volume number and page number of the Federal
Register and date of publication. Publication dates and effective dates are usu-
ally not the same and care must be exercised by the user in determining the
actual effective date. In instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-
off date for the Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective
date. In those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be inserted following
the text.
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96–511) requires Federal agencies
to display an OMB control number with their information collection request.
v
Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as amend-
ments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are placed as
close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting requirements.
OBSOLETE PROVISIONS
Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on the cover
of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text of provisions in
effect on a given date in the past by using the appropriate numerical list of
sections affected. For the period before January 1, 1986, consult either the List
of CFR Sections Affected, 1949–1963, 1964–1972, or 1973–1985, published in seven sep-
arate volumes. For the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ‘‘List of CFR Sections
Affected’’ is published at the end of each CFR volume.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was established
by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the requirement to publish regu-
lations in the Federal Register by referring to materials already published else-
where. For an incorporation to be valid, the Director of the Federal Register
must approve it. The legal effect of incorporation by reference is that the mate-
rial is treated as if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C.
552(a)). This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force
of law.
What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the Federal Register
will approve an incorporation by reference only when the requirements of 1 CFR
part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which approval is based are:
(a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of material pub-
lished in the Federal Register.
(b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent necessary to
afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative process.
(c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for publication in
accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are listed in the
Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If you have any
problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in the Finding Aids of
this volume as an approved incorporation by reference, please contact the agency
that issued the regulation containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the
agency, you find the material is not available, please notify the Director of the
Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC
20408, or call (202) 523–4534.
CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a separate
volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR INDEX AND FINDING AIDS.
This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory Authorities and Agency
Rules (Table I). A list of CFR titles, chapters, and parts and an alphabetical
list of agencies publishing in the CFR are also included in this volume.
An index to the text of ‘‘Title 3—The President’’ is carried within that volume.
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. This index
is based on a consolidation of the ‘‘Contents’’ entries in the daily Federal Reg-
ister.
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to the
revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
vi
REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing in the
Code of Federal Regulations.
INQUIRIES
For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this volume,
contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency’s name appears at the top of
odd–numbered pages.
For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202–523–5227 or write
to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records
Administration, Washington, DC 20408.
SALES
The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and distribution of
the CFR. For payment by credit card, call 202–512–1800, M–F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.
e.s.t. or fax your order to 202–512–2233, 24 hours a day. For payment by check,
write to the Superintendent of Documents, Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954,
Pittsburgh, PA 15250–7954. For GPO Customer Service call 202–512–1803.
ELECTRONIC SERVICES
The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, The United States Govern-
ment Manual, the Federal Register, Public Laws, Weekly Compilation of Presi-
dential Documents and the Privacy Act Compilation are available in electronic
format at www.access.gpo.gov/nara (‘‘GPO Access’’). For more information, con-
tact Electronic Information Dissemination Services, U.S. Government Printing
Office. Phone 202–512–1530, or 888–293–6498 (toll–free). E–mail, gpoaccess@gpo.gov.
The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the National
Archives and Records Administration’s (NARA) World Wide Web site for public
law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related information. Connect
to NARA’s web site at www.nara.gov/fedreg. The NARA site also contains links
to GPO Access.
RAYMOND A. MOSLEY,
Director,
Office of the Federal Register.
July 1, 1999.
vii
THIS TITLE
Title 29—LABOR is composed of nine volumes. The parts in these volumes are
arranged in the following order: parts 0–99, parts 100–499, parts 500–899, parts 900–
1899, parts 1900–1910.999, part 1910.1000–End, parts 1911–1925, part 1926, and part 1927
to end. The contents of these volumes represent all current regulations codified
under this title as of July 1, 1999.
The OMB control numbers for title 29 CFR part 1910 appear in § 1910.8. For
the convenience of the user, § 1910.8 appears in the Finding Aids section of the
volume containing § 1910.1000 to the end.
Redesignation tables appear in the Finding Aids section of the eighth volume.
Subject indexes appear following the occupational safety and health standards
(part 1910), and following the safety and health regulations for: Longshoring (part
1918), Gear Certification (part 1919), and Construction (part 1926).
For this volume, Shelley C. Featherson was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal
Regulations publication program is under the direction of Frances D. McDonald,
assisted by Alomha S. Morris.
ix
x
Title 29—Labor
(This book contains Part 1910 (§ 1910.1000 to End))
SUBTITLE B—REGULATIONS RELATING TO LABOR (Continued)

Part
CHAPTER XVII—Occupational Safety and Health Administra-

tion, Department of Labor ................................................. 1910
CROSS REFERENCES: Railroad Retirement Board: See Employees’ Benefits, 20 CFR Chapter II.
Social Security Administration, Department of Health and Human Services: See Employ-
ees’ Benefits, 20 CFR Chapter III.
EDITORIAL NOTE: Other regulations issued by the Department of Labor appear in 20 CFR
Chapters I, IV, V, VI, VII and IX; 29 CFR Subtitle A, Chapters II, IV, V, XXV; 30 CFR Chapter
I; 41 CFR Chapters 50, 60, and 61; 48 CFR Chapter 29. For Standards for a Merit System of
Personnel Administration: See 5 CFR Part 900.
1
Subtitle B—Regulations
Relating to Labor
(Continued)
3
CHAPTER XVII—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY
AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION,
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR (Continued)
EDITORIAL NOTE: Chapter XVII is continued in the volumes containing 29 CFR Parts 1911
to 1925, Part 1926, and Part 1927 to End.
Part Page
1910 Occupational safety and health standards (contin-
ued) ...................................................................... 7
Subject index for 29 CFR part 1910—Occupational
safety and health standards ................................. 499
5
PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFE- All of subpart Z issued under sec. 6(b) of
the Occupational Safety and Health Act, ex-
TY AND HEALTH STANDARDS cept those substances that have exposure
(Continued) limits listed in Tables Z–1, Z–2, and Z–3 of 29
CFR 1910.1000. The latter were issued under
Subpart Z—Toxic and Hazardous sec. 6(a) (29 U.S.C. 655(a)).
Substances Section 1910.1000, Tables Z–1, Z–2 and Z–3
also issued under 5 U.S.C. 553, Section
Sec. 1910.1000 Tables Z–1, Z–2, and Z–3 not issued
1910.1000 Air contaminants. under 29 CFR part 1911 except for the arsenic
1910.1001 Asbestos. (organic compounds), benzene, and cotton
1910.1002 Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpre- dust listings.
tation of term. Section 1910.1001 also issued under section
1910.1003 13 Carcinogens (4-Nitrobiphenyl, 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety
etc.). Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333) and 5 U.S.C. 553.
1910.1004 alpha-Naphthylamine. Section 1910.1002 not issued under 29 U.S.C.
1910.1005 [Reserved] 655 or 29 CFR part 1911; also issued under 5
1910.1006 Methyl chloromethyl ether. U.S.C. 553.
1910.1007 3,′—Dichlorobenzidine (and its Sections 1910.1018, 1910.1029 and 1910.1200
salts). are also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.
1910.1008 bis-Chloromethyl ether. SOURCE: 39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, unless
1910.1009 beta-Naphthylamine. otherwise noted. Redesignated at 40 FR 23072,
1910.1010 Benzidine. May 28, 1975.
1910.1011 4-Aminodiphenyl.
1910.1012 Ethyleneimine. § 1910.1000 Air contaminants.
1910.1013 beta-Propiolactone.
1910.1014 2-Acetylaminofluorene. An employee’s exposure to any sub-
1910.1015 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. stance listed in Tables Z–1, Z–2, or Z–3
1910.1016 N-Nitrosodimethylamine. of this section shall be limited in ac-
1910.1017 Vinyl chloride. cordance with the requirements of the
1910.1018 Inorganic arsenic. following paragraphs of this section.
1910.1020 Access to employee exposure and (a) Table Z–1—(1) Substances with lim-
medical records.
its preceded by ‘‘C’’—Ceiling Values. An
1910.1025 Lead.
1910.1027 Cadmium. employee’s exposure to any substance
1910.1028 Benzene. in Table Z–1, the exposure limit of
1910.1029 Coke oven emissions. which is preceded by a ‘‘C’’, shall at no
1910.1030 Bloodborne pathogens. time exceed the exposure limit given
1910.1043 Cotton dust. for that substance. If instantaneous
1910.1044 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane. monitoring is not feasible, then the
1910.1045 Acrylonitrile. ceiling shall be assessed as a 15-minute
1910.1047 Ethylene oxide. time weighted average exposure which
1910.1048 Formaldehyde.
1910.1050 Methylenedianiline.
shall not be exceeded at any time dur-
1910.1051 1,3–Butadiene. ing the working day.
1910.1052 Methylene Chloride. (2) Other substances—8-hour Time
1910.1096 Ionizing radiation. Weighted Averages. An employee’s expo-
1910.1200 Hazard communication. sure to any substance in Table Z–1, the
1910.1201 Retention of DOT markings, plac- exposure limit of which is not preceded
ards and labels. by a ‘‘C’’, shall not exceed the 8-hour
1910.1450 Occupational exposure to haz- Time Weighted Average given for that
ardous chemicals in laboratories.
substance in any 8-hour work shift of a
SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OCCU- 40-hour work week.
PATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STAND-
ARDS
(b) Table Z–2. An employee’s exposure
to any substance listed in Table Z–2
shall not exceed the exposure limits
Subpart Z—Toxic and Hazardous specified as follows:
Substances (1) 8-hour time weighted averages. An
employee’s exposure to any substance
AUTHORITY: Sections 4, 6, and 8 of the Occu-
pational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29
listed in Table Z–2, in any 8-hour work
U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); Secretary of Labor’s shift of a 40-hour work week, shall not
Order No. 12–71 (36 FR 8754), 8–76 (41 FR exceed the 8-hour time weighted aver-
25059), 9–83 (48 FR 35736), or 6–96 (62 FR 111), age limit given for that substance in
as applicable; and 29 CFR part 1911. Table Z–2.
7
§ 1910.1000 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
(2) Acceptable ceiling concentrations. that an employee is subject to the fol-

An employee’s exposure to a substance lowing exposure:
listed in Table Z–2 shall not exceed at
Two hours exposure at 150 ppm
any time during an 8-hour shift the ac- Two hours exposure at 75 ppm
ceptable ceiling concentration limit Four hours exposure at 50 ppm
given for the substance in the table, ex- Substituting this information in the for-
cept for a time period, and up to a con- mula, we have
centration not exceeding the maximum
(2×150+2×75+4×50)÷8=81.25 ppm
duration and concentration allowed in
the column under ‘‘acceptable max- Since 81.25 ppm is less than 100 ppm, the 8-
imum peak above the acceptable ceil- hour time weighted average limit, the expo-
ing concentration for an 8-hour shift.’’ sure is acceptable.
(3) Example. During an 8-hour work (2)(i) In case of a mixture of air con-
shift, an employee may be exposed to a taminants an employer shall compute
concentration of Substance A (with a the equivalent exposure as follows:
10 ppm TWA, 25 ppm ceiling and 50 ppm
peak) above 25 ppm (but never above 50 Em=(C1÷L1+C2÷L2)+. . .(Cn÷Ln)
ppm) only for a maximum period of 10 Where:
minutes. Such exposure must be com- Em is the equivalent exposure for the mix-
pensated by exposures to concentra- ture.
tions less than 10 ppm so that the cu- C is the concentration of a particular con-
taminant.
mulative exposure for the entire 8-hour
L is the exposure limit for that substance
work shift does not exceed a weighted specified in subpart Z of 29 CFR part 1910.
average of 10 ppm.
The value of Em shall not exceed unity (1).
(c) Table Z–3. An employee’s exposure
to any substance listed in Table Z–3, in (ii) To illustrate the formula pre-
any 8-hour work shift of a 40-hour work scribed in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
week, shall not exceed the 8-hour time section, consider the following expo-
weighted average limit given for that sures:
substance in the table. Actual con-
(d) Computation formulae. The com- centration of 8-hour TWA
Substance 8-hour ex-
putation formula which shall apply to posure PEL (ppm)
employee exposure to more than one (ppm)
substance for which 8-hour time B ................................................ 500 1,000
weighted averages are listed in subpart C ................................................ 45 200
Z of 29 CFR part 1910 in order to deter- D ................................................ 40 200
mine whether an employee is exposed
over the regulatory limit is as follows: Substituting in the formula, we have:
(1)(i) The cumulative exposure for an Em=500÷1,000+45÷200+40÷200
8-hour work shift shall be computed as Em=0.500+0.225+0.200
follows: Em=0.925
Since Em is less than unity (1), the exposure
E = (Ca Ta+Cb Tb+. . .Cn Tn)÷8 combination is within acceptable limits.
Where:
(e) To achieve compliance with para-
E is the equivalent exposure for the working
graphs (a) through (d) of this section,
shift.
C is the concentration during any period of administrative or engineering controls
time T where the concentration remains must first be determined and imple-
constant. mented whenever feasible. When such
T is the duration in hours of the exposure at controls are not feasible to achieve full
the concentration C. compliance, protective equipment or
The value of E shall not exceed the 8-hour any other protective measures shall be
time weighted average specified in subpart Z used to keep the exposure of employees
of 29 CFR part 1910 for the substance in- to air contaminants within the limits
volved. prescribed in this section. Any equip-
(ii) To illustrate the formula pre- ment and/or technical measures used
scribed in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this for this purpose must be approved for
section, assume that Substance A has each particular use by a competent in-
an 8-hour time weighted average limit dustrial hygienist or other technically
of 100 ppm noted in Table Z–1. Assume qualified person. Whenever respirators
8
Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor § 1910.1000
are used, their use shall comply with method of compliance specified in
1910.134. paragraph (e) of this section since May
(f) Effective dates. The exposure limits 29, 1971.
specified have been in effect with the
TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS
Substance CAS No. (c) ppm (a) 1 mg/m3 (b) 1 Skin designation
Acetaldehyde .......................................................................... 75–07–0 200 360

Acetic acid .............................................................................. 64–19–7 10 25
Acetic anhydride ..................................................................... 108–24–7 5 20
Acetone .................................................................................. 67–64–1 1000 2400
Acetonitrile .............................................................................. 75–05–8 40 70
2-Acetylaminofluorine; see 1910.1014 ................................... 53–96–3
Acetylene dichloride; see 1,2-Dichloroethylene.
Acetylene tetrabromide .......................................................... 79–27–6 1 14
Acrolein ................................................................................... 107–02–8 0.1 0.25
Acrylamide .............................................................................. 79–06–1 ...................... 0.3 X
Acrylonitrile; see 1910.1045 ................................................... 107–13–1
Aldrin ...................................................................................... 309–00–2 ...................... 0.25 X
Allyl alcohol ............................................................................ 107–18–6 2 5 X
Allyl chloride ........................................................................... 107–05–1 1 3
Allyl glycidyl ether (AGE) ....................................................... 106–92–3 (C)10 (C)45
Allyl propyl disulfide ................................................................ 2179–59–1 2 12
alpha-Alumina ......................................................................... 1344–28–1
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Respirable fraction .......................................................... ...................... 5
Aluminum, metal (as Al) ......................................................... 7429–90–5
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
4-Aminodiphenyl; see 1910.1011 ........................................... 92–67–1
2-Aminoethanol; see Ethanolamine.
2-Aminopyridine ...................................................................... 504–29–0 0.5 2
Ammonia ................................................................................ 7664–41–7 50 35
Ammonium sulfamate ............................................................. 7773–06–0
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
n-Amyl acetate ....................................................................... 628–63–7 100 525
sec-Amyl acetate .................................................................... 626–38–0 125 650
Aniline and homologs ............................................................. 62–53–3 5 19 X
Anisidine (o-, p-isomers) ........................................................ 29191–52–4 ...................... 0.5 X
Antimony and compounds (as Sb) ......................................... 7440–36–0 ...................... 0.5
ANTU (alpha Naphthylthiourea) ............................................. 86–88–4 ...................... 0.3
Arsenic, inorganic compounds (as As); see 1910.1018 ........ 7440–38–2
Arsenic, organic compounds (as As) ..................................... 7440–38–2 ...................... 0.5
Arsine ..................................................................................... 7784–42–1 0.05 0.2
Asbestos; see 1910.1001 ....................................................... (4)
Azinphos-methyl ..................................................................... 86–50–0 ...................... 0.2 X
Barium, soluble compounds (as Ba) ...................................... 7440–39–3 ...................... 0.5
Barium sulfate ........................................................................ 7727–43–7
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Benomyl .................................................................................. 17804–35–2
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Benzene; see 1910.1028 ....................................................... 71–43–2
See Table Z–2 for the limits applicable in the oper-
ations or sectors excluded in 1910.1028 d
Benzidine; see 1910.1010 ...................................................... 92–87–5
p-Benzoquinone; see Quinone.
Benzo(a)pyrene; see Coal tar pitch volatiles..
Benzoyl peroxide .................................................................... 94–36–0 ...................... 5
Benzyl chloride ....................................................................... 100–44–7 1 5
Beryllium and beryllium compounds (as Be) ......................... 7440–41–7 (2)
Biphenyl; see Diphenyl.
Bismuth telluride, Undoped .................................................... 1304–82–1
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Boron oxide ............................................................................ 1303–86–2
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Boron trifluoride ...................................................................... 7637–07–2 (C)1 (C)3
Bromine .................................................................................. 7726–95–6 0.1 0.7
Bromoform .............................................................................. 75–25–2 0.5 5 X
9
TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Butadiene (1,3-Butadiene); See 29 CFR 1910.1051; 29 106–99–0 1 ppm/5 ....................

CFR 1910.19(l). ppm STEL
Butanethiol; see Butyl mercaptan.
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone) .......................................... 78–93–3 200 590
2-Butoxyethanol ...................................................................... 111–76–2 50 240 X
n-Butyl-acetate ....................................................................... 123–86–4 150 710
sec-Butyl acetate .................................................................... 105–46–4 200 950
tert-Butyl acetate .................................................................... 540–88–5 200 950
n-Butyl alcohol ........................................................................ 71–36–3 100 300
sec-Butyl alcohol .................................................................... 78–92–2 150 450
tert-Butyl alcohol ..................................................................... 75–65–0 100 300
Butylamine .............................................................................. 109–73–9 (C)5 (C)15 X
tert-Butyl chromate (as CrO3) ................................................ 1189–85–1 ...................... (C)0.1 X
n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) ................................................... 2426–08–6 50 270
Butyl mercaptan ..................................................................... 109–79–5 10 35
p-tert-Butyltoluene .................................................................. 98–51–1 10 60
Cadmium (as Cd); see 1910.1027 ......................................... 7440–43–9
Calcium carbonate ................................................................. 1317–65–3
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Calcium hydroxide .................................................................. 1305–62–0
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Calcium oxide ......................................................................... 1305–78–8 ...................... 5
Calcium silicate ...................................................................... 1344–95–2
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Calcium sulfate ....................................................................... 7778–18–9
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Camphor, synthetic ................................................................ 76–22–2 ...................... 2
Carbaryl (Sevin) ..................................................................... 63–25–2 ...................... 5
Carbon black .......................................................................... 1333–86–4 ...................... 3.5
Carbon dioxide ....................................................................... 124–38–9 5000 9000
Carbon disulfide ..................................................................... 75–15–0 (2)
Carbon monoxide ................................................................... 630–08–0 50 55
Carbon tetrachloride ............................................................... 56–23–5 (2)
Cellulose ................................................................................. 9004–34–6
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Chlordane ............................................................................... 57–74–9 ...................... 0.5 X
Chlorinated camphene ........................................................... 8001–35–2 ...................... 0.5 X
Chlorinated diphenyl oxide ..................................................... 55720–99–5 ...................... 0.5
Chlorine .................................................................................. 7782–50–5 (C)1 (C)3
Chlorine dioxide ...................................................................... 10049–04–4 0.1 0.3
Chlorine trifluoride .................................................................. 7790–91–2 (C)0.1 (C)0.4
Chloroacetaldehyde ................................................................ 107–20–0 (C)1 (C)3
a-Chloroacetophenone (Phenacyl chloride) ........................... 532–27–4 0.05 0.3
Chlorobenzene ....................................................................... 108–90–7 75 350
o-Chlorobenzylidene malononitrile ......................................... 2698–41–1 0.05 0.4
Chlorobromomethane ............................................................. 74–97–5 200 1050
2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene; see beta-Chloroprene.
Chlorodiphenyl (42% Chlorine) (PCB) ................................... 53469–21–9 ...................... 1 X
Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine) (PCB) ................................... 11097–69–1 ...................... 0.5 X
1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane; see Epichlorohydrin.
2-Chloroethanol; see Ethylene chlorohydrin.
Chloroethylene; see Vinyl chloride.
Chloroform (Trichloromethane) .............................................. 67–66–3 (C)50 (C)240
bis(Chloromethyl) ether; see 1910.1008 ................................ 542–88–1
Chloromethyl methyl ether; see 1910.1006 ........................... 107–30–2
1-Chloro-1-nitropropane ......................................................... 600–25–9 20 100
Chloropicrin ............................................................................ 76–06–2 0.1 0.7
beta-Chloroprene .................................................................... 126–99–8 25 90 X
2-Chloro-6-(trichloromethyl) pyridine ...................................... 1929–82–4
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Chromic acid and chromates (as CrO3) ................................. (4) (2)
Chromium (II) compounds.
(as Cr) ............................................................................. 7440–47–3 ...................... 0.5
Chromium (III) compounds.
(as Cr) ............................................................................. 7440–47–3 ...................... 0.5
Chromium metal and insol. salts (as Cr) ............................... 7440–47–3 ...................... 1
10

Chrysene; see Coal tar pitch volatiles.

Clopidol ................................................................................... 2971–90–6
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Coal dust (less than 5% SiO2), respirable fraction ................ (3)
Coal dust (greater than or equal to 5% SiO2), respirable (3)
fraction.
Coal tar pitch volatiles (benzene soluble fraction), anthra- 65966–93–2 ...................... 0.2
cene, BaP, phenanthrene, acridine, chrysene, pyrene.
Cobalt metal, dust, and fume (as Co) .................................... 7440–48–4 ...................... 0.1
Coke oven emissions; see 1910.1029.
Copper .................................................................................... 7440–50–8
Fume (as Cu) .................................................................. ...................... 0.1
Dusts and mists (as Cu) ................................................. ...................... 1
Cotton dust e; see 1910.1043 ................................................. ...................... 1
Crag herbicide (Sesone) ........................................................ 136–78–7
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Cresol, all isomers .................................................................. 1319–77–3 5 22 X
Crotonaldehyde ...................................................................... 123–73–9; 2 6
4170–30–3
Cumene .................................................................................. 98–82–8 50 245 X
Cyanides (as CN) ................................................................... (4) ...................... 5 X
Cyclohexane ........................................................................... 110–82–7 300 1050
Cyclohexanol .......................................................................... 108–93–0 50 200
Cyclohexanone ....................................................................... 108–94–1 50 200
Cyclohexene ........................................................................... 110–83–8 300 1015
Cyclopentadiene ..................................................................... 542–92–7 75 200
2,4-D (Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid) ....................................... 94–75–7 ...................... 10
Decaborane ............................................................................ 17702–41–9 0.05 0.3 X
Demeton (Systox) ................................................................... 8065–48–3 ...................... 0.1 X
Diacetone alcohol (4-Hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone) ........... 123–42–2 50 240
1,2-Diaminoethane; see Ethylenediamine.
Diazomethane ........................................................................ 334–88–3 0.2 0.4
Diborane ................................................................................. 19287–45–7 0.1 0.1
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP); see 1910.1044 ........ 96–12–8
1,2-Dibromoethane; see Ethylene dibromide.
Dibutyl phosphate ................................................................... 107–66–4 1 5
Dibutyl phthalate ..................................................................... 84–74–2 ...................... 5
o-Dichlorobenzene ................................................................. 95–50–1 (C)50 (C)300
p-Dichlorobenzene ................................................................. 106–46–7 75 450
3,′-Dichlorobenzidine; see 1910.1007 .................................... 91–94–1
Dichlorodifluoromethane ......................................................... 75–71–8 1000 4950
1,3-Dichloro-5,5-dimethyl hydantoin ....................................... 118–52–5 ...................... 0.2
Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT) .................................. 50–29–3 ...................... 1 X
1,1-Dichloroethane ................................................................. 75–34–3 100 400
1,2-Dichloroethane; see Ethylene dichloride.
1,2-Dichloroethylene ............................................................... 540–59–0 200 790
Dichloroethyl ether ................................................................. 111–44–4 (C)15 (C)90 X
Dichloromethane; see Methylene chloride.
Dichloromonofluoromethane .................................................. 75–43–4 1000 4200
1,1-Dichloro-1-nitroethane ...................................................... 594–72–9 (C)10 (C)60
1,2-Dichloropropane; see Propylene dichloride.
Dichlorotetrafluoroethane ....................................................... 76–14–2 1000 7000
Dichlorvos (DDVP) ................................................................. 62–73–7 ...................... 1 X
Dicyclopentadienyl iron .......................................................... 102–54–5
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Dieldrin ................................................................................... 60–57–1 ...................... 0.25 X
Diethylamine ........................................................................... 109–89–7 25 75
2-Diethylaminoethanol ............................................................ 100–37–8 10 50 X
Diethyl ether; see Ethyl ether.
Difluorodibromomethane ........................................................ 75–61–6 100 860
Diglycidyl ether (DGE) ............................................................ 2238–07–5 (C)0.5 (C)2.8
Dihydroxybenzene; see Hydroquinone.
Diisobutyl ketone .................................................................... 108–83–8 50 290
Diisopropylamine .................................................................... 108–18–9 5 20 X
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene; see 1910.1015 ....................... 60–11–7
Dimethoxymethane; see Methylal.
Dimethyl acetamide ................................................................ 127–19–5 10 35 X
Dimethylamine ........................................................................ 124–40–3 10 18
Dimethylaminobenzene; see Xylidine.
11

Dimethylaniline (N,N-Dimethylaniline) .................................... 121–69–7 5 25 X

Dimethylbenzene; see Xylene.
Dimethyl-1,2-dibromo-2,2-dichloroethyl phosphate ................ 300–76–5 ...................... 3
Dimethylformamide ................................................................. 68–12–2 10 30 X
2,6-Dimethyl-4-heptanone; see Diisobutyl ketone.
1,1-Dimethylhydrazine ............................................................ 57–14–7 0.5 1 X
Dimethylphthalate ................................................................... 131–11–3 ...................... 5
Dimethyl sulfate ...................................................................... 77–78–1 1 5 X
Dinitrobenzene (all isomers) .................................................. 1 X
(ortho) .............................................................................. 528–29–0
(meta) .............................................................................. 99–65–0
(para) ............................................................................... 100–25–4
Dinitro-o-cresol ....................................................................... 534–52–1 ...................... 0.2 X
Dinitrotoluene ......................................................................... 25321–14–6 ...................... 1.5 X
Dioxane (Diethylene dioxide) ................................................. 123–91–1 100 360 X
Diphenyl (Biphenyl) ................................................................ 92–52–4 0.2 1
Diphenylmethane diisocyanate; see Methylene bisphenyl
isocyanate.
Dipropylene glycol methyl ether ............................................. 34590–94–8 100 600 X
Di-sec octyl phthalate (Di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate) ............... 117–81–7 ...................... 5
Emery ..................................................................................... 12415–34–8
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Endrin ..................................................................................... 72–20–8 ...................... 0.1 X
Epichlorohydrin ....................................................................... 106–89–8 5 19 X
EPN ........................................................................................ 2104–64–5 ...................... 0.5 X
1,2-Epoxypropane; see Propylene oxide.
2,3-Epoxy-1-propanol; see Glycidol.
Ethanethiol; see Ethyl mercaptan.
Ethanolamine .......................................................................... 141–43–5 3 6
2-Ethoxyethanol (Cellosolve) ................................................. 110–80–5 200 740 X
2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (Cellosolve acetate) ............................ 111–15–9 100 540 X
Ethyl acetate ........................................................................... 141–78–6 400 1400
Ethyl acrylate .......................................................................... 140–88–5 25 100 X
Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) ........................................................... 64–17–5 1000 1900
Ethylamine .............................................................................. 75–04–7 10 18
Ethyl amyl ketone (5-Methyl-3-heptanone) ............................ 541–85–5 25 130
Ethyl benzene ......................................................................... 100–41–4 100 435
Ethyl bromide ......................................................................... 74–96–4 200 890
Ethyl butyl ketone (3-Heptanone) .......................................... 106–35–4 50 230
Ethyl chloride .......................................................................... 75–00–3 1000 2600
Ethyl ether .............................................................................. 60–29–7 400 1200
Ethyl formate .......................................................................... 109–94–4 100 300
Ethyl mercaptan ..................................................................... 75–08–1 (C)10 (C)25
Ethyl silicate ........................................................................... 78–10–4 100 850
Ethylene chlorohydrin ............................................................. 107–07–3 5 16 X
Ethylenediamine ..................................................................... 107–15–3 10 25
Ethylene dibromide ................................................................. 106–93–4 (2)
Ethylene dichloride (1,2-Dichloroethane) ............................... 107–06–2 (2)
Ethylene glycol dinitrate ......................................................... 628–96–6 (C)0.2 (C)1 X
Ethylene glycol methyl acetate; see Methyl cellosolve ace-
tate.
Ethyleneimine; see 1910.1012 ............................................... 151–56–4
Ethylene oxide; see 1910.1047 .............................................. 75–21–8
Ethylidene chloride; see 1,1-Dichloroethane.
N-Ethylmorpholine .................................................................. 100–74–3 20 94 X
Ferbam ................................................................................... 14484–64–1
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Ferrovanadium dust ............................................................... 12604–58–9 ...................... 1
Fluorides (as F) ...................................................................... (4) ...................... 2.5
Fluorine ................................................................................... 7782–41–4 0.1 0.2
Fluorotrichloromethane (Trichlorofluoromethane) .................. 75–69–4 1000 5600
Formaldehyde; see 1910.1048 .............................................. 50–00–0
Formic acid ............................................................................. 64–18–6 5 9
Furfural ................................................................................... 98–01–1 5 20 X
Furfuryl alcohol ....................................................................... 98–00–0 50 200
Grain dust (oat, wheat, barley) .............................................. ........................ ...................... 10
Glycerin (mist) ........................................................................ 56–81–5
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Glycidol ................................................................................... 556–52–5 50 150
Glycol monoethyl ether; see 2-Ethoxyethanol.
12

Graphite, natural, respirable dust ........................................... 7782–42–5 (3)

Graphite, synthetic .................................................................
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Guthion; see Azinphos methyl.
Gypsum .................................................................................. 13397–24–5
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Hafnium .................................................................................. 7440–58–6 ...................... 0.5
Heptachlor .............................................................................. 76–44–8 ...................... 0.5 X
Heptane (n-Heptane) .............................................................. 142–82–5 500 2000
Hexachloroethane .................................................................. 67–72–1 1 10 X
Hexachloronaphthalene .......................................................... 1335–87–1 ...................... 0.2 X
n-Hexane ................................................................................ 110–54–3 500 1800
2-Hexanone (Methyl n-butyl ketone) ...................................... 591–78–6 100 410
Hexone (Methyl isobutyl ketone) ............................................ 108–10–1 100 410
sec-Hexyl acetate ................................................................... 108–84–9 50 300
Hydrazine ............................................................................... 302–01–2 1 1.3 X
Hydrogen bromide .................................................................. 10035–10–6 3 10
Hydrogen chloride .................................................................. 7647–01–0 (C)5 (C)7
Hydrogen cyanide .................................................................. 74–90–8 10 11 X
Hydrogen fluoride (as F) ........................................................ 7664–39–3 (2)
Hydrogen peroxide ................................................................. 7722–84–1 1 1.4
Hydrogen selenide (as Se) .................................................... 7783–07–5 0.05 0.2
Hydrogen sulfide .................................................................... 7783–06–4 2
( )
Hydroquinone ......................................................................... 123–31–9 ...................... 2
Iodine ...................................................................................... 7553–56–2 (C)0.1 (C)1
Iron oxide fume ...................................................................... 1309–37–1 ...................... 10
Isoamyl acetate ...................................................................... 123–92–2 100 525
Isoamyl alcohol (primary and secondary) .............................. 123–51–3 100 360
Isobutyl acetate ...................................................................... 110–19–0 150 700
Isobutyl alcohol ....................................................................... 78–83–1 100 300
Isophorone .............................................................................. 78–59–1 25 140
Isopropyl acetate .................................................................... 108–21–4 250 950
Isopropyl alcohol .................................................................... 67–63–0 400 980
Isopropylamine ....................................................................... 75–31–0 5 12
Isopropyl ether ........................................................................ 108–20–3 500 2100
Isopropyl glycidyl ether (IGE) ................................................. 4016–14–2 50 240
Kaolin ...................................................................................... 1332–58–7
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Ketene .................................................................................... 463–51–4 0.5 0.9
Lead, inorganic (as Pb); see 1910.1025 ................................ 7439–92–1
Limestone ............................................................................... 1317–65–3
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Lindane ................................................................................... 58–89–9 ...................... 0.5 X
Lithium hydride ....................................................................... 7580–67–8 ...................... 0.025
L.P.G. (Liquefied petroleum gas) ........................................... 68476–85–7 1000 1800
Magnesite ............................................................................... 546–93–0
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Magnesium oxide fume .......................................................... 1309–48–4
Total particulate ............................................................... ...................... 15
Malathion ................................................................................ 121–75–5
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15 X
Maleic anhydride .................................................................... 108–31–6 0.25 1
Manganese compounds (as Mn) ........................................... 7439–96–5 ...................... (C)5
Manganese fume (as Mn) ...................................................... 7439–96–5 ...................... (C)5
Marble ..................................................................................... 1317–65–3
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Mercury (aryl and inorganic) (as Hg) ..................................... 7439–97–6 (2)
Mercury (organo) alkyl compounds (as Hg) .......................... 7439–97–6 (2)
Mercury (vapor) (as Hg) ......................................................... 7439–97–6 (2)
Mesityl oxide ........................................................................... 141–79–7 25 100
Methanethiol; see Methyl mercaptan.
Methoxychlor .......................................................................... 72–43–5
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
2-Methoxyethanol (Methyl cellosolve) .................................... 109–86–4 25 80 X
2-Methoxyethyl acetate (Methyl cellosolve acetate) .............. 110–49–6 25 120 X
Methyl acetate ........................................................................ 79–20–9 200 610
13

Methyl acetylene (Propyne) ................................................... 74–99–7 1000 1650

Methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture (MAPP) ....................... 1000 1800
Methyl acrylate ....................................................................... 96–33–3 10 35 X
Methylal (Dimethoxy-methane) .............................................. 109–87–5 1000 3100
Methyl alcohol ........................................................................ 67–56–1 200 260
Methylamine ........................................................................... 74–89–5 10 12
Methyl amyl alcohol; see Methyl isobutyl carbinol.
Methyl n-amyl ketone ............................................................. 110–43–0 100 465
Methyl bromide ....................................................................... 74–83–9 (C)20 (C)80 X
Methyl butyl ketone; see 2-Hexanone.
Methyl cellosolve; see 2-Methoxyethanol.
Methyl cellosolve acetate; see 2-Methoxyethyl acetate.
Methyl chloride ....................................................................... 74–87–3 (2)
Methyl chloroform (1,1,1-Trichloroethane) ............................. 71–55–6 350 1900
Methylcyclohexane ................................................................. 108–87–2 500 2000
Methylcyclohexanol ................................................................ 25639–42–3 100 470
o-Methylcyclohexanone .......................................................... 583–60–8 100 460 X
Methylene chloride ................................................................. 75–09–2 (2)
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); see 2-Butanone.
Methyl formate ........................................................................ 107–31–3 100 250
Methyl hydrazine (Monomethyl hydrazine) ............................ 60–34–4 (C)0.2 (C)0.35 X
Methyl iodide .......................................................................... 74–88–4 5 28 X
Methyl isoamyl ketone ............................................................ 110–12–3 100 475
Methyl isobutyl carbinol .......................................................... 108–11–2 25 100 X
Methyl isobutyl ketone; see Hexone.
Methyl isocyanate ................................................................... 624–83–9 0.02 0.05 X
Methyl mercaptan ................................................................... 74–93–1 (C)10 (C)20
Methyl methacrylate ............................................................... 80–62–6 100 410
Methyl propyl ketone; see 2-Pentanone.
alpha-Methyl styrene .............................................................. 98–83–9 (C)100 (C)480
Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI) .................................. 101–68–8 (C)0.02 (C)0.2
Mica; see Silicates.
Molybdenum (as Mo) ............................................................. 7439–98–7
Soluble compounds ......................................................... ...................... 5
Insoluble compounds.
Total dust ................................................................. ...................... 15
Monomethyl aniline ................................................................ 100–61–8 2 9 X
Monomethyl hydrazine; see Methyl hydrazine.
Morpholine .............................................................................. 110–91–8 20 70 X
Naphtha (Coal tar) .................................................................. 8030–30–6 100 400
Naphthalene ........................................................................... 91–20–3 10 50
alpha-Naphthylamine; see 1910.1004 ................................... 134–32–7
beta-Naphthylamine; see 1910.1009 ..................................... 91–59–8
Nickel carbonyl (as Ni) ........................................................... 13463–39–3 0.001 0.007
Nickel, metal and insoluble compounds (as Ni) .................... 7440–02–0 ...................... 1
Nickel, soluble compounds (as Ni) ........................................ 7440–02–0 ...................... 1
Nicotine ................................................................................... 54–11–5 ...................... 0.5 X
Nitric acid ................................................................................ 7697–37–2 2 5
Nitric oxide .............................................................................. 10102–43–9 25 30
p-Nitroaniline .......................................................................... 100–01–6 1 6 X
Nitrobenzene .......................................................................... 98–95–3 1 5 X
p-Nitrochlorobenzene ............................................................. 100–00–5 ...................... 1 X
4-Nitrodiphenyl; see 1910.1003 ............................................. 92–93–3
Nitroethane ............................................................................. 79–24–3 100 310
Nitrogen dioxide ..................................................................... 10102–44–0 (C)5 (C)9
Nitrogen trifluoride .................................................................. 7783–54–2 10 29
Nitroglycerin ............................................................................ 55–63–0 (C)0.2 (C)2 X
Nitromethane .......................................................................... 75–52–5 100 250
1-Nitropropane ........................................................................ 108–03–2 25 90
2-Nitropropane ........................................................................ 79–46–9 25 90
N-Nitrosodimethylamine; see 1910.1016.
Nitrotoluene (all isomers) ....................................................... 5 30 X
o-isomer .......................................................................... 88–72–2
m-isomer ......................................................................... 99–08–1
p-isomer .......................................................................... 99–99–0
Nitrotrichloromethane; see Chloropicrin.
Octachloronaphthalene .......................................................... 2234–13–1 ...................... 0.1 X
Octane .................................................................................... 111–65–9 500 2350
Oil mist, mineral ..................................................................... 8012–95–1 ...................... 5
Osmium tetroxide (as Os) ...................................................... 20816–12–0 ...................... 0.002
Oxalic acid .............................................................................. 144–62–7 ...................... 1
Oxygen difluoride ................................................................... 7783–41–7 0.05 0.1
14

Ozone ..................................................................................... 10028–15–6 0.1 0.2

Paraquat, respirable dust ....................................................... 4685–14–7; ...................... 0.5 X
1910–42–5;
2074–50–2
Parathion ................................................................................ 56–38–2 ...................... 0.1 X
Particulates not otherwise regulated (PNOR) f.
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
PCB; see Chlorodiphenyl (42% and 54% chlorine).
Pentaborane ........................................................................... 19624–22–7 0.005 0.01
Pentachloronaphthalene ......................................................... 1321–64–8 ...................... 0.5 X
Pentachlorophenol .................................................................. 87–86–5 ...................... 0.5 X
Pentaerythritol ........................................................................ 115–77–5
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Pentane .................................................................................. 109–66–0 1000 2950
2-Pentanone (Methyl propyl ketone) ...................................... 107–87–9 200 700
Perchloroethylene (Tetrachloroethylene) ............................... 127–18–4 (2)
Perchloromethyl mercaptan ................................................... 594–42–3 0.1 0.8
Perchloryl fluoride ................................................................... 7616–94–6 3 13.5
Petroleum distillates (Naphtha) (Rubber Solvent) ................. 500 2000
Phenol .................................................................................... 108–95–2 5 19 X
p-Phenylene diamine .............................................................. 106–50–3 ...................... 0.1 X
Phenyl ether, vapor ................................................................ 101–84–8 1 7
Phenyl ether-biphenyl mixture, vapor .................................... 1 7
Phenylethylene; see Styrene.
Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE) ................................................... 122–60–1 10 60
Phenylhydrazine ..................................................................... 100–63–0 5 22 X
Phosdrin (Mevinphos) ............................................................ 7786–34–7 ...................... 0.1 X
Phosgene (Carbonyl chloride) ................................................ 75–44–5 0.1 0.4
Phosphine ............................................................................... 7803–51–2 0.3 0.4
Phosphoric acid ...................................................................... 7664–38–2 ...................... 1
Phosphorus (yellow) ............................................................... 7723–14–0 ...................... 0.1
Phosphorus pentachloride ...................................................... 10026–13–8 ...................... 1
Phosphorus pentasulfide ........................................................ 1314–80–3 ...................... 1
Phosphorus trichloride ............................................................ 7719–12–2 0.5 3
Phthalic anhydride .................................................................. 85–44–9 2 12
Picloram .................................................................................. 1918–02–1
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Picric acid ............................................................................... 88–89–1 ...................... 0.1 X
Pindone (2-Pivalyl-1,3-indandione) ........................................ 83–26–1 ...................... 0.1
Plaster of Paris ....................................................................... 26499–65–0
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Platinum (as Pt) ...................................................................... 7440–06–4
Metal ................................................................................ ...................... ....................
Soluble salts .................................................................... ...................... 0.002
Portland cement ..................................................................... 65997–15–1
Total dust ........................................................................ 15
Propane .................................................................................. 74–98–6 1000 1800
beta-Propriolactone; see 1910.1013 ...................................... 57–57–8
n-Propyl acetate ..................................................................... 109–60–4 200 840
n-Propyl alcohol ...................................................................... 71–23–8 200 500
n-Propyl nitrate ....................................................................... 627–13–4 25 110
Propylene dichloride ............................................................... 78–87–5 75 350
Propylene imine ...................................................................... 75–55–8 2 5 X
Propylene oxide ...................................................................... 75–56–9 100 240
Propyne; see Methyl acetylene.
Pyrethrum ............................................................................... 8003–34–7 ...................... 5
Pyridine ................................................................................... 110–86–1 5 15
Quinone .................................................................................. 106–51–4 0.1 0.4
RDX; see Cyclonite.
Rhodium (as Rh), metal fume and insoluble compounds ..... 7440–16–6 ...................... 0.1
Rhodium (as Rh), soluble compounds ................................... 7440–16–6 ...................... 0.001
Ronnel .................................................................................... 299–84–3 ...................... 15
Rotenone ................................................................................ 83–79–4 ...................... 5
Rouge .....................................................................................
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Selenium compounds (as Se) ................................................ 7782–49–2 ...................... 0.2
15

Selenium hexafluoride (as Se) ............................................... 7783–79–1 0.05 0.4

Silica, amorphous, precipitated and gel ................................. 112926–00–8 (3)
Silica, amorphous, diatomaceous earth, containing less than 61790–53–2 3
( )
1% crystalline silica.
Silica, crystalline cristobalite, respirable dust ........................ 14464–46–1 (3)
Silica, crystalline quartz, respirable dust ................................ 14808–60–7 (3)
Silica, crystalline tripoli (as quartz), respirable dust .............. 1317–95–9 (3)
Silica, crystalline tridymite, respirable dust ............................ 15468–32–3 (3)
Silica, fused, respirable dust .................................................. 60676–86–0 (3)
Silicates (less than 1% crystalline silica) ...............................
Mica (respirable dust) ..................................................... 12001–26–2 (3)
Soapstone, total dust ...................................................... ........................ (3)
Soapstone, respirable dust ............................................. ........................ (3)
Talc (containing asbestos); use asbestos limit; see 29 ........................ (3)
CFR 1910.1001.
Talc (containing no asbestos), respirable dust ............... 14807–96–6 (3)
Tremolite, asbestiform; see 1910.1001.
Silicon ..................................................................................... 7440–21–3
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Silicon carbide ........................................................................ 409–21–2
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Silver, metal and soluble compounds (as Ag) ....................... 7440–22–4 ...................... 0.01
Soapstone; see Silicates.
Sodium fluoroacetate ............................................................. 62–74–8 ...................... 0.05 X
Sodium hydroxide ................................................................... 1310–73–2 ...................... 2
Starch ..................................................................................... 9005–25–8
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Stibine ..................................................................................... 7803–52–3 0.1 0.5
Stoddard solvent .................................................................... 8052–41–3 500 2900
Strychnine ............................................................................... 57–24–9 ...................... 0.15
Styrene ................................................................................... 100–42–5 (2)
Sucrose .................................................................................. 57–50–1
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Sulfur dioxide .......................................................................... 7446–09–5 5 13
Sulfur hexafluoride ................................................................. 2551–62–4 1000 6000
Sulfuric acid ............................................................................ 7664–93–9 ...................... 1
Sulfur monochloride ............................................................... 10025–67–9 1 6
Sulfur pentafluoride ................................................................ 5714–22–7 0.025 0.25
Sulfuryl fluoride ....................................................................... 2699–79–8 5 20
Systox; see Demeton.
2,4,5-T (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid) ............................ 93–76–5 ...................... 10
Talc; see Silicates.
Tantalum, metal and oxide dust ............................................. 7440–25–7 ...................... 5
TEDP (Sulfotep) ..................................................................... 3689–24–5 ...................... 0.2 X
Tellurium and compounds (as Te) ......................................... 13494–80–9 ...................... 0.1
Tellurium hexafluoride (as Te) ............................................... 7783–80–4 0.02 0.2
Temephos ............................................................................... 3383–96–8
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
TEPP (Tetraethyl pyrophosphate) .......................................... 107–49–3 ...................... 0.05 X
Terphenyls .............................................................................. 26140–60–3 (C)1 (C)9
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloro-2,2-difluoroethane ................................... 76–11–9 500 4170
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloro-1,2-difluoroethane ................................... 76–12–0 500 4170
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane ...................................................... 79–34–5 5 35 X
Tetrachloroethylene; see Perchloroethylene.
Tetrachloromethane; see Carbon tetrachloride.
Tetrachloronaphthalene .......................................................... 1335–88–2 ...................... 2 X
Tetraethyl lead (as Pb) ........................................................... 78–00–2 ...................... 0.075 X
Tetrahydrofuran ...................................................................... 109–99–9 200 590
Tetramethyl lead (as Pb) ........................................................ 75–74–1 ...................... 0.075 X
Tetramethyl succinonitrile ....................................................... 3333–52–6 0.5 3 X
Tetranitromethane .................................................................. 509–14–8 1 8
Tetryl (2,4,6-Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) ........................... 479–45–8 ...................... 1.5 X
Thallium, soluble compounds (as Tl) ..................................... 7440–28–0 ...................... 0.1 X
4,4′-Thiobis (6-tert, Butyl-m-cresol) ........................................ 96–69–5
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Thiram .................................................................................... 137–26–8 ...................... 5
16

Tin, inorganic compounds (except oxides) (as Sn) ............... 7440–31–5 ...................... 2
Tin, organic compounds (as Sn) ............................................ 7440–31–5 ...................... 0.1
Titanium dioxide ..................................................................... 13463–67–7
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Toluene ................................................................................... 108–88–3 (2)
Toluene-2,4-diisocyanate (TDI) .............................................. 584–84–9 (C)0.02 (C)0.14
o-Toluidine .............................................................................. 95–53–4 5 22 X
Toxaphene; see Chlorinated camphene.
Tremolite; see Silicates.
Tributyl phosphate .................................................................. 126–73–8 ...................... 5
1,1,1-Trichloroethane; see Methyl chloroform.
1,1,2-Trichloroethane ............................................................. 79–00–5 10 45 X
Trichloroethylene .................................................................... 79–01–6 (2)
Trichloromethane; see Chloroform.
Trichloronaphthalene .............................................................. 1321–65–9 ...................... 5 X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane ........................................................... 96–18–4 50 300
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane ....................................... 76–13–1 1000 7600
Triethylamine .......................................................................... 121–44–8 25 100
Trifluorobromomethane .......................................................... 75–63–8 1000 6100
2,4,6-Trinitrophenol; see Picric acid.
2,4,6-Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine; see Tetryl.
2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT) ..................................................... 118–96–7 ...................... 1.5 X
Triorthocresyl phosphate ........................................................ 78–30–8 ...................... 0.1
Triphenyl phosphate ............................................................... 115–86–6 ...................... 3
Turpentine .............................................................................. 8006–64–2 100 560
Uranium (as U) ....................................................................... 7440–61–1
Soluble compounds ......................................................... ...................... 0.05
Insoluble compounds ...................................................... ...................... 0.25
Vanadium ............................................................................... 1314–62–1
Respirable dust (as V2 O5) ............................................. ...................... (C)0.5
Fume (as V2 O5) ............................................................. ...................... (C)0.1
Vegetable oil mist ...................................................................
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Vinyl benzene; see Styrene.
Vinyl chloride; see 1910.1017 ................................................ 75–01–4
Vinyl cyanide; see Acrylonitrile.
Vinyl toluene ........................................................................... 25013–15–4 100 480
Warfarin .................................................................................. 81–81–2 ...................... 0.1
Xylenes (o-, m-, p-isomers) .................................................... 1330–20–7 100 435
Xylidine ................................................................................... 1300–73–8 5 25 X
Yttrium .................................................................................... 7440–65–5 ...................... 1
Zinc chloride fume .................................................................. 7646–85–7 ...................... 1
Zinc oxide fume ...................................................................... 1314–13–2 ...................... 5
Zinc oxide ............................................................................... 1314–13–2
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Zinc stearate ........................................................................... 557–05–1
Total dust ........................................................................ ...................... 15
Zirconium compounds (as Zr) ................................................ 7440–67–7 ...................... 5
1 The PELs are 8-hour TWAs unless otherwise noted; a (C) designation denotes a ceiling limit. They are to be determined
from breathing-zone air samples.
(a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contaminated air by volume at 25 ° C and 760 torr.
(b) Milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. When entry is in this column only, the value is exact; when listed with a ppm
entry, it is approximate.
(c) The CAS number is for information only. Enforcement is based on the substance name. For an entry covering more than
one metal compound, measured as the metal, the CAS number for the metal is given—not CAS numbers for the individual com-
pounds.
(d) The final benzene standard in 1910.1028 applies to all occupational exposures to benzene except in some circumstances
the distribution and sale of fuels, sealed containers and pipelines, coke production, oil and gas drilling and production, natural
gas processing, and the percentage exclusion for liquid mixtures; for the excepted subsegments, the benzene limits in Table Z–2
apply. See 1910.1028 for specific circumstances.
(e) This 8-hour TWA applies to respirable dust as measured by a vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler or equivalent instru-
ment. The time-weighted average applies to the cottom waste processing operations of waste recycling (sorting, blending, clean-
ing and willowing) and garnetting. See also 1910.1043 for cotton dust limits applicable to other sectors.
(f) All inert or nuisance dusts, whether mineral, inorganic, or organic, not listed specifically by substance name are covered by
the Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated (PNOR) limit which is the same as the inert or nuisance dust limit of Table Z–3.
2 See Table Z–2.
3 See Table Z–3.
4 Varies with compound.
17
TABLE Z–2
Acceptable maximum peak
above the acceptable ceiling con-
8-hour time Acceptable centration for an 8-hr shift
Substance weighted av- ceiling con-
erage centration Maximum dura-
Concentration tion
Benzenea (Z37.40–1969) .................................................... 10 ppm ......... 25 ppm ......... 50 ppm ......... 10 minutes.
Beryllium and beryllium compounds (Z37.29–1970) .......... 2 µg/m3 ......... 5 µg/m3 ......... 25 µg/m3 ....... 30 minutes.
Cadmium fumeb (Z37.5–1970) ............................................ 0.1 mg/m3 ..... 0.3 mg/m3 ..... .......................
Cadmium dustb (Z37.5–1970) ............................................. 0.2 mg/m3 ..... 0.6 mg/m3.
Carbon disulfide (Z37.3–1968) ........................................... 20 ppm ......... 30 ppm ......... 100 ppm ....... 30 minutes.
Carbon tetrachloride (Z37.17–1967) ................................... 10 ppm ......... 25 ppm ......... 200 ppm ....... 5 min. in any 4
hrs.
Chromic acid and chromates (Z37.7–1971) ....................... ....................... 1 mg/10m3.
Ethylene dibromide (Z37.31–1970) ..................................... 20 ppm ......... 30 ppm ......... 50 ppm ......... 5 minutes.
Ethylene dichloride (Z37.21–1969) ..................................... 50 ppm ......... 100 ppm ....... 200 ppm ....... 5 min. in any 3
hrs.
Fluoride as dust (Z37.28–1969) .......................................... 2.5 mg/m3 ..... ....................... .......................
Formaldehyde; see 1910.1048 ........................................... ....................... ....................... .......................
Hydrogen fluoride (Z37.28–1969) ....................................... 3 ppm ........... ....................... .......................
Hydrogen sulfide (Z37.2–1966) .......................................... ....................... 20 ppm ......... 50 ppm ......... 10 mins. once,
only if no other
meas. exp. oc-
curs.
Mercury (Z37.8–1971) ......................................................... ....................... 1 mg/10m3 .... .......................
Methyl chloride (Z37.18–1969) ........................................... 100 ppm ....... 200 ppm ....... 300 ppm ....... 5 mins. in any 3
hrs.
Methylene Chloride: See § 1919.52..
Organo (alkyl) mercury (Z37.30–1969) ............................... 0.01 mg/m3 ... 0.04 mg/m3 ... .......................
Styrene (Z37.15–1969) ....................................................... 100 ppm ....... 200 ppm ....... 600 ppm ....... 5 mins. in any 3
hrs.
Tetrachloroethylene (Z37.22–1967) .................................... 100 ppm ....... 200 ppm ....... 300 ppm ....... 5 mins. in any 3
hrs.
Toluene (Z37.12–1967) ....................................................... 200 ppm ....... 300 ppm ....... 500 ppm ....... 10 minutes.
Trichloroethylene (Z37.19–1967) ........................................ 100 ppm ....... 200 ppm ....... 300 ppm ....... 5 mins. in any 2
hrs.
a This standard applies to the industry segments exempt from the 1 ppm 8-hour TWA and 5 ppm STEL of the benzene stand-
ard at 1910.1028.
b This standard applies to any operations or sectors for which the Cadmium standard, 1910.1027, is stayed or otherwise not in
effect.
TABLE Z–3—MINERAL DUSTS

Substance mppcf a mg/m3
Silica:
Crystalline
250 b 10 mg/m3 e
Quartz (Respirable) ................................................................................................................. ————— —————
%SiO2+5 % SiO2 + 2
30 mg/m3
Quartz (Total Dust) ................................................................................................................. .................... —————
% SiO2 + 2
Cristobalite: Use 1⁄2 the value calculated from the count or mass formulae for quartz
Tridymite: Use 1⁄2 the value calculated from the formulae for quartz
80 mg/m3
Amorphous, including natural diatomaceous earth ............................................................................... 20 —————
%SiO2
Silicates (less than 1% crystalline silica):

Mica ................................................................................................................................................ 20
Soapstone ...................................................................................................................................... 20
Talc (not containing asbestos) ....................................................................................................... 20 c
Talc (containing asbestos) Use asbestos limit.
Tremolite, asbestiform (see 29 CFR 1910.1001).
Portland cement ............................................................................................................................. 50
Graphite (Natural) .................................................................................................................................. 15
Coal Dust:
Respirable fraction less than 5% SiO2 .......................................................................................... .................... 2.4 mg/m3 e
18
TABLE Z–3—MINERAL DUSTS—Continued

Substance mppcf a mg/m3
10 mg/m3 e
Respirable fraction greater than 5% SiO2 ..................................................................................... .................... —————
%SiO2+2
Inert or Nuisance Dust: d

Respirable fraction ......................................................................................................................... 15 5 mg/m3
Total dust ....................................................................................................................................... 50 15 mg/m3
Note—Conversion factors - mppcf X 35.3 = million particles per cubic meter = particles per c.c.
a Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field techniques.
b The percentage of crystalline silica in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances
in which other methods have been shown to be applicable.
c Containing less than 1% quartz; if 1% quartz or more, use quartz limit.
d All inert or nuisance dusts, whether mineral, inorganic, or organic, not listed specifically by substance name are covered by
this limit, which is the same as the Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated (PNOR) limit in Table Z–1.
e Both concentration and percent quartz for the application of this limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a size-
selector with the following characteristics:
Percent passing
Aerodynamic diameter (unit density sphere) selector
2 ........................................................................................................................................................................... 90
2.5 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 75
3.5 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 50
5.0 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 25
10 ......................................................................................................................................................................... 0
The measurements under this note refer to the use of an AEC (now NRC) instrument. The respirable fraction of coal dust is
determined with an MRE; the figure corresponding to that of 2.4 mg/m3 in the table for coal dust is 4.5 mg/m3K.
[58 FR 35340, June 30. 1993; 58 FR 40191, July 27, 1993, as amended at 61 FR 56831, Nov. 4, 1996;
62 FR 1600, Jan. 10, 1997; 62 FR 42018, Aug. 4, 1997]
§ 1910.1001 Asbestos. Assistant Secretary means the Assist-

ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
(a) Scope and application. (1) This sec-
tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart-
tion applies to all occupational expo-
ment of Labor, or designee.
sures to asbestos in all industries cov-
ered by the Occupational Safety and Authorized person means any person
Health Act, except as provided in para- authorized by the employer and re-
graph (a)(2) and (3) of this section. quired by work duties to be present in
(2) This section does not apply to regulated areas.
construction work as defined in 29 CFR Building/facility owner is the legal en-
1910.12(b). (Exposure to asbestos in con- tity, including a lessee, which exercises
struction work is covered by 29 CFR control over management and record
1926.1101). keeping functions relating to a build-
(3) This section does not apply to ing and/or facility in which activities
ship repairing, shipbuilding and covered by this standard take place.
shipbreaking employments and related Certified industrial hygienist (CIH)
employments as defined in 29 CFR means one certified in the practice of
1915.4. (Exposure to asbestos in these industrial hygiene by the American
employments is covered by 29 CFR Board of Industrial Hygiene.
1915.1001). Director means the Director of the
(b) Definitions. National Institute for Occupational
Asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, Safety and Health, U.S. Department of
crocidolite, tremolite asbestos, Health and Human Services, or des-
anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite as- ignee.
bestos, and any of these minerals that Employee exposure means that expo-
have been chemically treated and/or al- sure to airborne asbestos that would
tered. occur if the employee were not using
Asbestos-containing material (ACM) respiratory protective equipment.
means any material containing more Fiber means a particulate form of as-
than 1% asbestos. bestos 5 micrometers or longer,with a
19
length-to-diameter ratio of at least 3 to prescribed in Appendix A to this sec-

1. tion, or by an equivalent method.
High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) (2) Excursion limit. The employer shall
filter means a filter capable of trapping ensure that no employee is exposed to
and retaining at least 99.97 percent of an airborne concentration of asbestos
0.3 micrometer diameter mono-disperse in excess of 1.0 fiber per cubic centi-
particles. meter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged over a
Homogeneous area means an area of sampling period of thirty (30) minutes
surfacing material or thermal system as determined by the method pre-
insulation that is uniform in color and scribed in Appendix A to this section,
texture. or by an equivalent method.
Industrial hygienist means a profes- (d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.
sional qualified by education, training, (i) Determinations of employee expo-
and experience to anticipate, recog- sure shall be made from breathing zone
nize, evaluate and develop controls for air samples that are representative of
occupational health hazards. the 8-hour TWA and 30-minute short-
PACM means ‘‘presumed asbestos term exposures of each employee.
containing material.’’ (ii) Representative 8-hour TWA em-
ployee exposures shall be determined
Presumed asbestos containing material
on the basis of one or more samples
means thermal system insulation and
representing full-shift exposures for
surfacing material found in buildings
each shift for each employee in each
constructed no later than 1980. The des-
job classification in each work area.
ignation of a material as ‘‘PACM’’ may
Representative 30-minute short-term
be rebutted pursuant to paragraph
employee exposures shall be deter-
(j)(8) of this section.
mined on the basis of one or more sam-
Regulated area means an area estab- ples representing 30 minute exposures
lished by the employer to demarcate associated with operations that are
areas where airborne concentrations of most likely to produce exposures above
asbestos exceed, or there is a reason- the excursion limit for each shift for
able possibility they may exceed, the each job classification in each work
permissible exposure limits. area.
Surfacing ACM means surfacing mate- (2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each em-
rial which contains more than 1% as- ployer who has a workplace or work
bestos. operation covered by this standard, ex-
Surfacing material means material cept as provided for in paragraphs
that is sprayed, troweled-on or other- (d)(2)(ii) and (d)(2)(iii) of this section,
wise applied to surfaces (such as acous- shall perform initial monitoring of em-
tical plaster on ceilings and fire- ployees who are, or may reasonably be
proofing materials on structural mem- expected to be exposed to airborne con-
bers, or other materials on surfaces for centrations at or above the TWA per-
acoustical, fireproofing, and other pur- missible exposure limit and/or excur-
poses). sion limit.
Thermal System Insulation (TSI) means (ii) Where the employer has mon-
ACM applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, itored after March 31, 1992, for the TWA
breeching, tanks, ducts or other struc- permissible exposure limit and/or the
tural components to prevent heat loss excursion limit, and the monitoring
or gain. satisfies all other requirements of this
Thermal System Insulation ACM means section, the employer may rely on such
thermal system insulation which con- earlier monitoring results to satisfy
tains more than 1% asbestos. the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i)
(c) Permissible exposure limit (PELS)— of this section.
(1) Time-weighted average limit (TWA). (iii) Where the employer has relied
The employer shall ensure that no em- upon objective data that demonstrate
ployee is exposed to an airborne con- that asbestos is not capable of being re-
centration of asbestos in excess of 0.1 leased in airborne concentrations at or
fiber per cubic centimeter of air as an above the TWA permissible exposure
eight (8)-hour time-weighted average limit and/or excursion limit under the
(TWA) as determined by the method expected conditions of processing, use,
20
or handling, then no initial monitoring (A) Replicate exposure data used to

is required. establish equivalency are collected in
(3) Monitoring frequency (periodic mon- side-by-side field and laboratory com-
itoring) and patterns. After the initial parisons; and
determinations required by paragraph (B) The comparison indicates that
(d)(2)(i) of this section, samples shall 90% of the samples collected in the
be of such frequency and pattern as to range 0.5 to 2.0 times the permissible
represent with reasonable accuracy the limit have an accuracy range of plus or
levels of exposure of the employees. In minus 25 percent of the ORM results at
no case shall sampling be at intervals a 95% confidence level as demonstrated
greater than six months for employees by a statistically valid protocol; and
whose exposures may reasonably be (C) The equivalent method is docu-
foreseen to exceed the TWA permis- mented and the results of the compari-
sible exposure limit and/or excursion son testing are maintained.
limit. (iv) To satisfy the monitoring re-
(4) Changes in monitoring frequency. If quirements of paragraph (d) of this sec-
either the initial or the periodic moni- tion, employers must use the results of
toring required by paragraphs (d)(2) monitoring analysis performed by lab-
and (d)(3) of this section statistically oratories which have instituted quality
indicates that employee exposures are assurance programs that include the
below the TWA permissible exposure elements as prescribed in Appendix A
limit and/or excursion limit, the em- of this section.
ployer may discontinue the monitoring
(7) Employee notification of monitoring
for those employees whose exposures
results. (i) The employer shall, within
are represented by such monitoring.
15 working days after the receipt of the
(5) Additional monitoring. Notwith-
results of any monitoring performed
standing the provisions of paragraphs
under the standard, notify the affected
(d)(2)(ii) and (d)(4) of this section, the
employees of these results in writing
employer shall institute the exposure
either individually or by posting of re-
monitoring required under paragraphs
sults in an appropriate location that is
(d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of this section when-
accessible to affected employees.
ever there has been a change in the
production, process, control equip- (ii) The written notification required
ment, personnel or work practices that by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section
may result in new or additional expo- shall contain the corrective action
sures above the TWA permissible expo- being taken by the employer to reduce
sure limit and/or excursion limit or employee exposure to or below the
when the employer has any reason to TWA and/or excursion limit, wherever
suspect that a change may result in monitoring results indicated that the
new or additional exposures above the TWA and/or excursion limit had been
PEL and/or excursion limit. exceeded.
(6) Method of monitoring. (i) All sam- (e) Regulated Areas—(1) Establishment.
ples taken to satisfy the monitoring re- The employer shall establish regulated
quirements of paragraph (d) of this sec- areas wherever airborne concentrations
tion shall be personal samples col- of asbestos and/or PACM are in excess
lected following the procedures speci- of the TWA and/or excursion limit pre-
fied in Appendix A. scribed in paragraph (c) of this section.
(ii) All samples taken to satisfy the (2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall
monitoring requirements of paragraph be demarcated from the rest of the
(d) of this section shall be evaluated workplace in any manner that mini-
using the OSHA Reference Method mizes the number of persons who will
(ORM) specified in Appendix A of this be exposed to asbestos.
section, or an equivalent counting (3) Access. Access to regulated areas
method. shall be limited to authorized persons
(iii) If an equivalent method to the or to persons authorized by the Act or
ORM is used, the employer shall ensure regulations issued pursuant thereto.
that the method meets the following (4) Provision of respirators. Each per-
criteria: son entering a regulated area shall be
21
supplied with and required to use a res- (iv) Local exhaust ventilation. Local
pirator, selected in accordance with exhaust ventilation and dust collection
paragraph (g)(2) of this section. systems shall be designed, constructed,
(5) Prohibited activities. The employer installed, and maintained in accord-
shall ensure that employees do not eat, ance with good practices such as those
drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or found in the American National Stand-
apply cosmetics in the regulated areas. ard Fundamentals Governing the De-
(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engi- sign and Operation of Local Exhaust
neering controls and work practices. (i) Systems, ANSI Z9.2–1979.
The employer shall institute engineer- (v) Particular tools. All hand-operated
ing controls and work practices to re- and power-operated tools which would
duce and maintain employee exposure produce or release fibers of asbestos,
to or below the TWA and/or excursion such as, but not limited to, saws, scor-
limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this ers, abrasive wheels, and drills, shall be
section, except to the extent that such provided with local exhaust ventilation
controls are not feasible. systems which comply with paragraph
(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering (f)(1)(iv) of this section.
controls and work practices that can (vi) Wet methods. Insofar as prac-
be instituted are not sufficient to re- ticable, asbestos shall be handled,
duce employee exposure to or below the mixed, applied, removed, cut, scored,
TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed or otherwise worked in a wet state suf-
in paragraph (c) of this section, the em- ficient to prevent the emission of air-
ployer shall use them to reduce em- borne fibers so as to expose employees
ployee exposure to the lowest levels to levels in excess of the TWA and/or
achievable by these controls and shall excursion limit, prescribed in para-
supplement them by the use of res- graph (c) of this section, unless the
piratory protection that complies with usefulness of the product would be di-
the requirements of paragraph (g) of
minished thereby.
this section.
(vii) [Reserved]
(iii) For the following operations,
wherever feasible engineering controls (viii) Particular products and oper-
and work practices that can be insti- ations. No asbestos cement, mortar,
tuted are not sufficient to reduce the coating, grout, plaster, or similar ma-
employee exposure to or below the terial containing asbestos, shall be re-
TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed moved from bags, cartons, or other
in paragraph (c) of this section, the em- containers in which they are shipped,
ployer shall use them to reduce em- without being either wetted, or en-
ployee exposure to or below 0.5 fiber closed, or ventilated so as to prevent
per cubic centimeter of air (as an effectively the release of airborne fi-
eight-hour time-weighted average) or bers.
2.5 fibers/cc for 30 minutes (short-term (ix) Compressed air. Compressed air
exposure) and shall supplement them shall not be used to remove asbestos or
by the use of any combination of res- materials containing asbestos unless
piratory protection that complies with the compressed air is used in conjunc-
the requirements of paragraph (g) of tion with a ventilation system which
this section, work practices and fea- effectively captures the dust cloud cre-
sible engineering controls that will re- ated by the compressed air.
duce employee exposure to or below the (x) Flooring. Sanding of asbestos-con-
TWA and to or below the excursion taining flooring material is prohibited.
limit permissible prescribed in para- (2) Compliance program. (i) Where the
graph (c) of this section: Coupling cut- TWA and/or excursion limit is exceed-
off in primary asbestos cement pipe ed, the employer shall establish and
manufacturing; sanding in primary and implement a written program to reduce
secondary asbestos cement sheet man- employee exposure to or below the
ufacturing; grinding in primary and TWA and to or below the excursion
secondary friction product manufac- limit by means of engineering and
turing; carding and spinning in dry tex- work practice controls as required by
tile processes; and grinding and sand- paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and by
ing in primary plastics manufacturing. the use of respiratory protection where
22
required or permitted under this sec- cations, the method results in expo-
tion. sures which are equivalent to the
(ii) Such programs shall be reviewed methods set out in Appendix F to this
and updated as necessary to reflect sig- section.
nificant changes in the status of the (g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.
employer’s compliance program. For employees who use respirators re-
(iii) Written programs shall be sub- quired by this section, the employer
mitted upon request for examination must provide respirators that comply
and copying to the Assistant Sec- with the requirements of this para-
retary, the Director, affected employ- graph. Respirators must be used dur-
ees and designated employee represent-
ing:
atives.
(iv) The employer shall not use em- (i) Periods necessary to install or im-
ployee rotation as a means of compli- plement feasible engineering and work-
ance with the TWA and/or excursion practice controls.
limit. (ii) Work operations, such as mainte-
(3) Specific compliance methods for nance and repair activities, for which
brake and clutch repair: engineering and work-practice controls
(i) Engineering controls and work are not feasible.
practices for brake and clutch repair (iii) Work operations for which fea-
and service. During automotive brake sible engineering and work-practice
and clutch inspection, disassembly, re- controls are not yet sufficient to re-
pair and assembly operations, the em- duce employee exposure to or below the
ployer shall institute engineering con- TWA and/or excursion limit.
trols and work practices to reduce em- (iv) Emergencies.
ployee exposure to materials con- (2) Respirator program. (i) The em-
taining asbestos using a negative pres- ployer must implement a respiratory
sure enclosure/HEPA vacuum system protection program in accordance with
method or low pressure/wet cleaning
29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
method, which meets the detailed re-
(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).
quirements set out in Appendix F to
this section. The employer may also (ii) The employer must provide a
comply using an equivalent method tight-fitting, powered, air-purifying
which follows written procedures which respirator instead of any negative-pres-
the employer demonstrates can achieve sure respirator specified in Table 1 of
results equivalent to Method A in Ap- this section when an employee chooses
pendix F to this section. For facilities to use this type of respirator and the
in which no more than 5 pair of brakes respirator provides adequate protection
or 5 clutches are inspected, disassem- to the employee.
bled, repaired, or assembled per week, (iii) No employee must be assigned to
the method set forth in paragraph [D] tasks requiring the use of respirators
of Appendix F to this section may be if, based on their most recent medical
used. examination, the examining physician
(ii) The employer may also comply determines that the employee will be
by using an equivalent method which unable to function normally using a
follows written procedures, which the respirator, or that the safety or health
employer demonstrates can achieve of the employee or other employees
equivalent exposure reductions as do will be impaired by the use of a res-
the two ‘‘preferred methods.’’ Such pirator. Such employees must be as-
demonstration must include moni- signed to another job or given the op-
toring data conducted under workplace
portunity to transfer to a different po-
conditions closely resembling the proc-
sition, the duties of which they can
ess, type of asbestos containing mate-
rials, control method, work practices perform. If such a transfer position is
and environmental conditions which available, the position must be with
the equivalent method will be used, or the same employer, in the same geo-
objective data, which document that graphical area, and with the same se-
under all reasonably foreseeable condi- niority, status, and rate of pay the em-
tions of brake and clutch repair appli- ployee had just prior to such transfer.
23
(3) Respirator selection. The employer priate respirator from Table 1 of this
must select and provide the appro- section.
TABLE 1—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR ASBESTOS FIBERS
Airborne concentration of asbestos or con- Required respirator
ditions of use
Not in excess of 1 f/cc (10 X PEL) ............. Half-mask air purifying respirator other than a disposable respirator, equipped with
high efficiency filters.
Not in excess of 5 f/cc (50 X PEL) ............. Full facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters.
Not in excess of 10 f/cc (100 X PEL) ......... Any powered air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters or any
supplied air respirator operated in continuous flow mode.
Not in excess of 100 f/cc (1,000 X PEL) .... Full facepiece supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand mode.
Greater than 100 f/cc (1,000 X PEL) or un- Full facepiece supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand mode, equipped
known concentration. with an auxiliary positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus.
NOTE: a. Respirators assigned for high environmental concentrations may be used at lower concentrations, or when required
respirator use is independent of concentration.
b. A high efficiency filter means a filter that is at least 99.97 percent efficient against mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 microm-
eters in diameter or larger.
(h) Protective work clothing and equip- (3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The
ment—(1) Provision and use. If an em- employer shall clean, launder, repair,
ployee is exposed to asbestos above the or replace protective clothing and
TWA and/or excursion limit, or where equipment required by this paragraph
the possibility of eye irritation exists, to maintain their effectiveness. The
the employer shall provide at no cost employer shall provide clean protective
to the employee and ensure that the clothing and equipment at least weekly
employee uses appropriate protective to each affected employee.
work clothing and equipment such as, (ii) The employer shall prohibit the
but not limited to: removal of asbestos from protective
(i) Coveralls or similar full-body clothing and equipment by blowing or
work clothing; shaking. (iii) Laundering of contami-
(ii) Gloves, head coverings, and foot nated clothing shall be done so as to
coverings; and prevent the release of airborne fibers of
(iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or asbestos in excess of the permissible
other appropriate protective equip- exposure limits prescribed in para-
ment which complies with 1910.133 of graph (c) of this section.
this Part. (iv) Any employer who gives con-
(2) Removal and storage. (i) The em- taminated clothing to another person
ployer shall ensure that employees re- for laundering shall inform such person
move work clothing contaminated with of the requirement in paragraph
asbestos only in change rooms provided (h)(3)(iii) of this section to effectively
in accordance with paragraph (i)(1) of prevent the release of airborne fibers of
this section. asbestos in excess of the permissible
(ii) The employer shall ensure that exposure limits.
no employee takes contaminated work (v) The employer shall inform any
clothing out of the change room, ex- person who launders or cleans protec-
cept those employees authorized to do tive clothing or equipment contami-
so for the purpose of laundering, main- nated with asbestos of the potentially
tenance, or disposal. harmful effects of exposure to asbestos.
(iii) Contaminated work clothing (vi) Contaminated clothing shall be
shall be placed and stored in closed transported in sealed impermeable
containers which prevent dispersion of bags, or other closed, impermeable con-
the asbestos outside the container. tainers, and labeled in accordance with
(iv) Containers of contaminated pro- paragraph (j) of this section.
tective devices or work clothing which (i) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1)
are to be taken out of change rooms or Change rooms. (i) The employer shall
the workplace for cleaning, mainte- provide clean change rooms for em-
nance or disposal, shall bear labels in ployees who work in areas where their
accordance with paragraph (j)(4) of this airborne exposure to asbestos is above
section. the TWA and/or excursion limit.
24
(ii) The employer shall ensure that cial settings. Employees who manufac-
change rooms are in accordance with ture asbestos-containing products may
1910.141(e) of this part, and are be exposed to asbestos fibers. Employ-
equipped with two separate lockers or ees who repair and replace automotive
storage facilities, so separated as to brakes and clutches may be exposed to
prevent contamination of the employ- asbestos fibers. In addition, employees
ee’s street clothes from his protective engaged in housekeeping activities in
work clothing and equipment. industrial facilities with asbestos prod-
(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall en- uct manufacturing operations, and in
sure that employees who work in areas public and commercial buildings with
where their airborne exposure is above installed asbestos containing materials
the TWA and/or excursion limit, show- may be exposed to asbestos fibers. Most
er at the end of the work shift. of these workers are covered by this
(ii) The employer shall provide show- general industry standard, with the ex-
er facilities which comply with ception of state or local governmental
1910.141(d)(3) of this part. employees in non-state plan states. It
(iii) The employer shall ensure that should be noted that employees who
employees who are required to shower perform housekeeping activities during
pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this and after construction activities are
section do not leave the workplace covered by the asbestos construction
wearing any clothing or equipment standard, 29 CFR 1926.1101, formerly
worn during the work shift.
1926.58. However, housekeeping employ-
(3) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer
ees, regardless of industry designation,
shall provide lunchroom facilities for
should know whether building compo-
employees who work in areas where
nents they maintain may expose them
their airborne exposure is above the
to asbestos. The same hazard commu-
TWA and/or excursion limit.
(ii) The employer shall ensure that nication provisions will protect em-
lunchroom facilities have a positive ployees who perform housekeeping op-
pressure, filtered air supply, and are erations in all three asbestos stand-
readily accessible to employees. ards; general industry, construction,
(iii) The employer shall ensure that and shipyard employment. As noted in
employees who work in areas where the construction standard, building
their airborne exposure is above the owners are often the only and/or best
PEL and/or excursion limit wash their source of information concerning the
hands and faces prior to eating, drink- presence of previously installed asbes-
ing or smoking. tos containing building materials.
(iv) The employer shall ensure that Therefore they, along with employers
employees do not enter lunchroom fa- of potentially exposed employees, are
cilities with protective work clothing assigned specific information con-
or equipment unless surface asbestos veying and retention duties under this
fibers have been removed from the section.
clothing or equipment by vacuuming or (1) Installed Asbestos Containing Mate-
other method that removes dust with- rial. Employers and building owners are
out causing the asbestos to become air- required to treat installed TSI and
borne. sprayed on and troweled-on surfacing
(4) Smoking in work areas. The em- materials as ACM in buildings con-
ployer shall ensure that employees do structed no later than 1980 for purposes
not smoke in work areas where they of this standard. These materials are
are occupationally exposed to asbestos designated ‘‘presumed ACM or PACM’’,
because of activities in that work area. and are defined in paragraph (b) of this
(j) Communication of hazards to em- section. Asphalt and vinyl flooring ma-
ployees—Introduction. This section ap- terial installed no later than 1980 also
plies to the communication of informa- must be treated as asbestos-containing.
tion concerning asbestos hazards in The employer or building owner may
general industry to facilitate compli- demonstrate that PACM and flooring
ance with this standard. Asbestos expo- material do not contain asbestos by
sure in general industry occurs in a complying with paragraph (j)(8)(iii) of
wide variety of industrial and commer- this section.
25
(2) Duties of employers and building (iv) The employer shall ensure that
and facility owners. (i) Building and fa- employees working in and contiguous
cility owners shall determine the pres- to regulated areas comprehend the
ence, location, and quantity of ACM warning signs required to be posted by
and/or PACM at the work site. Employ- paragraph (j)(3)(i) of this section.
ers and building and facility owners Means to ensure employee comprehen-
shall exercise due diligence in com- sion may include the use of foreign lan-
plying with these requirements to in- guages, pictographs and graphics.
form employers and employees about (v) At the entrance to mechanical
the presence and location of ACM and rooms/areas in which employees rea-
PACM. sonably can be expected to enter and
(ii) Building and facility owners shall which contain ACM and/or PACM, the
maintain records of all information re- building owner shall post signs which
quired to be provided pursuant to this identify the material which is present,
section and/or otherwise known to the its location, and appropriate work
building owner concerning the pres- practices which, if followed, will ensure
ence, location and quantity of ACM that ACM and/or PACM will not be dis-
and PACM in the building/facility. turbed. The employer shall ensure, to
Such records shall be kept for the dura- the extent feasible, that employees
tion of ownership and shall be trans- who come in contact with these signs
ferred to successive owners. can comprehend them. Means to ensure
(iii) Building and facility owners employee comprehension may include
shall inform employers of employees, the use of foreign languages, picto-
and employers shall inform employees graphs, graphics, and awareness train-
who will perform housekeeping activi- ing.
ties in areas which contain ACM and/or (4) Warning labels—(i) Labeling. Warn-
PACM of the presence and location of ing labels shall be affixed to all raw
ACM and/or PACM in such areas which materials, mixtures, scrap, waste, de-
may be contacted during such activi- bris, and other products containing as-
ties. bestos fibers, or to their con-
(3) Warning signs—(i) Posting. Warn- tainers.When a building owner or em-
ing signs shall be provided and dis- ployer identifies previously installed
played at each regulated area. In addi- ACM and/or PACM, labels or signs shall
tion, warning signs shall be posted at be affixed or posted so that employees
all approaches to regulated areas so will be notified of what materials con-
that an employee may read the signs tain ACM and/or PACM. The employer
and take necessary protective steps be- shall attach such labels in areas where
fore entering the area. they will clearly be noticed by employ-
(ii) Sign specifications. (A) The warn- ees who are likely to be exposed, such
ing signs required by paragraph (j)(3) of as at the entrance to mechanical room/
this section shall bear the following in- areas. Signs required by paragraph
formation: (j)(3) of this section may be posted in
lieu of labels so long as they contain
DANGER
information required for labelling.
ASBESTOS (ii) Label specifications. The labels
shall comply with the requirements of
CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
29 CFR 1910.1200(f) of OSHA’s Hazard
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY Communication standard, and shall in-
clude the following information:
(B) In addition, where the use of res-
pirators and protective clothing is re- DANGER
quired in the regulated area under this
section, the warning signs shall include CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS
the following: AVOID CREATING DUST
RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
CLOTHING
(5) Material safety data sheets. Em-
ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA ployers who are manufacturers or im-
(iii) [Reserved] porters of asbestos or asbestos products
26
shall comply with the requirements re- (F) The purpose, proper use, and limi-
garding development of material safety tations of respirators and protective
data sheets as specified in 29 CFR clothing, if appropriate;
1910.1200(g) of OSHA’s Hazard Commu- (G) The purpose and a description of
nication standard, except as provided the medical surveillance program re-
by paragraph (j)(6) of this section. quired by paragraph (l) of this section;
(6) The provisions for labels required (H) The content of this standard, in-
by paragraph (j)(4) of this section or for cluding appendices.
material safety data sheets required by (I) The names, addresses and phone
paragraph (j)(5) of this section do not numbers of public health organizations
apply where: which provide information, materials,
(i) Asbestos fibers have been modified and/or conduct programs concerning
by a bonding agent, coating, binder, or smoking cessation. The employer may
other material provided that the manu- distribute the list of such organiza-
facturer can demonstrate that during tions contained in Appendix I to this
any reasonably foreseeable use, han- section, to comply with this require-
dling, storage, disposal, processing, or ment.
transportation, no airborne concentra- (J) The requirements for posting
tions of fibers of asbestos in excess of signs and affixing labels and the mean-
the TWA permissible exposure level ing of the required legends for such
and/or excursion limit will be released signs and labels.
or (iv) The employer shall also provide,
(ii) Asbestos is present in a product at no cost to employees who perform
in concentrations less than 1.0%. housekeeping operations in an area
(7) Employee information and training. which contains ACM or PACM, an as-
(i) The employer shall institute a bestos awareness training course,
training program for all employees who which shall at a minimum contain the
are exposed to airborne concentrations following elements: health effects of
of asbestos at or above the PEL and/or asbestos, locations of ACM and PACM
excursion limit and ensure their par- in the building/facility, recognition of
ticipation in the program. ACM and PACM damage and deteriora-
(ii) Training shall be provided prior tion, requirements in this standard re-
to or at the time of initial assignment lating to housekeeping, and proper re-
and at least annually thereafter. sponse to fiber release episodes, to all
(iii) The training program shall be employees who perform housekeeping
conducted in a manner which the em- work in areas where ACM and/or PACM
ployee is able to understand. The emis present. Each such employee shall be
ployer shall ensure that each employee so trained at least once a year.
is informed of the following: (v) Access to information and train-
(A) The health effects associated ing materials.
with asbestos exposure; (A) The employer shall make a copy
(B) The relationship between smok- of this standard and its appendices
ing and exposure to asbestos producing readily available without cost to all af-
lung cancer: fected employees.
(C) The quantity, location, manner of (B) The employer shall provide, upon
use, release, and storage of asbestos, request, all materials relating to the
and the specific nature of operations employee information and training
which could result in exposure to as- program to the Assistant Secretary
bestos; and the training program to the Assist-
(D) The engineering controls and ant Secretary and the Director.
work practices associated with the em- (C) The employer shall inform all em-
ployee’s job assignment; ployees concerning the availability of
(E) The specific procedures imple- self-help smoking cessation program
mented to protect employees from ex- material. Upon employee request, the
posure to asbestos, such as appropriate employer shall distribute such mate-
work practices, emergency and clean- rial, consisting of NIH Publication No.
up procedures, and personal protective 89–1647, or equivalent self-help mate-
equipment to be used; rial, which is approved or published by
27
a public health organization listed in ticable of ACM waste and debris and
Appendix I to this section. accompanying dust.
(8) Criteria to rebut the designation of (2) All spills and sudden releases of
installed material as PACM. (i) At any material containing asbestos shall be
time, an employer and/or building cleaned up as soon as possible.
owner may demonstrate, for purposes (3) Surfaces contaminated with as-
of this standard, that PACM does not bestos may not be cleaned by the use of
contain asbestos. Building owners and/ compressed air.
or employers are not required to com- (4) Vacuuming. HEPA-filtered
municate information about the pres- vacuuming equipment shall be used for
ence of building material for which vacuuming asbestos containing waste
such a demonstration pursuant to the and debris. The equipment shall be
requirements of paragraph (j)(8)(ii) of
used and emptied in a manner which
this section has been made. However,
minimizes the reentry of asbestos into
in all such cases, the information, data
the workplace.
and analysis supporting the determina-
tion that PACM does not contain as- (5) Shoveling, dry sweeping and dry
bestos, shall be retained pursuant to clean-up of asbestos may be used only
paragraph (m) of this section. where vacuuming and/or wet cleaning
(ii) An employer or owner may dem- are not feasible.
onstrate that PACM does not contain (6) Waste disposal. Waste, scrap, de-
asbestos by the following: bris, bags, containers, equipment, and
(A) Having a completed inspection clothing contaminated with asbestos
conducted pursuant to the require- consigned for disposal, shall be col-
ments of AHERA (40 CFR 763, Subpart lected, recycled and disposed of in
E) which demonstrates that no ACM is sealed impermeable bags, or other
present in the material; or closed, impermeable containers.
(B) Performing tests of the material (7) Care of asbestos-containing floor-
containing PACM which demonstrate ing material.
that no ACM is present in the material. (i) Sanding of asbestos-containing
Such tests shall include analysis of floor material is prohibited.
bulk samples collected in the manner (ii) Stripping of finishes shall be con-
described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests, ducted using low abrasion pads at
evaluation and sample collection shall speeds lower than 300 rpm and wet
be conducted by an accredited inspec- methods.
tor or by a CIH. Analysis of samples (iii) Burnishing or dry buffing may be
shall be performed by persons or lab- performed only on asbestos-containing
oratories with proficiency dem- flooring which has sufficient finish so
onstrated by current successful partici- that the pad cannot contact the asbes-
pation in a nationally recognized test- tos-containing material.
ing program such as the National Vol-
(8) Waste and debris and accom-
untary Laboratory Accreditation Pro-
panying dust in an area containing ac-
gram (NVLAP) or the National Insti-
tute for Standards and Technology cessible ACM and/or PACM or visibly
(NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk deteriorated ACM, shall not be dusted
samples administered by the American or swept dry, or vacuumed without
Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) using a HEPA filter.
or an equivalent nationally-recognized (l) Medical surveillance—(1) General—
round robin testing program. (i) Employees covered. The employer
(iii) The employer and/or building shall institute a medical surveillance
owner may demonstrate that flooring program for all employees who are or
material including associated mastic will be exposed to airborne concentra-
and backing does not contain asbestos, tions of fibers of asbestos at or above
by a determination of an industrial hy- the TWA and/or excursion limit.
gienist based upon recognized analyt- (ii) Examination by a physician. (A)
ical techniques showing that the mate- The employer shall ensure that all
rial is not ACM. medical examinations and procedures
(k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces are performed by or under the super-
shall be maintained as free as prac- vision of a licensed physician, and shall
28
be provided without cost to the em- questionnaire in Appendix D to this

ployee and at a reasonable time and section, Part 1; a chest roentgenogram
place. (posterior-anterior 14×17 inches); pul-
(B) Persons other than licensed phy- monary function tests to include forced
sicians, who administer the pulmonary vital capacity (FVC) and forced expira-
function testing required by this sec- tory volume at 1 second (FEV(1.0)); and
tion, shall complete a training course any additional tests deemed appro-
in spirometry sponsored by an appropriate by the examining physician. In-
priate academic or professional institu- terpretation and classification of chest
tion. roentgenogram shall be conducted in
(2) Pre-placement examinations. (i) Be- accordance with Appendix E to this
fore an employee is assigned to an oc- section.
cupation exposed to airborne con- (3) Periodic examinations. (i) Periodic
centrations of asbestos fibers at or medical examinations shall be made
above the TWA and/or excursion limit, available annually.
a pre-placement medical examination (ii) The scope of the medical exam-
shall be provided or made available by ination shall be in conformance with
the employer. the protocol established in paragraph
(ii) Such examination shall include, (l)(2)(ii) of this section, except that the
as a minimum, a medical and work his- frequency of chest roentgenogram shall
tory; a complete physical examination be conducted in accordance with Table
of all systems with emphasis on the 2, and the abbreviated standardized
respiratory system, the cardiovascular questionnaire contained in, Part 2 of
system and digestive tract; completion Appendix D to this section shall be ad-
of the respiratory disease standardized ministered to the employee.
TABLE 2—FREQUENCY OF CHEST ROENTGENOGRAM
Age of employee
Years since first exposure
15 to 35 35+ to 45 45+
0 to 10 ............................................................. Every 5 years ................... Every 5 years ................... Every 5 years.

10+ .................................................................. Every 5 years ................... Every 2 years ................... Every 1 year.
(4) Termination of employment exami- that employer to meet the require-

nations. (i) The employer shall provide, ments of this paragraph, unless the
or make available, a termination of cost of such examination is borne by
employment medical examination for the employer.
any employee who has been exposed to (6) Information provided to the physi-
airborne concentrations of fibers of as- cian. The employer shall provide the
bestos at or above the TWA and/or ex- following information to the exam-
cursion limit. ining physician:
(ii) The medical examination shall be (i) A copy of this standard and Ap-
in accordance with the requirements of pendices D and E.
the periodic examinations stipulated in (ii) A description of the affected em-
paragraph (l)(3) of this section, and ployee’s duties as they relate to the
shall be given within 30 calendar days employee’s exposure.
before or after the date of termination (iii) The employee’s representative
of employment. exposure level or anticipated exposure
(5) Recent examinations. No medical level.
examination is required of any em- (iv) A description of any personal
ployee, if adequate records show that protective and respiratory equipment
the employee has been examined in ac- used or to be used.
cordance with any of paragraphs ((l)(2) (v) Information from previous med-
through (l)(4)) of this section within ical examinations of the affected em-
the past 1 year period. A pre- employ- ployee that is not otherwise available
ment medical examination which was to the examining physician.
required as a condition of employment (7) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The
by the employer, may not be used by employer shall obtain a written signed
29
opinion from the examining physician. (F) Name, social security number and
This written opinion shall contain the exposure of the employees whose expo-
results of the medical examination and sure are represented.
shall include: (iii) The employer shall maintain
(A) The physician’s opinion as to this record for at least thirty (30)
whether the employee has any detected years, in accordance with 29 CFR
medical conditions that would place 1910.20.
the employee at an increased risk of (2) Objective data for exempted oper-
material health impairment from expo- ations. (i) Where the processing, use, or
sure to asbestos; handling of products made from or con-
(B) Any recommended limitations on taining asbestos is exempted from
the employee or upon the use of per- other requirements of this section
sonal protective equipment such as under paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this sec-
clothing or respirators; tion, the employer shall establish and
(C) A statement that the employee maintain an accurate record of objec-
has been informed by the physician of tive data reasonably relied upon in sup-
the results of the medical examination port of the exemption.
and of any medical conditions resulting (ii) The record shall include at least
from asbestos exposure that require the following:
further explanation or treatment; and (A) The product qualifying for ex-
(D) A statement that the employee emption;
has been informed by the physician of (B) The source of the objective data;
the increased risk of lung cancer at- (C) The testing protocol, results of
tributable to the combined effect of testing, and/or analysis of the material
smoking and asbestos exposure. for the release of asbestos;
(ii) The employer shall instruct the (D) A description of the operation ex-
physician not to reveal in the written empted and how the data support the
opinion given to the employer specific exemption; and
findings or diagnoses unrelated to oc- (E) Other data relevant to the oper-
cupational exposure to asbestos. ations, materials, processing, or em-
(iii) The employer shall provide a ployee exposures covered by the ex-
copy of the physician’s written opinion emption.
to the affected employee within 30 days (iii) The employer shall maintain
from its receipt. this record for the duration of the em-
(m) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure meas- ployer’s reliance upon such objective
urements. data.
(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The em-
NOTE: The employer may utilize the serv- ployer shall establish and maintain an
ices of competent organizations such as in-
accurate record for each employee sub-
dustry trade associations and employee asso-
ciations to maintain the records required by ject to medical surveillance by para-
this section. graph (l)(1)(i) of this section, in accord-
ance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
(i) The employer shall keep an accu- (ii) The record shall include at least
rate record of all measurements taken the following information:
to monitor employee exposure to asbes- (A) The name and social security
tos as prescribed in paragraph (d) of number of the employee;
this section. (B) Physician’s written opinions;
(ii) This record shall include at least (C) Any employee medical com-
the following information: plaints related to exposure to asbestos;
(A) The date of measurement; and
(B) The operation involving exposure (D) A copy of the information pro-
to asbestos which is being monitored; vided to the physician as required by
(C) Sampling and analytical methods paragraph (l)(6) of this section.
used and evidence of their accuracy; (iii) The employer shall ensure that
(D) Number, duration, and results of this record is maintained for the dura-
samples taken; tion of employment plus thirty (30)
(E) Type of respiratory protective de- years, in accordance with 29 CFR
vices worn, if any; and 1910.20.
30
(4) Training. The employer shall (o) Dates—(1) Effective date. This
maintain all employee training records standard shall become effective Octo-
for one (1) year beyond the last date of ber 11, 1994.
employment of that employee. (2) The provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1001
(5) Availability. (i) The employer, remain in effect until the start-up
upon written request, shall make all dates of the equivalent provisions of
records required to be maintained by this standard.
this section available to the Assistant (3) Start-up dates. All obligations of
Secretary and the Director for exam- this standard commence on the effec-
ination and copying. tive date except as follows:
(ii) The employer, upon request shall (i) Exposure monitoring. Initial moni-
make any exposure records required by toring required by paragraph (d)(2) of
paragraph (m)(1) of this section avail- this section shall be completed by Oc-
able for examination and copying to af- tober 1, 1995.
fected employees, former employees, (ii) Regulated areas. Regulated areas
designated representatives and the As- required to be established by paragraph
sistant Secretary, in accordance with (e) of this section as a result of initial
29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) monitoring shall be set up by October
through (i). 1, 1995.
(iii) The employer, upon request, (iii) Respiratory protection. Res-
shall make employee medical records piratory protection required by para-
required by paragraph (m)(3) of this graph (g) of this section shall be pro-
section available for examination and vided by October 1, 1995.
copying to the subject employee, to (iv) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities.
anyone having the specific written con- Construction plans for change rooms,
sent of the subject employee, and the
showers, lavatories, and lunchroom fa-
Assistant Secretary, in accordance
cilities shall be completed by October
with 29 CFR 1910.20.
1, 1995.
(6) Transfer of records. (i) The em-
(v) Communication of hazards. Identi-
ployer shall comply with the require-
fication, notification, labeling and sign
ments concerning transfer of records
posting, and training required by para-
set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
graph (j) of this section shall be pro-
(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to vided by October 1, 1995.
do business and there is no successor
(vi) Medical surveillance. Medical sur-
employer to receive and retain the
veillance not previously required by
records for the prescribed period, the
paragraph (1) of this section shall be
employer shall notify the Director at
provided by October 1, 1995.
least 90 days prior to disposal of
records and, upon request, transmit (vii) Compliance program. Written
them to the Director. compliance programs required by para-
(n) Observation of monitoring—(1) Em- graph (f)(2) of this section shall be
ployee observation. The employer shall completed and available for inspection
provide affected employees or their and copying by October 1, 1995.11
designated representatives an oppor- (viii) Methods of compliance. The engi-
tunity to observe any monitoring of neering and work practice controls as
employee exposure to asbestos con- required by paragraph (f) shall be im-
ducted in accordance with paragraph plemented by October 1, 1995.
(d) of this section. (p) Appendices. (1) Appendices A, C, D,
(2) Observation procedures. When ob- E, and F to this section are incor-
servation of the monitoring of em- porated as part of this section and the
ployee exposure to asbestos requires contents of these Appendices are man-
entry into an area where the use of datory.
protective clothing or equipment is re- (2) Appendices B, G, H, I, and J to
quired, the observer shall be provided this section are informational and are
with and be required to use such cloth- not intended to create any additional
ing and equipment and shall comply obligations not otherwise imposed or
with all other applicable safety and to detract from any existing obliga-
health procedures. tions.
31
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1001—OSHA and a numerical aperture of 0.65 to 0.75. The

REFERENCE METHOD—MANDATORY microscope shall also be fitted with a green
or blue filter.
This mandatory appendix specifies the pro- 9. The microscope shall be fitted with a
cedure for analyzing air samples for asbestos Walton-Beckett eyepiece graticule cali-
and specifies quality control procedures that brated for a field diameter of 100 microm-
must be implemented by laboratories per- eters (+/¥2 micrometers).
forming the analysis. The sampling and ana- 10. The phase-shift detection limit of the
lytical methods described below represent microscope shall be about 3 degrees meas-
the elements of the available monitoring ured using the HSE phase shift test slide as
methods (such as Appendix B of their regula- outlined below.
tion, the most current version of the OSHA a. Place the test slide on the microscope
method ID–160, or the most current version stage and center it under the phase objec-
of the NIOSH Method 7400). All employers tive.
who are required to conduct air monitoring b. Bring the blocks of grooved lines into
under paragraph (d) of the standard are re- focus.
quired to utilize analytical laboratories that NOTE: The slide consists of seven sets of
use this procedure, or an equivalent method, grooved lines (ca. 20 grooves to each block)
for collecting and analyzing samples. in descending order of visibility from sets 1
to 7, seven being the least visible. The re-
Sampling and Analytical Procedure quirements for asbestos counting are that
1. The sampling medium for air samples the microscope optics must resolve the
shall be mixed cellulose ester filter mem- grooved lines in set 3 completely, although
branes. These shall be designated by the they may appear somewhat faint, and that
manufacturer as suitable for asbestos count- the grooved lines in sets 6 and 7 must be in-
ing. See below for rejection of blanks. visible. Sets 4 and 5 must be at least par-
2. The preferred collection device shall be tially visible but may vary slightly in visi-
the 25-mm diameter cassette with an open- bility between microscopes. A microscope
faced 50-mm electrically conductive exten- that fails to meet these requirements has ei-
sion cowl. The 37-mm cassette may be used if ther too low or too high a resolution to be
necessary but only if written justification used for asbestos counting.
for the need to use the 37-mm filter cassette c. If the image deteriorates, clean and ad-
accompanies the sample results in the em- just the microscope optics. If the problem
ployee’s exposure monitoring record. Do not persists, consult the microscope manufac-
reuse or reload cassettes for asbestos sample turer.
collection. 11. Each set of samples taken will include
3. An air flow rate between 0.5 liter/min 10% field blanks or a minimum of 2 field
and 2.5 liters/min shall be selected for the 25- blanks. These blanks must come from the
mm cassette. If the 37-mm cassette is used, same lot as the filters used for sample collec-
an air flow rate between 1 liter/min and 2.5 tion. The field blank results shall be aver-
liters/min shall be selected. aged and subtracted from the analytical re-
4. Where possible, a sufficient air volume sults before reporting. A set consists of any
for each air sample shall be collected to sample or group of samples for which an
yield between 100 and 1,300 fibers per square evaluation for this standard must be made.
millimeter on the membrane filter. If a filter Any samples represented by a field blank
darkens in appearance or if loose dust is seen having a fiber count in excess of the detec-
on the filter, a second sample shall be start- tion limit of the method being used shall be
ed. rejected.
5. Ship the samples in a rigid container 12. The samples shall be mounted by the
with sufficient packing material to prevent acetone/triacetin method or a method with
dislodging the collected fibers. Packing ma- an equivalent index of refraction and similar
terial that has a high electrostatic charge on clarity.
its surface (e.g., expanded polystyrene) can- 13. Observe the following counting rules.
not be used because such material can cause a. Count only fibers equal to or longer than
loss of fibers to the sides of the cassette. 5 micrometers. Measure the length of curved
6. Calibrate each personal sampling pump fibers along the curve.
before and after use with a representative fil- b. In the absence of other information,
ter cassette installed between the pump and count all particles as asbesto that have a
the calibration devices. length-to-width ratio (aspect ratio) of 3:1 or
7. Personal samples shall be taken in the greater.
‘‘breathing zone’’ of the employee (i.e., at- c. Fibers lying entirely within the bound-
tached to or near the collar or lapel near the ary of the Walton-Beckett graticule field
worker’s face). shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing the
8. Fiber counts shall be made by positive boundary once, having one end within the
phase contrast using a microscope with an 8 circle, shall receive the count of one half
to 10 X eyepiece and a 40 to 45 X objective for (1⁄2). Do not count any fiber that crosses the
a total magnification of approximately 400 X graticule boundary more than once. Reject
32
and do not count any other fibers even OSHA Permissible Exposure Lim-
though they may be visible outside the grati- its:
cule area. Time Weighted Average ............. 0.1 fiber/cc
Excursion Level (30 minutes) ..... 1.0 fiber/cc
d. Count bundles of fibers as one fiber un-
Collection Procedure:
less individual fibers can be identified by ob- A known volume of air is drawn through a 25-mm diameter
serving both ends of an individual fiber. cassette containing a mixed-cellulose ester filter. The cas-
e. Count enough graticule fields to yield sette must be equipped with an electrically conductive 50-
100 fibers. Count a minimum of 20 fields; stop mm extension cowl. The sampling time and rate are chosen
counting at 100 fields regardless of fiber to give a fiber density of between 100 to 1,300 fibers/mm2
count. on the filter.
Recommended Sampling Rate .......... 0.5 to 5.0 liters/minute
14. Blind recounts shall be conducted at
(L/min)
the rate of 10 percent. Recommended Air Volumes:
Minimum ..................................... 25 L
Quality Control Procedures Maximum .................................... 2,400 L
1. Intralaboratory program. Each labora-
tory and/or each company with more than Analytical Procedure: A portion of the
one microscopist counting slides shall estab- sample filter is cleared and prepared for as-
lish a statistically designed quality assur- bestos fiber counting by Phase Contrast Mi-
ance program involving blind recounts and croscopy (PCM) at 400X.
comparisons between microscopists to mon- Commercial manufacturers and products
itor the variability of counting by each mentioned in this method are for descriptive
microscopist and between microscopists. In a use only and do not constitute endorsements
company with more than one laboratory, the by USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from
program shall include all laboratories and other sources can be substituted.
shall also evaluate the laboratory-to-labora-
tory variability. 1. Introduction
2.a. Interlaboratory program. Each labora- This method describes the collection of
tory analyzing asbestos samples for compli- airborne asbestos fibers using calibrated
ance determination shall implement an sampling pumps with mixed-cellulose ester
interlaboratory quality assurance program (MCE) filters and analysis by phase contrast
that as a minimum includes participation of microscopy (PCM). Some terms used are
at least two other independent laboratories. unique to this method and are defined below:
Each laboratory shall participate in round Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fi-
robin testing at least once every 6 months brous minerals. Asbestos includes chrysotile,
with at least all the other laboratories in its crocidolite, amosite (cummingtonite-
interlaboratory quality assurance group. grunerite asbestos), tremolite asbestos, ac-
Each laboratory shall submit slides typical tinolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, and
of its own work load for use in this program. any of these minerals that have been chemi-
The round robin shall be designed and results cally treated and/or altered. The precise
analyzed using appropriate statistical meth- chemical formulation of each species will
odology. vary with the location from which it was
2.b. All laboratories should also participate mined. Nominal compositions are listed:
in a national sample testing scheme such as
Chrysotile ............ Mg3 Si2 O5(OH)4
the Proficiency Analytical Testing Program
(PAT), or the Asbestos Registry sponsored by Crocidolite ........... Na2 Fe32+ Fe23 +
the American Industrial Hygiene Association Si8 O22 (OH)2
(AIHA). Amosite ............... (Mg,Fe)7 Si8 O22
3. All individuals performing asbestos anal- (OH)2
ysis must have taken the NIOSH course for Tremolite-actino- Ca2(Mg,Fe)5 Si8 O22
sampling and evaluating airborne asbestos lite. (OH)2
dust or an equalivalent course. Anthophyllite ...... (Mg,Fe)7 Si8 O22
4. When the use of different microscopes
(OH)2
contributes to differences between counters
and laboratories, the effect of the different Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos which
microscope shall be evaluated and the micro- meets the criteria specified below for a fiber.
scope shall be replaced, as necessary. Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a
5. Current results of these quality assur- fiber to it’s diameter (e.g. 3:1, 5:1 aspect ra-
ance programs shall be posted in each lab- tios).
oratory to keep the microscopists informed. Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles
formed by comminution of minerals, espe-
APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1001—DETAILED cially those characterized by parallel sides
PROCEDURES FOR ASBESTOS SAM- and a moderate aspect ratio (usually less
PLING AND ANALYSIS—NON-MANDA- than 20:1).
TORY
Detection Limit: The number of fibers nec-
essary to be 95% certain that the result is
Matrix Air: greater than zero.
33
Differential Counting: The term applied to 1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages
the practice of excluding certain kinds of fi- There are four main advantages of PCM
bers from the fiber count because they do over other methods:
not appear to be asbestos. (1) The technique is specific for fibers.
Fiber: A particle that is 5 µ m or longer, Phase contrast is a fiber counting technique
with a length-to-width ratio of 3 to 1 or which excludes non-fibrous particles from
longer. the analysis.
Field: The area within the graticule circle (2) The technique is inexpensive and does
that is superimposed on the microscope not require specialized knowledge to carry
image. out the analysis for total fiber counts.
Set: The samples which are taken, sub- (3) The analysis is quick and can be per-
mitted to the laboratory, analyzed, and for formed on-site for rapid determination of air
which, interim or final result reports are concentrations of asbestos fibers.
(4) The technique has continuity with his-
generated.
torical epidemiological studies so that esti-
Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite: The mates of expected disease can be inferred
non-asbestos form of these minerals which from long-term determinations of asbestos
meet the definition of a fiber. It includes any exposures.
of these minerals that have been chemically The main disadvantage of PCM is that it
treated and/or altered. does not positively identify asbestos fibers.
Walton-Beckett Graticule: An eyepiece grati- Other fibers which are not asbestos may be
cule specifically designed for asbestos fiber included in the count unless differential
counting. It consists of a circle with a pro- counting is performed. This requires a great
jected diameter of 100 2 µm (area of about deal of experience to adequately differen-
0.00785 mm2) with a crosshair having tic- tiate asbestos from non-asbestos fibers. Posi-
marks at 3-µm intervals in one direction and tive identification of asbestos must be per-
5-µm in the orthogonal direction. There are formed by polarized light or electron micros-
marks around the periphery of the circle to copy techniques. A further disadvantage of
demonstrate the proper sizes and shapes of PCM is that the smallest visible fibers are
fibers. This design is reproduced in Figure 1. about 0.2 µm in diameter while the finest as-
The disk is placed in one of the microscope bestos fibers may be as small as 0.02 µm in
diameter. For some exposures, substantially
eyepieces so that the design is superimposed
more fibers may be present than are actually
on the field of view.
counted.
1.1. History 1.4. Workplace Exposure
Early surveys to determine asbestos expo- Asbestos is used by the construction indus-
sures were conducted using impinger counts try in such products as shingles, floor tiles,
of total dust with the counts expressed as asbestos cement, roofing felts, insulation
million particles per cubic foot. The British and acoustical products. Non-construction
Asbestos Research Council recommended fil- uses include brakes, clutch facings, paper,
ter membrane counting in 1969. In July 1969, paints, plastics, and fabrics. One of the most
the Bureau of Occupational Safety and significant exposures in the workplace is the
Health published a filter membrane method removal and encapsulation of asbestos in
for counting asbestos fibers in the United schools, public buildings, and homes. Many
States. This method was refined by NIOSH workers have the potential to be exposed to
and published as P CAM 239. On May 29, 1971, asbestos during these operations.
OSHA specified filter membrane sampling About 95% of the asbestos in commercial
with phase contrast counting for evaluation use in the United States is chrysotile. Cro-
of asbestos exposures at work sites in the cidolite and amosite make up most of the re-
mainder. Anthophyllite and tremolite or ac-
United States. The use of this technique was
tinolite are likely to be encountered as con-
again required by OSHA in 1986. Phase con-
taminants in various industrial products.
trast microscopy has continued to be the
method of choice for the measurement of oc- 1.5. Physical Properties
cupational exposure to asbestos.
Asbestos fiber possesses a high tensile
1.2. Principle strength along its axis, is chemically inert,
non-combustible, and heat resistant. It has a
Air is drawn through a MCE filter to cap- high electrical resistance and good sound ab-
ture airborne asbestos fibers. A wedge shaped sorbing properties. It can be weaved into ca-
portion of the filter is removed, placed on a bles, fabrics or other textiles, and also mat-
glass microscope slide and made transparent. ted into asbestos papers, felts, or mats.
A measured area (field) is viewed by PCM.
All the fibers meeting defined criteria for as- 2. Range and Detection Limit
bestos are counted and considered a measure 2.1. The ideal counting range on the filter
of the airborne asbestos concentration. is 100 to 1,300 fibers/mm2. With a Walton-
34
Beckett graticule this range is equivalent to gypsum
0.8 to 10 fibers/field. Using NIOSH counting some synthetic fibers
statistics, a count of 0.8 fibers/field would membrane structures
give an approximate coefficient of variation sponge spicules
(CV) of 0.13. diatoms
2.2. The detection limit for this method is microorganisms
4.0 fibers per 100 fields or 5.5 fibers/mm2. This wollastonite
was determined using an equation to esti- The use of electron microscopy or optical
mate the maximum CV possible at a specific tests such as polarized light, and dispersion
concentration (95% confidence) and a Lower staining may be used to differentiate these
Control Limit of zero. The CV value was materials from asbestos when necessary.
then used to determine a corresponding con-
centration from historical CV vs fiber rela- 5. Sampling
tionships. As an example: 5.1. Equipment
Lower Control Limit (95% Confidence) = AC
5.1.1. Sample assembly (The assembly is
¥ 1.645(CV)(AC)
shown in Figure 3). Conductive filter holder
Where:
consisting of a 25-mm diameter, 3-piece cas-
AC = Estimate of the airborne fiber con- sette having a 50-mm long electrically con-
centration (fibers/cc) Setting the Lower ductive extension cowl. Backup pad, 25-mm,
Control Limit = 0 and solving for CV: cellulose. Membrane filter, mixed-cellulose
0 = AC ¥ 1.645(CV)(AC) ester (MCE), 25-mm, plain, white, 0.4 to 1.2-
CV = 0.61 µm pore size.
This value was compared with CV vs. count Notes: (a) Do not re-use cassettes.
curves. The count at which CV = 0.61 for (b) Fully conductive cassettes are required
Leidel-Busch counting statistics or for an to reduce fiber loss to the sides of the cas-
OSHA Salt Lake Technical Center (OSHA– sette due to electrostatic attraction.
SLTC) CV curve (see Appendix A for further (c) Purchase filters which have been se-
information) was 4.4 fibers or 3.9 fibers per lected by the manufacturer for asbestos
100 fields, respectively. Although a lower de- counting or analyze representative filters for
tection limit of 4 fibers per 100 fields is sup- fiber background before use. Discard the fil-
ported by the OSHA–SLTC data, both data ter lot if more than 4 fibers/100 fields are
sets support the 4.5 fibers per 100 fields value. found.
(d) To decrease the possibility of contami-
3. Method Performance—Precision and nation, the sampling system (filter-backup
Accuracy pad-cassette) for asbestos is usually
preassembled by the manufacturer.
Precision is dependent upon the total num-
(e) Other cassettes, such as the Bell-
ber of fibers counted and the uniformity of
mouth, may be used within the limits of
the fiber distribution on the filter. A general
their validation.
rule is to count at least 20 and not more than
5.1.2. Gel bands for sealing cassettes.
100 fields. The count is discontinued when 100
5.1.3. Sampling pump.
fibers are counted, provided that 20 fields Each pump must be a battery operated,
have already been counted. Counting more self-contained unit small enough to be
than 100 fibers results in only a small gain in placed on the monitored employee and not
precision. As the total count drops below 10 interfere with the work being performed. The
fibers, an accelerated loss of precision is pump must be capable of sampling at the col-
noted. lection rate for the required sampling time.
At this time, there is no known method to 5.1.4. Flexible tubing, 6-mm bore.
determine the absolute accuracy of the as- 5.1.5. Pump calibration.
bestos analysis. Results of samples prepared Stopwatch and bubble tube/burette or elec-
through the Proficiency Analytical Testing tronic meter.
(PAT) Program and analyzed by the OSHA– 5.2. Sampling Procedure
SLTC showed no significant bias when com- 5.2.1. Seal the point where the base and
pared to PAT reference values. The PAT cowl of each cassette meet with a gel band or
samples were analyzed from 1987 to 1989 tape.
(N=36) and the concentration range was from 5.2.2. Charge the pumps completely before
120 to 1,300 fibers/mm2. beginning.
5.2.3. Connect each pump to a calibration
4. Interferences
cassette with an appropriate length of 6-mm
Fibrous substances, if present, may inter- bore plastic tubing. Do not use luer connec-
fere with asbestos analysis. tors—the type of cassette specified above has
Some common fibers are: built-in adapters.
fiberglass 5.2.4. Select an appropriate flow rate for
anhydrite the situation being monitored. The sampling
plant fibers flow rate must be between 0.5 and 5.0 L/min
perlite veins for personal sampling and is commonly set
35
between 1 and 2 L/min. Always choose a flow sample handling. Prepare two blanks for the
rate that will not produce overloaded filters. first 1 to 20 samples. For sets containing
5.2.5. Calibrate each sampling pump before greater than 20 samples, prepare blanks as
and after sampling with a calibration cas- 10% of the samples. Handle blank samples in
sette in-line (Note: This calibration cassette the same manner as air samples with one ex-
should be from the same lot of cassettes used ception: Do not draw any air through the
for sampling). Use a primary standard (e.g. blank samples. Open the blank cassette in
bubble burette) to calibrate each pump. If the place where the sample cassettes are
possible, calibrate at the sampling site. mounted on the employee. Hold it open for
NOTE: If sampling site calibration is not about 30 seconds. Close and seal the cassette
possible, environmental influences may af- appropriately. Store blanks for shipment
fect the flow rate. The extent is dependent with the sample cassettes.
on the type of pump used. Consult with the 5.2.10. Immediately after sampling, close
pump manufacturer to determine dependence and seal each cassette with the base and
on environmental influences. If the pump is plastic plugs. Do not touch or puncture the
affected by temperature and pressure filter membrane as this will invalidate the
changes, correct the flow rate using the for- analysis.
mula shown in the section ‘‘Sampling Pump 5.2.11 Attach and secure a sample seal
Flow Rate Corrections’’ at the end of this ap- around each sample cassette in such a way
pendix. as to assure that the end cap and base plugs
cannot be removed without destroying the
5.2.6. Connect each pump to the base of seal. Tape the ends of the seal together since
each sampling cassette with flexible tubing. the seal is not long enough to be wrapped
Remove the end cap of each cassette and end-to-end. Also wrap tape around the cas-
take each air sample open face. Assure that sette at each joint to keep the seal secure.
each sample cassette is held open side down
in the employee’s breathing zone during 5.3. Sample Shipment
sampling. The distance from the nose/mouth
of the employee to the cassette should be 5.3.1. Send the samples to the laboratory
about 10 cm. Secure the cassette on the col- with paperwork requesting asbestos analysis.
lar or lapel of the employee using spring List any known fibrous interferences present
clips or other similar devices. during sampling on the paperwork. Also,
5.2.7. A suggested minimum air volume note the workplace operation(s) sampled.
when sampling to determine TWA compli- 5.3.2. Secure and handle the samples in
ance is 25 L. For Excursion Limit (30 min such that they will not rattle during ship-
sampling time) evaluations, a minimum air ment nor be exposed to static electricity. Do
volume of 48 L is recommended. not ship samples in expanded polystyrene
5.2.8. The most significant problem when peanuts, vermiculite, paper shreds, or excel-
sampling for asbestos is overloading the fil- sior. Tape sample cassettes to sheet bubbles
ter with non-asbestos dust. Suggested max- and place in a container that will cushion
imum air sample volumes for specific envi- the samples in such a manner that they will
ronments are: not rattle.
5.3.3. To avoid the possibility of sample
Environment Air vol. (L) contamination, always ship bulk samples in
separate mailing containers.
Asbestos removal operations (visible dust) ....... 100
Asbestos removal operations (little dust) ........... 240 6. Analysis
Office environments ........................................... 400
to 6.1. Safety Precautions
2,400
6.1.1. Acetone is extremely flammable and
Caution: Do not overload the filter with precautions must be taken not to ignite it.
dust. High levels of non-fibrous dust par- Avoid using large containers or quantities of
ticles may obscure fibers on the filter and acetone. Transfer the solvent in a ventilated
lower the count or make counting impos- laboratory hood. Do not use acetone near
sible. If more than about 25 to 30% of the any open flame. For generation of acetone
field area is obscured with dust, the result vapor, use a spark free heat source.
may be biased low. Smaller air volumes may 6.1.2. Any asbestos spills should be cleaned
be necessary when there is excessive non-as- up immediately to prevent dispersal of fi-
bestos dust in the air. bers. Prudence should be exercised to avoid
While sampling, observe the filter with a contamination of laboratory facilities or ex-
small flashlight. If there is a visible layer of posure of personnel to asbestos. Asbestos
dust on the filter, stop sampling, remove and spills should be cleaned up with wet methods
seal the cassette, and replace with a new and/or a High Efficiency Particulate-Air
sampling assembly. The total dust loading (HEPA) filtered vacuum.
should not exceed 1 mg. Caution: Do not use a vacuum without a
5.2.9. Blank samples are used to determine HEPA filter—It will disperse fine asbestos fi-
if any contamination has occurred during bers in the air.
36
6.2. Equipment surface that can be damaged by either the
heat or from exposure to acetone.
6.2.1. Phase contrast microscope with bin-
6.5.2. Ensure that the glass slides and cover
ocular or trinocular head.
glasses are free of dust and fibers.
6.2.2. Widefield or Huygenian 10X eyepieces
6.5.3. Remove the top plug to prevent a
(NOTE: The eyepiece containing the graticule
must be a focusing eyepiece. Use a 40X phase vacuum when the cassette is opened. Clean
objective with a numerical aperture of 0.65 to the outside of the cassette if necessary. Cut
0.75). the seal and/or tape on the cassette with a
6.2.3. Kohler illumination (if possible) with razor blade. Very carefully separate the base
green or blue filter. from the extension cowl, leaving the filter
6.2.4. Walton-Beckett Graticule, type G–22 and backup pad in the base.
with 100 ± 2 µm projected diameter. 6.5.4. With a rocking motion cut a tri-
6.2.5. Mechanical stage. angular wedge from the filter using the scal-
A rotating mechanical stage is convenient pel. This wedge should be one-sixth to one-
for use with polarized light. fourth of the filter. Grasp the filter wedge
6.2.6. Phase telescope. with the forceps on the perimeter of the fil-
6.2.7. Stage micrometer with 0.01–mm sub- ter which was clamped between the cassette
divisions. pieces. DO NOT TOUCH the filter with your
6.2.8. Phase-shift test slide, mark II (Avail- finger. Place the filter on the glass slide
able from PTR optics Ltd., and also sample side up. Static electricity will usu-
McCrone). ally keep the filter on the slide until it is
6.2.9. Precleaned glass slides, 25 mm X 75 cleared.
mm. One end can be frosted for convenience 6.5.5. Place the tip of the micropipette con-
in writing sample numbers, etc., or paste-on taining about 200 µ L acetone into the alu-
labels can be used. minum block. Insert the glass slide into the
6.2.10. Cover glass #1 1⁄2. receiving slot in the aluminum block. Inject
6.2.11. Scalpel (#10, curved blade). the acetone into the block with slow, steady
6.2.12. Fine tipped forceps. pressure on the plunger while holding the pi-
6.2.13. Aluminum block for clearing filter pette firmly in place. Wait 3 to 5 seconds for
(see Appendix D and Figure 4). the filter to clear, then remove the pipette
6.2.14. Automatic adjustable pipette, 100- to and slide from the aluminum block.
500-µ L. 6.5.6. Immediately (less than 30 seconds)
6.2.15. Micropipette, 5 µ L. place 2.5 to 3.5 µ L of triacetin on the filter
(Note: Waiting longer than 30 seconds will
6.3. Reagents result in increased index of refraction and
6.3.1. Acetone (HPLC grade). decreased contrast between the fibers and
6.3.2. Triacetin (glycerol triacetate). the preparation. This may also lead to sepa-
6.3.3. Lacquer or nail polish. ration of the cover slip from the slide).
6.5.7. Lower a cover slip gently onto the fil-
6.4. Standard Preparation ter at a slight angle to reduce the possibility
A way to prepare standard asbestos sam- of forming air bubbles. If more than 30 sec-
ples of known concentration has not been de- onds have elapsed between acetone exposure
veloped. It is possible to prepare replicate and triacetin application, glue the edges of
samples of nearly equal concentration. This the cover slip to the slide with lacquer or
has been performed through the PAT pro- nail polish.
gram. These asbestos samples are distributed 6.5.8. If clearing is slow, warm the slide for
by the AIHA to participating laboratories. 15 min on a hot plate having a surface tem-
Since only about one-fourth of a 25–mm perature of about 50 °C to hasten clearing.
sample membrane is required for an asbestos The top of the hot block can be used if the
count, any PAT sample can serve as a slide is not heated too long.
‘‘standard’’ for replicate counting. 6.5.9. Counting may proceed immediately
after clearing and mounting are completed.
6.5. Sample Mounting
6.6. Sample Analysis
NOTE: See Safety Precautions in Section
6.1. before proceeding. The objective is to Completely align the microscope according
produce samples with a smooth (non-grainy) to the manufacturer’s instructions. Then,
background in a medium with a refractive align the microscope using the following
index of approximately 1.46. The technique general alignment routine at the beginning
below collapses the filter for easier focusing of every counting session and more often if
and produces permanent mounts which are necessary.
useful for quality control and interlabora-
6.6.1. Alignment
tory comparison.
An aluminum block or similar device is re- (1) Clean all optical surfaces. Even a small
quired for sample preparation. amount of dirt can significantly degrade the
6.5.1. Heat the aluminum block to about 70 image.
°C. The hot block should not be used on any (2) Rough focus the objective on a sample.
37
(3) Close down the field iris so that it is (10) Record the number of fibers in each
visible in the field of view. Focus the image field in a consistent way such that filter
of the iris with the condenser focus. Center non-uniformity can be assessed.
the image of the iris in the field of view. (11) Regularly check phase ring alignment.
(4) Install the phase telescope and focus on (12) When an agglomerate (mass of mate-
the phase rings. Critically center the rings. rial) covers more than 25% of the field of
Misalignment of the rings results in astig- view, reject the field and select another. Do
matism which will degrade the image. not include it in the number of fields count-
(5) Place the phase-shift test slide on the ed.
microscope stage and focus on the lines. The (13) Perform a ‘‘blind recount’’ of 1 in every
analyst must see line set 3 and should see at 10 filter wedges (slides). Re-label the slides
least parts of 4 and 5 but, not see line set 6 using a person other than the original
or 6. A microscope/microscopist combination counter.
which does not pass this test may not be 6.7. Fiber Identification
used.
As previously mentioned in Section 1.3.,
6.6.2. Counting Fibers PCM does not provide positive confirmation
of asbestos fibers. Alternate differential
(1) Place the prepared sample slide on the counting techniques should be used if dis-
mechanical stage of the microscope. Position crimination is desirable. Differential count-
the center of the wedge under the objective ing may include primary discrimination
lens and focus upon the sample. based on morphology, polarized light anal-
(2) Start counting from one end of the ysis of fibers, or modification of PCM data
wedge and progress along a radial line to the by Scanning Electron or Transmission Elec-
other end (count in either direction from pe- tron Microscopy.
rimeter to wedge tip). Select fields ran- A great deal of experience is required to
domly, without looking into the eyepieces, routinely and correctly perform differential
by slightly advancing the slide in one direc- counting. It is discouraged unless it is le-
tion with the mechanical stage control. gally necessary. Then, only if a fiber is obvi-
(3) Continually scan over a range of focal ously not asbestos should it be excluded from
planes (generally the upper 10 to 15 µ m of the count. Further discussion of this tech-
the filter surface) with the fine focus control nique can be found in reference 8.10.
during each field count. Spend at least 5 to If there is a question whether a fiber is as-
15 seconds per field. bestos or not, follow the rule:
(4) Most samples will contain asbestos fi- ‘‘WHEN IN DOUBT, COUNT.’’
bers with fiber diameters less than 1 µ m. 6.8. Analytical Recommendations—Quality
Look carefully for faint fiber images. The Control System
small diameter fibers will be very hard to 6.8.1. All individuals performing asbestos
see. However, they are an important con- analysis must have taken the NIOSH course
tribution to the total count. for sampling and evaluating airborne asbes-
(5) Count only fibers equal to or longer tos or an equivalent course.
than 5 µ m. Measure the length of curved fi- 6.8.2. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos
bers along the curve. counting shall set up a slide trading arrange-
ment with at least two other laboratories in
(6) Count fibers which have a length to
order to compare performance and eliminate
width ratio of 3:1 or greater.
inbreeding of error. The slide exchange oc-
(7) Count all the fibers in at least 20 fields. curs at least semiannually. The round robin
Continue counting until either 100 fibers are results shall be posted where all analysts can
counted or 100 fields have been viewed; view individual analyst’s results.
whichever occurs first. Count all the fibers 6.8.3. Each laboratory engaged in asbestos
in the final field. counting shall participate in the Proficiency
(8) Fibers lying entirely within the bound- Analytical Testing Program, the Asbestos
ary of the Walton-Beckett graticule field Analyst Registry or equivalent.
shall receive a count of 1. Fibers crossing the 6.8.4. Each analyst shall select and count
boundary once, having one end within the prepared slides from a ‘‘slide bank’’. These
circle shall receive a count of 1⁄2. Do not are quality assurance counts. The slide bank
count any fiber that crosses the graticule shall be prepared using uniformly distributed
boundary more than once. Reject and do not samples taken from the workload. Fiber den-
count any other fibers even though they may sities should cover the entire range routinely
be visible outside the graticule area. If a analyzed by the laboratory. These slides are
fiber touches the circle, it is considered to counted blind by all counters to establish an
cross the line. original standard deviation. This historical
(9) Count bundles of fibers as one fiber un- distribution is compared with the quality as-
less individual fibers can be clearly identi- surance counts. A counter must have 95% of
fied and each individual fiber is clearly not all quality control samples counted within
connected to another counted fiber. See Fig- three standard deviations of the historical
ure 1 for counting conventions. mean. This count is then integrated into a
38
new historical mean and standard deviation 7.3. Recount Calculations
for the slide.
The analyses done by the counters to es- As mentioned in step 13 of Section 6.6.2., a
tablish the slide bank may be used for an in- ‘‘blind recount’’ of 10% of the slides is per-
terim quality control program if the data are formed. In all cases, differences will be ob-
treated in a proper statistical fashion. served between the first and second counts of
the same filter wedge. Most of these dif-
7. Calculations ferences will be due to chance alone, that is,
7.1. Calculate the estimated airborne asbes- due to the random variability (precision) of
tos fiber concentration on the filter sample the count method. Statistical recount cri-
using the following formula: teria enables one to decide whether observed
where: differences can be explained due to chance
AC = Airborne fiber concentration alone or are probably due to systematic dif-
ferences between analysts, microscopes, or
 FB   BFB   other biasing factors.
  −   × ECA The following recount criterion is for a
AC =  FL   BFL   pair of counts that estimate AC in fibers/cc.

The criterion is given at the type-I error
1000 × FR × T × MFA level. That is, there is 5% maximum risk
FB = Total number of fibers greater than 5 µ that we will reject a pair of counts for the
m counted reason that one might be biased, when the
FL = Total number of fields counted on the large observed difference is really due to
filter chance.
BFB = Total number of fibers greater than 5 Reject a pair of counts if:
µ m counted in the blank
BFL = Total number of fields counted on the
blank
AC 2 − AC1 > 2.78
ECA = Effective collecting area of filter (385
mm2 nominal for a 25-mm filter.)
FR = Pump flow rate (L/min)
× ( )
AC AVG × CVFB
MFA = Microscope count field area (mm2).
Where:
This is 0.00785 mm2 for a Walton-Beckett
Graticule. AC1=lower estimated airborne fiber con-
T = Sample collection time (min) centration
1,000 = Conversion of L to cc AC2=higher estimated airborne fiber con-
NOTE: The collection area of a filter is sel- centration
dom equal to 385 mm2. It is appropriate for ACavg=average of the two concentration
laboratories to routinely monitor the exact estimates
diameter using an inside micrometer. The CVFB=CV for the average of the two con-
collection area is calculated according to the centration estimates
formula: If a pair of counts are rejected by this cri-
Area = π(d/2)2 terion then, recount the rest of the filters in
the submitted set. Apply the test and reject
7.2. Short-cut Calculation any other pairs failing the test. Rejection
Since a given analyst always has the same shall include a memo to the industrial hy-
interpupillary distance, the number of fields gienist stating that the sample failed a sta-
per filter for a particular analyst will remain tistical test for homogeneity and the true air
constant for a given size filter. The field size concentration may be significantly different
for that analyst is constant (i.e. the analyst than the reported value.
is using an assigned microscope and is not
changing the reticle). 7.4. Reporting Results
For example, if the exposed area of the fil-
ter is always 385 mm2 and the size of the field Report results to the industrial hygienist
is always 0.00785 mm2, the number of fields as fibers/cc. Use two significant figures. If
per filter will always be 49,000. In addition it multiple analyses are performed on a sam-
is necessary to convert liters of air to cc. ple, an average of the results is to be re-
These three constants can then be combined ported unless any of the results can be re-
such that ECA/(1,000 X MFA)=49. The pre- jected for cause.
vious equation simplifies to:
8. References
 FB   BFB  8.1. Dreesen, W.C., et al, U.S. Public Health

  −  × 49 Service: A Study of Asbestosis in the Asbestos
 FL   BFL  Textile Industry, (Public Health Bulletin No.
AC = 241), US Treasury Dept., Washington, DC,
FR × T 1938.
39
8.2. Asbestos Research Council: The Measure- B = ¥0.973343
ment of Airborne Asbestos Dust by the Mem- C = 0.327499
brane Filter Method (Technical Note), Asbes- Using these values, the equation becomes:
tos Research Council, Rockdale, Lancashire, CV = antilog10 [0.182205(log10
Great Britain, 1969. (x))2¥0.973343(log10 (x))+0.327499]
8.3. Bayer, S.G., Zumwalde, R.D., Brown,
T.A., Equipment and Procedure for Mounting Sampling Pump Flow Rate Corrections
Millipore Filters and Counting Asbestos Fibers This correction is used if a difference
by Phase Contrast Microscopy, Bureau of Oc- greater than 5% in ambient temperature and/
cupational Health, U.S. Dept. of Health, Edu- or pressure is noted between calibration and
cation and Welfare, Cincinnati, OH, 1969. sampling sites and the pump does not com-
8.4. NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods, pensate for the differences.
2nd ed., Vol. 1 (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 77–
157–A). National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1977. pp. P  T 
239–1-239–21. Q act = Q cal ×  cal  ×  act 
8.5. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations
29 CFR 1910.1001. 1971.
 Pact   Tcal 
8.6. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Where:
Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite. Final Qact = actual flow rate
Rule, FEDERAL REGISTER 51:119 (20 June 1986). Qcal = calibrated flow rate (if a rotameter was
pp.22612–22790. used, the rotameter value)
8.7. Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Pcal = uncorrected air pressure at calibration
Actinolite, Code of Federal Regulations Pact = uncorrected air pressure at sampling
1910.1001. 1988. pp 711–752. site
8.8. Criteria for a Recommended Standard— Tact = temperature at sampling site (K)
Occupational Exposure to Asbestos (DHEW/ Tcal = temperature at calibration (K)
NIOSH Pub. No. HSM 72–10267), National In-
stitute for Occupational Safety and Health Walton-Beckett Graticule
NIOSH, Cincinnati,OH, 1972. pp. III–1–III–24. When ordering the Graticule for asbestos
8.9. Leidel, N.A., Bayer,S.G., Zumwalde, counting, specify the exact disc diameter
R.D.,Busch, K.A., USPHS/NIOSH Membrane needed to fit the ocular of the microscope
Filter Method for Evaluating Airborne Asbestos and the diameter (mm) of the circular count-
Fibers (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. 79–127). Na- ing area. Instructions for measuring the di-
tional Institute for Occupational Safety and mensions necessary are listed:
Health, Cincinnati, OH, 1979. (1) Insert any available graticule into the
8.10. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Mi- focusing eyepiece and focus so that the grati-
croscopy in Analysis of Asbestos and Quartz, cule lines are sharp and clear.
Analytical Techniques in Occupational (2) Align the microscope.
Health Chemistry, edited by D.D. Dollberg (3) Place a stage micrometer on the micro-
and A.W. Verstuyft. Wash. DC: American scope object stage and focus the microscope
Chemical Society, (ACS Symposium Series on the graduated lines.
120) 1980. pp. 13–41. (4) Measure the magnified grid length, PL
(µ m), using the stage micrometer.
Quality Control (5) Remove the graticule from the micro-
The OSHA asbestos regulations require scope and measure its actual grid length, AL
each laboratory to establish a quality con- (mm). This can be accomplished by using a
trol program. The following is presented as mechanical stage fitted with verniers, or a
an example of how the OSHA-SLTC con- jeweler’s loupe with a direct reading scale.
structed its internal CV curve as part of (6) Let D=100 µ m. Calculate the circle di-
meeting this requirement. Data is from 395 ameter, dc (mm), for the Walton-Beckett
samples collected during OSHA compliance graticule and specify the diameter when
inspections and analyzed from October 1980 making a purchase:
through April 1986.
Each sample was counted by 2 to 5 dif- AL × D
ferent counters independently of one an- dc =
other. The standard deviation and the CV PL
statistic was calculated for each sample. Example: If PL=108 µ m, AL=2.93 mm and
This data was then plotted on a graph of CV D=100 µ m, then,
vs. fibers/mm2. A least squares regression
was performed using the following equation: 2.93 × 100
CV = antilog110[A(log10(x))2+B(log10(x))+C] dc = = 2.71mm
where: 108
x = the number of fibers/mm2 (7) Each eyepiece-objective-reticle com-
Application of least squares gave: bination on the microscope must be cali-
A = 0.182205 brated. Should any of the three be changed
40
(by zoom adjustment, disassembly, replace- and Components, 2506 S. Michigan Ave., Chi-
ment, etc.), the combination must be recali- cago, IL 60616 [phone (312)-842–7100]. The
brated. Calibration may change if interpupil- graticule is custom made for each micro-
lary distance is changed. Measure the field scope.
diameter, D (acceptable range: 100±2 µ m)
with a stage micrometer upon receipt of the COUNTS FOR THE FIBERS IN THE FIGURE
graticule from the manufacturer. Determine
the field area (mm2). Structure No. Count Explanation
Field Area = >(D/2)2 1 to 6 ......... 1 Single fibers all contained within
If D=100 µ m=0.1 mm, then the circle.
Field Area=>(0.1 mm/2)2=0.00785 mm2 7 ................ ⁄
12 Fiber crosses circle once.
The Graticule is available from: Graticules 8 ................ 0 Fiber too short.
Ltd., Morley Road, Tonbridge TN9 IRN, 9 ................ 2 Two crossing fibers.
Kent, England (Telephone 011–44–732–359061). 10 ................ 0 Fiber outside graticule.
Also available from PTR Optics Ltd., 145 11 ................ 0 Fiber crosses graticule twice.
12 ................ 1⁄2 Although split, fiber only crosses
Newton Street, Waltham, MA 02154 [tele- once.
phone (617) 891–6000] or McCrone Accessories
41
APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1001 [RESERVED] gram. Part 1 of the appendix contains the

Initial Medical Questionnaire, which must be
APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1001—MEDICAL obtained for all new hires who will be cov-
QUESTIONNAIRES; MANDATORY ered by the medical surveillance require-
ments. Part 2 includes the abbreviated Peri-
This mandatory appendix contains the odical Medical Questionnaire, which must be
medical questionnaires that must be admin- administered to all employees who are pro-
istered to all employees who are exposed to vided periodic medical examinations under
asbestos above the permissible exposure
the medical surveillance provisions of the
limit, and who will therefore be included in
standard.
their employer’s medical surveillance pro-
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
APPENDIX E TO § 1910.1001—INTERPRETA- APPENDIX F TO § 1910.1001—WORK PRAC-

TION AND CLASSIFICATION OF CHEST TICES AND ENGINEERING CONTROLS
ROENTGENOGRAMS—MANDATORY FOR AUTOMOTIVE BRAKE AND CLUTCH
INSPECTION, DISASSEMBLY, REPAIR
(a) Chest roentgenograms shall be inter-
AND ASSEMBLY—MANDATORY
preted and classified in accordance with a
professionally accepted Classification sys- This mandatory appendix specifies engi-
tem and recorded on an interpretation form neering controls and work practices that
following the format of the CDC/NIOSH (M) must be implemented by the employer dur-
2.8 form. As a minimum, the content within ing automotive brake and clutch inspection,
the bold lines of this form (items 1 though 4) disassembly, repair, and assembly oper-
shall be included. This form is not to be sub- ations. Proper use of these engineering con-
mitted to NIOSH. trols and work practices by trained employ-
(b) Roentgenograms shall be interpreted ees will reduce employees’ asbestos exposure
and classified only by a B-reader, a board eli- below the permissible exposure level during
gible/certified radiologist, or an experienced clutch and brake inspection, disassembly, re-
physician with known expertise in pair, and assembly operations. The employer
pneumoconioses. shall institute engineering controls and
(c) All interpreters, whenever interpreting work practices using either the method set
chest roentgenograms made under this sec- forth in paragraph [A] or paragraph [B] of
tion, shall have immediately available for this appendix, or any other method which
reference a complete set of the ILO–U/C the employer can demonstrate to be equiva-
International Classification of Radiographs lent in terms of reducing employee exposure
for Pneumoconioses, 1980. to asbestos as defined and which meets the
54
requirements described in paragraph [C] of (5) The brake support plate, brake shoes
this appendix, for those facilities in which no and brake components used to attach the
more than 5 pairs of brakes or 5 clutches are brake shoes shall be thoroughly washed be-
inspected, disassembled, reassembled and/or fore removing the old shoes.
repaired per week, the method set forth in (6) In systems using filters, the filters,
paragraph [D] of this appendix may be used: when full, shall be first wetted with a fine
mist of water, then removed and placed im-
[A] Negative Pressure Enclosure/HEPA Vacuum mediately in an impermeable container, la-
System Method beled according to paragraph (j)(4) of this
(1) The brake and clutch inspection, dissection and disposed of according to para-
assembly, repair, and assembly operations graph (k) of this section.
shall be enclosed to cover and contain the (7) Any spills of asbestos-containing aque-
clutch or brake assembly and to prevent the ous solution or any asbestos-containing
release of asbestos fibers into the worker’s waste material shall be cleaned up imme-
breathing zone. diately and disposed of according to para-
(2) The enclosure shall be sealed tightly graph (k) of this section.
and thoroughly inspected for leaks before (8) The use of dry brushing during low pres-
work begins on brake and clutch inspection, sure/wet cleaning operations is prohibited.
disassembly, repair, and assembly.
(3) The enclosure shall be such that the [C] Equivalent Methods
worker can clearly see the operation and An equivalent method is one which has suf-
shall provide impermeable sleeves through ficient written detail so that it can be repro-
which the worker can handle the brake and duced and has been demonstrated that the
clutch inspection, disassembly, repair and exposures resulting from the equivalent
assembly. The integrity of the sleeves and method are equal to or less than the expo-
ports shall be examined before work begins. sures which would result from the use of the
(4) A HEPA-filtered vacuum shall be em- method described in paragraph [A] of this ap-
ployed to maintain the enclosure under neg- pendix. For purposes of making this com-
ative pressure throughout the operation. parison, the employer shall assume that ex-
Compressed-air may be used to remove as- posures resulting from the use of the method
bestos fibers or particles from the enclosure. described in paragraph [A] of this appendix
(5) The HEPA vacuum shall be used first to shall not exceed 0.016 f/cc, as measured by
loosen the asbestos containing residue from the OSHA reference method and as averaged
the brake and clutch parts and then to evac- over at least 18 personal samples.
uate the loosened asbestos containing mate-
rial from the enclosure and capture the ma- [D] Wet Method.
terial in the vacuum filter.
(6) The vacuum’s filter, when full, shall be (1) A spray bottle, hose nozzle, or other im-
first wetted with a fine mist of water, then plement capable of delivering a fine mist of
removed and placed immediately in an im- water or amended water or other delivery
permeable container, labeled according to system capable of delivering water at low
paragraph (j)(4) of this section and disposed pressure, shall be used to first thoroughly
of according to paragraph (k) of this section. wet the brake and clutch parts. Brake and
(7) Any spills or releases of asbestos con- clutch components shall then be wiped clean
taining waste material from inside of the en- with a cloth.
closure or vacuum hose or vacuum filter (2) The cloth shall be placed in an imper-
shall be immediately cleaned up and dis- meable container, labelled according to para-
posed of according to paragraph (k) of this graph (j)(4) of this section and then disposed
section. of according to paragraph (k) of this section,
or the cloth shall be laundered in a way to
[B] Low Pressure/Wet Cleaning Method prevent the release of asbestos fibers in ex-
cess of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air.
(1) A catch basin shall be placed under the (3) Any spills of solvent or any asbestos
brake assembly, positioned to avoid splashes containing waste material shall be cleaned
and spills. up immediately according to paragraph (k)
(2) The reservoir shall contain water con- of this section.
taining an organic solvent or wetting agent. (4) The use of dry brushing during the wet
The flow of liquid shall be controlled such method operations is prohibited.
that the brake assembly is gently flooded to
prevent the asbestos-containing brake dust
APPENDIX G TO § 1910.1001—SUBSTANCE
from becoming airborne.
(3) The aqueous solution shall be allowed TECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR ASBES-
to flow between the brake drum and brake TOS—NON-MANDATORY
support before the drum is removed.
I. Substance Identification
(4) After removing the brake drum, the
wheel hub and back of the brake assembly A. Substance: ‘‘Asbestos’’ is the name of a
shall be thoroughly wetted to suppress dust. class of magnesium-silicate minerals that
55
occur in fibrous form. Minerals that are in- centrations do not exceed 2 f/cc; otherwise,
cluded in this group are chrysotile, crocid- air-supplied, positive-pressure, full facepiece
olite, amosite, tremolite asbestos, respirators must be used. Disposable res-
anthophyllite asbestos, and actinolite asbes- pirators or dust masks are not permitted to
tos. be used for asbestos work. For effective pro-
B. Asbestos is used in the manufacture of tection, respirators must fit your face and
heat-resistant clothing, automative brake head snugly. Your employer is required to
and clutch linings, and a variety of building conduct fit tests when you are first assigned
materials including floor tiles, roofing felts, a respirator and every 6 months thereafter.
ceiling tiles, asbestos-cement pipe and sheet, Respirators should not be loosened or re-
and fire-resistant drywall. Asbestos is also moved in work situations where their use is
present in pipe and boiler insulation mate- required.
rials, and in sprayed-on materials located on B. Protective clothing: You are required to
beams, in crawlspaces, and between walls. wear protective clothing in work areas where
C. The potential for a product containing asbestos fiber concentrations exceed the per-
asbestos to release breatheable fibers de- missible exposure limit.
pends on its degree of friability. Friable
means that the material can be crumbled IV. Disposal Procedures and Cleanup
with hand pressure and is therefore likely to A. Wastes that are generated by processes
emit fibers. The fibrous or fluffy sprayed-on where asbestos is present include:
materials used for fireproofing, insulation, 1. Empty asbestos shipping containers.
or sound proofing are considered to be fri- 2. Process wastes such as cuttings, trim-
able, and they readily release airborne fibers mings, or reject material.
if disturbed. Materials such as vinyl-asbestos 3. Housekeeping waste from sweeping or
floor tile or roofing felts are considered non- vacuuming.
friable and generally do not emit airborne fi- 4. Asbestos fireproofing or insulating mate-
bers unless subjected to sanding or sawing rial that is removed from buildings.
operations. Asbestos-cement pipe or sheet 5. Building products that contain asbestos
can emit airborne fibers if the materials are removed during building renovation or dem-
cut or sawed, or if they are broken during olition.
demolition operations. 6. Contaminated disposable protective
D. Permissible exposure: Exposure to air- clothing.
borne asbestos fibers may not exceed 0.2 fi- B. Empty shipping bags can be flattened
bers per cubic centimeter of air (0.1 f/cc) under exhaust hoods and packed into air-
averaged over the 8-hour workday. tight containers for disposal. Empty ship-
ping drums are difficult to clean and should
II. Health Hazard Data
be sealed.
A. Asbestos can cause disabling respiratory C. Vacuum bags or disposable paper filters
disease and various types of cancers if the fi- should not be cleaned, but should be sprayed
bers are inhaled. Inhaling or ingesting fibers with a fine water mist and placed into a la-
from contaminated clothing or skin can also beled waste container.
result in these diseases. The symptoms of D. Process waste and housekeeping waste
these diseases generally do not appear for 20 should be wetted with water or a mixture of
or more years after initial exposure. water and surfactant prior to packaging in
B. Exposure to asbestos has been shown to disposable containers.
cause lung cancer, mesothelioma, and cancer E. Material containing asbestos that is re-
of the stomach and colon. Mesothelioma is a moved from buildings must be disposed of in
rare cancer of the thin membrane lining of leak-tight 6-mil thick plastic bags, plastic-
the chest and abdomen. Symptoms of meso- lined cardboard containers, or plastic-lined
thelioma include shortness of breath, pain in metal containers. These wastes, which are
the walls of the chest, and/or abdominal removed while wet, should be sealed in con-
pain. tainers before they dry out to minimize the
release of asbestos fibers during handling.
III. Respirators and Protective Clothing
V. Access to Information
A. Respirators: You are required to wear a
respirator when performing tasks that result A. Each year, your employer is required to
in asbestos exposure that exceeds the per- inform you of the information contained in
missible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.1 f/cc. this standard and appendices for asbestos. In
These conditions can occur while your em- addition, your employer must instruct you
ployer is in the process of installing engi- in the proper work practices for handling
neering controls to reduce asbestos exposure, materials containing asbestos, and the cor-
or where engineering controls are not fea- rect use of protective equipment.
sible to reduce asbestos exposure. Air-puri- B. Your employer is required to determine
fying respirators equipped with a high-effi- whether you are being exposed to asbestos.
ciency particulate air (HEPA) filter can be You or your representative has the right to
used where airborne asbestos fiber con- observe employee measurements and to
56
record the results obtained. Your employer characteristic of mesothelioma include
is required to inform you of your exposure, shortness of breath, pain in the walls of the
and, if you are exposed above the permissible chest, or abdominal pain. Mesothelioma has
limit, he or she is required to inform you of a much longer latency period compared with
the actions that are being taken to reduce lung cancer (40 years versus 15–20 years), and
your exposure to within the permissible mesothelioma is therefore more likely to be
limit. found among workers who were first exposed
C. Your employer is required to keep to asbestos at an early age. Mesothelioma is
records of your exposures and medical ex- always fatal.
aminations. These exposure records must be Asbestosis is pulmonary fibrosis caused by
kept for at least thirty (30) years. Medical the accumulation of asbestos fibers in the
records must be kept for the period of your lungs. Symptoms include shortness of
employment plus thirty (30) years. breath, coughing, fatigue, and vague feelings
D. Your employer is required to release of sickness. When the fibrosis worsens, short-
your exposure and medical records to your ness of breath occurs even at rest. The diag-
physician or designated representative upon nosis of asbestosis is based on a history of
your written request. exposure to asbestos, the presence of char-
acteristic radiologic changes, end-inspira-
APPENDIX H TO § 1910.1001—MEDICAL tory crackles (rales), and other clinical fea-
SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR AS- tures of fibrosing lung disease. Pleural
plaques and thickening are observed on X-
BESTOS NON-MANDATORY
rays taken during the early stages of the dis-
I. Route of Entry Inhalation, Ingestion ease. Asbestosis is often a progressive dis-
ease even in the absence of continued expo-
II. Toxicology sure, although this appears to be a highly in-
dividualized characteristic. In severe cases,
Clinical evidence of the adverse effects as-
death may be caused by respiratory or car-
sociated with exposure to asbestos is present
diac failure.
in the form of several well-conducted epide-
miological studies of occupationally exposed IV. Surveillance and Preventive
workers, family contacts of workers, and Considerations
persons living near asbestos mines. These
studies have shown a definite association be- As noted above, exposure to asbestos has
tween exposure to asbestos and an increased been linked to an increased risk of lung can-
incidence of lung cancer, pleural and peri- cer, mesothelioma, gastrointestinal cancer,
toneal mesothelioma, gastrointestinal can- and asbestosis among occupationally ex-
cer, and asbestosis. The latter is a disabling posed workers. Adequate screening tests to
fibrotic lung disease that is caused only by determine an employee’s potential for devel-
exposure to asbestos. Exposure to asbestos oping serious chronic diseases, such as can-
has also been associated with an increased cer, from exposure to asbestos do not pres-
incidence of esophageal, kidney, laryngeal, ently exist. However, some tests, particu-
pharyngeal, and buccal cavity cancers. As larly chest X-rays and pulmonary function
tests, may indicate that an employee has
with other known chronic occupational dis-
been overexposed to asbestos increasing his
eases, disease associated with asbestos gen-
or her risk of developing exposure-related
erally appears about 20 years following the
chronic diseases. It is important for the phy-
first occurrence of exposure: There are no
sician to become familiar with the operating
known acute effects associated with expo-
conditions in which occupational exposure to
sure to asbestos.
asbestos is likely to occur. This is particu-
Epidemiological studies indicate that the
larly important in evaluating medical and
risk of lung cancer among exposed workers
work histories and in conducting physical
who smoke cigarettes is greatly increased
examinations. When an active employee has
over the risk of lung cancer among non-ex-
been identified as having been overexposed
posed smokers or exposed nonsmokers. These to asbestos, measures taken by the employer
studies suggest that cessation of smoking to eliminate or mitigate further exposure
will reduce the risk of lung cancer for a per- should also lower the risk of serious long-
son exposed to asbestos but will not reduce it term consequences.
to the same level of risk as that existing for The employer is required to institute a
an exposed worker who has never smoked. medical surveillance program for all employ-
III. Signs and Symptoms of Exposure- ees who are or will be exposed to asbestos at
Related Disease or above the permissible exposure limit (0.1
fiber per cubic centimeter of air). All exami-
The signs and symptoms of lung cancer or nations and procedures must be performed
gastrointestinal cancer induced by exposure by or under the supervision of a licensed
to asbestos are not unique, except that a physician, at a reasonable time and place,
chest X-ray of an exposed patient with lung and at no cost to the employee.
cancer may show pleural plaques, pleural Although broad latitude is given to the
calcification, or pleural fibrosis. Symptoms physician in prescribing specific tests to be
57
included in the medical surveillance pro- 1. The National Cancer Institute operates a
gram, OSHA requires inclusion of the fol- toll-free Cancer Information Service (CIS)
lowing elements in the routine examination: with trained personnel to help you. Call 1–
(i) Medical and work histories with special 800–4–CANCER* to reach the CIS office serv-
emphasis directed to symptoms of the res- ing your area, or write: Office of Cancer
piratory system, cardiovascular system, and Communications, National Cancer Institute,
digestive tract. National Institutes of Health, Building 31,
(ii) Completion of the respiratory disease Room 10A24, Bethesda, Maryland 20892.
questionnaire contained in Appendix D. 2. American Cancer Society, 3340 Peachtree
(iii) A physical examination including a Road, NE., Atlanta, Georgia 30062, (404) 320–
chest roentgenogram and pulmonary func- 3333.
tion test that includes measurement of the The American Cancer Society (ACS) is a
employee’s forced vital capacity (FVC) and voluntary organization composed of 58 divi-
forced expiratory volume at one second sions and 3,100 local units. Through ‘‘The
(FEV1). Great American Smokeout’’ in November,
(iv) Any laboratory or other test that the the annual Cancer Crusade in April, and nu-
examining physician deems by sound med- merous educational materials, ACS helps
ical practice to be necessary. people learn about the health hazards of
The employer is required to make the pre- smoking and become successful ex-smokers.
scribed tests available at least annually to 3. American Heart Association, 7320 Green-
those employees covered; more often than ville Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75231, (214) 750–
specified if recommended by the examining
5300.
physician; and upon termination of employ-
The American Heart Association (AHA) is
ment.
a voluntary organization with 130,000 mem-
The employer is required to provide the
bers (physicians, scientists, and laypersons)
physician with the following information: A
in 55 state and regional groups. AHA pro-
copy of this standard and appendices; a de-
scription of the mployee’s duties as they reduces a variety of publications and audio-
late to asbestos exposure; the employee’s visual materials about the effects of smok-
representative level of exposure to asbestos; ing on the heart. AHA also has developed a
a description of any personal protective and guidebook for incorporating a weight-control
respiratory equipment used; and information component into smoking cessation pro-
from previous medical examinations of the grams.
affected employee that is not otherwise 4. American Lung Association, 1740 Broad-
available to the physician. Making this in- way, New York, New York 10019, (212) 245–
formation available to the physician will aid 8000.
in the evaluation of the employee’s health in A voluntary organization of 7,500 members
relation to assigned duties and fitness to (physicians, nurses, and laypersons), the
wear personal protective equipment, if re- American Lung Association (ALA) conducts
quired. numerous public information programs
The employer is required to obtain a writ- about the health effect of smoking. ALA has
ten opinion from the examining physician 59 state and 85 local units. The organization
containing the results of the medical exam- actively supports legislation and informa-
ination; the physician’s opinion as to wheth- tion campaigns for non-smokers’ rights and
er the employee has any detected medical provides help for smokers who want to quit,
conditions that would place the employee at for example, through ‘‘Freedom From Smok-
an increased risk of exposure-related disease; ing,’’ a self-help smoking cessation program.
any recommended limitations on the em- 5. Office on Smoking and Health, U.S. De-
ployee or on the use of personal protective partment of Health and, Human Services,
equipment; and a statement that the em- 5600 Fishers Lane, Park Building, Room 110,
ployee has been informed by the physician of Rockville, Maryland 20857.
the results of the medical examination and The Office on Smoking and Health (OSH) is
of any medical conditions related to asbestos the Department of Health and Human Serv-
exposure that require further explanation or ices’ lead agency in smoking control. OSH
treatment. This written opinion must not re- has sponsored distribution of publications on
veal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated smoking-realted topics, such as free flyers on
to exposure to asbestos, and a copy of the relapse after initial quitting, helping a
opinion must be provided to the affected em- friend or family member quit smoking, the
ployee. health hazards of smoking, and the effects of
parental smoking on teenagers.
APPENDIX I TO § 1910.1001—SMOKING CES- *In Hawaii, on Oahu call 524–1234 (call col-
SATION PROGRAM INFORMATION FOR lect from neighboring islands),
ASBESTOS—NON-MANDATORY Spanish-speaking staff members are avail-
able during daytime hours to callers from
The following organizations provide smok- the following areas: California, Florida,
ing cessation information and program ma- Georgia, Illinois, New Jersey (area code 210),
terial. New York, and Texas. Consult your local
58
telephone directory for listings of local chap- Brucite: A sheet mineral with the composi-
ters. tion Mg(OH)2.
Central Stop Dispersion Staining (microscope):
APPENDIX J TO § 1910.1001—POLARIZED This is a dark field microscope technique
LIGHT MICROSCOPY OF ASBESTOS— that images particles using only light re-
NON-MANDATORY fracted by the particle, excluding light that
travels through the particle unrefracted.
Method number: ID–191 This is usually accomplished with a McCrone
Matrix: Bulk objective or other arrangement which places
a circular stop with apparent aperture equal
Collection Procedure to the objective aperture in the back focal
Collect approximately 1 to 2 grams of each plane of the microscope.
type of material and place into separate 20 Cleavage Fragments: Mineral particles
mL scintillation vials. formed by the comminution of minerals, es-
pecially those characterized by relatively
Analytical Procedure parallel sides and moderate aspect ratio.
Differential Counting: The term applied to
A portion of each separate phase is ana- the practice of excluding certain kinds of fi-
lyzed by gross examination, phase-polar ex- bers from a phase contrast asbestos count
amination, and central stop dispersion mi- because they are not asbestos.
croscopy. Fiber: A particle longer than or equal to 5
Commercial manufacturers and products µ m with a length to width ratio greater
mentioned in this method are for descriptive than or equal to 3:1. This may include cleav-
use only and do not constitute endorsements age fragments. (see section 3.5 of this appen-
by USDOL–OSHA. Similar products from dix).
other sources may be substituted. Phase Contrast: Contrast obtained in the
1. Introduction microscope by causing light scattered by
small particles to destructively interfere
This method describes the collection and with unscattered light, thereby enhancing
analysis of asbestos bulk materials by light the visibility of very small particles and par-
microscopy techniques including phase- ticles with very low intrinsic contrast.
polar illumination and central-stop disper- Phase Contrast Microscope: A microscope
sion microscopy. Some terms unique to as- configured with a phase mask pair to create
bestos analysis are defined below: phase contrast. The technique which uses
Amphibole: A family of minerals whose this is called Phase Contrast Microscopy
crystals are formed by long, thin units which (PCM).
have two thin ribbons of double chain sili- Phase-Polar Analysis: This is the use of po-
cate with a brucite ribbon in between. The larized light in a phase contrast microscope.
shape of each unit is similar to an ‘‘I beam’’. It is used to see the same size fibers that are
Minerals important in asbestos analysis in- visible in air filter analysis. Although fibers
clude cummingtonite-grunerite, crocidolite, finer than 1 µ m are visible, analysis of these
tremolite-actinolite and anthophyllite. is inferred from analysis of larger bundles
Asbestos: A term for naturally occurring fi- that are usually present.
brous minerals. Asbestos includes chrysotile, Phase-Polar Microscope: The phase-polar
cummingtonite-grunerite asbestos (amosite), microscope is a phase contrast microscope
anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, which has an analyzer, a polarizer, a first
crocidolite, actinolite asbestos and any of order red plate and a rotating phase con-
these minerals which have been chemically denser all in place so that the polarized light
treated or altered. The precise chemical for- image is enhanced by phase contrast.
mulation of each species varies with the lo- Sealing Encapsulant: This is a product
cation from which it was mined. Nominal which can be applied, preferably by spraying,
compositions are listed: onto an asbestos surface which will seal the
Chrysotile...............................Mg3 Si2 O5(OH)4 surface so that fibers cannot be released.
Crocidolite (Riebeckite asbestos) ....Na2 Fe32∂ Serpentine: A mineral family consisting of
Fe23∂ Si8 O22(OH)2 minerals with the general composition
Cummingtonite-Grunerite asbestos Mg3(Si2O5(OH)4 having the magnesium in
(Amosite) .................(Mg,Fe)7 Si8 O22(OH)2 brucite layer over a silicate layer. Minerals
Tremolite-Actinolite asbestos .....Ca2(Mg,Fe)5 important in asbestos analysis included in
Si8 O22(OH)2 this family are chrysotile, lizardite,
Anthophyllite asbestos ................(Mg,Fe)7 Si8 antigorite.
O22(OH)2
1.1. History
Asbestos Fiber: A fiber of asbestos meeting
the criteria for a fiber. (See section 3.5.) Light microscopy has been used for well
Aspect Ratio: The ratio of the length of a over 100 years for the determination of min-
fiber to its diameter usually defined as eral species. This analysis is carried out
‘‘length : width’’, e.g. 3:1. using specialized polarizing microscopes as
59
well as bright field microscopes. The identi- than 1 µ m can adequately be defined in the
fication of minerals is an on-going process light microscope. The light microscope re-
with many new minerals described each mains as the best instrument for the deter-
year. The first recorded use of asbestos was mination of mineral type. This is because
in Finland about 2500 B.C. where the mate- the minerals under investigation were first
rial was used in the mud wattle for the wood- described analytically with the light micro-
en huts the people lived in as well as scope. It is inexpensive and gives positive
strengthening for pottery. Adverse health as- identification for most samples analyzed.
pects of the mineral were noted nearly 2000 Further, when optical techniques are inad-
years ago when Pliny the Younger wrote equate, there is ample indication that alter-
about the poor health of slaves in the asbes- native techniques should be used for com-
tos mines. Although known to be injurious plete identification of the sample.
for centuries, the first modern references to
its toxicity were by the British Labor 1.2. Principle
Inspectorate when it banned asbestos dust
from the workplace in 1898. Asbestosis cases Minerals consist of atoms that may be ar-
were described in the literature after the ranged in random order or in a regular ar-
turn of the century. Cancer was first sus- rangement. Amorphous materials have
pected in the mid 1930’s and a causal link to atoms in random order while crystalline ma-
mesothelioma was made in 1965. Because of terials have long range order. Many mate-
the public concern for worker and public rials are transparent to light, at least for
safety with the use of this material, several small particles or for thin sections. The
different types of analysis were applied to properties of these materials can be inves-
the determination of asbestos content. Light tigated by the effect that the material has
microscopy requires a great deal of experi- on light passing through it. The six asbestos
ence and craft. Attempts were made to apply minerals are all crystalline with particular
less subjective methods to the analysis. X- properties that have been identified and cat-
ray diffraction was partially successful in aloged. These six minerals are anisotropic.
determining the mineral types but was un- They have a regular array of atoms, but the
able to separate out the fibrous portions arrangement is not the same in all direc-
from the non-fibrous portions. Also, the min- tions. Each major direction of the crystal
imum detection limit for asbestos analysis presents a different regularity. Light pho-
by X-ray diffraction (XRD) is about 1%. Dif- tons travelling in each of these main direc-
ferential Thermal Analysis (DTA) was no tions will encounter different electrical
more successful. These provide useful cor- neighborhoods, affecting the path and time
roborating information when the presence of of travel. The techniques outlined in this
asbestos has been shown by microscopy; method use the fact that light traveling
however, neither can determine the dif- through fibers or crystals in different direc-
ference between fibrous and non-fibrous min- tions will behave differently, but predict-
erals when both habits are present. The same ably. The behavior of the light as it travels
is true of Infrared Absorption (IR). through a crystal can be measured and com-
When electron microscopy was applied to pared with known or determined values to
asbestos analysis, hundreds of fibers were identify the mineral species. Usually, Polar-
discovered present too small to be visible in ized Light Microscopy (PLM) is performed
any light microscope. There are two dif- with strain-free objectives on a bright-field
ferent types of electron microscope used for microscope platform. This would limit the
asbestos analysis: Scanning Electron Micro- resolution of the microscope to about 0.4 µm.
scope (SEM) and Transmission Electron Mi- Because OSHA requires the counting and
croscope (TEM). Scanning Electron Micros-
identification of fibers visible in phase con-
copy is useful in identifying minerals. The
trast, the phase contrast platform is used to
SEM can provide two of the three pieces of
visualize the fibers with the polarizing ele-
information required to identify fibers by
ments added into the light path. Polarized
electron microscopy: morphology and chem-
light methods cannot identify fibers finer
istry. The third is structure as determined
than about 1 µm in diameter even though
by Selected Area Electron Diffraction—
they are visible. The finest fibers are usually
SAED which is performed in the TEM. Al-
identified by inference from the presence of
though the resolution of the SEM is suffi-
larger, identifiable fiber bundles. When fibers
cient for very fine fibers to be seen, accuracy
are present, but not identifiable by light mi-
of chemical analysis that can be performed
croscopy, use either SEM or TEM to deter-
on the fibers varies with fiber diameter in fi-
mine the fiber identity.
bers of less than 0.2 µ m diameter. The TEM
is a powerful tool to identify fibers too small 1.3. Advantages and Disadvantages
to be resolved by light microscopy and
should be used in conjunction with this The advantages of light microcopy are:
method when necessary. The TEM can pro- (a) Basic identification of the materials
vide all three pieces of information required was first performed by light microscopy and
for fiber identification. Most fibers thicker gross analysis. This provides a large base of
60
published information against which to amount is usually more than a few percent.
check analysis and analytical technique. An analyst’s results can be ‘‘calibrated’’
(b) The analysis is specific to fibers. The against the known amounts added by the
minerals present can exist in asbestiform, fi- manufacturer. For geological samples, the
brous, prismatic, or massive varieties all at degree of homogeneity affects the precision.
the same time. Therefore, bulk methods of 1.4.3. The performance of the method is an-
analysis such as X-ray diffraction, IR anal- alyst dependent. The analyst must choose
ysis, DTA, etc. are inappropriate where the carefully and not necessarily randomly the
material is not known to be fibrous. portions for analysis to assure that detection
(c) The analysis is quick, requires little of asbestos occurs when it is present. For
preparation time, and can be performed on- this reason, the analyst must have adequate
site if a suitably equipped microscope is training in sample preparation, and experi-
available. ence in the location and identification of as-
The disadvantages are: bestos in samples. This is usually accom-
(a) Even using phase-polar illumination, plished through substantial on-the-job train-
not all the fibers present may be seen. This ing as well as formal education in min-
is a problem for very low asbestos concentra- eralogy and microscopy.
tions where agglomerations or large bundles
of fibers may not be present to allow identi- 1.5. Interferences
fication by inference. Any material which is long, thin, and
(b) The method requires a great degree of small enough to be viewed under the micro-
sophistication on the part of the scope can be considered an interference for
microscopist. An analyst is only as useful as asbestos. There are literally hundreds of
his mental catalog of images. Therefore, a interferences in workplaces. The techniques
microscopist’s accuracy is enhanced by expe- described in this method are normally suffi-
rience. The mineralogical training of the an- cient to eliminate the interferences. An ana-
alyst is very important. It is the basis on lyst’s success in eliminating the inter-
which subjective decisions are made. ferences depends on proper training.
(c) The method uses only a tiny amount of Asbestos minerals belong to two mineral
material for analysis. This may lead to sam- families: the serpentines and the amphiboles.
pling bias and false results (high or low). In the serpentine family, the only common
This is especially true if the sample is se- fibrous mineral is chrysotile. Occasionally,
verely inhomogeneous. the mineral antigorite occurs in a fibril
(d) Fibers may be bound in a matrix and habit with morphology similar to the
not distinguishable as fibers so identifica- amphiboles. The amphibole minerals consist
tion cannot be made. of a score of different minerals of which only
1.4. Method Performance five are regulated by federal standard:
amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite asbestos,
1.4.1. This method can be used for deter- tremolite asbestos and actinolite asbestos.
mination of asbestos content from 0 to 100% These are the only amphibole minerals that
asbestos. The detection limit has not been have been commercially exploited for their
adequately determined, although for selected fibrous properties; however, the rest can and
samples, the limit is very low, depending on do occur occasionally in asbestiform habit.
the number of particles examined. For most- In addition to the related mineral inter-
ly homogeneous, finely divided samples, with ferences, other minerals common in building
no difficult fibrous interferences, the detec- material may present a problem for some
tion limit is below 1%. For inhomogeneous microscopists: gypsum, anhydrite, brucite,
samples (most samples), the detection limit quartz fibers, talc fibers or ribbons, wollas-
remains undefined. NIST has conducted pro- tonite, perlite, attapulgite, etc. Other fi-
ficiency testing of laboratories on a national brous materials commonly present in work-
scale. Although each round is reported sta- places are: fiberglass, mineral wool, ceramic
tistically with an average, control limits, wool, refractory ceramic fibers, kevlar,
etc., the results indicate a difficulty in es- nomex, synthetic fibers, graphite or carbon
tablishing precision especially in the low fibers, cellulose (paper or wood) fibers, metal
concentration range. It is suspected that fibers, etc.
there is significant bias in the low range es- Matrix embedding material can sometimes
pecially near 1%. EPA tried to remedy this be a negative interference. The analyst may
by requiring a mandatory point counting not be able to easily extract the fibers from
scheme for samples less than 10%. The point the matrix in order to use the method.
counting procedure is tedious, and may in- Where possible, remove the matrix before
troduce significant biases of its own. It has the analysis, taking careful note of the loss
not been incorporated into this method. of weight. Some common matrix materials
1.4.2. The precision and accuracy of the are: vinyl, rubber, tar, paint, plant fiber, ce-
quantitation tests performed in this method ment, and epoxy. A further negative inter-
are unknown. Concentrations are easier to ference is that the asbestos fibers themselves
determine in commercial products where as- may be either too small to be seen in Phase
bestos was deliberately added because the contrast Microscopy (PCM) or of a very low
61
fibrous quality, having the appearance of 2. Sampling Procedure
plant fibers. The analyst’s ability to deal
with these materials increases with experi- 2.1. Equipment for Sampling
ence. (a) Tube or cork borer sampling device
(b) Knife
1.6. Uses and Occupational Exposure (c) 20 mL scintillation vial or similar vial
Asbestos is ubiquitous in the environment. (d) Sealing encapsulant
More than 40% of the land area of the United
States is composed of minerals which may 2.2. Safety Precautions
contain asbestos. Fortunately, the actual Asbestos is a known carcinogen. Take care
formation of great amounts of asbestos is when sampling. While in an asbestos-con-
relatively rare. Nonetheless, there are loca- taining atmosphere, a properly selected and
tions in which environmental exposure can fit-tested respirator should be worn. Take
be severe such as in the Serpentine Hills of samples in a manner to cause the least
California. amount of dust. Follow these general guide-
There are thousands of uses for asbestos in lines:
industry and the home. Asbestos abatement (a) Do not make unnecessary dust.
workers are the most current segment of the (b) Take only a small amount (1 to 2 g).
population to have occupational exposure to (c) Tightly close the sample container.
great amounts of asbestos. If the material is (d) Use encapsulant to seal the spot where
undisturbed, there is no exposure. Exposure the sample was taken, if necessary.
occurs when the asbestos-containing mate-
rial is abraded or otherwise disturbed during 2.3. Sampling Procedure
maintenance operations or some other activ- Samples of any suspect material should be
ity. Approximately 95% of the asbestos in taken from an inconspicuous place. Where
place in the United States is chrysotile. the material is to remain, seal the sampling
Amosite and crocidolite make up nearly wound with an encapsulant to eliminate the
all the difference. Tremolite and potential for exposure from the sample site.
anthophyllite make up a very small percent- Microscopy requires only a few milligrams of
age. Tremolite is found in extremely small material. The amount that will fill a 20 mL
amounts in certain chrysotile deposits. Ac- scintillation vial is more than adequate. Be
tinolite exposure is probably greatest from sure to collect samples from all layers and
environmental sources, but has been identi- phases of material. If possible, make sepa-
fied in vermiculite containing, sprayed-on rate samples of each different phase of the
insulating materials which may have been material. This will aid in determining the
certified as asbestos-free. actual hazard. DO NOT USE ENVELOPES,
PLASTIC OR PAPER BAGS OF ANY KIND TO
1.7. Physical and Chemical Properties COLLECT SAMPLES. The use of plastic bags
presents a contamination hazard to labora-
The nominal chemical compositions for tory personnel and to other samples. When
the asbestos minerals were given in Section these containers are opened, a bellows effect
1. Compared to cleavage fragments of the blows fibers out of the container onto every-
same minerals, asbestiform fibers possess a thing, including the person opening the con-
high tensile strength along the fiber axis. tainer.
They are chemically inert, noncombustible, If a cork-borer type sampler is available,
and heat resistant. Except for chrysotile, push the tube through the material all the
they are insoluble in Hydrochloric acid way, so that all layers of material are sam-
(HCl). Chrysotile is slightly soluble in HCl. pled. Some samplers are intended to be dis-
Asbestos has high electrical resistance and posable. These should be capped and sent to
good sound absorbing characteristics. It can the laboratory. If a non-disposable cork
be woven into cables, fabrics or other tex- borer is used, empty the contents into a scin-
tiles, or matted into papers, felts, and mats. tillation vial and send to the laboratory.
Vigorously and completely clean the cork
1.8. Toxicology (This Section is for Informa- borer between samples.
tion Only and Should Not Be Taken as
OSHA Policy) 2.4 Shipment
Possible physiologic results of respiratory Samples packed in glass vials must not
exposure to asbestos are mesothelioma of the touch or they might break in shipment.
pleura or peritoneum, interstitial fibrosis, (a) Seal the samples with a sample seal
asbestosis, pneumoconiosis, or respiratory over the end to guard against tampering and
cancer. The possible consequences of asbes- to identify the sample.
tos exposure are detailed in the NIOSH Cri- (b) Package the bulk samples in separate
teria Document or in the OSHA Asbestos packages from the air samples. They may
Standards 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 CFR cross-contaminate each other and will inval-
1926.1101 and 29 CFR 1915.1001. idate the results of the air samples.
62
(c) Include identifying paperwork with the (h) High dispersion index of refraction oils
samples, but not in contact with the sus- (Special for dispersion staining.)
pected asbestos. n = 1.550
(d) To maintain sample accountability, n = 1.585
ship the samples by certified mail, overnight n = 1.590
express, or hand carry them to the labora- n = 1.605
tory. n = 1.620
n = 1.670
3. Analysis n = 1.680
The analysis of asbestos samples can be di- n = 1.690
vided into two major parts: sample prepara- (i) A set of index of refraction oils from
tion and microscopy. Because of the different about n=1.350 to n=2.000 in n=0.005 incre-
asbestos uses that may be encountered by ments. (Standard for Becke line analysis.)
the analyst, each sample may need different (j) Glass slides with painted or frosted ends
preparation steps. The choices are outlined 1×3 inches 1mm thick, precleaned.
below. There are several different tests that (k) Cover Slips 22×22 mm, #11⁄2
are performed to identify the asbestos spe- (l) Paper clips or dissection needles
cies and determine the percentage. They will (m) Hand grinder
be explained below. (n) Scalpel with both #10 and #11 blades
(o) 0.1 molar HCl
3.1. Safety (p) Decalcifying solution (Baxter Scientific
(a) Do not create unnecessary dust. Handle Products) Ethylenediaminetetraacetic Acid,
the samples in HEPA-filter equipped hoods. Tetrasodium ..........................................0.7 g/l
If samples are received in bags, envelopes or Sodium Potassium Tartrate .........8.0 mg/liter
other inappropriate container, open them Hydrochloric Acid ..........................99.2 g/liter
only in a hood having a face velocity at or Sodium Tartrate.............................0.14 g/liter
greater than 100 fpm. Transfer a small
(q) Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
amount to a scintillation vial and only han-
(r) Hotplate capable of 60 °C
dle the smaller amount.
(s) Balance
(b) Open samples in a hood, never in the
(t) Hacksaw blade
open lab area.
(u) Ruby mortar and pestle
(c) Index of refraction oils can be toxic.
Take care not to get this material on the 3.3. Sample Pre-Preparation
skin. Wash immediately with soap and water
if this happens. Sample preparation begins with pre-prepa-
(d) Samples that have been heated in the ration which may include chemical reduc-
muffle furnace or the drying oven may be tion of the matrix, heating the sample to
hot. Handle them with tongs until they are dryness or heating in the muffle furnace. The
cool enough to handle. end result is a sample which has been re-
(e) Some of the solvents used, such as THF duced to a powder that is sufficiently fine to
(tetrahydrofuran), are toxic and should only fit under the cover slip. Analyze different
be handled in an appropriate fume hood and phases of samples separately, e.g., tile and
according to instructions given in the Mate- the tile mastic should be analyzed separately
rial Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). as the mastic may contain asbestos while
the tile may not.
3.2. Equipment
(a) Wet samples
(a) Phase contrast microscope with 10x, 16x
and 40x objectives, 10x wide-field eyepieces, Samples with a high water content will not
G–22 Walton-Beckett graticule, Whipple give the proper dispersion colors and must be
disk, polarizer, analyzer and first order red dried prior to sample mounting. Remove the
or gypsum plate, 100 Watt illuminator, rotat- lid of the scintillation vial, place the bottle
ing position condenser with oversize phase in the drying oven and heat at 100 °C to dry-
rings, central stop dispersion objective, ness (usually about 2 h). Samples which are
Kohler illumination and a rotating mechan- not submitted to the lab in glass must be re-
ical stage. moved and placed in glass vials or aluminum
(b) Stereo microscope with reflected light weighing pans before placing them in the
illumination, transmitted light illumina- drying oven.
tion, polarizer, analyzer and first order red
(b) Samples With Organic Interference—Muffle
or gypsum plate, and rotating stage.
Furnace
(c) Negative pressure hood for the stereo
microscope These may include samples with tar as a
(d) Muffle furnace capable of 600 °C matrix, vinyl asbestos tile, or any other or-
(e) Drying oven capable of 50—150 °C ganic that can be reduced by heating. Re-
(f) Aluminum specimen pans move the sample from the vial and weigh in
(g) Tongs for handling samples in the fur- a balance to determine the weight of the sub-
nace mitted portion. Place the sample in a muffle
63
furnace at 500 °C for 1 to 2 h or until all obvi- shock occurs. (Freezer mills can completely
ous organic material has been removed. Re- destroy the observable crystallinity of asbes-
trieve, cool and weigh again to determine tos and should not be used). For some sam-
the weight loss on ignition. This is necessary ples, a portion of material can be shaved off
to determine the asbestos content of the sub- with a scalpel, ground off with a hand grind-
mitted sample, because the analyst will be er or hack saw blade.
looking at a reduced sample. The preparation tools should either be dis-
NOTE: Heating above 600 °C will cause the posable or cleaned thoroughly. Use vigorous
sample to undergo a structural change scrubbing to loosen the fibers during the
which, given sufficient time, will convert the washing. Rinse the implements with copious
chrysotile to forsterite. Heating even at amounts of water and air-dry in a dust-free
lower temperatures for 1 to 2 h may have a environment.
measurable effect on the optical properties (2) If the sample is powder or has been re-
of the minerals. If the analyst is unsure of duced as in (1) above, it is ready to mount.
what to expect, a sample of standard asbes- Place a glass slide on a piece of optical tis-
tos should be heated to the same tempera- sue and write the identification on the paint-
ture for the same length of time so that it ed or frosted end. Place two drops of index of
can be examined for the proper interpreta- refraction medium n=1.550 on the slide. (The
tion. medium n=1.550 is chosen because it is the
matching index for chrysotile. Dip the end of
(c) Samples With Organic Interference—THF a clean paper-clip or dissecting needle into
Vinyl asbestos tile is the most common the droplet of refraction medium on the slide
material treated with this solvent, although, to moisten it. Then dip the probe into the
substances containing tar will sometimes powder sample. Transfer what sticks on the
yield to this treatment. Select a portion of probe to the slide. The material on the end of
the material and then grind it up if possible. the probe should have a diameter of about 3
Weigh the sample and place it in a test tube. mm for a good mount. If the material is very
Add sufficient THF to dissolve the organic fine, less sample may be appropriate. For
matrix. This is usually about 4 to 5 mL. Re- non-powder samples such as fiber mats, for-
member, THF is highly flammable. Filter the ceps should be used to transfer a small
remaining material through a tared silver amount of material to the slide. Stir the ma-
membrane, dry and weigh to determine how terial in the medium on the slide, spreading
much is left after the solvent extraction. it out and making the preparation as uni-
Further process the sample to remove car- form as possible. Place a cover-slip on the
preparation by gently lowering onto the
bonate or mount directly.
slide and allowing it to fall ‘‘trapdoor’’ fash-
(d) Samples With Carbonate Interference ion on the preparation to push out any bub-
bles. Press gently on the cover slip to even
Carbonate material is often found on fibers out the distribution of particulate on the
and sometimes must be removed in order to slide. If there is insufficient mounting oil on
perform dispersion microscopy. Weigh out a the slide, one or two drops may be placed
portion of the material and place it in a test near the edge of the coverslip on the slide.
tube. Add a sufficient amount of 0.1 M HCl or Capillary action will draw the necessary
decalcifying solution in the tube to react all amount of liquid into the preparation. Re-
the carbonate as evidenced by gas formation; move excess oil with the point of a labora-
i.e., when the gas bubbles stop, add a little tory wiper.
more solution. If no more gas forms, the re- Treat at least two different areas of each
action is complete. Filter the material out phase in this fashion. Choose representative
through a tared silver membrane, dry and areas of the sample. It may be useful to se-
weigh to determine the weight lost. lect particular areas or fibers for analysis.
This is useful to identify asbestos in severely
3.4. Sample Preparation inhomogeneous samples.
Samples must be prepared so that accurate When it is determined that amphiboles
determination can be made of the asbestos may be present, repeat the above process
type and amount present. The following using the appropriate high-dispersion oils
steps are carried out in the low-flow hood (a until an identification is made or all six as-
low-flow hood has less than 50 fpm flow): bestos minerals have been ruled out. Note
(1) If the sample has large lumps, is hard, that percent determination must be done in
or cannot be made to lie under a cover slip, the index medium 1.550 because amphiboles
the grain size must be reduced. Place a small tend to disappear in their matching medi-
amount between two slides and grind the ums.
material between them or grind a small
3.5. Analytical Procedure
amount in a clean mortar and pestle. The
choice of whether to use an alumina, ruby, NOTE: This method presumes some knowl-
or diamond mortar depends on the hardness edge of mineralogy and optical petrography.
of the material. Impact damage can alter the The analysis consists of three parts: The
asbestos mineral if too much mechanical determination of whether there is asbestos
64
present, what type is present and the deter- more cumbersome for asbestos determina-
mination of how much is present. The gen- tion.
eral flow of the analysis is: (5) Difficult samples may need to be ana-
(1) Gross examination. lyzed by SEM or TEM, or the results from
(2) Examination under polarized light on those techniques combined with light mi-
the stereo microscope. croscopy for a definitive identification. Iden-
(3) Examination by phase-polar illumina- tification of a particle as asbestos requires
tion on the compound phase microscope.
that it be asbestiform. Description of par-
(4) Determination of species by dispersion
ticles should follow the suggestion of Camp-
stain. Examination by Becke line analysis
bell. (Figure 1)
may also be used; however, this is usually
65
For the purpose of regulation, the mineral have a very high tensile strength as dem-
must be one of the six minerals covered and onstrated by bending without breaking. As-
must be in the asbestos growth habit. Large bestos fibers exist in bundles that are easily
specimen samples of asbestos generally have parted, show longitudinal fine structure and
the gross appearance of wood. Fibers are eas- may be tufted at the ends showing ‘‘bundle
ily parted from it. Asbestos fibers are very of sticks’’ morphology. In the microscope
long compared with their widths. The fibers
66
some of these properties may not be observ- bestos based on the amount of birefringent
able. Amphiboles do not always show stri- fiber present.
ations along their length even when they are (3) Examine the slides on the phase-polar
asbestos. Neither will they always show tuft- microscopes at magnifications of 160 and
ing. They generally do not show a curved na- 400×. Note the morphology of the fibers.
ture except for very long fibers. Asbestos and Long, thin, very straight fibers with little
asbestiform minerals are usually character- curvature are indicative of fibers from the
ized in groups by extremely high aspect ra- amphibole family. Curved, wavy fibers are
tios (greater than 100:1). While aspect ratio usually indicative of chrysotile. Estimate
analysis is useful for characterizing popu- the percentage of asbestos on the phase-polar
lations of fibers, it cannot be used to identify microscope under conditions of crossed
individual fibers of intermediate to short as- polars and a gypsum plate. Fibers smaller
pect ratio. Observation of many fibers is than 1.0 µm in thickness must be identified
often necessary to determine whether a sam- by inference to the presence of larger, identi-
ple consists of ‘‘cleavage fragments’’ or of as- fiable fibers and morphology. If no larger fi-
bestos fibers. bers are visible, electron microscopy should
Most cleavage fragments of the asbestos be performed. At this point, only a tentative
minerals are easily distinguishable from true identification can be made. Full identifica-
asbestos fibers. This is because true cleavage tion must be made with dispersion micros-
fragments usually have larger diameters copy. Details of the tests are included in the
than 1 µm. Internal structure of particles appendices.
larger than this usually shows them to have (4) Once fibers have been determined to be
no internal fibrillar structure. In addition, present, they must be identified. Adjust the
cleavage fragments of the monoclinic microscope for dispersion mode and observe
amphiboles show inclined extinction under the fibers. The microscope has a rotating
crossed polars with no compensator. Asbes- stage, one polarizing element, and a system
tos fibers usually show extinction at zero de- for generating dark-field dispersion micros-
grees or ambiguous extinction if any at all. copy (see Section 4.6. of this appendix). Align
Morphologically, the larger cleavage frag- a fiber with its length parallel to the polar-
ments are obvious by their blunt or stepped izer and note the color of the Becke lines.
ends showing prismatic habit. Also, they Rotate the stage to bring the fiber length
tend to be acicular rather than filiform. perpendicular to the polarizer and note the
Where the particles are less than 1 µm in color. Repeat this process for every fiber or
diameter and have an aspect ratio greater fiber bundle examined. The colors must be
than or equal to 3:1, it is recommended that consistent with the colors generated by
the sample be analyzed by SEM or TEM if standard asbestos reference materials for a
there is any question whether the fibers are positive identification. In n=1.550,
cleavage fragments or asbestiform particles. amphiboles will generally show a yellow to
straw-yellow color indicating that the fiber
Care must be taken when analyzing by
indices of refraction are higher than the liq-
electron microscopy because the inter-
uid. If long, thin fibers are noted and the col-
ferences are different from those in light mi-
ors are yellow, prepare further slides as
croscopy and may structurally be very simi-
above in the suggested matching liquids list-
lar to asbestos. The classic interference is
ed below:
between anthophyllite and biopyribole or in-
termediate fiber. Use the same morpho- Type of asbestos Index of refraction
logical clues for electron microscopy as are
used for light microscopy, e.g. fibril split- Chrysotile ............................... n=1.550.
ting, internal longitudinal striation, fraying, Amosite .................................. n=1.670 r 1.680.
Crocidolite .............................. n=1.690.
curvature, etc.
Anthophyllite .......................... n=1.605 nd 1.620.
(1) Gross examination: Tremolite ................................ n=1.605 and 1.620.
Examine the sample, preferably in the Actinolite ................................ n=1.620.
glass vial. Determine the presence of any ob-
vious fibrous component. Estimate a per- Where more than one liquid is suggested,
centage based on previous experience and the first is preferred; however, in some cases
current observation. Determine whether any this liquid will not give good dispersion
pre- preparation is necessary. Determine the color. Take care to avoid interferences in the
number of phases present. This step may be other liquid; e.g., wollastonite in n=1.620 will
carried out or augmented by observation at give the same colors as tremolite. In n=1.605
6 to 40× under a stereo microscope. wollastonite will appear yellow in all direc-
(2) After performing any necessary pre- tions. Wollastonite may be determined under
preparation, prepare slides of each phase as crossed polars as it will change from blue to
described above. Two preparations of the yellow as it is rotated along its fiber axis by
same phase in the same index medium can be tapping on the cover slip. Asbestos minerals
made side-by-side on the same glass for con- will not change in this way.
venience. Examine with the polarizing stereo Determination of the angle of extinction
microscope. Estimate the percentage of as- may, when present, aid in the determination
67
of anthophyllite from tremolite. True asbes- Step 3. Microvisual estimation determines
tos fibers usually have 0° extinction or am- that 5% of the sample is chrysotile asbes-
biguous extinction, while cleavage fragments tos.
have more definite extinction. The reported result is:
Continue analysis until both preparations
R=(Microvisual result in per-
have been examined and all present species
cent)×(Fraction remaining after step
of asbestos are identified. If there are no fi-
2)×(Fraction remaining of original sam-
bers present, or there is less than 0.1%
ple after step 1)
present, end the analysis with the minimum R=(5)×(.30)×(.60)=0.9%
number of slides (2).
(5) Some fibers have a coating on them (8) Report the percent and type of asbestos
which makes dispersion microscopy very dif- present. For samples where asbestos was
ficult or impossible. Becke line analysis or identified, but is less than 1.0%, report ‘‘As-
electron microscopy may be performed in bestos present, less than 1.0%.’’ There must
those cases. Determine the percentage by have been at least two observed fibers or
light microscopy. TEM analysis tends to fiber bundles in the two preparations to be
overestimate the actual percentage present. reported as present. For samples where as-
(6) Percentage determination is an esti- bestos was not seen, report as ‘‘None De-
mate of occluded area, tempered by gross ob- tected.’’
servation. Gross observation information is 4. Auxiliary Information
used to make sure that the high magnifica-
tion microscopy does not greatly over- or Because of the subjective nature of asbes-
underestimate the amount of fiber present. tos analysis, certain concepts and procedures
This part of the analysis requires a great need to be discussed in more depth. This in-
deal of experience. Satisfactory models for formation will help the analyst understand
asbestos content analysis have not yet been why some of the procedures are carried out
developed, although some models based on the way they are.
metallurgical grain-size determination have 4.1. Light
found some utility. Estimation is more eas-
ily handled in situations where the grain Light is electromagnetic energy. It travels
sizes visible at about 160× are about the same from its source in packets called quanta. It
and the sample is relatively homogeneous. is instructive to consider light as a plane
View all of the area under the cover slip to wave. The light has a direction of travel.
make the percentage determination. View Perpendicular to this and mutually perpen-
the fields while moving the stage, paying at- dicular to each other, are two vector compo-
tention to the clumps of material. These are nents. One is the magnetic vector and the
not usually the best areas to perform disper- other is the electric vector. We shall only be
sion microscopy because of the interference concerned with the electric vector. In this
from other materials. But, they are the areas description, the interaction of the vector and
most likely to represent the accurate per- the mineral will describe all the observable
centage in the sample. Small amounts of as- phenomena. From a light source such a mi-
bestos require slower scanning and more fre- croscope illuminator, light travels in all dif-
quent analysis of individual fields. ferent direction from the filament.
In any given direction away from the fila-
Report the area occluded by asbestos as
ment, the electric vector is perpendicular to
the concentration. This estimate does not
the direction of travel of a light ray. While
generally take into consideration the dif-
perpendicular, its orientation is random
ference in density of the different species
about the travel axis. If the electric vectors
present in the sample. For most samples this
from all the light rays were lined up by pass-
is adequate. Simulation studies with similar
ing the light through a filter that would only
materials must be carried out to apply
let light rays with electric vectors oriented
microvisual estimation for that purpose and
in one direction pass, the light would then be
is beyond the scope of this procedure.
POLARIZED.
(7) Where successive concentrations have Polarized light interacts with matter in
been made by chemical or physical means, the direction of the electric vector. This is
the amount reported is the percentage of the the polarization direction. Using this prop-
material in the ‘‘as submitted’’ or original erty it is possible to use polarized light to
state. The percentage determined by micros- probe different materials and identify them
copy is multiplied by the fractions remain- by how they interact with light.
ing after pre-preparation steps to give the The speed of light in a vacuum is a con-
percentage in the original sample. For exam- stant at about 2.99×10 8 m/s. When light trav-
ple: els in different materials such as air, water,
Step 1. 60% remains after heating at 550 °C minerals or oil, it does not travel at this
for 1 h. Step 2. 30% of the residue of step speed. It travels slower. This slowing is a
1 remains after dissolution of carbonate function of both the material through which
in 0.1 m HCl. the light is traveling and the wavelength or
68
frequency of the light. In general, the more They are called ‘‘length-slow’’. This orienta-
dense the material, the slower the light trav- tion to fiber length is used to aid in the iden-
els. Also, generally, the higher the fre- tification of asbestos.
quency, the slower the light will travel. The
ratio of the speed of light in a vacuum to 4.3. Polarized Light Technique
that in a material is called the index of re- Polarized light microscopy as described in
fraction (n). It is usually measured at 589 nm this section uses the phase-polar microscope
(the sodium D line). If white light (light con- described in Section 3.2. A phase contrast
taining all the visible wavelengths) travels microscope is fitted with two polarizing ele-
through a material, rays of longer wave- ments, one below and one above the sample.
lengths will travel faster than those of short- The polarizers have their polarization direc-
er wavelengths, this separation is called dis- tions at right angles to each other. Depend-
persion. Dispersion is used as an identifier of ing on the tests performed, there may be a
materials as described in Section 4.6. compensator between these two polarizing
elements. Light emerging from a polarizing
4.2. Material Properties element has its electric vector pointing in
Materials are either amorphous or crys- the polarization direction of the element.
talline. The difference between these two de- The light will not be subsequently trans-
scriptions depends on the positions of the mitted through a second element set at a
atoms in them. The atoms in amorphous ma- right angle to the first element. Unless the
terials are randomly arranged with no long light is altered as it passes from one element
range order. An example of an amorphous to the other, there is no transmission of
material is glass. The atoms in crystalline light.
materials, on the other hand, are in regular
arrays and have long range order. Most of 4.4. Angle of Extinction
the atoms can be found in highly predictable Crystals which have different crystal regu-
locations. Examples of crystalline material larity in two or three main directions are
are salt, gold, and the asbestos minerals. said to be anisotropic. They have a different
It is beyond the scope of this method to de- index of refraction in each of the main direc-
scribe the different types of crystalline ma- tions. When such a crystal is inserted be-
terials that can be found, or the full descrip- tween the crossed polars, the field of view is
tion of the classes into which they can fall. no longer dark but shows the crystal in
However, some general crystallography is color. The color depends on the properties of
provided below to give a foundation to the the crystal. The light acts as if it travels
procedures described. through the crystal along the optical axes. If
With the exception of anthophyllite, all a crystal optical axis were lined up along one
the asbestos minerals belong to the of the polarizing directions (either the polar-
monoclinic crystal type. The unit cell is the izer or the analyzer) the light would appear
basic repeating unit of the crystal and for to travel only in that direction, and it would
monoclinic crystals can be described as hav- blink out or go dark. The difference in de-
ing three unequal sides, two 90° angles and grees between the fiber direction and the
one angle not equal to 90°. The orthorhombic angle at which it blinks out is called the
group, of which anthophyllite is a member angle of extinction. When this angle can be
has three unequal sides and three 90° angles. measured, it is useful in identifying the min-
The unequal sides are a consequence of the eral. The procedure for measuring the angle
complexity of fitting the different atoms of extinction is to first identify the polariza-
into the unit cell. Although the atoms are in tion direction in the microscope. A commer-
a regular array, that array is not symmet- cial alignment slide can be used to establish
rical in all directions. There is long range the polarization directions or use
order in the three major directions of the anthophyllite or another suitable mineral.
crystal. However, the order is different in This mineral has a zero degree angle of ex-
each of the three directions. This has the ef- tinction and will go dark to extinction as it
fect that the index of refraction is different aligns with the polarization directions. When
in each of the three directions. Using polar- a fiber of anthophyllite has gone to extinc-
ized light, we can investigate the index of re- tion, align the eyepiece reticle or graticule
fraction in each of the directions and iden- with the fiber so that there is a visual cue as
tify the mineral or material under investiga- to the direction of polarization in the field of
tion. The indices α, β, and γ are used to iden- view. Tape or otherwise secure the eyepiece
tify the lowest, middle, and highest index of in this position so it will not shift.
refraction respectively. The x direction, as- After the polarization direction has been
sociated with α is called the fast axis. Con- identified in the field of view, move the par-
versely, the z direction is associated with γ ticle of interest to the center of the field of
and is the slow direction. Crocidolite has α view and align it with the polarization direc-
along the fiber length making it ‘‘length- tion. For fibers, align the fiber along this di-
fast’’. The remainder of the asbestos min- rection. Note the angular reading of the ro-
erals have the γ axis along the fiber length. tating stage. Looking at the particle, rotate
69
the stage until the fiber goes dark or ‘‘blinks the 530 nm wavelength color. This enhances
out’’. Again note the reading of the stage. the red color and gives the background a
The difference in the first reading and the characteristic red to red-magenta color. If
second is an angle of extinction. this ‘‘full-wave’’ compensator is in place
The angle measured may vary as the ori- when the asbestos preparation is inserted
entation of the fiber changes about its long into the light train, the colors seen on the fi-
axis. Tables of mineralogical data usually re- bers are quite different. Gypsum, like asbes-
port the maximum angle of extinction. As- tos has a fast axis and a slow axis. When a
bestos forming minerals, when they exhibit fiber is aligned with its fast axis in the same
an angle of extinction, usually do show an direction as the fast axis of the gypsum
angle of extinction close to the reported plate, the ray vibrating in the slow direction
maximum, or as appropriate depending on is retarded by both the asbestos and the gyp-
the substitution chemistry. sum. This results in a higher retardation
4.5. Crossed Polars with Compensator than would be present for either of the two
minerals. The color seen is a second order
When the optical axes of a crystal are not blue. When the fiber is rotated 90° using the
lined up along one of the polarizing direc- rotating stage, the slow direction of the fiber
tions (either the polarizer or the analyzer) is now aligned with the fast direction of the
part of the light travels along one axis and gypsum and the fast direction of the fiber is
part travels along the other visible axis. This aligned with the slow direction of the gyp-
is characteristic of birefringent materials. sum. Thus, one ray vibrates faster in the fast
The color depends on the difference of the direction of the gypsum, and slower in the
two visible indices of refraction and the slow direction of the fiber; the other ray will
thickness of the crystal. The maximum dif- vibrate slower in the slow direction of the
ference available is the difference between gypsum and faster in the fast direction of
the α and the γ axes. This maximum dif- the fiber. In this case, the effect is subtrac-
ference is usually tabulated as the tive and the color seen is a first order yel-
birefringence of the crystal. low. As long as the fiber thickness does not
For this test, align the fiber at 45° to the add appreciably to the color, the same basic
polarization directions in order to maximize colors will be seen for all asbestos types ex-
the contribution to each of the optical axes. cept crocidolite. In crocidolite the colors
The colors seen are called retardation colors. will be weaker, may be in the opposite direc-
They arise from the recombination of light tions, and will be altered by the blue absorp-
which has traveled through the two separate tion color natural to crocidolite. Hundreds of
directions of the crystal. One of the rays is other materials will give the same colors as
retarded behind the other since the light in asbestos, and therefore, this test is not defin-
that direction travels slower. On recombina- itive for asbestos. The test is useful in dis-
tion, some of the colors which make up
criminating against fiberglass or other
white light are enhanced by constructive in-
amorphous fibers such as some synthetic fi-
terference and some are suppressed by de-
bers. Certain synthetic fibers will show re-
structive interference. The result is a color
tardation colors different than asbestos;
dependent on the difference between the in-
however, there are some forms of poly-
dices and the thickness of the crystal. The
ethylene and aramid which will show mor-
proper colors, thicknesses, and retardations
phology and retardation colors similar to as-
are shown on a Michel-Levy chart. The three
bestos minerals. This test must be supple-
items, retardation, thickness and
mented with a positive identification test
birefringence are related by the following re-
when birefringent fibers are present which
lationship:
can not be excluded by morphology. This
R=t(nγ—nα) test is relatively ineffective for use on fibers
R=retardation, t=crystal thickness in µm, less than 1 µm in diameter. For positive con-
and firmation TEM or SEM should be used if no
nα,γ=indices of refraction. larger bundles or fibers are visible.
Examination of the equation for asbestos
minerals reveals that the visible colors for 4.6. Dispersion Staining
almost all common asbestos minerals and
fiber sizes are shades of gray and black. The Dispersion microscopy or dispersion stain-
eye is relatively poor at discriminating dif- ing is the method of choice for the identi-
ferent shades of gray. It is very good at dis- fication of asbestos in bulk materials. Becke
criminating different colors. In order to line analysis is used by some laboratories
compensate for the low retardation, a com- and yields the same results as does disper-
pensator is added to the light train between sion staining for asbestos and can be used in
the polarization elements. The compensator lieu of dispersion staining. Dispersion stain-
used for this test is a gypsum plate of known ing is performed on the same platform as the
thickness and birefringence. Such a compen- phase-polar analysis with the analyzer and
sator when oriented at 45° to the polarizer di- compensator removed. One polarizing ele-
rection, provides a retardation of 530 nm of ment remains to define the direction of the
70
light so that the different indices of refrac- fication of asbestos. If only one of the colors
tion of the fibers may be separately deter- is correct while the other is not, the identi-
mined. Dispersion microscopy is a dark-field fication is not positive. If the colors in both
technique when used for asbestos. Particles directions are bluish-white, the analyst has
are imaged with scattered light. Light which chosen a matching index oil which is higher
is unscattered is blocked from reaching the than the correct matching oil, e.g. the ana-
eye either by the back field image mask in a lyst has used n=1.620 where chrysotile is
McCrone objective or a back field image present. The next lower oil (Section 3.5.)
mask in the phase condenser. The most con- should be used to prepare another specimen.
venient method is to use the rotating phase If the color in both directions is yellow-
condenser to move an oversized phase ring white to straw-yellow-white, this indicates
into place. The ideal size for this ring is for that the index of the oil is lower than the
the central disk to be just larger than the index of the fiber, e.g. the preparation is in
objective entry aperture as viewed in the n=1.550 while anthophyllite is present. Select
back focal plane. The larger the disk, the the next higher oil (Section 3.5.) and prepare
less scattered light reaches the eye. This will another slide. Continue in this fashion until
have the effect of diminishing the intensity a positive identification of all asbestos spe-
of dispersion color and will shift the actual cies present has been made or all possible as-
color seen. The colors seen vary even on mi- bestos species have been ruled out by nega-
croscopes from the same manufacturer. This tive results in this test. Certain plant fibers
is due to the different bands of wavelength can have similar dispersion colors as asbes-
exclusion by different mask sizes. The mask tos. Take care to note and evaluate the mor-
may either reside in the condenser or in the phology of the fibers or remove the plant fi-
objective back focal plane. It is imperative bers in pre- preparation. Coating material on
that the analyst determine by experimen- the fibers such as carbonate or vinyl may de-
tation with asbestos standards what the ap- stroy the dispersion color. Usually, there
propriate colors should be for each asbestos will be some outcropping of fiber which will
type. The colors depend also on the tempera- show the colors sufficient for identification.
ture of the preparation and the exact chem- When this is not the case, treat the sample
istry of the asbestos. Therefore, some slight as described in Section 3.3. and then perform
differences from the standards should be al- dispersion staining. Some samples will yield
lowed. This is not a serious problem for com- to Becke line analysis if they are coated or
mercial asbestos uses. This technique is used electron microscopy can be used for identi-
for identification of the indices of refraction fication.
for fibers by recognition of color. There is no
direct numerical readout of the index of re- 5. References
fraction. Correlation of color to actual index 5.1. Crane, D.T., Asbestos in Air, OSHA
of refraction is possible by referral to pub- method ID160, Revised November 1992.
lished conversion tables. This is not nec- 5.2. Ford, W.E., Dana’s Textbook of Min-
essary for the analysis of asbestos. Recogni- eralogy; Fourth Ed.; John Wiley and Son,
tion of appropriate colors along with the New York, 1950, p. vii.
proper morphology are deemed sufficient to 5.3. Selikoff,.I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and
identify the commercial asbestos minerals. Disease, Academic Press, New York, 1978, pp.
Other techniques including SEM, TEM, and 3,20.
XRD may be required to provide additional 5.4. Women Inspectors of Factories. Annual
information in order to identify other types Report for 1898, H.M. Statistical Office, Lon-
of asbestos. don, p. 170 (1898).
Make a preparation in the suspected 5.5. Selikoff, I.J., Lee, D.H.K., Asbestos and
matching high dispersion oil, e.g., n=1.550 for Disease, Academic Press, New York, 1978, pp.
chrysotile. Perform the preliminary tests to 26,30.
determine whether the fibers are 5.6. Campbell, W.J., et al, Selected Silicate
birefringent or not. Take note of the mor- Minerals and Their Asbestiform Varieties,
phological character. Wavy fibers are indic- United States Department of the Interior,
ative of chrysotile while long, straight, thin, Bureau of Mines, Information Circular 8751,
frayed fibers are indicative of amphibole as- 1977.
bestos. This can aid in the selection of the 5.7. Asbestos, Code of Federal Regulations,
appropriate matching oil. The microscope is 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 CFR 1926.58.
set up and the polarization direction is noted 5.8. National Emission Standards for Haz-
as in Section 4.4. Align a fiber with the po- ardous Air Pollutants; Asbestos NESHAP Revi-
larization direction. Note the color. This is sion, FEDERAL REGISTER, Vol. 55, No. 224, 20
the color parallel to the polarizer. Then ro- November 1990, p. 48410.
tate the fiber rotating the stage 90° so that 5.9. Ross, M. The Asbestos Minerals: Defini-
the polarization direction is across the fiber. tions, Description, Modes of Formation, Phys-
This is the perpendicular position. Again ical and Chemical Properties and Health Risk to
note the color. Both colors must be con- the Mining Community, Nation Bureau of
sistent with standard asbestos minerals in Standards Special Publication, Washington,
the correct direction for a positive identi- DC, 1977.
71
5.10. Lilis, R., Fibrous Zeolites and En- coal, petroleum (excluding asphalt),
demic Mesothelioma in Cappadocia, Turkey, wood, and other organic matter. As-
J. Occ Medicine, 1981, 23,(8),548–550. phalt (CAS 8052–42–4, and CAS 64742–93–
5.11. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos—
1972, U.S. Department of Health, Education
4) is not covered under the ‘‘coal tar
and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center pitch volatiles’’ standard.
for Disease Control, National Institute for [48 FR 2768, Jan. 21, 1983]
Occupational Safety and Health, HSM–72–
10267. § 1910.1003 13 Carcinogens (4-
5.12. Campbell, W.J., et al, Relationship of Nitrobiphenyl, etc.).
Mineral Habit to Size Characteristics for
Tremolite Fragments and Fibers, United States (a) Scope and application. (1) This sec-
Department of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, tion applies to any area in which the 13
Information Circular 8367, 1979. carcinogens addressed by this section
5.13. Mefford, D., DCM Laboratory, Denver, are manufactured, processed, repack-
private communication, July 1987. aged, released, handled, or stored, but
5.14. Deer, W.A., Howie, R.A., Zussman, J., shall not apply to transshipment in
Rock Forming Minerals, Longman, Thetford,
UK, 1974.
sealed containers, except for the label-
5.15. Kerr, P.F., Optical Mineralogy; Third ing requirements under paragraphs
Ed. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1959. (e)(2), (3) and (4) of this section. The 13
5.16. Veblen, D.R. (Ed.), Amphiboles and carcinogens are the following:
Other Hydrous Pyriboles—Mineralogy, Reviews
in Mineralogy, Vol 9A, Michigan, 1982, pp 1– 4-Nitrobiphenyl, Chemical Abstracts Service
102. Register Number (CAS No.) 92933;
5.17. Dixon, W.C., Applications of Optical Mi- alpha-Naphthylamine, CAS No. 134327;
croscopy in the Analysis of Asbestos and methyl chloromethyl ether, CAS No. 107302;
3,′-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts) CAS No.
Quartz, ACS Symposium Series, No. 120, An-
91941;
alytical Techniques in Occupational Health
bis-Chloromethyl ether, CAS No. 542881;
Chemistry, 1979.
beta-Naphthylamine, CAS No. 91598;
5.18. Polarized Light Microscopy, McCrone
Benzidine, CAS No. 92875;
Research Institute, Chicago, 1976.
4-Aminodiphenyl, CAS No. 92671;
5.19. Asbestos Identification, McCrone Re-
Ethyleneimine, CAS No. 151564;
search Institute, G & G printers, Chicago,
beta-Propiolactone, CAS No. 57578;
1987.
2-Acetylaminofluorene, CAS No. 53963;
5.20. McCrone, W.C., Calculation of Refrac-
4-Dimethylaminoazo-benezene, CAS No.
tive Indices from Dispersion Staining Data,
60117; and
The Microscope, No 37, Chicago, 1989.
N-Nitrosodimethylamine, CAS No. 62759.
5.21. Levadie, B. (Ed.), Asbestos and Other
Health Related Silicates, ASTM Technical (2) This section shall not apply to the
Publication 834, ASTM, Philadelphia 1982. following:
5.22. Steel, E. and Wylie, A., Riordan, P.H. (i) Solid or liquid mixtures con-
(Ed.), Mineralogical Characteristics of As-
bestos, Geology of Asbestos Deposits, pp. 93–101,
taining less than 0.1 percent by weight
SME–AIME, 1981. or volume of 4–Nitrobiphenyl; methyl
5.23. Zussman, J., The Mineralogy of Asbes- chloromethyl ether; bis-chloromethyl
tos, Asbestos: Properties, Applications and Haz- ether; beta-Naphthylamine; benzidine
ards, pp. 45–67 Wiley, 1979. or 4–Aminodiphenyl; and
[51 FR 22733, June 20, 1986, as amended at 51 (ii) Solid or liquid mixtures con-
FR 37004, Oct. 17, 1986; 52 FR 17754, 17755, May taining less than 1.0 percent by weight
12, 1987; 53 FR 35625, September 14, 1988; 54 FR or volume of alpha-Naphthylamine; 3,′-
24334, June 7, 1989; 54 FR 29546, July 13, 1989; Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts);
54 FR 52027, Dec. 20, 1989, 55 FR 3731, Feb. 5, Ethyleneimine; beta-Propiolactone; 2-
1990; 55 FR 34710, Aug. 24, 1990; 57 FR 24330, Acetylaminofluorene; 4-
June 8, 1992; 59 FR 41057, Aug. 10, 1994; 60 FR
9625, Feb. 21, 1995; 60 FR 33344, June 28, 1995;
Dimethylaminoazobenzene, or N-
60 FR 33984–33987, June 29, 1995; 61 FR 5508, Nitrosodimethylamine.
Feb. 13, 1996; 61 FR 43457, Aug. 23, 1996; 63 FR (b) Definitions. For the purposes of
1285, Jan. 8, 1998] this section:
Absolute filter is one capable of retain-
§ 1910.1002 Coal tar pitch volatiles; ining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse
terpretation of term. aerosol of 0.3 µ m particles.
As used in § 1910.1000 (Table Z-1), coal Authorized employee means an em-
tar pitch volatiles include the fused ployee whose duties require him to be
polycyclic hydrocarbons which vola- in the regulated area and who has been
tilize from the distillation residues of specifically assigned by the employer.
72
Clean change room means a room Nonregulated area means any area
where employees put on clean clothing under the control of the employer
and/or protective equipment in an envi- where entry and exit is neither re-
ronment free of the 13 carcinogens ad- stricted nor controlled.
dressed by this section. The clean Open-vessel system means an oper-
change room shall be contiguous to and ation involving a carcinogen addressed
have an entry from a shower room, by this section in an open vessel that is
when the shower room facilities are not in an isolated system, a labora-
otherwise required in this section. tory-type hood, nor in any other sys-
Closed system means an operation in- tem affording equivalent protection
volving a carcinogen addressed by this against the entry of the material into
section where containment prevents regulated areas, non-regulated areas,
the release of the material into regu- or the external environment.
lated areas, non-regulated areas, or the Protective clothing means clothing de-
external environment. signed to protect an employee against
Decontamination means the inactiva- contact with or exposure to a car-
tion of a carcinogen addressed by this cinogen addressed by this section.
section or its safe disposal. Regulated area means an area where
Director means the Director, National entry and exit is restricted and con-
Institute for Occupational Safety and trolled.
Health, or any person directed by him
(c) Requirements for areas containing a
or the Secretary of Health and Human
carcinogen addressed by this section. A
Services to act for the Director.
regulated area shall be established by
Disposal means the safe removal of
the carcinogens addressed by this sec- an employer where a carcinogen ad-
tion from the work environment. dressed by this section is manufac-
Emergency means an unforeseen cir- tured, processed, used, repackaged, re-
cumstance or set of circumstances released, handled or stored. All such
sulting in the release of a carcinogen areas shall be controlled in accordance
addressed by this section that may re- with the requirements for the following
sult in exposure to or contact with the category or categories describing the
material. operation involved:
External environment means any envi- (1) Isolated systems. Employees work-
ronment external to regulated and non- ing with a carcinogen addressed by this
regulated areas. section within an isolated system such
Isolated system means a fully enclosed as a ‘‘glove box’’ shall wash their hands
structure other than the vessel of con- and arms upon completion of the as-
tainment of a carcinogen addressed by signed task and before engaging in
this section that is impervious to the other activities not associated with the
passage of the material and would pre- isolated system.
vent the entry of the carcinogen ad- (2) Closed system operation. (i) Within
dressed by this section into regulated regulated areas where the carcinogens
areas, nonregulated areas, or the exter- addressed by this section are stored in
nal environment, should leakage or sealed containers, or contained in a
spillage from the vessel of containment closed system, including piping sys-
occur. tems, with any sample ports or open-
Laboratory-type hood is a device en- ings closed while the carcinogens ad-
closed on the three sides and the top dressed by this section are contained
and bottom, designed and maintained within, access shall be restricted to au-
so as to draw air inward at an average thorized employees only.
linear face velocity of 150 feet per (ii) Employees exposed to 4–
minute with a minimum of 125 feet per Nitrobiphenyl; alpha-Naphthylamine;
minute; designed, constructed, and 3,′-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts);
maintained in such a way that an oper- beta-Naphthylamine; benzidine; 4–
ation involving a carcinogen addressed Aminodiphenyl; 2–
by this section within the hood does Acetylaminofluorene; 4–
not require the insertion of any portion Dimethylaminoazo-benzene; and N-
of any employee’s body other than his Nitrosodimethylamine shall be re-
hands and arms. quired to wash hands, forearms, face,
73
and neck upon each exit from the regu- (vi) Drinking fountains are prohib-
lated areas, close to the point of exit, ited in the regulated area.
and before engaging in other activities. (vii) Employees shall be required to
(3) Open-vessel system operations. wash hands, forearms, face, and neck
Open-vessel system operations as de- on each exit from the regulated area,
fined in paragraph (b)(13) of this sec- close to the point of exit, and before
tion are prohibited. engaging in other activities and em-
(4) Transfer from a closed system, ployees exposed to 4–Nitrobiphenyl;
charging or discharging point operations, alpha-Naphthylamine; 3,′-
or otherwise opening a closed system. In Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts); beta-
operations involving ‘‘laboratory-type Naphthylamine; Benzidine; 4–
hoods,’’ or in locations where the car- Aminodiphenyl; 2–
cinogens addressed by this section are Acetylaminofluorene; 4–
contained in an otherwise ‘‘closed sys- Dimethylaminoazo-benzene; and N-
tem,’’ but is transferred, charged, or Nitrosodimethylamine shall be re-
discharged into other normally closed quired to shower after the last exit of
containers, the provisions of this para- the day.
graph shall apply. (5) Maintenance and decontamination
(i) Access shall be restricted to au- activities. In cleanup of leaks of spills,
thorized employees only. maintenance, or repair operations on
(ii) Each operation shall be provided contaminated systems or equipment,
with continuous local exhaust ventila- or any operations involving work in an
tion so that air movement is always area where direct contact with a car-
from ordinary work areas to the oper- cinogen addressed by this section could
ation. Exhaust air shall not be dis- result, each authorized employee enter-
charged to regulated areas, nonregu- ing that area shall:
lated areas or the external environ- (i) Be provided with and required to
ment unless decontaminated. Clean wear clean, impervious garments, in-
makeup air shall be introduced in suffi- cluding gloves, boots, and continuous-
cient volume to maintain the correct air supplied hood in accordance with
operation of the local exhaust system. § 1910.134;
(iii) Employees shall be provided
(ii) Be decontaminated before remov-
with, and required to wear, clean, full
ing the protective garments and hood;
body protective clothing (smocks, cov-
(iii) Be required to shower upon re-
eralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants),
moving the protective garments and
shoe covers and gloves prior to enter-
hood.
ing the regulated area.
(iv) Employees engaged in handling (d) General regulated area require-
operations involving the carcinogens ments—(1) Respirator program. The em-
addressed by this section must be pro- ployer must implement a respiratory
vided with, and required to wear and protection program in accordance with
use a half-face filter-type respirator 29 CFR 1910.134 (b), (c), (d) (except
with filters for dusts, mists, and fumes, (d)(1)(iii) and (iv), and (d)(3)), and (e)
or air-purifying canisters or cartridges. through (m).
A respirator affording higher levels of (2) Emergencies. In an emergency, im-
protection than this respirator may be mediate measures including, but not
substituted. limited to, the requirements of para-
(v) Prior to each exit from a regu- graphs (d)(2) (i) through (v) of this sec-
lated area, employees shall be required tion shall be implemented.
to remove and leave protective cloth- (i) The potentially affected area shall
ing and equipment at the point of exit be evacuated as soon as the emergency
and at the last exit of the day, to place has been determined.
used clothing and equipment in imper- (ii) Hazardous conditions created by
vious containers at the point of exit for the emergency shall be eliminated and
purposes of decontamination or dis- the potentially affected area shall be
posal. The contents of such impervious decontaminated prior to the resump-
containers shall be identified, as re- tion of normal operations.
quired under paragraphs (e) (2), (3), and (iii) Special medical surveillance by a
(4) of this section. physician shall be instituted within 24
74
hours for employees present in the po- (ii) Any equipment, material, or
tentially affected area at the time of other item taken into or removed from
the emergency. A report of the medical a regulated area shall be done so in a
surveillance and any treatment shall manner that does not cause contamina-
be included in the incident report, in tion in nonregulated areas or the exter-
accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this nal environment.
section. (iii) Decontamination procedures
(iv) Where an employee has a known shall be established and implemented
contact with a carcinogen addressed by to remove carcinogens addressed by
this section, such employee shall be re- this section from the surfaces of mate-
quired to shower as soon as possible, rials, equipment, and the decontamina-
unless contraindicated by physical in- tion facility.
juries. (iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping
(v) An incident report on the emer- are prohibited for 4–Nitrobiphenyl;
gency shall be reported as provided in alpha-Naphthylamine; 3,′-
paragraph (f)(2) of this section. Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts); beta-
(vi) Emergency deluge showers and Naphthylamine; Benzidine; 4–
eyewash fountains supplied with run- Aminodiphenyl; 2–
ning potable water shall be located Acetylaminofluorene; 4–
Dimethylaminoazo-benzene and N-
near, within sight of, and on the same
Nitrosodimethylamine.
level with locations where a direct ex-
(e) Signs, information and training—(1)
posure to Ethyleneimine or beta-
Signs—(i) Entrances to regulated areas
Propiolactone only would be most like-
shall be posted with signs bearing the
ly as a result of equipment failure or
legend:
improper work practice.
(3) Hygiene facilities and practices. (i) CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT
Storage or consumption of food, stor-
age or use of containers of beverages, AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
storage or application of cosmetics,
(ii) Entrances to regulated areas con-
smoking, storage of smoking mate-
taining operations covered in para-
rials, tobacco products or other prod-
graph (c)(5) of this section shall be
ucts for chewing, or the chewing of
posted with signs bearing the legend:
such products are prohibited in regu-
lated areas. CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED
(ii) Where employees are required by IN THIS AREA
this section to wash, washing facilities
shall be provided in accordance with IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING
§ 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) (ii) through (vii). GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUP-
(iii) Where employees are required by PLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL
this section to shower, shower facili- TIMES
ties shall be provided in accordance
with § 1910.141(d)(3). AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
(iv) Where employees wear protective (iii) Appropriate signs and instruc-
clothing and equipment, clean change tions shall be posted at the entrance
rooms shall be provided for the number to, and exit from, regulated areas, in-
of such employees required to change forming employees of the procedures
clothes, in accordance with § 1910.141(e). that must be followed in entering and
(v) Where toilets are in regulated leaving a regulated area.
areas, such toilets shall be in a sepa- (2) Container contents identification. (i)
rate room. Containers of a carcinogen addressed
(4) Contamination control. (i) Except by this section and containers required
for outdoor systems, regulated areas under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)
shall be maintained under pressure (vii)(B) and (viii)(B) of this section that
negative with respect to nonregulated are accessible only to and handled only
areas. Local exhaust ventilation may by authorized employees, or by other
be used to satisfy this requirement. employees trained in accordance with
Clean makeup air in equal volume paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may
shall replace air removed. have contents identification limited to
75
a generic or proprietary name or other (C) The purpose for and application of
proprietary identification of the car- the medical surveillance program, in-
cinogen and percent. cluding, as appropriate, methods of
(ii) Containers of a carcinogen ad- self-examination;
dressed by this section and containers (D) The purpose for and application
required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and of decontamination practices and pur-
(c)(6) (vii)(B) and (viii)(B) of this sec- poses;
tion that are accessible to or handled (E) The purpose for and significance
by employees other than authorized of emergency practices and procedures;
employees or employees trained in ac- (F) The employee’s specific role in
cordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this emergency procedures;
section shall have contents identifica- (G) Specific information to aid the
tion that includes the full chemical employee in recognition and evalua-
name and Chemical Abstracts Service tion of conditions and situations which
Registry number as listed in paragraph may result in the release of a car-
(a)(1) of this section. cinogen addressed by this section;
(iii) Containers shall have the warn- (H) The purpose for and application
ing words ‘‘CANCER-SUSPECT of specific first aid procedures and
AGENT’’ displayed immediately under practices;
or adjacent to the contents identifica-
(I) A review of this section at the em-
tion.
ployee’s first training and indoctrina-
(iv) Containers whose contents are
tion program and annually thereafter.
carcinogens addressed by this section
(ii) Specific emergency procedures
with corrosive or irritating properties
shall be prescribed, and posted, and em-
shall have label statements warning of
ployees shall be familiarized with their
such hazards noting, if appropriate,
terms, and rehearsed in their applica-
particularly sensitive or affected por-
tion.
tions of the body.
(3) Lettering. Lettering on signs and (iii) All materials relating to the pro-
instructions required by paragraph gram shall be provided upon request to
(e)(1) shall be a minimum letter height authorized representatives of the As-
of 2 inches (5 cm). Labels on containers sistant Secretary and the Director.
required under this section shall not be (f) Reports—(1) Operations. The infor-
less than one-half the size of the larg- mation required in paragraphs (f)(1) (i)
est lettering on the package, and not through (iv) of this section shall be re-
less than 8-point type in any instance. ported in writing to the nearest OSHA
Provided, That no such required let- Area Director. Any changes in such in-
tering need be more than 1 inch (2.5 formation shall be similarly reported
cm) in height. in writing within 15 calendar days of
(4) Prohibited statements. No state- such change:
ment shall appear on or near any re- (i) A brief description and in-plant lo-
quired sign, label, or instruction that cation of the area(s) regulated and the
contradicts or detracts from the effect address of each regulated area;
of any required warning, information, (ii) The name(s) and other identi-
or instruction. fying information as to the presence of
(5) Training and indoctrination. (i) a carcinogen addressed by this section
Each employee prior to being author- in each regulated area;
ized to enter a regulated area, shall re- (iii) The number of employees in each
ceive a training and indoctrination regulated area, during normal oper-
program including, but not necessarily ations including maintenance activi-
limited to: ties; and
(A) The nature of the carcinogenic (iv) The manner in which carcinogens
hazards of a carcinogen addressed by addressed by this section are present in
this section, including local and sys- each regulated area; for example,
temic toxicity; whether it is manufactured, processed,
(B) The specific nature of the oper- used, repackaged, released, stored, or
ation involving a carcinogen addressed otherwise handled.
by this section that could result in ex- (2) Incidents. Incidents that result in
posure; the release of a carcinogen addressed
76
by this section into any area where em- (2) Records. (i) Employers of employ-
ployees may be potentially exposed ees examined pursuant to this para-
shall be reported in accordance with graph shall cause to be maintained
this paragraph. complete and accurate records of all
(i) A report of the occurrence of the such medical examinations. Records
incident and the facts obtainable at shall be maintained for the duration of
that time including a report on any the employee’s employment. Upon ter-
medical treatment of affected employ- mination of the employee’s employ-
ees shall be made within 24 hours to ment, including retirement or death, or
the nearest OSHA Area Director. in the event that the employer ceases
(ii) A written report shall be filed business without a successor, records,
with the nearest OSHA Area Director or notarized true copies thereof, shall
within 15 calendar days thereafter and be forwarded by registered mail to the
shall include: Director.
(A) A specification of the amount of (ii) Records required by this para-
material released, the amount of time graph shall be provided upon request to
involved, and an explanation of the employees, designated representatives,
procedure used in determining this fig- and the Assistant Secretary in accord-
ure;
ance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e)
(B) A description of the area in- and (g) through (i). These records shall
volved, and the extent of known and
also be provided upon request to the
possible employee exposure and area
Director.
contamination;
(iii) Any physician who conducts a
(C) A report of any medical treat-
ment of affected employees, and any medical examination required by this
medical surveillance program imple- paragraph shall furnish to the em-
mented; and ployer a statement of the employee’s
(D) An analysis of the circumstances suitability for employment in the spe-
of the incident and measures taken or cific exposure.
to be taken, with specific completion [61 FR 9242, Mar. 7, 1996, as amended at 63 FR
dates, to avoid further similar releases. 1286, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998]
(g) Medical surveillance. At no cost to
the employee, a program of medical § 1910.1004 alpha-Naphthylamine.
surveillance shall be established and See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.
implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated [61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]
areas, and for authorized employees.
(1) Examinations. (i) Before an em- § 1910.1005 [Reserved]
ployee is assigned to enter a regulated
§ 1910.1006 Methyl chloromethyl ether.
area, a preassignment physical exam-
ination by a physician shall be pro- See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.
vided. The examination shall include [61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]
the personal history of the employee,
family and occupational background, § 1910.1007 3,′-Dichlorobenzidine (and
including genetic and environmental its salts).
factors.
(ii) Authorized employees shall be See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.
provided periodic physical examina- [61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]
tions, not less often than annually, fol-
lowing the preassignment examination. § 1910.1008 bis-Chloromethyl ether.
(iii) In all physical examinations, the See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.
examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of in- [61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]
creased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those un- § 1910.1009 beta-Naphthylamine.
dergoing treatment with steroids or See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens.
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy, and ciga-
rette smoking. [61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]
77
§ 1910.1010 Benzidine. (3) Authorized person means any per-

See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens. son specifically authorized by the em-
ployer whose duties require him to
[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996] enter a regulated area or any person
entering such an area as a designated
§ 1910.1011 4-Aminodiphenyl.
representative of employees for the
See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens. purpose of exercising an opportunity to
[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996] observe monitoring and measuring pro-
cedures.
§ 1910.1012 Ethyleneimine. (4) Director means the Director, Na-
See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens. tional Institute for Occupational Safe-
ty and Health, U.S. Department of
[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]
Health and Human Services, or his des-
§ 1910.1013 beta-Propiolactone. ignee.
See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens. (5) Emergency means any occurrence
such as, but not limited to, equipment
[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996] failure, or operation of a relief device
which is likely to, or does, result in
§ 1910.1014 2-Acetylaminofluorene.
massive release of vinyl chloride.
See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens. (6) Fabricated product means a prod-
[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996] uct made wholly or partly from poly-
vinyl chloride, and which does not re-
§ 1910.1015 4-Dimethylaminoazo- quire further processing at tempera-
benzene. tures, and for times, sufficient to cause
See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens. mass melting of the polyvinyl chloride
resulting in the release of vinyl chlo-
[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996]
ride.
§ 1910.1016 N-Nitrosodimethylamine. (7) Hazardous operation means any op-
See § 1910.1003, 13 carcinogens. eration, procedure, or activity where a
release of either vinyl chloride liquid
[61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996] or gas might be expected as a con-
sequence of the operation or because of
§ 1910.1017 Vinyl chloride.
an accident in the operation, which
(a) Scope and application. (1) This sec- would result in an employee exposure
tion includes requirements for the con- in excess of the permissible exposure
trol of employee exposure to vinyl limit.
chloride (chloroethene), Chemical Ab- (8) OSHA Area Director means the Di-
stracts Service Registry No. 75014. rector for the Occupational Safety and
(2) This section applies to the manu- Health Administration Area Office hav-
facture, reaction, packaging, repack- ing jurisdiction over the geographic
aging, storage, handling or use of vinyl area in which the employer’s establish-
chloride or polyvinyl chloride, but does ment is located.
not apply to the handling or use of fab-
(9) Polyvinyl chloride means polyvinyl
ricated products made of polyvinyl
chloride homopolymer or copolymer
chloride.
before such is converted to a fabricated
(3) This section applies to the trans-
portation of vinyl chloride or polyvinyl product.
chloride except to the extent that the (10) Vinyl chloride means vinyl chlo-
Department of Transportation may ride monomer.
regulate the hazards covered by this (c) Permissible exposure limit. (1) No
section. employee may be exposed to vinyl
(b) Definitions. (1) Action level means a chloride at concentrations greater than
concentration of vinyl chloride of 0.5 1 ppm averaged over any 8-hour period,
ppm averaged over an 8-hour work day. and
(2) Assistant Secretary means the As- (2) No employee may be exposed to
sistant Secretary of Labor for Occupa- vinyl chloride at concentrations great-
tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart- er than 5 ppm averaged over any period
ment of Labor, or his designee. not exceeding 15 minutes.
78
(3) No employee may be exposed to (e) Regulated area. (1) A regulated

vinyl chloride by direct contact with area shall be established where:
liquid vinyl chloride. (i) Vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chlo-
(d) Monitoring. (1) A program of ini- ride is manufactured, reacted, repack-
tial monitoring and measurement shall aged, stored, handled or used; and
be undertaken in each establishment to (ii) Vinyl chloride concentrations are
determine if there is any employee ex- in excess of the permissible exposure
posed, without regard to the use of res- limit.
pirators, in excess of the action level. (2) Access to regulated areas shall be
(2) Where a determination conducted limited to authorized persons.
under paragraph (d)(1) of this section (f) Methods of compliance. Employee
shows any employee exposures, with- exposures to vinyl chloride shall be
out regard to the use of respirators, in controlled to at or below the permis-
excess of the action level, a program sible exposure limit provided in para-
for determining exposures for each graph (c) of this section by engineer-
such employee shall be established. ing, work practice, and personal pro-
Such a program: tective controls as follows:
(i) Shall be repeated at least monthly (1) Feasible engineering and work
where any employee is exposed, with- practice controls shall immediately be
used to reduce exposures to at or below
out regard to the use of respirators, in
the permissible exposure limit.
excess of the permissible exposure
(2) Wherever feasible engineering and
limit.
work practice controls which can be in-
(ii) Shall be repeated not less than stituted immediately are not sufficient
quarterly where any employee is ex- to reduce exposures to at or below the
posed, without regard to the use of res- permissible exposure limit, they shall
pirators, in excess of the action level. nonetheless be used to reduce expo-
(iii) May be discontinued for any em- sures to the lowest practicable level,
ployee only when at least two consecu- and shall be supplemented by res-
tive monitoring determinations, made piratory protection in accordance with
not less than 5 working days apart, paragraph (g) of this section. A pro-
show exposures for that employee at or gram shall be established and imple-
below the action level. mented to reduce exposures to at or
(3) Whenever there has been a produc- below the permissible exposure limit,
tion, process or control change which or to the greatest extent feasible, sole-
may result in an increase in the release ly by means of engineering and work
of vinyl chloride, or the employer has practice controls, as soon as feasible.
any other reason to suspect that any (3) Written plans for such a program
employee may be exposed in excess of shall be developed and furnished upon
the action level, a determination of request for examination and copying to
employee exposure under paragraph authorized representatives of the As-
(d)(1) of this section shall be per- sistant Secretary and the Director.
formed. Such plans shall be updated at least
(4) The method of monitoring and every six months.
measurement shall have an accuracy (g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.
(with a confidence level of 95 percent) For employees who use respirators re-
of not less than plus or minus 50 per- quired by this section, the employer
cent from 0.25 through 0.5 ppm, plus or must provide respirators that comply
minus 35 percent from over 0.5 ppm with the requirements of this para-
through 1.0 ppm, and plus or minus 25 graph.
percent over 1.0 ppm. (Methods meeting (2) Respirator program. The employer
these accuracy requirements are avail- must implement a respiratory protec-
able in the ‘‘NIOSH Manual of Analyt- tion program in accordance with 29
ical Methods’’). CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
(5) Employees or their designated (d)(1)(iii), and (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and (2)),
representatives shall be afforded rea- and (f) through (m).
sonable opportunity to observe the (3) Respirator selection. (i) Respirators
monitoring and measuring required by must be selected from the following
this paragraph. table:
79
Atmospheric concentration of vinyl chloride Required apparatus
(i) Unknown, or above 3,600 p/m ............... Open-circuit, self-contained breathing apparatus, pressure demand type, with full
facepiece.
(ii) Not over 3,600 p/m ................................ (A) Combination type C supplied air respirator, pressure demand type, with full or
half facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or
(iii) Not over 1,000 p/m ............................... (B) Combination type, supplied air respirator continuous flow type, with full or half
facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply. Type C, supplied air respirator,
continuous flow type, with full or half facepiece, helmet or hood.
(iv) Not over 100 p/m .................................. (A) Combination type C supplied air respirator demand type, with full facepiece,
and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or
(B) Open-circuit self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece, in demand
mode; or
Type (C) supplied air respirator, demand type, with full facepiece.
(v) Not over 25 p/m ..................................... (A) A powered air-purifying respirator with hood, helmet, full or half facepiece, and
a canister which provides a service life of at least 4 hours for concentrations of
vinyl chloride up to 25 p/m, or
(B) Gas mask, front- or back-mounted canister which provides a service life of at
least 4 hours for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 25 p/m.
(vi) Not over 10 p/m .................................... (A) Combination type C supplied-air respirator, demand type, with half facepiece,
and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or
(B) Type C supplied-air respirator, demand type, with half facepiece; or
(C) Any chemical cartridge respirator with an organic vapor cartridge which pro-
vides a service life of at least 1 hour for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 10
p/m.
(ii) When air-purifying respirators (i) Emergency situations. A written

are used: operational plan for emergency situa-
(A) Air-purifying canisters or car- tions shall be developed for each facil-
tridges must be replaced prior to the ity storing, handling, or otherwise
expiration of their service life or the using vinyl chloride as a liquid or com-
end of the shift in which they are first pressed gas. Appropriate portions of
used, whichever occurs first. the plan shall be implemented in the
(B) A continuous-monitoring and event of an emergency. The plan shall
alarm system must be provided when specifically provide that:
concentrations of vinyl chloride could (1) Employees engaged in hazardous
reasonably exceed the allowable con- operations or correcting situations of
centrations for the devices in use. Such existing hazardous releases shall be
a system must be used to alert employ- equipped as required in paragraph (h)
ees when vinyl chloride concentrations of this section;
exceed the allowable concentrations (2) Other employees not so equipped
for the devices in use. shall evacuate the area and not return
(iii) Respirators specified for higher until conditions are controlled by the
concentrations may be used for lower methods required in paragraph (f) of
concentrations. this section and the emergency is
(h) Hazardous operations. (1) Employ- abated.
ees engaged in hazardous operations, (j) Training. Each employee engaged
including entry of vessels to clean pol-
in vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride
yvinyl chloride residue from vessel
operations shall be provided training in
walls, shall be provided and required to
a program relating to the hazards of
wear and use;
vinyl chloride and precautions for its
(i) Respiratory protection in accord-
safe use.
ance with paragraphs (c) and (g) of this
section; and (1) The program shall include:
(ii) Protective garments to prevent (i) The nature of the health hazard
skin contact with liquid vinyl chloride from chronic exposure to vinyl chloride
or with polyvinyl chloride residue from including specifically the carcinogenic
vessel walls. The protective garments hazard;
shall be selected for the operation and (ii) The specific nature of operations
its possible exposure conditions. which could result in exposure to vinyl
(2) Protective garments shall be pro- chloride in excess of the permissible
vided clean and dry for each use. limit and necessary protective steps;
80
(iii) The purpose for, proper use, and (A) Total bilirubin;
limitations of respiratory protective (B) Alkaline phosphatase;
devices; (C) Serum glutamic oxalacetic trans-
(iv) The fire hazard and acute tox- aminase (SGOT);
icity of vinyl chloride, and the nec- (D) Serum glutamic pyruvic trans-
essary protective steps; aminase (SGPT); and
(v) The purpose for and a description (E) Gamma glustamyl
of the monitoring program; transpeptidase.
(vi) The purpose for, and a descrip- (2) Examinations provided in accord-
tion of, the medical surveillance pro- ance with this paragraph shall be per-
gram; formed at least:
(vii) Emergency procedures;
(i) Every 6 months for each employee
(viii) Specific information to aid the
who has been employed in vinyl chlo-
employee in recognition of conditions
ride or polyvinyl chloride manufac-
which may result in the release of
turing for 10 years or longer; and
vinyl chloride; and
(ii) Annually for all other employees.
(ix) A review of this standard at the
employee’s first training and indoc- (3) Each employee exposed to an
trination program, and annually there- emergency shall be afforded appro-
after. priate medical surveillance.
(2) All materials relating to the pro- (4) A statement of each employee’s
gram shall be provided upon request to suitability for continued exposure to
the Assistant Secretary and the Direc- vinyl chloride including use of protec-
tor. tive equipment and respirators, shall
(k) Medical surveillance. A program of be obtained from the examining physi-
medical surveillance shall be instituted cian promptly after any examination.
for each employee exposed, without re- A copy of the physician’s statement
gard to the use of respirators, to vinyl shall be provided each employee.
chloride in excess of the action level. (5) If any employee’s health would be
The program shall provide each such materially impaired by continued ex-
employee with an opportunity for exposure, such employee shall be with-
aminations and tests in accordance drawn from possible contact with vinyl
with this paragraph. All medical ex- chloride.
aminations and procedures shall be (6) Laboratory analyses for all bio-
performed by or under the supervision logical specimens included in medical
of a licensed physician, and shall be examinations shall be performed in
provided without cost to the employee. laboratories licensed under 42 CFR
(1) At the time of initial assignment, Part 74.
or upon institution of medical surveil- (7) If the examining physician deter-
lance; mines that alternative medical exami-
(i) A general physical examination nations to those required by paragraph
shall be performed, with specific atten- (k)(1) of this section will provide at
tion to detecting enlargement of liver, least equal assurance of detecting med-
spleen or kidneys, or dysfunction in ical conditions pertinent to the expo-
these organs, and for abnormalities in sure to vinyl chloride, the employer
skin, connective tissues and the pul- may accept such alternative examina-
monary system (See Appendix A). tions as meeting the requirements of
(ii) A medical history shall be taken, paragraph (k)(1) of this section, if the
including the following topics: employer obtains a statement from the
(A) Alcohol intake; examining physician setting forth the
(B) Past history of hepatitis; alternative examinations and the ra-
(C) Work history and past exposure tionale for substitution. This state-
to potential hepatotoxic agents, in- ment shall be available upon request
cluding drugs and chemicals; for examination and copying to author-
(D) Past history of blood trans- ized representatives of the Assistant
fusions; and Secretary and the Director.
(E) Past history of hospitalizations. (l) Signs and labels. (1) Entrances to
(iii) A serum specimen shall be ob- regulated areas shall be posted with
tained and determinations made of: legible signs bearing the legend:
81
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AREA ployees, designated representatives,

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY and the Assistant Secretary in accord-
ance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e)
(2) Areas containing hazardous oper-
ations or where an emergency cur- and (g) through (i). These records shall
rently exists shall be posted with leg- be provided upon request to the Direc-
ible signs bearing the legend: tor. Authorized personnel rosters shall
also be provided upon request to the
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT IN THIS AREA Assistant Secretary and the Director.
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED AU- (i) Monitoring and measuring records
THORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY shall:
(3) Containers of polyvinyl chloride (A) State the date of such monitoring
resin waste from reactors or other and measuring and the concentrations
waste contaminated with vinyl chlo- determined and identify the instru-
ride shall be legibly labeled: ments and methods used;
(B) Include any additional informa-
CONTAMINATED WITH VINYL CHLORIDE tion necessary to determine individual
employee exposures where such expo-
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT sures are determined by means other
(4) Containers of polyvinyl chloride than individual monitoring of employ-
shall be legibly labeled: ees; and
(C) Be maintained for not less than 30
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (OR TRADE NAME) years.
Contains (ii) [Reserved]
(iii) Medical records shall be main-
VINYL CHLORIDE tained for the duration of the employ-
ment of each employee plus 20 years, or
VINYL CHLORIDE IS A CANCER-SUSPECT 30 years, whichever is longer.
AGENT (3) In the event that the employer
(5) Containers of vinyl chloride shall ceases to do business and there is no
be legibly labeled either: successor to receive and retain his
(i) records for the prescribed period, these
records shall be transmitted by reg-
VINYL CHLORIDE istered mail to the Director, and each
employee individually notified in writ-
EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS UNDER ing of this transfer. The employer shall
PRESSURE also comply with any additional re-
quirements set forth in 29 CFR
CANCER SUSPECT AGENT
1910.20(h).
or (ii) In accordance with 49 CFR Parts (n) Reports. (1) Not later than 1
170 through 189, with the additional month after the establishment of a reg-
legend: ulated area, the following information
shall be reported to the OSHA Area Di-
CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT rector. Any changes to such informa-
tion shall be reported within 15 days.
applied near the label or placard.
(6) No statement shall appear on or (i) The address and location of each
near any required sign, label or in- establishment which has one or more
struction which contradicts or detracts regulated areas; and
from the effect of, any required warn- (ii) The number of employees in each
ing, information or instruction. regulated area during normal oper-
(m) Records. (1) All records main- ations, including maintenance.
tained in accordance with this section (2) Emergencies, and the facts obtain-
shall include the name and social secu- able at that time, shall be reported
rity number of each employee where within 24 hours to the OSHA Area Di-
relevant. rector. Upon request of the Area Direc-
(2) Records of required monitoring tor, the employer shall submit addi-
and measuring and medical records tional information in writing relevant
shall be provided upon request to em- to the nature and extent of employee
82
exposures and measures taken to pre- wood with preservatives or the utiliza-
vent future emergencies of similar nation of arsenically preserved wood.
ture. (b) Definitions. Action level means a
(3) Within 10 working days following concentration of inorganic arsenic of 5
any monitoring and measuring which micrograms per cubic meter of air (5
discloses that any employee has been µg/m3) averaged over any eight (8) hour
exposed, without regard to the use of period.
respirators, in excess of the permissible Assistant Secretary means the Assist-
exposure limit, each such employee ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
shall be notified in writing of the re- tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart-
sults of the exposure measurement and ment of Labor, or designee.
the steps being taken to reduce the ex- Authorized person means any person
posure to within the permissible expo- specifically authorized by the employer
sure limit. whose duties require the person to
(o) Effective dates. (1) Until April 1, enter a regulated area, or any person
1975, the provisions currently set forth entering such an area as a designated
in § 1910.93q of this part shall apply. representative of employees for the
(2) Effective April 1, 1975, the provi- purpose of exercising the right to ob-
sions set forth in § 1910.93q of this part serve monitoring and measuring proce-
shall apply. dures under paragraph (e) of this sec-
tion.
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1017— Director means the Director, National
SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL INFORMATION Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health, U.S. Department of Health and
When required tests under paragraph (k)(1)
of this section show abnormalities, the tests Human Services, or designee.
should be repeated as soon as practicable, Inorganic arsenic means copper aceto-
preferably within 3 to 4 weeks. If tests re- arsenite and all inorganic compounds
main abnormal, consideration should be containing arsenic except arsine, meas-
given to withdrawal of the employee from ured as arsenic (As).
contact with vinyl chloride, while a more (c) Permissible exposure limit. The em-
comprehensive examination is made. ployer shall assure that no employee is
Additional tests which may be useful: exposed to inorganic arsenic at con-
A. For kidney dysfunction: urine examina-
tion for albumin, red blood cells, and
centrations greater than 10
exfoliative abnormal cells. micrograms per cubic meter of air (10
B. Pulmonary system: Forced vital capac- µg/m ), averaged over any 8-hour pe-
3
ity, Forced expiratory volume at 1 second, riod.

and chest roentgenogram (posterior-anterior, (d) Notification of use. (1) By October
14 × 17 inches). 1, 1978 or within 60 days after the intro-
C. Additional serum tests: Lactic acid de- duction of inorganic arsenic into the
hydrogenase, lactic acid dehydrogenase workplace, every employer who is re-
isoenzyme, protein determination, and pro-
quired to establish a regulated area in
tein electrophoresis.
D. For a more comprehensive examination his workplaces shall report in writing
on repeated abnormal serum tests: Hepatitis to the OSHA area office for each such
B antigen, and liver scanning. workplace:
(i) The address of each such work-
[39 FR 35896, Oct. 4, 1974; 39 FR 41848, Dec. 3,
1974, as amended at 40 FR 13211, Mar. 25, 1975.
place;
Redesignated at 40 FR 23072, May 28, 1975 and (ii) The approximate number of em-
amended at 43 FR 49751, Oct. 24, 1978; 45 FR ployees who will be working in regu-
35282, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; lated areas; and
58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, (iii) A brief summary of the oper-
1996; 63 FR 1286, Jan. 8, 1998] ations creating the exposure and the
actions which the employer intends to
§ 1910.1018 Inorganic arsenic. take to reduce exposures.
(a) Scope and application. This section (2) Whenever there has been a signifi-
applies to all occupational exposures to cant change in the information re-
inorganic arsenic except that this sec- quired by paragraph (d)(1) of this sec-
tion does not apply to employee expo- tion the employer shall report the
sures in agriculture or resulting from changes in writing within 60 days to
pesticide application, the treatment of the OSHA area office.
83
(e) Exposure monitoring—(1) General. senic, additional monitoring which

(i) Determinations of airborne exposure complies with paragraph (e) of this sec-
levels shall be made from air samples tion shall be conducted.
that are representative of each employ- (5) Employee notification. (i) Within
ee’s exposure to inorganic arsenic over five (5) working days after the receipt
an eight (8) hour period. of monitoring results, the employer
(ii) For the purposes of this section, shall notify each employee in writing
employee exposure is that exposure of the results which represent that em-
which would occur if the employee ployee’s exposures.
were not using a respirator. (ii) Whenever the results indicate
(iii) The employer shall collect full that the representative employee expo-
shift (for at least 7 continuous hours) sure exceeds the permissible exposure
personal samples including at least one limit, the employer shall include in the
sample for each shift for each job clas- written notice a statement that the
sification in each work area. permissible exposure limit was exceed-
(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer ed and a description of the corrective
who has a workplace or work operation action taken to reduce exposure to or
covered by this standard shall monitor below the permissible exposure limit.
each such workplace and work oper- (6) Accuracy of measurement. (i) The
ation to accurately determine the air- employer shall use a method of moni-
borne concentration of inorganic ar- toring and measurement which has an
senic to which employees may be ex- accuracy (with a confidence level of 95
posed. percent) of not less than plus or minus
(3) Frequency. (i) If the initial moni- 25 percent for concentrations of inor-
toring reveals employee exposure to be ganic arsenic greater than or equal to
below the action level the measure- 10 µg/m3.
ments need not be repeated except as (ii) The employer shall use a method
otherwise provided in paragraph (e)(4) of monitoring and measurement which
of this section. has an accuracy (with confidence level
(ii) If the initial monitoring, required of 95 percent) of not less than plus or
by this section, or subsequent moni- minus 35 percent for concentrations of
toring reveals employee exposure to be inorganic arsenic greater than 5 µg/
above the permissible exposure limit, m3but less than 10 µg/m3.
the employer shall repeat monitoring (f) Regulated area—(1) Establishment.
at least quarterly. The employer shall establish regulated
(iii) If the initial monitoring, re- areas where worker exposures to inor-
quired by this section, or subsequent ganic arsenic, without regard to the
monitoring reveals employee exposure use of respirators, are in excess of the
to be above the action level and below permissible limit.
the permissible exposure limit the em- (2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall
ployer shall repeat monitoring at least be demarcated and segregated from the
every six months. rest of the workplace in any manner
(iv) The employer shall continue that minimizes the number of persons
monitoring at the required frequency who will be exposed to inorganic ar-
until at least two consecutive measure- senic.
ments, taken at least seven (7) days (3) Access. Access to regulated areas
apart, are below the action level at shall be limited to authorized persons
which time the employer may dis- or to persons otherwise authorized by
continue monitoring for that employee the Act or regulations issued pursuant
until such time as any of the events in thereto to enter such areas.
paragraph (e)(4) of this section occur. (4) Provision of respirators. All persons
(4) Additional monitoring. Whenever entering a regulated area shall be sup-
there has been a production, process, plied with a respirator, selected in ac-
control or personal change which may cordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this
result in new or additional exposure to section.
inorganic arsenic, or whenever the em- (5) Prohibited activities. The employer
ployer has any other reason to suspect shall assure that in regulated areas,
a change which may result in new or food or beverages are not consumed,
additional exposures to inorganic ar- smoking products, chewing tobacco
84
and gum are not used and cosmetics tices necessary to meet the permissible
are not applied, except that these ac- exposure limit;
tivities may be conducted in the (F) Whenever the employer will not
lunchrooms, change rooms and showers achieve the permissible exposure limit
required under paragraph (m) of this with engineering controls and work
section. Drinking water may be con- practices by December 31, 1979, the em-
sumed in the regulated area. ployer shall include in the compliance
(g) Methods of compliance—(1) Con- plan an analysis of the effectiveness of
trols. (i) The employer shall institute at the various controls, shall install engi-
the earliest possible time but not later neering controls and institute work
than December 31, 1979, engineering practices on the quickest schedule fea-
and work practice controls to reduce sible, and shall include in the compli-
exposures to or below the permissible ance plan and implement a program to
exposure limit, except to the extent minimize the discomfort and maximize
that the employer can establish that the effectiveness of respirator use; and
such controls are not feasible. (G) Other relevant information.
(ii) Where engineering and work (iii) Written plans for such a program
practice controls are not sufficient to shall be submitted upon request to the
reduce exposures to or below the per- Assistant Secretary and the Director,
missible exposure limit, they shall and shall be available at the worksite
nonetheless be used to reduce expo- for examination and copying by the As-
sures to the lowest levels achievable by sistant Secretary, Director, any af-
these controls and shall be supple- fected employee or authorized em-
mented by the use of respirators in ac- ployee representatives.
cordance with paragraph (h) of this sec- (iv) The plans required by this para-
tion and other necessary personal pro- graph shall be revised and updated at
tective equipment. Employee rotation least every 6 months to reflect the cur-
is not required as a control strategy rent status of the program.
before respiratory protection is insti- (h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.
tuted. For employees who use respirators re-
quired by this section, the employer
(2) Compliance Program. (i) The em-
must provide respirators that comply
ployer shall establish and implement a
with the requirements of this para-
written program to reduce exposures to
graph. Respirators must be used dur-
or below the permissible exposure limit
ing:
by means of engineering and work
(i) Periods necessary to install or im-
practice controls.
plement feasible engineering or work-
(ii) Written plans for these compli- practice controls.
ance programs shall include at least (ii) Work operations, such as mainte-
the following: nance and repair activities, for which
(A) A description of each operation in the employer establishes that engineer-
which inorganic arsenic is emitted; e.g. ing and work-practice controls are not
machinery used, material processed, feasible.
controls in place, crew size, operating (iii) Work operations for which engi-
procedures and maintenance practices; neering and work-practice controls are
(B) Engineering plans and studies not yet sufficient to reduce employee
used to determine methods selected for exposures to or below the permissible
controlling exposure to inorganic ar- exposure limit.
senic; (iv) Emergencies.
(C) A report of the technology consid- (2) Respirator program. (i) The em-
ered in meeting the permissible expo- ployer must implement a respiratory
sure limit; protection program in accordance with
(D) Monitoring data; 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
(E) A detailed schedule for implemen- (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).
tation of the engineering controls and (ii) If an employee exhibits breathing
work practices that cannot be imple- difficulty during fit testing or res-
mented immediately and for the pirator use, they must be examined by
adaption and implementation of any a physician trained in pulmonary medi-
additional engineering and work prac- cine to determine whether they can use
85
a respirator while performing the re- evant limit for other gases (for exam-
quired duty. ple, sulfur dioxide), an air-purifying
(3) Respirator selection. (i) The em- respirator provided to the employee as
ployer must use Table I of this section specified by this section must have a
to select the appropriate respirator or combination high-efficiency filter with
combination of respirators for inor- an appropriate gas sorbent. (See foot-
ganic arsenic compounds without sig- note in Table 1 of this section.)
nificant vapor pressure, and Table II of (iii) Employees required to use res-
this section to select the appropriate pirators may choose, and the employer
respirator or combination of res- must provide, a powered air-purifying
pirators for inorganic arsenic com- respirator if it will provide proper pro-
pounds that have significant vapor tection. In addition, the employer must
pressure. provide a combination dust and acid-
(ii) When employee exposures exceed gas respirator to employees who are ex-
the permissible exposure limit for inor- posed to gases over the relevant expo-
ganic arsenic and also exceed the rel- sure limits.
TABLE I—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENIC PARTICULATE EXCEPT FOR THOSE
WITH SIGNIFICANT VAPOR PRESSURE
Concentration of inorganic arsenic (as As) Required respirator
or condition of use
(i) Unknown or greater or lesser than (A) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive pres-
20,000 µg/m(3) (20 mg/m(3)) or fire- sure mode.
fighting.
(ii) Not greater than 20,000 µg/m(3) (20 (A) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece, hood, or helmet or suit and operated
mg/m(3)). in positive pressure mode.
(iii) Not greater than 10,000 µg/m(3) (10 (A) Powered air-purifying respirators in all inlet face coverings with high efficiency
mg/m(3)). filters 1.
(B)Half-mask supplied air respirators operated in positive pressure mode.
(iv) Not greater than 500 µg/m(3) ............... (A) Full facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency filter 1.
(B) Any full facepiece supplied air respirator.
(C) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus.
(v) Not greater than 100 µg/m(3) ................ (A) Half-mask air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency filter 1.
(B) Any half-mask supplied air respirator.
1 High-efficiency filter-99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3 micrometer monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles.
TABLE II—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENICALS (SUCH AS ARSENIC

TRICHLORIDE 2 AND ARSENIC PHOSPHIDE) WITH SIGNIFICANT VAPOR PRESSURE
Concentration of inorganic arsenic (as As) Required respirator
or condition of use
(i) Unknown or greater or lesser than (A) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive pres-
20,000 µg/m(3) (20 mg/m(3)) or fire- sure mode.
fighting.
(ii) Not greater than 20,000 µg/m(3) (20 (A) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece, hood, or helmet or suit and operated
mg/m(3)). in positive pressure mode.
(iii) Not greater than 10,000 µg/m(3) (10 (A) Half-mask 2 supplied air respirator operated in positive pressure mode.
mg/m(3)).
(iv) Not greater than 500 µg/m(3) ............... (A) Front or back mounted gas mask equipped with high-efficiency filter 1 and acid
gas canister.
(B) Any full facepiece supplied air respirator.
(C) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus.
(v) Not greater than 100 µg/m(3) ................ (A) Half-mask air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filter 1 and acid
gas cartridge.
(B) Any half-mask supplied air respirator.
1 High-efficiency filter-99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3 micrometer monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles.
2 Half-mask respirators shall not be used for protection against arsenic trichloride, as it is rapidly absorbed through the skin.
(i) [Reserved] all workers working in regulated areas,

(j) Protective work clothing and equip- the employer shall provide at no cost
ment—(1) Provision and use. Where the
possibility of skin or eye irritation
from inorganic arsenic exists, and for
86
to the employee and assure that em- ganic arsenic contaminated wash water
ployees use appropriate and clean pro- in accordance with applicable local,
tective work clothing and equipment State or Federal regulations.
such as, but not limited to:
(i) Coveralls or similar full-body (viii) The employer shall prohibit the
work clothing; removal of inorganic arsenic from pro-
(ii) Gloves, and shoes or coverlets; tective clothing or equipment by blow-
(iii) Face shields or vented goggles ing or shaking.
when necessary to prevent eye irrita- (k) Housekeeping—(1) Surfaces. All
tion, which comply with the require- surfaces shall be maintained as free as
ments of § 1910.133(a) (2)–(6); and practicable of accumulations of inor-
(iv) Impervious clothing for employ- ganic arsenic.
ees subject to exposure to arsenic tri- (2) Cleaning floors. Floors and other
chloride. accessible surfaces contaminated with
(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The inorganic arsenic may not be cleaned
employer shall provide the protective by the use of compressed air, and shov-
clothing required in paragraph (j) (1) of eling and brushing may be used only
this section in a freshly laundered and where vacuuming or other relevant
dry condition at least weekly, and methods have been tried and found not
daily if the employee works in areas to be effective.
where exposures are over 100 µg/m3of (3) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming
inorganic arsenic or in areas where methods are selected, the vacuums
more frequent washing is needed to shall be used and emptied in a manner
prevent skin irritation. to minimize the reentry of inorganic
(ii) The employer shall clean, laun- arsenic into the workplace.
der, or dispose of protective clothing (4) Housekeeping plan. A written
required by paragraph (j) (1) of this sec- housekeeping and maintenance plan
tion. shall be kept which shall list appro-
(iii) The employer shall repair or re- priate frequencies for carrying out
place the protective clothing and housekeeping operations, and for clean-
equipment as needed to maintain their ing and maintaining dust collection
effectiveness. equipment. The plan shall be available
(iv) The employer shall assure that for inspection by the Assistant Sec-
all protective clothing is removed at retary.
the completion of a work shift only in (5) Maintenance of equipment. Periodic
change rooms prescribed in paragraph cleaning of dust collection and ventila-
(m) (1) of this section. tion equipment and checks of their ef-
(v) The employer shall assure that fectiveness shall be carried out to
contaminated protective clothing maintain the effectiveness of the sys-
which is to be cleaned, laundered, or tem and a notation kept of the last
disposed of, is placed in a closed con- check of effectiveness and cleaning or
tainer in the change-room which pre- maintenance.
vents dispersion of inorganic arsenic (l) [Reserved]
outside the container. (m) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1)
(vi) The employer shall inform in Change rooms. The employer shall pro-
writing any person who cleans or laun- vide for employees working in regu-
ders clothing required by this section, lated areas or subject to the possibility
of the potentially harmful effects in- of skin or eye irritation from inorganic
cluding the carcinogenic effects of ex- arsenic, clean change rooms equipped
posure to inorganic arsenic. with storage facilities for street
(vii) The employer shall assure that clothes and separate storage facilities
the containers of contaminated protec- for protective clothing and equipment
tive clothing and equipment in the in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.141(e).
workplace or which are to be removed (2) Showers. (i) The employer shall as-
from the workplace are labelled as fol- sure that employees working in regu-
lows: lated areas or subject to the possibility
CAUTION: Clothing contaminated with of skin or eye irritation from inorganic
inorganic arsenic; do not remove dust arsenic shower at the end of the work
by blowing or shaking. Dispose of inor- shift.
87
(ii) The employer shall provide show- areas with similar processes, extent of
er facilities in accordance with engineering controls utilized and mate-
§ 1910.141(d)(3). rials used by that employer.
(3) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer (ii) Examination by physician. The em-
shall provide for employees working in ployer shall assure that all medical ex-
regulated areas, lunchroom facilities aminations and procedures are per-
which have a temperature controlled, formed by or under the supervision of a
positive pressure, filtered air supply, licensed physician, and shall be pro-
and which are readily accessible to em- vided without cost to the employee,
ployees working in regulated areas. without loss of pay and at a reasonable
(ii) The employer shall assure that time and place.
employees working in the regulated
(2) Initial examinations. By December
area or subject to the possibility of
1, 1978, for employees initially covered
skin or eye irritation from exposure to
by the medical provisions of this sec-
inorganic arsenic wash their hands and
face prior to eating. tion, or thereafter at the time of initial
(4) Lavatories. The employer shall assignment to an area where the em-
provide lavatory facilities which com- ployee is likely to be exposed over the
ply with § 1910.141(d) (1) and (2). action level at least 30 days per year,
(5) Vacuuming clothes. The employer the employer shall provide each af-
shall provide facilities for employees fected employee an opportunity for a
working in areas where exposure, with- medical examination, including at
out regard to the use of respirators, ex- least the following elements:
ceeds 100 µg/m3to vacuum their protec- (i) A work history and a medical his-
tive clothing and clean or change shoes tory which shall include a smoking his-
worn in such areas before entering tory and the presence and degree of
change rooms, lunchrooms or shower respiratory symptoms such as breath-
rooms required by paragraph (j) of this lessness, cough, sputum production and
section and shall assure that such em- wheezing.
ployees use such facilities. (ii) A medical examination which
(6) Avoidance of skin irritation. The shall include at least the following:
employer shall assure that no em- (A) A 14″ by 17″ posterior-anterior
ployee is exposed to skin or eye con- chest X-ray and International Labor
tact with arsenic trichloride, or to skin Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rat-
or eye contact with liquid or particu- ing;
late inorganic arsenic which is likely (B) A nasal and skin examination;
to cause skin or eye irritation. and
(n) Medical surveillance—(1) General— (C) Other examinations which the
(i) Employees covered. The employer
physician believes appropriate because
shall institute a medical surveillance
of the employees exposure to inorganic
program for the following employees:
arsenic or because of required res-
(A) All employees who are or will be
pirator use.
exposed above the action level, without
regard to the use of respirators, at (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The em-
least 30 days per year; and ployer shall provide the examinations
(B) All employees who have been ex- specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and
posed above the action level, without (n)(2)(ii) at least annually for covered
regard to respirator use, for 30 days or employees who are under 45 years of
more per year for a total of 10 years or age with fewer than 10 years of expo-
more of combined employment with sure over the action level without re-
the employer or predecessor employers gard to respirator use.
prior to or after the effective date of (ii) The employer shall provide the
this standard. The determination of ex- examinations specified in paragraphs
posures prior to the effective date of (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii)(B) and (C) of this
this standard shall be based upon prior section at least semiannually, and the
exposure records, comparison with the x-ray requirement specified in para-
first measurements taken after the ef- graph (n)(2)(ii)(A) of this section at
fective date of this standard, or com- least annually, for other covered em-
parison with records of exposures in ployees.
88
(iii) Whenever a covered employee opinion specific findings or diagnoses

has not taken the examinations speci- unrelated to occupational exposure.
fied in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) (iii) The employer shall provide a
of this section within six (6) months copy of the written opinion to the af-
preceding the termination of employ- fected employee.
ment, the employer shall provide such (o) Employee information and train-
examinations to the employee upon ing—(1) Training program. (i) The em-
termination of employment. ployer shall institute a training pro-
(4) Additional examinations. If the em- gram for all employees who are subject
ployee for any reason develops signs or to exposure to inorganic arsenic above
symptoms commonly associated with the action level without regard to res-
exposure to inorganic arsenic the em- pirator use, or for whom there is the
ployer shall provide an appropriate ex- possibility of skin or eye irritation
amination and emergency medical from inorganic arsenic. The employer
treatment. shall assure that those employees par-
(5) Information provided to the physi- ticipate in the training program.
cian. The employer shall provide the (ii) The training program shall be
following information to the exam- provided by October 1, 1978, for employ-
ining physician: ees covered by this provision, at the
(i) A copy of this standard and its ap- time of initial assignment for those
pendices; subsequently covered by this provision,
(ii) A description of the affected em- and at least annually for other covered
ployee’s duties as they relate to the employees thereafter; and the em-
employee’s exposure; ployer shall assure that each employee
(iii) The employee’s representative is informed of the following:
exposure level or anticipated exposure (A) The information contained in Ap-
level; pendix A;
(iv) A description of any personal (B) The quantity, location, manner of
protective equipment used or to be use, storage, sources of exposure, and
used; and the specific nature of operations which
(v) Information from previous med- could result in exposure to inorganic
ical examinations of the affected em- arsenic as well as any necessary pro-
ployee which is not readily available to tective steps;
the examining physician.
(C) The purpose, proper use, and limi-
(6) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The
tation of respirators;
employer shall obtain a written opin-
ion from the examining physician (D) The purpose and a description of
which shall include: the medical surveillance program as
(A) The results of the medical exam- required by paragraph (n) of this sec-
ination and tests performed; tion;
(B) The physician’s opinion as to (E) The engineering controls and
whether the employee has any detected work practices associated with the em-
medical conditions which would place ployee’s job assignment; and
the employee at increased risk of ma- (F) A review of this standard.
terial impairment of the employee’s (2) Access to training materials. (i) The
health from exposure to inorganic ar- employer shall make readily available
senic; to all affected employees a copy of this
(C) Any recommended limitations standard and its appendices.
upon the employee’s exposure to inor- (ii) The employer shall provide; upon
ganic arsenic or upon the use of protec- request, all materials relating to the
tive clothing or equipment such as res- employee information and training
pirators; and program to the Assistant Secretary
(D) A statement that the employee and the Director.
has been informed by the physician of (p) Signs and labels—(1) General. (i)
the results of the medical examination The employer may use labels or signs
and any medical conditions which re- required by other statutes, regulations,
quire further explanation or treatment. or ordinances in addition to, or in com-
(ii) The employer shall instruct the bination with, signs and labels required
physician not to reveal in the written by this paragraph.
89
(ii) The employer shall assure that no mine representative employee exposure
statement appears on or near any sign where applicable;
or label required by this paragraph (B) A description of the sampling and
which contradicts or detracts from the analytical methods used and evidence
meaning of the required sign or label. of their accuracy;
(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post (C) The type of respiratory protective
signs demarcating regulated areas devices worn, if any;
bearing the legend; (D) Name, social security number,
and job classification of the employees
DANGER monitored and of all other employees
INORGANIC ARSENIC whose exposure the measurement is in-
tended to represent; and
CANCER HAZARD (E) The environmental variables that
could affect the measurement of the
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY employee’s exposure.
(iii) The employer shall maintain
NO SMOKING OR EATING these monitoring records for at least 40
years or for the duration of employ-
RESPIRATOR REQUIRED
ment plus 20 years, whichever, is
(ii) The employer shall assure that longer.
signs required by this paragraph are il- (2) Medical surveillance. (i) The em-
luminated and cleaned as necessary so ployer shall establish and maintain an
that the legend is readily visible. accurate record for each employee sub-
(3) Labels. The employer shall apply ject to medical surveillance as required
precautionary labels to all shipping by paragraph (n) of this section.
and storage containers of inorganic ar- (ii) This record shall include:
senic, and to all products containing (A) The name, social security num-
inorganic arsenic except when the inor- ber, and description of duties of the
ganic arsenic in the product is bound in employee;
such a manner so as to make unlikely (B) A copy of the physician’s written
the possibility of airborne exposure to opinions;
inorganic arsenic. (Possible examples (C) Results of any exposure moni-
of products not requiring labels are toring done for that employee and the
semiconductors, light emitting diodes representative exposure levels supplied
and glass). The label shall bear the fol- to the physician; and
lowing legend: (D) Any employee medical com-
plaints related to exposure to inorganic
DANGER arsenic.
(iii) The employer shall in addition
CONTAINS INORGANIC ARSENIC
keep, or assure that the examining
CANCER HAZARD physician keeps, the following medical
records;
HARMFUL IF INHALED OR (A) A copy of the medical examina-
SWALLOWED tion results including medical and
work history required under paragraph
USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE (n) of this section;
VENITLATION (B) A description of the laboratory
procedures and a copy of any standards
OR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
or guidelines used to interpret the test
(q) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure moni- results or references to that informa-
toring. (i) The employer shall establish tion;
and maintain an accurate record of all (C) The initial X-ray;
monitoring required by paragraph (e) (D) The X-rays for the most recent 5
of this section. years; and
(ii) This record shall include: (E) Any X-rays with a demonstrated
(A) The date(s), number, duration lo- abnormality and all subsequent X-rays;
cation, and results of each of the sam- (iv) The employer shall maintain or
ples taken, including a description of assure that the physician maintains
the sampling procedure used to deter- those medical records for at least 40
90
years, or for the duration of employ- (ii) Without interfering with the
ment plus 20 years whichever is longer. monitoring, observers shall be entitled
(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall to;
make available upon request all (A) Receive an explanation of the
records required to be maintained by measurement procedures;
paragraph (q) of this section to the As- (B) Observe all steps related to the
sistant Secretary and the Director for monitoring of inorganic arsenic per-
examination and copying. formed at the place of exposure; and
(ii) Records required by this para- (C) Record the results obtained or re-
graph shall be provided upon request to ceive copies of the results when re-
employees, designated representatives, turned by the laboratory.
and the Assistant Secretary in accord- (s) Effective date. This standard shall
ance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) become effective August 1, 1978.
and (g) through (i). (t) Appendices. The information con-
(4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever tained in the appendices to this section
the employer ceases to do business, the is not intended by itself, to create any
successor employer shall receive and additional obligations not otherwise
retain all records required to be main- imposed by this standard nor detract
tained by this section. from any existing obligation.
(u) Startup dates—(1) General. The
(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to
startup dates of requirements of this
do business and there is no successor
standard shall be the effective date of
employer to receive and retain the
this standard unless another startup
records required to be maintained by
date is provided for either in other
this section for the prescribed period, paragraphs of this section or in this
these records shall be transmitted to paragraph.
the Director. (2) Monitoring. Initial monitoring
(iii) At the expiration of the reten- shall be commenced on August 1, 1978,
tion period for the records required to and shall be completed by September
be maintained by this section, the em- 15, 1978.
ployer shall notify the Director at (3) Regulated areas. Regulated areas
least 3 months prior to the disposal of required to be established as a result of
such records and shall transmit those initial monitoring shall be set up as
records to the Director if he requests soon as possible after the results of
them within that period. that monitoring is known and no later
(iv) The employer shall also comply than October 1, 1978.
with any additional requirements in- (4) Compliance program. The written
volving the transfer of records set in 29 program required by paragraph (g)(2) as
CFR 1910.20(h). a result of initial monitoring shall be
(r) Observation of monitoring—(1) Em- made available for inspection and
ployee observation. The employer shall copying as soon as possible and no
provide affected employees or their later than December 1, 1978.
designated representatives an oppor- (5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities.
tunity to observe any monitoring of Construction plans for change- rooms,
employee exposure to inorganic arsenic showers, lavatories, and lunchroom fa-
conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of cilities shall be completed no later
this section. than December 1, 1978, and these facili-
(2) Observation procedures. (i) When- ties shall be constructed and in use no
ever observation of the monitoring of later than July 1, 1979. However, if as
employee exposure to inorganic arsenic part of the compliance plan it is pre-
requires entry into an area where the dicted by an independent engineering
use of respirators, protective clothing, firm that engineering controls and
or equipment is required, the employer work practices will reduce exposures
shall provide the observer with and as- below the permissible exposure limit
sure the use of such respirators, cloth- by December 31, 1979, for affected em-
ing, and such equipment, and shall re- ployees, then such facilities need not
quire the observer to comply with all be completed until 1 year after the en-
other applicable safety and health pro- gineering controls are completed or
cedures. December 31, 1980, whichever is earlier,
91
if such controls have not in fact suc- III. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT
ceeded in reducing exposure to below A. Respirators. Respirators will be provided
the permissible exposure limit. by your employer at no cost to you for rou-
(6) Summary of startup dates set forth tine use if your employer is in the process of
elsewhere in this standard. implementing engineering and work practice
controls or where engineering and work
STARTUP DATES practice controls are not feasible or insuffi-
cient. You must wear respirators for non-
August 1, 1978—Respirator use over 500 µg/m3. routine activities or in emergency situations
where you are likely to be exposed to levels
AS SOON AS POSSIBLE BUT NO LATER THAN of inorganic arsenic in excess of the permis-
September 15, 1978—Completion of initial sible exposure limit. Since how well your
monitoring. respirator fits your face is very important,
your employer is required to conduct fit
October 1, 1978—Complete establishment of
tests to make sure the respirator seals prop-
regulated areas. Respirator use for employ-
erly when you wear it. These tests are simple
ees exposed above 50 µg/m3. Completion of
and rapid and will be explained to you during
initial training. Notification of use.
training sessions.
December 1, 1978—Respirator use over 10 µg/ B. Protective clothing. If you work in a regu-
m3. Completion of initial medical. Comple- lated area, your employer is required to pro-
tion of compliance plan. Optional use of vide at no cost to you, and you must wear,
powered air-purifying respirators. appropriate, clean, protective clothing and
July 1, 1979—Completion of lunch rooms and equipment. The purpose of this equipment is
hygiene facilities. to prevent you from bringing to your home
December 31, 1979—Completion of engineer- arsenic-contaminated dust and to protect
ing controls. your body from repeated skin contact with
All other requirements of the standard have inorganic arsenic likely to cause skin irrita-
as their startup date August 1, 1978. tion. This clothing should include such items
as coveralls or similar full-body clothing,
gloves, shoes or coverlets, and aprons. Pro-
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1018—INORGANIC tective equipment should include face
ARSENIC SUBSTANCE INFORMATION shields or vented goggles, where eye irrita-
SHEET tion may occur. y
I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION IV. HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES
A. Substance. Inorganic Arsenic. You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum
B. Definition. Copper acetoarsenite, arsenic or tobacco, or apply cosmetics in the regu-
and all inorganic compounds containing ar- lated area, except that drinking water is per-
senic except arsine, measured as arsenic mitted. If you work in a regulated area your
(As). employer is required to provide lunchrooms
C. Permissible Exposure Limit. 10 micrograms and other areas for these purposes.
per cubic meter of air as determined as an If you work in a regulated area, your em-
ployer is required to provide showers, wash-
average over an 8-hour period. No employee
ing facilities, and change rooms. You must
may be exposed to any skin or eye contact
wash your face, and hands before eating and
with arsenic trichloride or to skin or eye
must shower at the end of the work shift. Do
contact likely to cause skin or eye irrita-
not take used protective clothing out of
tion.
change rooms without your employer’s per-
D. Regulated Areas. Only employees author- mission. Your employer is required to pro-
ized by your employer should enter a regu- vide for laundering or cleaning of your pro-
lated area. tective clothing.
II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA V. SIGNS AND LABELS
A. Comments. The health hazard of inor- Your employer is required to post warning
ganic arsenic is high. signs and labels for your protection. Signs
B. Ways in which the chemical affects your must be posted in regulated areas. The signs
body. Exposure to airborne concentrations of must warn that a cancer hazard is present,
inorganic arsenic may cause lung cancer, that only authorized employees may enter
and can be a skin irritant. Inorganic arsenic the area, and that no smoking or eating is
may also affect your body if swallowed. One allowed, and that respirators must be worn.
compound in particular, arsenic trichloride,
VI. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
is especially dangerous because it can be ab-
sorbed readily through the skin. Because in- If your exposure to arsenic is over the Ac-
organic arsenic is a poison, you should wash tion Level (5 mg/m3)—(including all persons
your hands thoroughly prior to eating or working in regulated areas) at least 30 days
smoking. per year, or you have been exposed to arsenic
92
for more than 10 years over the Action Level, 3. Melting point: 315C.
your employer is required to provide you 4. Specific Gravity (H20=1):3.74.
with a medical examination. The examina- 5. Solubility in water: 3.7 grams in 100cc of
tion shall be every 6 months for employees water at 20c.
over 45 years old or with more than 10 years C. Arsenic Trichloride (liquid).
exposure over the Action Level and annually 1. Formula: AsC13.
for other covered employees. The medical ex- 2. Appearance: Colorless or pale yellow liq-
amination must include a medical history; a uid.
chest x-ray; a skin examination and a nasal 3. Melting point: ¥8.5C.
examination. The examining physician will 4. Boiling point: 130.2C.
provide a written opinion to your employer 5. Specific Gravity (H20=1):2.16 at 20C.
containing the results of your medical 6. Vapor Pressure: 10mm Hg at 23.5C.
exams. You should also receive a copy of this 7. Solubility in Water: Decomposes in
opinion. The physician must not tell your water.
employer any conditions he detects unre-
II. Fire, explosion and reactivity data.
lated to occupational exposure to arsenic but
must tell you those conditions. A. Fire: Arsenic, arsenic Trioxide and Ar-
senic Trichloride are nonflammable.
VII. OBSERVATION OF MONITORING B. Reactivity:
Your employer is required to monitor your 1. Conditions Contributing to instability:
exposure to arsenic and you or your rep- Heat.
resentatives are entitled to observe the mon- 2. Incompatibility: Hydrogen gas can react
itoring procedure. You are entitled to re- with inorganic arsenic to form the highly
ceive an explanation of the measurement toxic gas arsine.
procedure, and to record the results ob- III. Monitoring and Measurement Procedures
tained. When the monitoring procedure is
taking place in an area where respirators or Samples collected should be full shift (at
personal protective clothing and equipment least 7-hour) samples. Sampling should be
are required to be worn, you must also be done using a personal sampling pump at a
provided with and must wear the protective flow rate of 2 liters per minute. Samples
clothing and equipment. should be collected on 0.8 micrometer pore
size membrane filter (37mm diameter). Vola-
VIII. ACCESS TO RECORDS tile arsenicals such as arsenic trichloride
can be most easily collected in a midget bub-
You or your representative are entitled to
bler filled with 15 ml. of 0.1 N NaOH.
records of your exposure to inorganic arsenic
The method of sampling and analysis
and your medical examination records if you
should have an accuracy of not less than ±25
request your employer to provide them.
percent (with a confidence limit of 95 per-
IX. TRAINING AND NOTIFICATION cent) for 10 micrograms per cubic meter of
air (10 µg/m3) and ±35 percent (with a con-
Additional information on all of these fidence limit of 95 percent) for concentra-
items plus training as to hazards of exposure tions of inorganic arsenic between 5 and 10
to inorganic arsenic and the engineering and µg/m3.
work practice controls associated with your
job will also be provided by your employer. If APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1018—MEDICAL
you are exposed over the permissible expo- SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES
sure limit, your employer must inform you
of that fact and the actions he is taking to I. GENERAL
reduce your exposures.
Medical examinations are to be provided
APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1018—SUBSTANCE for all employees exposed to levels of inor-
ganic arsenic above the action level (5 µg/m3)
TECHNICAL GUIDELINES
for at least 30 days per year (which would in-
ARSENIC, ARSENIC TRIOXIDE, ARSENIC clude among others, all employees, who work
TRICHLORIDE (THREE EXAMPLES) in regulated areas). Examinations are also to
be provided to all employees who have had 10
I. Physical and chemical properties years or more exposure above the action
A. Arsenic (metal). level for more than 30 days per year while
1. Formula: As. working for the present or predecessor em-
2. Appearance: Gray metal. ployer though they may no longer be exposed
3. Melting point: Sublimes without melting above the level.
at 613C. An initial medical examination is to be
4. Specific Gravity: (H20=1):5.73. provided to all such employees by December
5. Solubility in water: Insoluble. 1, 1978. In addition, an initial medical exam-
B. Arsenic Trioxide. ination is to be provided to all employees
1. Formula: As203, (As406). who are first assigned to areas in which
2. Appearance: White powder. worker exposure will probably exceed 5 µg/
93
m3(after the effective date of this standard) tion. Conjunctiva, moist and macerated
at the time of initial assignment. In addition areas of skin, the eyelids, the angles of the
to its immediate diagnostic usefulness, the ears, nose, mouth, and respiratory mucosa
initial examination will provide a baseline are also vulnerable to the irritant effects.
for comparing future test results. The initial The wrists are common sites of dermatitis,
examination must include as a minimum the as are the genitalia if personal hygiene is
following elements: poor. Perforations of the nasal septum may
(1) A work and medical history, including a occur. Arsenic trioxide and pentoxide are ca-
smoking history, and presence and degree of pable of producing skin sensitization and
respiratory symptoms such as breathless- contact dermatitis. Arsenic is also capable of
ness, cough, sputum production, and wheez- producing keratoses, especially of the palms
ing; and soles.
(2) A 14″ by 17″ posterior-anterior chest X-
B. Systemic— The acute toxic effects of ar-
ray and an International Labor Office UICC/
Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating; senic are generally seen following ingestion
(3) A nasal and skin examination; and of inorganic arsenical compounds. This rare-
(4) Other examinations which the physi- ly occurs in an industrial setting. Symptoms
cian believes appropriate because of the em- develop within 1⁄2 to 4 hours following inges-
ployee’s exposure to inorganic arsenic or be- tion and are usually characterized by con-
cause of required respirator use. striction of the throat followed by dys-
Periodic examinations are also to be pro- phagia, epigastric pain, vomiting, and wa-
vided to the employees listed above. The tery diarrhea. Blood may appear in vomitus
periodic examinations shall be given annu- and stools. If the amount ingested is suffi-
ally for those covered employees 45 years of ciently high, shock may develop due to se-
age or less with fewer than 10 years employ- vere fluid loss, and death may ensue in 24
ment in areas where employee exposure ex- hours. If the acute effects are survived,
ceeds the action level (5 µg/m3). Periodic ex- exfoliative dermatitis and peripheral neu-
aminations need not include sputum cytol- ritis may develop.
ogy and only an updated medical history is Cases of acute arsenical poisoning due to
required. inhalation are exceedingly rare in industry.
Periodic examinations for other covered When it does occur, respiratory tract symp-
employees, shall be provided every six (6) toms—cough, chest pain, dyspnea—giddiness,
months. These examinations shall include headache, and extreme general weakness
all tests required in the initial examination, precede gastrointestinal symptoms. The
except that the medical history need only be acute toxic symptoms of trivalent arsenical
updated. poisoning are due to severe inflammation of
The examination contents are minimum the mucous membranes and greatly in-
requirements. Additional tests such as lat- creased permeability of the blood capillaries.
eral and oblique X-rays or pulmonary func-
Chronic arsenical poisoning due to inges-
tion tests may be useful. For workers ex-
tion is rare and generally confined to pa-
posed to three arsenicals which are associ-
ated with lymphatic cancer, copper tients taking prescribed medications. How-
acetoarsenite, potassium arsenite, or sodium ever, it can be a concomitant of inhaled inor-
arsenite the examination should also include ganic arsenic from swallowed sputum and
palpation of superficial lymph nodes and improper eating habits. Symptoms are
complete blood count. weight loss, nausea and diarrhea alternating
with constipation, pigmentation and erup-
II. NONCARCINOGENIC EFFECTS tion of the skin, loss of hair, and peripheral
neuritis. Chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis
The OSHA standard is based on minimizing
have been described. Polyneuritis may be the
risk of exposed workers dying of lung cancer
salient feature, but more frequently there
from exposure to inorganic arsenic. It will
also minimize skin cancer from such expo- are numbness and parasthenias of ‘‘glove and
sures. stocking’’ distribution. The skin lesions are
The following three sections quoted from usually melanotic and keratotic and may oc-
‘‘Occupational Diseases: A Guide to Their casionally take the form of an intradermal
Recognition’’, Revised Edition, June 1977, cancer of the squamous cell type, but with-
National Institute for Occupational Safety out infiltrative properties. Horizontal white
and Health is included to provide informa- lines (striations) on the fingernails and toe-
tion on the nonneoplastic effects of exposure nails are commonly seen in chronic arsenical
to inorganic arsenic. Such effects should not poisoning and are considered to be a diag-
occur if the OSHA standards are followed. nostic accompaniment of arsenical
A. Local— Trivalent arsenic compounds are polyneuritis.
corrosive to the skin. Brief contact has no Inhalation of inorganic arsenic compounds
effect but prolonged contact results in a is the most common cause of chronic poi-
local hyperemia and later vesicular or soning in the industrial situation. This con-
pustular eruption. The moist mucous mem- dition is divided into three phases based on
branes are most sensitive to the irritant ac- signs and symptoms.
94
First Phase: The worker complains of Vallee, B. L., D. D. Ulmer, and W. E. C.
weakness, loss of appetite, some nausea, oc- Wacker. 1960. Arsenic toxicology and bio-
casional vomiting, a sense of heaviness in chemistry. AMA Arch. Indust. Health 21:132.
the stomach, and some diarrhea. [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43
Second Phase: The worker complains of FR 19624, May 5, 1978; 43 FR 28472, June 30,
conjunctivitis, a catarrhal state of the mu- 1978; 45 FR 35282, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 24334,
cous membranes of the nose, larynx, and res- June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR
piratory passage. Coryza, hoarseness, and 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 61 FR 9245, Mar. 7, 1996; 63
mild tracheobronchitis may occur. Perfora- FR 1286, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 33468, June 18,
tion of the nasal septum is common, and is 1998]
probably the most typical lesion of the upper
respiratory tract in occupational exposure to § 1910.1020 Access to employee expo-
arsenical dust. Skin lesions, eczematoid and sure and medical records.
allergic in type, are common. (a) Purpose. The purpose of this sec-
Third Phase: The worker complains of tion is to provide employees and their
symptoms of peripheral neuritis, initially of designated representatives a right of
hands and feet, which is essentially sensory. access to relevant exposure and med-
In more severe cases, motor paralyses occur; ical records; and to provide representa-
the first muscles affected are usually the toe tives of the Assistant Secretary a right
extensors and the peronei. In only the most
of access to these records in order to
severe cases will paralysis of flexor muscles
fulfill responsibilities under the Occu-
of the feet or of the extensor muscles of
hands occur.
pational Safety and Health Act. Access
Liver damage from chronic arsenical poi-
by employees, their representatives,
soning is still debated, and as yet the ques- and the Assistant Secretary is nec-
tion is unanswered. In cases of chronic and essary to yield both direct and indirect
acute arsenical poisoning, toxic effects to improvements in the detection, treat-
the myocardium have been reported based on ment, and prevention of occupational
EKG changes. These findings, however, are disease. Each employer is responsible
now largely discounted and the EKG changes for assuring compliance with this sec-
are ascribed to electrolyte disturbances con- tion, but the activities involved in
comitant with arsenicalism. Inhalation of complying with the access to medical
arsenic trioxide and other inorganic arsen- records provisions can be carried out,
ical dusts does not give rise to radiological on behalf of the employer, by the phy-
evidence or pneumoconiosis. Arsenic does sician or other health care personnel in
have a depressant effect upon the bone mar- charge of employee medical records.
row, with disturbances of both Except as expressly provided, nothing
erythropoiesis and myelopoiesis. in this section is intended to affect ex-
BIBLIOGRAPHY isting legal and ethical obligations
concerning the maintenance and con-
Dinman, B. D. 1960. Arsenic; chronic fidentiality of employee medical infor-
human intoxication. J. Occup. Med. 2:137. mation, the duty to disclose informa-
Elkins, H. B. 1959. The Chemistry of Indus- tion to a patient/employee or any other
trial Toxicology, 2nd ed. John Wiley and aspect of the medical-care relationship,
Sons, New York.
or affect existing legal obligations con-
Holmquist, L. 1951. Occupational arsenical
cerning the protection of trade secret
dermatitis; a study among employees at a
copper-ore smelting works including inves-
information.
tigations of skin reactions to contact with (b) Scope and application. (1) This sec-
arsenic compounds. Acta. Derm. Venereol. tion applies to each general industry,
(Supp. 26) 31:1. maritime, and construction employer
Pinto, S. S., and C. M. McGill. 1953. Arsenic who makes, maintains, contracts for,
trioxide exposure in industry. Ind. Med. or has access to employee exposure or
Surg. 22:281. medical records, or analyses thereof,
Pinto, S. S., and K. W. Nelson. 1976. Ar- pertaining to employees exposed to
senic toxicology and industrial exposure. toxic substances or harmful physical
Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 16:95. agents.
95
(2) This section applies to all em- stance or harmful physical agent, in-
ployee exposure and medical records, cluding personal, area, grab, wipe, or
and analyses thereof, of such employ- other form of sampling, as well as re-
ees, whether or not the records are lated collection and analytical meth-
mandated by specific occupational odologies, calculations, and other
safety and health standards. background data relevant to interpre-
(3) This section applies to all em- tation of the results obtained;
ployee exposure and medical records, (ii) Biological monitoring results
and analyses thereof, made or main- which directly assess the absorption of
tained in any manner, including on an a toxic substance or harmful physical
in-house of contractual (e.g., fee-for- agent by body systems (e.g., the level
service) basis. Each employer shall as- of a chemical in the blood, urine,
sure that the preservation and access breath, hair, fingernails, etc) but not
requirements of this section are com- including results which assess the bio-
plied with regardless of the manner in logical effect of a substance or agent or
which the records are made or main- which assess an employee’s use of alco-
tained. hol or drugs;
(c) Definitions. (1) Access means the (iii) Material safety data sheets indi-
right and opportunity to examine and cating that the material may pose a
copy. hazard to human health; or
(2) Analysis using exposure or medical (iv) In the absence of the above, a
records means any compilation of data chemcial inventory or any other record
or any statistical study based at least which reveals where and when used and
in part on information collected from the identity (e.g., chemical, common,
individual employee exposure or med- or trade name) of a toxic substance or
ical records or information collected harmful physical agent.
from health insurance claims records, (6)(i) Employee medical record means a
provided that either the analysis has record concerning the health status of
been reported to the employer or no an employee which is made or main-
further work is currently being done by tained by a physician, nurse, or other
the person responsible for preparing health care personnel or technician, in-
the analysis. cluding:
(3) Designated representative means
(A) Medical and employment ques-
any individual or organization to
tionnaires or histories (including job
whom an employee gives written au-
description and occupational expo-
thorization to exercise a right of ac-
sures),
cess. For the purposes of access to em-
(B) The results of medical examina-
ployee exposure records and analyses
tions (pre-employment, pre-assign-
using exposure or medical records, a
ment, periodic, or episodic) and labora-
recognized or certified collective bar-
tory tests (including chest and other
gaining agent shall be treated auto-
X–ray examinations taken for the pur-
matically as a designated representa-
poses of establishing a base-line or de-
tive without regard to written em-
tecting occupational illness, and all bi-
ployee authorization.
ological monitoring not defined as an
(4) Employee means a current em-
‘‘employee exposure record’’),
ployee, a former employee, or an em-
ployee being assigned or transferred to (C) Medical opinions, diagnoses,
work where there will be exposure to progress notes, and recommendations,
toxic substances or harmful physical (D) First aid records,
agents. In the case of a deceased or le- (E) Descriptions of treatments and
gally incapacitated employee, the em- prescriptions, and
ployee’s legal representative may di- (F) Employee medical complaints.
rectly exercise all the employee’s (ii) ‘‘Employee medical record’’ does
rights under this section. not include medical information in the
(5) Employee exposure record means a form of:
record containing any of the following (A) Physical specimens (e.g., blood or
kinds of information: urine samples) which are routinely dis-
(i) Environmental (workplace) moni- carded as a part of normal medical
toring or measuring of a toxic sub- practice; or
96
(B) Records concerning health insur- (A) The name and signature of the
ance claims if maintained separately employee authorizing the release of
from the employer’s medical program medical information,
and its records, and not accessible to (B) The date of the written author-
the employer by employee name or ization,
other direct personal identifier (e.g., (C) The name of the individual or or-
social security number, payroll num- ganization that is authorized to release
ber, etc.); or the medical information,
(C) Records created solely in prepara- (D) The name of the designated rep-
tion for litigation which are privileged resentative (individual or organization)
from discovery under the applicable that is authorized to receive the re-
rules of procedure or evidence; or leased information,
(E) A general description of the med-
(D) Records concerning voluntary
ical information that is authorized to
employee assistance programs (alcohol,
be released,
drug abuse, or personal counseling pro- (F) A general description of the pur-
grams) if maintained separately from pose for the release of the medical in-
the employer’s medical program and formation, and
its records. (G) A date or condition upon which
(7) Employer means a current em- the written authorization will expire
ployer, a former employer, or a suc- (if less than one year).
cessor employer. (ii) A written authorization does not
(8) Exposure or exposed means that an operate to authorize the release of
employee is subjected to a toxic sub- medical information not in existence
stance or harmful physical agent in the on the date of written authorization,
course of employment through any unless the release of future informa-
route of entry (inhalation, ingestion, tion is expressly authorized, and does
skin contact or absorption, etc.), and not operate for more than one year
includes past exposure and potential from the date of written authorization.
(e.g., accidental or possible) exposure, (iii) A written authorization may be
but does not include situations where revoked in writing prospectively at any
the employer can demonstrate that the time.
toxic substance or harmful physical (13) Toxic substance or harmful phys-
agent is not used, handled, stored, gen- ical agent means any chemical sub-
erated, or present in the workplace in stance, biological agent (bacteria,
any manner different from typical non- virus, fungus, etc.), or physical stress
occupational situations. (noise, heat, cold, vibration, repetitive
(9) Health Professional means a physi- motion, ionizing and non-ionizing radi-
cian, occupational health nurse, indus- ation, hypo-or hyperbaric pressure,
trial hygienist, toxicologist, or epi- etc.) which:
demiologist, providing medical or (i) Is listed in the latest printed edi-
other occupational health services to tion of the National Institute for Occu-
pational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
exposed employees.
Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical
(10) Record means any item, collec-
Substances (RTECS), which is incor-
tion, or grouping of information re- porated by reference as specified in
gardless of the form or process by § 1910.6; or
which it is maintained (e.g., paper doc- (ii) Has yielded positive evidence of
ument, microfiche, microfilm, X-ray an acute or chronic health hazard in
film, or automated data processing). testing conducted by, or known to, the
(11) Specific chemical identity means employer; or
the chemical name, Chemical Ab- (iii) Is the subject of a material safe-
stracts Service (CAS) Registry Num- ty data sheet kept by or known to the
ber, or any other information that re- employer indicating that the material
veals the precise chemical designation may pose a hazard to human health.
of the substance. (14) Trade secret means any confiden-
(12)(i) Specific written consent means a tial formula, pattern, process, device,
written authorization containing the or information or compilation of infor-
following: mation that is used in an employer’s
97
business and that gives the employer identity (chemical name if known) of
an opportunity to obtain an advantage the substance or agent, where it was
over competitors who do not know or used, and when it was used is retained
use it. for at least thirty (30) years;1 and
(d) Preservation of records. (1) Unless a (C) Biological monitoring results des-
specific occupational safety and health ignated as exposure records by specific
standard provides a different period of occupational safety and health stand-
time, each employer shall assure the ards shall be preserved and maintained
preservation and retention of records as required by the specific standard.
as follows: (iii) Analyses using exposure or medical
(i) Employee medical records. The med- records. Each analysis using exposure
ical record for each employee shall be or medial records shall be preserved
preserved and maintained for at least and maintained for at least thirty (30)
the duration of employment plus thirty years.
(30) years, except that the following (2) Nothing in this section is intended
types of records need not be retained to mandate the form, manner, or proc-
for any specified period: ess by which an employer preserves a
(A) Health insurance claims records record as long as the information con-
maintained separately from the em- tained in the record is preserved and
ployer’s medical program and its retrievable, except that chest X-ray
records, films shall be preserved in their origi-
(B) First aid records (not including nal state.
medical histories) of one-time treat- (e) Access to records—(1) General. (i)
ment and subsequent observation of Whenever an employee or designated
minor scratches, cuts, burns, splinters, representative requests access to a
and the like which do not involve med- record, the employer shall assure that
ical treatment, loss of consciousness, access is provided in a reasonable time,
restriction of work or motion, or trans- place, and manner. If the employer
fer to another job, if made on-site by a cannot reasonably provide access to
non-physician and if maintained sepa- the record within fifteen (15) working
rately from the employer’s medical days, the employer shall within the fif-
program and its records, and teen (15) working days apprise the em-
(C) The medical records of employees ployee or designated representative re-
who have worked for less than (1) year questing the record of the reason for
for the employer need not be retained the delay and the earliest date when
beyond the term of employment if they the record can be made available.
are provided to the employee upon the (ii) The employer may require of the
termination of employment. requester only such information as
(ii) Employee exposure records. Each should be readily known to the re-
employee exposure record shall be pre- quester and which may be necessary to
served and maintained for at least thir- locate or identify the records being re-
ty (30) years, except that: quested (e.g. dates and locations where
(A) Background data to environ- the employee worked during the time
mental (workplace) monitoring or period in question).
measuring, such as laboratory reports (iii) Whenever an employee or des-
and worksheets, need only be retained ignated representative requests a copy
for one (1) year as long as the sampling of a record, the employer shall assure
results, the collection methodology that either:
(sampling plan), a description of the (A) A copy of the record is provided
analytical and mathematical methods without cost to the employee or rep-
used, and a summary of other back- resentative,
ground data relevant to interpretation (B) The necessary mechanical copy-
of the results obtained, are retained for ing facilities (e.g., photocopying) are
at least thirty (30) years; and
(B) Material safety data sheets and 1 Material safety data sheets must be kept
paragraph (c)(5)(iv) records concerning for those chemicals currently in use that are
the identity of a substance or agent effected by the Hazard Communication
need not be retained for any specified Standard in accordance with 29 CFR
period as long as some record of the 1910.1200(g).
98
made available without cost to the em- cate the amount and nature of the
ployee or representative for copying toxic substances or harmful physical
the record, or agents to which the employee is or has
(C) The record is loaned to the em- been subjected, and
ployee or representative for a reason- (3) Exposure records to the extent
able time to enable a copy to be made. necessary to reasonably indicate the
(iv) In the case of an original X-ray, amount and nature of the toxic sub-
the employer may restrict access to stances or harmful physical agents at
on-site examination or make other workplaces or under working condi-
suitable arrangements for the tem- tions to which the employee is being
porary loan of the X-ray. assigned or transferred.
(v) Whenever a record has been pre- (B) Requests by designated represent-
viously provided without cost to an atives for unconsented access to em-
employee or designated representative, ployee exposure records shall be in
the employer may charge reasonable, writing and shall specify with reason-
non-discriminatory administrative able particularity:
costs (i.e., search and copying expenses (1) The records requested to be dis-
but not including overhead expenses) closed; and
for a request by the employee or des- (2) The occupational health need for
ignated representative for additional gaining access to these records.
copies of the record, except that (ii) Employee medical records. (A) Each
(A) An employer shall not charge for employer shall, upon request, assure
an initial request for a copy of new in- the access of each employee to em-
formation that has been added to a ployee medical records of which the
record which was previously provided; employee is the subject, except as pro-
and vided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(D) of this
(B) An employer shall not charge for section.
an initial request by a recognized or (B) Each employer shall, upon re-
certified collective bargaining agent quest, assure the access of each des-
for a copy of an employee exposure ignated representative to the employee
record or an analysis using exposure or medical records of any employee who
medical records. has given the designated representative
(vi) Nothing in this section is in- specific written consent. Appendix A to
tended to preclude employees and col- this section contains a sample form
lective bargaining agents from collec- which may be used to establish specific
tively bargaining to obtain access to written consent for access to employee
information in addition to that avail- medical records.
able under this section. (C) Whenever access to employee
(2) Employee and designated representa- medical records is requested, a physi-
tive access—(i) Employee exposure cian representing the employer may
records. (A) Except as limited by para- recommend that the employee or des-
graph (f) of this section, each employer ignated representative:
shall, upon request, assure the access (1) Consult with the physician for the
to each employee and designated rep- purposes of reviewing and discussing
resentative to employee exposure the records requested,
records relevant to the employee. For (2) Accept a summary of material
the purpose of this section, an exposure facts and opinions in lieu of the records
record relevant to the employee con- requested, or
sists of: (3) Accept release of the requested
(1) A record which measures or mon- records only to a physician or other
itors the amount of a toxic substance designated representative.
or harmful physical agent to which the (D) Whenever an employee requests
employee is or has been exposed; access to his or her employee medical
(2) In the absence of such directly rel- records, and a physician representing
evant records, such records of other the employer believes that direct em-
employees with past or present job du- ployee access to information contained
ties or working conditions related to or in the records regarding a specific diag-
similar to those of the employee to the nosis of a terminal illness or a psy-
extent necessary to reasonably indi- chiatric condition could be detrimental
99
to the employee’s health, the employer ical records and to analyses using expo-
may inform the employee that access sure or medical records. Rules of agen-
will only be provided to a designated cy practice and procedure governing
representative of the employee having OSHA access to employee medical
specific written consent, and deny the records are contained in 29 CFR 1913.10.
employee’s request for direct access to (ii) Whenever OSHA seeks access to
this information only. Where a des- personally identifiable employee med-
ignated representative with specific ical information by presenting to the
written consent requests access to in- employer a written access order pursu-
formation so withheld, the employer ant to 29 CFR 1913.10(d), the employer
shall assure the access of the des- shall prominently post a copy of the
ignated representative to this informa- written access order and its accom-
tion, even when it is known that the panying cover letter for at least fifteen
designated representative will give the (15) working days.
information to the employee. (f) Trade secrets. (1) Except as pro-
(E) A physician, nurse, or other re- vided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section,
sponsible health care personnel main- nothing in this section precludes an
taining medical records may delete employer from deleting from records
from requested medical records the requested by a health professional, em-
identity of a family member, personal ployee, or designated representative
friend, or fellow employee who has pro- any trade secret data which discloses
vided confidential information con- manufacturing processes, or discloses
cerning an employee’s health status. the percentage of a chemical substance
(iii) Analyses using exposure or medical in mixture, as long as the health pro-
records. (A) Each employee shall, upon fessional, employee, or designated rep-
request, assure the access of each em- resentative is notified that information
ployee and designated representative has been deleted. Whenever deletion of
to each analysis using exposure or trade secret information substantially
medical records concerning the em- impairs evaluation of the place where
ployee’s working conditions or work- or the time when exposure to a toxic
place. substance or harmful physical agent
(B) Whenever access is requested to occurred, the employer shall provide
an analysis which reports the contents alternative information which is suffi-
of employee medical records by either cient to permit the requesting party to
direct identifier (name, address, social identify where and when exposure oc-
security number, payroll number, etc.) curred.
or by information which could reason- (2) The employer may withhold the
ably be used under the circumstances specific chemical identity, including
indirectly to identify specific employ- the chemical name and other specific
ees (exact age, height, weight, race, identification of a toxic substance from
sex, date of initial employment, job a disclosable record provided that:
title, etc.), the employer shall assure (i) The claim that the information
that personal identifiers are removed withheld is a trade secret can be sup-
before access is provided. If the em- ported;
ployer can demonstrate that removal (ii) All other available information
of personal identifiers from an analysis on the properties and effects of the
is not feasible, access to the personally toxic substance is disclosed;
identifiable portions of the analysis (iii) The employer informs the re-
need not be provided. questing party that the specific chem-
(3) OSHA access. (i) Each employer ical identity is being withheld as a
shall, upon request, and without dero- trade secret; and
gation of any rights under the Con- (iv) The specific chemical identity is
stitution or the Occupational Safety made available to health professionals,
and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. 651 et employees and designated representa-
seq., that the employer chooses to exer- tives in accordance with the specific
cise, assure the prompt access of rep- applicable provisions of this paragraph.
resentatives of the Assistant Secretary (3) Where a treating physician or
of Labor for Occupational Safety and nurse determines that a medical emer-
Health to employee exposure and med- gency exists and the specific chemical
100
identity of a toxic substance is nec- (C) Methods of monitoring and ana-

essary for emergency or first-aid treat- lyzing worker exposure to the chem-
ment, the employer shall immediately ical; and,
disclose the specific chemical identity (D) Methods of diagnosing and treat-
of a trade secret chemical to the treating harmful exposures to the chemical;
ing physician or nurse, regardless of (iv) The request includes a descrip-
the existence of a written statement of tion of the procedures to be used to
need or a confidentiality agreement. maintain the confidentiality of the dis-
The employer may require a written closed information; and,
statement of need and confidentiality (v) The health professional, em-
agreement, in accordance with the pro- ployee, or designated representative
visions of paragraphs (f)(4) and (f)(5), as and the employer or contractor of the
soon as circumstances permit. services of the health professional or
(4) In non-emergency situations, an designated representative agree in a
employer shall, upon request, disclose written confidentiality agreement that
a specific chemical identity, otherwise the health professional, employee or
permitted to be withheld under para- designated representative will not use
graph (f)(2) of this section, to a health the trade secret information for any
professional, employee, or designated purpose other than the health need(s)
representative if: asserted and agree not to release the
(i) The request is in writing; information under any circumstances
(ii) The request describes with rea- other than to OSHA, as provided in
sonable detail one or more of the fol- paragraph (f)(9) of this section, except
lowing occupational health needs for as authorized by the terms of the
the information: agreement or by the employer.
(A) To assess the hazards of the (5) The confidentiality agreement au-
chemicals to which employees will be thorized by paragraph (f)(4)(iv) of this
exposed; section:
(B) To conduct or assess sampling of (i) May restrict the use of the infor-
the workplace atmosphere to deter- mation to the health purposes indi-
mine employee exposure levels; cated in the written statement of need;
(C) To conduct pre-assignment or (ii) May provide for appropriate legal
periodic medical surveillance of ex- remedies in the event of a breach of the
posed employees; agreement, including stipulation of a
(D) To provide medical treatment to reasonable pre-estimate of likely dam-
exposed employees; ages; and,
(E) To select or assess appropriate (iii) May not include requirements
personal protective equipment for ex- for the posting of a penalty bond.
posed employees; (6) Nothing in this section is meant
(F) To design or assess engineering to preclude the parties from pursuing
controls or other protective measures non-contractual remedies to the extent
for exposed employees; and permitted by law.
(G) To conduct studies to determine (7) If the health professional, em-
the health effects of exposure. ployee or designated representative re-
(iii) The request explains in detail ceiving the trade secret information
why the disclosure of the specific decides that there is a need to disclose
chemical identity is essential and that, it to OSHA, the employer who provided
in lieu thereof, the disclosure of the the information shall be informed by
following information would not enable the health professional prior to, or at
the health professional, employee or the same time as, such disclosure.
designated representative to provide (8) If the employer denies a written
the occupational health services de- request for disclosure of a specific
scribed in paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this chemical identity, the denial must:
section: (i) Be provided to the health profes-
(A) The properties and effects of the sional, employee or designated rep-
chemical; resentative within thirty days of the
(B) Measures for controlling workers’ request;
exposure to the chemical; (ii) Be in writing;
101
(iii) Include evidence to support the priate to assure that the occupational
claim that the specific chemical iden- health needs are met without an undue
tity is a trade secret; risk of harm to the employer.
(iv) State the specific reasons why (12) Notwithstanding the existence of
the request is being denied; and, a trade secret claim, an employer shall,
(v) Explain in detail how alternative upon request, disclose to the Assistant
information may satisfy the specific Secretary any information which this
medical or occupational health need section requires the employer to make
without revealing the specific chemical available. Where there is a trade secret
identity. claim, such claim shall be made no
(9) The health professional, em- later than at the time the information
ployee, or designated representative is provided to the Assistant Secretary
whose request for information is denied so that suitable determinations of
under paragraph (f)(4) of this section trade secret status can be made and
may refer the request and the written the necessary protections can be imple-
denial of the request to OSHA for con- mented.
sideration. (13) Nothing in this paragraph shall
(10) When a heath professional em- be construed as requiring the disclo-
ployee, or designated representative re- sure under any circumstances of proc-
fers a denial to OSHA under paragraph ess or percentage of mixture informa-
(f)(9) of this section, OSHA shall con- tion which is trade secret.
sider the evidence to determine if: (g) Employee information. (1) Upon an
(i) The employer has supported the employee’s first entering into employ-
claim that the specific chemical iden- ment, and at least annually thereafter,
tity is a trade secret; each employer shall inform current
(ii) The health professional em- employees covered by this section of
ployee, or designated representative the following:
has supported the claim that there is a (i) The existence, location, and avail-
medical or occupational health need ability of any records covered by this
for the information; and section;
(iii) The health professional, em- (ii) The person responsible for main-
ployee or designated representative has taining and providing access to
demonstrated adequate means to pro- records; and
tect the confidentiality. (iii) Each employee’s rights of access
(11)(i) If OSHA determines that the to these records.
specific chemical identity requested (2) Each employer shall keep a copy
under paragraph (f)(4) of this section is of this section and its appendices, and
not a bona fide trade secret, or that it make copies readily available, upon re-
is a trade secret but the requesting quest, to employees. The employer
health professional, employee or des- shall also distribute to current employ-
ignated representatives has a legiti- ees any informational materials con-
mate medical or occupational health cerning this section which are made
need for the information, has executed available to the employer by the As-
a written confidentiality agreement, sistant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
and has shown adequate means for tional Safety and Health.
complying with the terms of such (h) Transfer of records. (1) Whenever
agreement, the employer will be sub- an employer is ceasing to do business,
ject to citation by OSHA. the employer shall transfer all records
(ii) If an employer demonstrates to subject to this section to the successor
OSHA that the execution of a confiden- employer. The successor employer
tiality agreement would not provide shall receive and maintain these
sufficient protection against the poten- records.
tial harm from the unauthorized dis- (2) Whenever an employer is ceasing
closure of a trade secret specific chem- to do business and there is no successor
ical identity, the Assistant Secretary employer to receive and maintain the
may issue such orders or impose such records subject to this standard, the
additional limitations or conditions employer shall notify affected current
upon the disclosure of the requested employees of their rights of access to
chemical information as may be appro- records at least three (3) months prior
102
to the cessation of the employer’s busi- this letter (if less than one year); (2) describe
ness. medical information to be created in the fu-
(3) Whenever an employer either is ture that you intend to be covered by this
authorization letter; or (3) describe portions
ceasing to do business and there is no
of the medical information in your records
successor employer to receive and which you do not intend to be released as a
maintain the records, or intends to dis- result of this letter.)
pose of any records required to be pre- llllllllllllllllllllllll
served for at least thirty (30) years, the llllllllllllllllllllllll
employer shall: llllllllllllllllllllllll

llllllllllllllllllllllll
(i) Transfer the records to the Direc-
tor of the National Institute for Occu- llllllllllllllllllllllll
pational Safety and Health (NIOSH) if Full name of Employee or Legal Representa-
so required by a specific occupational tive
safety and health standard; or llllllllllllllllllllllll
(ii) Notify the Director of NIOSH in Signature of Employee or Legal Representa-

writing of the impending disposal of tive
records at least three (3) months prior
to the disposal of the records. Date of Signature
(4) Where an employer regularly dis-
poses of records required to be pre- APPENDIX B TO § 1910.20—AVAILABILITY
served for at least thirty (30) years, the OF NIOSH REGISTRY OF TOXIC EF-
employer may, with at least (3) months FECTS OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES
notice, notify the Director of NIOSH on (RTECS) (NON-MANDATORY)
an annual basis of the records intended
to be disposed of in the coming year. The final regulation, 29 CFR 1910.20, ap-
(i) Appendices. The information con- plies to all employee exposure and medical
records, and analyses thereof, of employees
tained in appendices A and B to this exposed to toxic substances or harmful phys-
section is not intended, by itself, to ical agents (paragraph (b)(2)). The term toxic
create any additional obligations not substance or harmful physical agent is defined
otherwise imposed by this section nor by paragraph (c)(13) to encompass chemical
detract from any existing obligation. substances, biological agents, and physical
stresses for which there is evidence of harm-
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.20—SAMPLE AU- ful health effects. The regulation uses the
THORIZATION LETTER FOR THE RE- latest printed edition of the National Insti-
LEASE OF EMPLOYEE MEDICAL tute for Occupational Safety and Health
RECORD INFORMATION TO A DES- (NIOSH) Registry of Toxic Effects of Chem-
IGNATED REPRESENTATIVE (NON- ical Substances (RTECS) as one of the chief
sources of information as to whether evi-
MANDATORY) dence of harmful health effects exists. If a
I, ————— (full name of worker/patient), substance is listed in the latest printed
hereby authorize —————— (individual or RTECS, the regulation applies to exposure
organization holding the medical records) to and medical records (and analyses of these
release to —————— (individual or organi- records) relevant to employees exposed to
zation authorized to receive the medical in- the substance.
formation), the following medical informa- It is appropriate to note that the final reg-
tion from my personal medical records: ulation does not require that employers pur-
llllllllllllllllllllllll chase a copy of RTECS, and many employers
llllllllllllllllllllllll need not consult RTECS to ascertain wheth-
(Describe generally the information desired er their employee exposure or medical
to be released) records are subject to the rule. Employers
I give my permission for this medical in- who do not currently have the latest printed
formation to be used for the following pur- edition of the NIOSH RTECS, however, may
pose: desire to obtain a copy. The RTECS is issued
llllllllllllllllllllllll in an annual printed edition as mandated by
llllllllllllllllllllllll section 20(a)(6) of the Occupational Safety
but I do not give permission for any other and Health Act (29 U.S.C. 669(a)(6)).
use or re-disclosure of this information. The Introduction to the 1980 printed edi-
NOTE: Several extra lines are provided tion describes the RTECS as follows:
below so that you can place additional re- ‘‘The 1980 edition of the Registry of Toxic
strictions on this authorization letter if you Effects of Chemical Substances, formerly
want to. You may, however, leave these lines known as the Toxic Substances list, is the
blank. On the other hand, you may want to ninth revision prepared in compliance with
(1) specify a particular expiration date for the requirements of Section 20(a)(6) of the
103
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 paints; glazes, dyes; bleaches and other
(Public Law 91–596). The original list was household cleaning agents; alkalies; and var-
completed on June 28, 1971, and has been up- ious solvents and diluents. The list is exten-
dated annually in book format. Beginning in sive because chemicals have become an inte-
October 1977, quarterly revisions have been gral part of our existence.’’
provided in microfiche. This edition of the The RTECS printed edition may be pur-
Registry contains 168,096 listings of chemical chased from the Superintendent of Docu-
substances: 45,156 are names of different ments, U.S. Government Printing Office
chemicals with their associated toxicity (GPO), Washington, DC 20402 (202–783–3238).
data and 122,940 are synonyms. This edition Some employers may desire to subscribe to
includes approximately 5,900 new chemical the quarterly update to the RTECS which is
compounds that did not appear in the 1979 published in a microfiche edition. An annual
Registry. (p. xi) subscription to the quarterly microfiche may
‘‘The Registry’s purposes are many, and it be purchased from the GPO (Order the
serves a variety of users. It is a single source ‘‘Microfiche Edition, Registry of Toxic Ef-
document for basic toxicity information and fects of Chemical Substances’’). Both the
for other data, such as chemical identifiers printed edition and the microfiche edition of
ad information necessary for the preparation RTECS are available for review at many uni-
of safety directives and hazard evaluations versity and public libraries throughout the
for chemical substances. The various types country. The latest RTECS editions may
of toxic effects linked to literature citations also be examined at the OSHA Technical
provide researchers and occupational health Data Center, Room N2439—Rear, United
scientists with an introduction to the toxi- States Department of Labor, 200 Constitu-
cological literature, making their own re- tion Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210 (202–
view of the toxic hazards of a given sub- 523–9700), or at any OSHA Regional or Area
stance easier. By presenting data on the low- Office (See, major city telephone directories
est reported doses that produce effects by under United States Government-Labor De-
several routes of entry in various species, partment).
the Registry furnishes valuable information
to those responsible for preparing safety [53 FR 38163, Sept. 29, 1988; 53 FR 49981, Dec.
data sheets for chemical substances in the 13, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 24333, June 7,
workplace. Chemical and production engi- 1989; 55 FR 26431, June 28, 1990; 61 FR 9235,
neers can use the Registry to identify the Mar. 7, 1996. Redesignated at 61 FR 31430,
hazards which may be associated with chem- June 20, 1996]
ical intermediates in the development of
final products, and thus can more readily se- § 1910.1025 Lead.
lect substitutes or alternative processes
which may be less hazardous. Some organiza-
tions, including health agencies and chem- tion applies to all occupational expo-
ical companies, have included the NIOSH sure to lead, except as provided in
Registry accession numbers with the listing paragraph (a)(2).
of chemicals in their files to reference tox- (2) This section does not apply to the
icity information associated with those construction industry or to agricul-
chemicals. By including foreign language tural operations covered by 29 CFR
chemical names, a start has been made to-
ward providing rapid identification of sub-
Part 1928.
stances produced in other countries. (p. xi) (b) Definitions. Action level means em-
‘‘In this edition of the Registry, the editors ployee exposure, without regard to the
intend to identify ‘‘all known toxic sub- use of respirators, to an airborne con-
stances’’ which may exist in the environ- centration of lead of 30 micrograms per
ment and to provide pertinent data on the cubic meter of air (30 µg/m3) averaged
toxic effects from known doses entering an over an 8-hour period.
organism by any route described. (p xi)
Assistant Secretary means the Assist-
‘‘It must be reemphasized that the entry of
a substance in the Registry does not auto- ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
matically mean that it must be avoided. A tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart-
listing does mean, however, that the sub- ment of Labor, or designee.
stance has the documented potential of being Director means the Director, National
harmful if misused, and care must be exer- Institute for Occupational Safety and
cised to prevent tragic consequences. Thus, Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of
the Registry lists many substances that are Health, Education, and Welfare, or des-
common in everyday life and are in nearly
ignee.
every household in the United States. One
can name a variety of such dangerous sub- Lead means metallic lead, all inor-
stances: prescription and non-prescription ganic lead compounds, and organic lead
drugs; food additives; pesticide concentrates, soaps. Excluded from this definition
sprays, and dusts; fungicides; herbicides; are all other organic lead compounds.
104
(c) Permissible exposure limit (PEL). (1) (A) Any information, observations, or
The employer shall assure that no em- calculations which would indicate em-
ployee is exposed to lead at concentra- ployee exposure to lead;
tions greater than fifty micrograms per (B) Any previous measurements of
cubic meter of air (50 µg/m3) averaged airborne lead; and
over an 8-hour period. (C) Any employee complaints of
(2) If an employee is exposed to lead symptoms which may be attributable
for more than 8 hours in any work day, to exposure to lead.
the permissible exposure limit, as a (ii) Monitoring for the initial deter-
time weighted average (TWA) for that mination may be limited to a rep-
day, shall be reduced according to the resentative sample of the exposed em-
following formula: ployees who the employer reasonably
believes are exposed to the greatest
Maximum permissible limit (in µg/ airborne concentrations of lead in the
m3)=400÷hours worked in the day. workplace.
(iii) Measurements of airborne lead
(3) When respirators are used to sup- made in the preceding 12 months may
plement engineering and work practice be used to satisfy the requirement to
controls to comply with the PEL and monitor under paragraph (d)(3)(i) if the
all the requirements of paragraph (f) sampling and analytical methods used
have been met, employee exposure, for meet the accuracy and confidence lev-
the purpose of determining whether the els of paragraph (d)(9) of this section.
employer has complied with the PEL, (4) Positive initial determination and
may be considered to be at the level initial monitoring. (i) Where a deter-
provided by the protection factor of the mination conducted under paragraphs
respirator for those periods the res- (d) (2) and (3) of this section shows the
pirator is worn. Those periods may be possibility of any employee exposure at
averaged with exposure levels during or above the action level, the employer
periods when respirators are not worn shall conduct monitoring which is rep-
to determine the employee’s daily resentative of the exposure for each
TWA exposure. employee in the workplace who is ex-
(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General. posed to lead.
(i) For the purposes of paragraph (d), (ii) Measurements of airborne lead
employee exposure is that exposure made in the preceding 12 months may
which would occur if the employee be used to satisfy this requirement if
were not using a respirator. the sampling and analytical methods
(ii) With the exception of monitoring used meet the accuracy and confidence
under paragraph (d)(3), the employer levels of paragraph (d)(9) of this sec-
shall collect full shift (for at least 7 tion.
continuous hours) personal samples in- (5) Negative initial determination.
cluding at least one sample for each Where a determination, conducted
shift for each job classification in each under paragraphs (d) (2) and (3) of this
work area. section is made that no employee is ex-
(iii) Full shift personal samples shall posed to airborne concentrations of
be representative of the monitored em- lead at or above the action level, the
ployee’s regular, daily exposure to employer shall make a written record
lead. of such determination. The record shall
(2) Initial determination. Each em- include at least the information speci-
ployer who has a workplace or work fied in paragraph (d)(3) of this section
operation covered by this standard and shall also include the date of deter-
shall determine if any exployee may be mination, location within the work-
exposed to lead at or above the action site, and the name and social security
level. number of each employee monitored.
(3) Basis of initial determination. (i) (6) Frequency. (i) If the initial moni-
The employer shall monitor employee toring reveals employee exposure to be
exposures and shall base initial deter- below the action level the measure-
minations on the employee exposure ments need not be repeated except as
monitoring results and any of the fol- otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(7)
lowing, relevant considerations: of this section.
105
(ii) If the initial determination or (9) Accuracy of measurement. The em-

subsequent monitoring reveals employer shall use a method of moni-
ployee exposure to be at or above the toring and analysis which has an accu-
action level but below the permissible racy (to a confidence level of 95%) of
exposure limit the employer shall re- not less than plus or minus 20 percent
peat monitoring in accordance with for airborne concentrations of lead
this paragraph at least every 6 months. equal to or greater than 30 µg/m3.
The employer shall continue moni- (e) Methods of compliance—(1) Engi-
toring at the required frequency until neering and work practice controls. (i)
at least two consecutive measure- Where any employee is exposed to lead
ments, taken at least 7 days apart, are above the permissible exposure limit
below the action level at which time for more than 30 days per year, the em-
the employer may discontinue moni- ployer shall implement engineering
toring for that employee except as oth- and work practice controls (including
erwise provided in paragraph (d)(7) of administrative controls) to reduce and
this section. maintain employee exposure to lead in
(iii) If the initial monitoring reveals accordance with the implementation
that employee exposure is above the schedule in Table I below, except to the
permissible exposure limit the em- extent that the employer can dem-
ployer shall repeat monitoring quar- onstrate that such controls are not fea-
terly. The employer shall continue sible. Wherever the engineering and
monitoring at the required frequency work practice controls which can be in-
until at least two consecutive measure- stituted are not sufficient to reduce
ments, taken at least 7 days apart, are employee exposure to or below the per-
below the PEL but at or above the ac- missible exposure limit, the employer
tion level at which time the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce
shall repeat monitoring for that em- exposures to the lowest feasible level
ployee at the frequency specified in and shall supplement them by the use
of respiratory protection which com-
paragraph (d)(6)(ii), except as otherwise
plies with the requirements of para-
provided in paragraph (d)(7) of this sec-
graph (f) of this section.
tion.
(ii) Where any employee is exposed to
(7) Additional monitoring. Whenever lead above the permissible exposure
there has been a production, process, limit, but for 30 days or less per year,
control or personnel change which may the employer shall implement engi-
result in new or additional exposure to neering controls to reduce exposures to
lead, or whenever the employer has any 200 µg/m3, but thereafter may imple-
other reason to suspect a change which ment any combination of engineering,
may result in new or additional expo- work practice (including administra-
sures to lead, additional monitoring in tive controls), and respiratory controls
accordance with this paragraph shall to reduce and maintain employee expo-
be conducted. sure to lead to or below 50 µg/m3.
(8) Employee notification. (i) Within 5
working days after the receipt of moni- TABLE I
toring results, the employer shall no-
Compliance
tify each employee in writing of the re- Industry dates: 1
sults which represent that employee’s (50 µg/m3)
exposure. Lead chemicals, secondary copper July 19, 1996.
(ii) Whenever the results indicate smelting.
that the representative employee expo- Nonferrous foundries ............................... July 19, 1996. 2
Brass and bronze ingot manufacture ...... 6 years.3
sure, without regard to respirators, ex-
1 Calculated by counting from the date the stay on imple-
ceeds the permissible exposure limit, mentation of paragraph (e)(1) was lifted by the U.S. Court of
the employer shall incude in the writ- Appeals for the District of Columbia, the number of years
ten notice a statement that the per- specified in the 1978 lead standard and subsequent amend-
ments for compliance with the PEL of 50 µ g/m3 for exposure
missible exposure limit was exceeded to airborne concentrations of lead levels for the particular in-
dustry.
and a description of the corrective ac- 2 Large nonferrous foundries (20 or more employees) are
tion taken or to be taken to reduce ex- required to achieve the PEL of 50 µ g/m3 by means of engi-
neering and work practice controls. Small nonferrous found-
posure to or below the permissible ex- ries (fewer than 20 employees) are required to achieve an 8-
posure limit. hour TWA of 75 µ g/m3 by such controls.
106
3 Expressed as the number of years from the date on which
the Court lifts the stay on the implementation of paragraph
Secretary, Director, any affected em-
(e)(1) for this industry for employers to achieve a lead in air ployee or authorized employee rep-
concentration of 75 µ g/m3. Compliance with paragraph (e) in resentatives.
this industry is determined by a compliance directive that in-
corporates elements from the settlement agreement between (iv) Written programs shall be re-
OSHA and representatives of the industry.
vised and updated at least every 6
(2) Respiratory protection. Where engi- months to reflect the current status of
neering and work practice controls do the program.
not reduce employee exposure to or (4) Mechanical ventilation. (i) When
below the 50 µg/m3permissible exposure ventilation is used to control exposure,
limit, the employer shall supplement measurements which demonstrate the
these controls with respirators in ac- effectiveness of the system in control-
cordance with paragraph (f). ling exposure, such as capture velocity,
(3) Compliance program. (i) Each em- duct velocity, or static pressure shall
ployer shall establish and implement a be made at least every 3 months. Meas-
written compliance program to reduce urements of the system’s effectiveness
exposures to or below the permissible in controlling exposure shall be made
exposure limit, and interim levels if within 5 days of any change in produc-
applicable, solely by means of engi- tion, process, or control which might
neering and work practice controls in
result in a change in employee expo-
accordance with the implementation
sure to lead.
schedule in paragraph (e)(1).
(ii) Written plans for these compli- (ii) Recirculation of air. If air from ex-
ance programs shall include at least haust ventilation is recirculated into
the following: the workplace, the employer shall as-
(A) A description of each operation in sure that (A) the system has a high ef-
which lead is emitted; e.g. machinery ficiency filter with reliable back-up fil-
used, material processed, controls in ter; and (B) controls to monitor the
place, crew size, employee job respon- concentration of lead in the return air
sibilities, operating procedures and and to bypass the recirculation system
maintenance practices; automatically if it fails are installed,
(B) A description of the specific operating, and maintained.
means that will be employed to achieve (5) Administrative controls. If adminis-
compliance, including engineering trative controls are used as a means of
plans and studies used to determine reducing employees TWA exposure to
methods selected for controlling expo- lead, the employer shall establish and
sure to lead; implement a job rotation schedule
(C) A report of the technology consid- which includes:
ered in meeting the permissible expo- (i) Name or identification number of
sure limit; each affected employee;
(D) Air monitoring data which docu- (ii) Duration and exposure levels at
ments the source of lead emissions; each job or work station where each af-
(E) A detailed schedule for implemen- fected employee is located; and
tation of the program, including docu- (iii) Any other information which
mentation such as copies of purchase
may be useful in assessing the reli-
orders for equipment, construction
ability of administrative controls to
contracts, etc.;
reduce exposure to lead.
(F) A work practice program which
includes items required under para- (f) Respiratory protection—(1) General.
graphs (g), (h) and (i) of this regula- For employees who use respirators re-
tion; quired by this section, the employer
(G) An administrative control sched- must provide respirators that comply
ule required by paragraph (e)(6), if ap- with the requirements of this para-
plicable; graph. Respirators must be used dur-
(H) Other relevant information. ing:
(iii) Written programs shall be sub- (i) Periods necessary to install or im-
mitted upon request to the Assistant plement engineering or work-practice
Secretary and the Director, and shall controls.
be available at the worksite for exam- (ii) Work operations for which engi-
ination and copying by the Assistant neering and work-practice controls are
107
not sufficient to reduce employee expo- (ii) If an employee has breathing dif-
sures to or below the permissible expo- ficulty during fit testing or respirator
sure limit. use, the employer must provide the em-
(iii) Periods when an employee re- ployee with a medical examination in
quests a respirator. accordance with paragraph (j)(3)(i)(C)
(2) Respirator program. (i) The em- of this section to determine whether or
ployer must implement a respiratory not the employee can use a respirator
protection program in accordance with while performing the required duty.
29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
(d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).
TABLE II—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR LEAD AEROSOLS
Airborne concentration of lead or condition Required respirator
of use
Not in excess of 0.5 mg/m3 (10X PEL) ...... Half-mask, air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters.2 3
Not in excess of 2.5 mg/m3 (50X PEL) ...... Full facepiece, air-purifying respirator with high efficiency filters.3
Not in excess of 50 mg/m3 (1000X PEL) ... (1) Any powered, air-purifying respirator with high efficiency filters3; or (2) Half-
mask supplied-air respirator operated in positive-pressure mode.2
Not in excess of 100 mg/m3 (2000XPEL) .. Supplied-air respirators with full facepiece, hood, helmet, or suit, operated in posi-
tive pressure mode.
Greater than 100 mg/m3, unknown con- Full facepiece, self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive-pressure
centration or fire fighting. mode.
1 Respirators specified for high concentrations can be used at lower concentrations of lead.
2 Full facepiece is required if the lead aerosols cause eye or skin irritation at the use concentrations.
3A high efficiency particulate filter means 99.97 percent efficient against 0.3 micron size particles.
(3) Respirator selection. (i) The em- tion at least weekly, and daily to em-
ployer must select the appropriate res- ployees whose exposure levels without
pirator or combination of respirators regard to a respirator are over 200 µg/
from Table II of this section. m3of lead as an 8-hour TWA.
(ii) The employer must provide a (ii) The employer shall provide for
powered air-purifying respirator in- the cleaning, laundering, or disposal of
stead of the respirator specified in protective clothing and equipment re-
Table II of this section when an em- quired by paragraph (g)(1) of this sec-
ployee chooses to use this type of res- tion.
pirator and such a respirator provides (iii) The employer shall repair or re-
adequate protection to the employee. place required protective clothing and
(g) Protective work clothing and equip- equipment as needed to maintain their
ment—(1) Provision and use. If an em- effectiveness.
ployee is exposed to lead above the (iv) The employer shall assure that
PEL, without regard to the use of res- all protective clothing is removed at
pirators or where the possibility of the completion of a work shift only in
skin or eye irritation exists, the em- change rooms provided for that purpose
ployer shall provide at no cost to the as prescribed in paragraph (i)(2) of this
employee and assure that the employee section.
uses appropriate protective work cloth- (v) The employer shall assure that
ing and equipment such as, but not contaminated protective clothing
limited to: which is to be cleaned, laundered, or
(i) Coveralls or similar full-body disposed of, is placed in a closed con-
work clothing; tainer in the change-room which pre-
(ii) Gloves, hats, and shoes or dispos- vents dispersion of lead outside the
able shoe coverlets; and container.
(iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or (vi) The employer shall inform in
other appropriate protective equip- writing any person who cleans or laun-
ment which complies with § 1910.133 of ders protective clothing or equipment
this Part. of the potentially harmful effects of ex-
(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The posure to lead.
employer shall provide the protective (vii) The employer shall assure that
clothing required in paragraph (g)(1) of the containers of contaminated protec-
this section in a clean and dry condi- tive clothing and equipment required
108
by paragraph (g)(2)(v) are labelled as (ii) The employer shall provide show-
follows: er facilities in accordance with
CAUTION: CLOTHING CONTAMINATED
§ 1910.141 (d)(3) of this part.
WITH LEAD. DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY (iii) The employer shall assure that
BLOWING OR SHAKING. DISPOSE OF employees who are required to shower
LEAD CONTAMINATED WASH WATER IN pursuant to paragraph (i)(3)(i) do not
ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, leave the workplace wearing any cloth-
STATE, OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS. ing or equipment worn during the work
(viii) The employer shall prohibit the shift.
removal of lead from protective cloth- (4) Lunchrooms. (i) The employer
ing or equipment by blowing, shaking, shall provide lunchroom facilities for
or any other means which disperses employees who work in areas where
lead into the air. their airborne exposure to lead is above
(h) Housekeeping—(1) Surfaces. All the PEL, without regard to the use of
surfaces shall be maintained as free as respirators.
practicable of accumulations of lead. (ii) The employer shall assure that
(2) Cleaning floors. (i) Floors and lunchroom facilities have a tempera-
other surfaces where lead accumulates ture controlled, positive pressure, fil-
may not be cleaned by the use of com- tered air supply, and are readily acces-
pressed air. sible to employees.
(ii) Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping, (iii) The employer shall assure that
and brushing may be used only where employees who work in areas where
vacuuming or other equally effective their airborne exposure to lead is above
methods have been tried and found not the PEL without regard to the use of a
to be effective. respirator wash their hands and face
(3) Vacuuming. Where vacuuming prior to eating, drinking, smoking or
methods are selected, the vacuums applying cosmetics.
shall be used and emptied in a manner (iv) The employer shall assure that
which minimizes the reentry of lead employees do not enter lunchroom fa-
into the workplace. cilities with protective work clothing
(i) Hygiene facilities and practices. (1) or equipment unless surface lead dust
The employer shall assure that in areas has been removed by vacuuming,
where employees are exposed to lead downdraft booth, or other cleaning
above the PEL, without regard to the method.
use of respirators, food or beverage is (5) Lavatories. The employer shall
not present or consumed, tobacco prod- provide an adequate number of lava-
ucts are not present or used, and cos- tory facilities which comply with
metics are not applied, except in § 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) of this part.
change rooms, lunchrooms, and show- (j) Medical surveillance—(1) General. (i)
ers required under paragraphs (i)(2) The employer shall institute a medical
through (i)(4) of this section. surveillance program for all employees
(2) Change rooms. (i) The employer who are or may be exposed above the
shall provide clean change rooms for action level for more than 30 days per
employees who work in areas where year.
their airborne exposure to lead is above (ii) The employer shall assure that
the PEL, without regard to the use of all medical examinations and proce-
respirators. dures are performed by or under the su-
(ii) The employer shall assure that pervision of a licensed physician.
change rooms are equipped with sepa- (iii) The employer shall provide the
rate storage facilities for protective required medical surveillance including
work clothing and equipment and for multiple physician review under para-
street clothes which prevent cross-con- graph (j)(3)(iii) without cost to employ-
tamination. ees and at a reasonable time and place.
(3) Showers. (i) The employer shall as- (2) Biological monitoring—(i) Blood lead
sure that employees who work in areas and ZPP level sampling and analysis.
where their airborne exposure to lead The employer shall make available bio-
is above the PEL, without regard to logical monitoring in the form of blood
the use of respirators, shower at the sampling and analysis for lead and zinc
end of the work shift. protoporphyrin levels to each employee
109
covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this and consultations to each employee

section on the following schedule: covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this
(A) At least every 6 months to each section on the following schedule:
employee covered under paragraph (A) At least annually for each em-
(j)(1)(i) of this section; ployee for whom a blood sampling test
(B) At least every two months for conducted at any time during the pre-
each employee whose last blood sam- ceding 12 months indicated a blood lead
pling and analysis indicated a blood level at or above 40 µ g/100 g;
lead level at or above 40 µ g/100 g of (B) Prior to assignment for each em-
whole blood. This frequency shall con- ployee being assigned for the first time
tinue until two consecutive blood sam- to an area in which airborne concentra-
ples and analyses indicate a blood lead tions of lead are at or above the action
level below 40 µ g/100 g of whole blood; level;
and (C) As soon as possible, upon notifica-
(C) At least monthly during the re- tion by an employee either that the
moval period of each employee re- employee has developed signs or symp-
moved from exposure to lead due to an toms commonly associated with lead
elevated blood lead level. intoxication, that the employee desires
(ii) Follow-up blood sampling tests. medical advice concerning the effects
Whenever the results of a blood lead of current or past exposure to lead on
level test indicate that an employee’s the employee’s ability to procreate a
blood lead level exceeds the numerical healthy child, or that the employee has
criterion for medical removal under demonstrated difficulty in breathing
paragraph (k)(1)(i)(A) of this section, during a respirator fitting test or dur-
the employer shall provide a second ing use; and
(follow-up) blood sampling test within (D) As medically appropriate for each
two weeks after the employer receives employee either removed from expo-
the results of the first blood sampling sure to lead due to a risk of sustaining
test. material impairment to health, or oth-
(iii) Accuracy of blood lead level sam- erwise limited pursuant to a final med-
pling and analysis. Blood lead level ical determination.
sampling and analysis provided pursu- (ii) Content. Medical examinations
ant to this section shall have an accu- made available pursuant to paragraph
racy (to a confidence level of 95 per- (j)(3)(i) (A) through (B) of this section
cent) within plus or minus 15 percent shall include the following elements:
or 6 µ g/100ml, whichever is greater, and (A) A detailed work history and a
shall be conducted by a laboratory li- medical history, with particular atten-
censed by the Center for Disease Con- tion to past lead exposure (occupa-
trol, United States Department of tional and non-occupational), personal
Health, Education and Welfare (CDC) habits (smoking, hygiene), and past
or which has received a satisfactory gastrointestinal, hematologic, renal,
grade in blood lead proficiency testing cardiovascular, reproductive and neu-
from CDC in the prior twelve months. rological problems;
(iv) Employee notification. Within five (B) A thorough physical examination,
working days after the receipt of bio- with particular attention to teeth,
logical monitoring results, the em- gums, hematologic, gastrointestinal,
ployer shall notify in writing each em- renal, cardiovascular, and neurological
ployee whose blood lead level exceeds systems. Pulmonary status should be
40 µ g/100 g: (A) of that employee’s evaluated if respiratory protection will
blood lead level and (B) that the stand- be used;
ard requires temporary medical re- (C) A blood pressure measurement;
moval with Medical Removal Protec- (D) A blood sample and analysis
tion benefits when an employee’s blood which determines:
lead level exceeds the numerical cri- (1) Blood lead level;
terion for medical removal under para- (2) Hemoglobin and hematocrit deter-
graph (k)(1)(i) of this section. minations, red cell indices, and exam-
(3) Medical examinations and consulta- ination of peripheral smear mor-
tions—(i) Frequency. The employer shall phology;
make available medical examinations (3) Zinc protoporphyrin;
110
(4) Blood urea nitrogen; and, employee through their respective phy-
(5) Serum creatinine; sicians shall designate a third physi-
(E) A routine urinalysis with micro- cian:
scopic examination; and (1) To review any findings, deter-
(F) Any laboratory or other test minations or recommendations of the
which the examining physician deems prior physicians; and
necessary by sound medical practice. (2) To conduct such examinations,
The content of medical examinations consultations, laboratory tests and dis-
made available pursuant to paragraph cussions with the prior physicians as
(j)(3)(i) (C) through (D) of this section the third physician deems necessary to
shall be determined by an examining resolve the disagreement of the prior
physician and, if requested by an em- physicians.
ployee, shall include pregnancy testing (E) The employer shall act consistent
or laboratory evaluation of male fer- with the findings, determinations and
tility. recommendations of the third physi-
(iii) Multiple physician review mecha- cian, unless the employer and the em-
nism. (A) If the employer selects the ployee reach an agreement which is
initial physician who conducts any otherwise consistent with the rec-
medical examination or consultation ommendations of at least one of the
provided to an employee under this sec- three physicians.
tion, the employee may designate a (iv) Information provided to examining
second physician: and consulting physicians. (A) The em-
(1) To review any findings, deter- ployer shall provide an initial physi-
minations or recommendations of the cian conducting a medical examination
initial physician; and or consultation under this section with
(2) To conduct such examinations, the following information:
consultations, and laboratory tests as (1) A copy of this regulation for lead
the second physician deems necessary including all Appendices;
to facilitate this review. (2) A description of the affected em-
(B) The employer shall promptly no- ployee’s duties as they relate to the
tify an employee of the right to seek a employee’s exposure;
second medical opinion after each oc-
(3) The employee’s exposure level or
casion that an initial physician con-
anticipated exposure level to lead and
ducts a medical examination or con-
to any other toxic substance (if appli-
sultation pursuant to this section. The
cable);
employer may condition its participa-
tion in, and payment for, the multiple (4) A description of any personal pro-
physician review mechanism upon the tective equipment used or to be used;
employee doing the following within (5) Prior blood lead determinations;
fifteen (15) days after receipt of the and
foregoing notification, or receipt of the (6) All prior written medical opinions
initial physician’s written opinion, concerning the employee in the em-
whichever is later: ployer’s possession or control.
(1) The employee informing the em- (B) The employer shall provide the
ployer that he or she intends to seek a foregoing information to a second or
second medical opinion, and third physician conducting a medical
(2) The employee initiating steps to examination or consultation under this
make an appointment with a second section upon request either by the sec-
physician. ond or third physician, or by the em-
(C) If the findings, determinations or ployee.
recommendations of the second physi- (v) Written medical opinions. (A) The
cian differ from those of the initial employer shall obtain and furnish the
physician, then the employer and the employee with a copy of a written med-
employee shall assure that efforts are ical opinion from each examining or
made for the two physicians to resolve consulting physician which contains
any disagreement. the following information:
(D) If the two physicians have been (1) The physician’s opinion as to
unable to quickly resolve their dis- whether the employee has any detected
agreement, then the employer and the medical condition which would place
111
the employee at increased risk of ma- work having an exposure to lead at or

terial impairment of the employee’s above the action level on each occasion
health from exposure to lead; that a periodic and a follow-up blood
(2) Any recommended special protec- sampling test conducted pursuant to
tive measures to be provided to the em- this section indicate that the employ-
ployee, or limitations to be placed ee’s blood lead level is at or above 60 µ
upon the employee’s exposure to lead; g/100 g of whole blood; and
(3) Any recommended limitation (B) The employer shall remove an
upon the employee’s use of respirators, employee from work having an expo-
including a determination of whether sure to lead at or above the action
the employee can wear a powered air level on each occasion that the average
purifying respirator if a physician de- of the last three blood sampling tests
termines that the employee cannot conducted pursuant to this section (or
wear a negative pressure respirator; the average of all blood sampling tests
and conducted over the previous six (6)
(4) The results of the blood lead de- months, whichever is longer) indicates
terminations. that the employee’s blood lead level is
(B) The employer shall instruct each at or above 50 µ g/100 g of whole blood;
examining and consulting physician to: provided, however, that an employee
(1) Not reveal either in the written need not be removed if the last blood
opinion, or in any other means of com- sampling test indicates a blood lead
munication with the employer, find- level at or below 40 µ g/100 g of whole
ings, including laboratory results, or blood.
diagnoses unrelated to an employee’s (ii) Temporary removal due to a final
occupational exposure to lead; and medical determination. (A) The employer
(2) Advise the employee of any med- shall remove an employee from work
ical condition, occupational or non- having an exposure to lead at or above
occupational, which dictates further the action level on each occasion that
medical examination or treatment. a final medical determination results
(vi) Alternate Physician Determination in a medical finding, determination, or
Mechanisms. The employer and an em- opinion that the employee has a de-
ployee or authorized employee rep- tected medical condition which places
resentative may agree upon the use of the employee at increased risk of ma-
any expeditious alternate physician de- terial impairment to health from expo-
termination mechanism in lieu of the sure to lead.
multiple physician review mechanism (B) For the purposes of this section,
provided by this paragraph so long as the phrase ‘‘final medical determina-
the alternate mechanism otherwise tion’’ shall mean the outcome of the
satisfies the requirements contained in multiple physician review mechanism
this paragraph. or alternate medical determination
(4) Chelation. (i) The employer shall mechanism used pursuant to the med-
assure that any person whom he re- ical surveillance provisions of this sec-
tains, employs, supervises or controls tion.
does not engage in prophylactic chela- (C) Where a final medical determina-
tion of any employee at any time. tion results in any recommended spe-
(ii) If therapeutic or diagnostic che- cial protective measures for an em-
lation is to be performed by any person ployee, or limitations on an employee’s
in paragraph (j)(4)(i), the employer exposure to lead, the employer shall
shall assure that it be done under the implement and act consistent with the
supervision of a licensed physician in a recommendation.
clinical setting with thorough and ap- (iii) Return of the employee to former
propriate medical monitoring and that job status. (A) The employer shall re-
the employee is notified in writing turn an employee to his or her former
prior to its occurrence. job status:
(k) Medical Removal Protection—(1) (1) For an employee removed due to a
Temporary medical removal and return of blood lead level at or above 60 µg/100 g,
an employee—(i) Temporary removal due or due to an average blood lead level at
to elevated blood lead levels. (A) The em- or above 50 µg/100 g, when two consecu-
ployer shall remove an employee from tive blood sampling tests indicate that
112
the employee’s blood lead level is at or ee’s health status, with two exceptions.
below 40 µg/100 g of whole blood; If
(2) For an employee removed due to a (1) the initial removal, special pro-
final medical determination, when a tection, or limitation of the employee
subsequent final medical determina- resulted from a final medical deter-
tion results in a medical finding, determination which differed from the find-
mination, or opinion that the employee ings, determinations, or recommenda-
no longer has a detected medical conditions of the initial physician or
tion which places the employee at in- (2) The employee has been on re-
creased risk of material impairment to moval status for the preceding eight-
health from exposure to lead. een months due to an elevated blood
(B) For the purposes of this section,
lead level, then the employer shall
the requirement that an employer re-
await a final medical determination.
turn an employee to his or her former
job status is not intended to expand (2) Medical removal protection bene-
upon or restrict any rights an em- fits—(i) Provision of medical removal pro-
ployee has or would have had, absent tection benefits. The employer shall pro-
temporary medical removal, to a spe- vide to an employee up to eighteen (18)
cific job classification or position months of medical removal protection
under the terms of a collective bar- benefits on each occasion that an em-
gaining agreement. ployee is removed from exposure to
(iv) Removal of other employee special lead or otherwise limited pursuant to
protective measure or limitations. The this section.
employer shall remove any limitations (ii) Definition of medical removal pro-
placed on an employee or end any spe- tection benefits. For the purposes of this
cial protective measures provided to an section, the requirement that an em-
employee pursuant to a final medical ployer provide medical removal protec-
determination when a subsequent final tion benefits means that the employer
medical determination indicates that shall maintain the earnings, seniority
the limitations or special protective and other employment rights and bene-
measures are no longer necessary. fits of an employee as though the em-
(v) Employer options pending a final ployee had not been removed from nor-
medical determination. Where the mul- mal exposure to lead or otherwise lim-
tiple physician review mechanism, or ited.
alternate medical determination mech- (iii) Follow-up medical surveillance
anism used pursuant to the medical during the period of employee removal or
surveillance provisions of this section,
limitation. During the period of time
has not yet resulted in a final medical
that an employee is removed from nor-
determination with respect to an em-
mal exposure to lead or otherwise lim-
ployee, the employer shall act as fol-
ited, the employer may condition the
lows:
(A) Removal. The employer may re- provision of medical removal protec-
move the employee from exposure to tion benefits upon the employee’s par-
lead, provide special protective meas- ticipation in follow-up medical surveil-
ures to the employee, or place limita- lance made available pursuant to this
tions upon the employee, consistent section.
with the medical findings, determina- (iv) Workers’ compensation claims. If a
tions, or recommendations of any of removed employee files a claim for
the physicians who have reviewed the workers’ compensation payments for a
employee’s health status. lead-related disability, then the em-
(B) Return. The employer may return ployer shall continue to provide med-
the employee to his or her former job ical removal protection benefits pend-
status, end any special protective ing disposition of the claim. To the ex-
measures provided to the employee, tent that an award is made to the em-
and remove any limitations placed ployee for earnings lost during the pe-
upon the employee, consistent with the riod of removal, the employer’s med-
medical findings, determinations, or ical removal protection obligation
recommendations of any of the physi- shall be reduced by such amount. The
cians who have reviewed the employ- employer shall receive no credit for
113
workers’ compensation payments re- need not automatically remove such an

ceived by the employee for treatment employee pursuant to the blood lead
related expenses. level removal criteria provided by this
(v) Other credits. The employer’s obli- section.
gation to provide medical removal pro- (vii) Voluntary Removal or Restriction
tection benefits to a removed employee of An Employee. Where an employer, al-
shall be reduced to the extent that the though not required by this section to
employee receives compensation for do so, removes an employee from expo-
earnings lost during the period of re- sure to lead or otherwise places limita-
moval either from a publicly or em- tions on an employee due to the effects
ployer-funded compensation program, of lead exposure on the employee’s
or receives income from employment medical condition, the employer shall
with another employer made possible provide medical removal protection
by virtue of the employee’s removal. benefits to the employee equal to that
(vi) Employees whose blood lead levels
required by paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this
do not adequately decline within 18
section.
months of removal. The employer shall
take the following measures with re- (l) Employee information and training—
spect to any employee removed from (1) Training program. (i) Each employer
exposure to lead due to an elevated who has a workplace in which there is
blood lead level whose blood lead level a potential exposure to airborne lead at
has not declined within the past eight- any level shall inform employees of the
een (18) months of removal so that the content of Appendices A and B of this
employee has been returned to his or regulation.
her former job status: (ii) The employer shall institute a
(A) The employer shall make avail- training program for and assure the
able to the employee a medical exam- participation of all employees who are
ination pursuant to this section to ob- subject to exposure to lead at or above
tain a final medical determination the action level or for whom the possi-
with respect to the employee; bility of skin or eye irritation exists.
(B) The employer shall assure that (iii) The employer shall provide ini-
the final medical determination ob- tial training by 180 days from the effec-
tained indicates whether or not the tive date for those employees covered
employee may be returned to his or her by paragraph (l)(1) (ii) on the stand-
former job status, and if not, what ard’s effective date and prior to the
steps should be taken to protect the time of initial job assignment for those
employee’s health; employees subsequently covered by
(C) Where the final medical deter- this paragraph.
mination has not yet been obtained, or (iv) The training program shall be re-
once obtained indicates that the em- peated at least annually for each em-
ployee may not yet be returned to his ployee.
or her former job status, the employer (v) The employer shall assure that
shall continue to provide medical re- each employee is informed of the fol-
moval protection benefits to the em- lowing:
ployee until either the employee is re-
(A) The content of this standard and
turned to former job status, or a final
its appendices;
medical determination is made that
the employee is incapable of ever safe- (B) The specific nature of the oper-
ly returning to his or her former job ations which could result in exposure
status. to lead above the action level;
(D) Where the employer acts pursu- (C) The purpose, proper selection, fit-
ant to a final medical determination ting, use, and limitations of res-
which permits the return of the em- pirators;
ployee to his or her former job status (D) The purpose and a description of
despite what would otherwise be an un- the medical surveillance program, and
acceptable blood lead level, later ques- the medical removal protection pro-
tions concerning removing the em- gram including information concerning
ployee again shall be decided by a final the adverse health effects associated
medical determination. The employer with excessive exposure to lead (with
114
particular attention to the adverse re- (n) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure moni-

productive effects on both males and toring. (i) The employer shall establish
females); and maintain an accurate record of all
(E) The engineering controls and monitoring required in paragraph (d) of
work practices associated with the em- this section.
ployee’s job assignment; (ii) This record shall include:
(F) The contents of any compliance (A) The date(s), number, duration, lo-
plan in effect; and cation and results of each of the sam-
(G) Instructions to employees that ples taken, including a description of
chelating agents should not routinely the sampling procedure used to deter-
be used to remove lead from their bod- mine representative employee exposure
ies and should not be used at all except where applicable;
under the direction of a licensed physi- (B) A description of the sampling and
cian; analytical methods used and evidence
(2) Access to information and training of their accuracy;
materials. (i) The employer shall make (C) The type of respiratory protective
readily available to all affected em- devices worn, if any;
ployees a copy of this standard and its (D) Name, social security number,
appendices. and job classification of the employee
(ii) The employer shall provide, upon monitored and of all other employees
request, all materials relating to the whose exposure the measurement is in-
employee information and training tended to represent; and
program to the Assistant Secretary (E) The environmental variables that
and the Director. could affect the measurement of em-
(iii) In addition to the information ployee exposure.
required by paragraph (l)(1)(v), the em- (iii) The employer shall maintain
ployer shall include as part of the these monitoring records for at least 40
training program, and shall distribute years or for the duration of employ-
to employees, any materials pertaining ment plus 20 years, whichever is
to the Occupational Safety and Health longer.
Act, the regulations issued pursuant to (2) Medical surveillance. (i) The em-
that Act, and this lead standard, which ployer shall establish and maintain an
are made available to the employer by accurate record for each employee sub-
the Assistant Secretary. ject to medical surveillance as required
(m) Signs—(1) General. (i) The em- by paragraph (j) of this section.
ployer may use signs required by other (ii) This record shall include:
statutes, regulations or ordinances in (A) The name, social security num-
addition to, or in combination with, ber, and description of the duties of the
signs required by this paragraph. employee;
(ii) The employer shall assure that no (B) A copy of the physician’s written
statement appears on or near any sign opinions;
required by this paragraph which con- (C) Results of any airborne exposure
tradicts or detracts from the meaning monitoring done for that employee and
of the required sign. the representative exposure levels sup-
(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post plied to the physician; and
the following warning signs in each (D) Any employee medical com-
work area where the PEL is exceeded: plaints related to exposure to lead.
(iii) The employer shall keep, or as-
WARNING sure that the examining physician
keeps, the following medical records:
LEAD WORK AREA (A) A copy of the medical examina-
tion results including medical and
POISON work history required under paragraph
NO SMOKING OR EATING (j) of this section;
(B) A description of the laboratory
(ii) The employer shall assure that procedures and a copy of any standards
signs required by this paragraph are il- or guidelines used to interpret the test
luminated and cleaned as necessary so results or references to that informa-
that the legend is readily visible. tion;
115
(C) A copy of the results of biological these records shall be transmitted to

monitoring. the Director.
(iv) The employer shall maintain or (iii) At the expiration of the reten-
assure that the physician maintains tion period for the records required to
those medical records for at least 40 be maintained by this section, the em-
years, or for the duration of employ- ployer shall notify the Director at
ment plus 20 years, whichever is least 3 months prior to the disposal of
longer. such records and shall transmit those
(3) Medical removals. (i) The employer records to the Director if requested
shall establish and maintain an accu- within the period.
rate record for each employee removed (iv) The employer shall also comply
from current exposure to lead pursuant with any additional requirements in-
to paragraph (k) of this section. volving transfer of records set forth in
(ii) Each record shall include: 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
(A) The name and social security (o) Observation of monitoring. (1) Em-
number of the employee; ployee observation. The employer shall
(B) The date on each occasion that provide affected employees or their
the employee was removed from cur- designated representatives an oppor-
rent exposure to lead as well as the tunity to observe any monitoring of
corresponding date on which the em- employee exposure to lead conducted
ployee was returned to his or her pursuant to paragraph (d) of this sec-
former job status; tion.
(C) A brief explanation of how each (2) Observation procedures. (i) When-
removal was or is being accomplished; ever observation of the monitoring of
and employee exposure to lead requires
(D) A statement with respect to each entry into an area where the use of res-
removal indicating whether or not the pirators, protective clothing or equip-
reason for the removal was an elevated ment is required, the employer shall
blood lead level. provide the observer with and assure
(iii) The employer shall maintain the use of such respirators, clothing
each medical removal record for at and such equipment, and shall require
least the duration of an employee’s em- the observer to comply with all other
ployment. applicable safety and health proce-
(4) Availability. (i) The employer shall dures.
make available upon request all
(ii) Without interfering with the
records required to be maintained by
monitoring, observers shall be entitled
paragraph (n) of this section to the As- to:
sistant Secretary and the Director for
(A) Receive an explanation of the
examination and copying.
measurement procedures;
(ii) Environmental monitoring, med-
ical removal, and medical records re- (B) Observe all steps related to the
quired by this paragraph shall be pro- monitoring of lead performed at the
vided upon request to employees, des- place of exposure; and
ignated representatives, and the As- (C) Record the results obtained or re-
sistant Secretary in accordance with 29 ceive copies of the results when re-
CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e) and (2)–(i). Medical turned by the laboratory.
removal records shall be provided in (p) Effective date. This standard shall
the same manner as environmental become effective March 1, 1979.
monitoring records. (q) Appendices. The information con-
(5) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever tained in the appendices to this section
the employer ceases to do business, the is not intended by itself, to create any
successor employer shall receive and additional obligations not otherwise
retain all records required to be main- imposed by this standard nor detract
tained by paragraph (n) of this section. from any existing obligation.
(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to (r) Startup dates. All obligations of
do business and there is no successor this standard commence on the effec-
employer to receive and retain the tive date except as follows:
records required to be maintained by (1) The initial determination under
this section for the prescribed period, paragraph (d)(2) shall be made as soon
116
as possible but no later than 30 days (D) Plans for construction of hygiene
from the effective date. facilities, if required—6 months from
(2) Initial monitoring under para- the effective date.
graph (d)(4) shall be completed as soon (E) All other industries—1 year from
as possible but no later than 90 days the date on which the court lifts the
from the effective date. stay on the implementation of para-
(3) Initial biological monitoring and graph (e)(1) for the particular industry.
medical examinations under paragraph (8) The permissible exposure limit in
(j) shall be completed as soon as pos- paragraph (c) shall become effective 150
sible but no later than 180 days from days from the effective date.
the effective date. Priority for biologi-
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1025—SUBSTANCE
cal monitoring and medical examina-
DATA SHEET FOR OCCUPATIONAL EX-
tions shall be given to employees whom
POSURE TO LEAD
the employer believes to be at greatest
risk from continued exposure. I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION
(4) Initial training and education A. Substance: Pure lead (Pb) is a heavy
shall be completed as soon as possible metal at room temperature and pressure and
but no later than 180 days from the ef- is a basic chemical element. It can combine
fective date. with various other substances to form nu-
(5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities merous lead compounds.
B. Compounds Covered by the Standard: The
under paragraph (i) shall be in oper- word ‘‘lead’’ when used in this standard
ation as soon as possible but no later means elemental lead, all inorganic lead
than 1 year from the effective year. compounds and a class of organic lead com-
(6)(i) Respiratory protection required pounds called lead soaps. This standard does
by paragraph (f) shall be provided as not apply to other organic lead compounds.
soon as possible but no later than the C. Uses: Exposure to lead occurs in at least
120 different occupations, including primary
following schedule:
and secondary lead smelting, lead storage
(A) Employees whose 8-hour TWA ex- battery manufacturing, lead pigment manu-
posure exceeds 200 µg/m3—on the effec- facturing and use, solder manufacturing and
tive date. use, shipbuilding and ship repairing, auto
(B) Employees whose 8-hour TWA ex- manufacturing, and printing.
posure exceeds the PEL but is less than D. Permissible Exposure: The Permissible
Exposure Limit (PEL) set by the standard is
200 µg/m3—150 days from the effective 50 micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air
date. (50 µg/m3), averaged over an 8-hour workday.
(C) Powered, air-purifying respirators E. Action Level: The standard establishes
provided under (f)(2)(ii)—210 days from an action level of 30 micrograms per cubic
the effective date. meter of air (30 µg/m3), time weighted aver-
(D) Quantitative fit testing required age, based on an 8-hour work-day. The action
level initiates several requirements of the
under (f)(3)(ii)—one year from effective
standard, such as exposure monitoring, med-
date. Qualitative fit testing is required ical surveillance, and training and edu-
in the interim. cation.
(7)(i) Written compliance plans re-
quired by paragraph (e)(3) shall be com- II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA
pleted and available for inspection and A. Ways in which lead enters your body.
copying as soon as possible but no later When absorbed into your body in certain
than the following schedule: doses lead is a toxic substance. The object of
(A) Employers for whom compliance the lead standard is to prevent absorption of
harmful quantities of lead. The standard is
with the PEL or interim level is re- intended to protect you not only from the
quired within 1 year from the effective immediate toxic effects of lead, but also
date—6 months from the effective date. from the serious toxic effects that may not
(B) Employers in secondary lead become apparent until years of exposure
smelting and refining and in lead stor- have passed.
age battery manufacturing—1 year Lead can be absorbed into your body by in-
from the effective date. halation (breathing) and ingestion (eating).
Lead (except for certain organic lead com-
(C) Employers in primary smelting pounds not covered by the standard, such as
and refining industry—1 year from the tetraethyl lead) is not absorbed through
effective date for the interim level; 5 your skin. When lead is scattered in the air
years from the effective date for PEL. as a dust, fume or mist it can be inhaled and
117
absorbed through you lungs and upper res- vomiting, a feeling of dullness progressing to
piratory tract. Inhalation of airborne lead is drowsiness and stupor, poor memory, rest-
generally the most important source of occu- lessness, irritability, tremor, and convul-
pational lead absorption. You can also ab- sions. It may arise suddenly with the onset
sorb lead through your digestive system if of seizures, followed by coma, and death.
lead gets into your mouth and is swallowed. There is a tendency for muscular weakness
If you handle food, cigarettes, chewing to- to develop at the same time. This weakness
bacco, or make-up which have lead on them may progress to paralysis often observed as
or handle them with hands contaminated a characteristic ‘‘wrist drop’’ or ‘‘foot drop’’
with lead, this will contribute to ingestion. and is a manifestation of a disease to the
A significant portion of the lead that you nervous system called peripheral neurop-
inhale or ingest gets into your blood stream. athy.
Once in your blood stream, lead is circulated Chronic overexposure to lead also results
throughout your body and stored in various in kidney disease with few, if any, symptoms
organs and body tissues. Some of this lead is appearing until extensive and most likely
quickly filtered out of your body and ex- permanent kidney damage has occurred.
creted, but some remains in the blood and Routine laboratory tests reveal the presence
other tissues. As exposure to lead continues, of this kidney disease only after about two-
the amount stored in your body will increase thirds of kidney function is lost. When overt
if you are absorbing more lead than your symptoms of urinary dysfunction arise, it is
body is excreting. Even though you may not often too late to correct or prevent wors-
be aware of any immediate symptoms of dis- ening conditions, and progression to kidney
ease, this lead stored in your tissues can be dialysis or death is possible.
slowly causing irreversible damage, first to Chronic overexposure to lead impairs the
individual cells, then to your organs and reproductive systems of both men and
whole body systems. women. Overexposure to lead may result in
B. Effects of overexposure to lead—(1) Short decreased sex drive, impotence and sterility
term (acute) overexposure. Lead is a potent, in men. Lead can alter the structure of
systemic poison that serves no known useful sperm cells raising the risk of birth defects.
function once absorbed by your body. Taken There is evidence of miscarriage and still-
in large enough doses, lead can kill you in a birth in women whose husbands were exposed
matter of days. A condition affecting the to lead or who were exposed to lead them-
brain called acute encephalopathy may arise selves. Lead exposure also may result in de-
which develops quickly to seizures, coma, creased fertility, and abnormal menstrual
and death from cardiorespiratory arrest. A cycles in women. The course of pregnancy
short term dose of lead can lead to acute may be adversely affected by exposure to
encephalopathy. Short term occupational ex- lead since lead crosses the placental barrier
posures of this magnitude are highly un- and poses risks to developing fetuses. Chil-
usual, but not impossible. Similar forms of dren born of parents either one of whom were
encephalopathy may, however, arise from ex- exposed to excess lead levels are more likely
tended, chronic exposure to lower doses of to have birth defects, mental retardation, be-
lead. There is no sharp dividing line between havioral disorders or die during the first
rapidly developing acute effects of lead, and year of childhood.
chronic effects which take longer to acquire. Overexposure to lead also disrupts the
Lead adversely affects numerous body sys- blood-forming system resulting in decreased
tems, and causes forms of health impairment hemoglobin (the substance in the blood that
and disease which arise after periods of expo- carries oxygen to the cells) and ultimately
sure as short as days or as long as several anemia. Anemia is characterized by weak-
years. ness, pallor and fatigability as a result of de-
(2) Long-term (chronic) overexposure. Chron- creased oxygen carrying capacity in the
ic overexposure to lead may result in severe blood.
damage to your blood-forming, nervous, uri- (3) Health protection goals of the standard.
nary and reproductive systems. Some com- Prevention of adverse health effects for most
mon symptoms of chronic overexposure in- workers from exposure to lead throughout a
clude loss of appetite, metallic taste in the working lifetime requires that worker blood
mouth, anxiety, constipation, nausea, pallor, lead (PbB) levels be maintained at or below
excessive tiredness, weakness, insomnia, forty micrograms per one hundred grams of
headache, nervous irritability, muscle and whole blood (40 µg/100g). The blood lead lev-
joint pain or soreness, fine tremors, numb- els of workers (both male and female work-
ness, dizziness, hyperactivity and colic. In ers) who intend to have children should be
lead colic there may be severe abdominal maintained below 30 µg/100g to minimize ad-
pain. verse reproductive health effects to the par-
Damage to the central nervous system in ents and to the developing fetus.
general and the brain (encephalopathy) in The measurement of your blood lead level
particular is one of the most severe forms of is the most useful indicator of the amount of
lead poisoning. The most severe, often fatal, lead being absorbed by your body. Blood lead
form of encephalopathy may be preceded by levels (PbB) are most often reported in units
118
of milligrams (mg) or micrograms (µg) of ficulty breathing during a respirator fit test
lead (1 mg=1000 µg) per 100 grams (100g), 100 or while wearing a respirator. In each of
milliters (100 ml) or deciliter (dl) of blood. these cases your employer must make avail-
These three units are essentially the same. able to you appropriate medical examina-
Sometime PbB’s are expressed in the form of tions or consultations. These must be pro-
mg% or µg%. This is a shorthand notation vided at no cost to you and at a reasonable
for 100g, 100 ml, or dl. time and place.
PbB measurements show the amount of The standard contains a procedure where-
lead circulating in your blood stream, but do by you can obtain a second opinion by a phy-
not give any information about the amount sician of your choice if the employer selected
of lead stored in your various tissues. PbB the initial physician.
measurements merely show current absorp-
tion of lead, not the effect that lead is hav- APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1025—EMPLOYEE
ing on your body or the effects that past lead STANDARD SUMMARY
exposure may have already caused. Past re-
search into lead-related diseases, however, This appendix summarizes key provisions
has focused heavily on associations between of the standard that you as a worker should
PbBs and various diseases. As a result, your become familiar with.
PbB is an important indicator of the likeli-
hood that you will gradually acquire a lead- I. PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT (PEL)—
related health impairment or disease. PARAGRAPH (c)
Once your blood lead level climbs above 40 The standards sets a permissible exposure
µg/100g, your risk of disease increases. There limit (PEL) of fifty micrograms of lead per
is a wide variability of individual response to cubic meter of air (50 µg/m3), averaged over
lead, thus it is difficult to say that a par-
an 8-hour work-day. This is the highest level
ticular PbB in a given person will cause a
of lead in air to which you may be permis-
particular effect. Studies have associated
sibly exposed over an 8-hour workday. Since
fatal encephalopathy with PbBs as low as 150
it is an 8-hour average it permits short expo-
µg/100g. Other studies have shown other
sures above the PEL so long as for each 8-
forms of diseases in some workers with PbBs
hour work day your average exposure does
well below 80 µg/100g. Your PbB is a crucial
not exceed the PEL.
indicator of the risks to your health, but one
This standard recognizes that your daily
other factor is also extremely important.
exposure to lead can extend beyond a typical
This factor is the length of time you have
had elevated PbBs. The longer you have an 8-hour workday as the result of overtime or
elevated PbB, the greater the risk that large other alterations in your work schedule. To
quantities of lead are being gradually stored deal with this, the standard contains a for-
in your organs and tissues (body burden). mula which reduces your permissible expo-
The greater your overall body burden, the sure when you are exposed more than 8
greater the chances of substantial perma- hours. For example, if you are exposed to
nent damage. lead for 10 hours a day, the maximum per-
The best way to prevent all forms of lead- mitted average exposure would be 40 µg/m3.
related impairments and diseases—both II. EXPOSURE MONITORING—PARAGRAPH (d)
short term and long term- is to maintain
your PbB below 40 µg/100g. The provisions of If lead is present in the workplace where
the standard are designed with this end in you work in any quantity, your employer is
mind. Your employer has prime responsi- required to make an initial determination of
bility to assure that the provisions of the whether the action level is exceeded for any
standard are complied with both by the com- employee. This initial determination must
pany and by individual workers. You as a include instrument monitoring of the air for
worker, however, also have a responsibility the presence of lead and must cover the ex-
to assist your employer in complying with posure of a representative number of em-
the standard. You can play a key role in pro- ployees who are reasonably believed to have
tecting your own health by learning about the highest exposure levels. If your employer
the lead hazards and their control, learning has conducted appropriate air sampling for
what the standard requires, following the lead in the past year he may use these re-
standard where it governs your own actions, sults. If there have been any employee com-
and seeing that your employer complies with plaints of symptoms which may be attrib-
provisions governing his actions. utable to exposure to lead or if there is any
(4) Reporting signs and symptoms of health other information or observations which
problems. You should immediately notify would indicate employee exposure to lead,
your employer if you develop signs or symp- this must also be considered as part of the
toms associated with lead poisoning or if you initial determination. This initial deter-
desire medical advice concerning the effects mination must have been completed by
of current or past exposure to lead on your March 31, 1979. If this initial determination
ability to have a healthy child. You should shows that a reasonable possibility exists
also notify your employer if you have dif- that any employee may be exposed, without
119
regard to respirators, over the action level your body to minimize adverse reproductive
(30 µg/m3) your employer must set up an air effects. While respirators are the least satis-
monitoring program to determine the expo- factory means of controlling your exposure,
sure level of every employee exposed to lead they are capable of providing significant pro-
at your workplace. tection if properly chosen, fitted, worn,
In carrying out this air monitoring pro- cleaned, maintained, and replaced when they
gram, your employer is not required to mon- stop providing adequate protection.
itor the exposure of every employee, but he Your employer is required to select res-
must monitor a representative number of pirators from the seven types listed in Table
employees and job types. Enough sampling II of the Respiratory Protection section of
must be done to enable each employee’s ex- the standard (§ 1910.1025(f)). Any respirator
posure level to be reasonably least one full chosen must be approved by the National In-
shift (at least 7 hours) air sample. In addi- stitute for Occupational Safety and Health
tion, these air samples must be taken under (NIOSH) under the provisions of 42 CFR part
conditions which represent each employee’s 84. This respirator selection table will enable
regular, daily exposure to lead. All initial ex- your employer to choose a type of respirator
posure monitoring must have been com- that will give you a proper amount of protec-
pleted by May 30, 1979. tion based on your airborne lead exposure.
If you are exposed to lead and air sampling Your employer may select a type of res-
is performed, your employer is required to pirator that provides greater protection than
quickly notify you in writing of air moni- that required by the standard; that is, one
toring results which represent your expo- recommended for a higher concentration of
sure. If the results indicate your exposure lead than is present in your workplace. For
exceeds the PEL (without regard to your use example, a powered air-purifying respirator
of respirators), then your employer must (PAPR) is much more protective than a typ-
also notify you of this in writing, and pro- ical negative pressure respirator, and may
vide you with a description of the corrective also be more comfortable to wear. A PAPR
action that will be taken to reduce your ex- has a filter, cartridge, or canister to clean
posure. the air, and a power source that continu-
Your exposure must be rechecked by moni- ously blows filtered air into your breathing
toring every six months if your exposure is zone. Your employer might make a PAPR
over the action level but below the PEL. Air available to you to ease the burden of having
monitoring must be repeated every 3 months to wear a respirator for long periods of time.
if you are exposed over the PEL. Your em- The standard provides that you can obtain a
ployer may discontinue monitoring for you if PAPR upon request.
2 consecutive measurements, taken at least Your employer must also start a Res-
two weeks apart, are below the action level. piratory Protection Program. This program
However, whenever there is a production, must include written procedures for the
process, control, or personnel change at your proper selection, use, cleaning, storage, and
workplace which may result in new or addi- maintenance of respirators.
Your employer must ensure that your res-
tional exposure to lead, or whenever there is
pirator facepiece fits properly. Proper fit of
any other reason to suspect a change which
a respirator facepiece is critical to your pro-
may result in new or additional exposure to
tection from airborne lead. Obtaining a prop-
lead, your employer must perform additional
er fit on each employee may require your
monitoring.
employer to make available several different
III. METHODS OF COMPLIANCE—PARAGRAPH (e) types of respirator masks. To ensure that
your respirator fits properly and that face-
Your employer is required to assure that piece leakage is minimal, your employer
no employee is exposed to lead in excess of must give you either a qualitative or quan-
the PEL. The standard establishes a priority titative fit test as specified in Appendix A of
of methods to be used to meet the PEL. the Respiratory Protection standard located
at 29 CFR 1910.134.
IV. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION—PARAGRAPH (f)
You must also receive from your employer
Your employer is required to provide and proper training in the use of respirators.
assure your use of respirators when your ex- Your employer is required to teach you how
posure to lead is not controlled below the to wear a respirator, to know why it is need-
PEL by other means. The employer must pay ed, and to understand its limitations.
the cost of the respirator. Whenever you re- The standard provides that if your res-
quest one, your employer is also required to pirator uses filter elements, you must be
provide you a respirator even if your air ex- given an opportunity to change the filter ele-
posure level does not exceed the PEL. You ments whenever an increase in breathing re-
might desire a respirator when, for example, sistance is detected. You also must be per-
you have received medical advice that your mitted to periodically leave your work area
lead absorption should be decreased. Or, you to wash your face and respirator facepiece
may intend to have children in the near fu- whenever necessary to prevent skin irrita-
ture, and want to reduce the level of lead in tion. If you ever have difficulty in breathing
120
during a fit test or while using a respirator, food and beverage is not present or con-
your employer must make a medical exam- sumed, tobacco products are not present or
ination available to you to determine wheth- used, and cosmetics are not applied, except
er you can safely wear a respirator. The re- in these facilities. Change rooms, showers,
sult of this examination may be to give you and lunchrooms, must be used by workers
a positive pressure respirator (which reduces exposed in excess of the PEL. After show-
breathing resistance) or to provide alter- ering, no clothing or equipment worn during
native means of protection. the shift may be worn home, and this in-
cludes shoes and underwear. Your own cloth-
V. PROTECTIVE WORK CLOTHING AND
ing worn during the shift should be carried
EQUIPMENT—PARAGRAPH (g)
home and cleaned carefully so that it does
If you are exposed to lead above the PEL, not contaminate your home. Lunchrooms
or if you are exposed to lead compounds such may not be entered with protective clothing
as lead arsenate or lead azide which can or equipment unless surface dust has been
cause skin and eye irritation, your employer removed by vacuuming, downdraft booth, or
must provide you with protective work other cleaning method. Finally, workers ex-
clothing and equipment appropriate for the posed above the PEL must wash both their
hazard. If work clothing is provided, it must hands and faces prior to eating, drinking,
be provided in a clean and dry condition at smoking or applying cosmetics.
least weekly, and daily if your airborne ex- All of the facilities and hygiene practices
posure to lead is greater than 200 µg/m3. Ap- just discussed are essential to minimize ad-
propriate protective work clothing and ditional sources of lead absorption from in-
equipment can include coveralls or similar halation or ingestion of lead that may accu-
full-body work clothing, gloves, hats, shoes mulate on you, your clothes, or your posses-
or disposable shoe coverlets, and face shields sions. Strict compliance with these provi-
or vented goggles. Your employer is required sions can virtually eliminate several sources
to provide all such equipment at no cost to of lead exposure which significantly con-
you. He is responsible for providing repairs tribute to excessive lead absorption.
and replacement as necessary, and also is re-
sponsible for the cleaning, laundering or dis- VIII. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE—PARAGRAPH (j)
posal of protective clothing and equipment. The medical surveillance program is part
Contaminated work clothing or equipment of the standard’s comprehensive approach to
must be removed in change rooms and not the prevention of lead-related disease. Its
worn home or you will extend your exposure purpose is to supplement the main thrust of
and expose your family since lead from your the standard which is aimed at minimizing
clothing can accumulate in your house, car, airborne concentrations of lead and sources
etc. Contaminated clothing which is to be of ingestion. Only medical surveillance can
cleaned, laundered or disposed of must be determine if the other provisions of the
placed in closed containers in the change standard have affectively protected you as
room. At no time may lead be removed from an individual. Compliance with the stand-
protective clothing or equipment by any ard’s provision will protect most workers
means which disperses lead into the work- from the adverse effects of lead exposure, but
room air. may not be satisfactory to protect individual
VI. HOUSEKEEPING—PARAGRAPH (h) workers (1) who have high body burdens of
lead acquired over past years, (2) who have
Your employer must establish a house- additional uncontrolled sources of non-occu-
keeping program sufficient to maintain all pational lead exposure, (3) who exhibit un-
surfaces as free as practicable of accumula- usual variations in lead absorption rates, or
tions of lead dust. Vacuuming is the pre- (4) who have specific non-work related med-
ferred method of meeting this requirement, ical conditions which could be aggravated by
and the use of compressed air to clean floors lead exposure (e.g., renal disease, anemia). In
and other surfaces is absolutely prohibited. addition, control systems may fail, or hy-
Dry or wet sweeping, shoveling, or brushing giene and respirator programs may be inad-
may not be used except where vaccuming or equate. Periodic medical surveillance of indi-
other equally effective methods have been vidual workers will help detect those fail-
tried and do not work. Vacuums must be ures. Medical surveillance will also be impor-
used and emptied in a manner which mini- tant to protect your reproductive ability—
mizes the reentry of lead into the workplace. regardless of whether you are a man or
woman.
VII. HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES—
All medical surveillance required by the
PARAGRAPH (i)
standard must be performed by or under the
The standard requires that change rooms, supervision of a licensed physician. The em-
showers, and filtered air lunchrooms be con- ployer must provide required medical sur-
structed and made available to workers ex- veillance without cost to employees and at a
posed to lead above the PEL. When the PEL reasonable time and place. The standard’s
is exceeded the employer must assure that medical surveillance program has two parts-
121
periodic biological monitoring and medical dition, a medical examination or consulta-
examinations. tion must be made available as soon as pos-
Your employer’s obligation to offer you sible if you notify your employer that you
medical surveillance is triggered by the re- are experiencing signs or symptoms com-
sults of the air monitoring program. Medical monly associated with lead poisoning or that
surveillance must be made available to all you have difficulty breathing while wearing
employees who are exposed in excess of the a respirator or during a respirator fit test.
action level for more than 30 days a year. You must also be provided a medical exam-
The initial phase of the medical surveillance ination or consultation if you notify your
program, which includes blood lead level employer that you desire medical advice
tests and medical examinations, must be concerning the effects of current or past ex-
completed for all covered employees no later posure to lead on your ability to procreate a
than August 28, 1979. Priority within this healthy child.
first round of medical surveillance must be Finally, appropriate follow-up medical ex-
given to employees whom the employer be- aminations or consultations may also be pro-
lieves to be at greatest risk from continued vided for employees who have been tempo-
exposure (for example, those with the long- rarily removed from exposure under the
est prior exposure to lead, or those with the medical removal protection provisions of the
highest current exposure). Thereafter, the standard. (See Part IX, below.)
employer must periodically make medical The standard specifies the minimum con-
surveillance—both biological monitoring and tent of pre-assignment and annual medical
medical examinations—available to all cov- examinations. The content of other types of
ered employees. medical examinations and consultations is
Biological monitoring under the standard left up to the sound discretion of the exam-
consists of blood lead level (PbB) and zinc ining physician. Pre-assignment and annual
protoporphyrin tests at least every 6 months medical examinations must include (1) a de-
after the initial PbB test. A zinc tailed work history and medical history, (2)
protoporphyrin (ZPP) test is a very useful a thorough physical examination, and (3) a
blood test which measures an effect of lead series of laboratory tests designed to check
on your body. Thus biological monitoring your blood chemistry and your kidney func-
under the standard is currently limited to tion. In addition, at any time upon your re-
PbB testing. If a worker’s PbB exceeds 40 µg/ quest, a laboratory evaluation of male fer-
100g the monitoring frequency must be in- tility will be made (microscopic examination
creased from every 6 months to at least of a sperm sample), or a pregnancy test will
every 2 months and not reduced until two be given.
consecutive PbBs indicate a blood lead level The standard does not require that you
below 40 µg/100g. Each time your PbB is de- participate in any of the medical procedures,
termined to be over 40 µg/100g, your employer tests, etc. which your employer is required
must notify you of this in writing within five to make available to you. Medical surveil-
working days of his receipt of the test re- lance can, however, play a very important
sults. The employer must also inform you role in protecting your health. You are
that the standard requires temporary med- strongly encouraged, therefore, to partici-
ical removal with economic protection when pate in a meaningful fashion. The standard
your PbB exceeds certain criteria. (See Dis- contains a multiple physician review mecha-
cussion of Medical Removal Protection— nism which would give you a chance to have
Paragraph (k).) During the first year of the a physician of your choice directly partici-
standard, this removal criterion is 80 µg/100g. pate in the medical surveillance program. If
Anytime your PbB exceeds 80 µg/100g your you were dissatisfied with an examination by
employer must make available to you a a physician chosen by your employer, you
prompt follow-up PbB test to ascertain your could select a second physician to conduct
PbB. If the two tests both exceed 80 µg/100g an independent analysis. The two doctors
and you are temporarily removed, then your would attempt to resolve any differences of
employer must make successive PbB tests opinion, and select a third physician to re-
available to you on a monthly basis during solve any firm dispute. Generally your em-
the period of your removal. ployer will choose the physician who con-
Medical examinations beyond the initial ducts medical surveillance under the lead
one must be made available on an annual standard—unless you and your employer can
basis if your blood lead level exceeds 40 µg/ agree on the choice of a physician or physi-
100g at any time during the preceding year. cians. Some companies and unions have
The initial examination will provide infor- agreed in advance, for example, to use cer-
mation to establish a baseline to which sub- tain independent medical laboratories or
sequent data can be compared. An initial panels of physicians. Any of these arrange-
medical examination must also be made ments are acceptable so long as required
available (prior to assignment) for each em- medical surveillance is made available to
ployee being assigned for the first time to an workers.
area where the airborne concentration of The standard requires your employer to
lead equals or exceeds the action level. In ad- provide certain information to a physician to
122
aid in his or her examination of you. This in- ceptable. The standard includes these ac-
formation includes (1) the standard and its cepted limitations due to a history of abuse
appendices, (2) a description of your duties as of chelation therapy by some lead compa-
they relate to lead exposure, (3) your expo- nies. The most widely used chelating agents
sure level, (4) a description of personal pro- are calcium disodium EDTA, (Ca Na2 EDTA),
tective equipment you wear, (5) prior blood Calcium Disodium Versenate (Versenate),
lead level results, and (6) prior written med- and d-penicillamine (pencillamine or
ical opinions concerning you that the em- Cupramine).
ployer has. After a medical examination or The standard prohibits ‘‘prophylactic che-
consultation the physician must prepare a lation’’ of any employee by any person the
written report which must contain (1) the employer retains, supervises or controls.
physician’s opinion as to whether you have ‘‘Prophylactic chelation’’ is the routine use
any medical condition which places you at of chelating or similarly acting drugs to pre-
increased risk of material impairment to vent elevated blood levels in workers who are
health from exposure to lead, (2) any rec- occupationally exposed to lead, or the use of
ommended special protective measures to be these drugs to routinely lower blood lead lev-
provided to you, (3) any blood lead level de- els to predesignated concentrations believed
terminations, and (4) any recommended limi- to be ‘safe’. It should be emphasized that
tation on your use of respirators. This last where an employer takes a worker who has
element must include a determination of no symptoms of lead poisoning and has che-
whether you can wear a powered air puri- lation carried out by a physician (either in-
fying respirator (PAPR) if you are found un- side or outside of a hospital) solely to reduce
able to wear a negative pressure respirator. the worker’s blood lead level, that will gen-
The medical surveillance program of the erally be considered prophylactic chelation.
lead standard may at some point in time The use of a hospital and a physician does
serve to notify certain workers that they not mean that prophylactic chelation is not
have acquired a disease or other adverse being performed. Routine chelation to pre-
medical condition as a result of occupational vent increased or reduce current blood lead
lead exposure. If this is true, these workers levels is unacceptable whatever the setting.
might have legal rights to compensation The standard allows the use of ‘‘thera-
from public agencies, their employers, firms peutic’’ or ‘‘diagnostic’’ chelation if adminis-
that supply hazardous products to their em- tered under the supervision of a licensed
ployers, or other persons. Some states have physician in a clinical setting with thorough
laws, including worker compensation laws, and appropriate medical monitoring. Thera-
that disallow a worker who learns of a job- peutic chelation responds to severe lead poi-
related health impairment to sue, unless the soning where there are marked symptoms.
worker sues within a short period of time Diagnostic chelation involved giving a pa-
after learning of the impairment. (This pe- tient a dose of the drug then collecting all
riod of time may be a matter of months or urine excreted for some period of time as an
years.) An attorney can be consulted about aid to the diagnosis of lead poisoning.
these possibilities. It should be stressed that In cases where the examining physician de-
OSHA is in no way trying to either encour- termines that chelation is appropriate, you
age or discourage claims or lawsuits. How- must be notified in writing of this fact before
ever, since results of the standard’s medical such treatment. This will inform you of a po-
surveillance program can significantly affect tentially harmful treatment, and allow you
the legal remedies of a worker who has ac- to obtain a second opinion.
quired a job-related disease or impairment,
it is proper for OSHA to make you aware of IX. MEDICAL REMOVAL PROTECTION—
this. PARAGRAPH (k)
The medical surveillance section of the Excessive lead absorption subjects you to
standard also contains provisions dealing increased risk of disease. Medical removal
with chelation. Chelation is the use of cer- protection (MRP) is a means of protecting
tain drugs (administered in pill form or in- you when, for whatever reasons, other meth-
jected into the body) to reduce the amount ods, such as engineering controls, work prac-
of lead absorbed in body tissues. Experience tices, and respirators, have failed to provide
accumulated by the medical and scientific the protection you need. MRP involves the
communities has largely confirmed the effec- temproary removal of a worker from his or
tiveness of this type of therapy for the treat- her regular job to a place of significantly
ment of very severe lead poisoning. On the lower exposure without any loss of earnings,
other hand, it has also been established that seniority, or other employment rights or
there can be a long list of extremely harmful benefits. The purpose of this program is to
side effects associated with the use of cease further lead absorption and allow your
chelating agents. The medical community body to naturally excrete lead which has pre-
has balanced the advantages and disadvan- viously been absorbed. Temporary medical
tages resulting from the use of chelating removal can result from an elevated blood
agents in various circumstances and has es- lead level, or a medical opinion. Up to 18
tablished when the use of these agents is ac- months of protection is provided as a result
123
of either form of removal. The vast majority During the first year of the standard, if
of removed workers, however, will return to your blood lead level is 80 µg/100g or above
their former jobs long before this eighteen you must be removed from any exposure
month period expires. The standard contains where your air lead level without a res-
special provisions to deal with the extraor- pirator would be 100 µg/m3or above. If you are
dinary but possible case where a longterm removed from your normal job you may not
worker’s blood lead level does not ade- be returned until your blood lead level de-
quately decline during eighteen months of clines to at least 60 µg/100g. These criteria
removal. for removal and return will change according
to the following schedule:
Removal blood lead (µg/100 Return blood lead

Air lead (µg/m3)
g) (µg/100 g)
After Mar. 1, 1980 ............................................... 70 and above ......................... 50 and above ........... At or below 50.
After Mar. 1, 1981 ............................................... 60 and above ......................... 30 and above ........... At or below 40.
After Mar. 1, 1983 ............................................... 50 and above averaged over 30 and above ........... Do.
six months.
You may also be removed from exposure appropriate follow-up medical surveillance.
even if your blood lead levels are below these If you were removed because your blood lead
criteria if a final medical determination in- level was too high, you must be provided
dicates that you temporarily need reduced with a monthly blood test. If a medical opin-
lead exposure for medical reasons. If the phy- ion caused your removal, you must be pro-
sician who is implementing your employers vided medical tests or examinations that the
medical program makes a final written opin- doctor believes to be appropriate. If you do
ion recommending your removal or other not participate in this follow up medical sur-
special protective measures, your employer veillance, you may lose your eligibility for
must implement the physician’s rec- MRP benefits.
ommendation. If you are removed in this
When you are medically eligible to return
manner, you may only be returned when the
doctor indicates that it is safe for you to do to your former job, your employer must re-
so. turn you to your ‘‘former job status.’’ This
The standard does not give specific in- means that you are entitled to the position,
structions dealing with what an employer wages, benefits, etc., you would have had if
must do with a removed worker. Your job as- you had not been removed. If you would still
signment upon removal is a matter for you, be in your old job if no removal had occurred
your employer and your union (if any) to that is where you go back. If not, you are re-
work out consistent with existing procedures turned consistent with whatever job assign-
for job assignments. Each removal must be ment discretion your employer would have
accomplished in a manner consistent with had if no removal had occurred. MRP only
existing collective bargaining relationships. seeks to maintain your rights, not expand
Your employer is given broad discretion to them or diminish them.
implement temporary removals so long as no If you are removed under MRP and you are
attempt is made to override existing agree- also eligible for worker compensation or
ments. Similarly, a removed worker is pro- other compensation for lost wages, your em-
vided no right to veto an employer’s choice ployer’s MRP benefits obligation is reduced
which satisfies the standard. by the amount that you actually receive from
In most cases, employers will likely trans- these other sources. This is also true if you
fer removed employees to other jobs with obtain other employment during the time
sufficiently low lead exposure. Alternatively, you are laid off with MRP benefits.
a worker’s hours may be reduced so that the
The standard also covers situations where
time weighted average exposure is reduced,
an employer voluntarily removes a worker
or he or she may be temporarily laid off if no
from exposure to lead due to the effects of
other alternative is feasible.
In all of these situation, MRP benefits lead on the employee’s medical condition,
must be provided during the period of re- even though the standard does not require
moval—i.e., you continue to receive the removal. In these situations MRP benefits
same earnings, seniority, and other rights must still be provided as though the stand-
and benefits you would have had if you had ard required removal. Finally, it is impor-
not been removed. Earnings includes more tant to note that in all cases where removal
than just your base wage; it includes over- is required, respirators cannot be used as a
time, shift differentials, incentives, and substitute. Respirators may be used before
other compensation you would have earned if removal becomes necessary, but not as an al-
you had not been removed. During the period ternative to a transfer to a low exposure job,
of removal you must also be provided with or to a lay-off with MRP benefits.
124
X. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING— each medical removal record only for as long
PARAGRAPH (l) as the duration of an employee’s employ-
ment.
Your employer is required to provide an in-
The standard requires that if you request
formation and training program for all em-
to see or copy environmental monitoring,
ployees exposed to lead above the action
blood lead level monitoring, or medical re-
level or who may suffer skin or eye irritation
moval records, they must be made available
from lead. This program must inform these
to you or to a representative that you au-
employees of the specific hazards associated
thorize. Your union also has access to these
with their work environment, protective
records. Medical records other than PbB’s
measures which can be taken, the danger of
must also be provided upon request to you,
lead to their bodies (including their repro-
to your physician or to any other person
ductive systems), and their rights under the
standard. In addition your employer must whom you may specifically designate. Your
make readily available to all employees, in- union does not have access to your personal
cluding those exposed below the action level, medical records unless you authorize their
a copy of the standard and its appendices and access.
must distribute to all employees any mate- XIII. OBSERVATIONS OF MONITORING—
rials provided to the employer by the Occu- PARAGRAPH (o)
pational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA). When air monitoring for lead is performed
Your employer is required to complete this at your workplace as required by this stand-
training program for all employees by Au- ard, your employer must allow you or some-
gust 28, 1979. After this date, all new employ- one you designate to act as an observer of
ees must be trained prior to initial assign- the monitoring. Observers are entitled to an
ment to areas where there is a possibility of explanation of the measurement procedure,
exposure over the action level. and to record the results obtained. Since re-
This training program must also be pro- sults will not normally be available at the
vided at least annually thereafter. time of the monitoring, observers are enti-
tled to record or receive the results of the
XI. SIGNS—PARAGRAPH (m) monitoring when returned by the laboratory.
The standard requires that the following Your employer is required to provide the ob-
warning sign be posted in work areas where server with any personal protective devices
the exposure to lead exceeds the PEL: required to be worn by employees working in
the area that is being monitored. The em-
WARNING ployer must require the observer to wear all
such equipment and to comply with all other
LEAD WORK AREA applicable safety and health procedures.
NO SMOKING OR EATING XIV. EFFECTIVE DATE—PARAGRAPH (p)
XII. RECORDKEEPING—PARAGRAPH (n) The standard’s effective data is March 1,
Your employer is required to keep all 1979, and employer obligations under the
records of exposure monitoring for airborne standard begin to come into effect as of that
lead. These records must include the name date.
and job classification of employees meas- XV. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ured, details of the sampling and analytic
techniques, the results of this sampling, and A. Copies of the Standard and explanatory
the type of respiratory protection being material may be obtained by writing or call-
worn by the person sampled. Your employer ing the OSHA Docket Office, U.S. Depart-
is also required to keep all records of biologi- ment of Labor, room N2634, 200 Constitution
cal monitoring and medical examination re- Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20210. Tele-
sults. These must include the names of the phone: (202) 219–7894.
employees, the physician’s written opinion, 1. The standard and summary of the state-
and a copy of the results of the examination. ment of reasons (preamble), FEDERAL REG-
All of the above kinds of records must be ISTER, Volume 43, pp. 52952–53014, November
kept for 40 years, or for at least 20 years 14, 1978.
after your termination of employment, 2. The full statement of reasons (preamble)
whichever is longer. FEDERAL REGISTER, vol. 43, pp. 54354–54509,
Recordkeeping is also required if you are November 21, 1978.
temporarily removed from your job under 3. Partial Administrative Stay and Correc-
the medical removal protection program. tions to the standard, (44 FR 5446–5448) Janu-
This record must include your name and so- ary 26, 1979.
cial security number, the date of your re- 4. Notice of the Partial Judicial Stay (44
moval and return, how the removal was or is FR 14554–14555) March 13, 1979.
being accomplished, and whether or not the 5. Corrections to the preamble, FEDERAL
reason for the removal was an elevated blood REGISTER, vol. 44, pp. 20680–20681, April 6,
lead level. Your employer is required to keep 1979.
125
6. Additional correction to the preamble achieved through a combination of engineer-
concerning the construction industry, FED- ing, work practice and other administrative
ERAL REGISTER, vol. 44, p. 50338, August 28, controls. Periods of time ranging from 1 to 10
1979. years are provided for different industries to
7. Appendices to the standard (Appendices implement these controls. The schedule
A, B, C), FEDERAL REGISTER, Vol. 44, pp. which is based on individual industry consid-
60980–60995, October 23, 1979. erations is given in Table 1. Until these con-
8. Corrections to appendices, FEDERAL REG- trols are in place, respirators must be used
ISTER, Vol. 44, 68828, November 30, 1979. to meet the 50 µg/m3 exposure limit.
9. Revision to the standard and an addi- The standard also provides for a program
tional appendix (Appendix D), FEDERAL REG- of biological monitoring and medical surveil-
ISTER, Vol. 47, pp. 51117–51119, November 12, lance for all employees exposed to levels of
1982. inorganic lead above the action level of 30 µg/
10. Notice of reopening of lead rulemaking m3 (TWA) for more than 30 days per year.
for nine remand industry sectors, FEDERAL The purpose of this document is to outline
REGISTER, vol. 53, pp. 11511–11513, April 7, the medical surveillance provisions of the
1988. standard for inorganic lead, and to provide
11. Statement of reasons, FEDERAL REG- further information to the physician regard-
ISTER, vol. 54, pp. 29142–29275, July 11, 1989. ing the examination and evaluation of work-
12. Statement of reasons, FEDERAL REG- ers exposed to inorganic lead.
ISTER, vol. 55, pp. 3146–3167, January 30, 1990. Section 1 provides a detailed description of
13. Correction to appendix B, FEDERAL the monitoring procedure including the re-
REGISTER, vol. 55, pp. 4998–4999, February 13, quired frequency of blood testing for exposed
1991. workers, provisions for medical removal pro-
14. Correction to appendices, FEDERAL REG- tection (MRP), the recommended right of the
ISTER, vol. 56, p. 24686, May 31, 1991. employee to a second medical opinion, and
B. Additional information about the stand- notification and recordkeeping requirements
ard, its enforcement, and your employer’s of the employer. A discussion of the require-
compliance can be obtained from the nearest ments for respirator use and respirator mon-
OSHA Area Office listed in your telephone itoring and OSHA’s position on prophylactic
directory under United States Government/ chelation therapy are also included in this
Department of Labor. section.
Section 2 discusses the toxic effects and
APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1025—MEDICAL clinical manifestations of lead poisoning and
SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES effects of lead intoxication on enzymatic
pathways in heme synthesis. The adverse ef-
INTRODUCTION
fects on both male and female reproductive
The primary purpose of the Occupational capacity and on the fetus are also discussed.
Safety and Health Act of 1970 is to assure, so Section 3 outlines the recommended med-
far as possible, safe and healthful working ical evaluation of the worker exposed to in-
conditions for every working man and organic lead including details of the medical
woman. The occupational health standard history, physical examination, and rec-
for inorganic lead1 was promulgated to pro- ommended laboratory tests, which are based
tect workers exposed to inorganic lead in- on the toxic effects of lead as discussed in
cluding metallic lead, all inorganic lead Section 2.
compounds and organic lead soaps. Section 4 provides detailed information
Under this final standard in effect as of concerning the laboratory tests available for
March 1, 1979, occupational exposure to inor- the monitoring of exposed workers. Included
ganic lead is to be limited to 50 µg/m3 also is a discussion of the relative value of
(micrograms per cubic meter) based on an 8 each test and the limitations and pre-
hour time-weighted average (TWA). This cautions which are necessary in the interpre-
level of exposure eventually must be tation of the laboratory results.
TABLE 1
Effective date
Permissible airborne lead levels by industry (µg/m3) 1 Mar. 1,

Mar. 1, Mar. 1, Mar. 1, Mar. 1, Mar. 1, 1989
1979 1980 1981 1982 1984 (final)
1. Primary lead production ........................................................ 200 200 200 100 100 50

2. Secondary lead production ................................................... 200 200 200 100 50 50
3. Lead-acid battery manufacturing .......................................... 200 200 100 100 50 50
4. Nonferrous foundries ............................................................ 200 100 100 100 50 50
1 The term inorganic lead used throughout to be synonymous with the definition of lead
the medical surveillance appendices is meant set forth in the standard.
126
TABLE 1—Continued
Effective date
Permissible airborne lead levels by industry (µg/m3) 1 Mar. 1,

Mar. 1, Mar. 1, Mar. 1, Mar. 1, Mar. 1, 1989
1979 1980 1981 1982 1984 (final)
5. Lead pigment manufacturing ................................................ 200 200 200 100 50 50

6. All other industries ................................................................ 200 50 50 50 50 50
1 Airborne levels to be achieved without reliance or respirator protection through a combination of engineering, work practice
and other administrative controls. While these controls are being implemented respirators must be used to meet the 50 µg/m3
exposure limit.
I. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE AND MONITORING RE- be given to all employees prior to their as-
QUIREMENTS FOR WORKERS EXPOSED TO INOR- signment to an area in which airborne lead
GANIC LEAD concentrations reach or exceed the action
Under the occupational health standard for level. In addition, a medical examination
inorganic lead, a program of biological moni- must be provided as soon as possible after
toring and medical surveillance is to be notification by an employee that the em-
made available to all employees exposed to ployee has developed signs or symptoms
lead above the action level of 30 µg/m3 TWA commonly associated with lead intoxication,
for more than 30 days each year. This pro- that the employee desires medical advice re-
gram consists of periodic blood sampling and garding lead exposure and the ability to pro-
medical evaluation to be performed on a create a healthy child, or that the employee
schedule which is defined by previous labora- has demonstrated difficulty in breathing
tory results, worker complaints or concerns, during a respirator fitting test or during res-
and the clinical assessment of the examining pirator use. An examination is also to be
physician. made available to each employee removed
Under this program, the blood lead level of from exposure to lead due to a risk of sus-
all employees who are exposed to lead above taining material impairment to health, or
the action level of 30 µg/m3 is to be deter- otherwise limited or specially protected pur-
mined at least every six months. The fre- suant to medical recommendations.
quency is increased to every two months for
Results of biological monitoring or the rec-
employees whose last blood lead level was
between 40 µ g/100 g whole blood and the level ommendations of an examining physician
requiring employee medical removal to be may necessitate removal of an employee
discussed below. For employees who are re- from further lead exposure pursuant to the
moved from exposure to lead due to an ele- standard’s medical removal protection
vated blood lead, a new blood lead level must (MRP) program. The object of the MRP pro-
be measured monthly. A zinc protoporphyrin gram is to provide temporary medical re-
(ZPP) is required on each occasion that a moval to workers either with substantially
blood lead level measurement is made. elevated blood lead levels or otherwise at
An annual medical examination and con- risk of sustaining material health impair-
sultation performed under the guidelines dis- ment from continued substantial exposure to
cussed in Section 3 is to be made available to lead. The following guidelines which are
each employee for whom a blood test con- summarized in Table 2 were created under
ducted at any time during the preceding 12 the standard for the temporary removal of
months indicated a blood lead level at or an exposed employee and his or her subse-
above 40 µ g/100 g. Also, an examination is to quent return to work in an exposure area.
TABLE 2
Effective date
Mar. 1, 1979 Mar. 1, 1980 Mar. 1, 1981 Mar. 1, 1982 Mar. 1, 1983 (final)
A. Blood lead level requiring em- ≥80 µg/100 g ≥70µg/100 g ≥60 µg/100 g ≥60 µg/100 g ≥60µg/100 g or average of
ployee medical removal. (Level last three blood samples
must be confirmed with second or all blood samples
follow-up blood lead level within over previous 6 months
two weeks of first report.). (whichever is over a
longer time period) is 50
µg/100 g or greater un-
less last blood sample is
40 µg/100 g or less.
127
TABLE 2—Continued
Effective date
Mar. 1, 1979 Mar. 1, 1980 Mar. 1, 1981 Mar. 1, 1982 Mar. 1, 1983 (final)
B. Frequency which employees ex-

posed to action level of lead (30
µg/m3 TWA) must have blood
lead level checked (ZPP is also
required in each occasion that a
blood lead is obtained.):
1. Last blood lead level less Every 6 Every 6 Every 6 Every 6 Every 6 months.
than 40 µg/100 g. months months months months
2. Last blood lead level be- Every 2 Every 2 Every 2 Every 2 Every 2 months.
tween 40 µg/100 g and level months months months months
requiring medical removal
(see A above).
3. Employees removed from Every 1 Every 1 Every 1 Every 1 Every 1 month.
exposure to lead because of month month month month
an elevated blood lead level.
C. Permissible airborne exposure 100 µg/m3 8 50 µg/m3 8 30 µg/m3 8 30 µg/m3 8 30 µg/m3 8 hr TWA.
limit for workers removed from hr TWA hr TWA hr TWA hr TWA
work due to an elevated blood
lead level (without regard to res-
pirator protection).
D. Blood lead level confirmed with ·60 µg/100 g ·50 µg/100 g ·40 µg/100 g ·40 µg/100 g ·40 µg/100 g.
a second blood analysis, at
which employee may return to
work. Permissible exposure with-
out regard to respirator protec-
tion is listed by industry in Table
I.
NOTE: When medical opinion indicates that an employee is at risk of material impairment from exposure to lead, the physician
can remove an employee from exposures exceeding the action level (or less) or recommend special protective measures as
deemed appropriate and necessary. Medical monitoring during the medical removal period can be more stringent than noted in
the table above if the physician so specifies. Return to work or removal of limitations and special protections is permitted when
the physician indicates that the worker is no longer at risk of material impairment.
Under the standard’s ultimate worker re- having a daily 8 hour TWA exposure to lead
moval criteria, a worker is to be removed at or above 100 µg/m3. Workers so removed
from any work having any eight hour TWA are to be returned to work when their blood
exposure to lead of 30 µg/m3 or more when- lead levels are at or below 60 µ g/100 g of
ever either of the following circumstances whole blood. From March 1, 1980 to March 1,
apply: (1) a blood lead level of 60 µ g/100 g or 1981, the blood lead level requiring medical
greater is obtained and confirmed by a sec- removal is 70 µ g/100 g. During this period
ond follow-up blood lead level performed workers need only be removed from jobs hav-
within two weeks after the employer re- ing a daily 8 hour TWA exposure to lead at
ceives the results of the first blood sampling or above 50 µg/m3 and are to be returned to
test, or (2) the average of the previous three work when a level of 50 µ g/100 g is achieved.
blood lead determinations or the average of Beginning March 1, 1981, return depends on a
all blood lead determinations conducted dur- worker’s blood lead level declining to 40 µ g/
ing the previous six months, whichever en- 100 g of whole blood.
compasses the longest time period, equals or As part of the standard, the employer is re-
exceeds 50 µ g/100 g, unless the last blood quired to notify in writing each employee
sample indicates a blood lead level at or whose blood lead level exceeds 40 µ g/100 g. In
below 40 µ g/100 g in which case the employee addition each such employee is to be in-
need not be removed. Medical removal is to formed that the standard requires medical
continue until two consecutive blood lead removal with MRP benefits, discussed below,
levels are 40 µ g/100 g or less. when an employee’s blood lead level exceeds
During the first two years that the ulti- the above defined limits.
mate removal criteria are being phased in, In addition to the above blood lead level
the return criteria have been set to assure criteria, temporary worker removal may
that a worker’s blood lead level has substan- also take place as a result of medical deter-
tially declined during the period of removal. minations and recommendations. Written
From March 1, 1979 to March 1, 1980, the medical opinions must be prepared after
blood lead level requiring employee medical each examination pursuant to the standard.
removal is 80 µ g/100 g. Workers found to If the examining physician includes a med-
have a confirmed blood lead at this level or ical finding, determination or opinion that
greater need only be removed from work the employee has a medical condition which
128
places the employee at increased risk of ma- The lead standard provides for a multiple
terial health impairment from exposure to physician review in cases where the em-
lead, then the employee must be removed ployee wishes a second opinion concerning
from exposure to lead at or above the action potential lead poisoning or toxicity. If an
level. Alternatively, if the examining physi- employee wishes a second opinion, he or she
cian recommends special protective meas- can make an appointment with a physician
ures for an employee (e.g., use of a powered of his or her choice. This second physician
air purifying respirator) or recommends lim- will review the findings, recommendations or
itations on an employee’s exposure to lead, determinations of the first physician and
then the employer must implement these conduct any examinations, consultations or
recommendations. Recommendations may be tests deemed necessary in an attempt to
more stringent than the specific provisions make a final medical determination. If the
of the standard. The examining physician, first and second physicians do not agree in
therefore, is given broad flexibility to tailor their assessment they must try to resolve
special protective procedures to the needs of their differences. If they cannot reach an
individual employees. This flexibility ex- agreement then they must designate a third
tends to the evaluation and management of physician to resolve the dispute.
pregnant workers and male and female work- The employer must provide examining and
ers who are planning to raise children. Based consulting physicians with the following spe-
on the history, physical examination, and cific information: a copy of the lead regula-
laboratory studies, the physician might rections and all appendices, a description of the
ommend special protective measures or med- employee’s duties as related to exposure, the
ical removal for an employee who is preg- exposure level to lead and any other toxic
nant or who is planning to conceive a child substances (if applicable), a description of
when, in the physician’s judgment, contin- personal protective equipment used, blood
ued exposure to lead at the current job would lead levels, and all prior written medical
pose a significant risk. The return of the em- opinions regarding the employee in the em-
ployee to his or her former job status, or the ployer’s possession or control. The employer
removal of special protections or limita- must also obtain from the physician and pro-
tions, depends upon the examining physician vide the employee with a written medical
determining that the employee is no longer opinion containing blood lead levels, the
at increased risk of material impairment or physicians’s opinion as to whether the em-
that special measures are no longer needed. ployee is at risk of material impairment to
During the period of any form of special health, any recommended protective meas-
protection or removal, the employer must ures for the employee if further exposure is
maintain the worker’s earnings, seniority, permitted, as well as any recommended limi-
and other employment rights and benefits tations upon an employee’s use of res-
(as though the worker had not been removed) pirators.
for a period of up to 18 months. This eco- Employers must instruct each physician
nomic protection will maximize meaningful not to reveal to the employer in writing or
worker participation in the medical surveil- in any other way his or her findings, labora-
lance program, and is appropriate as part of tory results, or diagnoses which are felt to
the employer’s overall obligation to provide be unrelated to occupational lead exposure.
a safe and healthful workplace. The provi- They must also instruct each physician to
sions of MRP benefits during the employee’s advise the employee of any occupationally or
removal period may, however, be conditioned non-occupationally related medical condi-
upon participation in medical surveillance. tion requiring further treatment or evalua-
On rare occasions, an employee’s blood tion.
lead level may not acceptably decline within The standard provides for the use of res-
18 months of removal. This situation will pirators where engineering and other pri-
arise only in unusual circumstances, thus mary controls have not been fully imple-
the standard relies on an individual medical mented. However, the use of respirator pro-
examination to determine how to protect tection shall not be used in lieu of temporary
such an employee. This medical determina- medical removal due to elevated blood lead
tion is to be based on both laboratory values, levels or findings that an employee is at risk
including lead levels, zinc protoporphyrin of material health impairment. This is based
levels, blood counts, and other tests felt to on the numerous inadequacies of respirators
be warranted, as well as the physician’s judg- including skin rash where the facepiece
ment that any symptoms or findings on makes contact with the skin, unacceptable
physical examination are a result of lead stress to breathing in some workers with un-
toxicity. The medical determination may be derlying cardiopulmonary impairment, dif-
that the employee is incapable of ever safely ficulty in providing adequate fit, the tend-
returning to his or her former job status. ency for respirators to create additional haz-
The medical determination may provide ad- ards by interfering with vision, hearing, and
ditional removal time past 18 months for mobility, and the difficulties of assuring the
some employees or specify special protective maximum effectiveness of a complicated
measures to be implemented. work practice program involving respirators.
129
Respirators do, however, serve a useful func- protection if temporary removal is required.
tion where engineering and work practice An understanding of the potential health ef-
controls are inadequate by providing supple- fects of lead exposure by all exposed employ-
mentary, interim, or short-term protection, ees along with full understanding of their
provided they are properly selected for the rights under the lead standard is essential
environment in which the employee will be for an effective monitoring program.
working, properly fitted to the employee,
maintained and cleaned periodically, and II. ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS OF INORGANIC
worn by the employee when required. LEAD
In its final standard on occupational expo- Although the toxicity of lead has been
sure to inorganic lead, OSHA has prohibited known for 2,000 years, the knowledge of the
prophylactic chelation. Diagnostic and complex relationship between lead exposure
therapeutic chelation are permitted only and human response is still being refined.
under the supervision of a licensed physician Significant research into the toxic prop-
with appropriate medical monitoring in an erties of lead continues throughout the
acceptable clinical setting. The decision to world, and it should be anticipated that our
initiate chelation therapy must be made on understanding of thresholds of effects and
an individual basis and take into account the margins of safety will be improved in future
severity of symptoms felt to be a result of years. The provisions of the lead standard
lead toxicity along with blood lead levels, are founded on two prime medical judg-
ZPP levels, and other laboratory tests as ap- ments: first, the prevention of adverse health
propriate. EDTA and penicillamine which effects from exposure to lead throughout a
are the primary chelating agents used in the working lifetime requires that worker blood
therapy of occupational lead poisoning have lead levels be maintained at or below 40 µ g/
significant potential side effects and their 100 g and second, the blood lead levels of
use must be justified on the basis of expected workers, male or female, who intend to par-
benefits to the worker. Unless frank and se- ent in the near future should be maintained
vere symptoms are present, therapeutic che- below 30 µ g/100 g to minimize adverse repro-
lation is not recommended given the oppor- ductive health effects to the parents and de-
tunity to remove a worker from exposure veloping fetus. The adverse effects of lead on
and allow the body to naturally excrete ac- reproduction are being actively researched
cumulated lead. As a diagnostic aid, the che- and OSHA encourages the physician to re-
lation mobilization test using CA–EDTA has main abreast of recent developments in the
limited applicability. According to some in- area to best advise pregnant workers or
vestigators, the test can differentiate be- workers planning to conceive children.
tween lead-induced and other nephropathies. The spectrum of health effects caused by
The test may also provide an estimation of lead exposure can be subdivided into five de-
the mobile fraction of the total body lead velopmental stages: normal, physiological
burden. changes of uncertain significance,
Employers are required to assure that ac- pathophysiological changes, overt symptoms
curate records are maintained on exposure (morbidity), and mortality. Within this proc-
monitoring, medical surveillance, and med- ess there are no sharp distinctions, but rath-
ical removal for each employee. Exposure er a continuum of effects. Boundaries be-
monitoring and medical surveillance records tween categories overlap due to the wide var-
must be kept for 40 years or the duration of iation of individual responses and exposures
employment plus 20 years, whichever is in the working population. OSHA’s develop-
longer, while medical removal records must ment of the lead standard focused on
be maintained for the duration of employ- pathophysiological changes as well as later
ment. All records required under the stand- stages of disease.
ard must be made available upon request to 1. Heme Synthesis Inhibition. The earliest
the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupa- demonstrated effect of lead involves its abil-
tional Safety and Health and the Director of ity to inhibit at least two enzymes of the
the National Institute for Occupational Safe- heme synthesis pathway at very low blood
ty and Health. Employers must also make levels. Inhibition of delta aminolevulinic
environmental and biological monitoring acid dehydrase (ALA–D) which catalyzes the
and medical removal records available to af- conversion of delta-aminolevulinic acid
fected employees and to former employees or (ALA) to protoporphyrin is observed at a
their authorized employee representatives. blood lead level below 20 µ g/100 g whole
Employees or their specifically designated blood. At a blood lead level of 40 ug/100 g,
representatives have access to their entire more than 20% of the population would have
medical surveillance records. 70% inhibition of ALA–D. There is an expo-
In addition, the standard requires that the nential increase in ALA excretion at blood
employer inform all workers exposed to lead lead levels greater than 40 µ g/100 g.
at or above the action level of the provisions Another enzyme, ferrochelatase, is also in-
of the standard and all its appendices, the hibited at low blood lead levels. Inhibition of
purpose and description of medical surveil- ferrochelatase leads to increased free eryth-
lance and provisions for medical removal rocyte protoporphyrin (FEP) in the blood
130
which can then bind to zinc to yield zinc sure or chelation therapy and when improve-
protoporphyrin. At a blood lead level of 50 µ ment does occur, it is almost always only
g/100 g or greater, nearly 100% of the popu- partial.
lation will have an increase in FEP. There is The peripheral neuropathy resulting from
also an exponential relationship between lead exposure characteristically involves
blood lead levels greater than 40 µ g/100 g and only motor function with minimal sensory
the associated ZPP level, which has led to damage and has a marked predilection for
the development of the ZPP screening test the extensor muscles of the most active ex-
for lead exposure. tremity. The peripheral neuropathy can
While the significance of these effects is occur with varying degrees of severity. The
subject to debate, it is OSHA’s position that earliest and mildest form which can be de-
these enzyme disturbances are early stages tected in workers with blood lead levels as
of a disease process which may eventually
low as 50 µ g/100 g is manifested by slowing
result in the clinical symptoms of lead poi-
of motor nerve conduction velocity often
soning. Whether or not the effects do
without clinical symptoms. With progression
progress to the later stages of clinical dis-
of the neuropathy there is development of
ease, disruption of these enzyme processes
over a working lifetime is considered to be a painless extensor muscle weakness usually
material impairment of health. involving the extensor muscles of the fingers
One of the eventual results of lead-induced and hand in the most active upper extrem-
inhibition of enzymes in the heme synthesis ity, followed in severe cases by wrist drop or,
pathway is anemia which can be asymp- much less commonly, foot drop.
tomatic if mild but associated with a wide In addition to slowing of nerve conduction,
array of symptoms including dizziness, fa- electromyographical studies in patients with
tigue, and tachycardia when more severe. blood lead levels greater than 50 µ g/100 g
Studies have indicated that lead levels as have demonstrated a decrease in the number
low as 50 µ g/100 g can be associated with a of acting motor unit potentials, an increase
definite decreased hemoglobin, although in the duration of motor unit potentials, and
most cases of lead-induced anemia, as well as spontaneous pathological activity including
shortened red-cell survival times, occur at fibrillations and fasciculations. Whether
lead levels exceeding 80 µ g/100 g. Inhibited these effects occur at levels of 40 µ g/100 g is
hemoglobin synthesis is more common in undetermined.
chronic cases whereas shortened erythrocyte While the peripheral neuropathies can oc-
life span is more common in acute cases. casionally be reversed with therapy, again
In lead-induced anemias, there is usually a such recovery is not assured particularly in
reticulocytosis along with the presence of the more severe neuropathies and often im-
basophilic stippling, and ringed sideroblasts, provement is only partial. The lack of re-
although none of the above are versibility is felt to be due in part to seg-
pathognomonic for lead-induced anemia. mental demyelination.
2. Neurological Effects. Inorganic lead has 3. Gastrointestinal. Lead may also affect the
been found to have toxic effects on both the gastrointestinal system producing abdom-
central and peripheral nervous systems. The
inal colic or diffuse abdominal pain, con-
earliest stages of lead-induced central nerv-
stipation, obstipation, diarrhea, anorexia,
ous system effects first manifest themselves
nausea and vomiting. Lead colic rarely de-
in the form of behavioral disturbances and
velops at blood lead levels below 80 µ g/100 g.
central nervous system symptoms including
irritability, restlessness, insomnia and other 4. Renal. Renal toxicity represents one of
sleep disturbances, fatigue, vertigo, head- the most serious health effects of lead poi-
ache, poor memory, tremor, depression, and soning. In the early stages of disease nuclear
apathy. With more severe exposure, symp- inclusion bodies can frequently be identified
toms can progress to drowsiness, stupor, hal- in proximal renal tubular cells. Renal func-
lucinations, delerium, convulsions and coma. tion remains normal and the changes in this
The most severe and acute form of lead stage are probably reversible. With more ad-
poisoning which usually follows ingestion or vanced disease there is progressive intersti-
inhalation of large amounts of lead is acute tial fibrosis and impaired renal function.
encephalopathy which may arise precipi- Eventually extensive interstitial fibrosis en-
tously with the onset of intractable seizures, sues with sclerotic glomeruli and dilated and
coma, cardiorespiratory arrest, and death atrophied proximal tubules; all represent end
within 48 hours. stage kidney disease. Azotemia can be pro-
While there is disagreement about what ex- gressive, eventually resulting in frank ure-
posure levels are needed to produce the ear- mia necessitating dialysis. There is occa-
liest symptoms, most experts agree that sionally associated hypertension and
symptoms definitely can occur at blood lead hyperuricemia with or without gout.
levels of 60 µ g/100 g whole blood and there- Early kidney disease is difficult to detect.
fore recommend a 40 µ g/100 g maximum. The The urinalysis is normal in early lead
central nervous system effects frequently are nephropathy and the blood urea nitrogen and
not reversible following discontinued expo- serum creatinine increase only when two-
131
thirds of kidney function is lost. Measure- demonstrated adverse effects of lead on re-
ment of creatinine clearance can often de- productive function in both the male and fe-
tect earlier disease as can other methods of male as well as the risk of genetic damage of
measurement of glomerular filtration rate. lead on both the ovum and sperm, OSHA rec-
An abnormal Ca-EDTA mobilization test has ommends a 30 µ g/100 g maximum permissible
been used to differentiate between lead-in- blood lead level in both males and females
duced and other nephropathies, but this pro- who wish to bear children.
cedure is not widely accepted. A form of 6. Other toxic effects. Debate and research
Fanconi syndrome with aminoaciduria, continue on the effects of lead on the human
glycosuria, and hyperphosphaturia indi- body. Hypertension has frequently been
cating severe injury to the proximal renal noted in occupationally exposed individuals
tubules is occasionally seen in children. although it is difficult to assess whether this
5. Reproductive effects. Exposure to lead can is due to lead’s adverse effects on the kidney
have serious effects on reproductive function or if some other mechanism is involved. Vas-
in both males and females. In male workers cular and electrocardiogarphic changes have
exposed to lead there can be a decrease in been detected but have not been well charac-
sexual drive, impotence, decreased ability to terized. Lead is thought to impair thyroid
produce healthy sperm, and sterility. Mal- function and interfere with the pituitary-ad-
formed sperm (teratospermia), decreased renal axis, but again these effects have not
number of sperm (hypospermia), and sperm been well defined.
with decreased motility (asthenospermia)
can all occur. Teratospermia has been noted III. MEDICAL EVALUATION
at mean blood lead levels of 53 µ g/100 g and
hypospermia and asthenospermia at 41 µ g/ The most important principle in evalu-
100 g. Furthermore, there appears to be a ating a worker for any occupational disease
dose-response relationship for teratospermia including lead poisoning is a high index of
in lead exposed workers. suspicion on the part of the examining physi-
Women exposed to lead may experience cian. As discussed in Section 2, lead can af-
menstrual disturbances including fect numerous organ systems and produce a
dysmenorrhea, menorrhagia and amenor- wide array of signs and symptoms, most of
rhea. Following exposure to lead, women which are non-specific and subtle in nature
have a higher frequency of sterility, pre- at least in the early stages of disease. Unless
mature births, spontaneous miscarriages, serious concern for lead toxicity is present,
and stillbirths. many of the early clues to diagnosis may
Germ cells can be affected by lead and easily be overlooked.
cause genetic damage in the egg or sperm The crucial initial step in the medical
cells before conception and result in failure evaluation is recognizing that a worker’s
to implant, miscarriage, stillbirth, or birth employment can result in exposure to lead.
defects. The worker will frequently be able to define
Infants of mothers with lead poisoning exposures to lead and lead containing mate-
have a higher mortality during the first year rials but often will not volunteer this infor-
and suffer from lowered birth weights, slower mation unless specifically asked. In other
growth, and nervous system disorders. situations the worker may not know of any
Lead can pass through the placental bar- exposures to lead but the suspicion might be
rier and lead levels in the mother’s blood are raised on the part of the physician because of
comparable to concentrations of lead in the the industry or occupation of the worker.
umbilical cord at birth. Transplacental pas- Potential occupational exposure to lead and
sage becomes detectable at 12–14 weeks of its compounds occur in at least 120 occupa-
gestation and increases until birth. tions, including lead smelting, the manufac-
There is little direct data on damage to the ture of lead storage batteries, the manufac-
fetus from exposure to lead but it is gen- ture of lead pigments and products con-
erally assumed that the fetus and newborn taining pigments, solder manufacture, ship-
would be at least as susceptible to neuro- building and ship repair, auto manufac-
logical damage as young children. Blood lead turing, construction, and painting.
levels of 50–60 µ g/100 g in children can cause Once the possibility for lead exposure is
significant neurobehavioral impairments and raised, the focus can then be directed toward
there is evidence of hyperactivity at blood eliciting information from the medical his-
levels as low as 25 µ g/100 g. Given the overall tory, physical exam, and finally from labora-
body of literature concerning the adverse tory data to evaluate the worker for poten-
health effects of lead in children, OSHA feels tial lead toxicity.
that the blood lead level in children should A complete and detailed work history is
be maintained below 30 µ g/100 g with a popu- important in the initial evaluation. A listing
lation mean of 15 µ g/100 g. Blood lead levels of all previous employment with information
in the fetus and newborn likewise should not on work processes, exposure to fumes or
exceed 30 µ g/100 g. dust, known exposures to lead or other toxic
Because of lead’s ability to pass through substances, respiratory protection used, and
the placental barrier and also because of the previous medical surveillance should all be
132
included in the worker’s record. Where expo- ever, that the lead line may not be present
sure to lead is suspected, information con- even in severe lead poisoning if good oral hy-
cerning on-the-job personal hygiene, smok- giene is practiced.
ing or eating habits in work areas, laundry The presence of pallor on skin examination
procedures, and use of any protective cloth- may indicate an anemia, which if severe
ing or respiratory protection equipment might also be associated with a tachycardia.
should be noted. A complete work history is If an anemia is suspected, an active search
essential in the medical evaluation of a
for blood loss should be undertaken includ-
worker with suspected lead toxicity, espe-
cially when long term effects such as ing potential blood loss through the gastro-
neurotoxicity and nephrotoxicity are consid- intestinal tract.
ered. A complete neurological examination
The medical history is also of fundamental should include an adequate mental status
importance and should include a listing of evaluation including a search for behavioral
all past and current medical conditions, cur- and psychological disturbances, memory
rent medications including proprietary drug testing, evaluation for irritability, insomnia,
intake, previous surgeries and hospitaliza- hallucinations, and mental clouding. Gait
tions, allergies, smoking history, alcohol and coordination should be examined along
consumption, and also non-occupational lead with close observation for tremor. A detailed
exposures such as hobbies (hunting, riflery). evaluation of peripheral nerve function in-
Also known childhood exposures should be cluding careful sensory and motor function
elicited. Any previous history of testing is warranted. Strength testing par-
hematological, neurological, gastro- ticularly of extensor muscle groups of all ex-
intestinal, renal, psychological, gyneco- tremities is of fundamental importance.
logical, genetic, or reproductive problems
Cranial nerve evaluation should also be in-
should be specifically noted.
A careful and complete review must be per- cluded in the routine examination.
formed to assess both recognized complaints The abdominal examination should include
and subtle or slowly acquired symptoms auscultation for bowel sounds and abdominal
which the worker might not appreciate as bruits and palpation for organomegaly,
being significant. The review of symptoms masses, and diffuse abdominal tenderness.
should include the following: Cardiovascular examination should evalu-
General—weight loss, fatigue, decreased ate possible early signs of congestive heart
appetite. failure. Pulmonary status should be ad-
Head, Eyes, Ears, Nose, Throat (HEENT)— dressed particularly if respirator protection
headaches, visual disturbances or decreased is contemplated.
visual acuity, hearing deficits or tinnitus, As part of the medical evaluation, the lead
pigmentation of the oral mucosa, or metallic standard requires the following laboratory
taste in mouth. studies:
Cardio-pulmonary—shortness of breath,
1. Blood lead level
cough, chest pains, palpitations, or orthop-
nea. 2. Hemoglobin and hematocrit determina-
Gastrointestinal—nausea, vomiting, heart- tions, red cell indices, and examination of
burn, abdominal pain, constipation or diar- the peripheral blood smear to evaluate red
rhea. blood cell morphology
Neurologic—irritability, insomnia, weak- 3. Blood urea nitrogen
ness (fatigue), dizziness, loss of memory, con- 4. Serum creatinine
fusion, hallucinations, incoordination, atax- 5. Routine urinalysis with microscopic ex-
ia, decreased strength in hands or feet, dis- amination.
turbances in gait, difficulty in climbing 6. A zinc protoporphyrin level
stairs, or seizures. In addition to the above, the physician is
Hematologic—pallor, easy fatigability, ab- authorized to order any further laboratory
normal blood loss, melena. or other tests which he or she deems nec-
Reproductive (male and female and spouse
essary in accordance with sound medical
where relevant)—history of infertility, impo-
practice. The evaluation must also include
tence, loss of libido, abnormal menstrual pe-
pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation
riods, history of miscarriages, stillbirths, or
children with birth defects. of male fertility if requested by the em-
Musculo-skeletal—muscle and joint pains. ployee.
The physical examination should empha- Additional tests which are probably not
size the neurological, gastrointestinal, and warranted on a routine basis but may be ap-
cardiovascular systems. The worker’s weight propriate when blood lead and ZPP levels are
and blood pressure should be recorded and equivocal include delta aminolevulinic acid
the oral mucosa checked for pigmentation and coproporphyrin concentrations in the
characteristic of a possible Burtonian or lead urine, and dark-field illumination for detec-
line on the gingiva. It should be noted, how- tion of basophilic stippling in red blood cells.
133
If an anemia is detected further studies in- does not exclude an elevated total body bur-
cluding a careful examination of the periph- den of lead.
eral smear, reticulocyte count, stool for oc- Also due to its correlation with recent ex-
cult blood, serum iron, total iron binding ca- posures, the blood lead level may vary con-
pacity, bilirubin, and, if appropriate, vita- siderably over short time intervals.
min B12 and folate may be of value in at- To minimize laboratory error and erro-
tempting to identify the cause of the ane- neous results due to contamination, blood
mia. specimens must be carefully collected after
If a peripheral neuropathy is suspected, thorough cleaning of the skin with appro-
nerve conduction studies are warranted both priate methods using lead-free blood con-
for diagnosis and as a basis to monitor any tainers and analyzed by a reliable labora-
therapy. tory. Under the standard, samples must be
If renal disease is questioned, a 24 hour analyzed in laboratories which are approved
urine collection for creatinine clearance, by the Center for Disease Control (CDC) or
protein, and electrolytes may be indicated. which have received satisfactory grades in
Elevated uric acid levels may result from proficiency testing by the CDC in the pre-
lead-induced renal disease and a serum uric vious year. Analysis is to be made using
acid level might be performed. atomic absorption spectrophotometry, an-
An electrocardiogram and chest x-ray may odic stripping voltammetry or any method
be obtained as deemed appropriate. which meets the accuracy requirements set
Sophisticated and highly specialized test- forth by the standard.
ing should not be done routinely and where The determination of lead in urine is gen-
indicated should be under the direction of a erally considered a less reliable monitoring
specialist. technique than analysis of whole blood pri-
marily due to individual variability in uri-
IV. LABORATORY EVALUATION nary excretion capacity as well as the tech-
The blood lead level at present remains the nical difficulty of obtaining accurate 24 hour
single most important test to monitor lead urine collections. In addition, workers with
exposure and is the test used in the medical renal insufficiency, whether due to lead or
surveillance program under the lead stand- some other cause, may have decreased lead
ard to guide employee medical removal. The clearance and consequently urine lead levels
ZPP has several advantages over the blood may underestimate the true lead burden.
lead level. Because of its relatively recent Therefore, urine lead levels should not be
development and the lack of extensive data used as a routine test.
concerning its interpretation, the ZPP cur- The zinc protoporphyrin test, unlike the
rently remains an ancillary test. blood lead determination, measures an ad-
This section will discuss the blood lead verse metabolic effect of lead and as such is
level and ZPP in detail and will outline their a better indicator of lead toxicity than the
relative advantages and disadvantages. level of blood lead itself. The level of ZPP re-
Other blood tests currently available to flects lead absorption over the preceding 3 to
evaluate lead exposure will also be reviewed. 4 months, and therefore is a better indicator
The blood lead level is a good index of cur- of lead body burden. The ZPP requires more
rent or recent lead absorption when there is time than the blood lead to read signifi-
no anemia present and when the worker has cantly elevated levels; the return to normal
not taken any chelating agents. However, after discontinuing lead exposure is also
blood lead levels along with urinary lead lev- slower. Furthermore, the ZPP test is sim-
els do not necessarily indicate the total body pler, faster, and less expensive to perform
burden of lead and are not adequate meas- and no contamination is possible. Many in-
ures of past exposure. One reason for this is vestigators believe it is the most reliable
that lead has a high affinity for bone and up means of monitoring chronic lead absorp-
to 90% of the body’s total lead is deposited tion.
there. A very important component of the Zinc protoporphyrin results from the inhi-
total lead body burden is lead in soft tissue bition of the enzyme ferrochelatase which
(liver, kidney, and brain). This fraction of catalyzes the insertion of an iron molecule
the lead body burden, the biologically active into the protoporphyrin molecule, which
lead, is not entirely reflected by blood lead then becomes heme. If iron is not inserted
levels since it is a function of the dynamics into the molecule then zinc, having a greater
of lead absorption, distribution, deposition affinity for protoporphyrin, takes the place
in bone and excretion. Following discontinu- of the iron, forming ZPP.
ation of exposure to lead, the excess body An elevation in the level of circulating
burden is only slowly mobilized from bone ZPP may occur at blood lead levels as low as
and other relatively stable body stores and 20–30 µ g/100 g in some workers. Once the
excreted. Consequently, a high blood lead blood lead level has reached 40 µ g/100 g there
level may only represent recent heavy expo- is more marked rise in the ZPP value from
sure to lead without a significant total body its normal range of less than 100 µ g/100 ml.
excess and likewise a low blood lead level Increases in blood lead levels beyond 40 µ g/
134
100 g are associated with exponential in- intoxication. With lead poisoning, the urine
creases in ZPP. concentrations of coproporphyrins I and II,
Whereas blood lead levels fluctuate over porphobilinogen and uroporphyrin I rise. The
short time spans, ZPP levels remain rel- most important increase, however, is that of
atively stable. ZPP is measured directly in coproporphyrin III; levels may exceed 5,000 µ
red blood cells and is present for the cell’s g/1 in the urine in lead poisoned individuals,
entire 120 day life-span. Therefore, the ZPP but its correlation with blood lead levels and
level in blood reflects the average ZPP pro-
ZPP are not as good as those of ALA. In-
duction over the previous 3–4 months and
creases in urinary porphyrins are not diag-
consequently the average lead exposure dur-
ing that time interval. nostic of lead toxicity and may be seen in
It is recommended that a hematocrit be de- porphyria, some liver diseases, and in pa-
termined whenever a confirmed ZPP of 50 µ tients with high reticulocyte counts.
g/100 ml whole blood is obtained to rule out Summary. The Occupational Safety and
a significant underlying anemia. If the ZPP Health Administration’s standard for inor-
is in excess of 100 µ g/100 ml and not associ- ganic lead places significant emphasis on the
ated with abnormal elevations in blood lead medical surveillance of all workers exposed
levels, the laboratory should be checked to to levels of inorganic lead above the action
be sure that blood leads were determined level of 30 µg/m3 TWA. The physician has a
using atomic absorption spectrophotometry fundamental role in this surveillance pro-
anodic stripping voltammetry, or any meth- gram, and in the operation of the medical re-
od which meets the accuracy requirements moval protection program.
set forth by the standard by a CDC approved
Even with adequate worker education on
laboratory which is experienced in lead level
the adverse health effects of lead and appro-
determinations. Repeat periodic blood lead
studies should be obtained in all individuals priate training in work practices, personal
with elevated ZPP levels to be certain that hygiene and other control measures, the
an associated elevated blood lead level has physician has a primary responsibility for
not been missed due to transient fluctua- evaluating potential lead toxicity in the
tions in blood leads. worker. It is only through a careful and de-
ZPP has a characteristic fluorescence spec- tailed medical and work history, a complete
trum with a peak at 594 nm which is detect- physical examination and appropriate lab-
able with a hematofluorimeter. The oratory testing that an accurate assessment
hematofluorimeter is accurate and portable can be made. Many of the adverse health ef-
and can provide on-site, instantaneous re- fects of lead toxicity are either irreversible
sults for workers who can be frequently test- or only partially reversible and therefore
ed via a finger prick. early detection of disease is very important.
However, careful attention must be given This document outlines the medical moni-
to calibration and quality control proce-
toring program as defined by the occupa-
dures. Limited data on blood lead—ZPP cor-
tional safety and health standard for inor-
relations and the ZPP levels which are asso-
ciated with the adverse health effects dis- ganic lead. It reviews the adverse health ef-
cussed in Section 2 are the major limitations fects of lead poisoning and describes the im-
of the test. Also it is difficult to correlate portant elements of the history and physical
ZPP levels with environmental exposure and examinations as they relate to these adverse
there is some variation of response with age effects. Finally, the appropriate laboratory
and sex. Nevertheless, the ZPP promises to testing for evaluating lead exposure and tox-
be an important diagnostic test for the early icity is presented.
detection of lead toxicity and its value will It is hoped that this review and discussion
increase as more data is collected regarding will give the physician a better under-
its relationship to other manifestations of standing of the OSHA standard with the ulti-
lead poisoning. mate goal of protecting the health and well-
Levels of delta-aminolevulinic acid (ALA) being of the worker exposed to lead under his
in the urine are also used as a measure of or her care.
lead exposure. Increasing concentrations of
ALA are believed to result from the inhibi- [43 FR 53007, Nov. 14, 1978]
tion of the enzyme delta-aminolevulinic acid
EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci-
dehydrase (ALA–D). Although the test is rel-
tations affecting § 1910.1025 see the List of
atively easy to perform, inexpensive, and
rapid, the disadvantages include variability CFR Sections Afffected in the Finding Aids
in results, the necessity to collect a com- section of this volume.
plete 24 hour urine sample which has a spe-
cific gravity greater than 1.010, and also the § 1910.1027 Cadmium.
fact that ALA decomposes in the presence of (a) Scope. This standard applies to all
light.
The pattern of porphyrin excretion in the
occupational exposures to cadmium
urine can also be helpful in identifying lead and cadmium compounds, in all forms,
135
and in all industries covered by the Oc- (c) Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL).
cupational Safety and Health Act, ex- The employer shall assure that no em-
cept the construction-related indus- ployee is exposed to an airborne con-
tries, which are covered under 29 CFR centration of cadmium in excess of five
1926.63. micrograms per cubic meter of air (5
(b) Definitions. µg/m3), calculated as an eight-hour
Action level (AL) is defined as an air- time-weighted average exposure
borne concentration of cadmium of 2.5 (TWA).
micrograms per cubic meter of air (2.5 (d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.
µg/m3), calculated as an 8-hour time- (i) Each employer who has a workplace
weighted average (TWA). or work operation covered by this sec-
Assistant Secretary means the Assist- tion shall determine if any employee
ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa- may be exposed to cadmium at or
tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart- above the action level.
ment of Labor, or designee. (ii) Determinations of employee ex-
posure shall be made from breathing
Authorized person means any person
zone air samples that reflect the mon-
authorized by the employer and re-
itored employee’s regular, daily 8-hour
quired by work duties to be present in
TWA exposure to cadmium.
regulated areas or any person author-
(iii) Eight-hour TWA exposures shall
ized by the OSH Act or regulations
be determined for each employee on
issued under it to be in regulated areas.
the basis of one or more personal
Director means the Director of the
breathing zone air samples reflecting
National Institute for Occupational
full shift exposure on each shift, for
Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. De-
each job classification, in each work
partment of Health and Human Serv-
area. Where several employees perform
ices, or designee.
the same job tasks, in the same job
Employee exposure and similar lan- classification, on the same shift, in the
guage referring to the air cadmium same work area, and the length, dura-
level to which an employee is exposed tion, and level of cadmium exposures
means the exposure to airborne cad- are similar, an employer may sample a
mium that would occur if the employee representative fraction of the employ-
were not using respiratory protective ees instead of all employees in order to
equipment. meet this requirement. In representa-
Final medical determination is the tive sampling, the employer shall sam-
written medical opinion of the employ- ple the employee(s) expected to have
ee’s health status by the examining the highest cadmium exposures.
physician under paragraphs (l)(3)-(12) of (2) Specific. (i) Initial monitoring. Ex-
this section or, if multiple physician cept as provided for in paragraphs
review under paragraph (l)(13) of this (d)(2)(ii) and (d)(2)(iii) of this section,
section or the alternative physician de- the employer shall monitor employee
termination under paragraph (l)(14) of exposures and shall base initial deter-
this section is invoked, it is the final, minations on the monitoring results.
written medical finding, recommenda- (ii) Where the employer has mon-
tion or determination that emerges itored after September 14, 1991, under
from that process. conditions that in all important as-
High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) pects closely resemble those currently
filter means a filter capable of trapping prevailing and where that monitoring
and retaining at least 99.97 percent of satisfies all other requirements of this
mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 microm- section, including the accuracy and
eters in diameter. confidence levels of paragraph (d)(6) of
Regulated area means an area demar- this section, the employer may rely on
cated by the employer where an em- such earlier monitoring results to sat-
ployee’s exposure to airborne con- isfy the requirements of paragraph
centrations of cadmium exceeds, or can (d)(2)(i) of this section.
reasonably be expected to exceed the (iii) Where the employer has objec-
permissible exposure limit (PEL). tive data, as defined in paragraph (n)(2)
This section means this cadmium of this section, demonstrating that em-
standard. ployee exposure to cadmium will not
136
exceed the action level under the ex- (ii) Wherever monitoring results indi-
pected conditions of processing, use, or cate that employee exposure exceeds
handling, the employer may rely upon the PEL, the employer shall include in
such data instead of implementing ini- the written notice a statement that
tial monitoring. the PEL has been exceeded and a de-
(3) Monitoring Frequency (periodic scription of the corrective action being
monitoring). (i) If the initial monitoring taken by the employer to reduce em-
or periodic monitoring reveals employee exposure to or below the PEL.
ployee exposures to be at or above the (6) Accuracy of measurement. The em-
action level, the employer shall mon- ployer shall use a method of moni-
itor at a frequency and pattern needed toring and analysis that has an accu-
to represent the levels of exposure of racy of not less than plus or minus 25
employees and where exposures are percent (±25%), with a confidence level
above the PEL to assure the adequacy of 95 percent, for airborne concentra-
of respiratory selection and the effec- tions of cadmium at or above the ac-
tiveness of engineering and work prac- tion level, the permissible exposure
tice controls. However, such exposure limit (PEL), and the separate engineer-
monitoring shall be performed at least ing control air limit (SECAL).
every six months. The employer, at a (e) Regulated areas—(1) Establishment.
minimum, shall continue these semi- The employer shall establish a regu-
annual measurements unless and until lated area wherever an employee’s ex-
the conditions set out in paragraph posure to airborne concentrations of
(d)(3)(ii) of this section are met. cadmium is, or can reasonably be ex-
(ii) If the initial monitoring or the pected to be in excess of the permis-
periodic monitoring indicates that em- sible exposure limit (PEL).
ployee exposures are below the action (2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall
level and that result is confirmed by be demarcated from the rest of the
the results of another monitoring workplace in any manner that ade-
taken at least seven days later, the em- quately establishes and alerts employ-
ployer may discontinue the monitoring ees of the boundaries of the regulated
for those employees whose exposures area.
are represented by such monitoring. (3) Access. Access to regulated areas
(4) Additional Monitoring. The em- shall be limited to authorized persons.
ployer also shall institute the exposure (4) Provision of respirators. Each per-
monitoring required under paragraphs son entering a regulated area shall be
(d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of this section when- supplied with and required to use a res-
ever there has been a change in the raw pirator, selected in accordance with
materials, equipment, personnel, work paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
practices, or finished products that (5) Prohibited activities. The employer
may result in additional employees shall assure that employees do not eat,
being exposed to cadmium at or above drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or
the action level or in employees al- apply cosmetics in regulated areas,
ready exposed to cadmium at or above carry the products associated with
the action level being exposed above these activities into regulated areas, or
the PEL, or whenever the employer has store such products in those areas.
any reason to suspect that any other (f) Methods of compliance—(1) Compli-
change might result in such further ex- ance hierarchy. (i) Except as specified in
posure. paragraphs (f)(1) (ii), (iii) and (iv) of
(5) Employee Notification of Monitoring this section the employer shall imple-
Results. (i) Within 15 working days ment engineering and work practice
after the receipt of the results of any controls to reduce and maintain em-
monitoring performed under this sec- ployee exposure to cadmium at or
tion, the employer shall notify each af- below the PEL, except to the extent
fected employee individually in writing that the employer can demonstrate
of the results. In addition, within the that such controls are not feasible.
same time period the employer shall (ii) Except as specified in paragraphs
post the results of the exposure moni- (f)(1) (iii) and (iv) of this section, in in-
toring in an appropriate location that dustries where a separate engineering
is accessible to all affected employees. control air limit (SECAL) has been
137
specified for particular processes (See and maintain employee exposure at or

Table 1 in this paragraph (f)(1)(ii)), the below the SECAL, except to the extent
employer shall implement engineering that the employer can demonstrate
and work practice controls to reduce that such controls are not feasible.
TABLE I—SEPARATE ENGINEERING CONTROL AIRBORNE LIMITS (SECALS) FOR PROCESSES IN
SELECTED INDUSTRIES
SECAL
Industry Process (µg/m3)
Nickel cadmium battery ....................... Plate making, plate preparation ...................................................................... 50

All other processes .......................................................................................... 15
Zinc/Cadmium refining* ....................... Cadmium refining, casting, melting, oxide production, sinter plant ................ 50
Pigment manufacture .......................... Calcine, crushing, milling, blending ................................................................. 50
All other processes .......................................................................................... 15
Stabilizers* .......................................... Cadmium oxide charging, crushing, drying, blending ..................................... 50
Lead smelting* .................................... Sinter plant, blast furnace, baghouse, yard area ............................................ 50
Plating* ................................................ Mechanical plating ........................................................................................... 15
*Processes in these industries that are not specified in this table must achieve the PEL using engineering controls and work
practices as required in f(1)(i).
(iii) The requirement to implement tion to achieve compliance with the

engineering and work practice controls PEL.
to achieve the PEL or, where applica- (ii) Written compliance programs
ble, the SECAL does not apply where shall include at least the following:
the employer demonstrates the fol- (A) A description of each operation in
lowing: which cadmium is emitted; e.g., ma-
(A) The employee is only intermit- chinery used, material processed, con-
tently exposed; and trols in place, crew size, employee job
(B) The employee is not exposed responsibilities, operating procedures,
above the PEL on 30 or more days per and maintenance practices;
year (12 consecutive months). (B) A description of the specific
(iv) Wherever engineering and work means that will be employed to achieve
practice controls are required and are compliance, including engineering
not sufficient to reduce employee expo- plans and studies used to determine
sure to or below the PEL or, where ap- methods selected for controlling expo-
plicable, the SECAL, the employer sure to cadmium, as well as, where nec-
nonetheless shall implement such con- essary, the use of appropriate res-
trols to reduce exposures to the lowest piratory protection to achieve the
levels achievable. The employer shall PEL;
supplement such controls with res- (C) A report of the technology consid-
piratory protection that complies with ered in meeting the PEL;
the requirements of paragraph (g) of
(D) Air monitoring data that docu-
this section and the PEL.
ment the sources of cadmium emis-
(v) The employer shall not use em-
sions;
ployee rotation as a method of compli-
ance. (E) A detailed schedule for implemen-
tation of the program, including docu-
(2) Compliance program. (i) Where the
mentation such as copies of purchase
PEL is exceeded, the employer shall es-
orders for equipment, construction
tablish and implement a written com-
pliance program to reduce employee contracts, etc.;
exposure to or below the PEL by means (F) A work practice program that in-
of engineering and work practice concludes items required under paragraphs
trols, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of (h), (i), and (j) of this section;
this section. To the extent that engi- (G) A written plan for emergency sit-
neering and work practice controls uations, as specified in paragraph (h) of
cannot reduce exposures to or below this section; and
the PEL, the employer shall include in (H) Other relevant information.
the written compliance program the (iii) The written compliance pro-
use of appropriate respiratory protec- grams shall be reviewed and updated at
138
least annually, or more often if nec- work-practice controls are not feasible
essary, to reflect significant changes in or are not required.
the employer’s compliance status. (iii) Activities in regulated areas
(iv) Written compliance programs specified in paragraph (e) of this sec-
shall be provided upon request for ex- tion.
amination and copying to affected em- (iv) Work operations for which the
ployees, designated employee rep- employer has implemented all feasible
resentatives as well as to the Assistant engineering and work-practice controls
Secretary, and the Director. and such controls are not sufficient to
(3) Mechanical ventilation. (i) When reduce employee exposures to or below
ventilation is used to control exposure, the PEL.
measurements that demonstrate the ef- (v) Work operations for which an em-
fectiveness of the system in controlling ployee is exposed to cadmium at or
exposure, such as capture velocity, above the action level, and the em-
duct velocity, or static pressure shall ployee requests a respirator.
be made as necessary to maintain its (vi) Work operations for which an
effectiveness. employee is exposed to cadmium above
(ii) Measurements of the system’s ef- the PEL and engineering controls are
fectiveness in controlling exposure not required by paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of
shall be made as necessary within five this section.
working days of any change in produc- (vii) Emergencies.
tion, process, or control that might re- (2) Respirator program. (i) The em-
sult in a significant increase in employer must implement a respiratory
ployee exposure to cadmium. protection program in accordance with
(iii) Recirculation of air. If air from 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
exhaust ventilation is recirculated into (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).
the workplace, the system shall have a (ii) No employees must use a res-
high efficiency filter and be monitored pirator if, based on their most recent
to assure effectiveness. medical examination, the examining
(iv) Procedures shall be developed physician determines that they will be
and implemented to minimize em- unable to continue to function nor-
ployee exposure to cadmium when mally while using a respirator. If the
maintenance of ventilation systems physician determines that the em-
and changing of filters is being con- ployee must be limited in, or removed
ducted. from, their current job because of their
(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General. inability to use a respirator, the limi-
For employees who use respirators re- tation or removal must be in accord-
quired by this section, the employer ance with paragraphs (l) (11) and (12) of
must provide respirators that comply this section.
with the requirements of this para- (iii) If an employee has breathing dif-
graph. Respirators must be used dur- ficulty during fit testing or respirator
ing: use, the employer must provide the em-
(i) Periods necessary to install or im- ployee with a medical examination in
plement feasible engineering and work- accordance with paragraph (l)(6)(ii) of
practice controls when employee expo- this section to determine if the em-
sure levels exceed the PEL. ployee can use a respirator while per-
(ii) Maintenance and repair activi- forming the required duties.
ties, and brief or intermittent oper- (3) Respirator selection. (i) The em-
ations, for which employee exposures ployer must select the appropriate res-
exceed the PEL and engineering and pirator from Table 2 of this section.
TABLE 2—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR CADMIUM
Airborne concentration or condition of use a Required respirator type b
10 X or less ................................................. A half mask, air-purifying equipped with a HEPA c filter.d

25 X or less ................................................. A powered air-purifying respirator (‘‘PAPR’’) with a loose-fitting hood or helmet
equipped with a HEPA filter, or a supplied-air respirator with a loose-fitting hood
or helmet facepiece operated in the continuous flow mode.
139
TABLE 2—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR CADMIUM—Continued

Airborne concentration or condition of use a Required respirator type b
50 X or less ................................................. A full facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with a HEPA filter, or a powered
air-purifying respirator with a tight-fitting half mask equipped with a HEPA filter,
or a supplied-air respirator with a tight-fitting half mask operated in the contin-
uous flow mode.
250 X or less ............................................... A powered air-purifying respirator with a tight fitting full facepiece equipped with a
HEPA filter, or a supplied-air respirator with a tight-fitting full facepiece operated
in the continuous flow mode.
1000 X or less ............................................. A supplied air respirator with half mask or full facepiece operated in the pressure
demand or other positive pressure mode.
>1000 X or unknown concentrations .......... A self-contained breathing apparatus with a full facepiece operated in the pressure
demand or other positive pressure mode, or a supplied-air respirator with a full
facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive pressure mode and
equipped with an auxiliary escape type self-contained breathing apparatus oper-
ated in the pressure demand mode.
Fire fighting ................................................. A self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in the pressure
a Concentrations expressed as multiple of the PEL.
b Respirators assigned for higher environmental concentrations may be used at lower exposure levels. Quantitative fit testing is
required for all tight-fitting air purifying respirators where airborne concentration of cadmium exceeds 10 times the TWA PEL (10
X 5 ug/m(3) = 50 ug/m(3)). A full facepiece respirator is required when eye irritation is experienced.
c HEPA means High-efficiency Particulate Air.
d Fit testing, qualitative or quantitative, is required.
SOURCE: Respiratory Decision Logic, NIOSH, 1987.
(ii) The employer must provide an (i) Coveralls or similar full-body

employee with a powered air-purifying work clothing;
respirator instead of a negative-pres- (ii) Gloves, head coverings, and boots
sure respirator when an employee who or foot coverings; and
is entitled to a respirator chooses to (iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or
use this type of respirator and such a other appropriate protective equip-
respirator provides adequate protection ment that complies with 29 CFR
to the employee. 1910.133.
(h) Emergency situations. The em- (2) Removal and storage. (i) The em-
ployer shall develop and implement a ployer shall assure that employees re-
written plan for dealing with emer- move all protective clothing and equip-
gency situations involving substantial ment contaminated with cadmium at
releases of airborne cadmium. The plan the completion of the work shift and do
shall include provisions for the use of so only in change rooms provided in ac-
cordance with paragraph (j)(1) of this
appropriate respirators and personal
section.
protective equipment. In addition, em-
(ii) The employer shall assure that no
ployees not essential to correcting the
employee takes cadmium-contami-
emergency situation shall be restricted
nated protective clothing or equipment
from the area and normal operations from the workplace, except for employ-
halted in that area until the emer- ees authorized to do so for purposes of
gency is abated. laundering, cleaning, maintaining, or
(i) Protective work clothing and equip- disposing of cadmium contaminated
ment—(1) Provision and use. If an em- protective clothing and equipment at
ployee is exposed to airborne cadmium an appropriate location or facility
above the PEL or where skin or eye ir- away from the workplace.
ritation is associated with cadmium (iii) The employer shall assure that
exposure at any level, the employer contaminated protective clothing and
shall provide at no cost to the em- equipment, when removed for laun-
ployee, and assure that the employee dering, cleaning, maintenance, or dis-
uses, appropriate protective work posal, is placed and stored in sealed,
clothing and equipment that prevents impermeable bags or other closed, im-
contamination of the employee and the permeable containers that are designed
employee’s garments. Protective work to prevent dispersion of cadmium dust.
clothing and equipment includes, but is (iv) The employer shall assure that
not limited to: bags or containers of contaminated
140
protective clothing and equipment that with separate storage facilities for
are to be taken out of the change street clothes and for protective cloth-
rooms or the workplace for laundering, ing and equipment, which are designed
cleaning, maintenance or disposal shall to prevent dispersion of cadmium and
bear labels in accordance with para- contamination of the employee’s street
graph (m)(3) of this section. clothes.
(3) Cleaning, replacement, and disposal. (3) Showers and handwashing facilities.
(i) The employer shall provide the pro- (i) The employer shall assure that em-
tective clothing and equipment re- ployees who are exposed to cadmium
quired by paragraph (i)(1) of this sec- above the PEL shower during the end
tion in a clean and dry condition as of the work shift.
often as necessary to maintain its ef- (ii) The employer shall assure that
fectiveness, but in any event at least employees whose airborne exposure to
weekly. The employer is responsible cadmium is above the PEL wash their
for cleaning and laundering the protec- hands and faces prior to eating, drink-
tive clothing and equipment required ing, smoking, chewing tobacco or gum,
by this paragraph to maintain its effec- or applying cosmetics.
tiveness and is also responsible for dis- (4) Lunchroom facilities. (i) The em-
posing of such clothing and equipment. ployer shall assure that the lunchroom
(ii) The employer also is responsible facilities are readily accessible to em-
for repairing or replacing required pro- ployees, that tables for eating are
tective clothing and equipment as maintained free of cadmium, and that
needed to maintain its effectiveness. no employee in a lunchroom facility is
When rips or tears are detected while exposed at any time to cadmium at or
an employee is working they shall be above a concentration of 2.5 µg/m3.
immediately mended, or the worksuit (ii) The employer shall assure that
shall be immediately replaced. employees do not enter lunchroom fa-
(iii) The employer shall prohibit the cilities with protective work clothing
removal of cadmium from protective or equipment unless surface cadmium
clothing and equipment by blowing, has been removed from the clothing
shaking, or any other means that dis- and equipment by HEPA vacuuming or
perses cadmium into the air. some other method that removes cad-
(iv) The employer shall assure that mium dust without dispersing it.
any laundering of contaminated cloth- (k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces
ing or cleaning of contaminated equip- shall be maintained as free as prac-
ment in the workplace is done in a ticable of accumulations of cadmium.
manner that prevents the release of (2) All spills and sudden releases of
airborne cadmium in excess of the per- material containing cadmium shall be
missible exposure limit prescribed in cleaned up as soon as possible.
paragraph (c) of this section. (3) Surfaces contaminated with cad-
(v) The employer shall inform any mium shall, wherever possible, be
person who launders or cleans protec- cleaned by vacuuming or other meth-
tive clothing or equipment contami- ods that minimize the likelihood of
nated with cadmium of the potentially cadmium becoming airborne.
harmful effects of exposure to cad- (4) HEPA-filtered vacuuming equip-
mium and that the clothing and equipment or equally effective filtration
ment should be laundered or cleaned in methods shall be used for vacuuming.
a manner to effectively prevent the re- The equipment shall be used and
lease of airborne cadmium in excess of emptied in a manner that minimizes
the PEL. the reentry of cadmium into the work-
(j) Hygiene areas and practices—(1) place.
General. For employees whose airborne (5) Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping,
exposure to cadmium is above the PEL, and brushing may be used only where
the employer shall provide clean vacuuming or other methods that min-
change rooms, handwashing facilities, imize the likelihood of cadmium be-
showers, and lunchroom facilities that coming airborne have been tried and
comply with 29 CFR 1910.141. found not to be effective.
(2) Change rooms. The employer shall (6) Compressed air shall not be used
assure that change rooms are equipped to remove cadmium from any surface
141
unless the compressed air is used in (iv) The employer shall assure that
conjunction with a ventilation system the collecting and handling of biologi-
designed to capture the dust cloud cre- cal samples of cadmium in urine (CdU),
ated by the compressed air. cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2
(7) Waste, scrap, debris, bags, con- microglobulin in urine (β2-M) taken
tainers, personal protective equipment, from employees under this section is
and clothing contaminated with cad- done in a manner that assures their re-
mium and consigned for disposal shall liability and that analysis of biological
be collected and disposed of in sealed samples of cadmium in urine (CdU),
impermeable bags or other closed, im- cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2
permeable containers. These bags and microglobulin in urine (β2-M) taken
containers shall be labeled in accord- from employees under this section is
ance with paragraph (m)(2) of this sec- performed in laboratories with dem-
tion. onstrated proficiency for that par-
(l) Medical surveillance—(1) General— ticular analyte. (See appendix F to this
(i) Scope. (A) Currently exposed—The section.)
employer shall institute a medical sur- (2) Initial examination. (i) The em-
veillance program for all employees ployer shall provide an initial
who are or may be exposed to cadmium (preplacement) examination to all em-
at or above the action level unless the ployees covered by the medical surveil-
employer demonstrates that the em- lance program required in paragraph
ployee is not, and will not be, exposed (l)(1)(i) of this section. The examina-
at or above the action level on 30 or tion shall be provided to those employ-
more days per year (twelve consecutive ees within 30 days after initial assign-
months); and, ment to a job with exposure to cad-
(B) Previously exposed—The em- mium or no later than 90 days after the
ployer shall also institute a medical effective date of this section, which-
surveillance program for all employees ever date is later.
who prior to the effective date of this (ii) The initial (preplacement) med-
section might previously have been ex- ical examination shall include:
posed to cadmium at or above the ac- (A) A detailed medical and work his-
tion level by the employer, unless the tory, with emphasis on: Past, present,
employer demonstrates that the em- and anticipated future exposure to cad-
ployee did not prior to the effective mium; any history of renal, cardio-
date of this section work for the em- vascular, respiratory, hematopoietic,
ployer in jobs with exposure to cad- reproductive, and/or musculo-skeletal
mium for an aggregated total of more system dysfunction; current usage of
than 60 months. medication with potential nephrotoxic
(ii) To determine an employee’s fit- side-effects; and smoking history and
ness for using a respirator, the em- current status; and
ployer shall provide the limited med- (B) Biological monitoring that in-
ical examination specified in paragraph cludes the following tests:
(l)(6) of this section. (1) Cadmium in urine (CdU), stand-
(iii) The employer shall assure that ardized to grams of creatinine (g/Cr);
all medical examinations and proce- (2) Beta-2 microglobulin in urine (β2-
dures required by this standard are per- M), standardized to grams of creatinine
formed by or under the supervision of a (g/Cr), with pH specified, as described
licensed physician, who has read and is in appendix F to this section; and
familiar with the health effects section (3) Cadmium in blood (CdB), stand-
of appendix A to this section, the regu- ardized to liters of whole blood (lwb).
latory text of this section, the protocol (iii) Recent Examination: An initial
for sample handling and laboratory se- examination is not required to be pro-
lection in appendix F to this section, vided if adequate records show that the
and the questionnaire of appendix D to employee has been examined in accord-
this section. These examinations and ance with the requirements of para-
procedures shall be provided without graph (l)(2)(ii) of this section within
cost to the employee and at a time and the past 12 months. In that case, such
place that is reasonable and convenient records shall be maintained as part of
to employees. the employee’s medical record and the
142
prior exam shall be treated as if it were (C) Within 90 days after receipt of bi-
an initial examination for the purposes ological monitoring results, provide a
of paragraphs (l)(3) and (4) of this sec- full medical examination to the em-
tion. ployee in accordance with the require-
(3) Actions triggered by initial biological ments of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this sec-
monitoring: (i) If the results of the ini- tion. After completing the medical ex-
tial biological monitoring tests show amination, the examining physician
the employee’s CdU level to be at or shall determine in a written medical
below 3 µg/g Cr, β2-M level to be at or opinion whether to medically remove
below 300 µg/g Cr and CdB level to be at the employee. If the physician deter-
or below 5 µg/lwb, then: mines that medical removal is not nec-
(A) For currently exposed employees, essary, then until the employee’s CdU
who are subject to medical surveillance level falls to or below 3 µg/g Cr, β2-M
under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(A) of this sec- level falls to or below 300 µg/g Cr and
tion, the employer shall provide the CdB level falls to or below 5 µg/lwb, the
minimum level of periodic medical sur- employer shall:
veillance in accordance with the re- (1) Provide biological monitoring in
quirements in paragraph (l)(4)(i) of this accordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B)
section; and of this section on a semiannual basis;
(B) For previously exposed employ- and
ees, who are subject to medical surveil- (2) Provide annual medical examina-
lance under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of tions in accordance with paragraph
this section, the employer shall provide (l)(4)(ii) of this section.
biological monitoring for CdU, β2-M, (iii) For all employees who are sub-
and CdB one year after the initial bio- ject to medical surveillance under
logical monitoring and then the em- paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section, if the
ployer shall comply with the require- results of the initial biological moni-
ments of paragraph (l)(4)(v) of this sec- toring tests show the level of CdU to be
tion. in excess of 15 µg/g Cr, or the level of
(ii) For all employees who are subject CdB to be in excess of 15 µg/lwb, or the
to medical surveillance under para- level of β2-M to be in excess of 1,500 µg/
graph (l)(1)(i) of this section, if the re- g Cr, the employer shall comply with
sults of the initial biological moni- the requirements of paragraphs
toring tests show the level of CdU to (l)(3)(ii)(A)–(B) of this section. Within
exceed 3 µg/g Cr, the level of β2-M to ex- 90 days after receipt of biological moni-
ceed 300 µg/g Cr, or the level of CdB to toring results, the employer shall pro-
exceed 5 µg/lwb, the employer shall: vide a full medical examination to the
(A) Within two weeks after receipt of employee in accordance with the re-
biological monitoring results, reassess quirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of
the employee’s occupational exposure this section. After completing the med-
to cadmium as follows: ical examination, the examining physi-
(1) Reassess the employee’s work cian shall determine in a written med-
practices and personal hygiene; ical opinion whether to medically re-
(2) Reevaluate the employee’s res- move the employee. However, if the
pirator use, if any, and the respirator initial biological monitoring results
program; and the biological monitoring results
(3) Review the hygiene facilities; obtained during the medical examina-
(4) Reevaluate the maintenance and tion both show that: CdU exceeds 15 µg/
effectiveness of the relevant engineer- g Cr; or CdB exceeds 15 µg/lwb; or β2-M
ing controls; exceeds 1500 µg/g Cr, and in addition
(5) Assess the employee’s smoking CdU exceeds 3 µg/g Cr or CdB exceeds 5
history and status; µg/liter of whole blood, then the physi-
(B) Within 30 days after the exposure cian shall medically remove the em-
reassessment, specified in paragraph ployee from exposure to cadmium at or
(l)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, take reason- above the action level. If the second set
able steps to correct any deficiencies of biological monitoring results ob-
found in the reassessment that may be tained during the medical examination
responsible for the employee’s excess does not show that a mandatory re-
exposure to cadmium; and, moval trigger level has been exceeded,
143
then the employee is not required to be shall determine in a written medical

removed by the mandatory provisions opinion whether to medically remove
of this paragraph. If the employee is the employee. However, if the initial
not required to be removed by the man- biological monitoring results and the
datory provisions of this paragraph or biological monitoring results obtained
by the physician’s determination, then during the medical examination both
until the employee’s CdU level falls to show that: CdU exceeds 7 µg/g Cr; or
or below 3 µg/g Cr, β2-M level falls to or CdB exceeds 10 µg/lwb; or β2-M exceeds
below 300 µg/g Cr and CdB level falls to 750 µg/g Cr, and in addition CdU exceeds
or below 5 µg/lwb, the employer shall: 3 µg/g Cr or CdB exceeds 5 µg/liter of
(A) Periodically reassess the employ- whole blood, then the physician shall
ee’s occupational exposure to cad- medically remove the employee from
mium; exposure to cadmium at or above the
(B) Provide biological monitoring in action level. If the second set of bio-
accordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) logical monitoring results obtained
of this section on a quarterly basis; and during the medical examination does
(C) Provide semiannual medical ex- not show that a mandatory removal
aminations in accordance with para- trigger level has been exceeded, then
graph (l)(4)(ii) of this section. the employee is not required to be re-
(iv) For all employees to whom med- moved by the mandatory provisions of
ical surveillance is provided, beginning this paragraph. If the employee is not
on January 1, 1999, and in lieu of para- required to be removed by the manda-
graphs (l)(3)(i)–(iii) of this section: tory provisions of this paragraph or by
(A) If the results of the initial bio- the physician’s determination, then
logical monitoring tests show the em- until the employee’s CdU level falls to
ployee’s CdU level to be at or below 3 or below 3 µg/g Cr, β2-M level falls to or
µg/g Cr, β2-M level to be at or below 300 below 300 µg/g Cr and CdB level falls to
µg/g Cr and CdB level to be at or below or below 5 µg/lwb, the employer shall:
5 µg/lwb, then for currently exposed periodically reassess the employee’s
employees, the employer shall comply occupational exposure to cadmium;
with the requirements of paragraph provide biological monitoring in ac-
(l)(3)(i)(A) of this section, and for pre- cordance with paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of
viously exposed employees, the em- this section on a quarterly basis; and
ployer shall comply with the require- provide semiannual medical examina-
ments of paragraph (l)(3)(i)(B) of this tions in accordance with paragraph
section; (l)(4)(ii) of this section.
(B) If the results of the initial bio- (4) Periodic medical surveillance. (i)
logical monitoring tests show the level For each employee who is covered
of CdU to exceed 3 µg/g Cr, the level of under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(A) of this sec-
β2-M to exceed 300 µg/g Cr, or the level tion, the employer shall provide at
of CdB to exceed 5 µg/lwb, the employer least the minimum level of periodic
shall comply with the requirements of medical surveillance, which consists of
paragraphs (l)(3)(ii)(A)–(C) of this sec- periodic medical examinations and
tion; and, periodic biological monitoring. A peri-
(C) If the results of the initial bio- odic medical examination shall be pro-
logical monitoring tests show the level vided within one year after the initial
of CdU to be in excess of 7 µg/g Cr, or examination required by paragraph
the level of CdB to be in excess of 10 µg/ (l)(2) of this section and thereafter at
lwb, or the level of β2-M to be in excess least biennially. Biological sampling
of 750 µg/g Cr, the employer shall: Com- shall be provided at least annually, ei-
ply with the requirements of para- ther as part of a periodic medical ex-
graphs (l)(3)(ii)(A)–(B) of this section; amination or separately as periodic bi-
and, within 90 days after receipt of bio- ological monitoring.
logical monitoring results, provide a (ii) The periodic medical examination
full medical examination to the em- shall include:
ployee in accordance with the require- (A) A detailed medical and work his-
ments of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this sec- tory, or update thereof, with emphasis
tion. After completing the medical ex- on: Past, present and anticipated fu-
amination, the examining physician ture exposure to cadmium; smoking
144
history and current status; reproduc- (v) For previously exposed employees
tive history; current use of medica- under paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of this sec-
tions with potential nephrotoxic side- tion:
effects; any history of renal, cardio- (A) If the employee’s levels of CdU
vascular, respiratory, hematopoietic, did not exceed 3 µg/g Cr, CdB did not
and/or musculo-skeletal system dys- exceed 5 µg/lwb, and β2-M did not ex-
function; and as part of the medical ceed 300 µg/g Cr in the initial biological
and work history, for employees who monitoring tests, and if the results of
wear respirators, questions 3–11 and 25– the followup biological monitoring re-
32 in Appendix D to this section; quired by paragraph (l)(3)(i)(B) of this
(B) A complete physical examination section one year after the initial exam-
with emphasis on: Blood pressure, the ination confirm the previous results,
respiratory system, and the urinary the employer may discontinue all peri-
system; odic medical surveillance for that em-
(C) A 14 inch by 17 inch, or a reason- ployee.
ably standard sized posterior-anterior (B) If the initial biological moni-
chest X-ray (after the initial X-ray, the toring results for CdU, CdB, or β2-M
frequency of chest X-rays is to be de- were in excess of the levels specified in
termined by the examining physician); paragraph (l)(3)(i) of this section, but
(D) Pulmonary function tests, includ- subsequent biological monitoring re-
ing forced vital capacity (FVC) and sults required by paragraph (l)(3)(ii)–
forced expiratory volume at 1 second (iv) of this section show that the em-
(FEV1); ployee’s CdU levels no longer exceed 3
µg/g Cr, CdB levels no longer exceed 5
(E) Biological monitoring, as re-
µg/lwb, and β2-M levels no longer ex-
quired in paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this
ceed 300 µg/g Cr, the employer shall
section;
provide biological monitoring for CdU,
(F) Blood analysis, in addition to the CdB, and β2-M one year after these
analysis required under paragraph most recent biological monitoring re-
(l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, including sults. If the results of the followup bio-
blood urea nitrogen, complete blood logical monitoring, specified in this
count, and serum creatinine; paragraph, confirm the previous re-
(G) Urinalysis, in addition to the sults, the employer may discontinue
analysis required under paragraph all periodic medical surveillance for
(l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, including that employee.
the determination of albumin, glucose, (C) However, if the results of the fol-
and total and low molecular weight low-up tests specified in paragraph
proteins; (l)(4)(v)(A) or (B) of this section indi-
(H) For males over 40 years old, pros- cate that the level of the employee’s
tate palpation, or other at least as ef- CdU, β2–M, or CdB exceeds these same
fective diagnostic test(s); and levels, the employer is required to pro-
(I) Any additional tests deemed ap- vide annual medical examinations in
propriate by the examining physician. accordance with the provisions of para-
(iii) Periodic biological monitoring graph (l)(4)(ii) of this section until the
shall be provided in accordance with results of biological monitoring are
paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section. consistently below these levels or the
(iv) If the results of periodic biologi- examining physician determines in a
cal monitoring or the results of bio- written medical opinion that further
logical monitoring performed as part of medical surveillance is not required to
the periodic medical examination show protect the employee’s health.
the level of the employee’s CdU, β2-M, (vi) A routine, biennial medical ex-
or CdB to be in excess of the levels amination is not required to be pro-
specified in paragraphs (l)(3)(ii) or (iii); vided in accordance with paragraphs
or, beginning on January 1, 1999, in ex- (l)(3)(i) and (l)(4) of this section if ade-
cess of the levels specified in para- quate medical records show that the
graphs (l)(3)(ii) or (iv) of this section, employee has been examined in accord-
the employer shall take the appro- ance with the requirements of para-
priate actions specified in paragraphs graph (l)(4)(ii) of this section within
(l)(3)(ii)–(iv) of this section. the past 12 months. In that case, such
145
records shall be maintained by the em- (A) A detailed medical and work his-
ployer as part of the employee’s med- tory, or update thereof, with emphasis
ical record, and the next routine, peri- on: Past exposure to cadmium; smok-
odic medical examination shall be ing history and current status; any his-
made available to the employee within tory of renal, cardiovascular, res-
two years of the previous examination. piratory, hematopoietic, and/or mus-
(5) Actions triggered by medical exami- culoskeletal system dysfunction; a de-
nations. (i) If the results of a medical scription of the job for which the res-
examination carried out in accordance pirator is required; and questions 3–11
with this section indicate any labora- and 25–32 in appendix D to this section;
tory or clinical finding consistent with (B) A blood pressure test;
cadmium toxicity that does not require (C) Biological monitoring of the em-
employer action under paragraph (l)(2), ployee’s levels of CdU, CdB and β2-M in
(3) or (4) of this section, the employer, accordance with the requirements of
within 30 days, shall reassess the em- paragraph (l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section,
ployee’s occupational exposure to cad- unless such results already have been
mium and take the following correc- obtained within the previous 12
tive action until the physician deter- months; and
mines they are no longer necessary: (D) Any other test or procedure that
(A) Periodically reassess: The em- the examining physician deems appro-
ployee’s work practices and personal priate.
hygiene; the employee’s respirator use, (ii) After reviewing all the informa-
if any; the employee’s smoking history tion obtained from the medical exam-
and status; the respiratory protection ination required in paragraph (l)(6)(i)
program; the hygiene facilities; and the of this section, the physician shall de-
maintenance and effectiveness of the termine whether the employee is fit to
relevant engineering controls; wear a respirator.
(iii) Whenever an employee has ex-
(B) Within 30 days after the reassess-
hibited difficulty in breathing during a
ment, take all reasonable steps to cor-
respirator fit test or during use of a
rect the deficiencies found in the reas-
respirator, the employer, as soon as
sessment that may be responsible for possible, shall provide the employee
the employee’s excess exposure to cad- with a periodic medical examination in
mium; accordance with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of
(C) Provide semiannual medical reex- this section to determine the employ-
aminations to evaluate the abnormal ee’s fitness to wear a respirator.
clinical sign(s) of cadmium toxicity (iv) Where the results of the exam-
until the results are normal or the em- ination required under paragraph
ployee is medically removed; and (l)(6)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section are
(D) Where the results of tests for abnormal, medical limitation or prohi-
total proteins in urine are abnormal, bition of respirator use shall be consid-
provide a more detailed medical eval- ered. If the employee is allowed to wear
uation of the toxic effects of cadmium a respirator, the employee’s ability to
on the employee’s renal system. continue to do so shall be periodically
(6) Examination for respirator use. (i) evaluated by a physician.
To determine an employee’s fitness for (7) Emergency examinations. (i) In ad-
respirator use, the employer shall pro- dition to the medical surveillance re-
vide a medical examination that in- quired in paragraphs (l)(2)–(6) of this
cludes the elements specified in para- section, the employer shall provide a
graph (l)(6)(i)(A)–(D) of this section. medical examination as soon as pos-
This examination shall be provided sible to any employee who may have
prior to the employee’s being assigned been acutely exposed to cadmium be-
to a job that requires the use of a res- cause of an emergency.
pirator or no later than 90 days after (ii) The examination shall include
this section goes into effect, whichever the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii)
date is later, to any employee without of this section, with emphasis on the
a medical examination within the pre- respiratory system, other organ sys-
ceding 12 months that satisfies the re- tems considered appropriate by the ex-
quirements of this paragraph. amining physician, and symptoms of
146
acute overexposure, as identified in (A) The physician’s diagnosis for the

paragraphs II (B)(1)–(2) and IV of ap- employee;
pendix A to this section. (B) The physician’s opinion as to
(8) Termination of employment exam- whether the employee has any detected
ination. (i) At termination of employ- medical condition(s) that would place
ment, the employer shall provide a the employee at increased risk of ma-
medical examination in accordance terial impairment to health from fur-
with paragraph (l)(4)(ii) of this section, ther exposure to cadmium, including
including a chest X-ray, to any em- any indications of potential cadmium
ployee to whom at any prior time the toxicity;
employer was required to provide med- (C) The results of any biological or
ical surveillance under paragraphs other testing or related evaluations
(l)(1)(i) or (l)(7) of this section. How- that directly assess the employee’s ab-
ever, if the last examination satisfied sorption of cadmium;
the requirements of paragraph (l)(4)(ii) (D) Any recommended removal from,
of this section and was less than six or limitation on the activities or duties
months prior to the date of termi- of the employee or on the employee’s
nation, no further examination is reuse of personal protective equipment,
quired unless otherwise specified in such as respirators;
paragraphs (l)(3) or (l)(5) of this sec- (E) A statement that the physician
tion; has clearly and carefully explained to
(ii) However, for employees covered the employee the results of the medical
by paragraph (l)(1)(i)(B) of this section, examination, including all biological
if the employer has discontinued all monitoring results and any medical
periodic medical surveillance under conditions related to cadmium expo-
paragraph (l)(4)(v) of this section, no sure that require further evaluation or
termination of employment medical treatment, and any limitation on the
examination is required. employee’s diet or use of medications.
(9) Information provided to the physi- (ii) The employer promptly shall ob-
cian. The employer shall provide the tain a copy of the results of any bio-
following information to the exam- logical monitoring provided by an em-
ining physician: ployer to an employee independently of
(i) A copy of this standard and appen- a medical examination under para-
dices; graphs (l)(2) and (l)(4) of this section,
(ii) A description of the affected em- and, in lieu of a written medical opin-
ployee’s former, current, and antici- ion, an explanation sheet explaining
pated duties as they relate to the em- those results.
ployee’s occupational exposure to cad- (iii) The employer shall instruct the
mium; physician not to reveal orally or in the
(iii) The employee’s former, current, written medical opinion given to the
and anticipated future levels of occupa- employer specific findings or diagnoses
tional exposure to cadmium; unrelated to occupational exposure to
(iv) A description of any personal cadmium.
protective equipment, including res- (11) Medical Removal Protection
pirators, used or to be used by the em- (MRP)—(i) General. (A) The employer
ployee, including when and for how shall temporarily remove an employee
long the employee has used that equip- from work where there is excess expo-
ment; and sure to cadmium on each occasion that
(v) relevant results of previous bio- medical removal is required under
logical monitoring and medical exami- paragraph (l)(3), (l)(4), or (l)(6) of this
nations. section and on each occasion that a
(10) Physician’s written medical opin- physician determines in a written med-
ion. (i) The employer shall promptly ical opinion that the employee should
obtain a written, signed medical opin- be removed from such exposure. The
ion from the examining physician for physician’s determination may be
each medical examination performed based on biological monitoring results,
on each employee. This written opinion inability to wear a respirator, evidence
shall contain: of illness, other signs or symptoms of
147
cadmium-related dysfunction or dis- graph (l)(3) or (l)(4) of this section may

ease, or any other reason deemed medi- be returned to work with exposure to
cally sufficient by the physician. cadmium at or above the action level
(B) The employer shall medically re- until the employee’s levels of CdU fall
move an employee in accordance with to or below 3 µg/g Cr, CdB falls to or
paragraph (l)(11) of this section regard- below 5 µg/lwb, and β2-M falls to or
less of whether at the time of removal below 300 µg/g Cr.
a job is available into which the re- (v) However, when in the examining
moved employee may be transferred. physician’s opinion continued exposure
(C) Whenever an employee is medi- to cadmium will not pose an increased
cally removed under paragraph (l)(11) risk to the employee’s health and there
of this section, the employer shall are special circumstances that make
transfer the removed employee to a job continued medical removal an inappro-
where the exposure to cadmium is priate remedy, the physician shall fully
within the permissible levels specified discuss these matters with the em-
in that paragraph as soon as one be- ployee, and then in a written deter-
comes available. mination may return a worker to his/
(D) For any employee who is medi- her former job status despite what
cally removed under the provisions of would otherwise be unacceptably high
paragraph (l)(11)(i) of this section, the biological monitoring results. There-
employer shall provide follow-up bio- after, the returned employee shall con-
logical monitoring in accordance with tinue to be provided with medical sur-
(l)(2)(ii)(B) of this section at least veillance as if he/she were still on med-
every three months and follow-up medical removal until the employee’s lev-
ical examinations semi-annually at els of CdU fall to or below 3 µg/g Cr,
least every six months until in a writ- CdB falls to or below 5 µg/lwb, and β2-
ten medical opinion the examining M falls to or below 300 µg/g Cr.
physician determines that either the (vi) Where an employer, although not
employee may be returned to his/her required by paragraph (l)(11)(i)–(iii) of
former job status as specified under this section to do so, removes an em-
paragraph (l)(11)(iv)–(v) of this section ployee from exposure to cadmium or
or the employee must be permanently otherwise places limitations on an em-
removed from excess cadmium expo- ployee due to the effects of cadmium
sure. exposure on the employee’s medical
(E) The employer may not return an condition, the employer shall provide
employee who has been medically re- the same medical removal protection
moved for any reason to his/her former benefits to that employee under para-
job status until a physician determines graph (l)(12) of this section as would
in a written medical opinion that con- have been provided had the removal
tinued medical removal is no longer been required under paragraph
necessary to protect the employee’s (l)(11)(i)–(iii) of this section.
health. (12) Medical Removal Protection Bene-
(ii) Where an employee is found unfit fits (MRPB). (i) The employer shall pro-
to wear a respirator under paragraph vide MRPB for up to a maximum of 18
(l)(6)(ii) of this section, the employer months to an employee each time and
shall remove the employee from work while the employee is temporarily
where exposure to cadmium is above medically removed under paragraph
the PEL. (l)(11) of this section.
(iii) Where removal is based on any (ii) For purposes of this section, the
reason other than the employee’s in- requirement that the employer provide
ability to wear a respirator, the em- MRPB means that the employer shall
ployer shall remove the employee from maintain the total normal earnings, se-
work where exposure to cadmium is at niority, and all other employee rights
or above the action level. and benefits of the removed employee,
(iv) Except as specified in paragraph including the employee’s right to his/
(l)(11)(v) of this section, no employee her former job status, as if the em-
who was removed because his/her level ployee had not been removed from the
of CdU, CdB and/or β2-M exceeded the employee’s job or otherwise medically
medical removal trigger levels in para- limited.
148
(iii) Where, after 18 months on med- (iii) If the findings, determinations,

ical removal because of elevated bio- or recommendations of the second phy-
logical monitoring results, the employ- sician differ from those of the initial
ee’s monitoring results have not de- physician, then the employer and the
clined to a low enough level to permit employee shall assure that efforts are
the employee to be returned to his/her made for the two physicians to resolve
former job status: any disagreement.
(A) The employer shall make avail- (iv) If the two physicians have been
able to the employee a medical exam- unable to quickly resolve their dis-
ination pursuant to this section in agreement, then the employer and the
order to obtain a final medical deter- employee, through their respective
mination as to whether the employee physicians, shall designate a third phy-
may be returned to his/her former job sician to:
status or must be permanently re- (A) Review any findings, determina-
moved from excess cadmium exposure; tions, or recommendations of the other
and two physicians; and
(B) The employer shall assure that (B) Conduct such examinations, con-
the final medical determination indi- sultations, laboratory tests, and dis-
cates whether the employee may be re- cussions with the other two physicians
turned to his/her former job status and as the third physician deems necessary
what steps, if any, should be taken to
to resolve the disagreement among
protect the employee’s health.
them.
(iv) The employer may condition the
(v) The employer shall act consist-
provision of MRPB upon the employ-
ee’s participation in medical surveil- ently with the findings, determina-
lance provided in accordance with this tions, and recommendations of the
section. third physician, unless the employer
(13) Multiple physician review. (i) If and the employee reach an agreement
the employer selects the initial physi- that is consistent with the rec-
cian to conduct any medical examina- ommendations of at least one of the
tion or consultation provided to an em- other two physicians.
ployee under this section, the employee (14) Alternate physician determination.
may designate a second physician to: The employer and an employee or des-
(A) Review any findings, determina- ignated employee representative may
tions, or recommendations of the ini- agree upon the use of any alternate
tial physician; and form of physician determination in lieu
(B) Conduct such examinations, con- of the multiple physician review pro-
sultations, and laboratory tests as the vided by paragraph (l)(13) of this sec-
second physician deems necessary to tion, so long as the alternative is expe-
facilitate this review. ditious and at least as protective of the
(ii) The employer shall promptly no- employee.
tify an employee of the right to seek a (15) Information the employer must pro-
second medical opinion after each oc- vide the employee. (i) The employer
casion that an initial physician pro- shall provide a copy of the physician’s
vided by the employer conducts a med- written medical opinion to the exam-
ical examination or consultation pur- ined employee within two weeks after
suant to this section. The employer receipt thereof.
may condition its participation in, and (ii) The employer shall provide the
payment for, multiple physician review employee with a copy of the employ-
upon the employee doing the following ee’s biological monitoring results and
within fifteen (15) days after receipt of an explanation sheet explaining the re-
this notice, or receipt of the initial sults within two weeks after receipt
physician’s written opinion, whichever thereof.
is later: (iii) Within 30 days after a request by
(A) Informing the employer that he an employee, the employer shall pro-
or she intends to seek a medical opin- vide the employee with the informa-
ion; and tion the employer is required to pro-
(B) Initiating steps to make an ap- vide the examining physician under
pointment with a second physician. paragraph (l)(9) of this section.
149
(16) Reporting. In addition to other (iii) Where feasible, installed cad-

medical events that are required to be mium products shall have a visible
reported on the OSHA Form No. 200, label or other indication that cadmium
the employer shall report any abnor- is present.
mal condition or disorder caused by oc- (4) Employee information and training.
cupational exposure to cadmium asso- (i) The employer shall institute a
ciated with employment as specified in training program for all employees who
Chapter (V)(E) of the Reporting Guide- are potentially exposed to cadmium,
lines for Occupational Injuries and Ill- assure employee participation in the
nesses. program, and maintain a record of the
(m) Communication of cadmium haz-
contents of such program.
ards to employees—(1) General. In com-
munications concerning cadmium haz- (ii) Training shall be provided prior
ards, employers shall comply with the to or at the time of initial assignment
requirements of OSHA’s Hazard Com- to a job involving potential exposure to
munication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, cadmium and at least annually there-
including but not limited to the re- after.
quirements concerning warning signs (iii) The employer shall make the
and labels, material safety data sheets training program understandable to
(MSDS), and employee information and the employee and shall assure that
training. In addition, employers shall each employee is informed of the fol-
comply with the following require- lowing:
ments: (A) The health hazards associated
(2) Warning signs. (i) Warning signs with cadmium exposure, with special
shall be provided and displayed in regu- attention to the information incor-
lated areas. In addition, warning signs porated in appendix A to this section;
shall be posted at all approaches to (B) The quantity, location, manner of
regulated areas so that an employee use, release, and storage of cadmium in
may read the signs and take necessary
the workplace and the specific nature
protective steps before entering the
of operations that could result in expo-
area.
(ii) Warning signs required by para- sure to cadmium, especially exposures
graph (m)(2)(i) of this section shall above the PEL;
bear the following information: (C) The engineering controls and
work practices associated with the em-
DANGER ployee’s job assignment;
CADMIUM
CANCER HAZARD (D) The measures employees can take
CAN CAUSE LUNG AND KIDNEY DISEASE to protect themselves from exposure to
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY cadmium, including modification of
RESPIRATORS REQUIRED IN THIS AREA such habits as smoking and personal
(iii) The employer shall assure that hygiene, and specific procedures the
signs required by this paragraph are il- employer has implemented to protect
luminated, cleaned, and maintained as employees from exposure to cadmium
necessary so that the legend is readily such as appropriate work practices,
visible. emergency procedures, and the provi-
(3) Warning labels. (i) Shipping and sion of personal protective equipment;
storage containers containing cad- (E) The purpose, proper selection, fit-
mium, cadmium compounds, or cad- ting, proper use, and limitations of res-
mium contaminated clothing, equip- pirators and protective clothing;
ment, waste, scrap, or debris shall bear (F) The purpose and a description of
appropriate warning labels, as specified
the medical surveillance program re-
in paragraph (m)(3)(ii) of this section.
quired by paragraph (l) of this section;
(ii) The warning labels shall include
at least the following information: (G) The contents of this section and
its appendices; and
DANGER (H) The employee’s rights of access
CONTAINS CADMIUM
CANCER HAZARD
to records under § 1910.20(e) and (g).
AVOID CREATING DUST (iv) Additional access to information
CAN CAUSE LUNG AND KIDNEY DISEASE and training program and materials.
150
(A) The employer shall make a copy environmental conditions in the em-
of this section and its appendices read- ployer’s current operations.
ily available without cost to all af- (ii) The employer shall establish and
fected employees and shall provide a maintain a record of the objective data
copy if requested. for at least 30 years.
(B) The employer shall provide to the (3) Medical surveillance. (i) The em-
Assistant Secretary or the Director, ployer shall establish and maintain an
upon request, all materials relating to accurate record for each employee cov-
the employee information and the ered by medical surveillance under
training program. paragraph (l)(1)(i) of this section.
(n) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure moni- (ii) The record shall include at least
toring. (i) The employer shall establish the following information about the
and keep an accurate record of all air employee:
monitoring for cadmium in the work- (A) Name, social security number,
place. and description of the duties;
(ii) This record shall include at least (B) A copy of the physician’s written
the following information: opinions and an explanation sheet for
biological monitoring results;
(A) The monitoring date, duration,
(C) A copy of the medical history,
and results in terms of an 8-hour TWA
and the results of any physical exam-
of each sample taken;
ination and all test results that are re-
(B) The name, social security num-
quired to be provided by this section,
ber, and job classification of the em-
including biological tests, X-rays, pul-
ployees monitored and of all other em-
monary function tests, etc., or that
ployees whose exposures the moni-
have been obtained to further evaluate
toring is intended to represent;
any condition that might be related to
(C) A description of the sampling and cadmium exposure;
analytical methods used and evidence (D) The employee’s medical symp-
of their accuracy; toms that might be related to exposure
(D) The type of respiratory protec- to cadmium; and
tive device, if any, worn by the mon- (E) A copy of the information pro-
itored employee; vided to the physician as required by
(E) A notation of any other condi- paragraph (l)(9)(ii)–(v) of this section.
tions that might have affected the (iii) The employer shall assure that
monitoring results. this record is maintained for the dura-
(iii) The employer shall maintain tion of employment plus thirty (30)
this record for at least thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR
years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
1910.20. (4) Training. The employer shall cer-
(2) Objective data for exemption from re- tify that employees have been trained
quirement for initial monitoring. (i) For by preparing a certification record
purposes of this section, objective data which includes the identity of the per-
are information demonstrating that a son trained, the signature of the em-
particular product or material con- ployer or the person who conducted the
taining cadmium or a specific process, training, and the date the training was
operation, or activity involving cad- completed. The certification records
mium cannot release dust or fumes in shall be prepared at the completion of
concentrations at or above the action training and shall be maintained on
level even under the worst-case release file for one (1) year beyond the date of
conditions. Objective data can be ob- training of that employee.
tained from an industry-wide study or (5) Availability. (i) Except as other-
from laboratory product test results wise provided for in this section, access
from manufacturers of cadmium-con- to all records required to be main-
taining products or materials. The data tained by paragraphs (n)(1)–(4) of this
the employer uses from an industry- section shall be in accordance with the
wide survey must be obtained under provisions of 29 CFR 1910.20.
workplace conditions closely resem- (ii) Within 15 days after a request,
bling the processes, types of material, the employer shall make an employee’s
control methods, work practices and medical records required to be kept by
151
paragraph (n)(3) of this section avail- posure monitoring are known and in
able for examination and copying to any event no later than 90 days after
the subject employee, to designated the effective date of this section. For
representatives, to anyone having the small businesses, regulated areas re-
specific written consent of the subject quired to be established by paragraph
employee, and after the employee’s (e) of this section shall be set up as
death or incapacitation, to the employ- soon as possible after the results of ex-
ee’s family members. posure monitoring are known and in
(6) Transfer of records. Whenever an any event no later than 150 days after
employer ceases to do business and the effective date of this section.
there is no successor employer to re- (iii) Respiratory protection. Except for
ceive and retain records for the pre- small businesses, defined under para-
scribed period or the employer intends graph (p)(2)(i) of this section, res-
to dispose of any records required to be piratory protection required by para-
preserved for at least 30 years, the em- graph (g) of this section shall be pro-
ployer shall comply with the require- vided as soon as possible and in any
ments concerning transfer of records event no later than 90 days after the ef-
set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20 (h). fective date of this section. For small
(o) Observation of monitoring—(1) Em- businesses, respiratory protection re-
ployee observation. The employer shall quired by paragraph (g) of this section
provide affected employees or their shall be provided as soon as possible
designated representatives an oppor- and in any event no later than 150 days
tunity to observe any monitoring of after the effective date of this section.
employee exposure to cadmium. (iv) Compliance program. Written com-
(2) Observation procedures. When ob- pliance programs required by para-
servation of monitoring requires entry graph (f)(2) of this section shall be
into an area where the use of protec- completed and available for inspection
tive clothing or equipment is required, and copying as soon as possible and in
the employer shall provide the observer any event no later than 1 year after the
with that clothing and equipment and effective date of this section.
shall assure that the observer uses (v) Methods of compliance. The engi-
such clothing and equipment and com- neering controls required by paragraph
plies with all other applicable safety (f)(1) of this section shall be imple-
and health procedures. mented as soon as possible and in any
(p) Dates—(1) Effective date. This sec- event no later than two (2) years after
tion shall become effective December the effective date of this section. Work
14, 1992. practice controls shall be implemented
(2) Start-up dates. All obligations of as soon as possible. Work practice con-
this section commence on the effective trols that are directly related to engi-
date except as follows: neering controls to be implemented in
(i) Exposure monitoring. Except for accordance with the compliance plan
small businesses (nineteen (19) or fewer shall be implemented as soon as pos-
employees), initial monitoring required sible after such engineering controls
by paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall are implemented.
be completed as soon as possible and in (vi) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities.
any event no later than 60 days after (A) Handwashing facilities, permanent
the effective date of this standard. For or temporary, shall be provided in ac-
small businesses, initial monitoring re- cordance with 29 CFR 1910.141 (d)(1) and
quired by paragraph (d)(2) of this sec- (2) as soon as possible and in any event
tion shall be completed as soon as pos- no later than 60 days after the effective
sible and in any event no later than 120 date of this section.
days after the effective date of this (B) Change rooms, showers, and
standard. lunchroom facilities shall be completed
(ii) Regulated areas. Except for small as soon as possible and in any event no
business, defined under paragraph later than 1 year after the effective
(p)(2)(i) of this section, regulated areas date of this section.
required to be established by paragraph (vii) Employee information and train-
(e) of this section shall be set up as ing. Except for small businesses, de-
soon as possible after the results of ex- fined under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this
152
section, employee information and B. Effects of Overexposure.

training required by paragraph (m)(4) 1. Short-term (acute) exposure: Cadmium
of this section shall be provided as soon is much more dangerous by inhalation than
as possible and in any event no later by ingestion. High exposures to cadmium
that may be immediately dangerous to life
than 90 days after the effective date of or health occur in jobs where workers handle
this standard. For small businesses, large quantities of cadmium dust or fume;
employee information and training re- heat cadmium-containing compounds or cad-
quired by paragraph (m)(4) of this mium-coated surfaces; weld with cadmium
standard shall be provided as soon as solders or cut cadmium-containing materials
possible and in any event no later than such as bolts.
180 days after the effective date of this 2. Severe exposure may occur before symp-
standard. toms appear. Early symptoms may include
(viii) Medical surveillance. Except for mild irritation of the upper respiratory
tract, a sensation of constriction of the
small businesses, defined under para-
throat, a metallic taste and/or a cough. A pe-
graph (p)(2)(i) of this section, initial riod of 1–10 hours may precede the onset of
medical examinations required by rapidly progressing shortness of breath,
paragraph (l) of this section shall be chest pain, and flu-like symptoms with
provided as soon as possible and in any weakness, fever, headache, chills, sweating
event no later than 90 days after the ef- and muscular pain. Acute pulmonary edema
fective date of this standard. For small usually develops within 24 hours and reaches
businesses, initial medical examina- a maximum by three days. If death from as-
tions required by paragraph (l) of this phyxia does not occur, symptoms may re-
solve within a week.
section shall be provided as soon as
3. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated
possible and in any event no later than or long-term exposure to cadmium, even at
180 days after the effective date of this relatively low concentrations, may result in
standard. kidney damage and an increased risk of can-
(q) Appendices. (1) Appendix C to this cer of the lung and of the prostate.
section is incorporated as part of this C. Emergency First Aid Procedures.
section, and compliance with its con- 1. Eye exposure: Direct contact may cause
tents is mandatory. redness or pain. Wash eyes immediately with
(2) Except where portions of appen- large amounts of water, lifting the upper and
dices A, B, D, E, and F to this section lower eyelids. Get medical attention imme-
diately.
are expressly incorporated in require-
2. Skin exposure: Direct contact may re-
ments of this section, these appendices sult in irritation. Remove contaminated
are purely informational and are not clothing and shoes immediately. Wash af-
intended to create any additional obli- fected area with soap or mild detergent and
gations not otherwise imposed or to de- large amounts of water. Get medical atten-
tract from any existing obligations. tion immediately.
3. Ingestion: Ingestion may result in vom-
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1027—SUBSTANCE iting, abdominal pain, nausea, diarrhea,
SAFETY DATA SHEET headache and sore throat. Treatment for
symptoms must be administered by medical
CADMIUM personnel. Under no circumstances should
the employer allow any person whom he re-
tains, employs, supervises or controls to en-
A. Substance: Cadmium. gage in therapeutic chelation. Such treat-
B. 8-Hour, Time-weighted-average, Permis- ment is likely to translocate cadmium from
sible Exposure Limit (TWA PEL): pulmonary or other tissue to renal tissue.
1. TWA PEL: Five micrograms of cadmium Get medical attention immediately.
per cubic meter of air 5 µg/m3, time-weighted 4. Inhalation: If large amounts of cadmium
average (TWA) for an 8-hour workday. are inhaled, the exposed person must be
C. Appearance: Cadmium metal—soft, blue- moved to fresh air at once. If breathing has
white, malleable, lustrous metal or grayish- stopped, perform cardiopulmonary resuscita-
white powder. Some cadmium compounds tion. Administer oxygen if available. Keep
may also appear as a brown, yellow, or red the affected person warm and at rest. Get
powdery substance. medical attention immediately.
5. Rescue: Move the affected person from
the hazardous exposure. If the exposed per-
A. Routes of Exposure. Cadmium can cause son has been overcome, attempt rescue only
local skin or eye irritation. Cadmium can af- after notifying at least one other person of
fect your health if you inhale it or if you the emergency and putting into effect estab-
swallow it. lished emergency procedures. Do not become
153
a casualty yourself. Understand your emer- the steps taken in the measurement proce-
gency rescue procedures and know the loca- dure, and to record the results obtained.
tion of the emergency equipment before the When the monitoring procedure is taking
need arises. place in an area where respirators or per-
sonal protective clothing and equipment are
III. Employee Information required to be worn, you or your representa-
A. Protective Clothing and Equipment. tive must also be provided with, and must
1. Respirators: You may be required to wear the protective clothing and equipment.
wear a respirator for non-routine activities; C. Employee Requirements—You will not
in emergencies; while your employer is in be able to smoke, eat, drink, chew gum or to-
the process of reducing cadmium exposures bacco, or apply cosmetics while working
through engineering controls; and where en- with cadmium in regulated areas. You will
gineering controls are not feasible. If res- also not be able to carry or store tobacco
pirators are worn in the future, they must products, gum, food, drinks or cosmetics in
have a joint Mine Safety and Health Admin- regulated areas because these products eas-
istration (MSHA) and National Institute for ily become contaminated with cadmium
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) from the workplace and can therefore create
label of approval. Cadmium does not have a another source of unnecessary cadmium ex-
detectable odor except at levels well above posure.
the permissible exposure limits. If you can Some workers will have to change out of
smell cadmium while wearing a respirator, work clothes and shower at the end of the
proceed immediately to fresh air. If you ex- day, as part of their workday, in order to
perience difficulty breathing while wearing a wash cadmium from skin and hair.
respirator, tell your employer. Handwashing and cadmium-free eating fa-
2. Protective Clothing: You may be re- cilities shall be provided by the employer
quired to wear impermeable clothing, gloves, and proper hygiene should always be per-
foot gear, a face shield, or other appropriate formed before eating. It is also recommended
protective clothing to prevent skin contact that you do not smoke or use tobacco prod-
with cadmium. Where protective clothing is ucts, because among other things, they natu-
required, your employer must provide clean rally contain cadmium. For further informa-
garments to you as necessary to assure that tion, read the labeling on such products.
the clothing protects you adequately. The
IV. Physician Information
employer must replace or repair protective
clothing that has become torn or otherwise A. Introduction.—The medical surveillance
damaged. provisions of paragraph (1) generally are
3. Eye Protection: You may be required to aimed at accomplishing three main inter-
wear splash-proof or dust resistant goggles related purposes: First, identifying employ-
to prevent eye contact with cadmium. ees at higher risk of adverse health effects
B. Employer Requirements. from excess, chronic exposure to cadmium;
1. Medical: If you are exposed to cadmium second, preventing cadmium-induced disease;
at or above the action level, your employer and third, detecting and minimizing existing
is required to provide a medical examina- cadmium-induced disease. The core of med-
tion, laboratory tests and a medical history ical surveillance in this standard is the early
according to the medical surveillance provi- and periodic monitoring of the employee’s
sions under paragraph (1) of this standard. biological indicators of: (a) Recent exposure
(See summary chart and tables in this ap- to cadmium; (b) cadmium body burden; and
pendix A.) These tests shall be provided (c) potential and actual kidney damage asso-
without cost to you. In addition, if you are ciated with exposure to cadmium.
accidentally exposed to cadmium under con- The main adverse health effects associated
ditions known or suspected to constitute with cadmium overexposure are lung cancer
toxic exposure to cadmium, your employer is and kidney dysfunction. It is not yet known
required to make special tests available to how to adequately biologically monitor
you. human beings to specifically prevent cad-
2. Access to Records: All medical records mium-induced lung cancer. By contrast, the
are kept strictly confidential. You or your kidney can be monitored to provide preven-
representative are entitled to see the records tion and early detection of cadmium-induced
of measurements of your exposure to cad- kidney damage. Since, for non-carcinogenic
mium. Your medical examination records effects, the kidney is considered the primary
can be furnished to your personal physician target organ of chronic exposure to cad-
or designated representative upon request by mium, the medical surveillance provisions of
you to your employer. this standard effectively focus on cadmium-
3. Observation of Monitoring: Your em- induced kidney disease. Within that focus,
ployer is required to perform measurements the aim, where possible, is to prevent the
that are representative of your exposure to onset of such disease and, where necessary,
cadmium and you or your designated rep- to minimize such disease as may already
resentative are entitled to observe the moni- exist. The by-products of successful preven-
toring procedure. You are entitled to observe tion of kidney disease are anticipated to be
154
the reduction and prevention of other cad- hypercalciuria may develop (Exs. 8–86, 4–28,
mium-induced diseases. 14–18). Phosphate, calcium, glucose, and
B. Health Effects.—The major health ef- amino acids are essential to life, and under
fects associated with cadmium overexposure normal conditions, their excretion should be
are described below. regulated by the kidney. Once low molecular
1. Kidney: The most prevalent non-malig- weight proteinuria has developed, these ele-
nant disease observed among workers chron- ments dissipate from the human body. Loss
ically exposed to cadmium is kidney dys- of glomerular function may also occur,
function. Initially, such dysfunction is mani- manifested by decreased glomerular filtra-
fested as proteinuria. The proteinuria associ- tion rate and increased serum creatinine. Se-
ated with cadmium exposure is most com- vere cadmium-induced renal damage may
monly characterized by excretion of low-mo- eventually develop into chronic renal failure
lecular weight proteins (15,000 to 40,000 MW) and uremia (Ex. 55).
accompanied by loss of electrolytes, uric Studies in which animals are chronically
acid, calcium, amino acids, and phosphate. exposed to cadmium confirm the renal ef-
The compounds commonly excreted include: fects observed in humans (Friberg et al.,
beta-2-microglobulin (β2-M), retinol binding 1986). Animal studies also confirm problems
protein (RBP), immunoglobulin light chains, with calcium metabolism and related skel-
and lysozyme. Excretion of low molecular etal effects which have been observed among
weight proteins are characteristic of damage humans exposed to cadmium in addition to
to the proximal tubules of the kidney (Iwao the renal effects. Other effects commonly re-
et al., 1980). ported in chronic animal studies include ane-
It has also been observed that exposure to mia, changes in liver morphology,
cadmium may lead to urinary excretion of immunosuppression and hypertension. Some
high-molecular weight proteins such as albu- of these effects may be associated with co-
min, immunoglobulin G, and glycoproteins factors. Hypertension, for example, appears
(Ex. 29). Excretion of high-molecular weight to be associated with diet as well as cad-
proteins is typically indicative of damage to mium exposure. Animals injected with cad-
the glomeruli of the kidney. Bernard et al., mium have also shown testicular necrosis
(1979) suggest that damage to the glomeruli (Ex. 8–86B).
and damage to the proximal tubules of the
kidney may both be linked to cadmium expo- 2. Biological Markers
sure but they may occur independently of
each other. It is universally recognized that the best
Several studies indicate that the onset of measures of cadmium exposures and its ef-
low-molecular weight proteinuria is a sign of fects are measurements of cadmium in bio-
irreversible kidney damage (Friberg et al., logical fluids, especially urine and blood. Of
1974; Roels et al., 1982; Piscator 1984; Elinder the two, CdU is conventionally used to deter-
et al., 1985; Smith et al., 1986). Above specific mine body burden of cadmium in workers
levels of β2-M associated with cadmium expo- without kidney disease. CdB is convention-
sure it is unlikely that β2-M levels return to ally used to monitor for recent exposure to
normal even when cadmium exposure is cadmium. In addition, levels of CdU and CdB
eliminated by removal of the individual from historically have been used to predict the
the cadmium work environment (Friberg, percent of the population likely to develop
Ex. 29, 1990). kidney disease (Thun et al., Ex. L–140–50;
Some studies indicate that such protein- WHO, Ex. 8–674; ACGIH, Exs. 8–667, 140–50).
uria may be progressive; levels of β2-M ob- The third biological parameter upon which
served in the urine increase with time even OSHA relies for medical surveillance is Beta-
after cadmium exposure has ceased. See, for 2-microglobulin in urine (β2-M), a low molec-
example, Elinder et al., 1985. Such observa- ular weight protein. Excess β2-M has been
tions, however, are not universal, and it has widely accepted by physicians and scientists
been suggested that studies in which protein- as a reliable indicator of functional damage
uria has not been observed to progress may to the proximal tubule of the kidney (Exs. 8–
not have tracked patients for a sufficiently 447, 144–3–C, 4–47, L–140–45, 19–43–A).
long time interval (Jarup, Ex. 8–661). Excess β2-M is found when the proximal tu-
When cadmium exposure continues after bules can no longer reabsorb this protein in
the onset of proteinuria, chronic a normal manner. This failure of the proxi-
nephrotoxicity may occur (Friberg, Ex. 29). mal tubules is an early stage of a kind of
Uremia results from the inability of the kidney disease that commonly occurs among
glomerulus to adequately filter blood. This workers with excessive cadmium exposure.
leads to severe disturbance of electrolyte Used in conjunction with biological test re-
concentrations and may lead to various clin- sults indicating abnormal levels of CdU and
ical complications including kidney stones CdB, the finding of excess β2-M can establish
(L–140–50). for an examining physician that any existing
After prolonged exposure to cadmium, glo- kidney disease is probably cadmium-related
merular proteinuria, glucosuria, (Trs. 6/6/90, pp. 82–86, 122, 134). The upper lim-
aminoaciduria, phosphaturia, and its of normal levels for cadmium in urine and
155
cadmium in blood are 3 µg Cd/gram creati- 3. Lung and Prostate Cancer
nine in urine and 5 µgCd/liter whole blood,
The primary sites for cadmium-associated
respectively. These levels were derived from
cancer appear to be the lung and the pros-
broad-based population studies.
tate (L–140–50). Evidence for an association
Three issues confront the physicians in the
between cancer and cadmium exposure de-
use of β2-M as a marker of kidney dysfunc-
rives from both epidemiological studies and
tion and material impairment. First, there
animal experiments. Mortality from prostate
are a few other causes of elevated levels of
cancer associated with cadmium is slightly
β2-M not related to cadmium exposures, some
elevated in several industrial cohorts, but
of which may be rather common diseases and
the number of cases is small and there is not
some of which are serious diseases (e.g.,
clear dose-response relationship. More sub-
myeloma or transient flu, Exs. 29 and 8–086).
stantive evidence exists for lung cancer.
These can be medically evaluated as alter-
The major epidemiological study of lung
native causes (Friberg, Ex. 29). Also, there
cancer was conducted by Thun et al., (Ex. 4–
are other factors that can cause β2-M to de-
68). Adequate data on cadmium exposures
grade so that low levels would result in
were available to allow evaluation of dose-
workers with tubular dysfunction. For exam-
response relationships between cadmium ex-
ple, regarding the degradation of β2-M, work-
posure and lung cancer. A statistically sig-
ers with acidic urine (pH<6) might have β2-M
nificant excess of lung cancer attributed to
levels that are within the ‘‘normal’’ range
cadmium exposure was observed in this
when in fact kidney dysfunction has oc-
study even when confounding variables such
curred (Ex. L–140–1) and the low molecular
as co-exposure to arsenic and smoking habits
weight proteins are degraded in acid urine.
were taken into consideration (Ex. L–140–50).
Thus, it is very important that the pH of
The primary evidence for quantifying a
urine be measured, that urine samples be
link between lung cancer and cadmium expo-
buffered as necessary (See appendix F.), and
that urine samples be handled correctly, i.e., sure from animal studies derives from two
measure the pH of freshly voided urine sam- rat bioassay studies; one by Takenaka et al.,
ples, then if necessary, buffer to pH>6 (or (1983), which is a study of cadmium chloride
above for shipping purposes), measure pH and a second study by Oldiges and Glaser
again and then, perhaps, freeze the sample (1990) of four cadmium compounds.
for storage and shipping. (See also appendix Based on the above cited studies, the U.S.
F.) Second, there is debate over the patho- Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
logical significance of proteinuria, however, classified cadmium as ‘‘B1’’, a probable
most world experts believe that β2-M levels human carcinogen, in 1985 (Ex. 4–4). The
greater than 300 µg/g Cr are abnormal International Agency for Research on Cancer
(Elinder, Ex. 55, Friberg, Ex. 29). Such levels (IARC) in 1987 also recommended that cad-
signify kidney dysfunction that constitutes mium be listed as ‘‘2A’’, a probable human
material impairment of health. Finally, de- carcinogen (Ex. 4–15). The American Con-
tection of β2-M at low levels has often been ference of Governmental Industrial Hygien-
considered difficult, however, many labora- ists (ACGIH) has recently recommended that
tories have the capability of detecting excess cadmium be labeled as a carcinogen. Since
β2-M using simple kits, such as the Phadebas 1984, NIOSH has concluded that cadmium is
Delphia test, that are accurate to levels of possibly a human carcinogen and has rec-
100 µg β2-M/g Cr U (Ex. L–140–1). ommended that exposures be controlled to
Specific recommendations for ways to the lowest level feasible.
measure β2-M and proper handling of urine
4. Non-carcinogenic Effects
samples to prevent degradation of β2-M have
been addressed by OSHA in appendix F, in Acute pneumonitis occurs 10 to 24 hours
the section on laboratory standardization. after initial acute inhalation of high levels
All biological samples must be analyzed in a of cadmium fumes with symptoms such as
laboratory that is proficient in the analysis fever and chest pain (Exs. 30, 8–86B). In ex-
of that particular analyte, under paragraph treme exposure cases pulmonary edema may
(l)(1)(iv). (See appendix F). Specifically, develop and cause death several days after
under paragraph (l)(1)(iv), the employer is to exposure. Little actual exposure measure-
assure that the collecting and handling of bi- ment data is available on the level of air-
ological samples of cadmium in urine (CdU), borne cadmium exposure that causes such
cadmium in blood (CdB), and beta-2 micro- immediate adverse lung effects, nonetheless,
globulin in urine (β2-M) taken from employ- it is reasonable to believe a cadmium con-
ees is collected in a manner that assures reli- centration of approximately 1 mg/m3 over an
ability. The employer must also assure that eight hour period is ‘‘immediately dan-
analysis of biological samples of cadmium in gerous’’ (55 FR 4052, ANSI; Ex. 8–86B).
urine (CdU), cadmium in blood (CdB), and In addition to acute lung effects and chron-
beta-2 microglobulin in urine (β2-M) taken ic renal effects, long term exposure to cad-
from employees is performed in laboratories mium may cause other severe effects on the
with demonstrated proficiency for that par- respiratory system. Reduced pulmonary
ticular analyte. (See appendix F.) function and chronic lung disease indicative
156
of emphysema have been observed in workers 10. Major provisions are fully described
who have had prolonged exposure to cad- under section (l) of the regulatory text; they
mium dust or fumes (Exs. 4–29, 4–22, 4–42, 4– are outlined here as follows:
50, 4–63). In a study of workers conducted by A. Eligibility
Kazantzis et al., a statistically significant B. Biological monitoring
excess of worker deaths due to chronic bron- C. Actions triggered by levels of CdU, CdB,
chitis was found, which in his opinion was di- and β2-M (See Summary Charts and Ta-
rectly related to high cadmium exposures of bles in Attachment-1.)
1 mg/m3 or more (Tr. 6/8/90, pp. 156–157). D. Periodic medical surveillance
Cadmium need not be respirable to con- E. Actions triggered by periodic medical
stitute a hazard. Inspirable cadmium par- surveillance (See appendix A Summary
ticles that are too large to be respirable but Chart and Tables in Attachment-1.)
small enough to enter the tracheobronchial F. Respirator usage
region of the lung can lead to G. Emergency medical examinations
bronchoconstriction, chronic pulmonary dis- H. Termination examination
ease, and cancer of that portion of the lung. I. Information to physician
All of these diseases have been associated J. Physician’s medical opinion
K. Medical removal protection
with occupational exposure to cadmium (Ex.
L. Medical removal protection benefits
8–86B). Particles that are constrained by
M. Multiple physician review
their size to the extra-thoracic regions of the
N. Alternate physician review
respiratory system such as the nose and
O. Information employer gives to employee
maxillary sinuses can be swallowed through P. Recordkeeping
mucocillary clearance and be absorbed into Q. Reporting on OSHA form 200
the body (ACGIH, Ex. 8–692). The impaction 11. The above mentioned summary of the
of these particles in the upper airways can medical surveillance provisions, the sum-
lead to anosmia, or loss of sense of smell, mary chart, and tables for the actions trig-
which is an early indication of overexposure gered at different levels of CdU, CdB and β2-
among workers exposed to heavy metals. M (in appendix A Attachment-1) are included
This condition is commonly reported among only for the purpose of facilitating under-
cadmium-exposed workers (Ex. 8–86–B). standing of the provisions of paragraphs
(l)(3) of the final cadmium standard. The
C. Medical Surveillance summary of the provisions, the summary
In general, the main provisions of the med- chart, and the tables do not add to or reduce
ical surveillance section of the standard, the requirements in paragraph (l)(3).
under paragraphs (l)(1)–(17) of the regulatory
D. Recommendations to Physicians
text, are as follows:
1. Workers exposed above the action level 1. It is strongly recommended that pa-
are covered; tients with tubular proteinuria are counseled
2. Workers with intermittent exposures are on: The hazards of smoking; avoidance of
not covered; nephrotoxins and certain prescriptions and
3. Past workers who are covered receive bi- over-the-counter medications that may exac-
ological monitoring for at least one year; erbate kidney symptoms; how to control dia-
betes and/or blood pressure; proper hydra-
4. Initial examinations include a medical
tion, diet, and exercise (Ex. 19–2). A list of
questionnaire and biological monitoring of
prominent or common nephrotoxins is at-
cadmium in blood (CdB), cadmium in urine
tached. (See appendix A Attachment-2.)
(CdU), and Beta-2-microglobulin in urine (β2-
2. DO NOT CHELATE; KNOW WHICH
M);
DRUGS ARE NEPHROTOXINS OR ARE AS-
5. Biological monitoring of these three SOCIATED WITH NEPHRITIS.
analytes is performed at least annually; full 3. The gravity of cadmium-induced renal
medical examinations are performed bienni- damage is compounded by the fact there is
ally; no medical treatment to prevent or reduce
6. Until five years from the effective date the accumulation of cadmium in the kidney
of the standard, medical removal is required (Ex. 8–619). Dr. Friberg, a leading world ex-
when CdU is greater than 15 µg/gram creati- pert on cadmium toxicity, indicated in 1992,
nine (g Cr), or CdB is greater than 15 µg/liter that there is no form of chelating agent that
whole blood (lwb), or β2-M is greater than could be used without substantial risk. He
1500 µg/g Cr, and CdB is greater than 5 µg/lwb stated that tubular proteinuria has to be
or CdU is greater than 3 µg/g Cr; treated in the same way as other kidney dis-
7. Beginning five years after the standard orders (Ex. 29).
is in effect, medical removal triggers will be 4. After the results of a workers’ biological
reduced; monitoring or medical examination are re-
8. Medical removal protection benefits are ceived the employer is required to provide an
to be provided for up to 18 months; information sheet to the patient, briefly ex-
9. Limited initial medical examinations plaining the significance of the results. (See
are required for respirator usage; Attachment 3 of this appendix A.)
157
5. For additional information the physician b. The Docket Officer maintains a record of
is referred to the following additional re- the rulemaking. The Cadmium Docket (H–
sources: 057A), is located at 200 Constitution Ave.
a. The physician can always obtain a copy NW., room N–2625, Washington, DC 20210;
of the preamble, with its full discussion of telephone: 202–219–7894.
the health effects, from OSHA’s Computer- c. The following articles and exhibits in
ized Information System (OCIS). particular from that docket (H–057A):
Exhibit num- Author and paper title

ber
8–447 .......... Lauwerys et. al., Guide for physicians, ‘‘Health Maintenance of Workers Exposed to Cadmium,’’ published by the
Cadmium Council.
4–67 ............ Takenaka, S., H. Oldiges, H. Konig, D. Hochrainer, G. Oberdorster. ‘‘Carcinogenicity of Cadmium Chloride
Aerosols in Wistar Rats’’. JNCI 70:367–373, 1983. (32)
4–68 ............ Thun, M.J., T.M. Schnoor, A.B. Smith, W.E. Halperin, R.A. Lemen. ‘‘Mortality Among a Cohort of U.S. Cadmium
Production Workers—An Update.’’ JNCI 74(2):325–33, 1985. (8)
4–25 ............ Elinder, C.G., Kjellstrom, T., Hogstedt, C., et al., ‘‘Cancer Mortality of Cadmium Workers.’’ Brit. J. Ind. Med.
42:651–655, 1985. (14)
4–26 ............ Ellis, K.J. et al., ‘‘Critical Concentrations of Cadmium in Human Renal Cortex: Dose Effect Studies to Cadmium
Smelter Workers.’’ J. Toxicol. Environ. Health 7:691–703, 1981. (76)
4–27 ............ Ellis, K.J., S.H. Cohn and T.J. Smith. ‘‘Cadmium Inhalation Exposure Estimates: Their Significance with Respect
to Kidney and Liver Cadmium Burden.’’ J. Toxicol. Environ. Health 15:173–187, 1985.
4–28 ............ Falck, F.Y., Jr., Fine, L.J., Smith, R.G., McClatchey, K.D., Annesley, T., England, B., and Schork, A.M. ‘‘Occupa-
tional Cadmium Exposure and Renal Status.’’ Am. J. Ind. Med. 4:541, 1983. (64)
8–86A .......... Friberg, L., C.G. Elinder, et al., ‘‘Cadmium and Health a Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal, Volume I,
Exposure, Dose, and Metabolism.’’ CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL, 1986. (Available from the OSHA Tech-
nical Data Center)
8–86B .......... Friberg, L., C.G. Elinder, et al., ‘‘Cadmium and Health: A Toxicological and Epidemiological Appraisal, Volume II,
Effects and Response.’’ CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL, 1986. (Available from the OSHA Technical Data
Center)
L–140–45 .... Elinder, C.G., ‘‘Cancer Mortality of Cadmium Workers’’, Brit. J. Ind. Med., 42, 651–655, 1985.
L–140–50 .... Thun, M., Elinder, C.G., Friberg, L, ‘‘Scientific Basis for an Occupational Standard for Cadmium, Am. J. Ind.
Med., 20; 629–642, 1991.
V. Information Sheet termine the actions required for that em-

ployee. That is, for any employee in biologi-
The information sheet (appendix A Attach-
cal monitoring category C, the employer will
ment-3.) or an equally explanatory one
perform all of the actions for which there is
should be provided to you after any biologi-
an X in column C of Appendix A Table B.
cal monitoring results are reviewed by the
physician, or where applicable, after any (iii) An employee is assigned the alphabet-
medical examination. ical category (‘‘A’’ being the lowest) depend-
ing upon the test results of the three biologi-
ATTACHMENT 1—APPENDIX A SUMMARY CHART cal markers.
AND TABLES A AND B OF ACTIONS TRIG- (iv) An employee is assigned category A if
GERED BY BIOLOGICAL MONITORING monitoring results for all three biological
markers fall at or below the levels indicated
APPENDIX A SUMMARY CHART: SECTION (1)(3) in the table listed for category A.
MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE (v) An employee is assigned category B if
any monitoring result for any of the three
Categorizing Biological Monitoring Results
biological markers fall within the range of
(A) Biological monitoring results cat- levels indicated in the table listed for cat-
egories are set forth in Appendix A Table A egory B, providing no result exceeds the lev-
for the periods ending December 31, 1998 and els listed for category B.
for the period beginning January 1, 1999. (vi) An employee is assigned category C if
(B) The results of the biological moni- any monitoring result for any of the three
toring for the initial medical exam and the biological markers are above the levels list-
subsequent exams shall determine an em- ed for category C.
ployee’s biological monitoring result cat- (B) The user of Appendix A Tables A and B
egory. should know that these tables are provided
only to facilitate understanding of the rel-
Actions Triggered by Biological Monitoring evant provisions of paragraph (l)(3) of this
(A) section. Appendix A Tables A and B are not
(i) The actions triggered by biological meant to add to or subtract from the re-
monitoring for an employee are set forth in quirements of those provisions.
Appendix A Table B.
(ii) The biological monitoring results for APPENDIX A TABLE A—CATEGORIZATION
each employee under section (1)(3) shall de- OF BIOLOGICAL MONITORING RESULTS
158
APPLICABLE THROUGH 1998 ONLY

Monitoring result categories
Biological marker
A B C
Cadmium in urine (CdU) (µg/g creatinine) ........................................................ ≤3 >3 and ≤15 >15
β2-microglobulin (β2–M) (µg/g creatinine) ......................................................... ≤300 >300 and ≤1500 >1500*
Cadmium in blood (CdB) (µg/liter whole blood) ............................................... ≤5 >5 and ≤15 >15
* If an employee’s β2–M levels are above 1,500 µg/g creatinine, in order for mandatory medical removal to be required (See
Appendix A Table B.), either the employee’s CdU level must also be >3 µg/g creatinine or CdB level must also be >5 µg/liter
whole blood.
APPLICABLE BEGINNING JANUARY 1, 1999

Monitoring result categories
Biological marker
A B C
Cadmium in urine (CdU) (µg/g creatinine) ........................................................ ≤3 >3 and ≤7 >7

β2-microglobulin (β2–M) (µg/g creatinine) ......................................................... ≤300 >300 and ≤750 >750*
Cadmium in blood (CdB) (µg/liter whole blood) ............................................... ≤5 >5 and ≤10 >10
* If an employee’s β2–M levels are above 750 µg/g creatinine, in order for mandatory medical removal to be required (See Ap-
pendix A Table B.), either the employee’s CdU level must also be >3 µg/g creatinine or CdB level must also be >5 µg/liter whole
blood.
APPENDIX A TABLE B—ACTIONS ment in citing non-compliance. For example,

DETERMINED BY BIOLOGICAL MONITORING a medical examination within 90 days for an
employee in category B is separate from the
This table presents the actions required requirement to administer a periodic med-
based on the monitoring result in Appendix ical examination for category B employees
A Table A. Each item is a separate require- on an annual basis.
Monitoring result category

Required actions
A1 B1 C1
(1) Biological monitoring:

(a) Annual. .................................................................................................................... X
(b) Semiannual ............................................................................................................. X
(c) Quarterly ................................................................................................................. X
(2) Medical examination:
(a) Biennial ................................................................................................................... X
(b) Annual. .................................................................................................................... X
(c) Semiannual. ............................................................................................................ X
(d) Within 90 days ........................................................................................................ X X
(3) Assess within two weeks:
(a) Excess cadmium exposure .................................................................................... X X
(b) Work practices ........................................................................................................ X X
(c) Personal hygiene .................................................................................................... X X
(d) Respirator usage .................................................................................................... X X
(e) Smoking history ...................................................................................................... X X
(f) Hygiene facilities ...................................................................................................... X X
(g) Engineering controls ............................................................................................... X X
(h) Correct within 30 days ............................................................................................ X X
(i) Periodically assess exposures ................................................................................ X
(4) Discretionary medical removal ...................................................................................... X X
(5) Mandatory medical removal .......................................................................................... X2
1 For all employees covered by medical surveillance exclusively because of exposures prior to the effective date of this stand-
ard, if they are in Category A, the employer shall follow the requirements of paragraphs (l)(3)(i)(B) and (l)(4)(v)(A). If they are in
Category B or C, the employer shall follow the requirements of paragraphs (l)(4)(v)(B)–(C).
2 See footnote Appendix A Table A.
APPENDIX A—ATTACHMENT 2—LIST OF (2) antihypertensive drugs: Captopril,

MEDICATIONS methyldopa; (3) antimicrobials:
Aminoglycosides, amphotericin B,
A list of the more common medications
cephalosporins, ethambutol; (4)
that a physician, and the employee, may
antineoplastic agents: Cisplatin,
wish to review is likely to include some of
methotrexate, mitomycin-C, nitrosoureas,
the following: (1) Anticonvulsants:
Paramethadione, phenytoin, trimethadone;
159
radiation; (4) sulfonamide diuretics: Acet- together. A single mildly elevated result
azolamide, chlorthalidone, furosemide, may not be important if testing at a later
thiazides; (5) halogenated alkanes, hydro- time indicates that the results are normal
carbons, and solvents that may occur in and the workplace has been evaluated to de-
some settings: Carbon tetrachloride, ethyl- crease possible sources of cadmium exposure.
ene glycol, toluene; iodinated radiographic The levels of cadmium or beta-2-microglob-
contrast media; nonsteroidal anti-inflam- ulin may change over a period of days to
matory drugs; and, (7) other miscellaneous months and the time needed for those
compounds: Acetominophen, allopurinol, changes to occur is different for each worker.
amphetamines, azathioprine, cimetidine, If the results for biological monitoring are
cyclosporine, lithium, methoxyflurane, above specific ‘‘high levels’’ [cadmium urine
methysergide, D-penicillamine, phenacetin, greater than 10 micrograms per gram of cre-
phenendione. A list of drugs associated with atinine (µg/g Cr), cadmium blood greater
acute interstitial nephritis includes: (1) than 10 micrograms per liter of whole blood
Antimicrobial drugs: Cephalosporins, chlor- (µg/lwb), or beta-2-microglobulin greater
amphenicol, colistin, erythromycin, than 1000 micrograms per gram of creatinine
ethambutol, isoniazid, para-aminosalicylic (µg/g Cr)], the worker has a much greater
acid, penicillins, polymyxin B, rifampin, chance of developing other kidney diseases.
sulfonamides, tetracyclines, and One way to measure for kidney function is
vancomycin; (2) other miscellaneous drugs:
by measuring beta-2-microglobulin in the
Allopurinol, antipyrene, azathioprine,
urine. Beta-2-microglobulin is a protein
captopril, cimetidine, clofibrate,
which is normally found in the blood as it is
methyldopa, phenindione, phenylpropanola-
being filtered in the kidney, and the kidney
mine, phenytoin, probenecid, sulfinpyrazone,
reabsorbs or returns almost all of the beta-2-
sulfonamid diuretics, triamterene; and, (3)
microglobulin to the blood. A very small
metals: Bismuth, gold.
amount (less than 300 µg/g Cr in the urine) of
This list have been derived from commonly
beta-2-microglobulin is not reabsorbed into
available medical textbooks (e.g., Ex. 14–18).
The list has been included merely to facili- the blood, but is released in the urine. If cad-
tate the physician’s, employer’s, and em- mium damages the kidney, the amount of
ployee’s understanding. The list does not beta-2-microglobulin in the urine increases
represent an official OSHA opinion or policy because the kidney cells are unable to reab-
regarding the use of these medications for sorb the beta-2-microglobulin normally. An
particular employees. The use of such medi- increase in the amount of beta-2-microglob-
cations should be under physician discretion. ulin in the urine is a very early sign of kid-
ney dysfunction. A small increase in beta-2-
ATTACHMENT 3—BIOLOGICAL MONITORING AND microglobulin in the urine will serve as an
MEDICAL EXAMINATION RESULTS early warning sign that the worker may be
absorbing cadmium from the air, cigarettes
Employee llllllllllllllllll
contaminated in the workplace, or eating in
Testing Date llllllllllllllll
areas that are cadmium contaminated.
Cadmium in Urine lll µg/g Cr—Normal
Levels: ≤3 µg/g Cr. Even if cadmium causes permanent
Cadmium in Blood lll µg/lwb—Normal changes in the kidney’s ability to reabsorb
Levels: ≤5 µg/lwb. beta-2-microglobulin, and the beta-2-micro-
Beta-2-microglobulin in Urine lll µg/g globulin is above the ‘‘high levels’’, the loss
Cr—Normal Levels: ≤300 µg/g Cr. of kidney function may not lead to any seri-
Physical Examination Results: N/A lll ous health problems. Also, renal function
Satisfactory lll Unsatisfactory lll (see naturally declines as people age. The risk for
physician again). changes in kidney function for workers who
Physician’s Review of Pulmonary Function have biological monitoring results between
Test: N/A lll Normal lll Abnormal the ‘‘normal values’’ and the ‘‘high levels’’ is
lll. not well known. Some people are more cad-
Next biological monitoring or medical exam- mium-tolerant, while others are more cad-
ination scheduled for lllllllllll mium-susceptible.
The biological monitoring program has For anyone with even a slight increase of
been designed for three main purposes: 1) to beta-2-microglobulin, cadmium in the urine,
identify employees at risk of adverse health or cadmium in the blood, it is very impor-
effects from excess, chronic exposure to cad- tant to protect the kidney from further dam-
mium; 2) to prevent cadmium-induced dis- age. Kidney damage can come from other
ease(s); and 3) to detect and minimize exist- sources than excess cadmium-exposure so it
ing cadmium-induced disease(s). is also recommended that if a worker’s levels
The levels of cadmium in the urine and are ‘‘high’’ he/she should receive counseling
blood provide an estimate of the total about drinking more water; avoiding cad-
amount of cadmium in the body. The amount mium-tainted tobacco and certain medica-
of a specific protein in the urine (beta-2- tions (nephrotoxins, acetaminophen); con-
microglobulin) indicates changes in kidney trolling diet, vitamin intake, blood pressure
function. All three tests must be evaluated and diabetes; etc.
160
APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1027—SUBSTANCE authorization Act of 1986 Section 304 requires

TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR CADMIUM that a release equal to or greater than the
reportable quantity for this substance (1
I. Cadmium Metal pound) must be immediately reported to the
A. Physical and Chemical Data. local emergency planning committee, the
1. Substance Identification. state emergency response commission, and
Chemical name: Cadmium. the National Response Center (800) 424–8802;
Formula: Cd. in Washington, DC metropolitan area (202)
Molecular Weight: 112.4. 426–2675.
Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry II. Cadmium Oxide
No.: 7740–43–9. A. Physical and Chemical Date.
Other Identifiers: RETCS EU9800000; EPA 1. Substance identification.
D006; DOT 2570 53. Chemical name: Cadmium Oxide.
Synonyms: Colloidal Cadmium: Kadmium Formula: CdO.
(German): CI 77180. Molecular Weight: 128.4.
2. Physical data. CAS No.: 1306–19–0.
Boiling point: (760 mm Hg): 765 degrees C. Other Identifiers: RTECS EV1929500.
Melting point: 321 degrees C. Synonyms: Kadmu tlenek (Polish).
Specific Gravity: (H2 O=@ 20 °C): 8.64. 2. Physical data.
Solubility: Insoluble in water; soluble in di- Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 950 degrees C de-
lute nitric acid and in sulfuric acid. composes.
Appearance: Soft, blue-white, malleable, Melting point: 1500 °C.
lustrous metal or grayish-white powder. Specific Gravity: (H2 O=1@20 °C): 7.0.
B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data. Solubility: Insoluble in water; soluble in
1. Fire. acids and alkalines.
Fire and Explosion Hazards: The finely di- Appearance: Red or brown crystals.
vided metal is pyrophoric, that is the dust is B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data.
a severe fire hazard and moderate explosion 1. Fire.
hazard when exposed to heat or flame. Burn- Fire and Explosion Hazards: Negligible fire
ing material reacts violently with extin- hazard when exposed to heat or flame.
guishing agents such as water, foam, carbon Flash point: Nonflammable.
dioxide, and halons. Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon
Flash point: Flammable (dust). dioxide, water spray or foam.
Extinguishing media: Dry sand, dry dolo- 2. Reactivity.
mite, dry graphite, or sodimum chloride. Conditions contributing to instability: Stable
2. Reactivity. under normal temperatures and pressures.
Conditions contributing to instability: Stable Incompatibilities: Magnesium may reduce
when kept in sealed containers under normal CdO2 explosively on heating.
temperatures and pressure, but dust may ig- Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic
nite upon contact with air. Metal tarnishes fumes of cadmium.
in moist air. C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures.
Incompatibilities: Ammonium nitrate, fused: 1. Steps to be taken if the material is released
Reacts violently or explosively with cad- or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop
mium dust below 20 °C. Hydrozoic acid: Vio- leak if you can do it without risk. For small
lent explosion occurs after 30 minutes. Acids: spills, take up with sand or other absorbent
Reacts violently, forms hydrogen gas. Oxi- material and place into containers for later
dizing agents or metals: Strong reaction disposal. For small dry spills, use a clean
with cadmium dust. Nitryl fluoride at slight- shovel to place material into clean, dry con-
ly elevated temperature: Glowing or white tainer and then cover. Move containers from
incandescence occurs. Selenium: Reacts spill area. For larger spills, dike far ahead of
exothermically. Ammonia: Corrosive reac- spill for later disposal. Keep unnecessary
tion. Sulfur dioxide: Corrosive reaction. Fire people away. Isolate hazard area and deny
extinguishing agents (water, foam, carbon entry. The Superfund Amendments and Re-
dioxide, and halons): Reacts violently. Tellu- authorization Act of 1986 Section 304 requires
rium: Incandescent reaction in hydrogen at- that a release equal to or greater than the
mosphere. reportable quantity for this substance (1
Hazardous decomposition products: The heat- pound) must be immediately reported to the
ed metal rapidly forms highly toxic, brown- local emergency planning committee, the
ish fumes of oxides of cadmium. state emergency response commission, and
C. Spill, Leak and Disposal Procedures. the National Response Center (800) 424–8802;
1. Steps to be taken if the materials is released in Washington, DC metropolitan area (202)
or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop 426–2675.
leak if you can do it without risk. Do not get III. Cadmium Sulfide.
water inside container. For large spills, dike A. Physical and Chemical Data.
spill for later disposal. Keep unnecessary 1. Substance Identification.
people away. Isolate hazard area and deny Chemical name: Cadmium sulfide.
entry. The Superfund Amendments and Re- Formula: CdS.
161
Molecular weight: 144.5. Solubility: Soluble in water (140 g/100 cc);
CAS No. 1306–23–6. soluble in acetone.
Other Identifiers: RTECS EV3150000. Appearance: Small, white crystals.
Synonyms: Aurora yellow; Cadmium Golden B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data.
366; Cadmium Lemon Yellow 527; Cadmium 1. Fire.
Orange; Cadmium Primrose 819; Cadmium Fire and Explosion Hazards: Negligible fire
Sulphide; Cadmium Yellow; Cadmium Yellow and negligible explosion hazard in dust form
000; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Deep; Cadmium when exposed to heat or flame.
Yellow Conc. Golden; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Flash point: Nonflamable.
Lemon; Cadmium Yellow Conc. Primrose; Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon
Cadmium Yellow Oz. Dark; Cadmium Yellow dioxide, water spray or foam.
Primrose 47–1400; Cadmium Yellow 10G 2. Reactivity.
Conc.; Cadmium Yellow 892; Cadmopur Gold- Conditions contributing to instability: Gen-
en Yellow N; Cadmopur Yellow: Capsebon; erally stable under normal temperatures and
C.I. 77199; C.I. Pigment Orange 20; CI Pig- pressures.
ment Yellow 37; Ferro Lemon Yellow; Ferro Incompatibilities: Bromine triflouride rap-
Orange Yellow; Ferro Yellow; Greenockite; idly attacks cadmium chloride. A mixture of
NCI–C02711. potassium and cadmium chloride may
2. Physical data. produce a strong explosion on impact.
Boiling point (760 mm. Hg): sublines in N2 at
Hazardous decomposition products: Thermal
980 °C.
ecompostion may release toxic fumes of hy-
Melting point: 1750 degrees C (100 atm).
drogen chloride, chloride, chlorine or oxides
Specific Gravity: (H2 O=1@ 20 °C): 4.82.
of cadmium.
Solubility: Slightly soluble in water; soluble
C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures.
in acid.
Appearance: Light yellow or yellow-orange 1. Steps to be taken if the materials is released
crystals. or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop
B. Fire, Explosion and Reactivity Data. leak if you can do it without risk. For small,
1. Fire. dry spills, with a clean shovel place material
Fire and Explosion Hazards: Neglible fire into clean, dry container and cover. Move
hazard when exposed to heat or flame. containers from spill area. For larger spills,
Flash point: Nonflammable. dike far ahead of spill for later disposal.
Extinguishing media: Dry chemical, carbon Keep unnecessary people away. Isolate haz-
dioxide, water spray or foam. ard and deny entry. The Superfund Amend-
2. Reactivity. ments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 Sec-
Conditions contributing to instability: Gen- tion 304 requires that a release equal to or
erally non-reactive under normal conditions. greater than the reportable quantity for this
Reacts with acids to form toxic hydrogen substance (100 pounds) must be immediately
sulfide gas. reported to the local emergency planning
Incompatibilities: Reacts vigorously with committee, the state emergency response
iodinemonochloride. commission, and the National Response Cen-
Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic ter (800) 424–8802; in Washington, DC Metro-
fumes of cadmium and sulfur oxides. politan area (202) 426–2675.
C. Spill Leak and Disposal Procedures.
1. Steps to be taken if the material is released APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1027 [RESERVED]
or spilled. Do not touch spilled material. Stop
leak if you can do it without risk. For small, APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1027—OCCUPA-
dry spills, with a clean shovel place material TIONAL HEALTH HISTORY INTERVIEW
into clean, dry container and cover. Move WITH REFERENCE TO CADMIUM EXPO-
containers from spill area. For larger spills, SURE
dike far ahead of spill for later disposal.
Keep unnecessary people away. Isolate haz- Directions
ard and deny entry.
IV. Cadmium Chloride. (To be read by employee and signed prior to
A. Physical and Chemical Data. the interview)
1. Substance Identification. Please answer the questions you will be
Chemcail name: Cadmium chloride. asked as completely and carefully as you
Formula: CdC12. can. These questions are asked of everyone
Molecular weight: 183.3. who works with cadmium. You will also be
CAS No. 10108–64–2. asked to give blood and urine samples. The
Other Identifiers: RTECS EY0175000. doctor will give your employer a written
Synonyms: Caddy; Cadmium dichloride; NA opinion on whether you are physically capa-
2570 (DOT); UI-CAD; dichlorocadmium. ble of working with cadmium. Legally, the
2. Physical data. doctor cannot share personal information
Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 960 degrees C. you may tell him/her with your employer.
Melting point: 568 degrees C. The following information is considered
Specific Gravity: (H2 O=1 @ 20 °C): 4.05. strictly confidential. The results of the tests
162
will go to you, your doctor and your em- [ ] Number of years
ployer. You will also receive an information [ ] Number of months
sheet explaining the results of any biological 5. Have you ever been told by a doctor that
monitoring or physical examinations per- you had other lung problems?
formed. [ ] Yes
If you are just being hired, the results of [ ] No
this interview and examination will be used If yes, please describe type of lung prob-
to: lems and when you had these problems
(1) Establish your health status and see if llllllllllllllllllllllll
working with cadmium might be expected to llllllllllllllllllllllll
cause unusual problems, llllllllllllllllllllllll
(2) Determine your health status today and 6. In the past year, have you had a cough?
see if there are changes over time, [ ] Yes
(3) See if you can wear a respirator safely. [ ] No
If you are not a new hire: If yes, did you cough up sputum?
OSHA says that everyone who works with [ ] Yes
cadmium can have periodic medical exami- [ ] No
nations performed by a doctor. The reasons If yes, how long did the cough with sputum
for this are: production last?
(a) If there are changes in your health, ei- [ ] Less than 3 months
ther because of cadmium or some other rea- [ ] 3 months or longer
son, to find them early, If yes, for how many years have you had
(b) to prevent kidney damage. episodes of cough with sputum produc-
Please sign below. tion lasting this long?
[ ] Less than one
I have read these directions and under- [ ]1
stand them: [ ]2
llllllllllllllllllllllll [ ] Longer than 2
Employee signature 7. Have you ever smoked cigarettes?
llllllllllllllllllllllll [ ] Yes
Date [ ] No
8. Do you now smoke cigarettes?
Thank you for answering these questions.
[ ] Yes
(Suggested Format)
[ ] No
Name llllllllllllllllllll
9. If you smoke or have smoked cigarettes,
Age lllllllllllllllllllll
for how many years have you smoked, or
Social Security # llllllllllllll
did you smoke?
Company llllllllllllllllll
[ ] Less than 1 year
Job lllllllllllllllllllll
[ ] Number of years
Type of Preplacement Exam:
What is or was the greatest number of
[ ] Periodic
packs per day that you have smoked?
[ ] Termination
[ ] Number of packs
[ ] Initial
If you quit smoking cigarettes, how many
[ ] Other
years ago did you quit?
Blood Pressure lllllllllllllll
[ ] Less than 1 year
Pulse Rate lllllllllllllllll
[ ] Number of years
1. How long have you worked at the job list-
How many packs a day do you now smoke?
ed above?
[ ] Number of packs per day
[ ] Not yet hired
10. Have you ever been told by a doctor that
[ ] Number of months
you had a kidney or urinary tract disease
[ ] Number of years
or disorder?
2. Job Duties etc.
[ ] Yes
llllllllllllllllllllllll [ ] No
llllllllllllllllllllllll 11. Have you ever had any of these disorders?
Kidney stones ................ [ ] Yes [ ] No
3. Have you ever been told by a doctor that
Protein in urine ............. [ ] Yes [ ] No
you had bronchitis?
Blood in urine ................ [ ] Yes [ ] No
[ ] Yes
Difficulty urinating ....... [ ] Yes [ ] No
[ ] No
Other kidney/Urinary [ ] Yes [ ] No
If yes, how long ago?
disorders.
[ ] Number of months
[ ] Number of years Please describe problems, age, treatment,
4. Have you ever been told by a doctor that and follow up for any kidney or urinary
you had emphysema? problems you have had:
[ ] Yes llllllllllllllllllllllll
[ ] No llllllllllllllllllllllll
If yes, how long ago? llllllllllllllllllllllll
163
12. Have you ever been told by a doctor or 21. Within the last year have you had any in-
other health care provider who took your juries with heavy bleeding?
blood pressure that your blood pressure [ ] Yes
was high? [ ] No
[ ] Yes If yes, how long ago?
[ ] No [ ] Less than 1 month
13. Have you ever been advised to take any [ ] Nnumber of months
blood pressure medication? Describe: llllllllllllllllll
14. Are you presently taking any blood pres- llllllllllllllllllllllll
sure medication? 22. Have you recently had any surgery?
[ ] Yes [ ] Yes
[ ] No [ ] No
15. Are you presently taking any other medi- If yes, please describe: lllllllllll
cation? llllllllllllllllllllllll
16. Please list any blood pressure or other 23. Have you seen any blood lately in your
medications and describe how long you stool or after a bowel movement?
have been taking each one: [ ] Yes
Medicine: [ ] No
llllllllllllllllllllllll 24. Have you ever had a test for blood in your
llllllllllllllllllllllll stool?
llllllllllllllllllllllll [ ] Yes
How Long Taken [ ] No
If yes, did the test show any blood in the
stool?
[ ] Yes
17. Have you ever been told by a doctor that [ ] No
you have diabetes? (sugar in your blood What further evaluation and treatment were
or urine) done? lllllllllllllllllll
[ ] Yes
[ ] No
If yes, do you presently see a doctor about The following questions pertain to the
your diabetes? ability to wear a respirator. Additional in-
[ ] Yes formation for the physician can be found in
[ ] No The Respiratory Protective Devices Manual.
If yes, how do you control your blood 25. Have you ever been told by a doctor that
sugar? you have asthma?
[ ] Diet alone [ ] Yes
[ ] Diet plus oral medicine [ ] No
[ ] Diet plus insulin (injection) If yes, are you presently taking any medi-
18. Have you ever been told by a doctor that cation for asthma? Mark all that apply.
you had: [ ] Shots
[ ] Pills
Anemia .......................... [ ] Yes [ ] No
[ ] Inhaler
A low blood count? ........ [ ] Yes [ ] No
26. Have you ever had a heart attack?
19. Do you presently feel that you tire or run [ ] Yes
out of energy sooner than normal or [ ] No
sooner than other people your age? If yes, how long ago?
[ ] Yes [ ] Number of years
[ ] No [ ] Number of months
If yes, for how long have you felt that you 27. Have you ever had pains in your chest?
tire easily? [ ] Yes
[ ] Less than 1 year [ ] No
[ ] Number of years If yes, when did it usually happen?
20. Have you given blood within the last [ ] While resting
year? [ ] While working
[ ] Yes [ ] While exercising
[ ] No [ ] Activity didn’t matter
If yes, how many times? 28. Have you ever had a thyroid problem?
[ ] Number of times [ ] Yes
How long ago was the last time you gave [ ] No
blood? 29. Have you ever had a seizure or fits?
[ ] Less than 1 month [ ] Yes
[ ] Number of months [ ] No
164
30. Have you ever had a stroke (cerebro- For Women Only
vascular accident)?
39. Do you have menstrual periods?
[ ] Yes
[ ] Yes
[ ] No
[ ] No
31. Have you ever had a ruptured eardrum or Have you had menstrual irregularities?
a serious hearing problem? [ ] Yes
[ ] Yes [ ] No
[ ] No If yes, specify type: lllllllllllll
32. Do you now have a claustrophobia, mean- llllllllllllllllllllllll
ing fear of crowded or closed in spaces or llllllllllllllllllllllll
any psychological problems that would llllllllllllllllllllllll
make it hard for you to wear a res- If yes, what was the approximated date this
pirator? problem began? llllllllllllll
[ ] No Approximate date problem stopped? llll
The following questions pertain to repro- llllllllllllllllllllllll
ductive history.
33. Have you or your partner had a problem For Men Only
conceiving a child? 40. Have you ever been diagnosed by a physi-
[ ] Yes cian as having prostate gland problem(s)?
[ ] No [ ] Yes
If yes, specify: [ ] No
[ ] Self If yes, please describe type of problem(s) and
[ ] Present mate what was done to evaluate and treat the
[ ] Previous mate problem(s): llllllllllllllll
34. Have you or your partner consulted a llllllllllllllllllllllll
physician for a fertility or other repro- llllllllllllllllllllllll
ductive problem? llllllllllllllllllllllll
[ ] Yes
[ ] No APPENDIX E TO § 1910.1027—CADMIUM IN
If yes, specify who consulted the physician: WORKPLACE ATMOSPHERES
[ ] Self
[ ] Spouse/partner Method Number: ID–189
[ ] Self and partner Matrix: Air
If yes, specify diagnosis made: lllllll OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits: 5 µg/m3
llllllllllllllllllllllll (TWA), 2.5 µg/m3 (Action Level TWA)
llllllllllllllllllllllll Collection Procedure: A known volume of air
35. Have you or your partner ever conceived is drawn through a 37-mm diameter filter
a child resulting in a miscarriage, still cassette containing a 0.8-µm mixed cel-
birth or deformed offspring? lulose ester membrane filter (MCEF).
[ ] Yes Recommended Air Volume: 960 L
[ ] No Recommended Sampling Rate: 2.0 L/min
If yes, specify: Analytical Procedure: Air filter samples are
[ ] Miscarriage digested with nitric acid. After digestion,
[ ] Still birth a small amount of hydrochloric acid is
[ ] Deformed offspring added. The samples are then diluted to
If outcome was a deformed offspring, please volume with deionized water and ana-
specify type: lllllllllllllll lyzed by either flame atomic absorption
llllllllllllllllllllllll spectroscopy (AAS) or flameless atomic
llllllllllllllllllllllll absorption spectroscopy using a heated
llllllllllllllllllllllll graphite furnace atomizer (AAS-HGA).
36. Was this outcome a result of a pregnancy Detection Limits:
of: Qualitative: 0.2 µg/m3 for a 200 L sample by
[ ] Yours with present partner Flame AAS, 0.007 µg/m3 for a 60 L sample
[ ] Yours with a previous partner by AAS–HGA
37. Did the timing of any abnormal preg- Quantitative: 0.70 µg/m3 for a 200 L sample by
nancy outcome coincide with present em- Flame AAS, 0.025 µg/m3 for a 60 L sample
ployment? by AAS–HGA
[ ] Yes Precision and Accuracy: (Flame AAS Anal-
[ ] No ysis and AAS–HGA Analysis):
List dates of occurrences: llllllllll Validation Level: 2.5 to 10 µg/m3 for a 400 L
llllllllllllllllllllllll air vol, 1.25 to 5.0 µg/m3 for a 60 L air vol
38. What is the occupation of your spouse or CV1 (pooled): 0.010, 0.043
partner? Analytical Bias: +4.0%, ¥5.8%
llllllllllllllllllllllll Overall Analytical Error:±6.0%, ±14.2%
llllllllllllllllllllllll Method Classification: Validated
165
Date: June, 1992 were analyzed by either flame atomic ab-
Inorganic Service Branch II, OSHA Salt sorption spectroscopy (5.3.) or inductively
Lake Technical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah coupled plasma/atomic emission spectros-
Commercial manufacturers and products copy (ICP-AES) (5.4.). Neither of these two
mentioned in this method are for descriptive analytical methods have adequate sensi-
use only and do not constitute endorsements tivity for measuring workplace exposure to
by USDOL-OSHA. Similar products from airborne cadmium at the new lower TWA and
other sources can be substituted. Action Level TWA PEL levels when consecu-
tive samples are taken on one employee and
1. INTRODUCTION the sample results need to be averaged with
other samples to determine a single TWA.
1.1. Scope The inclusion of two atomic absorption an-
This method describes the collection of alytical techniques in the new sampling and
airborne elemental cadmium and cadmium analysis method for airborne cadmium per-
compounds on 0.8-µm mixed cellulose ester mits quantitation of sample results over a
membrane filters and their subsequent anal- broad range of exposure levels and sampling
ysis by either flame atomic absorption spec- periods. The flame AAS analytical technique
troscopy (AAS) or flameless atomic absorp- included in this method is similar to the pre-
tion spectroscopy using a heated graphite vious procedure given in the General Metals
furnace atomizer (AAS-HGA). It is applicable Method ID–121 (5.3.) with some modifica-
for both TWA and Action Level TWA Permis- tions. The sensitivity of the AAS-HGA ana-
sible Exposure Level (PEL) measurements. lytical technique included in this method is
The two atomic absorption analytical tech- adequate to measure exposure levels at 1/10
niques included in the method do not dif- the Action Level TWA, or lower, when less
ferentiate between cadmium fume and cad- than full-shift samples need to be averaged
mium dust samples. They also do not dif- together.
ferentiate between elemental cadmium and
1.4. Properties (5.5.)
its compounds.
Elemental cadmium is a silver-white, blue-
1.2. Principle tinged, lustrous metal which is easily cut
Airborne elemental cadmium and cadmium with a knife. It is slowly oxidized by moist
compounds are collected on a 0.8-µm mixed air to form cadmium oxide. It is insoluble in
cellulose ester membrane filter (MCEF). The water, but reacts readily with dilute nitric
air filter samples are digested with con- acid. Some of the physical properties and
centrated nitric acid to destroy the organic other descriptive information of elemental
matrix and dissolve the cadmium analytes. cadmium are given below:
After digestion, a small amount of con- CAS No. .............................................7440–43–9
centrated hydrochloric acid is added to help Atomic Number ...........................................48
dissolve other metals which may be present. Atomic Symbol...........................................Cd
The samples are diluted to volume with de- Atomic Weight .......................................112.41
ionized water and then aspirated into the Melting Point ........................................321 °C
oxidizing air/acetylene flame of an atomic Boiling Point .........................................765 °C
absorption spectrophotometer for analysis of Density ..................................8.65 g/mL (25 °C)
elemental cadmium. The properties of specific cadmium com-
If the concentration of cadmium in a sam- pounds are described in reference 5.5.
ple solution is too low for quantitation by
this flame AAS analytical technique, and the 1.5. Method Performance
sample is to be averaged with other samples A synopsis of method performance is pre-
for TWA calculations, aliquots of the sample sented below. Further information can be
and a matrix modifier are later injected onto found in Section 4.
a L’vov platform in a pyrolytically-coated 1.5.1. The qualitative and quantitative de-
graphite tube of a Zeeman atomic absorption tection limits for the flame AAS analytical
spectrophotometer/graphite furnace assem- technique are 0.04 µg (0.004 µg/mL) and 0.14 µg
bly for analysis of elemental cadmium. The (0.014 µg/mL) cadmium, respectively, for a 10
matrix modifier is added to stabilize the cad- mL solution volume. These correspond, re-
mium metal and minimize sodium chloride spectively, to 0.2 µg/m3 and 0.70 µg/m3 for a
as an interference during the high tempera- 200 L air volume.
ture charring step of the analysis (5.1., 5.2.). 1.5.2. The qualitative and quantitative de-
tection limits for the AAS-HGA analytical
1.3. History
technique are 0.44 ng (0.044 ng/mL) and 1.5 ng
Previously, two OSHA sampling and ana- (0.15 ng/mL) cadmium, respectively, for a 10
lytical methods for cadmium were used con- mL solution volume. These correspond, re-
currently (5.3., 5.4.). Both of these methods spectively, to 0.007 µg/m3 and 0.025 µg/m3 for
also required 0.8-µm mixed cellulose ester a 60 L air volume.
membrane filters for the collection of air 1.5.3. The average recovery by the flame
samples. These cadmium air filter samples AAS analytical technique of 17 spiked MCEF
166
samples containing cadmium in the range of full advantage of the Stabilized Temperature
0.5 to 2.0 times the TWA target concentra- Platform Furnace (STPF) concept. STPF in-
tion of 5 µg/m3 (assuming a 400 L air volume) cludes all of the following parameters (5.2.):
was 104.0% with a pooled coefficient of vari- a. Integrated Absorbance,
ation (CV1) of 0.010. The flame analytical b. Fast Instrument Electronics and Sampling
technique exhibited a positive bias of +4.0% Frequency,
for the validated concentration range. The c. Background Correction,
overall analytical error (OAE) for the flame d. Maximum Power Heating,
AAS analytical technique was ±6.0%. e. Atomization off the L’vov platform in a
1.5.4. The average recovery by the AAS- pyrolytically coated graphite tube,
HGA analytical technique of 18 spiked MCEF f. Gas Stop during Atomization,
samples containing cadmium in the range of g. Use of Matrix Modifiers.
0.5 to 2.0 times the Action Level TWA target
concentration of 2.5 µg/m3 (assuming a 60 L 1.7. Toxicology (5.14.)
air volume) was 94.2% with a pooled coeffi-
Information listed within this section is
cient of variation (CV1) of 0.043. The AAS-
synopsis of current knowledge of the physio-
HGA analytical technique exhibited a nega-
logical effects of cadmium and is not in-
tive bias of ¥5.8% for the validated con-
tended to be used as the basis for OSHA pol-
centration range. The overall analytical
icy. IARC classifies cadmium and certain of
error (OAE) for the AAS-HGA analytical
its compounds as Group 2A carcinogens
technique was ±14.2%.
1.5.5. Sensitivity in flame atomic absorp- (probably carcinogenic to humans). Cad-
tion is defined as the characteristic con- mium fume is intensely irritating to the res-
centration of an element required to produce piratory tract. Workplace exposure to cad-
a signal of 1% absorbance (0.0044 absorbance mium can cause both chronic and acute ef-
units). Sensitivity values are listed for each fects. Acute effects include
element by the atomic absorption spectro- tracheobronchitis, pneumonitis, and pul-
photometer manufacturer and have proved monary edema. Chronic effects include ane-
to be a very valuable diagnostic tool to de- mia, rhinitis/anosmia, pulmonary emphy-
termine if instrumental parameters are opti- sema, proteinuria and lung cancer. The pri-
mized and if the instrument is performing up mary target organs for chronic disease are
to specification. The sensitivity of the spec- the kidneys (non-carcinogenic) and the lungs
trophotometer used in the validation of the (carcinogenic).
flame AAS analytical technique agreed with
2. SAMPLING
the manufacturer specifications (5.6.); the 2
µg/mL cadmium standard gave an absorbance 2.1. Apparatus
reading of 0.350 abs. units.
1.5.6. Sensitivity in graphite furnace atom- 2.1.1. Filter cassette unit for air sampling:
ic absorption is defined in terms of the char- A 37-mm diameter mixed cellulose ester
acteristic mass, the number of picograms re- membrane filter with a pore size of 0.8-µm
quired to give an integrated absorbance contained in a 37-mm polystyrene two- or
value of 0.0044 absorbance-second (5.7.). Data three-piece cassette filter holder (part no.
suggests that under Stabilized Temperature MAWP 037 A0, Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA).
Platform Furnace (STPF) conditions (see The filter is supported with a cellulose
Section 1.6.2.), characteristic mass values are backup pad. The cassette is sealed prior to
transferable between properly functioning use with a shrinkable gel band.
instruments to an accuracy of about 20% 2.1.2. A calibrated personal sampling pump
(5.2.). The characteristic mass for STPF whose flow is determined to an accuracy of
analysis of cadmium with Zeeman back- ±5% at the recommended flow rate with the
ground correction listed by the manufac- filter cassette unit in line.
turer of the instrument used in the valida-
tion of the AAS-HGA analytical technique 2.2. Procedure
was 0.35 pg. The experimental characteristic 2.2.1. Attach the prepared cassette to the
mass value observed during the determina- calibrated sampling pump (the backup pad
tion of the working range and detection lim- should face the pump) using flexible tubing.
its of the AAS-HGA analytical technique was Place the sampling device on the employee
0.41 pg. such that air is sampled from the breathing
zone.
1.6. Interferences 2.2.2. Collect air samples at a flow rate of
1.6.1. High concentrations of silicate inter- 2.0 L/min. If the filter does not become over-
fere in determining cadmium by flame AAS loaded, a full-shift (at least seven hours)
(5.6.). However, silicates are not significantly sample is strongly recommended for TWA
soluble in the acid matrix used to prepare and Action Level TWA measurements with a
the samples. maximum air volume of 960 L. If overloading
1.6.2. Interferences, such as background ab- occurs, collect consecutive air samples for
sorption, are reduced to a minimum in the shorter sampling periods to cover the full
AAS-HGA analytical technique by taking workshift.
167
2.2.3. Replace the end plugs into the filter 3.3. Apparatus for Flame AAS Analysis
cassettes immediately after sampling.
3.3.1. Atomic absorption spectrophoto-
Record the sampling conditions.
meter consisting of a(an):
2.2.4. Securely wrap each sample filter cas-
sette end-to-end with an OSHA Form 21 sam- Nebulizer and burner head
ple seal. Pressure regulating devices capable of main-
2.2.5. Submit at least one blank sample taining constant oxidant and fuel pressures
with each set of air samples. The blank sam- Optical system capable of isolating the de-
ple should be handled the same as the other sired wavelength of radiation (228.8 nm)
samples except that no air is drawn through Adjustable slit
it. Light measuring and amplifying device
2.2.6. Ship the samples to the laboratory Display, strip chart, or computer interface
for analysis as soon as possible in a suitable for indicating the amount of absorbed radi-
container designed to prevent damage in ation
transit. Cadmium hollow cathode lamp or
electrodeless discharge lamp (EDL) and
3. ANALYSIS power supply
3.3.2. Oxidant: compressed air, filtered to
3.1. Safety Precautions
remove water, oil and other foreign sub-
3.1.1. Wear safety glasses, protective cloth- stances.
ing and gloves at all times. 3.3.3. Fuel: standard commercially avail-
3.1.2. Handle acid solutions with care. Han- able tanks of acetylene dissolved in acetone;
dle all cadmium samples and solutions with tanks should be equipped with flash arrest-
extra care (see Sect. 1.7.). Avoid their direct ers.
contact with work area surfaces, eyes, skin CAUTION: Do not use grades of acetylene
and clothes. Flush acid solutions which con- containing solvents other than acetone be-
tact the skin or eyes with copious amounts cause they may damage the PVC tubing used
of water. in some instruments.
3.1.3. Perform all acid digestions and acid 3.3.4. Pressure-reducing valves: two gauge,
dilutions in an exhaust hood while wearing a two-stage pressure regulators to maintain
face shield. To avoid exposure to acid vapors,
fuel and oxidant pressures somewhat higher
do not remove beakers containing con-
than the controlled operating pressures of
centrated acid solutions from the exhaust
the instrument.
hood until they have returned to room tem-
3.3.5. Exhaust vent installed directly above
perature and have been diluted or emptied.
the spectrophotometer burner head.
3.1.4. Exercise care when using laboratory
glassware. Do not use chipped pipets, volu- 3.4. Apparatus for AAS–HGA Analysis
metric flasks, beakers or any glassware with
sharp edges exposed in order to avoid the 3.4.1. Atomic absorption spectrophoto-
possibility of cuts or abrasions. meter consisting of a(an):
3.1.5. Never pipet by mouth. Heated graphite furnace atomizer (HGA)
3.1.6. Refer to the instrument instruction with argon purge system
manuals and SOPs (5.8., 5.9.) for proper and Pressure-regulating devices capable of main-
safe operation of the atomic absorption spec- taining constant argon purge pressure
trophotometer, graphite furnace atomizer Optical system capable of isolating the de-
and associated equipment. sired wavelength of radiation (228.8 nm)
3.1.7. Because metallic elements and other Adjustable slit
toxic substances are vaporized during AAS Light measuring and amplifying device
flame or graphite furnace atomizer oper- Display, strip chart, or computer interface
ation, it is imperative that an exhaust vent for indicating the amount of absorbed radi-
be used. Always ensure that the exhaust sys- ation (as integrated absorbance, peak area)
tem is operating properly during instrument Background corrector: Zeeman or deuterium
use. arc. The Zeeman background corrector is
recommended
3.2. Apparatus for Sample and Standard Cadmium hollow cathode lamp or
Preparation electrodeless discharge lamp (EDL) and
3.2.1. Hot plate, capable of reaching 150 °C, power supply
installed in an exhaust hood. Autosampler capable of accurately injecting
3.2.2. Phillips beakers, 125 mL. 5 to 20 µL sample aliquots onto the L’vov
3.2.3. Bottles, narrow-mouth, polyethylene Platform in a graphite tube
or glass with leakproof caps: used for storage 3.4.2. Pyrolytically coated graphite tubes
of standards and matrix modifier. containing solid, pyrolytic L’vov platforms.
3.2.4. Volumetric flasks, volumetric pipets, 3.4.3. Polyethylene sample cups, 2.0 to 2.5
beakers and other associated general labora- mL, for use with the autosampler.
tory glassware. 3.4.4. Inert purge gas for graphite furnace
3.2.5. Forceps and other associated general atomizer: compressed gas cylinder of purified
laboratory equipment. argon.
168
3.4.5. Two gauge, two-stage pressure regu- same diluting solution. A suggested method
lator for the argon gas cylinder. of preparation of the working standards is
3.4.6. Cooling water supply for graphite fur- given below.
nace atomizer.
3.4.7. Exhaust vent installed directly above Std solu-
Working standard Aliquot Final vol.
tion
the graphite furnace atomizer.
(µg/mL) (µg/mL) (mL) (mL)
3.5. Reagents
All reagents should be ACS analytical rea- 0.02 ................................ 1 10 500
gent grade or better. 0.05 ................................ 5 5 500
3.5.1. Deionized water with a specific con- 0.1 .................................. 10 5 500
ductance of less than 10 µS. 0.2 .................................. 10 10 500
3.5.2. Concentrated nitric acid, HNO3. 0.5 .................................. 10 25 500
3.5.3. Concentrated hydrochloric acid, HCl. 1 ..................................... 100 5 500
3.5.4. Ammonium phosphate, monobasic, 2 ..................................... 100 10 500
NH4 H2 PO4.
3.5.5. Magnesium nitrate, Mg(NO3)2 • 6H2 O. Store the working standards in 500-mL,
3.5.6. Diluting solution (4% HNO3, 0.4% narrow-mouth polyethylene or glass bottles
HCl): Add 40 mL HNO3 and 4 mL HCl care- with leak proof caps. Prepare every twelve
fully to approximately 500 mL deionized months.
water and dilute to 1 L with deionized water.
3.5.7. Cadmium standard stock solution, 3.8. Standard Preparation for AAS–HGA
1,000 µg/mL: Use a commercially available Analysis
certified 1,000 µg/mL cadmium standard or, 3.8.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepare 10, 100
alternatively, dissolve 1.0000 g of cadmium and 1,000 ng/mL cadmium standard stock so-
metal in a minimum volume of 1:1 HCl and lutions by making appropriate ten-fold serial
dilute to 1 L with 4% HNO3. Observe expira- dilutions of the 1,000 µg/mL cadmium stand-
tion dates of commercial standards. Properly ard stock solution with the diluting solution
dispose of commercial standards with no ex- described in Section 3.5.6.
piration dates or prepared standards one 3.8.2. Working standards: Prepare cadmium
year after their receipt or preparation date. working standards in the range of 0.2 to 20
3.5.8. Matrix modifier for AAS–HGA anal- ng/mL by making appropriate serial dilu-
ysis: Dissolve 1.0 g NH4 H2 PO4 and 0.15 g tions of the dilute stock solutions with the
Mg(NO3)2 · 6H2 O in approximately 200 mL de- same diluting solution. A suggested method
ionized water. Add 1 mL HNO3 and dilute to of preparation of the working standards is
500 mL with deionized water. given below.
3.5.9 Nitric Acid, 1:1 HNO3/DI H2 O mix-
ture: Carefully add a measured volume of Working standard Std solu- Aliquot Final vol.
concentrated HNO3 to an equal volume of DI tion
H2 O.
(ng/mL) (ng/mL) (mL) (mL)
3.5.10. Nitric acid, 10% v/v: Carefully add
100 mL of concentrated HNO3 to 500 mL of DI
0.2 .................................. 10 2 100
H2 O and dilute to 1 L. 0.5 .................................. 10 5 100
1 ..................................... 10 10 100
3.6. Glassware Preparation
2 ..................................... 100 2 100
3.6.1. Clean Phillips beakers by refluxing 5 ..................................... 100 5 100
with 1:1 nitric acid on a hot plate in a fume 10 ................................... 100 10 100
hood. Thoroughly rinse with deionized water 20 ................................... 1,000 2 100
and invert the beakers to allow them to
drain dry. Store the working standards in narrow-
3.6.2. Rinse volumetric flasks and all other mouth polyethylene or glass bottles with
glassware with 10% nitric acid and deionized leakproof caps. Prepare monthly.
water prior to use.
3.9. Sample Preparation
3.7. Standard Preparation for Flame AAS 3.9.1. Carefully transfer each sample filter
Analysis with forceps from its filter cassette unit to a
3.7.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepare 1, 5, clean, separate 125-mL Phillips beaker along
10 and 100 µg/mL cadmium standard stock so- with any loose dust found in the cassette.
lutions by making appropriate serial dilu- Label each Phillips beaker with the appro-
tions of 1,000 µg/mL cadmium standard stock priate sample number.
solution with the diluting solution described 3.9.2. Digest the sample by adding 5 mL of
in Section 3.5.6. concentrated nitric acid (HNO3) to each Phil-
3.7.2. Working standards: Prepare cadmium lips beaker containing an air filter sample.
working standards in the range of 0.02 to 2.0 Place the Phillips beakers on a hot plate in
µg/mL by making appropriate serial dilu- an exhaust hood and heat the samples until
tions of the dilute stock solutions with the approximately 0.5 mL remains. The sample
169
solution in each Phillips beaker should be- baseline absorbance reading of each deion-
come clear. If it is not clear, digest the sam- ized water blank. Label each standard and
ple with another portion of concentrated ni- sample reading and its accompanying base-
tric acid. line reading.
3.9.3. After completing the HNO3 digestion 3.10.6. It is recommended that the entire
and cooling the samples, add 40 µ L (2 drops) series of working standards be analyzed at
of concentrated HCl to each air sample solu- the beginning and end of the analysis of a set
tion and then swirl the contents. Carefully of samples to establish a concentration-re-
add about 5 mL of deionized water by pour- sponse curve, ensure that the standard read-
ing it down the inside of each beaker. ings agree with each other and are reproduc-
3.9.4. Quantitatively transfer each cooled ible. Also, analyze a working standard after
air sample solution from each Phillips beak- every five or six samples to monitor the per-
er to a clean 10-mL volumetric flask. Dilute formance of the spectrophotometer. Stand-
each flask to volume with deionized water ard readings should agree within ±10 to 15%
and mix well. of the readings obtained at the beginning of
the analysis.
3.10. Flame AAS Analysis 3.10.7. Bracket the sample readings with
Analyze all of the air samples for their standards during the analysis. If the absorb-
cadmium content by flame atomic absorp- ance reading of a sample is above the absorb-
tion spectroscopy (AAS) according to the in- ance reading of the highest working stand-
structions given below. ard, dilute the sample with diluting solution
3.10.1. Set up the atomic absorption spec- and reanalyze. Use the appropriate dilution
trophotometer for the air/acetylene flame factor in the calculations.
analysis of cadmium according to the SOP 3.10.8. Repeat the analysis of approxi-
(5.8.) or the manufacturer’s operational in- mately 10% of the samples for a check of pre-
structions. For the source lamp, use the cad- cision.
mium hollow cathode or electrodeless dis- 3.10.9. If possible, analyze quality control
charge lamp operated at the manufacturer’s samples from an independent source as a
recommended rating for continuous oper- check on analytical recovery and precision.
ation. Allow the lamp to warm up 10 to 20 3.10.10. Record the final instrument set-
min or until the energy output stabilizes. tings at the end of the analysis. Date and
Optimize conditions such as lamp position, label the output.
burner head alignment, fuel and oxidant flow
3.11. AAS–HGA Analysis
rates, etc. See the SOP or specific instru-
ment manuals for details. Instrumental pa- Initially analyze all of the air samples for
rameters for the Perkin-Elmer Model 603 their cadmium content by flame atomic ab-
used in the validation of this method are sorption spectroscopy (AAS) according to
given in Attachment 1. the instructions given in Section 3.10. If the
3.10.2. Aspirate and measure the absorb- concentration of cadmium in a sample solu-
ance of a standard solution of cadmium. The tion is less than three times the quantitative
standard concentration should be within the detection limit [0.04 µg/mL (40 ng/mL) for the
linear range. For the instrumentation used instrumentation used in the validation] and
in the validation of this method a 2 µg/mL the sample results are to be averaged with
cadmium standard gives a net absorbance other samples for TWA calculations, proceed
reading of about 0.350 abs. units (see Section with the AAS–HGA analysis of the sample as
1.5.5.) when the instrument and the source described below.
lamp are performing to manufacturer speci- 3.11.1. Set up the atomic absorption spec-
fications. trophotometer and HGA for flameless atomic
3.10.3. To increase instrument response, absorption analysis of cadmium according to
scale expand the absorbance reading of the the SOP (5.9.) or the manufacturer’s oper-
aspirated 2 µg/mL working standard approxi- ational instructions and allow the instru-
mately four times. Increase the integration ment to stabilize. The graphite furnace at-
time to at least 3 seconds to reduce signal omizer is equipped with a pyrolytically coat-
noise. ed graphite tube containing a pyrolytic plat-
3.10.4. Autozero the instrument while aspi- form. For the source lamp, use a cadmium
rating a deionized water blank. Monitor the hollow cathode or electrodeless discharge
variation in the baseline absorbance reading lamp operated at the manufacturer’s rec-
(baseline noise) for a few minutes to insure ommended setting for graphite furnace oper-
that the instrument, source lamp and association. The Zeeman background corrector and
ated equipment are in good operating condi- EDL are recommended for use with the L’vov
tion. platform. Instrumental parameters for the
3.10.5. Aspirate the working standards and Perkin-Elmer Model 5100 spectrophotometer
samples directly into the flame and record and Zeeman HGA–600 graphite furnace used
their absorbance readings. Aspirate the de- in the validation of this method are given in
ionized water blank immediately after every Attachment 2.
standard or sample to correct for and mon- 3.11.2. Optimize the energy reading of the
itor any baseline drift and noise. Record the spectrophotometer at 228.8 nm by adjusting
170
the lamp position and the wavelength ac- baseline absorbance reading from its cor-
cording to the manufacturer’s instructions. responding working standard or sample ab-
3.11.3. Set up the autosampler to inject a 5- sorbance reading to obtain the net absorb-
µ L aliquot of the working standard, sample ance reading for each standard and sample.
or reagent blank solution onto the L’vov 3.12.2. Use a least squares regression pro-
platform along with a 10-µ L overlay of the gram to plot a concentration-response curve
matrix modifier. of net absorbance reading (or peak area for
3.11.4. Analyze the reagent blank (diluting HGA analysis) versus concentration (µg/mL
solution, Section 3.5.6.) and then autozero or ng/mL) of cadmium in each working
the instrument before starting the analysis standard.
of a set of samples. It is recommended that 3.12.3. Determine the concentration (µg/mL
the reagent blank be analyzed several times or ng/mL) of cadmium in each sample from
during the analysis to assure the integrated the resulting concentration-response curve.
absorbance (peak area) reading remains at or If the concentration of cadmium in a sample
near zero. solution is less than three times the quan-
3.11.5. Analyze a working standard approxi- titative detection limit [0.04 µg/mL (40 ng/
mately midway in the linear portion of the mL) for the instrumentation used in the val-
working standard range two or three times idation of the method] and if consecutive
to check for reproducibility and sensitivity samples were taken on one employee and the
(see sections 1.5.5. and 1.5.6.) before starting sample results are to be averaged with other
the analysis of samples. Calculate the exper- samples to determine a single TWA, reana-
imental characteristic mass value from the lyze the sample by AAS–HGA as described in
average integrated absorbance reading and Section 3.11. and report the AAS–HGA ana-
injection volume of the analyzed working lytical results.
standard. Compare this value to the manu- 3.12.4. Calculate the total amount (µg or
facturer’s suggested value as a check of prop- ng) of cadmium in each sample from the
er instrument operation. sample solution volume (mL):
3.11.6. Analyze the reagent blank, working W = (C)(sample vol, mL)(DF)
standard, and sample solutions. Record and Where:
label the peak area (abs-sec) readings and W = Total cadmium in sample
the peak and background peak profiles on C = Calculated concentration of cadmium
the printer/plotter. DF = Dilution Factor (if applicable)
3.11.7. It is recommended the entire series 3.12.5. Make a blank correction for each air
of working standards be analyzed at the be- sample by subtracting the total amount of
ginning and end of the analysis of a set of cadmium in the corresponding blank sample
samples. Establish a concentration-response from the total amount of cadmium in the
curve and ensure standard readings agree sample.
with each other and are reproducible. Also, 3.12.6. Calculate the concentration of cad-
analyze a working standard after every five mium in an air sample (mg/m3 or µg/m3) by
or six samples to monitor the performance of using one of the following equations:
the system. Standard readings should agree
within ±15% of the readings obtained at the mg/m3 = Wbc/(Air vol sampled, L)
beginning of the analysis. or
3.11.8. Bracket the sample readings with µg/m3 = (Wbc)(1,000 ng/µg)/(Air vol sampled, L)
standards during the analysis. If the peak Where:
area reading of a sample is above the peak Wbc = blank corrected total µg cadmium in
area reading of the highest working stand- the sample. (1µg=1,000 ng)
ard, dilute the sample with the diluting solu-
tion and reanalyze. Use the appropriate dilu- 4. BACKUP DATA
tion factor in the calculations.
3.11.9. Repeat the analysis of approxi- 4.1. Introduction
mately 10% of the samples for a check of pre- 4.1.1. The purpose of this evaluation is to
cision. determine the analytical method recovery,
3.11.10. If possible, analyze quality control working standard range, and qualitative and
samples from an independent source as a quantitative detection limits of the two
check of analytical recovery and precision. atomic absorption analytical techniques in-
3.11.11. Record the final instrument set- cluded in this method. The evaluation con-
tings at the end of the analysis. Date and sisted of the following experiments:
label the output. 1. An analysis of 24 samples (six samples
each at 0.1, 0.5, 1 and 2 times the TWA–PEL)
3.12. Calculations
for the analytical method recovery study of
NOTE: Standards used for HGA analysis are the flame AAS analytical technique.
in ng/mL. Total amounts of cadmium from 2. An analysis of 18 samples (six samples
calculations will be in ng (not µg) unless a each at 0.5, 1 and 2 times the Action Level
prior conversion is made. TWA–PEL) for the analytical method recov-
3.12.1. Correct for baseline drift and noise ery study of the AAS–HGA analytical tech-
in flame AAS analysis by subtracting each nique.
171
3. Multiple analyses of the reagent blank and AS–60 HGA autosampler were used in the
and a series of standard solutions to deter- experimental validation of the AAS–HGA an-
mine the working standard range and the alytical technique. The spectrophotometer
qualitative and quantitative detection limits was equipped with a PE Series 7700 profes-
for both atomic absorption analytical tech- sional computer and Model PR–310 printer. A
niques. PE System 2 cadmium electrodeless dis-
4.1.2. The analytical method recovery re- charge lamp, operated at the manufacturer’s
sults at all test levels were calculated from recommended current setting for modulated
concentration-response curves and statis- operation (170 mA), was used as the source
tically examined for outliers at the 99% con- lamp. Instrument parameters are listed in
fidence level. Possible outliers were deter- Attachment 2.
mined using the Treatment of Outliers test
(5.10.). In addition, the sample results of the 4.3. Reagents
two analytical techniques, at 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 4.3.1. J.T. Baker Chem. Co. (Analyzed
times their target concentrations, were test- grade) concentrated nitric acid, 69.0–71.0%,
ed for homogeneity of variances also at the and concentrated hydrochloric acid, 36.5–
99% confidence level. Homogeneity of the co- 38.0%, were used to prepare the samples and
efficients of variation was determined using standards.
the Bartlett’s test (5.11.). The overall analyt- 4.3.2. Ammonium phosphate, monobasic,
ical error (OAE) at the 95% confidence level NH4 H2 PO4 and magnesium nitrate,
was calculated using the equation (5.12.): Mg(NO3)26H2 O, both manufactured by the
OAE = ±[| Bias|+(1.96)(CV1(pooled))(100%)] Mallinckrodt Chem. Co., were used to pre-
4.1.3. A derivation of the International pare the matrix modifier for AAS–HGA anal-
Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry ysis.
(IUPAC) detection limit equation (5.13.) was
used to determine the qualitative and quan- 4.4. Standard Preparation for Flame AAS
titative detection limits for both atomic ab- Analysis
sorption analytical techniques: 4.4.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepared 0.01,
Cld = k(sd)/m (Equation 1) 0.1, 1, 10 and 100 µg/mL cadmium standard
Where: stock solutions by making appropriate serial
dilutions of a commercially available 1,000
Cld = the smallest reliable detectable con-
µg/mL cadmium standard stock solution
centration an analytical instrument can
(RICCA Chemical Co., Lot# A102) with the
determine at a given confidence level.
diluting solution (4% HNO3, 0.4% HCl).
k = 3 for the Qualitative Detection Limit at
4.4.2. Analyzed Standards: Prepared cad-
the 99.86% Confidence Level
mium standards in the range of 0.001 to 2.0
= 10 for the Quantitative Detection Limit at
µg/mL by pipetting 2 to 10 mL of the appro-
the 99.99% Confidence Level.
sd = standard deviation of the reagent blank priate dilute cadmium stock solution into a
(Rbl) readings. 100-mL volumetric flask and diluting to vol-
m = analytical sensitivity or slope as cal- ume with the diluting solution. (See Section
culated by linear regression. 3.7.2.)
4.1.4. Collection efficiencies of metallic 4.5. Standard Preparation for AAS–HGA
fume and dust atmospheres on 0.8-µ m mixed Analysis
cellulose ester membrane filters are well
documented and have been shown to be ex- 4.5.1. Dilute stock solutions: Prepared 1, 10,
cellent (5.11.). Since elemental cadmium and 100 and 1,000 ng/mL cadmium standard stock
the cadmium component of cadmium com- solutions by making appropriate serial dilu-
pounds are nonvolatile, stability studies of tions of a commercially available 1,000 µg/mL
cadmium spiked MCEF samples were not cadmium standard stock solution (J.T.
performed. Baker Chemical Co., Instra-analyzed, Lot#
D22642) with the diluting solution (4% HNO3,
4.2. Equipment 0.4% HCl).
4.2.1. A Perkin-Elmer (PE) Model 603 spec- 4.5.2. Analyzed Standards: Prepared cad-
trophotometer equipped with a manual gas mium standards in the range of 0.1 to 40 ng/
control system, a stainless steel nebulizer, a mL by pipetting 2 to 10 mL of the appro-
burner mixing chamber, a flow spoiler and a priate dilute cadmium stock solution into a
10 cm. (one-slot) burner head was used in the 100-mL volumetric flask and diluting to vol-
experimental validation of the flame AAS ume with the diluting solution. (See Section
analytical technique. A PE cadmium hollow 3.8.2.)
cathode lamp, operated at the manufactur-
4.6. Detection Limits and Standard Working
er’s recommended current setting for contin-
Range for Flame AAS Analysis
uous operation (4 mA), was used as the
source lamp. Instrument parameters are list- 4.6.1. Analyzed the reagent blank solution
ed in Attachment 1. and the entire series of cadmium standards
4.2.2. A PE Model 5100 spectrophotometer, in the range of 0.001 to 2.0 µg/mL three to six
Zeeman HGA–600 graphite furnace atomizer times according to the instructions given in
172
Section 3.10. The diluting solution (4% HNO3, 4.7. Detection Limits and Standard
0.4% HCl) was used as the reagent blank. The Working Range for AAS–HGA Analysis
integration time on the PE 603 spectro-
4.7.1. Analyzed the reagent blank solution
photometer was set to 3.0 seconds and a four-
and the entire series of cadmium standards
fold expansion of the absorbance reading of
in the range of 0.1 to 40 ng/mL according to
the 2.0 µg/mL cadmium standard was made the instructions given in Section 3.11. The
prior to analysis. The 2.0 µg/mL standard diluting solution (4% HNO3, 0.4% HCl) was
gave a net absorbance reading of 0.350 abs. used as the reagent blank. A fresh aliquot of
units prior to expansion in agreement with the reagent blank and of each standard was
the manufacturer’s specifications (5.6.). used for every analysis. The experimental
4.6.2. The net absorbance readings of the characteristic mass value was 0.41 pg, cal-
reagent blank and the low concentration Cd culated from the average peak area (abs-sec)
standards from 0.001 to 0.1 µg/mL and the sta- reading of the 5 ng/mL standard which is ap-
tistical analysis of the results are shown in proximately midway in the linear portion of
Table I. The standard deviation, sd, of the the working standard range. This agreed
six net absorbance readings of the reagent within 20% with the characteristic mass
blank is 1.05 abs. units. The slope, m, as cal- value, 0.35 pg, listed by the manufacturer of
culated by a linear regression plot of the net the instrument (5.2.).
absorbance readings (shown in Table II) of 4.7.2. The peak area (abs-sec) readings of
the 0.02 to 1.0 µg/mL cadmium standards the reagent blank and the low concentration
versus their concentration is 772.7 abs. units/ Cd standards from 0.1 to 2.0 ng/mL and sta-
(µg/mL). tistical analysis of the results are shown in
4.6.3. If these values for sd and the slope, Table III. Five of the reagent blank peak
m, are used in Eqn. 1 (Sect. 4.1.3.), the quali- area readings were zero and the sixth reading
tative and quantitative detection limits as was 1 and was an outlier. The near lack of a
determined by the IUPAC Method are: blank signal does not satisfy a strict inter-
Cld=(3)(1.05 abs. units)/(772.7 abs. units/(µg/ pretation of the IUPAC method for deter-
mL)) mining the detection limits. Therefore, the
= 0.0041 µg/mL for the qualitative detection standard deviation of the six peak area read-
limit. ings of the 0.2 ng/mL cadmium standard, 0.75
Cld=(10)(1.05 abs. units)/(772.7 abs. units/µg/ abs-sec, was used to calculate the detection
mL)) limits by the IUPAC method. The slope, m,
=0.014 µg/mL for the quantitative detection as calculated by a linear regression plot of
limit. the peak area (abs-sec) readings (shown in
The qualitative and quantitative detection Table IV) of the 0.2 to 10 ng/mL cadmium
limits for the flame AAS analytical tech- standards versus their concentration is 51.5
nique are 0.041 µg and 0.14 µg cadmium, re- abs-sec/(ng/mL).
spectively, for a 10 mL solution volume. 4.7.3. If 0.75 abs-sec (sd) and 51.5 abs-sec/(ng/
These correspond, respectively, to 0.2 µg/m3 mL) (m) are used in Eqn. 1 (Sect. 4.1.3.), the
and 0.70 µg/m3 for a 200 L air volume. qualitative and quantitative detection limits
4.6.4. The recommended Cd standard work- as determined by the IUPAC method are:
ing range for flame AAS analysis is 0.02 to Cld = (3)(0.75 abs-sec)/(51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL)
2.0 µg/mL. The net absorbance readings of = 0.044 ng/mL for the qualitative detection
the reagent blank and the recommended limit.
working range standards and the statistical Cld= (10)(0.75 abs-sec)/(51.5 abs-sec/(ng/mL) =
analysis of the results are shown in Table II. 0.15 ng/mL for the quantitative detection
The standard of lowest concentration in the limit.
working range, 0.02 µg/mL, is slightly greater The qualitative and quantitative detection
than the calculated quantitative detection limits for the AAS-HGA analytical technique
limit, 0.014 µg/mL. The standard of highest are 0.44 ng and 1.5 ng cadmium, respectively,
concentration in the working range, 2.0 µg/ for a 10 mL solution volume. These cor-
mL, is at the upper end of the linear working respond, respectively, to 0.007 µg/m3 and 0.025
range suggested by the manufacturer (5.6.). µg/m3 for a 60 L air volume.
Although the standard net absorbance read- 4.7.4. The peak area (abs-sec) readings of
ings are not strictly linear at concentrations the Cd standards from 0.2 to 40 ng/mL and
above 0.5 µg/mL, the deviation from linearity the statistical analysis of the results are
is only about 10% at the upper end of the rec- given in Table IV. The recommended stand-
ommended standard working range. The de- ard working range for AAS-HGA analysis is
viation from linearity is probably caused by 0.2 to 20 ng/mL. The standard of lowest con-
the four-fold expansion of the signal sug- centration in the recommended working
gested in the method. As shown in Table II, range is slightly greater than the calculated
the precision of the standard net absorbance quantitative detection limit, 0.15 ng/mL. The
readings are excellent throughout the rec- deviation from linearity of the peak area
ommended working range; the relative readings of the 20 ng/mL standard, the high-
standard deviations of the readings range est concentration standard in the rec-
from 0.009 to 0.064. ommended working range, is approximately
173
10%. The deviations from linearity of the brated micropipet. The dilute stock solu-
peak area readings of the 30 and 40 ng/mL tions were prepared by making appropriate
standards are significantly greater than 10%. serial dilutions of a commercially available
As shown in Table IV, the precision of the certified 1,000 µg/mL cadmium standard
peak area readings are satisfactory through- stock solution (Fisher Chemical Co., Lot#
out the recommended working range; the rel- 913438–24) with the diluting solution (4%
ative standard deviations of the readings HNO3, 0.4% HCl). Each set contained six sam-
range from 0.025 to 0.083. ples and a sample blank. The amount of cad-
mium in the prepared sets were equivalent to
4.8. Analytical Method Recovery for Flame 0.5, 1 and 2 times the Action Level TWA tar-
AAS Analysis get concentration of 2.5 µg/m3 for a 60 L air
4.8.1. Four sets of spiked MCEF samples volume.
were prepared by injecting 20 µL of 10, 50, 100 4.9.2. The air-dried spiked filters were di-
and 200 µg/mL dilute cadmium stock solu- gested and analyzed for their cadmium con-
tions on 37 mm diameter filters (part no. tent by flameless atomic absorption spec-
AAWP 037 00, Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA) troscopy using a heated graphite furnace at-
with a calibrated micropipet. The dilute omizer following the procedure described in
stock solutions were prepared by making ap- Section 3. A five-fold dilution of the spiked
propriate serial dilutions of a commercially filter samples at 2 times the Action Level
available 1,000 µg/mL cadmium standard TWA was made prior to their analysis. The
stock solution (RICCA Chemical Co., Lot# 0.05 to 20 ng/mL cadmium standards were
A102) with the diluting solution (4% HNO3, used in the analysis of the spiked filters.
0.4% HCl). Each set contained six samples 4.9.3. The results of the analysis are given
and a sample blank. The amount of cadmium in Table VI. There were no outliers. The co-
in the prepared sets were equivalent to 0.1, efficients of variation for the three test lev-
0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 times the TWA PEL target els at 0.5 to 2.0 times the Action Level TWA
concentration of 5 µg/m3 for a 400 L air vol- PEL passed the Bartlett’s test and were
ume. pooled. The average recovery of the spiked
4.8.2. The air-dried spiked filters were di- filter samples was 94.2% with a pooled coeffi-
gested and analyzed for their cadmium con- cient of variation (CV1) of 0.043. Con-
tent by flame atomic absorption spectros- sequently, the analytical bias was ¥5.8% and
copy (AAS) following the procedure de- the OAE was ±14.2%.
scribed in Section 3. The 0.02 to 2.0µg/mL
cadmium standards (the suggested working 4.10. Conclusions
range) were used in the analysis of the
The experiments performed in this evalua-
spiked filters.
tion show the two atomic absorption analyt-
4.8.3. The results of the analysis are given
ical techniques included in this method to be
in Table V. One result at 0.5 times the TWA
precise and accurate and have sufficient sen-
PEL target concentration was an outlier and
sitivity to measure airborne cadmium over a
was excluded from statistical analysis. Ex-
broad range of exposure levels and sampling
perimental justification for rejecting it is
periods.
that the outlier value was probably due to a
spiking error. The coefficients of variation 5. REFERENCES
for the three test levels at 0.5 to 2.0 times the
TWA PEL target concentration passed the 5.1. Slavin, W. Graphite Furnace AAS—A
Bartlett’s test and were pooled. Source Book; Perkin-Elmer Corp., Spectros-
4.8.4. The average recovery of the six copy Div.: Ridgefield, CT, 1984; p. 18 and pp.
spiked filter samples at 0.1 times the TWA 83–90.
PEL target concentration was 118.2% with a 5.2. Grosser, Z., Ed.; Techniques in Graph-
coefficient of variation (CV1) of 0.128. The av- ite Furnace Atomic Absorption
erage recovery of the spiked filter samples in Spectrophotometry; Perkin-Elmer Corp.,
the range of 0.5 to 2.0 times the TWA target Spectroscopy Div.: Ridgefield, CT, 1985.
concentration was 104.0% with a pooled coef- 5.3. Occupational Safety and Health Ad-
ficient of variation (CV1) of 0.010. Con- ministration Salt Lake Technical Center:
sequently, the analytical bias found in these Metal and Metalloid Particulate in Work-
spiked sample results over the tested con- place Atmospheres (Atomic Absorption)
centration range was +4.0% and the OAE was (USDOL/OSHA Method No. ID–121). In OSHA
±6.0%. Analytical Methods Manual 2nd ed. Cin-
cinnati, OH: American Conference of Govern-
4.9. Analytical Method Recovery for AAS- mental Industrial Hygienists, 1991.
HGA Analysis
5.4. Occupational Safety and Health Ad-
4.9.1. Three sets of spiked MCEF samples ministration Salt Lake Technical Center:
were prepared by injecting 15µ L of 5, 10 and Metal and Metalloid Particulate in Work-
20 µg/mL dilute cadmium stock solutions on place Atmospheres (ICP) (USDOL/OSHA
37 mm diameter filters (part no. AAWP 037 Method No. ID–125G). In OSHA Analytical
00, Millipore Corp., Bedford, MA) with a cali- Methods Manual 2nd ed. Cincinnati, OH:
174
American Conference of Governmental In- TABLE I—CD DETECTION LIMIT STUDY—
dustrial Hygienists, 1991. Continued
5.5. Windholz, M., Ed.; The Merck Index, [Flame AAS Analysis]
10th ed.; Merck & Co.: Rahway, NJ, 1983.
5.6. Analytical Methods for Atomic Absorp- Absorbance read-
STD (µg/mL) Statistical analysis
tion Spectrophotometry, The Perkin-Elmer ing at 228.8 nm
Corporation: Norwalk, CT, 1982.
0.002 ..................... 5 7 n=6.
5.7. Slavin, W., D.C. Manning, G. Carnrick, 7 3 mean=5.50.
and E. Pruszkowska: Properties of the Cad- 7 4 std dev=1.76.
mium Determination with the Platform Fur- CV=0.320.
nace and Zeeman Background Correction. 0.005 ..................... 7 7 n=6.
Spectrochim. Acta 38B:1157–1170 (1983). 8 8 mean=7.33.
5.8. Occupational Safety and Health Ad- 8 6 std dev=0.817.
CV=0.111.
ministration Salt Lake Technical Center:
0.010 ..................... 10 9 n=6.
Standard Operating Procedure for Atomic 10 13 mean=10.3.
Absorption. Salt Lake City, UT: USDOL/ 10 10 std dev=1.37.
OSHA-SLTC, In progress. CV=0.133.
5.9. Occupational Safety and Health Ad- 0.020 ..................... 20 23 n=6.
ministration Salt Lake Technical Center: 20 22 mean=20.8.
AAS-HGA Standard Operating Procedure. 20 20 std dev=1.33.
Salt Lake City, UT: USDOL/OSHA-SLTC, In CV=0.064.
progress. 0.050 ..................... 42 42 n=6.
42 42 mean=42.5.
5.10. Mandel, J.: Accuracy and Precision, 42 45 std dev=1.22.
Evaluation and Interpretation of Analytical CV=0.029.
Results, The Treatment of Outliers. In Trea- 0.10 ....................... 84 n=3.
tise On Analytical Chemistry, 2nd ed., Vol.1, 80 mean=82.3.
edited by I. M. Kolthoff and P. J. Elving. 83 std dev=2.08.
New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1978. pp. CV=0.025.
282–285.
5.11. National Institute for Occupational TABLE II—CD STANDARD WORKING RANGE
Safety and Health: Documentation of the
NIOSH Validation Tests by D. Taylor, R.
STUDY
Kupel, and J. Bryant (DHEW/NIOSH Pub. No. [Flame AAS Analysis]
77–185). Cincinnati, OH: National Institute
Absorbance read-
for Occupational Safety and Health, 1977. STD (µg/mL) ing at 228.8 nm Statistical analysis
5.12. Occupational Safety and Health Ad-
ministration Analytical Laboratory: Preci- Reagent blank ...... 5 2 n=6.
sion and Accuracy Data Protocol for Labora- 4 3 mean=3.50.
tory Validations. In OSHA Analytical Meth- 4 3 std dev=1.05.
CV=0.30.
ods Manual 1st ed. Cincinnati, OH: American
0.020 ..................... 20 23 n=6.
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hy-
20 22 mean=20.8.
gienists (Pub. No. ISBN: 0–936712–66–X), 1985. 20 20 std dev=1.33.
5.13. Long, G.L. and J.D. Winefordner: CV=0.064.
Limit of Detection—A Closer Look at the 0.050 ..................... 42 42 n=6.
IUPAC Definition. Anal.Chem. 55:712A–724A 42 42 mean=42.5.
(1983). 42 45 std dev=1.22.
5.14. American Conference of Govern- CV=0.029.
mental Industrial Hygienists: Documenta- 0.10 ....................... 84 n=3.
80 mean=82.3.
tion of Threshold Limit Values and Biologi- 83 std dev=2.08.
cal Exposure Indices. 5th ed. Cincinnati, OH: CV=0.025.
American Conference of Governmental In- 0.20 ....................... 161 n=3.
dustrial Hygienists, 1986. 161 mean=160.0.
158 std dev=1.73.
TABLE I—CD DETECTION LIMIT STUDY CV=0.011.
[Flame AAS Analysis] 0.50 ....................... 391 n=3.
389 mean=391.0.
393 std dev=2.00.
Absorbance read-
STD (µg/mL) Statistical analysis CV=0.005.
ing at 228.8 nm
1.00 ....................... 760 n=3.
Reagent blank ...... 5 2 n=6. 748 mean=753.3.
4 3 mean=3.50. 752 std dev=6.11.
4 3 std dev=1.05. CV=0.008.
CV=0.30. 2.00 ....................... 1416 n=3.
0.001 ..................... 6 6 n=6. 1426 mean=1414.3.
2 4 mean=5.00. 1401 std dev=12.6.
6 6 std dev=1.67. CV=0.009.
CV=0.335.
175
TABLE III—CD DETECTION LIMIT STUDY TABLE IV—CD STANDARD WORKING RANGE
[AAS–HGA Analysis] STUDY
[AAS-HGA Analysis]
Peak area
readings × Peak area
STD (ng/mL) Statistical analysis
10 3 at readings ×
228.8 nm STD (ng/mL) Statistical analysis
10 3 at
228.8 nm
Reagent blank ........... 0 0 n=6.
0 1 mean=0.167. 0.2 ............................. 11 13 n=6.
0 0 std dev=0.41. 11 12 mean=11.8.
CV=2.45. 12 12 std dev=0.75.
0.1 ............................. 8 6 n=6. CV=0.064.
5 7 mean=7.7. 0.5 ............................. 28 33 n=6.
13 7 std dev=2.8. 26 28 mean=28.8.
CV=0.366. 28 30 std dev=2.4.
0.2 ............................. 11 13 n=6. CV=0.083.
11 12 mean=11.8. 1.0 ............................. 52 55 n=6.
12 12 std dev=0.75. 56 58 mean=54.8.
CV=0.064. 54 54 std dev=2.0.
0.5 ............................. 28 33 n=6. CV=0.037.
26 28 mean=28.8. 2.0 ............................. 101 112 n=6.
28 30 std dev=2.4. 110 110 mean=108.8.
CV=0.083. 110 110 std dev=3.9.
1.0 ............................. 52 55 n=6. CV=0.036.
56 58 mean=54.8. 5.0 ............................. 247 265 n=6.
54 54 std dev=2.0. 268 275 mean=265.5.
CV=0.037. 259 279 std dev=11.5.
CV=0.044.
2.0 ............................. 101 112 n=6.
10.0 ........................... 495 520 n=6.
110 110 mean=108.8.
523 513 mean=516.7.
110 110 std dev=3.9.
516 533 std dev=12.7.
CV=0.036.
CV=0.025.
20.0 ........................... 950 953 n=6.
951 958 mean=941.8.
949 890 std dev=25.6.
CV=0.027.
30.0 ........................... 1269 1291 n=6.
1303 1307 mean=1293.
1295 1290 std dev=13.3.
CV=0.010.
40.0 ........................... 1505 1567 n=6.
1535 1567 mean=1552.
1566 1572 std dev=26.6.
CV=0.017.
TABLE V—ANALYTICAL METHOD RECOVERY

[Flame AAS Analysis]
Test level 0.5× 1.0× 2.0×

Percent µg Percent µg Percent
rec. taken rec. taken rec.
µg taken µg found µg found µg found
1.00 ................................................... 1.0715 107.2 2.00 2.0688 103.4 4.00 4.1504 103.8
1.00 ................................................... 1.0842 108.4 2.00 2.0174 100.9 4.00 4.1108 102.8
1.00 ................................................... 1.0842 108.4 2.00 2.0431 102.2 4.00 4.0581 101.5
1.00 ................................................... *1.0081 *100.8 2.00 2.0431 102.2 4.00 4.0844 102.1
1.00 ................................................... 1.0715 107.2 2.00 2.0174 100.9 4.00 4.1504 103.8
1.00 ................................................... 1.0842 108.4 2.00 2.0045 100.2 4.00 4.1899 104.7
n= 5 6 6
mean= 107.9 101.6 103.1
std dev= 0.657 1.174 1.199
CV1= 0.006 0.011 0.012
CV1 (pooled)=0.010
* Rejected as an outlier—this value did not pass the outlier T-test at the 99% confidence level.
176
Test level 0.1×

Percent rec.
µg taken µg found
0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.2509 125.5

0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.2509 125.5
0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.2761 138.1
0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.2258 112.9
0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.2258 112.9
0.200 .................................................................................................................................... 0.1881 94.1
n= ......................................................................................................................................... 6
mean= .................................................................................................................................. 118.2
std dev= ............................................................................................................................... 15.1
CV1= .................................................................................................................................... 0.128
TABLE VI—ANALYTICAL METHOD RECOVERY

[AAS–HGA analysis]
Test level 0.5× 1.0× 2.0×

Percent ng Percent ng Percent
ng rec. taken rec. taken rec.
ng taken ng found ng found
found
75 ................................................................. 71.23 95.0 150 138.00 92.0 300 258.43 86.1

75 ................................................................. 71.47 95.3 150 138.29 92.2 300 258.46 86.2
75 ................................................................. 70.02 93.4 150 136.30 90.9 300 280.55 93.5
75 ................................................................. 77.34 103.1 150 146.62 97.7 300 288.34 96.1
75 ................................................................. 78.32 104.4 150 145.17 96.8 300 261.74 87.2
75 ................................................................. 71.96 95.9 150 144.88 96.6 300 277.22 92.4
n= 6 6 6
mean= 97.9 94.4 90.3
std dev= 4.66 2.98 4.30
CV1= 0.048 0.032 0.048
CV1(pooled)=0.043
ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 2
Instrumental Parameters for Flame AAS Instrumental Parameters for HGA Analysis
Analysis
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (Perkin-Elmer Model 5100)
(Perkin-Elmer Model 603)
Signal Type: Zeeman AA
Flame: Air/Acetylene—lean, blue
Slitwidth: 0.7 nm
Oxidant Flow: 55
Fuel Flow: 32 Wavelength: 228.8 nm
Wavelength: 228.8 nm Measurement: Peak Area
Slit: 4 (0.7 nm) Integration Time: 6.0 sec
Range: UV BOC Time: 5 sec
Signal: Concentration (4 exp) BOC=Background Offset Correction.
Integration Time: 3 sec
ZEEMAN GRAPHITE FURNACE (PERKIN-ELMER MODEL HGA–600)
Ramp time Hold time Temp. (° Argon flow
Step Read (sec)
(sec) (sec) C) (mL/min)
1) Predry ................................................................................. 5 10 90 300 ..................

2) Dry ...................................................................................... 30 10 140 300 ..................
3) Char .................................................................................... 10 20 900 300 ..................
4) Cool Down .......................................................................... 1 8 30 300 ..................
5) Atomize ............................................................................... 0 5 1600 0 ¥1
6) Burnout ............................................................................... 1 8 2500 300 ..................
177
APPENDIX F TO § 1910.1027—NONMANDA- The CTQ program pools analytical results

TORY PROTOCOL FOR BIOLOGICAL from many participating laboratories to de-
MONITORING rive consensus mean values for each of the
samples distributed. Results reported by
1.00 Introduction each laboratory then are compared against
these consensus means for the analyzed sam-
Under the final OSHA cadmium rule (29 ples to determine the relative performance
CFR part 1910), monitoring of biological of each laboratory. The proficiency of a par-
specimens and several periodic medical ex- ticipating laboratory is a function of the ex-
aminations are required for eligible employ- tent of agreement between results submitted
ees. These medical examinations are to be by the participating laboratory and the con-
conducted regularly, and medical monitoring sensus values for the set of samples ana-
is to include the periodic analysis of cad- lyzed.
mium in blood (CDB), cadmium in urine Proficiency testing for CRTU analysis
(CDU) and beta-2-microglobulin in urine (which should be performed with CDU and
(B2MU). As CDU and B2MU are to be normal- B2MU analyses to evaluate the results prop-
ized to the concentration of creatinine in erly) also is recommended. In the U.S., only
urine (CRTU), then CRTU must be analyzed the College of American Pathologists (CAP)
in conjunction with CDU and B2MU anal- currently conducts CRTU proficiency test-
yses. ing; participating laboratories should be ac-
The purpose of this protocol is to provide credited for CRTU analysis by the CAP.
procedures for establishing and maintaining Results of the proficiency evaluations will
the quality of the results obtained from the be forwarded to the participating laboratory
analyses of CDB, CDU and B2MU by commer- by the proficiency-testing laboratory, as well
cial laboratories. Laboratories conforming as to physicians designated by the partici-
to the provisions of this nonmandatory pro- pating laboratory to receive this informa-
tocol shall be known as ‘‘participating lab- tion. In addition, the participating labora-
oratories.’’ The biological monitoring data tory should, on request, submit the results of
from these laboratories will be evaluated by their internal Quality Assurance/Quality
physicians responsible for biological moni- Control (QA/QC) program for each analytic
toring to determine the conditions under procedure (i.e., CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) to
which employees may continue to work in physicians designated to receive the pro-
locations exhibiting airborne-cadmium con- ficiency results. For participating labora-
centrations at or above defined actions lev- tories offering CDU and/or B2MU analyses,
els (see paragraphs (l)(3) and (l)(4) of the QA/QC documentation also should be pro-
final rule). These results also may be used to vided for CRTU analysis. (Laboratories
support a decision to remove workers from should provide QA/QC information regarding
such locations. CRTU analysis directly to the requesting
Under the medical monitoring program for physician if they perform the analysis in-
cadmium, blood and urine samples must be house; if CRTU analysis is performed by an-
collected at defined intervals from workers other laboratory under contract, this infor-
by physicians responsible for medical moni- mation should be provided to the physician
toring; these samples are sent to commerical by the contract laboratory.)
laboratories that perform the required anal- QA/QC information, along with the actual
yses and report results of these analyses to biological specimen measurements, should
the responsible physicians. To ensure the ac- be provided to the responsible physician
curacy and reliability of these laboratory using standard formats. These physicians
analyses, the laboratories to which samples then may collate the QA/QC information
are submitted should participate in an ongo- with proficiency test results to compare the
ing and efficacious proficiency testing pro- relative performance of laboratories, as well
gram. Availability of proficiency testing pro- as to facilitate evaluation of the worker
grams may vary with the analyses per- monitoring data. This information supports
formed. decisions made by the physician with regard
To test proficiency in the analysis of CDB, to the biological monitoring program, and
CDU and B2MU, a laboratory should partici- for mandating medical removal.
pate either in the interlaboratory compari- This protocol describes procedures that
son program operated by the Centre de may be used by the responsible physicians to
Toxicologie du Quebec (CTQ) or an equiva- identify laboratories most likely to be pro-
lent program. (Currently, no laboratory in ficient in the analysis of samples used in the
the U.S. performs proficiency testing on biological monitoring of cadmium; also pro-
CDB, CDU or B2MU.) Under this program, vided are procedures for record keeping and
CTQ sends participating laboratories 18 sam- reporting by laboratories participating in
ples of each analyte (CDB, CDU and/or proficiency testing programs, and rec-
B2MU) annually for analysis. Participating ommendations to assist these physicians in
laboratories must return the results of these interpreting analytical results determined
analyses to CTQ within four to five weeks by participating laboratories. As the collec-
after receiving the samples. tion and handling of samples affects the
178
quality of the data, recommendations are Geometric Standard Deviation: The antilog
made for these tasks. Specifications for ana- of the standard deviation of a set of natural
lytical methods to be used in the medical log-transformed data.
monitoring program are included in this pro- Limit of Detection: Using a predefined level
tocol as well. of confidence, this is the lowest measured
In conclusion, this document is intended as value at which some of the measured mate-
a supplement to characterize and maintain rial is likely to have come from the sample.
the quality of medical monitoring data col- Mean: A central tendency of a set of data;
lected under the final cadmium rule promul- in this protocol, this mean is defined as the
gated by OSHA (29 CFR part 1910). OSHA has arithmetic mean (see definition of arithmetic
been granted authority under the Occupa- mean above) unless stated otherwise.
tional Safety and Health Act of 1970 to pro- Performance: A measure of the overall qual-
tect workers from the effects of exposure to ity of data reported by a laboratory.
hazardous substances in the work place and Pools: Groups of quality-control samples to
to mandate adequate monitoring of workers be established for each target value (defined
to determine when adverse health effects below) of an analyte. For the protocol pro-
may be occurring. This nonmandatory provided in attachment 3, for example, the theo-
tocol is intended to provide guidelines and retical value of the quality control samples
recommendations to improve the accuracy of the pool must be within a range defined as
and reliability of the procedures used to ana- plus or minus (±) 50% of the target value.
lyze the biological samples collected as part Within each analyte pool, there must be
of the medical monitoring program for cad- quality control samples of at least 4 theo-
mium. retical values.
Precision: The extent of agreement between
2.0 Definitions repeated, independent measurements of the
When the terms below appear in this pro- same quantity of an analyte.
tocol, use the following definitions. Proficiency: The ability to satisfy a speci-
Accuracy: A measure of the bias of a data fied level of analyte performance.
set. Bias is a systematic error that is either Proficiency Samples: Specimens, the values
inherent in a method or caused by some arti- of which are unknown to anyone at a partici-
fact or idiosyncracy of the measurement sys- pating laboratory, and which are submitted
tem. Bias is characterized by a consistent de- by a participating laboratory for proficiency
viation (positive or negative) in the results testing.
from an accepted reference value. Quality or Data Quality: A measure of the
Arithmetic Mean: The sum of measurements confidence in the measurement value.
in a set divided by the number of measure- Quality Control (QC) Samples: Specimens,
ments in a set. the value of which is unknown to the ana-
Blind Samples: A quality control procedure lyst, but is known to the appropriate QA/QC
in which the concentration of analyte in the personnel of a participating laboratory;
samples should be unknown to the analyst at when used as part of a laboratory QA/QC pro-
the time that the analysis is performed. gram, the theoretical values of these samples
Coefficient of Variation: The ratio of the should not be known to the analyst until the
standard deviation of a set of measurements analyses are complete. QC samples are to be
to the mean (arithmetic or geometric) of the run in sets consisting of one QC sample from
measurements. each pool (see definition of ‘‘pools’’ above).
Compliance Samples: Samples from exposed Sensitivity: For the purposes of this pro-
workers sent to a participating laboratory tocol, the limit of detection.
for analysis. Standard Deviation: A measure of the dis-
Control Charts: Graphic representations of tribution or spread of a data set about the
the results for quality control samples being mean; the standard deviation is equal to the
analyzed by a participating laboratory. positive square root of the variance, and is
Control Limits: Statistical limits which de- expressed in the same units as the original
fine when an analytic procedure exceeds ac- measurements in the data set.
ceptable parameters; control limits provide a Standards: Samples with values known by
method of assessing the accuracy of ana- the analyst and used to calibrate equipment
lysts, laboratories, and discrete analytic and to check calibration throughout an ana-
runs. lytic run. In a laboratory QA/QC program,
Control Samples: Quality control samples. the values of the standards must exceed the
F/T: The measured amount of an analyte values obtained for compliance samples such
divided by the theoretical value (defined that the lowest standard value is near the
below) for that analyte in the sample ana- limit of detection and the highest standard
lyzed; this ratio is a measure of the recovery is higher than the highest compliance sam-
for a quality control sample. ple or QC sample. Standards of at least three
Geometric Mean: The natural antilog of the different values are to be used for calibra-
mean of a set of natural log-transformed tion, and should be constructed from at least
data. 2 different sources.
179
Target Value: Those values of CDB, CDU or 3.0 Protocol
B2MU which trigger some action as pre-
scribed in the medical surveillance section of This protocol provides procedures for char-
the regulatory text of the final cadmium acterizing and maintaining the quality of
rule. For CDB, the target values are 5, 10 and analytic results derived for the medical mon-
15 µg/l. For CDU, the target values are 3, 7, itoring program mandated for workers under
and 15 µg/g CRTU. For B2 MU, the target val- the final cadmium rule.
ues are 300, 750 and 1500 µg/g CRTU. (Note 3.1 Overview
that target values may vary as a function of
time.) The goal of this protocol is to assure that
Theoretical Value (or Theoretical Amount): medical monitoring data are of sufficient
The reported concentration of a quality-con- quality to facilitate proper interpretation.
trol sample (or calibration standard) derived The data quality objectives (DQOs) defined
from prior characterizations of the sample. for the medical monitoring program are
Value or Measurement Value: The numerical summarized in Table 1. Based on available
result of a measurement. information, the DQOs presented in Table 1
Variance: A measure of the distribution or should be achievable by the majority of lab-
spread of a data set about the mean; the oratories offering the required analyses com-
variance is the sum of the squares of the dif- mercially; OSHA recommends that only lab-
ferences between the mean and each discrete oratories meeting these DQOs be used for the
measurement divided by one less than the analysis of biological samples collected for
number of measurements in the data set. monitoring cadmium exposure.
TABLE 1—RECOMMENDED DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES (DQOS) FOR THE CADMIUM MEDICAL
MONITORING PROGRAM
Precision
Analyte/concentration pool Limit of detection Accuracy
(CV) (%)
Cadmium in blood ........................ 0.5 µg/l ........................................ .................... ±1 µg/l or 15% of the mean.
≤2 µg/l ................................... ...................................................... 40
>2µg/l ..................................... ...................................................... 20
Cadmium in urine ......................... 0.5 µg/g creatinine ...................... .................... ±1 µg/l or 15% of the mean.
≤2 µg/l creatinine .................. ...................................................... 40
>2µg/l creatinine .................... ...................................................... 20
β-2-microglobulin in urine: 100 100 µg/g creatinine ..................... 5 ±15% of the mean.
µg/g creatine.
To satisfy the DQOs presented in Table 1, 1. The method of Stoeppler and Brandt
OSHA provides the following guidelines: (1980) for CDB determinations (limit of de-
1. Procedures for the collection and han- tection: 0.5 µg/l);
dling of blood and urine are specified (Sec- 2. The method of Pruszkowska et al. (1983)
tion 3.4.1 of this protocol); for CDU determinations (limit of detection:
2. Preferred analytic methods for the anal- 0.5 µg/l of urine); and,
ysis of CDB, CDU and B2MU are defined (and 3. The Pharmacia Delphia test kit
a method for the determination of CRTU (Pharmacia 1990) for the determination of
also is specified since CDU and B2MU results B2MU (limit of detection: 100 µg/l urine).
are to be normalized to the level of CRTU). Because both CDU and B2MU should be re-
3. Procedures are described for identifying ported in µg/g CRTU, an independent deter-
laboratories likely to provide the required mination of CRTU is recommended. Thus,
analyses in an accurate and reliable manner; both the OSHA Salt Lake City Technical
4. These guidelines (Sections 3.2.1 to 3.2.3, Center (OSLTC) method (OSHA, no date) and
and Section 3.3) include recommendations the Jaffe method (Du Pont, no date) for the
regarding internal QA/QC programs for par- determination of CRTU are specified under
ticipating laboratories, as well as levels of this protocol (i.e., either of these 2 methods
proficiency through participation in an may be used). Note that although detection
interlaboratory proficiency program; limits are not reported for either of these
5. Procedures for QA/QC record keeping CRTU methods, the range of measurements
(Section 3.3.2), and for reporting QC/QA re- expected for CRTU (0.9-1.7 µg/l) are well
sults are described (Section 3.3.3); and, above the likely limit of detection for either
6. Procedures for interpreting medical of these methods (Harrison, 1987).
monitoring results are specified (Section Laboratories using alternate methods
3.4.3). should submit sufficient data to the respon-
Methods recommended for the biological sible physicians demonstrating that the al-
monitoring of eligible workers are: ternate method is capable of satisfying the
180
defined data quality objectives of the pro- yses of the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU
gram. Such laboratories also should submit a and/or B2MU); or,
QA/QC plan that documents the performance 3. Copies of invoices sent to 1 or more cli-
of the alternate method in a manner entirely ents requesting payment for the provision of
equivalent to the QA/QC plans proposed in regular analyses of the appropriate analyte
Section 3.3.1. (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU). Whatever the form
3.2 Duties of the Responsible Physician of documentation submitted, the specific
The responsible physician will evaluate bi- analytic procedures conducted should be
ological monitoring results provided by par- identified directly. The forms that are copied
ticipating laboratories to determine whether for submission to the responsible physician
such laboratories are proficient and have also should identify the laboratory which
satisfied the QA/QC recommendations. In de- provided these analyses.
termining which laboratories to employ for To demonstrate compliance with the sec-
this purpose, these physicians should review ond of the above criteria, a laboratory
proficiency and QA/QC data submitted to should submit to the responsible physician
them by the participating laboratories. an internal QA/QC plan detailing the stand-
Participating laboratories should dem- ard operating procedures to be adopted for
onstrate proficiency for each analyte (CDU, satisfying the recommended QA/QC proce-
CDB and B2MU) sampled under the biological dures for the analysis of each specific
monitoring program. Participating labora- analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU). Proce-
tories involved in analyzing CDU and B2MU dures for internal QA/QC programs are de-
also should demonstrate proficiency for tailed in Section 3.3.1 below.
CRTU analysis, or provide evidence of a con- To satisfy the third of the above criteria,
tract with a laboratory proficient in CRTU laboratories analyzing for CDU or B2MU also
analysis. should submit a QA/QC plan for creatinine
analysis (CRTU); the QA/QC plan and charac-
3.2.1 Recommendations for Selecting terization analyses for CRTU must come
Among Existing Laboratories from the laboratory performing the CRTU
analysis, even if the CRTU analysis is being
OSHA recommends that existing labora- performed by a contract laboratory.
tories providing commercial analyses for Laboratories enrolling in the CTQ program
CDB, CDU and/or B2MU for the medical mon- (to satisfy the last of the above criteria)
itoring program satisfy the following cri- must remit, with the enrollment application,
teria: an initial fee of approximately $100 per
1. Should have performed commercial anal- analyte. (Note that this fee is only an esti-
yses for the appropriate analyte (CDB, CDU mate, and is subject to revision without no-
and/or B2MU) on a regular basis over the last tice.) Laboratories should indicate on the ap-
2 years; plication that they agree to have proficiency
2. Should provide the responsible physician test results sent by the CTQ directly to the
with an internal QA/QC plan; physicians designated by participating lab-
3. If performing CDU or B2MU analyses, oratories.
the participating laboratory should be ac- Once a laboratory’s application is proc-
credited by the CAP for CRTU analysis, and essed by the CTQ, the laboratory will be as-
should be enrolled in the corresponding CAP signed a code number which will be provided
survey (note that alternate credentials may to the laboratory on the initial confirmation
be acceptable, but acceptability is to be de- form, along with identification of the spe-
termined by the responsible physician); and, cific analytes for which the laboratory is
4. Should have enrolled in the CTQ inter- participating. Confirmation of participation
laboratory comparison program for the ap- will be sent by the CTQ to physicians des-
propriate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU). ignated by the applicant laboratory.
Participating laboratories should submit
appropriate documentation demonstrating 3.2.2 Recommended Review of Laboratories
compliance with the above criteria to the re- Selected to Perform Analyses
sponsible physician. To demonstrate compli- Six months after being selected initially to
ance with the first of the above criteria, par- perform analyte determinations, the status
ticipating laboratories should submit the of participating laboratories should be re-
following documentation for each analyte viewed by the responsible physicians. Such
they plan to analyze (note that each docu- reviews should then be repeated every 6
ment should cover a period of at least 8 con- months or whenever additional proficiency
secutive quarters, and that the period des- or QA/QC documentation is received (which-
ignated by the term ‘‘regular analyses’’ is at ever occurs first).
least once a quarter): As soon as the responsible physician has
1. Copies of laboratory reports providing received the CTQ results from the first 3
results from regular analyses of the appro- rounds of proficiency testing (i.e., 3 sets of 3
priate analyte (CDB, CDU and/or B2MU); samples each for CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) for
2. Copies of 1 or more signed and executed a participating laboratory, the status of the
contracts for the provision of regular anal- laboratory’s continued participation should
181
be reviewed. Over the same initial 6-month the consensus mean. Note that reporting
period, participating laboratories also should B2MU results, other than for CTQ pro-
provide responsible physicians the results of ficiency samples (i.e., compliance samples),
their internal QA/QC monitoring program should be accompanied with results of anal-
used to assess performance for each analyte yses for CRTU, and these 2 sets of results
(CDB, CDU and/or B2MU) for which the lab- should be combined to provide a measure of
oratory performs determinations. This infor- B2MU in units of µg/g CRTU.
mation should be submitted using appro- There are no recommended performance
priate forms and documentation. checks for CRTU analyses. As stated pre-
The status of each participating laboratory viously, laboratories performing CRTU anal-
should be determined for each analyte (i.e., ysis in support of CDU or B2MU analyses
whether the laboratory satisfies minimum should be accredited by the CAP, and partici-
proficiency guidelines based on the pro- pating in the CAP’s survey for CRTU.
ficiency samples sent by the CTQ and the re- Following the first review, the status of
sults of the laboratory’s internal QA/QC pro- each participating laboratory should be re-
gram). To maintain competency for analysis evaluated at regular intervals (i.e., cor-
of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU during the first responding to receipt of results from each
review, the laboratory should satisfy per- succeeding round of proficiency testing and
formance requirements for at least 2 of the 3 submission of reports from a participating
proficiency samples provided in each of the 3 laboratory’s internal QA/QC program).
rounds completed over the 6-month period. After a year of collecting proficiency test
Proficiency should be maintained for the results, the following proficiency criterion
analyte(s) for which the laboratory conducts should be added to the set of criteria used to
determinations. determine the participating laboratory’s sta-
To continue participation for CDU and/or tus (for analyzing CDB, CDU and/or B2MU):
B2MU analyse, laboratories also should ei- A participating laboratory should not fail
ther maintain accreditation for CRTU anal- performance requirements for more than 4
ysis in the CAP program and participate in samples from the 6 most recent consecutive
the CAP surveys, or they should contract the rounds used to assess proficiency for CDB,
CDU and B2MU analyses to a laboratory CDU and/or B2MU separately (i.e., a total of
which satisfies these requirements (or which 18 discrete proficiency samples for each
can provide documentation of accreditation/ analyte). Note that this requirement does
participation in an equivalent program). not replace, but supplements, the rec-
The performance requirement for CDB ommendation that a laboratory should sat-
analysis is defined as an analytical result isfy the performance criteria for at least 2 of
within ±1 µg/l blood or 15% of the consensus the 3 samples tested for each round of the
mean (whichever is greater). For samples ex- program.
hibiting a consensus mean less than 1 µg/l,
the performance requirement is defined as a 3.2.3 Recommendations for Selecting
concentration between the detection limit of Among Newly-Formed Laboratories (or
the analysis and a maximum of 2 µg/l. The Laboratories that Previously Failed to
purpose for redefining the acceptable inter- Meet the Protocol Guidelines)
val for low CDB values is to encourage prop- OSHA recommends that laboratories that
er reporting of the actual values obtained have not previously provided commercial
during measurement; laboratories, therefore, analyses of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU (or have
will not be penalized (in terms of a narrow done so for a period less than 2 years), or
range of acceptability) for reporting meas- which have provided these analyses for 2 or
ured concentrations smaller than 1 µg/l. more years but have not conformed pre-
The performance requirement for CDU viously with these protocol guidelines,
analysis is defined as an analytical result should satisfy the following provisions for
within ±1 µg/l urine or 15% of the consensus each analyte for which determinations are to
mean (whichever is greater). For samples ex- be made prior to being selected to analyze
hibiting a consensus mean less than 1 µg/l biological samples under the medical moni-
urine, the performance requirement is de- toring program:
fined as a concentration between the detec- 1. Submit to the responsible physician an
tion limit of the analysis and a maximum of internal QA/QC plan detailing the standard
2 µg/l urine. Laboratories also should dem- operating procedures to be adopted for satis-
onstrate proficiency in creatinine analysis fying the QA/QC guidelines (guidelines for in-
as defined by the CAP. Note that reporting ternal QA/QC programs are detailed in Sec-
CDU results, other than for the CTQ pro- tion 3.3.1);
ficiency samples (i.e., compliance samples), 2. Submit to the responsible physician the
should be accompanied with results of anal- results of the initial characterization anal-
yses for CRTU, and these 2 sets of results yses for each analyte for which determina-
should be combined to provide a measure of tions are to be made;
CDU in units of µg/g CRTU. 3. Submit to the responsible physician the
The performance requirement for B2MU is results, for the initial 6-month period, of the
defined as analytical results within ± 15% of internal QA/QC program for each analyte for
182
which determinations are to be made (if no ysis (defined by the CAP) also should be met.
commercial analyses have been conducted Note that reporting CDU results, other than
previously, a minimum of 2 mock standard- for CTQ proficiency testing should be accom-
ization trials for each analyte should be panied with results of CRTU analyses, and
completed per month for a 6-month period); these 2 sets of results should be combined to
4. Enroll in the CTQ program for the appro- provide a measure of CDU in units of µg/g
priate analyte for which determinations are CRTU.
to be made, and arrange to have the CTQ The performance requirement for B2MU is
program submit the initial confirmation of
defined as an analytical result within ±15%
participation and proficiency test results di-
of the consensus mean. Note that reporting
rectly to the designated physicians. Note
B2MU results, other than for CTQ pro-
that the designated physician should receive
results from 3 completed rounds from the ficiency testing should be accompanied with
CTQ program before approving a laboratory results of CRTU analysis, these 2 sets of re-
for participation in the biological moni- sults should be combined to provide a meas-
toring program; ure of B2MU in units of µg/g CRTU.
5. Laboratories seeking participation for Once a new laboratory has been approved
CDU and/or B2MU analyses should submit to by the responsible physician for conducting
the responsible physician documentation of analyte determinations, the status of this
accreditation by the CAP for CRTU analyses approval should be reviewed periodically by
performed in conjunction with CDU and/or the responsible physician as per the criteria
B2MU determinations (if CRTU analyses are presented under Section 3.2.2.
conducted by a contract laboratory, this lab- Laboratories which have failed previously
oratory should submit proof of CAP accredi- to gain approval of the responsible physician
tation to the responsible physician); and, for conducting determinations of 1 or more
6. Documentation should be submitted on analytes due to lack of compliance with the
an appropriate form. criteria defined above for existing labora-
To participate in CDB, CDU and/or B2MU tories (Section 3.2.1), may obtain approval by
analyses, the laboratory should satisfy the satisfying the criteria for newly-formed lab-
above criteria for a minimum of 2 of the 3 oratories defined under this section; for
proficiency samples provided in each of the 3 these laboratories, the second of the above
rounds of the CTQ program over a 6-month
criteria may be satisfied by submitting a
period; this procedure should be completed
new set of characterization analyses for each
for each appropriate analyte. Proficiency
analyte for which determinations are to be
should be maintained for each analyte to
continue participation. Note that labora- made.
tories seeking participation for CDU or Reevaluation of these laboratories is dis-
B2MU also should address the performance cretionary on the part of the responsible
requirements for CRTU, which involves pro- physician. Reevaluation, which normally
viding evidence of accreditation by the CAP takes about 6 months, may be expedited if
and participation in the CAP surveys (or an the laboratory can achieve 100% compliance
equivalent program). with the proficiency test criteria using the 6
The performance requirement for CDB samples of each analyte submitted to the
analysis is defined as an analytical result CTQ program during the first 2 rounds of
within ±1 µg/l or 15% of the consensus mean proficiency testing.
(whichever is greater). For samples exhib- For laboratories seeking reevaluation for
iting a consensus mean less than 1 µg/l, the CDU or B2MU analysis, the guidelines for
performance requirement is defined as a con- CRTU analyses also should be satisfied, in-
centration between the detection limit of cluding accreditation for CRTU analysis by
the analysis and a maximum of 2 µg/l. The the CAP, and participation in the CAP sur-
purpose of redefining the acceptable interval vey program (or accreditation/participation
for low CDB values is to encourage proper re- in an equivalent program).
porting of the actual values obtained during
measurement; laboratories, therefore, will 3.2.4 Future Modifications to the Protocol
not be penalized (in terms of a narrow range Guidelines
of acceptability) for reporting measured con-
centrations less than 1 µg/l. As participating laboratories gain experi-
The performance requirement for CDU ence with analyses for CDB, CDU and B2MU,
analysis is defined as an analytical result it is anticipated that the performance
within ±1 µg/l urine or 15% of the consensus achievable by the majority of laboratories
mean (whichever is greater). For samples ex- should improve until it approaches that re-
hibiting a consensus mean less than 1 µg/l ported by the research groups which devel-
urine, the performance requirement is de- oped each method. OSHA, therefore, may
fined as a concentration that falls between choose to recommend stricter performance
the detection limit of the analysis and a guidelines in the future as the overall per-
maximum of 2 µg/l urine. Performance re- formance of participating laboratories im-
quirements for the companion CRTU anal- proves.
183
3.3 Guidelines for Record Keeping and illustrative of the procedures that should be
Reporting addressed in a proper QA/QC program.
To comply with these guidelines, partici- Calibration. Before any analytic runs are
pating laboratories should satisfy the above- conducted, the analytic instrument should
stated performance and proficiency rec- be calibrated. Calibration should be per-
ommendations, as well as the following informed at the beginning of each day on
ternal QA/QC, record keeping, and reporting which QC and/or compliance samples are run.
provisions. Once calibration is established, QC or com-
If a participating laboratory fails to meet pliance samples may be run. Regardless of
the provisions of these guidelines, it is rec- the type of samples run, about every fifth
ommended that the responsible physician sample should serve as a standard to assure
disapprove further analyses of biological that calibration is being maintained.
samples by that laboratory until it dem- Calibration is being maintained if the
onstrates compliance with these guidelines. standard is within ±15% of its theoretical
On disapproval, biological samples should be value. If a standard is more than ±15% of its
sent to a laboratory that can demonstrate theoretical value, the run has exceeded con-
compliance with these guidelines, at least trol limits due to calibration error; the en-
until the former laboratory is reevaluated by tire set of samples then should be reanalyzed
the responsible physician and found to be in after recalibrating or the results should be
compliance. recalculated based on a statistical curve de-
The following record keeping and reporting rived from that set of standards.
procedures should be practiced by partici- It is essential that the value of the highest
pating laboratories. standard analyzed be higher than the highest
sample analyzed; it may be necessary, there-
3.3.1 Internal Quality Assurance/Quality fore, to run a high standard at the end of the
Control Procedures run, which has been selected based on results
Laboratories participating in the cadmium obtained over the course of the run (i.e.,
monitoring program should develop and higher than any standard analyzed to that
maintain an internal quality assurance/qual- point).
ity control (QA/QC) program that incor- Standards should be kept fresh; as samples
porates procedures for establishing and age, they should be compared with new
maintaining control for each of the analytic standards and replaced if necessary.
procedures (determinations of CDB, CDU Internal Quality Control Analyses. Internal
and/or B2MU) for which the laboratory is QC samples should be determined inter-
seeking participation. For laboratories ana- spersed with analyses of compliance samples.
lyzing CDU and/or B2MU, a QA/QC program At a minimum, these samples should be run
for CRTU also should be established. at a rate of 5% of the compliance samples or
Written documentation of QA/QC proce- at least one set of QC samples per analysis of
dures should be described in a formal QA/QC compliance samples, whichever is greater. If
plan; this plan should contain the following only 2 samples are run, they should contain
information: Sample acceptance and han- different levels of cadmium.
dling procedures (i.e., chain-of-custody); Internal QC samples may be obtained as
sample preparation procedures; instrument commercially-available reference materials
parameters; calibration procedures; and, cal- and/or they may be internally prepared. In-
culations. Documentation of QA/QC proce- ternally-prepared samples should be well
dures should be sufficient to identify analyt- characterized and traced, or compared to a
ical problems, define criteria under which reference material for which a consensus
analysis of compliance samples will be sus- value is available.
pended, and describe procedures for correc- Levels of cadmium contained in QC sam-
tive actions. ples should not be known to the analyst
prior to reporting the results of the analysis.
3.3.1.1 QA/QC procedures for establishing Internal QC results should be plotted or
control of CDB and CDU analyses charted in a manner which describes sample
The QA/QC program for CDB and CDU recovery and laboratory control limits.
should address, at a minimum, procedures Internal Control Limits. The laboratory pro-
involved in calibration, establishment of tocol for evaluating internal QC analyses per
control limits, internal QC analyses and control limits should be clearly defined.
maintaining control, and corrective-action Limits may ℘ be based on statistical methods
protocols. Participating laboratory should (e.g., as 2σ from the laboratory mean recov-
develop and maintain procedures to assure ery), or on proficiency testing limits
that analyses of compliance samples are (e.g.,±1µg or 15% of the mean, whichever is
within control limits, and that these proce- greater). Statistical limits that exceed ±40%
dures are documented thoroughly in a QA/QC should be reevaluated to determine the
plan. source error in the analysis.
A nonmandatory QA/QC protocol is pre- When laboratory limits are exceeded, ana-
sented in Attachment 1. This attachment is lytic work should terminate until the source
184
of error is determined and corrected; compli- Examples of performance summaries that
ance samples affected by the error should be can be provided include measurements of ac-
reanalyzed. In addition, the laboratory pro- curacy (i.e., the means of measured values
tocol should address any unusual trends that versus target values for the control samples)
develop which may be biasing the results. and precision (i.e., based on duplicate anal-
Numerous, consecutive results above or yses). It is recommended that the accuracy
below laboratory mean recoveries, or outside and precision measurements be compared to
laboratory statistical limits, indicate that those reported as achievable by the
problems may have developed. Pharmacia Delphia kit (Pharmacia 1990) to
Corrective Actions. The QA/QC plan should determine if and when unsatisfactory anal-
document in detail specific actions taken if yses have arisen. If the measurement error of
control limits are exceeded or unusual trends 1 or more of the control samples is more
develop. Corrective actions should be noted than 15%, the run exceeds control limits.
on an appropriate form, accompanied by sup- Similarly, this decision is warranted when
porting documentation. the average CV for duplicate samples is
In addition to these actions, laboratories greater than 5%.
should include whatever additional actions
are necessary to assure that accurate data 3.3.2 Procedures for Record Keeping
are reported to the responsible physicians. To satisfy reporting requirements for com-
Reference Materials. The following reference mercial analyses of CDB, CDU and/or B2MU
materials may be available: performed for the medical monitoring pro-
gram mandated under the cadmium rule,
Cadmium in Blood (CDB) participating laboratories should maintain
1. Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec, Le the following documentation for each
Centre Hospitalier de l’Universite Laval, 2705 analyte:
boul. Laurier, Quebec, Que., Canada G1V 4G2. 1. For each analytic instrument on which
(Prepared 6 times per year at 1–15 µg Cd/l.) analyte determinations are made, records re-
2. H. Marchandise, Community Bureau of lating to the most recent calibration and QC
Reference-BCR, Directorate General XII, sample analyses;
Commission of the European Communities, 2. For these instruments, a tabulated
200, rue de la Loi, B–1049, Brussels, Belgium. record for each analyte of those determina-
(Prepared as Bl CBM–1 at 5.37 µg Cd/l, and Bl tions found to be within and outside of con-
CBM–2 at 12.38 µg Cd/l.) trol limits over the past 2 years;
3. Kaulson Laboratories Inc., 691 Bloom- 3. Results for the previous 2 years of the
field Ave., Caldwell, NJ 07006; tel: (201) 226– QC sample analyses conducted under the in-
9494, FAX (201) 226–3244. (Prepared as #0141 ternal QA/QC program (this information
[As, Cd, Hg, Pb] at 2 levels.) should be: Provided for each analyte for
which determinations are made and for each
Cadmium in Urine (CDU) analytic instrument used for this purpose,
sufficient to demonstrate that internal QA/
1. Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec, Le QC programs are being executed properly,
Centre Hospitalier de l’Universite Laval, 2705 and consistent with data sent to responsible
boul. Laurier, Quebec, Que., Canada G1V 4G2. physicians.
(Prepared 6 times per year.) 4. Duplicate copies of monitoring results
2. National Institute of Standards and for each analyte sent to clients during the
Technology (NIST), Dept. of Commerce, Gai- previous 5 years, as well as associated infor-
thersburg, MD; tel: (301) 975–6776. (Prepared mation; supporting material such as chain-
as SRM 2670 freeze-dried urine [metals]; set of-custody forms also should be retained;
includes normal and elevated levels of met- and,
als; cadmium is certified for elevated level of 5. Proficiency test results and related ma-
88.0 µg/l in reconstituted urine.) terials received while participating in the
3. Kaulson Laboratories Inc., 691 Bloom- CTQ interlaboratory program over the past 2
field Ave., Caldwell, NJ 07006; tel: (201) 226– years; results also should be tabulated to
9494, FAX (201) 226–3244. (Prepared as #0140 provide a serial record of relative error (de-
[As, Cd, Hg, Pb] at 2 levels.) rived per Section 3.3.3 below).
3.3.1.2 QA/QC procedures for establishing 3.3.3 Reporting Procedures
control of B2MU
Participating laboratories should maintain
A written, detailed QA/QC plan for B2MU these documents: QA/QC program plans; QA/
analysis should be developed. The QA/QC QC status reports; CTQ proficiency program
plan should contain a protocol similar to reports; and, analytical data reports. The in-
those protocols developed for the CDB/CDU formation that should be included in these
analyses. Differences in analyses may war- reports is summarized in Table 2; a copy of
rant some differences in the QA/QC protocol, each report should be sent to the responsible
but procedures to ensure analytical integrity physician.
should be developed and followed.
185
TABLE 2—REPORTING PROCEDURES FOR LABORATORIES PARTICIPATING IN THE CADMIUM MEDICAL

MONITORING PROGRAM
Report Frequency (time frame) Contents
1 QA/QC Program Plan ........... Once (initially) ......................... A detailed description of the QA/QC protocol to be estab-
lished by the laboratory to maintain control of analyte de-
terminations.
2 QA/QC Status Report ........... Every 2 months ....................... Results of the QC samples incorporated into regular runs for
each instrument (over the period since the last report).
3 Proficiency Report ................. Attached to every data report Results from the last full year of proficiency samples sub-
mitted to the CTQ program and Results of the 100 most re-
cent QC samples incorporated into regular runs for each
instrument.
4 Analytical Data Report .......... For all reports of data results .. Date the sample was received; Date the sample was ana-
lyzed; Appropriate chain-of-custody information; Types of
analyses performed; Results of the requested analyses and
Copy of the most current proficiency report.
As noted in Section 3.3.1, a QA/QC program pools then should be derived. Several preci-
plan should be developed that documents in- sion estimates should be provided for con-
ternal QA/QC procedures (defined under Sec- centrations which differ in average value.
tion 3.3.1) to be implemented by the partici- These precision measures may be used to
pating laboratory for each analyte; this plan document improvements in performance
should provide a list identifying each instru- with regard to the combined pool.
ment used in making analyte determina- Participating laboratories should use the
tions. CTQ proficiency program for each analyte.
A QA/QC status report should be written Results of the this program will be sent by
bimonthly for each analyte. In this report, CTQ directly to physicians designated by the
the results of the QC program during the re- participating laboratories. Proficiency re-
porting period should be reported for each sults from the CTQ program are used to es-
analyte in the following manner: The num- tablish the accuracy of results from each
ber (N) of QC samples analyzed during the participating laboratory, and should be pro-
period; a table of the target levels defined for vided to responsible physicians for use in
each sample and the corresponding measured trend analysis. A proficiency report con-
values; the mean of F/T value (as defined sisting of these proficiency results should ac-
below) for the set of QC samples run during company data reports as an attachment.
the period; and, use of X̄ ±2s√ (as defined For each analyte, the proficiency report
below) for the set of QC samples run during should include the results from the 6 pre-
the period as a measure of precision. vious proficiency rounds in the following for-
As noted in Section 2, an F/T value for a mat:
QC sample is the ratio of the measured con- 1. Number (N) of samples analyzed;
centration of analyte to the established (i.e., 2. Mean of the target levels, (1/N)Σi, with Ti
reference) concentration of analyte for that being a consensus mean for the sample;
QC sample. The equation below describes the
3. Mean of the measurements, (1/N)Σi, with
derivation of the mean for F/T values, X,
Mi being a sample measurement;
(with N being the total number of samples
analyzed): 4. A measure of error defined by:
(1/N)Σ(Ti¥ Mi)2
X=
∑ (F / T) Analytical data reports should be sub-
mitted to responsible physicians directly.
N For each sample, report the following infor-
The standard deviation, s√, for these measure- mation: The date the sample was received;
ments is derived using the following equa- the date the sample was analyzed; appro-
tion (note that 2s√ is twice this value): priate chain-of-custody information; the
type(s) of analyses performed; and, the re-
1 sults of the analyses. This information

∑ F/T−X ( ) 2
2 should be reported on a form similar to the
∧
σ=  form provided an appropriate form. The most
 N −1  recent proficiency program report should ac-
  company the analytical data reports (as an
attachment).
The nonmandatory QA/QC protocol (see At- Confidence intervals for the analytical re-
tachment 1) indicates that QC samples sults should be reported as X±2s√, with X
should be divided into several discrete pools, being the measured value and 2s√ the stand-
and a separate estimate of precision for each ard deviation calculated as described above.
186
For CDU or B2MU results, which are com- manually or mechanically using a Vortex de-
bined with CRTU measurements for proper vice (for 15 sec). Samples should be refrig-
reporting, the 95% confidence limits are de- erated immediately or stored on ice until
rived from the limits for CDU or B2MU, (p), they can be packed for shipment to the par-
and the limits for CRTU, (q), as follows: ticipating laboratory for analysis.
The CDC recommends that blood samples
1
 1  2
( )
X be shipped with a ‘‘cool pak’’ to keep the
2 2 2
± 2  Y ×p +X ×q 2 samples cold during shipment. However, the
Y Y  CTQ routinely ships and receives blood sam-
ples for cadmium analysis that have not
For these calculations, X± p is the measure- been kept cool during shipment. The CTQ
ment and confidence limits for CDU or has found no deterioration of cadmium in bi-
B2MU, and Y± q is the measurement and con- ological fluids that were shipped via parcel
fidence limit for CRTU. post without a cooling agent, even though
Participating laboratories should notify
these deliveries often take 2 weeks to reach
responsible physicians as soon as they re-
their destination.
ceive information indicating a change in
Urine Samples. The following are rec-
their accreditation status with the CTQ or
the CAP. These physicians should not be ex- ommended procedures for the collection,
pected to wait until formal notice of a status shipment and storage of urine for CDU and
change has been received from the CTQ or B2MU analyses, and were obtained primarily
the CAP. through personal communications with J.P.
Weber of the CTQ (1991), and from reports by
3.4 Instructions to Physicians the CDC (1986) and Stoeppler and Brandt
(1980).
Physicians responsible for the medical
Single ‘‘spot’’ samples are recommended.
monitoring of cadmium-exposed workers
As B2M can degrade in the bladder, workers
must collect the biological samples from
should first empty their bladder and then
workers; they then should select laboratories
drink a large glass of water at the start of
to perform the required analyses, and should
the visit. Urine samples then should be col-
interpret the analytic results.
lected within 1 hour. Separate samples
3.4.1 Sample Collection and Holding should be collected for CDU and B2MU using
Procedures the following materials: Sterile urine collec-
tion cups (250 ml); small sealable plastic
Blood Samples. The following procedures bags; preprinted labels; 15-ml polypropylene
are recommended for the collection, ship- or polyethylene screw-cap tubes; lab gloves
ment and storage of blood samples for CDB (‘‘metal free’’); and, preservatives (as indi-
analysis to reduce analytical variablility; cated).
these recommendations were obtained pri-
The sealed collection cup should be kept in
marily through personal communications
the plastic bag until collection time. The
with J.P. Weber of the CTQ (1991), and from
workers should wash their hands with soap
reports by the Centers for Disease Control
and water before receiving the collection
(CDC, 1986) and Stoeppler and Brandt (1980).
cup. The collection cup should not be opened
To the extent possible, blood samples
until just before voiding and the cup should
should be collected from workers at the same
be sealed immediately after filling. It is im-
time of day. Workers should shower or thor-
oughly wash their hands and arms before portant that the inside of the container and
blood samples are drawn. The following ma- cap are not touched by, or come into contact
terials are needed for blood sample collec- with, the body, clothing or other surfaces.
tion: Alcohol wipes; sterile gauze sponges; For CDU analyzes, the cup is swirled gent-
band-aids; 20-gauge, 1.5-in. stainless steel ly to resuspend any solids, and the 15-ml
needles (sterile); preprinted labels; tour- tube is filled with 10-12 ml urine. The CDC
niquets; vacutainer holders; 3-ml ‘‘metal recommends the addition of 100 µ l con-
free’’ vacutainer tubes (i.e., dark-blue caps), centrated HNO3 as a preservative before seal-
with EDTA as an anti-coagulant; and, ing the tube and then freezing the sample.
styrofoam vacutainer shipping containers. The CTQ recommends minimal handling and
Whole blood samples are taken by does not acidify their interlaboratory urine
venipuncture. Each blue-capped tube should reference materials prior to shipment, nor do
be labeled or coded for the worker and com- they freeze the sample for shipment. At the
pany before the sample is drawn. (Blue- CTQ, if the urine sample has much sediment,
capped tubes are recommended instead of the sample is acidified in the lab to free any
red-capped tubes because the latter may con- cadmium in the precipitate.
sist of red coloring pigment containing cad- For B2M, the urine sample should be col-
mium, which could contaminate the sam- lected directly into a polyethylene bottle
ples.) Immediately after sampling, the previously washed with dilute nitric acid.
vacutainer tubes must be thoroughly mixed The pH of the urine should be measured and
by inverting the tubes at least 10 times adjusted to 8.0 with 0.1 N NaOH immediately
187
following collection. Samples should be fro- tions are 20–50 µg/m3 results in an additional
zen and stored at –20 °C until testing is per- daily intake of several hundred micrograms
formed. The B2M in the samples should be (Friberg and Elinder 1988, p. 563). In such a
stable for 2 days when stored at 2–8 °C, and setting, occupational exposure to cadmium
for at least 2 months at –20 °C. Repeated occurs primarily via inhalation, although ad-
freezing and thawing should be avoided to ditional exposure may occur through the in-
prevent denaturing the B2M (Pharmacia gestion of material via contaminated hands
1990). if workers eat or smoke without first wash-
ing. Some of the particles that are inhaled
3.4.2 Recommendations for Evaluating initially may be ingested when the material
Laboratories is deposited in the upper respiratory tract,
Using standard error data and the results where it may be cleared by mucociliary
of proficiency testing obtained from CTQ, re- transport and subsequently swallowed.
sponsible physicians can make an informed Cadmium introduced into the body
choice of which laboratory to select to ana- through inhalation or ingestion is trans-
lyze biological samples. In general, labora- ported by the albumin fraction of the blood
tories with small standard errors and little plasma to the liver, where it accumulates
disparity between target and measured val- and is stored principally as a bound form
ues tend to make precise and accurate sam- complexed with the protein metallothionein.
ple determinations. Estimates of precision Metallothionein-bound cadmium is the main
provided to the physicians with each set of form of cadmium subsequently transported
monitoring results can be compared to pre- to the kidney; it is these 2 organs, the liver
viously-reported proficiency and precision and kidney, in which the majority of the
estimates. The latest precision estimates cadmium body burden accumulates. As much
should be at least as small as the standard as one half of the total body burden of cad-
error reported previously by the laboratory. mium may be found in the kidneys (Nordberg
Moreover, there should be no indication that and Nordberg 1988).
precision is deteriorating (i.e., increasing Once cadmium has entered the body, elimi-
values for the precision estimates). If preci- nation is slow; about 0.02% of the body bur-
sion is deteriorating, physicians may decide den is excreted per day via urinary/fecal
to use another laboratory for these analyses. elimination. The whole-body half-life of cad-
QA/QC information provided by the partici- mium is 10–35 years, decreasing slightly with
pating laboratories to physicians can, there- increasing age (Travis and Haddock 1980).
fore, assist physicians in evaluating labora- The continual accumulation of cadmium is
tory performance. the basis for its chronic noncarcinogenic tox-
icity. This accumulation makes the kidney
3.4.3 Use and Interpretation of Results the target organ in which cadmium toxicity
When the responsible physician has re- usually is first observed (Piscator 1964).
ceived the CDB, CDU and/or B2MU results, Renal damage may occur when cadmium lev-
these results must be compared to the action els in the kidney cortex approach 200 µg/g
levels discussed in the final rule for cad- wet tissue-weight (Travis and Haddock 1980).
mium. The comparison of the sample results The kinetics and internal distribution of
to action levels is straightforward. The cadmium in the body are complex, and de-
measured value reported from the laboratory pend on whether occupational exposure to
can be compared directly to the action lev- cadmium is ongoing or has terminated. In
els; if the reported value exceeds an action general, cadmium in blood is related prin-
level, the required actions must be initiated. cipally to recent cadmium exposure, while
cadmium in urine reflects cumulative expo-
4.0 Background sure (i.e., total body burden) (Lauwerys et al.
Cadmium is a naturally-occurring environ- 1976; Friberg and Elinder 1988).
mental contaminant to which humans are
4.1 Health Effects
continually exposed in food, water, and air.
The average daily intake of cadmium by the Studies of workers in a variety of indus-
U.S. population is estimated to be 10–20 µg/ tries indicate that chronic exposure to cad-
day. Most of this intake is via ingestion, for mium may be linked to several adverse
which absorption is estimated at 4–7% health effects including kidney dysfunction,
(Kowal et al. 1979). An additional nonoccupa- reduced pulmonary function, chronic lung
tional source of cadmium is smoking to- disease and cancer (Federal Register 1990).
bacco; smoking a pack of cigarettes a day The primary sites for cadmium-associated
adds an additional 2–4 µg cadmium to the cancer appear to be the lung and the pros-
daily intake, assuming absorption via inha- tate.
lation of 25–35% (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988; Cancer. Evidence for an association be-
Friberg and Elinder 1988; Travis and Haddock tween cancer and cadmium exposure comes
1980). from both epidemiological studies and ani-
Exposure to cadmium fumes and dusts in mal experiments. Pott (1965) found a statis-
an occupational setting where air concentra- tically significant elevation in the incidence
188
of prostate cancer among a cohort of cad- high-molecular weight proteins is indicative
mium workers. Other epidemiology studies of damage to the glomeruli of the kidney.
also report an elevated incidence of prostate Bernard et al. (1979) suggest that cadmium-
cancer; however, the increases observed in associated damage to the glomeruli and
these other studies were not statistically damage to the proximal tubules of the kid-
significant (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989). ney develop independently of each other, but
One study (Thun et al. 1985) contains suffi- may occur in the same individual.
ciently quantitative estimates of cadmium Several studies indicate that the onset of
exposure to allow evaluation of dose-re- low-molecular weight proteinuria is a sign of
sponse relationships between cadmium expo- irreversible kidney damage (Friberg et al.
sure and lung cancer. A statistically signifi- 1974; Roels et al. 1982; Piscator 1984; Elinder
cant excess of lung cancer attributed to cad- et al. 1985; Smith et al. 1986). For many
mium exposure was found in this study, even workers, once sufficiently elevated levels of
after accounting for confounding variables B2M are observed in association with cad-
such as coexposure to arsenic and smoking mium exposure, such levels do not appear to
habits (Meridian Research, Inc. 1989). return to normal even when cadmium expo-
Evidence for quantifying a link between sure is eliminated by removal of the worker
lung cancer and cadmium exposure comes from the cadmium-contaminated work envi-
from a single study (Takenaka et al. 1983). In ronment (Friberg, exhibit 29, 1990).
this study, dose-response relationships devel- Some studies indicate that cadmium-in-
oped from animal data were extrapolated to duced proteinuria may be progressive; levels
humans using a variety of models. OSHA of B2MU increase even after cadmium expo-
chose the multistage risk model for esti- sure has ceased (Elinder et al. 1985). Other re-
mating the risk of cancer for humans using searchers have reached similar conclusions
these animal data. Animal injection studies (Frieburg testimony, OSHA docket exhibit
also suggest an association between cad- 29, Elinder testimony, OSHA docket exhibit
mium exposure and cancer, particularly ob- 55, and OSHA docket exhibits 8–86B). Such
servations of an increased incidence of tu- observations are not universal, however
mors at sites remote from the point of injec- (Smith et al. 1986; Tsuchiya 1976). Studies in
tion. The International Agency for Research which proteinuria has not been observed,
on Cancer (IARC) (Supplement 7, 1987) indi- however, may have initiated the reassess-
cates that this, and related, evidence is suffi- ment too early (Meridian Research, Inc.1989;
cient to classify cadmium as an animal car- Roth Associates, Inc. 1989; Roels 1989).
cinogen. However, the results of these injec- A quantitative assessment of the risks of
tion studies cannot be used to quantify risks developing kidney dysfunction as a result of
attendant to human occupational exposures cadmium exposure was performed using the
due to differences in routes of exposure (Me- data from Ellis et al. (1984) and Falck et al.
ridian Research, Inc. 1989). (1983). Meridian Research, Inc. (1989) and
Based on the above-cited studies, the U.S. Roth Associates, Inc. (1989) employed several
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) mathematical models to evaluate the data
classifies cadmium as ‘‘B1,’’ a probable from the 2 studies, and the results indicate
human carcinogen (USEPA 1985). IARC in that cumulative cadmium exposure levels
1987 recommended that cadmium be listed as between 5 and 100 µg-years/m3 correspond
a probable human carcinogen. with a one-in-a-thousand probability of de-
Kidney Dysfunction. The most prevalent veloping kidney dysfunction.
nonmalignant effect observed among work- When cadmium exposure continues past
ers chronically exposed to cadmium is kid- the onset of early kidney damage (mani-
ney dysfunction. Initially, such dysfunction fested as proteinuria), chronic
is manifested by proteinuria (Meridian Re- nephrotoxicity may occur (Meridian Re-
search, Inc. 1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989). search, Inc. 1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989).
Proteinuria associated with cadmium expo- Uremia, which is the loss of the glomerulus’
sure is most commonly characterized by ex- ability to adequately filter blood, may re-
cretion of low-molecular weight proteins sult. This condition leads to severe disturb-
(15,000–40,000 MW), accompanied by loss of ance of electrolyte concentrations, which
electrolytes, uric acid, calcium, amino acids, may result in various clinical complications
and phosphate. Proteins commonly excreted including atherosclerosis, hypertension, per-
include β-2-microglobulin (B2M), retinol- icarditis, anemia, hemorrhagic tendencies,
binding protein (RBP), immunoglobulin light deficient cellular immunity, bone changes,
chains, and lysozyme. Excretion of low mo- and other problems. Progression of the dis-
lecular weight proteins is characteristic of ease may require dialysis or a kidney trans-
damage to the proximal tubules of the kid- plant.
ney (Iwao et al. 1980). Studies in which animals are chronically
Exposure to cadmium also may lead to uri- exposed to cadmium confirm the renal ef-
nary excretion of high-molecular weight pro- fects observed in humans (Friberg et al.
teins such as albumin, immunoglobulin G, 1986). Animal studies also confirm cadmium-
and glycoproteins (Meridian Research, Inc. related problems with calcium metabolism
1989; Roth Associates, Inc. 1989). Excretion of and associated skeletal effects, which also
189
have been observed among humans. Other ef- based on data showing that cigarette smok-
fects commonly reported in chronic animal ers exhibit CDB concentrations of 2–7 µg/l de-
studies include anemia, changes in liver pending on the number of cigarettes smoked
morphology, immunosuppression and hyper- per day (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988), while
tension. Some of these effects may be associ- CDB levels for those who quit smoking re-
ated with cofactors; hypertension, for exam- turn to general population values (approxi-
ple, appears to be associated with diet, as mately 1 µg/l) within several weeks
well as with cadmium exposure. Animals in- (Lauwerys et al. 1976). Based on these obser-
jected with cadmium also have shown testic- vations, Lauwerys et al. (1976) concluded
ular necrosis. that CDB has a biological half-life of a few
weeks to less than 3 months. As indicated in
4.2 Objectives for Medical Monitoring Section 3.1.6, the upper 95th percentile for
In keeping with the observation that renal CDB levels observed among those who are
disease tends to be the earliest clinical man- not occupationally exposed to cadmium is 5
ifestation of cadmium toxicity, the final cad- µg/l, which suggests that the absolute upper
mium standard mandates that eligible work- limit to the range reported for smokers by
ers must be medically monitored to prevent Nordberg and Nordberg may have been af-
this condition (as well as cadmimum-induced fected by an extreme value (i.e., beyond 2σ
cancer). The objectives of medical-moni- above the mean).
Among occupationally-exposed workers,
toring, therefore, are to: Identify workers at
the occupational history of exposure to cad-
significant risk of adverse health effects
mium must be evaluated to interpret CDB
from excess, chronic exposure to cadmium;
levels. New workers, or workers with low ex-
prevent future cases of cadmium-induced dis-
posures to cadmium, exhibit CDB levels that
ease; detect and minimize existing cadmium-
are representative of recent exposures, simi-
induced disease; and, identify workers most
lar to the general population. However, for
in need of medical intervention.
workers with a history of chronic exposure
The overall goal of the medical monitoring
to cadmium, who have accumulated signifi-
program is to protect workers who may be
cant stores of cadmium in the kidneys/liver,
exposed continuously to cadmium over a 45- part of the CDB concentrations appear to in-
year occupational lifespan. Consistent with dicate body burden. If such workers are re-
this goal, the medical monitoring program moved from cadmium exposure, their CDB
should assure that: levels remain elevated, possibly for years, re-
1. Current exposure levels remain suffi- flecting prior long-term accumulation of
ciently low to prevent the accumulation of cadmium in body tissues. This condition
cadmium body burdens sufficient to cause tends to occur, however, only beyond some
disease in the future by monitoring CDB as threshold exposure value, and possibly indi-
an indicator of recent cadmium exposure; cates the capacity of body tissues to accu-
2. Cumulative body burdens, especially mulate cadmium which cannot be excreted
among workers with undefined historical ex- readily (Friberg and Elinder 1988; Nordberg
posures, remain below levels potentially ca- and Nordberg 1988).
pable of leading to damage and disease by as- CDU is widely used as an indicator of cad-
sessing CDU as an indicator of cumulative mium body burdens (Nordberg and Nordberg
exposure to cadmium; and, 1988). CDU is the major route of elimination
3. Health effects are not occurring among and, when CDU is measured, it is commonly
exposed workers by determining B2MU as an expressed either as µg Cd/l urine
early indicator of the onset of cadmium-in- (unadjusted), µg Cd/l urine (adjusted for spe-
duced kidney disease. cific gravity), or µg Cd/g CRTU (see Section
5.2.1). The metabolic model for CDU is less
4.3 Indicators of Cadmium Exposure and
complicated than CDB, since CDU is
Disease
dependentin large part on the body (i.e., kid-
Cadmium is present in whole blood bound ney) burden of cadmium. However, a small
to albumin, in erythrocytes, and as a proportion of CDU still be attributed to re-
metallothionein-cadmium complex. The cent cadmium exposure, particularly if expo-
metallothionein-cadmium complex that rep- sure to high airborne concentrations of cad-
resents the primary transport mechanism for mium occurred. Note that CDU is subject to
cadmium delivery to the kidney. CDB con- larger interindividual and day-to-day vari-
centrations in the general, nonexposed popu- ations than CDB, so repeated measurements
lation average 1 µg Cd/l whole blood, with are recommended for CDU evaluations.
smokers exhibiting higher levels (see Section CDU is bound principally to
5.1.6). Data presented in Section 5.1.6 shows metallothionein, regardless of whether the
that 95% of the general population not occu- cadmium originates from metallothionein in
pationally exposed to cadmium have CDB plasma or from the cadmium pool accumu-
levels less than 5 µg Cd/l. lated in the renal tubules. Therefore, meas-
If total body burdens of cadmium remain urement of metallothionein in urine may
low, CDB concentrations indicate recent ex- provide information similar to CDU, while
posure (i.e., daily intake). This conclusion is avoiding the contamination problems that
190
may occur during collection and handling 5. Tamm-Horsfall Glycoprotein (THG) in-
urine for cadmium analysis (Nordberg and creases slightly with elevated cadmium lev-
Nordberg 1988). However, a commercial els, but this elevation is small compared to
method for the determination of increases in urinary albumin, RBP, or B2M
metallothionein at the sensitivity levels re- (Bernard and Lauwerys 1990);
quired under the final cadmium rule is not 6. Albumin (ALB), determined by the biu-
currently available; therefore, analysis of ret method, is not sufficiently sensitive to
CDU is recommended. serve as an early indicator of the onset of
Among the general population not occupa- renal disease (Piscator 1962);
tionally exposed to cadmium, CDU levels av- 7. Albumin (ALB), determined by the
erage less than 1 µg/l (see Section 5.2.7). Nor- Amido Black method, is sensitive and repro-
malized for creatinine (CRTU), the average ducible, but involves a time-consuming pro-
CDU concentration of the general population cedure (Piscator 1962);
is less than 1 µg/g CRTU. As cadmium accu- 8. Glycosaminoglycan (GAG) increases
mulates over the lifespan, CDU increases among cadmium workers, but the signifi-
with age. Also, cigarette smokers may even- cance of this effect is unknown because no
tually accumulate twice the cadmium body relationship has been found between elevated
burden of nonsmokers, CDU is slightly high- GAG and other indices of tubular damage
er in smokers than in nonsmokers, even sev- (Bernard and Lauwerys 1990);
eral years after smoking cessation (Nordberg 9. Trehalase seems to increase earlier than
and Nordberg 1988). Despite variations due to B2M during cadmium exposure, but the pro-
age and smoking habits, 95% of those not oc- cedure for analysis is complicated and unre-
cupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit liable (Iwata et al. 1988); and,
levels of CDU less than 3 µg/g CRTU (based 10. Kallikrein is observed at lower con-
on the data presented in Section 5.2.7). centrations among cadmium-exposed work-
About 0.02% of the cadmium body burden ers than among normal controls (Roels et al.
is excreted daily in urine. When the critical 1990).
cadmium concentration (about 200 ppm) in Of the above analytes, B2M appears to be
the kidney is reached, or if there is sufficient the most widely used and best characterized
cadmium-induced kidney dysfunction, dra- analyte to evaluate the presence/absence, as
matic increases in CDU are observed well as the extent of, cadmium-induced renal
(Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). Above 200 tubular damage (Kawada, Koyama, and Su-
ppm, therefore, CDU concentrations cease to zuki 1989; Shaikh and Smith 1984; Nogawa
be an indicator of cadmium body burden, and 1984). However, it is important that samples
are instead an index of kidney failure. be collected and handled so as to minimize
Proteinuria is an index of kidney dysfunc- B2M degradation under acidic urine condi-
tion, and is defined by OSHA to be a mate- tions.
rial impairment. Several small proteins may The threshold value of B2MU commonly
be monitored as markers for proteinuria. used to indicate the presence of kidney dam-
Below levels indicative of proteinuria, these age 300 µg/g CRTU (Kjellstrom et al. 1977a;
small proteins may be early indicators of in- Buchet et al. 1980; and Kowal and Zirkes
creased risk of cadmium-induced renal tubu- 1983). This value represents the upper 95th or
lar disease. Analytes useful for monitoring 97.5th percentile level of urinary excretion
cadmium-induced renal tubular damage in- observed among those without tubular dys-
clude: function (Elinder, exbt L–140–45, OSHA dock-
1. β-2-Microglobulin (B2M), currently the et H057A). In agreement with these conclu-
most widely used assay for detecting kidney sions, the data presented in Section 5.3.7 of
dysfunction, is the best characterized this protocol generally indicate that the
analyte available (Iwao et al. 1980; Chia et al. level of 300 µg/g CRTU appears to define the
1989); boundary for kidney dysfunction. It is not
2. Retinol Binding Protein (RBP) is more clear, however, that this level represents the
stable than B2M in acidic urine (i.e., B2M upper 95th percentile of values observed
breakdown occurs if urinary pH is less than among those who fail to demonstrate pro-
5.5; such breakdown may result in false [i.e., teinuria effects.
low] B2M values [Bernard and Lauwerys, Although elevated B2MU levels appear to
1990]); be a fairly specific indicator of disease asso-
3. N-Acetyl-B-Glucosaminidase (NAG) is ciated with cadmium exposure, other condi-
the analyte of an assay that is simple, inex- tions that may lead to elevated B2MU levels
pensive, reliable, and correlates with cad- include high fevers from influenza, extensive
mium levels under 10 µg/g CRTU, but the physical exercise, renal disease unrelated to
assay is less sensitive than RBP or B2M cadmium exposure, lymphomas, and AIDS
(Kawada et al. 1989); (Iwao et al. 1980; Schardun and van Epps
4. Metallothionein (MT) correlates with 1987). Elevated B2M levels observed in asso-
cadmium and B2M levels, and may be a bet- ciation with high fevers from influenza or
ter predictor of cadmium exposure than CDU from extensive physical exercise are tran-
and B2M (Kawada et al. 1989); sient, and will return to normal levels once
191
the fever has abated or metabolic rates re- terms in italics used in this section can be
turn to baseline values following exercise. found in the list of definitions (Section 2).
The other conditions linked to elevated B2M Another data quality criterion required to
levels can be diagnosed as part of a properly- properly evaluate measurement results is
designed medical examination. Con- the limit of detection of that measurement.
sequently, monitoring B2M, when accom- For measurements to be useful, the range of
panied by regular medical examinations and the measurement which is of interest for bio-
CDB and CDU determinations (as indicators logical monitoring purposes must lie en-
of present and past cadmium exposure), may tirely above the limit of detection defined
serve as a specific, early indicator of cad- for that measurement.
mium-induced kidney damage. The overall quality of a laboratory’s re-
sults is termed the performance of that lab-
4.4 Criteria for Medical Monitoring of oratory. The degree to which a laboratory
Cadmium Workers satisfies a minimum performance level is re-
ferred to as the proficiency of the labora-
Medical monitoring mandated by the final tory. A successful medical monitoring pro-
cadmium rule includes a combination of reg- gram, therefore, should include procedures
ular medical examinations and periodic mon- developed for monitoring and recording lab-
itoring of 3 analytes: CDB, CDU and B2MU. oratory performance; these procedures can
As indicated above, CDB is monitored as an be used to identify the most proficient lab-
indicator of current cadmium exposure, oratories.
while CDU serves as an indicator of the cad-
mium body burden; B2MU is assessed as an 5.0 Overview of Medical Monitoring Tests
early marker of irreversible kidney damage for CDB, CDU, B2MU and CRTU
and disease.
To evaluate whether available methods for
The final cadmium rule defines a series of assessing CDB, CDU, B2MU and CRTU are
action levels that have been developed for adequate for determining the parameters de-
each of the 3 analytes to be monitored. These fined by the proposed action levels, it is nec-
action levels serve to guide the responsible essary to review procedures available for
physician through a decision-making proc- sample collection, preparation and analysis.
ess. For each action level that is exceeded, a A variety of techniques for these purposes
specific response is mandated. The sequence have been used historically for the deter-
of action levels, and the attendant actions, mination of cadmium in biological matrices
are described in detail in the final cadmium (including CDB and CDU), and for the deter-
rule. mination of specific proteins in biological
Other criteria used in the medical deci- matrices (including B2MU). However, only
sion-making process relate to tests per- the most recent techniques are capable of
formed during the medical examination (in- satisfying the required accuracy, precision
cluding a determination of the ability of a and sensitivity (i.e., limit of detection) for
worker to wear a respirator). These criteria, monitoring at the levels mandated in the
however, are not affected by the results of final cadmium rule, while still facilitating
the analyte determinations addressed in the automated analysis and rapid processing.
above paragraphs and, consequently, will not
be considered further in these guidelines. 5.1 Measuring Cadmium in Blood (CDB)
4.5 Defining to Quality and Proficiency of Analysis of biological samples for cad-
the Analyte Determinations mium requires strict analytical discipline re-
garding collection and handling of samples.
As noted above in Sections 2 and 3, the In addition to occupational settings, where
quality of a measurement should be defined cadmium contamination would be apparent,
along with its value to properly interpret the cadmium is a ubiquitous environmental con-
results. Generally, it is necessary to know taminant, and much care should be exercised
the accuracy and the precision of a measure- to ensure that samples are not contaminated
ment before it can be properly evaluated. during collection, preparation or analysis.
The precision of the data from a specific lab- Many common chemical reagents are con-
oratory indicates the extent to which the re- taminated with cadmium at concentrations
peated measurements of the same sample that will interfere with cadmium analysis;
vary within that laboratory. The accuracy of because of the widespread use of cadmium
the data provides an indication of the extent compounds as colored pigments in plastics
to which these results deviate from average and coatings, the analyst should continually
results determined from many laboratories monitor each manufacturer’s chemical re-
performing the same measurement (i.e., in agents and collection containers to prevent
the absence of an independent determination contamination of samples.
of the true value of a measurement). Note Guarding against cadmium contamination
that terms are defined operationally relative of biological samples is particularly impor-
to the manner in which they will be used in tant when analyzing blood samples because
this protocol. Formal definitions for the cadmium concentrations in blood samples
192
from nonexposed populations are generally ical instrumentation. Also, due to improve-
less than 2 µg/l (2 ng/ml), while occupation- ments in analytical techniques, there is less
ally-exposed workers can be at medical risk need to perform extensive multi-step sample
to cadmium toxicity if blood concentrations preparations prior to analysis. Complex sam-
exceed 5 µg/l (ACGIH 1991 and 1992). This nar- ple preparation was previously required to
row margin between exposed and unexposed enhance method sensitivity (for cadmium),
samples requires that exceptional care be and to reduce interference by other metals
used in performing analytic determinations or components of the sample.
for biological monitoring for occupational
cadmium exposure. 5.1.1 Analytical Techniques Used to
Monitor Cadmium in Biological Matrices
Methods for quantifying cadmium in blood
have improved over the last 40 years pri-
marily because of improvements in analyt-
TABLE 3—COMPARISON OF ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES/INSTRUMENTATION FOR DETERMINATION OF

CADMIUM IN BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES
Limit of detec-
Analytical proce- Specified biologi-
tion [ng/(g or Reference Comments
dure cal matrix
ml)]
Flame Atomic Ab- ≥1.0 Any matrix ........... Perkin-Elmer Not sensitive enough for biomonitoring without
sorption Spec- (1982). extensive sample digestion, metal chelation
troscopy (FAAS). and organic solvent extraction.
Graphite Furnace 0.04 Urine .................... Pruszkowska et Methods of choice for routine cadmium anal-
Atomic Absorp- al. (1983). ysis.
tion Spectros-
copy (GFAAS).
≥0.20 Blood ................... Stoeppler and
Brandt (1980).
Inductively-Cou- 2.0 Any matrix ........... NIOSH (1984A) ... Requires extensive sample preparation and
pled Argon-Plas- concentration of metal with chelating resin.
ma Atomic Advantage is simultaneous analyses for as
Emission Spec- many as 10 metals from 1 sample.
troscopy (ICAP
AES).
Neutron Activation 1.5 In vivo (liver) ........ Ellis et al. (1983)Only available in vivo method for direct deter-
Gamma Spec- mination of cadmium body tissue burdens;
troscopy (NA). expensive; absolute determination of cad-
mium in reference materials.
Isotope Dilution <1.0 Any matrix ........... Michiels and Suitable for absolute determination of cad-
Mass Spectros- DeBievre (1986). mium in reference materials; expensive.
copy (IDMS).
Differential Pulse <1.0 Any matrix ........... Stoeppler and Suitable for absolute determination of cad-
Anodic Stripping Brandt (1980). mium in reference materials; efficient meth-
Voltammetry od to check accuracy of analytical method.
(DPASV).
A number of analytical techniques have photodetector cell. The amount of light ab-
been used for determining cadmium con- sorbed at each characteristic wavelength is
centrations in biological materials. A sum- proportional to the number of ground state
mary of the characteristics of the most wide- atoms of the corresponding element that are
ly employed techniques is presented in Table in the pathway of the light between the
3. The technique most suitable for medical source and detector.
monitoring for cadmium is atomic absorp- To determine the amount of a specific me-
tion spectroscopy (AAS). tallic element in a sample using AAS, the
To obtain a measurement using AAS, a
sample is dissolved in a solvent and aspi-
light source (i.e., hollow cathode or lectrode-
rated into a high-temperature flame as an
free discharge lamp) containing the element
of interest as the cathode, is energized and aerosol. At high temperatures, the solvent is
the lamp emits a spectrum that is unique for rapidly evaporated or decomposed and the
that element. This light source is focused solute is initially solidified; the majority of
through a sample cell, and a selected wave- the sample elements then are transformed
length is monitored by a monochrometer and into an atomic vapor. Next, a light beam is
photodetector cell. Any ground state atoms focused above the flame and the amount of
in the sample that match those of the lamp metal in the sample can be determined by
element and are in the path of the emitted measuring the degree of absorbance of the
light may absorb some of the light and de- atoms of the target element released by the
crease the amount of light that reaches the flame at a characteristic wavelength.
193
A more refined atomic absorption tech- Neutron activation (NA) analysis and iso-
nique, flameless AAS, substitutes an tope dilution mass spectrometry (IDMS) are
electrothermal, graphite furnace for the 2 additional, but highly specialized, methods
flame. An aliquot (10–100 µl) of the sample is that have been used for cadmium determina-
pipetted into the cold furnace, which is then tions. These methods are expensive because
heated rapidly to generate an atomic vapor they require elaborate and sophisticated in-
of the element. strumentation.
AAS is a sensitive and specific method for NA analysis has the distinct advantage
the elemental analysis of metals; its main over other analytical methods of being able
drawback is nonspecific background to determine cadmium body burdens in spe-
absorbtion and scattering of the light beam cific organs (e.g., liver, kidney) in vivo (Ellis
by particles of the sample as it decomposes et al. 1983). Neutron bombardment of the tar-
at high temperatures; nonspecific absorb- get transforms cadmium-113 to cadmium-114,
ance reduces the sensitivity of the analytical which promptly decays (<10¥14 sec) to its
method. The problem of nonspecific absorb- ground state, emitting gamma rays that are
ance and scattering can be reduced by exten- measured using large gamma detectors; ap-
sive sample pretreatment, such as ashing propriate shielding and instrumentation are
and/or acid digestion of the sample to reduce required when using this method.
its organic content. IDMS analysis, a definitive but laborious
method, is based on the change in the ratio
Current AAS instruments employ back-
of 2 isotopes of cadmium (cadmium 111 and
ground correction devices to adjust elec-
112) that occurs when a known amount of the
tronically for background absorbtion and element (with an artificially altered ratio of
scattering. A common method to correct for the same isotopes [i.e., a cadmium 111
background effects is to use a deuterium arc ‘‘spike’’] is added to a weighed aliquot of the
lamp as a second light source. A continuum sample (Michiels and De Bievre 1986).
light source, such as the deuterium lamp,
emits a broad spectrum of wavelengths in- 5.1.2 Methods Developed for CDB
stead of specific wavelengths characteristic Determinations
of a particular element, as with the hollow
cathode tube. With this system, light from A variety of methods have been used for
preparing and analyzing CDB samples; most
the primary source and the continuum
of these methods rely on one of the analyt-
source are passed alternately through the
ical techniques described above. Among the
sample cell. The target element effectively
earliest reports, Princi (1947) and Smith et
absorbs light only from the primary source
al. (1955) employed a colorimetric procedure
(which is much brighter than the continuum
to analyze for CDB and CDU. Samples were
source at the characteristic wavelengths),
dried and digested through several cycles
while the background matrix absorbs and
with concentrated mineral acids (HNO3 and
scatters light from both sources equally.
H2 SO4) and hydrogen peroxide (H2 O2). The
Therefore, when the ratio of the two beams
digest was neutralized, and the cadmium was
is measured electronically, the effect of non- complexed with diphenylthiocarbazone and
specific background absorption and scat- extracted with chloroform. The dithizone-
tering is eliminated. A less common, but cadmium complex then was quantified using
more sophisticated, backgrond correction a spectrometer.
system is based on the Zeeman effect, which Colorimetric procedures for cadmium anal-
uses a magnetically-activated light polarizer yses were replaced by methods based on
to compensate electronically for nonspecific atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) in the
absorbtion and scattering. early 1960s, but many of the complex sample
Atomic emission spectroscopy with induc- preparation procedures were retained.
tively-coupled argon plasma (AES–ICAP) is Kjellstrom (1979) reports that in Japanese,
widely used to analyze for metals. With this American and Swedish laboratories during
instrument, the sample is aspirated into an the early 1970s, blood samples were wet ashed
extremely hot argon plasma flame, which ex- with mineral acids or ashed at high tempera-
cites the metal atoms; emission spectra spe- ture and wetted with nitric acid. The cad-
cific for the sample element then are gen- mium in the digest was complexed with
erated. The quanta of emitted light passing metal chelators including diethyl
through a monochrometer are amplified by dithiocarbamate (DDTC), ammonium pyrrol-
photomultiplier tubes and measured by a idine dithiocarbamate (APDC) or
photodetector to determine the amount of diphenylthiocarbazone (dithizone) in ammo-
metal in the sample. An advantage of AES– nia-citrate buffer and extracted with methyl
ICAP over AAS is that multi-elemental anal- isobutyl ketone (MIBK). The resulting solu-
yses of a sample can be performed by simul- tion then was analyzed by flame AAS or
taneously measuring specific elemental graphite-furnace AAS forcadmium deter-
emission energies. However, AES–ICAP lacks minations using deuterium-lamp background
the sensitivity of AAS, exhibiting a limit of correction.
detection which is higher than the limit of In the late 1970s, researchers began devel-
detection for graphite-furnace AAS (Table 3). oping simpler preparation procedures. Roels
194
et al. (1978) and Roberts and Clark (1986) de- 5.1.3 Sample Collection and Handling
veloped simplified digestion procedures.
Sample collection procedures are addressed
Using the Roberts and Clark method, a 0.5 primarily to identify ways to minimize the
ml aliquot of blood is collected and trans- degree of variability that may be introduced
ferred to a digestion tube containing 1 ml by sample collection during medical moni-
concentrated HNO3. The blood is then di- toring. It is unclear at this point the extent
gested at 110 °C for 4 hours. The sample is re- to which collection procedures contribute to
duced in volume by continued heating, and variability among CDB samples. Sources of
0.5 ml 30% H2 O2 is added as the sample dries. variation that may result from sampling
The residue is dissolved in 5 ml dilute (1%) procedures include time-of-day effects and
HNO3, and 20 µl of sample is then analyzed by introduction of external contamination dur-
graphite-furnace AAS with deuterium-backing the collection process. To minimize these
ground correction. sources, strict adherence to a sample collec-
The current trend in the preparation of tion protocol is recommended. Such a pro-
blood samples is to dilute the sample and add tocol must include provisions for thorough
matrix modifiers to reduce background in- cleaning of the site from which blood will be
terference, rather than digesting the sample extracted; also, every effort should be made
to reduce organic content. The method of to collect samples near the same time of day.
Stoeppler and Brandt (1980), and the abbre- It is also important to recognize that under
viated procedure published in the American the recent OSHA blood-borne pathogens
Public Health Association’s (APHA) Methods standard (29 CFR 1910.1030), blood samples
for Biological Monitoring (1988), are straight- and certain body fluids must be handled and
forward and are nearly identical. For the treated as if they are infectious.
APHA method, a small aliquot (50–300 µ l) of 5.1.4 Best Achievable Performance
whole blood that has been stabilized with
ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA) is The best achievable performance using a
added to 1.0 ml 1MHNO3, vigorously shaken particular method for CDB determinations is
and centrifuged. Aliquots (10–25 µ l) of the su- assumed to be equivalent to the performance
pernatant then are then analyzed by graph- reported by research laboratories in which
ite-furnace AAS with appropriate back- the method was developed.
ground correction. For their method, Roberts and Clark (1986)
demonstrated a limit of detection of 0.4 µg
Using the method of Stoeppler and Brandt
Cd/l in whole blood, with a linear response
(1980), aliquots (50–200 µ l) of whole blood
curve from 0.4 to 16.0 µg Cd/l. They report a
that have been stabilized with EDTA are
coefficient of variation (CV) of 6.7% at 8.0 µg/
pipetted into clean polystyrene tubes and
l.
mixed with 150-600 µ l of 1 M HNO3. After vig- The APHA (1988) reports a range of 1.0–25
orous shaking, the solution is centrifuged µg/l, with a CV of 7.3% (concentration not
and a 10–25 µ l aliquot of the supernatant stated). Insufficient documentation was
then is analyzed by graphite-furnace AAS available to critique this method.
with appropriate background correction. Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) achieved a de-
Claeys-Thoreau (1982) and DeBenzo et al. tection limit of 0.2 µg Cd/l whole blood, with
(1990) diluted blood samples at a ratio of 1:10 a linear range of 0.4–12.0 µg Cd/l, and a CV of
with a matrix modifier (0.2% Triton X–100, a 15–30%, for samples at <1.0 µg/l. Improved
wetting agent) for direct determinations of precision (CV of 3.8%) was reported for CDB
CDB. DeBenzo et al. also demonstrated that concentrations at 9.3 µg/l.
aqueous standards of cadmium, instead of
spiked, whole-blood samples, could be used 5.1.5 General Method Performance
to establish calibration curves if standards For any particular method, the perform-
and samples are treated with additional ance expected from commercial laboratories
small volumes of matrix modifiers (i.e., 1% may be somewhat lower than that reported
HNO3, 0.2% ammonium hydrogenphosphate by the research laboratory in which the
and 1 mg/ml magnesium salts). method was developed. With participation in
These direct dilution procedures for CDB appropriate proficiency programs and use of
analysis are simple and rapid. Laboratories a proper in-house QA/QC program incor-
can process more than 100 samples a day porating provisions for regular corrective ac-
using a dedicated graphite-furnace AAS, an tions, the performance of commercial labora-
auto-sampler, and either a Zeeman- or a deu- tories is expected to approach that reported
terium-background correction system. Sev- by research laboratories. Also, the results re-
eral authors emphasize using optimum set- ported for existing proficiency programs
tings for graphite-furnace temperatures dur- serve as a gauge of the likely level of per-
ing the drying, charring, and atomization formance that currently can be expected
processes associated with the flameless AAS from commercial laboratories offering these
method, and the need to run frequent QC analyses.
samples when performing automated anal- Weber (1988) reports on the results of the
ysis. proficiency program run by the Centre de
195
Toxicologie du Quebec (CTQ). As indicated cern as assessment of metals in trace con-
previously, participants in that program re- centrations in biological media are fraught
ceive 18 blood samples per year having cad- with difficulties from the collection, han-
mium concentrations ranging from 0.2–20 µg/ dling, and storage of samples to the chemical
l. Currently, 76 laboratories are participating analyses. This has been proven over and over
in this program. The program is established again from the results of interlaboratory
for several analytes in addition to cadmium, testing and quality control exercises. Large
and not all of these laboratories participate variations in results were reported even from
in the cadmium proficiency-testing program. ‘experienced’ laboratories.’’
Under the CTQ program, cadmium results The UNEP/WHO global study of cadmium
from individual laboratories are compared biological monitoring set a limit for CDB ac-
against the consensus mean derived for each curacy using the maximum allowable devi-
sample. Results indicate that after receiving ation method at Y=X±(0.1X+1) for a targeted
60 samples (i.e., after participation for ap- concentration of 10 µg Cd/l (Friberg and
proximately three years), 60% of the labora- Vahter 1983). The performance of partici-
tories in the program are able to report re- pating laboratories over a concentration
sults that fall within ±1 µg/l or 15% of the range of 1.5–12 µg/l was reported by Lind et
mean, whichever is greater. (For this proce- al. (1987). Of the 3 QC runs conducted during
dure, the 15% criterion was applied to con- 1982 and 1983, 1 or 2 of the 6 laboratories
centrations exceeding 7 µg/l.) On any single failed each run. For the years 1983 and 1985,
sample of the last 20 samples, the percentage between zero and 2 laboratories failed each of
of laboratories falling within the specified the consecutive QC runs.
range is between 55 and 80%. In another study (Vahter and Friberg 1988),
The CTQ also evaluates the performance of QC samples consisting of both external (un-
participating laboratories against a less se- known) and internal (stated) concentrations
vere standard: ±2 µg/l or 15% of the mean, were distributed to laboratories partici-
whichever is greater (Weber 1988); 90% of par- pating in the epidemiology research. In this
ticipating laboratories are able to satisfy study, the maximum acceptable deviation
this standard after approximately 3 years in between the regression analysis of reported
the program. (The 15% criterion is used for results and reference values was set at
concentrations in excess of 13 µg/l.) On any Y=X±(0.05X+0.2) for a concentration range of
single sample of the last 15 samples, the per-
0.3–5.0 µg Cd/l. It is reported that only 2 of 5
centage of laboratories falling within the
laboratories had acceptable data after the
specified range is between 80 and 95% (except
first QC set, and only 1 of 5 laboratories had
for a single test for which only 60% of the
acceptable data after the second QC set. By
laboratories achieved the desired perform-
the fourth QC set, however, all 5 laboratories
ance).
were judged proficient.
Based on the data presented in Weber
The need for high quality CDB monitoring
(1988), the CV for analysis of CDB is nearly
is apparent when the toxicological and bio-
constant at 20% for cadmium concentrations
logical characteristics of this metal are con-
exceeding 5 µg/l, and increases for cadmium
sidered; an increase in CDB from 2 to 4 µg/l
concentrations below 5 µg/l. At 2 µg/l, the re-
ported CV rises to approximately 40%. At 1 could cause a doubling of the cadmium accu-
µg/l, the reported CV is approximately 60%. mulation in the kidney, a critical target tis-
Participating laboratories also tend to sue for selective cadmium accumulation
overestimate concentrations for samples ex- (Nordberg and Nordberg 1988).
hibiting concentrations less than 2 µg/l (see Historically, the CDC’s internal QC pro-
Figure 11 of Weber 1988). This problem is due gram for CDB cadmium monitoring program
in part to the proficiency evaluation cri- has found achievable accuracy to be ±10% of
terion that allows reporting a minimum ±2.0 the true value at CDB concentrations ≥5.0 µg/
µg/l for evaluated CDB samples. There is cur- l (Paschal 1990). Data on the performance of
rently little economic or regulatory incen- laboratories participating in this program
tive for laboratories participating in the currently are not available.
CTQ program to achieve greater accuracy for 5.1.6 Observed CDB Concentrations
CDB samples containing cadmium at con-
centrations less than 2.0 µg/l, even if the lab- As stated in Section 4.3, CDB concentra-
oratory has the experience and competency tions are representative of ongoing levels of
to distinguish among lower concentrations exposure to cadmium. Among those who
in the samples obtained from the CTQ. have been exposed chronically to cadmium
The collective experience of international for extended periods, however, CDB may con-
agencies and investigators demonstrate the tain a component attributable to the general
need for a vigorous QC program to ensure cadmium body burden.
that CDB values reported by participating
laboratories are indeed reasonably accurate. 5.1.6.1 CDB Concentrations Among Unexposed
As Friberg (1988) stated: Samples
‘‘Information about the quality of published Numerous studies have been conducted ex-
data has often been lacking. This is of con- amining CDB concentrations in the general
196
population, and in control groups used for Table 4 presents results of recent studies
comparison with cadmium-exposed workers. reporting CDB levels for the general U.S.
A number of reports have been published population not exposed occupationally to
that present erroneously high values of CDB cadmium. Other surveys of tissue cadmium
(Nordberg and Nordberg 1988). This problem using U.S. samples and conducted as part of
was due to contamination of samples during a cooperative effort among Japan, Sweden
sampling and analysis, and to errors in anal- and the U.S., did not collect CDB data be-
ysis. Early AAS methods were not suffi- cause standard analytical methodologies
ciently sensitive to accurately estimate CDB were unavailable, and because of analytic
concentrations. problems (Kjellstrom 1979; SWRI 1978).
197
TABLE 4—BLOOD CADMIUM CONCENTRATIONS OF U.S. POPULATION NOT OCCUPATIONALLY EXPOSED TO CADMIUM a
Arithmetic Absolute Geometric Lower 95th Upper 95th
No. in Smoking
Study No. Sex Age mean (± range or mean (± percentile of percentile of Reference
study (n) habits b S.D.) c (95% CI) d GSD) e distribution f distribution f § 1910.1027
1 ................................................. 80 M 4 to 69 ........... NS,S 1.13 0.35–3.3 0.98±1.71 0.4 2.4 Kowal et al. (1979).
88 F 4 to 69 ........... NS,S 1.03 0.21–3.3 0.91±1.63 0.4 2.0
115 M/F 4 to 69 ........... NS 0.95 0.21–3.3 0.85±1.59 0.4 1.8
31 M/F 4 to 69 ........... S 1.54 0.4–3.3 1.37±1.65 0.6 3.2
2 ................................................. 10 M Adults ............. (?) 2.0±2.1 (0.5–5.0) g (0) g (5.8) Ellis et al. (1983).
3 ................................................. 24 M Adults ............. NS 0.6±1/87 0.2 1.8 Frieberg and Vahter
(1983).
20 M Adults ............. S 1.2±2.13 0.3 4.4
64 F Adults ............. NS 0.5±1.85 0.2 1.4
39 F Adults ............. S 0.8±2.22 0.2 3.1
4 ................................................. 32 M Adults ............. S,NS 1.2±2.0 0.4 3.9 Thun et al. (1989).
5 ................................................. 35 M Adults ............. (?) 2.1±2.1 (0.5–7.3) g (0) g (5.6) Mueller et al. (1989).
a Concentrations reported in µg Cd/l blood unless otherwise stated.
b NS—never smoked; S—current cigarette smoker.
c S.D.—Arithmetic Standard Deviation.
d C.I.—Confidence interval.
e GSD—Geometric Standard Deviation.
f Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.
198
g Based on an assumed normal distribution.
29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
Arithmetic and/or geometric means and 5.1.6.2 CDB concentrations among exposed
standard deviations are provided in Table 4 workers
for measurements among the populations de-
fined in each study listed. The range of re- Table 5 is a summary of results from stud-
ported measurements and/or the 95% upper ies reporting CDB levels among workers ex-
and lower confidence intervals for the means posed to cadmium in the work place. As in
are presented when this information was re- Table 4, arithmetic and/or geometric means
ported in a study. For studies reporting ei- and standard deviations are provided if re-
ther an arithmetic or geometric standard de- ported in the listed studies. The absolute
viation along with a mean, the lower and range, or the 95% confidence interval around
upper 95th percentile for the distribution the mean, of the data in each study are pro-
also were derived and reported in the table. vided when reported. In addition, the lower
The data provided in table 4 from Kowal et and upper 95th percentile of the distribution
al. (1979) are from studies conducted between are presented for each study i which a mean
1974 and 1976 evaluating CDB levels for the and corresponding standard deviation were
general population in Chicago, and are con- reported. Table 5 also provides estimates of
sidered to be representative of the U.S. popu- the duration, and level, of exposure to cad-
lation. These studies indicate that the aver- mium in the work place if these data were
age CDB concentration among those not oc- reported in the listed studies. The data pre-
cupationally exposed to cadmium is approxi- sented in table 5 suggest that CDB levels are
mately 1 µg/l. dose related. Sukuri et al. (1983) show that
In several other studies presented in Table
higher CDB levels are observed among work-
4, measurements are reported separately for
ers experiencing higher work place exposure.
males and females, and for smokers and non-
This trend appears to be true of the studies
smokers. The data in this table indicate that
similar CDB levels are observed among listed in the table.
males and females in the general population, CDB levels reported in table 5 are higher
but that smokers tend to exhibit higher CDB among those showing signs of cadmium-re-
levels than nonsmokers. Based on the Kowal lated kidney damage than those showing no
et al. (1979) study, smokers not occupation- such damage. Lauwerys et al. (1976) report
ally exposed to cadmium exhibit an average CDB levels among workers with kidney le-
CDB level of 1.4 µg/l. sions that generally are above the levels re-
In general, nonsmokers tend to exhibit lev- ported for workers without kidney lesions.
els ranging to 2 µg/l, while levels observed Ellis et al. (1983) report a similar observation
among smokers range to 5 µg/l. Based on the comparing workers with and without renal
data presented in Table 4, 95% of those not dysfunction, although they found more over-
occupationally exposed to cadmium exhibit lap between the 2 groups than Lauwerys et
CDB levels less than 5 µg/l. al.
199
TABLE 5—BLOOD CADMIUM IN WORKERS EXPOSED TO CADMIUM IN THE WORKPLACE
Concentrations of Cadmium in blood a
Mean con-
Employment
Study Work environment (worker popu- Number centration of Lower 95th Upper 95th
in years Arithmetic Absolute Geometric
number lation monitored) in study cadmium in air percentile of percentile of
(mean) mean (± range or mean Reference
(µg/m 3) range e range e
§ 1910.1027
S.D.) b (95% C.I.) c (GSD)d ( )f ( )f
1 ............. Ni-Cd battery plant and Cd produc- 3–40 ≤90 Lauwerys et al.
tion plant: 1976.
(Workers without kidney lesions) .. 96 ...................... .......................... 21.4±1.9 .................. .................. (18) (25)
(Workers with kidney lesions) ....... 25 ...................... .......................... 38.8±3.8 .................. .................. (32) (45)
2 ............. Ni-Cd battery plant: Adamsson et al.
(1979).
(Smokers) .......................................... 7 (5) 10.1 22.7 7.3–67.2
(Nonsmokers) .................................... 8 (9) 7.0 7.0 4.9–10.5
3 ............. Cadmium alloy plant: Sukuri et al. 1982.
(High exposure group) ................... 7 (10.6) [1,000–5 yrs; 20.8±7.1 .................. .................. (7.3) (34)
(Low exposure group) ................... 9 (7.3) 40–5 yrs] 7.1±1.1 .................. .................. (5.1) (9.1)
4 ............. Retrospective study of workers with 19 15–41 .................... Roels et al. 1982.
renal problems:
(Before removal) ............................ .............. (27.2) .......................... 39.9±3.7 11–179 .................. (34) (46)
(After removal) ............................... .............. g(4.2) .......................... 14.1±5.6 5.7–27.4 .................. (4.4) (24)
200
5 ............. Cadmium production plant: Ellis et al. 1983.
(Workers without renal dysfunc- 33 1–34 .......................... 15±5.7 7–31 .................. (5.4) (25)
tion).
(Workers with renal dysfunction) ... 18 10–34 .......................... 24±8.5 10–34 .................. (9.3) (39)
6 ............. Cd-Cu alloy plant .............................. 75 Up to 39 .......................... .................... .................. 8.8±1.1 7.5 10 Mason et al. 1988.
7 ............. Cadmium recovery operation—Cur- 45 (19.0) .......................... .................... .................. 7.9±2.0 2.5 25 Thun et al. 1989.
rent (19) and former (26) workers.
8 ............. Cadmium recovery operation 40 ...................... .......................... 10.2±5.3 2.2–18.8 .................. (1.3) (19) Mueller et al.
1989.
a Concentrations reported in µg Cd/l blood unless otherwise stated.
b S.D.—Standard Deviation.
c C.I.—Confidence Interval.
d GSD—Geometric Standard Deviation.
e Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.
f Based on an assumed normal distribution.
g Years following removal.
The data in table 5 also indicate that CDB facilitate interpretation of analytical re-
levels are higher among those experiencing sults.
current occupational exposure than those Limit of Detection. 0.5 µg/l should be achiev-
who have been removed from such exposure. able using the Stoeppler and Brandt method.
Roels et al. (1982) indicate that CDB levels Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a limit of
observed among workers experiencing ongo- detection equivalent to ≤0.2 µg/l in whole
ing exposure in the work place are almost blood using 25 µ l aliquots of deproteinized,
entirely above levels observed among work- diluted blood samples.
ers removed from such exposure. This finding Accuracy. Initially, some of the labora-
suggests that CDB levels decrease once cad- tories performing CDB measurements may
mium exposure has ceased. be expected to satisfy criteria similar to the
A comparison of the data presented in ta- less severe criteria specified by the CTQ pro-
bles 4 and 5 indicates that CDB levels ob- gram, i.e., measurements within 2 µg/l or 15%
served among cadmium-exposed workers is (whichever is greater) of the target value.
significantly higher than levels observed About 60% of the laboratories enrolled in the
among the unexposed groups. With the ex- CTQ program could meet this criterion on
ception of 2 studies presented in table 5 (1 of the first proficiency test (Weber 1988).
which includes former workers in the sample Currently, approximately 12 laboratories
group tested), the lower 95th percentile for in the CTQ program are achieving an accu-
CDB levels among exposed workers are racy for CDB analysis within the more se-
greater than 5 µg/l, which is the value of the vere constraints of ±1 µg/l or 15% (whichever
upper 95th percentile for CDB levels observed is greater). Later, as laboratories gain expe-
among those who are not occupationally ex- rience, they should achieve the level of accu-
posed. Therefore, a CDB level of 5 µg/l rep- racy exhibited by these 12 laboratories. The
resents a threshold above which significant experience in the CTQ program has shown
work place exposure to cadmium may be oc- that, even without incentives, laboratories
curring. benefit from the feedback of the program;
after they have analyzed 40–50 control sam-
5.1.7 Conclusions and Recommendations for ples from the program, performance im-
CDB proves to the point where about 60% of the
Based on the above evaluation, the fol- laboratories can meet the stricter criterion
lowing recommendations are made for a CDB of ±1 µg/l or 15% (Weber 1988). Thus, this
proficiency program. stricter target accuracy is a reasonable DQO.
Precision. Although Stoeppler and Brandt
5.1.7.1 Recommended method (1980) suggest that a coefficient of variation
(CV) near 1.3% (for a 10 µg/l concentration) is
The method of Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) achievable for within-run reproducibility, it
should be adopted for analyzing CDB. This is recognized that other factors affecting
method was selected over other methods for within- and between-run comparability will
its straightforward sample-preparation pro- increase the achievable CV. Stoeppler and
cedures, and because limitations of the Brandt (1980) observed CVs that were as high
method were described adequately. It also is as 30% for low concentrations (0.4 µg/l), and
the method used by a plurality of labora- CVs of less than 5% for higher concentra-
tories currently participating in the CTQ tions.
proficiency program. In a recent CTQ inter- For internal QC samples (see Section 3.3.1),
laboratory comparison report (CTQ 1991), laboratories should attain an overall preci-
analysis of the methods used by laboratories sion near 25%. For CDB samples with con-
to measure CDB indicates that 46% (11 of 24) centrations less than 2 µg/l, a target preci-
of the participating laboratories used the sion of 40% is reasonable, while precisions of
Stoeppler and Brandt methodology (HNO3 20% should be achievable for concentrations
deproteinization of blood followed by anal- greater than 2 µg/l. Although these values
ysis of the supernatant by GF-AAS). Other are more strict than values observed in the
CDB methods employed by participating lab- CTQ interlaboratory program reported by
oratories identified in the CTQ report in- Webber (1988), they are within the achievable
clude dilution of blood (29%), acid digestion limits reported by Stoeppler and Brandt
(12%) and miscellaneous methods (12%). (1980).
Laboratories may adopt alternate meth-
ods, but it is the responsibility of the labora- 5.1.7.3 Quality assurance/quality control
tory to demonstrate that the alternate Commercial laboratories providing meas-
methods meet the data quality objectives de- urement of CDB should adopt an internal
fined for the Stoeppler and Brandt method QA/QC program that incorporates the fol-
(see Section 5.1.7.2 below). lowing components: Strict adherence to the
5.1.7.2 Data quality objectives selected method, including all calibration re-
quirements; regular incorporation of QC
Based on the above evaluation, the fol- samples during actual runs; a protocol for
lowing data quality objectives (DQOs) should corrective actions, and documentation of
201
these actions; and, participation in an inter- mass or volume using 89 nmoles of
laboratory proficiency program. Note that cadmium=10 µg.)
the nonmandatory QA/QC program presented While it is agreed generally that urine val-
in Attachment 1 is based on the Stoeppler ues of analytes should be normalized for re-
and Brandt method for CDB analysis. Should porting purposes, some debate exists over
an alternate method be adopted, the labora- what correction method should be used. The
tory should develop a QA/QC program satis- medical community has long favored nor-
fying the provisions of Section 3.3.1. malization based on creatinine concentra-
tion, a common urinary constituent. Creati-
5.2 Measuring Cadmium in Urine (CDU) nine is a normal product of tissue catabo-
As in the case of CDB measurement, proper lism, is excreted at a uniform rate, and the
determination of CDU requires strict analyt- total amount excreted per day is constant on
ical discipline regarding collection and han- a day-to-day basis (NIOSH 1984b). While this
dling of samples. Because cadmium is both correction method is accepted widely in Eu-
ubiquitous in the environment and employed rope, and within some occupational health
widely in coloring agents for industrial prod- circles, Kowals (1983) argues that the use of
ucts that may be used during sample collec- specific gravity (i.e., total solids per unit
tion, preparation and analysis, care should volume) is more straightforward and prac-
be exercised to ensure that samples are not tical (than creatinine) in adjusting CDU val-
contaminated during the sampling proce- ues for populations that vary by age or gen-
dure. der.
Methods for CDU determination share Kowals (1983) found that urinary creatinine
many of the same features as those employed (CRTU) is lower in females than males, and
for the determination of CDB. Thus, changes also varies with age. Creatinine excretion is
and improvements to methods for measuring highest in younger males (20–30 years old),
CDU over the past 40 years parallel those decreases at middle age (50–60 years), and
used to monitor CDB. The direction of devel- may rise slightly in later years. Thus, cad-
opment has largely been toward the sim- mium concentrations may be underesti-
plification of sample preparation techniques mated for some workers with high CRTU lev-
made possible because of improvements in els.
analytic techniques. Within a single void urine collection, urine
concentration of any analyte will be affected
5.2.1 Units of CDU Measurement by recent consumption of large volumes of
Procedures adopted for reporting CDU con- liquids, and by heavy physical labor in hot
centrations are not uniform. In fact, the sit- environments. The absolute amount of
uation for reporting CDU is more com- analyte excreted may be identical, but con-
plicated than for CDB, where concentrations centrations will vary widely so that urine
are normalized against a unit volume of must be corrected for specific gravity (i.e.,
whole blood. to normalize concentrations to the quantity
Concentrations of solutes in urine vary of total solute) using a fixed value (e.g., 1.020
with several biological factors (including the or 1.024). However, since heavy-metal expo-
time since last voiding and the volume of sure may increase urinary protein excretion,
liquid consumed over the last few hours); as there is a tendency to underestimate cad-
a result, solute concentrations should be mium concentrations in samples with high
normalized against another characteristic of specific gravities when specific-gravity cor-
urine that represents changes in solute con- rections are applied.
centrations. The 2 most common techniques Despite some shortcomings, reporting sol-
are either to standardize solute concentra- ute concentrations as a function of creati-
tions against the concentration of creatinine concentration is accepted generally;
nine, or to standardize solute concentrations OSHA therefore recommends that CDU levels
against the specific gravity of the urine. be reported as the mass of cadmium per unit
Thus, CDU concentrations have been re- mass of creatinine (µg/g CTRU).
ported in the literature as ‘‘uncorrected’’ Reporting CDU as µg/g CRTU requires an
concentrations of cadmium per volume of additional analytical process beyond the
urine (i.e., µg Cd/l urine), ‘‘corrected’’ con- analysis of cadmium: Samples must be ana-
centrations of cadmium per volume of urine lyzed independently for creatinine so that re-
at a standard specific gravity (i.e., µg Cd/l sults may be reported as the ratio of cad-
urine at a specific gravity of 1.020), or ‘‘cor- mium to creatinine concentrations found in
rected’’ mass concentration per unit mass of the urine sample. Consequently, the overall
creatinine (i.e., µg Cd/g creatinine). (CDU quality of the analysis depends on the com-
concentrations [whether uncorrected or cor- bined performance by a laboratory on these
rected for specific gravity, or normalized to 2 determinations. The analysis used for CDU
creatinine] occasionally are reported in determinations is addressed below in terms
nanomoles [i.e., nmoles] of cadmium per unit of µg Cd/l, with analysis of creatinine ad-
mass or volume. In this protocol, these val- dressed separately. Techniques for assessing
ues are converted to µg of cadmium per unit creatinine are discussed in Section 5.4.
202
Techniques for deriving cadmium as a HNO3 was used as a matrix modifier. The ma-
ratio of CRTU, and the confidence limits for trix modifier allows for a higher charring
independent measurements of cadmium and temperature without loss of cadmium
CRTU, are provided in Section 3.3.3. through volatilization during
preatomization. This procedure also employs
5.2.2 Analytical Techniques Used to a stabilized temperature platform in a
Monitor CDU graphite furnace, while nonspecific back-
Analytical techniques used for CDU deter- ground absorbtion is corrected using the
minations are similar to those employed for Zeeman technique. This method allows for
CDB determinations; these techniques are an absolute detection limit of approximately
summarized in Table 3. As with CDB moni- 0.04 µg Cd/l urine.
toring, the technique most suitable for CDU
5.2.4 Sample Collection and Handling
determinations is atomic absorption spec-
troscopy (AAS). AAS methods used for CDU Sample collection procedures for CDU may
determinations typically employ a graphite contribute to variability observed among
furnace, with background correction made CDU measurements. Sources of variation at-
using either the deuterium-lamp or Zeeman tendant to sampling include time-of-day, the
techniques; Section 5.1.1 provides a detailed interval since ingestion of liquids, and the
description of AAS methods. introduction of external contamination dur-
ing the collection process. Therefore, to min-
5.2.3 Methods Developed for CDU imize contributions from these variables,
Determinations strict adherence to a sample-collection pro-
Princi (1947), Smith et al. (1955), Smith and tocol is recommended. This protocol should
Kench (1957), and Tsuchiya (1967) used colori- include provisions for normalizing the condi-
metric procedures similar to those described tions under which urine is collected. Every
in the CDB section above to estimate CDU effort also should be made to collect samples
concentrations. In these methods, urine (50 during the same time of day.
ml) is reduced to dryness by heating in a Collection of urine samples from an indus-
sand bath and digested (wet ashed) with min- trial work force for biological monitoring
eral acids. Cadmium then is complexed with purposes usually is performed using ‘‘spot’’
dithiazone, extracted with chloroform and (i.e., single-void) urine with the pH of the
quantified by spectrophotometry. These sample determined immediately. Logistic
early studies typically report reagent blank and sample-integrity problems arise when ef-
values equivalent to 0.3 µg Cd/l, and CDU forts are made to collect urine over long pe-
concentrations among nonexposed control riods (e.g., 24 hrs). Unless single-void urines
groups at maximum levels of 10 µg Cd/l— er- are used, there are numerous opportunities
roneously high values when compared to for measurement error because of poor con-
more recent surveys of cadmium concentra- trol over sample collection, storage and en-
tions in the general population. vironmental contamination.
By the mid-1970s, most analytical proce- To minimize the interval during which
dures for CDU analysis used either wet sample urine resides in the bladder, the fol-
ashing (mineral acid) or high temperatures lowing adaption to the ‘‘spot’’ collection pro-
(>400 °C) to digest the organic matrix of cedure is recommended: The bladder should
urine, followed by cadmium chelation with first be emptied, and then a large glass of
APDC or DDTC solutions and extraction water should be consumed; the sample may
with MIBK. The resulting aliquots were ana- be collected within an hour after the water is
lyzed by flame or graphite-furnace AAS consumed.
(Kjellstrom 1979).
5.2.5 Best Achievable Performance
Improvements in control over temperature
parameters with electrothermal heating de- Performance using a particular method for
vices used in conjunction with flameless CDU determinations is assumed to be equiva-
AAS techniques, and optimization of tem- lent to the performance reported by the re-
perature programs for controlling the dry- search laboratories in which the method was
ing, charring, and atomization processes in developed. Pruszkowska et al. (1983) report a
sample analyses, led to improved analytical detection limit of 0.04 µg/l CDU, with a CV of
detection of diluted urine samples without <4% between 0–5 µg/l. The CDC reports a min-
the need for sample digestion or ashing. imum CDU detection limit of 0.07 µg/l using
Roels et al. (1978) successfully used a simple a modified method based on Pruszkowska et
sample preparation, dilution of 1.0 ml al. (1983). No CV is stated in this protocol;
aliquots of urine with 0.1 N HNO3, to achieve the protocol contains only rejection criteria
accurate low-level determinations of CDU. for internal QC parameters used during accu-
In the method described by Pruszkowska racy determinations with known standards
et al. (1983), which has become the preferred (Attachment 8 of exhibit 106 of OSHA docket
method for CDU analysis, urine samples were H057A). Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a
diluted at a ratio of 1:5 with water; CDU detection limit of 0.2 µ/l for their meth-
diammonium hydrogenphosphate in dilute odology.
203
5.2.6 General Method Performance of the analyses, and does not include vari-
ation that may be introduced during the
For any particular method, the expected
analysis of CRTU.
initial performance from commercial labora-
tories may be somewhat lower than that re- 5.2.7 Observed CDU Concentrations
ported by the research laboratory in which
the method was developed. With participa- Prior to the onset of renal dysfunction,
tion in appropriate proficiency programs, CDU concentrations provide a general indi-
and use of a proper in-house QA/QC program cation of the exposure history (i.e., body bur-
incorporating provisions for regular correc- den) (see Section 4.3). Once renal dysfunction
tive actions, the performance of commercial occurs, CDU levels appear to increase and
laboratories may be expected to improve and are no longer indicative solely of cadmium
approach that reported by a research labora- body burden (Friberg and Elinder 1988).
tories. The results reported for existing pro-
5.2.7.1 Range of CDU concentrations observed
ficiency programs serve to specify the initial
among unexposed samples
level of performance that likely can be ex-
pected from commercial laboratories offer- Surveys of CDU concentrations in the gen-
ing analysis using a particular method. eral population were first reported from co-
Weber (1988) reports on the results of the operative studies among industrial countries
CTQ proficiency program, which includes (i.e., Japan, U.S. and Sweden) conducted in
CDU results for laboratories participating in the mid-1970s. In summarizing these data,
the program. Results indicate that after re- Kjellstrom (1979) reported that CDU con-
ceiving 60 samples (i.e., after participating in centrations among Dallas, Texas men (age
the program for approximately 3 years), ap- range: <9–59 years; smokers and nonsmokers)
proximately 80% of the participating labora- varied from 0.11–1.12 µg/l (uncorrected for
tories report CDU results ranging between ±2 creatinine or specific gravity). These CDU
µg/l or 15% of the consensus mean, whichever concentrations are intermediate between
is greater. On any single sample of the last population values found in Sweden (range:
15 samples, the proportion of laboratories 0.11–0.80 µg/l) and Japan (range: 0.14–2.32 µg/l).
falling within the specified range is between Kowal and Zirkes (1983) reported CDU con-
75 and 95%, except for a single test for which centrations for almost 1,000 samples col-
only 60% of the laboratories reported accept- lected during 1978–79 from the general U.S.
able results. For each of the last 15 samples, adult population (i.e., nine states; both gen-
approximately 60% of the laboratories re- ders; ages 20–74 years). They report that CDU
ported results within ±1 µg or 15% of the concentrations are lognormally distributed;
mean, whichever is greater. The range of low levels predominated, but a small propor-
concentrations included in this set of sam- tion of the population exhibited high levels.
ples was not reported. These investigators transformed the CDU
Another report from the CTQ (1991) sum- concentrations values, and reported the
marizes preliminary CDU results from their same data 3 different ways: µg/l urine
1991 interlaboratory program. According to (unadjusted), µg/l (specific gravity adjusted
the report, for 3 CDU samples with values of to 1.020), and µg/g CRTU. These data are sum-
9.0, 16.8, 31.5 µg/l, acceptable results (target marized in Tables 6 and 7.
of ±2 µg/l or 15 % of the consensus mean, Based on further statistical examination of
whichever is greater) were achieved by only these data, including the lifestyle character-
44–52% of the 34 laboratories participating in istics of this group, Kowal (1988) suggested
the CDU program. The overall CVs for these increased cadmium absorption (i.e., body
3 CDU samples among the 34 participating burden) was correlated with low dietary in-
laboratories were 31%, 25%, and 49%, respec- takes of calcium and iron, as well as ciga-
tively. The reason for this poor performance rette smoking.
has not been determined. CDU levels presented in Table 6 are ad-
A more recent report from the CTQ (Weber, justed for age and gender. Results suggest
private communication) indicates that 36% that CDU levels may be slightly different
of the laboratories in the program have been among men and women (i.e., higher among
able to achieve the target of ±1 µg/l or 15% men when values are unadjusted, but lower
for more than 75% of the samples analyzed among men when the values are adjusted, for
over the last 5 years, while 45% of partici- specific gravity or CRTU). Mean differences
pating laboratories achieved a target of ±2 among men and women are small compared
µg/l or 15% for more than 75% of the samples to the standard deviations, and therefore
analyzed over the same period. may not be significant. Levels of CDU also
Note that results reported in the interlab- appear to increase with age. The data in
oratory programs are in terms of µg Cd/l of Table 6 suggest as well that reporting CDU
urine, unadjusted for creatinine. The per- levels adjusted for specific gravity or as a
formance indicated, therefore, is a measure function of CRTU results in reduced varia-
of the performance of the cadmium portion bility.
204
TABLE 6—URINE CADMIUM CONCENTRATIONS IN THE U.S. ADULT POPULATION: NORMAL AND
CONCENTRATION-ADJUSTED VALUES BY AGE AND SEX 1
Geometric means (and geometric standard devi-

ations)
Unadjusted SG-adjusted 2 Creatine-ad-

(µg/l) µg/l at 1.020) justed (µg/g)
Sex:
Male (n=484) ................................................................ 0.55 (2.9) 0.73 (2.6) 0.55 (2.7)
Female (n=498) ............................................................ 0.49 (3.0) 0.86 (2.7) 0.78 (2.7)
Age:
20–29 (n=222) .............................................................. 0.32 (3.0) 0.43 (2.7) 0.32 (2.7)
30–39 (n=141) .............................................................. 0.46 (3.2) 0.70 (2.8) 0.54 (2.7)
40–49 (n=142) .............................................................. 0.50 (3.0) 0.81 (2.6) 0.70 (2.7)
50–59 (n=117) .............................................................. 0.61 (2.9) 0.99 (2.4) 0.90 (2.3)
60–69 (n=272) .............................................................. 0.76 (2.6) 1.16 (2.3) 1.03 (2.3)
1 From Kowal and Zirkes 1983.
2 SC-adjusted is adjusted for specific gravity.
TABLE 7—URINE CADMIUM CONCENTRATIONS IN THE U.S. ADULT POPULATION: CUMULATIVE

FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF URINARY CADMIUM (N=982) 1
SG-adjusted Creatine-ad-
Unadjusted
Range of concentrations (µg/l at 1.020) justed (µg/g)
(µg/l) percent percent percent
<0.5 ...................................................................................... 43.9 28.0 35.8

0.6–1.0 ............................................................................... 71.7 56.4 65.6
1.1–1.5 ............................................................................... 84.4 74.9 81.4
1.6–2.0 ............................................................................... 91.3 84.7 88.9
2.1–3.0 ............................................................................... 97.3 94.4 95.8
3.1–4.0 ............................................................................... 98.8 97.4 97.2
4.1–5.0 ............................................................................... 99.4 98.2 97.9
5.1–10.0 ............................................................................. 99.6 99.4 99.3
10.0–20.0 ........................................................................... 99.8 99.6 99.6
1 Source: Kowal and Zirkes (1983).
The data in the Table 6 indicate the geo- among cadmium-exposed workers. In this
metric mean of CDU levels observed among table, arithmetic and/or geometric means
the general population is 0.52 µ/g Cd/l urine and standard deviations are provided if re-
(unadjusted), with a geometric standard de- ported in these studies. The absolute range
viation of 3.0. Normalized for creatinine, the for the data in each study, or the 95% con-
geometric mean for the population is 0.66 µ/ fidence interval around the mean of each
g CRTU, with a geometric standard devi- study, also are provided when reported. The
ation of 2.7. Table 7 provides the distribu-
lower and upper 95th percentile of the dis-
tions of CDU concentrations for the general
tribution are presented for each study in
population studied by Kowal and Zirkes. The
data in this table indicate that 95% of the which a mean and corresponding standard
CDU levels observed among those not occu- deviation were reported. Table 8 also pro-
pationally exposed to cadmium are below 3 µ/ vides estimates of the years of exposure, and
g CRTU. the levels of exposure, to cadmium in the
work place if reported in these studies. Con-
5.2.7.2 Range of CDU concentrations observed centrations reported in this table are in µ/g
among exposed workers CRTU, unless otherwise stated.
Table 8 is a summary of results from avail-
able studies of CDU concentrations observed
205
TABLE 8—URINE CADMIUM CONCENTRATIONS IN WORKERS EXPOSED TO CADMIUM IN THE WORKPLACE
Concentration of cadmium in Urine a
Mean Con-
Number Employment
Study Work environment (work- centration of Lower 95th Upper 95th
in Study in years Arithmetic Absolute Geometric
number er population monitored) cadmium in air percentile of percentile of
(n) (mean) mean (± range or mean Reference
(µg/m 3) range e range e
§ 1910.1027
S.D.) b (95% C.I.) c (GSD) d ( )f ( )f
1 ............. Ni-Cd battery plant and .............. 3–40 ≤ 90 .................... .................. .................. .................... .................... Lauwerys et al. 1976.
Cd production plant.
(Workers without kid- 96 ...................... .......................... 16.3±16.7 .................. .................. (0) (44)
ney lesions).
(Workers with kidney 25 ...................... .......................... 48.2±42.6 .................. .................. (0) (120)
lesions).
2 ............. Ni-Cd battery plant .......... .............. ...................... .......................... .................... .................. .................. .................... .................... Adamsson et al. (1979).
(Smokers) .................... 7 (5) 10.1 5.5 1.0–14.7 .................. .................... ....................
(Nonsmokers) .............. 8 (9) 7.0 3.6 0.5–9.3 .................. .................... ....................
3 ............. Cadmium salts production 148 (15.4) .......................... 15.8 2–150 .................. .................... .................... Butchet et al. 1980.
facility.
4 ............. Retrospective study of 19 15–41 .......................... .................... .................. .................. .................... .................... Roels et al. 1982.
workers with renal
problems.
(Before removal) .......... .............. (27.2) .......................... 39.4±28.1 10.8–117 .................. (0) (88)
(After removal) ............. .............. (4.2) g .......................... 16.4±9.0 80–42.3 .................. (1.0) (32)
206
5 ............. Cadmium production .............. ...................... .......................... .................... .................. .................. .................... .................... Ellis et al. 1983.
plant.
(Workers without renal 33 1–34 .......................... 9.4±6.9 2-27 .................. (0) (21)
dysfunction).
(Workers with renal 18 10–34 .......................... 22.8±12.7 8–55 .................. (1) (45)
dysfunction).
6 ............. Cd-Cu alloy plant ............ 75 Up to 39 Note h 6.9±9.4 .................. .................. (0) (23) Mason et al. 1988.
7 ............. Cadmium recovery oper- 45 (19) 87 9.3±6.9 .................. .................. (0) (21) Thun et al. 1989.
ation.
8 ............. Pigment manufacturing 29 (12.8) 0.18–3.0 .................... 0.2–9.5 1.1 .................... .................... Mueller et al. 1989.
plant.
9 ............. Pigment manufacturing 26 (12.1) ≤3.0 .................... .................. 1.25±2.45 0.3 6 Kawada et al. 1990.
plant.
a Concentrations reported in µg/g Cr.
b S.D.—Standard Deviation.
c C.I.—Confidence Interval.
d GSD—Geometric Standard Deviation.
e Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.
f Based on an assumed normal distribution.
g Years following removal.
h Equivalent to 50 for 20–22 yrs
Data in Table 8 from Lauwerys et al. (1976) pears to be higher than the variability asso-
and Ellis et al. (1983) indicate that CDU con- ciated with CDB measurements among simi-
centrations are higher among those exhib- lar workers.
iting kidney lesions or dysfunction than
among those lacking these symptoms. Data 5.2.8 Conclusions and Recommendations for
from the study by Roels et al. (1982) indicate CDU
that CDU levels decrease among workers re- The above evaluation supports the fol-
moved from occupational exposure to cad- lowing recommendations for a CDU pro-
mium in comparison to workers experiencing ficiency program. These recommendations
ongoing exposure. In both cases, however, address only sampling and analysis proce-
the distinction between the 2 groups is not dures for CDU determinations specifically,
as clear as with CDB; there is more overlap which are to be reported as an unadjusted µg
in CDU levels observed among each of the Cd/l urine. Normalizing this result to creati-
paired populations than is true for cor- nine requires a second analysis for CRTU so
responding CDB levels. As with CDB levels, that the ratio of the 2 measurements can be
the data in Table 8 suggest increased CDU obtained. Creatinine analysis is addressed in
concentrations among workers who experi- Section 5.4. Formal procedures for com-
enced increased overall exposure. bining the 2 measurements to derive a value
Although a few occupationally-exposed and a confidence limit for CDU in µg/g CRTU
workers in the studies presented in Table 8 are provided in Section 3.3.3.
exhibit CDU levels below 3 µg/g CRTU, most
of those workers exposed to cadmium levels 5.2.8.1 Recommended method
in excess of the PEL defined in the final cad-
mium rule exhibit CDU levels above 3 µg/g The method of Pruszkowska et al. (1983)
CRTU; this level represents the upper 95th should be adopted for CDU analysis. This
percentile of the CDU distribution observed method is recommended because it is simple,
among those who are not occupationally ex- straightforward and reliable (i.e., small vari-
posed to cadmium (Table 7). ations in experimental conditions do not af-
The mean CDU levels reported in Table 8 fect the analytical results).
among occupationally-exposed groups stud- A synopsis of the methods used by labora-
ied (except 2) exceed 3 µg/g CRTU. Cor- tories to determine CDU under the interlab-
respondingly, the level of exposure reported oratory program administered by the CTQ
in these studies (with 1 exception) are sig- (1991) indicates that more than 78% (24 of 31)
nificantly higher than what workers will ex- of the participating laboratories use a dilu-
perience under the final cadmium rule. The 2 tion method to prepare urine samples for
exceptions are from the studies by Mueller et CDU analysis. Laboratories may adopt alter-
al. (1989) and Kawada et al. (1990); these stud- nate methods, but it is the responsibility of
ies indicate that workers exposed to cad- the laboratory to demonstrate that the al-
mium during pigment manufacture do not ternate methods provide results of com-
exhibit CDU levels as high as those levels ob- parable quality to the Pruszkowska method.
served among workers exposed to cadmium
5.2.8.2 Data quality objectives
in other occupations. Exposure levels, how-
ever, were lower in the pigment manufac- The following data quality objectives
turing plants studied. Significantly, workers should facilitate interpretation of analytical
removed from occupational cadmium expo- results, and are achievable based on the
sure for an average of 4 years still exhibited above evaluation.
CDU levels in excess of 3 µg/g CRTU (Roels et Limit of Detection. A level of 0.5 µg/l (i.e.,
al. 1982). In the single-exception study with a corresponding to a detection limit of 0.5 µg/
reported level of cadmium exposure lower g CRTU, assuming 1 g CRT/l urine) should be
than levels proposed in the final rule (i.e., achievable. Pruszkowska et al. (1983)
the study of a pigment manufacturing plant achieved a limit of detection of 0.04 µg/l for
by Kawada et al. 1990), most of the workers CDU based on the slope of the curve for their
exhibited CDU levels less than 3 µg/g CRTU working standards (0.35 pg Cd/0.0044, A
(i.e., the mean value was only 1.3 µg/g signal=1% absorbance using GF-AAS).
CRTU). CDU levels among workers with such The CDC reports a minimum detection
limited cadmium exposure are expected to be limit for CDU of 0.07 µg/l using a modified
significantly lower than levels of other stud- Pruszkowska method. This limit of detection
ies reported in Table 8. was defined as 3 times the standard deviation
Based on the above data, a CDU level of 3 calculated from 10 repeated measurements of
µg/g CRTU appear to represent a threshold a ‘‘low level’’ CDU test sample (Attachment
above which significant work place exposure 8 of exhibit 106 of OSHA docket H057A).
to cadmium occurs over the work span of Stoeppler and Brandt (1980) report a limit
those being monitored. Note that this of detection for CDU of 0.2 µg/l using an
threshold is not as distinct as the cor- aqueous dilution (1:2) of the urine samples.
responding threshold described for CDB. In Accuracy. A recent report from the CTQ
general, the variability associated with CDU (Weber, private communication) indicates
measurements among exposed workers ap- that 36% of the laboratories in the program
207
achieve the target of ±1 µg/l or 15% for more 5.3.1 Units of B2MU Measurement
than 75% of the samples analyzed over the
Procedures adopted for reporting B2MU
last 5 years, while 45% of participating lab-
levels are not uniform. In these guidelines,
oratories achieve a target of ±2 µg/l or 15%
OSHA recommends that B2MU levels be re-
for more than 75% of the samples analyzed
ported as µg/g CRTU, similar to reporting
over the same period. With time and a strong CDU concentrations. Reporting B2MU nor-
incentive for improvement, it is expected malized to the concentration of CRTU re-
that the proportion of laboratories success- quires an additional analytical process be-
fully achieving the stricter level of accuracy yond the analysis of B2M: Independent anal-
should increase. It should be noted, however, ysis for creatinine so that results may be re-
these indices of performance do not include ported as a ratio of the B2M and creatinine
variations resulting from the ancillary concentrations found in the urine sample.
measurement of CRTU (which is rec- Consequently, the overall quality of the
ommended for the proper recording of reanalysis depends on the combined perform-
sults). The low cadmium levels expected to ance on these 2 analyses. The analysis used
be measured indicate that the analysis of for B2MU determinations is described in
creatinine will contribute relatively little to terms of µg B2M/l urine, with analysis of cre-
the overall variability observed among creatinine addressed separately. Techniques
atinine-normalized CDU levels (see Section used to measure creatinine are provided in
5.4). The initial target value for reporting Section 5.4. Note that Section 3.3.3 provides
CDU under this program, therefore, is set at techniques for deriving the value of B2M as
±1 µg/g CRTU or 15% (whichever is greater). function of CRTU, and the confidence limits
Precision. For internal QC samples (which for independent measurements of B2M and
are recommended as part of an internal QA/ CRTU.
QC program, Section 3.3.1), laboratories
should attain an overall precision of 25%. 5.3.2 Analytical Techniques Used to
For CDB samples with concentrations less Monitor B2MU
than 2 µg/l, a target precision of 40% is ac- One of the earliest tests used to measure
ceptable, while precisions of 20% should be B2MU was the radial immunodiffusion tech-
achievable for CDU concentrations greater nique. This technique is a simple and specific
than 2 µg/l. Although these values are more method for identification and quantitation
stringent than those observed in the CTQ of a number of proteins found in human
interlaboratory program reported by Webber serum and other body fluids when the pro-
(1988), they are well within limits expected tein is not readily differentiated by standard
to be achievable for the method as reported electrophoretic procedures. A quantitative
by Stoeppler and Brandt (1980). relationship exists between the concentra-
5.2.8.3 Quality assurance/quality control tion of a protein deposited in a well that is
cut into a thin agarose layer containing the
Commercial laboratories providing CDU corresponding monospecific antiserum, and
determinations should adopt an internal QA/ the distance that the resultant complex dif-
QC program that incorporates the following fuses. The wells are filled with an unknown
components: Strict adherence to the selected serum and the standard (or control), and in-
method, including calibration requirements; cubated in a moist environment at room
regular incorporation of QC samples during temperature. After the optimal point of dif-
actual runs; a protocol for corrective ac- fusion has been reached, the diameters of the
tions, and documentation of such actions; resulting precipition rings are measured. The
and, participation in an interlaboratory pro- diameter of a ring is related to the con-
ficiency program. Note that the nonmanda- centration of the constituent substance. For
tory program presented in Attachment 1 as B2MU determinations required in the med-
an example of an acceptable QA/QC program, ical monitoring program, this method re-
is based on using the Pruszkowska method quires a process that may be insufficient to
for CDU analysis. Should an alternate meth- concentrate the protein to levels that are re-
od be adopted by a laboratory, the labora- quired for detection.
tory should develop a QA/QC program equiv- Radioimmunoassay (RIA) techniques are
alent to the nonmandatory program, and used widely in immunologic assays to meas-
which satisfies the provisions of Section ure the concentration of antigen or antibody
3.3.1. in body-fluid samples. RIA procedures are
based on competitive-binding techniques. If
5.3 Monitoring β-2–Microglobulin in Urine
antigen concentration is being measured, the
(B2MU)
principle underlying the procedure is that
As indicated in Section 4.3, B2MU appears radioactive-labeled antigen competes with
to be the best of several small proteins that the sample’s unlabeled antigen for binding
may be monitored as early indicators of cad- sites on a known amount of immobile anti-
mium-induced renal damage. Several ana- body. When these 3 components are present
lytic techniques are available for measuring in the system, an equilibrium exists. This
B2M. equilibrium is followed by a separation of
208
the free and bound forms of the antigen. Ei- labeled antigen that bound to the immobile
ther free or bound radioactive-labeled anti- antibody phase during the initial competi-
gen can be assessed to determine the amount tion with unlabeled antigen from the sample.
of antigen in the sample. The analysis is per- Consequently, the intensity of the fluores-
formed by measuring the level of radiation cence is an inverse function of the con-
emitted either by the bound complex fol- centration of antigen (B2M) in the original
lowing removal of the solution containing sample. The relationship between the fluo-
the free antigen, or by the isolated solution
rescence level and the B2M concentration in
containing the residual-free antigen. The
the sample is determined using a series of
main advantage of the RIA method is the ex-
treme sensitivity of detection for emitted ra- graded standards, and extrapolating these
diation and the corresponding ability to de- standards to find the concentration of the
tect trace amounts of antigen. Additionally, unknown sample.
large numbers of tests can be performed rap-
idly. 5.3.3 Methods Developed for B2MU
The enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay Determinations
(ELISA) techniques are similar to RIA tech- B2MU usually is measured by
niques except that nonradioactive labels are radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked
employed. This technique is safe, specific immunosorbent assay (ELISA); however,
and rapid, and is nearly as sensitive as RIA
other methods (including gel electrophoresis,
techniques. An enzyme-labeled antigen is
radial immunodiffusion, and nephelometric
used in the immunologic assay; the labeled
antigen detects the presence and quantity of assays) also have been described (Schardun
unlabeled antigen in the sample. In a rep- and van Epps 1987). RIA and ELISA methods
resentative ELISA test, a plastic plate is are preferred because they are sensitive at
coated with antibody (e.g., antibody to B2M). concentrations as low as micrograms per
The antibody reacts with antigen (B2M) in liter, require no concentration processes, are
the urine and forms an antigen-antibody highly reliable and use only a small sample
complex on the plate. A second anti-B2M volume.
antibody (i.e., labeled with an enzyme) is Based on a survey of the literature, the
added to the mixture and forms an antibody- ELISA technique is recommended for moni-
antigen-antibody complex. Enzyme activity toring B2MU. While RIAs provide greater
is measured spectrophotometrically after sensitivity (typically about 1 µg/l, Evrin et
the addition of a specific chromogenic sub- al. 1971), they depend on the use of
strate which is activated by the bound en- radioisotopes; use of radioisotopes requires
zyme. The results of a typical test are cal-
adherence to rules and regulations estab-
culated by comparing the
lished by the Atomic Energy Commission,
spectrophotometric reading of a serum sam-
ple to that of a control or reference serum. and necessitates an expensive radioactivity
In general, these procedures are faster and counter for testing. Radioisotopes also have
require less laboratory work than other a relatively short half-life, which cor-
methods. responds to a reduced shelf life, thereby in-
In a fluorescent ELISA technique (such as creasing the cost and complexity of testing.
the one employed in the Pharmacia Delphia In contrast, ELISA testing can be performed
test for B2M), the labeled enzyme is bound to on routine laboratory spectrophotometers,
a strong fluorescent dye. In the Pharmacia do not necessitate adherence to additional
Delphia test, an antigen bound to a fluores- rules and regulations governing the handling
cent dye competes with unlabeled antigen in of radioactive substances, and the test kits
the sample for a predetermined amount of have long shelf lives. Further, the range of
specific, immobile antibody. Once equi- sensitivity commonly achieved by the rec-
librium is reached, the immobile phase is re- ommended ELISA test (i.e., the Pharmacia
moved from the labeled antigen in the sam- Delphia test) is approximately 100 µg/l
ple solution and washed; an enhancement so-
(Pharmacia 1990), which is sufficient for
lution then is added that liberates the fluo-
monitoring B2MU levels resulting from cad-
rescent dye from the bound antigen-antibody
complex. The enhancement solution also mium exposure. Based on the studies listed
contains a chelate that complexes with the in Table 9 (Section 5.3.7), the average range
fluorescent dye in solution; this complex in- of B2M concentrations among the general,
creases the fluorescent properties of the dye nonexposed population falls between 60 and
so that it is easier to detect. 300 µg/g CRTU. The upper 95th percentile of
To determine the quantity of B2M in a distributions, derived from studies in Table 9
sample using the Pharmacia Delphia test, which reported standard deviations, range
the intensity of the fluorescence of the en- between 180 and 1,140 µg/g CRTU. Also, the
hancement solution is measured. This inten- Pharmacia Delphia test currently is the
sity is proportional to the concentration of most widely used test for assessing B2MU.
209
5.3.4 Sample Collection and Handling should be maintained. The total CV reported
for test kits is less than or equal to 7.2%.
As with CDB or CDU, sample collection
procedures are addressed primarily to iden- 5.3.6 General Method Performance
tify ways to minimize the degree of varia-
bility introduced by sample collection dur- Unlike analyses for CDB and CDU, the
ing medical monitoring. It is unclear the ex- Pharmacia Delphia test is standardized in a
tent to which sample collection contributes commercial kit that controls for many
to B2MU variability. Sources of variation in- sources of variation. In the absence of data
clude time-of-day effects, the interval since to the contrary, it is assumed that the
consuming liquids and the quantity of liq- achievable performance reported by the
uids consumed, and the introduction of ex- manufacturer of this test kit will serve as an
ternal contamination during the collection achievable performance objective. The CTQ
process. A special problem unique to B2M proficiency testing program for B2MU anal-
sampling is the sensitivity of this protein to ysis is expected to use the performance pa-
degradation under acid conditions commonly rameters defined by the test kit manufac-
found in the bladder. To minimize this prob- turer as the basis of the B2MU proficiency
lem, strict adherence to a sampling protocol testing program.
is recommended. The protocol should include Note that results reported for the test kit
provisions for normalizing the conditions are expressed in terms of µg B2M/l of urine,
under which the urine is collected. Clearly, and have not been adjusted for creatinine.
it is important to minimize the interval The indicated performance, therefore, is a
urine spends in the bladder. It also is rec- measure of the performance of the B2M por-
ommended that every effort be made to col- tion of the analyses only, and does not in-
lect samples during the same time of day. clude variation that may have been intro-
Collection of urine samples for biological duced during the analysis of creatinine.
monitoring usually is performed using
5.3.7 Observed B2MU Concentrations
‘‘spot’’ (i.e., single-void) urine. Logistics and
sample integrity become problems when ef- As indicated in Section 4.3, the concentra-
forts are made to collect urine over extended tion of B2MU may serve as an early indicator
periods (e.g., 24 hrs). Unless single-void of the onset of kidney damage associated
urines are used, numerous opportunities with cadmium exposure.
exist for measurement error because of poor
control over sample collection, storage and 5.3.7.1 Range of B2MU Concentrations
environmental contamination. Among Unexposed Samples
To minimize the interval that sample Most of the studies listed in Table 9 report
urine resides in the bladder, the following B2MU levels for those who were not occupa-
adaption to the ‘‘spot’’ collection procedure tionally exposed to cadmium. Studies noted
is recommended: The bladder should be in the second column of this table (which
emptied and then a large glass of water contain the footnote ‘‘d’’) reported B2MU
should be consumed; the sample then should concentrations among cadmium-exposed
be collected within an hour after the water is workers who, nonetheless, showed no signs of
consumed. proteinuria. These latter studies are in-
cluded in this table because, as indicated in
5.3.5 Best Achievable Performance
Section 4.3, monitoring B2MU is intended to
The best achievable performance is as- provide advanced warning of the onset of
sumed to be equivalent to the performance kidney dysfunction associated with cadmium
reported by the manufacturers of the exposure, rather than to distinguish relative
Pharmacia Delphia test kits (Pharmacia exposure. This table, therefore, indicates the
1990). According to the insert that comes range of B2MU levels observed among those
with these kits, QC results should be within who had no symptoms of renal dysfunction
±2 SDs of the mean for each control sample (including cadmium-exposed workers with
tested; a CV of less than or equal to 5.2% none of these symptoms).
TABLE 9—B-2–MICROGLOBULIN CONCENTRATIONS OBSERVED IN URINE AMONG THOSE NOT

OCCUPATIONALLY EXPOSED TO CADMIUM
Lower Upper
Geo-
Geo- 95th per- 95th per-
Study No. in metric
metric centile of centile of Reference
No. study standard
mean distribu- distribu-
deviation tiona tiona
1 ............ 133 m b 115 µg/ 4.03 ....... 12 .......... 1,140 µg/ Ishizaki et al. 1989.
g c. g c.
2 ............ 161 f b .. 146 µg/ 3.11 ....... 23 .......... 940 µg/ Ishizaki et al. 1989.
g c. g c.
210
TABLE 9—B-2–MICROGLOBULIN CONCENTRATIONS OBSERVED IN URINE AMONG THOSE NOT

OCCUPATIONALLY EXPOSED TO CADMIUM—Continued
Lower Upper
Geo-
Geo- 95th per- 95th per-
Study No. in metric
metric centile of centile of Reference
No. study standard
mean distribu- distribu-
deviation tiona tiona
3 ............ 10 ......... 84 µg/g ............... ............... ............... Ellis et al. 1983.

4 ............ 203 ....... 76 µg/l .. ............... ............... ............... Stewart and Hughes 1981.
5 ............ 9 ........... 103 µg/g ............... ............... ............... Chia et al. 1989.
6 ............ 47 d ....... 86 µg/L 1.9 ......... 30 µg/1 .. 250 µg/L Kjellstrom et al. 1977.
7 ............ 1,000 e .. 68.1 µg/ 3.1 m & f < 10 µg/ 320 µg/gr Kowal 1983.
gr Cr f. gr Cr h. Cr h.
8 ............ 87 ......... 71 µg/g i ............... 7 h .......... 200 h ...... Buchet et al. 1980.
9 ............ 10 ......... 0.073 ............... ............... ............... Evrin et al. 1971.
mg/
24h.
10 .......... 59 ......... 156 µg/g 1.1 j ........ 130 ........ 180 ........ Mason et al. 1988.
11 .......... 8 ........... 118 µg/g ............... ............... ............... Iwao et al. 1980.
12 .......... 34 ......... 79 µg/g ............... ............... ............... Wibowo et al. 1982.
13 .......... 41 m .... .............. ............... ............... 400 µg/gr Falck et al. 1983.
Cr k.
14 .......... 35 n ....... 67 ......... ............... ............... ............... Roels et al. 1991.
15 .......... 31 d ....... 63 ......... ............... ............... ............... Roels et al. 1991.
16 .......... 36 d ....... 77 i ........ ............... ............... ............... Miksche et al. 1981.
17 .......... 18 n ....... 130 ....... ............... ............... ............... Kawada et al. 1989.
18 .......... 32 p ....... 122 ....... ............... ............... ............... Kawada et al. 1989.
19 .......... 18 d ....... 295 ....... 1.4 ......... 170 ........ 510 ........ Thun et al. 1989.
a—Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.
b—m = males, f = females.
c—Aged general population from non-polluted area; 47.9% population aged 50–69; 52.1% ≥ 70 years of
age; values reported in study.
d—Exposed workers without proteinuria.
e—492 females, 484 male.
f—Creatinine adjusted; males = 68.1 µg/g Cr, females = 64.3 µg/g Cr.
h—Reported in the study.
i—Arithmetic mean.
j—Geometric standard error.
k—Upper 95% tolerance limits: for Falck this is based on the 24 hour urine sample.
n—Controls.
p—Exposed synthetic resin and pigment workers without proteinuria; Cadmium in urine levels up to 10 µg/g
Cr.
To the extent possible, the studies listed in occupationally exposed to cadmium are simi-
Table 9 provide geometric means and geo- lar to B2MU levels found among cadmium-
metric standard deviations for measure- exposed workers who exhibit no signs of kid-
ments among the groups defined in each ney dysfunction. Although the mean is high
study. For studies reporting a geometric in the study by Thun et al., the range of
standard deviation along with a mean, the measurements reported in this study is with-
lower and upper 95th percentile for these dis- in the ranges reported for the other studies.
tributions were derived and reported in the Determining a reasonable upper limit from
table. the range of B2M concentrations observed
The data provided from 15 of the 19 studies among those who do not exhibit signs of pro-
listed in Table 9 indicate that the geometric teinuria is problematic. Elevated B2MU lev-
mean concentration of B2M observed among els are among the signs used to define the
those who were not occupationally exposed onset of kidney dysfunction. Without access
to cadmium is 70–170 µg/g CRTU. Data from to the raw data from the studies listed in
the 4 remaining studies indicate that ex- Table 9, it is necessary to rely on reported
posed workers who exhibit no signs of pro- standard deviations to estimate an upper
teinuria show mean B2MU levels of 60–300 µg/ limit for normal B2MU concentrations (i.e.,
g CRTU. B2MU values in the study by Thun the upper 95th percentile for the distribu-
et al. (1989), however, appear high in com- tions measured). For the 8 studies reporting
parison to the other 3 studies. If this study is a geometric standard deviation, the upper
removed, B2MU levels for those who are not 95th percentiles for the distributions are 180–
211
1140 µg/g CRTU. These values are in general 5.3.7.2 Range of B2MU Concentrations
agreement with the upper 95th percentile for Among Exposed Workers
the distribution (i.e., 631 µg/g CRTU) re- Table 10 presents results from studies re-
ported by Buchet et al. (1980). These upper porting B2MU determinations among those
limits also appear to be in general agree- occupationally exposed to cadmium in the
ment with B2MU values (i.e., 100–690 µg/g work place; in some of these studies, kidney
CRTU) reported as the normal upper limit by dysfunction was observed among exposed
Iwao et al. (1980), Kawada et al. (1989), workers, while other studies did not make an
Wibowo et al. (1982), and Schardun and van effort to distinguish among exposed workers
Epps (1987). These values must be compared based on kidney dysfunction. As with Table
to levels reported among those exhibiting 9, this table provides geometric means and
kidney dysfunction to define a threshold geometric standard deviations for the groups
level for kidney dysfunction related to cad- defined in each study if available. For stud-
mium exposure. ies reporting a geometric standard deviation
along with a mean, the lower and upper 95th
percentiles for the distributions are derived
and reported in the table.
TABLE 10—B-2-MICROGLOBULIN CONCENTRATIONS OBSERVED IN URINE AMONG OCCUPATIONALLY-

EXPOSED WORKERS
Concentration of B-2-Microglobulin in urine
Geo-
Study No. N Reference
metric Geom L 95% of U 95% of
mean std dev range b range b
(µg/g) a
1 ................................... 1,42 160 6.19 8.1 3,300 Ishizaki et al., 1989.

4
2 ................................... 1,75 260 6.50 12 5,600 Ishizaki et al., 1989.
4
3 ................................... 33 210 .............. ................ ................ Ellis et al., 1983.
4 ................................... 65 210 .............. ................ ................ Chia et al., 1989.
5 ................................... c44 5,700 6.49 d 300 d 98,000 Kjellstrom et al., 1977.
6 ................................... 148 e 180 .............. f 110 f 280 Buchet et al., 1980.
7 ................................... 37 160 3.90 17 1,500 Kenzaburo et al., 1979.
8 ................................... c 45 3,300 8.7 d 310 d 89,000 Mason et al., 1988.
9 ................................... c 10 6,100 5.99 f 650 f 57,000 Falck et al., 1983.
10 ................................... c 11 3,900 2.96 d 710 d 15,000 Elinder et al., 1985.
11 ................................... c 12 300 .............. ................ ................ Roels et al., 1991.
12 ................................... g8 7,400 .............. ................ ................ Roels et al., 1991.
13 ................................... c 23 h 1,800 .............. ................ ................ Roels et al., 1989.
14 ................................... 10 690 .............. ................ ................ Iwao et al., 1980.
15 ................................... 34 71 .............. ................ ................ Wibowo et al., 1982.
16 ................................... c 15 4,700 6.49 d 590 d 93,000 Thun et al., 1989.
a Unless otherwise stated.
b Based on an assumed lognormal distribution.
c Among workers diagnosed as having renal dysfunction; for Elinder this means β 2 levels greater than 300
micrograms per gram creatinine (µg/gr Cr); for Roels, 1991, range = 31 ¥ 35, 170 µgβ2/gr Cr and geometric
mean = 63 among healthy workers; for Mason β2 > 300 µg/gr Cr.
d Based on a detailed review of the data by OSHA.
e Arthmetic mean.
f Reported in the study.
g Retired workers.
h 1,800 µgβ /gr Cr for first survey; second survey = 1,600; third survey = 2,600; fourth survey = 2,600; fifth
2
survey = 2,600.
The data provided in Table 10 indicate that CRTU); an explanation for this wide spread
the mean B2MU concentration observed in average concentrations is not available.
among workers experiencing occupational Seven of the studies listed in Table 10 re-
exposure to cadmium (but with undefined port a range of B2MU levels among those di-
levels of proteinuria) is 160–7400 µg/g CRTU. agnosed as having renal dysfunction. As indi-
One of these studies reports geometric means cated in this table, renal dysfunction (pro-
lower than this range (i.e., as low as 71 µg/g teinuria) is defined in several of these stud-
ies by B2MU levels in excess of 300 µg/g CRTU
212
(see footnote ‘‘c’’ of Table 10); therefore, the Laboratories may adopt alternate methods,
range of B2MU levels observed in these stud- but it is the responsibility of the laboratory
ies is a function of the operational definition to demonstrate that alternate methods pro-
used to identify those with renal dysfunc- vide results of comparable quality to the
tion. Nevertheless, a B2MU level of 300 µg/g Pharmacia Delphia method.
CRTU appears to be a meaningful threshold
for identifying those having early signs of 5.3.8.2 Data quality objectives
kidney damage. While levels much higher
The following data quality objectives
than 300 µg/g CRTU have been observed
should facilitate interpretation of analytical
among those with renal dysfunction, the
results, and should be achievable based on
vast majority of those not occupationally ex-
the above evaluation.
posed to cadmium exhibit much lower B2MU
concentrations (see Table 9). Similarly, the Limit of Detection. A limit of 100 µg/l urine
vast majority of workers not exhibiting renal should be achievable, although the insert to
dysfunction are found to have levels below the test kit (Pharmacia 1990) cites a detec-
300 µg/g CRTU (Table 9). tion limit of 150 µg/l; private conversations
The 300 µg/g CRTU level for B2MU proposed with representatives of Pharmacia, however,
in the above paragraph has support among indicate that the lower limit of 100 µg/l
researchers as the threshold level that dis- should be achievable provided an additional
tinguishes between cadmium-exposed work- standard of 100 µg/l B2M is run with the other
ers with and without kidney dysfunction. standards to derive the calibration curve
For example, in the guide for physicians who (Section 3.3.1.1). The lower detection limit is
must evaluate cadmium-exposed workers desirable due to the proximity of this detec-
written for the Cadmium Council by Dr. tion limit to B2MU values defined for the
Lauwerys, levels of B2M greater than 200–300 cadmium medical monitoring program.
µg/g CRTU are considered to require addi- Accuracy. Because results from an interlab-
tional medical evaluation for kidney dys- oratory proficiency testing program are not
function (exhibit 8–447, OSHA docket H057A). available currently, it is difficult to define
The most widely used test for measuring an achievable level of accuracy. Given the
B2M (i.e., the Pharmacia Delphia test) de- general performance parameters defined by
fines B2MU levels above 300 µg/l as abnormal the insert to the test kits, however, an accu-
(exhibit L–140–1, OSHA docket H057A). racy of ±15% of the target value appears
Dr. Elinder, chairman of the Department achievable.
of Nephrology at the Karolinska Institute, Due to the low levels of B2MU to be meas-
testified at the hearings on the proposed cad- ured generally, it is anticipated that the
mium rule. According to Dr. Elinder (exhibit analysis of creatinine will contribute rel-
L–140–45, OSHA docket H057A), the normal atively little to the overall variability ob-
concentration of B2MU has been well docu- served among creatinine-normalized B2MU
mented (Evrin and Wibell 1972; Kjellstrom et levels (see Section 5.4). The initial level of
al. 1977a; Elinder et al. 1978, 1983; Buchet et accuracy for reporting B2MU levels under
al. 1980; Jawaid et al. 1983; Kowal and Zirkes, this program should be set at ±15%.
1983). Elinder stated that the upper 95 or 97.5 Precision. Based on precision data reported
percentiles for B2MU among those without by Pharmacia (1990), a precision value (i.e.,
tubular dysfunction is below 300 µg/g CRTU CV) of 5% should be achievable over the de-
(Kjellstrom et al. 1977a; Buchet et al. 1980; fined range of the analyte. For internal QC
Kowal and Zirkes, 1983). Elinder defined lev- samples (i.e., recommended as part of an in-
els of B2M above 300 µg/g CRTU as ‘‘slight’’ ternal QA/QC program, Section 3.3.1), labora-
proteinuria. tories should attain precision near 5% over
the range of concentrations measured.
5.3.8 Conclusions and Recommendations for
B2MU 5.3.8.3 Quality assurance/quality control
Based on the above evaluation, the fol- Commercial laboratories providing meas-
lowing recommendations are made for a urement of B2MU should adopt an internal
B2MU proficiency testing program. Note QA/QC program that incorporates the fol-
that the following discussion addresses only lowing components: Strict adherence to the
sampling and analysis for B2MU determina- Pharmacia Delphia method, including cali-
tions (i.e., to be reported as an unadjusted µg bration requirements; regular use of QC sam-
B2M/l urine). Normalizing this result to cre- ples during routine runs; a protocol for cor-
atinine requires a second analysis for CRTU rective actions, and documentation of these
(see Section 5.4) so that the ratio of the 2 actions; and, participation in an interlabora-
measurements can be obtained. tory proficiency program. Procedures that
may be used to address internal QC require-
5.3.8.1 Recommended method
ments are presented in Attachment 1. Due to
The Pharmacia Delphia method differences between analyses for B2MU and
(Pharmacia 1990) should be adopted as the CDB/CDU, specific values presented in At-
standard method for B2MU determinations. tachment 1 may have to be modified. Other
213
components of the program (including char- 5.4.5 General Method Performance
acterization runs), however, can be adapted
Data from the OSLTC indicate that a CV
to a program for B2MU. of 5% should be achievable using the OSLTC
5.4 Monitoring Creatinine in Urine (CRTU) method (Septon, L private communication).
The achievable accuracy of this method has
Because CDU and B2MU should be reported not been determined.
relative to concentrations of CRTU, these Results reported in surveys conducted by
concentrations should be determined in addi- the CAP (CAP 1991a, 1991b and 1992) indicate
tion CDU and B2MU determinations. that a CV of 5% is achievable. The accuracy
achievable for CRTU determinations has not
5.4.1 Units of CRTU Measurement been reported.
Laboratories performing creatinine anal-
CDU should be reported as µg Cd/g CRTU, ysis under this protocol should be CAP ac-
while B2MU should be reported as µg B2M/g credited and should be active participants in
CRTU. To derive the ratio of cadmium or the CAP surveys.
B2M to creatinine, CRTU should be reported
in units of g crtn/l of urine. Depending on the 5.4.6 Observed CRTU Concentrations
analytical method, it may be necessary to Published data suggest the range of CRTU
convert results of creatinine determinations concentrations is 1.0–1.6 g in 24-hour urine
accordingly. samples (Harrison 1987). These values are
equivalent to about 1 g/l urine.
5.4.2 Analytical Techniques Used to
Monitor CRTU 5.4.7 Conclusions and Recommendations for
Of the techniques available for CRTU de- CRTU
terminations, an absorbance 5.4.7.1 Recommended method
spectrophotometric technique and a high-
performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) Use either the Jaffe method (Attachment
technique are identified as acceptable in this 2) or the OSLTC method (Attachment 3). Al-
protocol. ternate methods may be acceptable provided
adequate performance is demonstrated in the
5.4.3 Methods Developed for CRTU CAP program.
Determinations
5.4.7.2 Data quality objectives
CRTU analysise performed in support of ei- Limit of Detection. This value has not been
ther CDU or B2MU determinations should be formally defined; however, a value of 0.1 g/l
performed using either of the following 2 urine should be readily achievable.
methods: Accuracy. This value has not been defined
1. The Du Pont method (i.e., Jaffe method), formally; accuracy should be sufficient to re-
in which creatinine in a sample reacts with tain accreditation from the CAP.
picrate under alkaline conditions, and the Precision. A CV of 5% should be achievable
resulting red chromophore is monitored (at using the recommended methods.
510 nm) for a fixed interval to determine the
rate of the reaction; this reaction rate is pro- 6.0 References
portional to the concentration of creatinine Adamsson E, Piscator M, and Nogawa K.
present in the sample (a copy of this method (1979). Pulmonary and gastrointestinal expo-
is provided in Attachment 2 of this protocol); sure to cadmium oxide dust in a battery fac-
or, tory. Environmental Health Perspectives, 28,
2. The OSHA SLC Technical Center 219–222.
(OSLTC) method, in which creatinine in an American Conference of Governmental In-
aliquot of sample is separated using an dustrial Hygienists (ACGIH). (1986). Docu-
HPLC column equipped with a UV detector; mentation of the Threshold Limit Values and
the resulting peak is quantified using an Biological Exposure Indices. 5th edition. p.
electrical integrator (a copy of this method BEI–55.
is provided in Attachment 3 of this protocol). Bernard A, Buchet J, Roels H, Masson P,
and Lauwerys R. (1979). Renal excretion of
5.4.4 Sample Collection and Handling proteins and enzymes in workers exposed to
cadmium. European Journal of Clinical Inves-
CRTU samples should be segregated from tigation, 9, 11–22.
samples collected for CDU or B2MU analysis. Bernard A and Lauwerys R. (1990). Early
Sample-collection techniques have been de- markers of cadmium nephrotoxicity: Bio-
scribed under Section 5.2.4. Samples should logical significance and predictive value.
be preserved either to stabilize CDU (with Toxocological and Environmental Chemistry, 27,
HNO3) or B2MU (with NaOH). Neither of 65–72.
these procedures should adversely affect Braunwald E, Isselbacher K, Petersdorf R,
CRTU analysis (see Attachment 3). Wilson J, Martin J, and Fauci A (Eds.).
214
(1987). Harrison’s Principles of Internal Medi- Evrin P, Peterson A, Wide I, and Berggard
cine. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company. I. (1971). Radioimmunoassay of B–2-micro-
Buchet J, Roels H, Bernard I, and globulin in human biological fluids.
Lauwerys R. (1980). Assessment of renal Scandanavian Journal of Clinical Laboratory
funcion of workers exposed to inorganic lead, Investigation, 28, 439–443.
cadmium, or mercury vapor. Journal of Occu- Falck F, Fine L, Smith R, Garvey J,
pational Medicine, 22, 741–750. Schork A, England B, McClatchey K, and
CAP. (1991). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Sur- Linton J. (1983). Metallothionein and occupa-
vey (Set U–B). tional exposure to cadmium. British Journal
College of American Pathologists. of Industrial Medicine, 40, 305–313.
CAP. (1991). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Sur- FEDERAL REGISTER. (1990). Occupational ex-
vey (Set U–C). College of American posure to cadmium: Proposed rule. 55/22/4052–
Pathologists. 4147, February 6.
CAP. (1992). Urine Chemistry, Series 1: Sur- Friberg, Exhibit 29, (1990). Exhibit No. 29 of
vey (Set U–A). College of American Patholo- the OSHA Federal Docket H057A. Wash-
gists. ington, DC.
CDC. (1986). Centers for Disease Control, Friberg L. (1988). Quality assurance. In T.
Division of Environmental Health Labora- Clarkson (Ed.), Biological Monitoring of Toxic
tory Sciences, Center for Environmental Metals (pp. 103–105). New York: Plenum Press.
Health, Atlanta, Georgia. Docket No. 106A.
Friberg L, and Elinder C. (1988). Cadmium
Lake Couer d’Alene, Idaho cadmium and lead
toxicity in humans. In Essential and Trace
study: 86–0030, Specimen collection and ship-
Elements in Human Health and Disease (pp.
ping protocol.
559–587). Docket Number 8–660.
CDC. (1990). Centers for Disease Control,
Friberg L, Elinder F, et al. (1986). Cadmium
Nutritional Biochemistry Branch. 4/27/90
and Health: A Toxicological and Epidemiolog-
Draft SOP for Method 0360A ‘‘Determination
of cadmium in urine by graphite furnace ical Appraisal. Volume II, Effects and Response.
atomic absorption spectrometry with Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
Zeeman background correction. Friberg L, Piscator M, Nordberg G, and
Centre de Toxicologie du Quebec. (1991). Kjellstrom T. (1974). Cadmium in the Environ-
Interlaboratory comparison program report ment (2nd ed.). Cleveland:CRC.
for run #2. Shipping date 3/11/91. Addition Friberg L and Vahter M. (1983). Assessment
BLR 9/19. of exposure to lead and cadmium through bi-
Chia K, Ong C, Ong H, and Endo G. (1989). ological monitoring: Results of a UNEP/WHO
Renal tubular function of workers exposed to global study. Environmental Research, 30, 95–
low levels of cadmium. British Journal of In- 128.
dustrial Medicine, 46, 165–170. Gunter E, and Miller D. (1986). Laboratory
Claeys-Thoreau F. (1982). Determination of procedures used by the division of environ-
low levels of cadmium and lead in biological mental health laboratory sciences center for
fluids with simple dilution by atomic absorp- environmental health, Centers for Disease
tion spectrophotometry using Zeeman effect Control for the hispanic health and nutrition
background absorption and the L’Vov plat- examination survey (HHANES). Atlanta, GA:
form. Atomic Spectroscopy, 3, 188–191. Centers for Disease Control.
DeBenzo Z, Fraile R, and Carrion N. (1990). Harrison. (1987). Harrison’s Principles of
Electrothermal atomization atomic absorp- Internal Medicine. Braunwald, E;
tion spectrometry with stabilized aqueous Isselbacher, KJ; Petersdorf, RG; Wilson, JD;
standards for the determination of cadmium Martin, JB; and Fauci, AS Eds. Eleventh Ed.
in whole blood. Analytica Chimica Acta, 231, McGraw Hill Book Company. San Francisco.
283–288. Henry J. (1991). Clinical Diagnosis and Man-
Elinder C, Edling C, Lindberg E, Kagedal agement by Laboratory Methods (18th edition).
B, and Vesterberg O. (1985). Assessment of Philadelphia: WB Saunders Company.
renal function in workers previously exposed IARC (1987). IRAC Monographs on the Eval-
to cadmium. British Journal of Internal Medi- uation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans. Over-
cine, 42, 754. all Evaluation of Carcinogenicity: Update of
Ellis K, Cohn S, and Smith T. (1985). Cad- Volume 1–42. Supplemental 7, 1987.
mium inhalation exposure estimates: Their Ishizaki M, Kido T, Honda R, Tsuritani I,
significance with respect to kidney and liver Yamada Y, Nakagawa H, and Nogawa K.
cadmium burden. Journal of Toxicology and (1989). Dose-response relationship between
Environmental Health, 15, 173–187. urinary cadmium and B-2-microglobulin in a
Ellis K, Yasumura S, Vartsky D, and Cohn Japanese environmentally cadmium exposed
S. (1983). Evaluation of biological indicators population. Toxicology, 58, 121–131.
of body burden of cadmium in humans. Fun- Iwao S, Tsuchiya K, and Sakurai H. (1980).
damentals and Applied Toxicology, 3, 169–174. Serum and urinary B-2-microglobulin among
Ellis K, Yeun K, Yasumura S, and Cohn S. cadmium-exposed workers. Journal of Occu-
(1984). Dose-response analysis of cadmium in pational Medicine, 22, 399–402.
man: Body burden vs kidney function. Envi- Iwata K, Katoh T, Morikawa Y, Aoshima
ronmental Research, 33, 216–226. K, Nishijo M, Teranishi H, and Kasuya M.
215
(1988). Urinary trehalase activity as an indi- and renal function in cadmium alloy work-
cator of kidney injury due to environmental ers. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 45,
cadmium exposure. Archives of Toxicology, 62, 793–802.
435–439. Meridian Research, Inc. (1989). Quantitative
Kawada T, Koyama H, and Suzuki S. (1989). Assessment of Cancer Risks Associated with Oc-
Cadmium, NAG activity, and B-2-microglob- cupational Exposure to Cd. Prepared by Merid-
ulin in the urine of cadmium pigment work- ian Research, Inc. and Roth Associates, Inc.
ers. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 46, for the Occupational Safety & Health Admin-
52–55. istration. June 12, 1989.
Kawada T, Tohyama C, and Suzuki S.
Meridian Research, Inc and Roth Associ-
(1990). Significance of the excretion of uri-
nary indicator proteins for a low level of oc- ates, Inc. (1989). Quantitative Assessment of the
cupational exposure to cadmium. Inter- Risk of Kidney Dysfunction Associated with Oc-
national Archives of Occupational Environ- cupational Exposure to Cd. Prepared by Merid-
mental Health, 62, 95–100. ian Research, Inc. and Roth Associates, Inc.
Kjellstrom T. (1979). Exposure and accumu- for the Occupational Safety & Health Admin-
lation of cadmium in populations from istration. July 31 1989.
Japan, the United States, and Sweden. Envi- Micheils E and DeBievre P. (1986). Method
ronmental Health Perspectives, 28, 169–197. 25–Determination of cadmium in whole blood
Kjellstrom T, Evrin P, and Rahnster B. by isotope dilution mass spectrometry.
(1977). Dose-response analysis of cadmium-in- O’Neill I, Schuller P, and Fishbein L (Eds.),
duced tubular proteinuria. Environmental Re- Environmental Carcinogens Selected Methods of
search, 13, 303–317. Analysis (Vol. 8). Lyon, France: International
Kjellstrom T, Shiroishi K, and Evrin P. Agency for Research on Cancer.
(1977). Urinary B-2-microglobulin excretion Mueller P, Smith S, Steinberg K, and Thun
among people exposed to cadmium in the M. (1989). Chronic renal tubular effects in re-
general environment. Environmental Re- lation to urine cadmium levels. Nephron, 52,
search, 13, 318–344. 45–54.
Kneip T, & Crable J (Eds.). (1988). Method
NIOSH. (1984a). Elements in blood or tis-
107. Cadmium in blood. Methods for biological
sues. Method 8005 issued 5/15/85 and Metals in
monitoring (pp.161–164). Washington, DC:
urine. Method 8310 issued 2/15/84 In P. Eller
American Public Health Association.
Kowal N. (1988). Urinary cadmium and B-2- (Ed.), NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods
microglobulin: Correlation with nutrition (Vol. 1, Ed. 3). Cincinnati, Ohio: US–DHHS.
and smoking history. Journal of Toxicology NIOSH. (1984b). Lowry L. Section F: Spe-
and Environmental Health, 25, 179–183. cial considerations for biological samples in
Kowal N, Johnson D, Kraemer D, and NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (Vol. 1,
Pahren H. (1979). Normal levels of cadmium 3rd ed). P. Eller (Ed.). Cincinnati, Ohio: US–
in diet, urine, blood, and tissues of inhab- DHHS.
itants of the United States. Journal of Toxi- Nordberg G and Nordberg M. (1988). Bio-
cology and Environmental Health, 5, 995–1014. logical monitoring of cadmium. In T.
Kowal N and Zirkes M. (1983). Urinary cad- Clarkson, L. Friberg, G. Nordberg, and P.
mium and B-2-microglobulin: Normal values Sager (Eds.), Biological Monitoring of Toxic
and concentration adjustment. Journal of Metals, New York: Plenum Press.
Toxicology and Environmental Health, 11, 607– Nogawa K. (1984). Biologic indicators of
624. cadmium nephrotoxicity in persons with
Lauwerys R, Buchet J, and Roels H. (1976). low-level cadmium exposure. Environmental
The relationship between cadmium exposure Health Perspectives, 54, 163–169.
or body burden and the concentration of cad- OSLTC (no date). Analysis of Creatinine
mium in blood and urine in man. Inter- for the Normalization of Cadmium and Beta-
national Archives of Occupational and Environ- 2-Microglobulin Concentrations in Urine.
mental Health, 36, 275–285 OSHA Salt Lake Technical Center. Salt
Lauwerys R, Roels H, Regniers, Buchet J, Lake City, UT. Paschal. (1990). Attachment 8
and Bernard A. (1979). Significance of cad-
of exhibit 106 of the OSHA docket H057A.
mium concentration in blood and in urine in
Perkin-Elmer Corporation. (1982). Analyt-
workers exposed to cadmium. Environmental
ical Methods for Atomic Absorption Spectros-
Research, 20, 375–391.
Lind B, Elinder C, Friberg L, Nilsson B, copy.
Svartengren M, and Vahter M. (1987). Quality Perkin-Elmer Corporation. (1977). Analyt-
control in the analysis of lead and cadmium ical Methods Using the HGA Graphite Furnace.
in blood. Fresenius’ Zeitschrift fur Analytical Pharmacia Diagnostics. (1990). Pharmacia
Chemistry, 326, 647–655. DELFIA system B–2-microglobulin kit in-
Mason H, Davison A, Wright A, Guthrie C, sert. Uppsala, Sweden: Pharmacia
Fayers P, Venables K, Smith N, Chettle D, Diagnostics.
Franklin D, Scott M, Holden H, Gompertz D, Piscator M. (1962). Proteinuria in chronic
and Newman-Taylor A. (1988). Relations be- cadmium poisoning. Archives of Environ-
tween liver cadmium, cumulative exposure, mental Health,5, 55–62.
216
Potts, C.L. (1965). Cadmium Proteinuria— vations on urinary cadmium and protein ex-
The Health Battery Workers Exposed to Cad- cretion in men exposed to cadmium oxide
mium Oxide dust. Ann Occup Hyg, 3:55–61, dust. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 12,
1965. 698–701.
Princi F. (1947). A study of industrial expo- SWRI (Southwest Research Institute).
sures to cadmium. Journal of Industrial Hy- (1978). The distribution of cadmium and
giene and Toxicology, 29, 315–320. other metals in human tissues. Health Ef-
Pruszkowska E, Carnick G, and Slavin W. fects Research Lab, Research Triangle Park,
(1983). Direct determination of cadmium in NC, Population Studies Division. NTIS No.
urine with use of a stabilized temperature PB–285–200.
platform furnace and Zeeman background Stewart M and Hughes E. (1981). Urinary B–
correction. Clinical Chemistry, 29, 477–480. 2-microglobulin in the biological monitoring
Roberts C and Clark J. (1986). Improved de- of cadmium workers. British Journal of Indus-
termination of cadmium in blood and plasma trial Medicine, 38, 170–174.
by flameless atomic absorption spectros- Stoeppler K and Brandt M. (1980). Con-
copy. Bulletin of Environmental Contamination tributions to automated trace analysis. Part
and Toxicology, 36, 496–499. V. Determination of cadmium in whole blood
Roelandts I. (1989). Biological reference and urine by electrothermal atomic absorp-
materials. Soectrochimica Acta, 44B, 281–290. tion spectrophotometry. Fresenius’ Zeitschrift
Roels H, Buchet R, Lauwerys R, Bruaux P, fur Analytical Chemistry, 300, 372–380.
Clays-Thoreau F, Laafontaine A,
Takenaka et al. (1983). Carcinogencity of Cd
Overschelde J, and Verduyn J. (1978). Lead
Chloride Aerosols in White Rates. INCI 70: 367–
and cadmium absorption among children
373, 1983.
near a nonferrous metal plant. Environmental
Thun M, Osorio A, Schober S, Hannon W,
Research, 15, 290–308.
Lewis B, and Halperin W. (1989). Nephropathy
Roels H, Djubgang J, Buchet J, Bernard A,
in cadmium workers: Assessment of risk
and Lauwerys R. (1982). Evolution of cad-
mium-induced renal dysfunction in workers from airborne occupational exposure to cad-
removed from exposure. Scandanavian Jour- mium. British Journal of Industrial Medicine,
nal of Work and Environmental Health, 8, 191– 46, 689–697.
200. Thun M, Schnorr T, Smith A, Halperin W,
Roels H, Lauwerys R, and Buchet J. (1989). and Lemen R. (1985). Mortality among a co-
Health significance of cadmium induced hort of US cadmium production workers—an
renal dysfunction: A five year follow-up. update. Journal of the National Cancer Insti-
British Journal of Industrial Medicine, 46, 755– tute, 74, 325–333.
764. Travis D and Haddock A. (1980). Interpreta-
Roels J, Lauwerys R, Buchet J, Bernard A, tion of the observed age-dependency of cad-
Chettle D, Harvey T, and Al-Haddad I. (1981). mium body burdens in man. Environmental
In vivo measurements of liver and kidney Research, 22, 46–60.
cadmium in workers exposed to this metal: Tsuchiya K. (1967). Proteinuria of workers
Its significance with respect to cadmium in exposed to cadmium fume. Archives of Envi-
blood and urine. Environmental Research, 26, ronmental Health, 14, 875–880.
217–240. Tsuchiya K. (1976). Proteinuria of cadmium
Roels H, Lauwerys R, Buchet J, Bernard A, workers. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 18,
Lijnen P, and Houte G. (1990). Urinary 463–470.
kallikrein activity in workers exposed to Tsuchiya K, Iwao S, Sugita M, Sakurai H.
cadmium, lead, or mercury vapor. British (1979). Increased urinary B-2-microglobulin
Journal of Industrial Medicine, 47, 331–337. in cadmium exposure: Dose-effect relation-
Sakurai H, Omae K, Toyama T, Higashi T, ship and biological significance of B-2-micro-
and Nakadate T. (1982). Cross-sectional study globulin. Environmental Health Perspectives,
of pulmonary function in cadmium alloy 28, 147–153.
workers. Scandanavian Journal of Work and USEPA. (1985). Updated Mutagenicity and
Environmental Health, 8, 122–130. Carcinogenicity Assessments of Cd: Adden-
Schardun G and van Epps L. (1987). B–2- dum to the Health Assessment Document for
microglobulin: Its significance in the evalua- Cd (May 1981). Final Report. June 1985.
tion of renal function. Kidney International, Vahter M and Friberg L. (1988). Quality
32, 635–641. control in integrated human exposure moni-
Shaikh Z, and Smith L. (1984). Biological toring of lead and cadmium. Fresenius’
indicators of cadmium exposure and tox- Zeitschrift fur Analytical Chemistry, 332, 726–
icity. Experentia, 40, 36–43. 731.
Smith J and Kench J. (1957). Observations Weber J. (1988). An interlaboratory com-
on urinary cadmium and protein excretion in parison programme for several toxic sub-
men exposed to cadmium oxide dust and stances in blood and urine. The Science of the
fume. British Journal of Industrial Medicine, Total Environment, 71, 111–123.
14, 240–245. Weber J. (1991a). Accuracy and precision of
Smith J, Kench J, and Lane R. (1955). De- trace metal determinations in biological
termination of Cadmium in urine and obser- fluids. In K. Subramanian, G. Iyengar, and K.
217
Okamot (Eds.), Biological Trace Element Re- All standards should be kept fresh, and as
search-Multidisciplinary Perspectives, ACS they get old, they should be compared with
Symposium Series 445. Washington, DC: new standards and replaced if they exceed
American Chemical Society. the new standards by ± 15%.
Weber J. (1991b). Personal communication
about interlaboratory program and shipping INITIAL CHARACTERIZATION RUNS AND
biological media samples for cadmium anal- ESTABLISHING CONTROL
yses. A participating laboratory should establish
Wibowo A, Herber R, van Deyck W, and four pools of quality control samples for
Zielhuis R. (1982). Biological assessment of each of the analytes for which determina-
exposure in factories with second degree tions will be made. The concentrations of
usage of cadmium compounds. International quality control samples within each pool are
Archives of Occupational Environmental to be centered around each of the four target
Health, 49, 265–273. levels for the particular analyte identified in
Attachment 1: Nonmandatory Protocol for Section 4.4 of the protocol.
an Internal Quality Assurance/Quality Within each pool, at least 4 quality control
Control Program samples need to be established with varying
concentrations ranging between plus or
The following is an example of the type of minus 50% of the target value of that pool.
internal quality assurance/quality control Thus for the medium-high cadmium in blood
program that assures adequate control to pool, the theoretical values of the quality
satisfy OSHA requirements under this pro- control samples may range from 5 to 15 µg/l,
tocol. However, other approaches may also (the target value is 10 µg/l). At least 4 unique
be acceptable. theoretical values must be represented in
As indicated in Section 3.3.1 of the pro- this pool.
tocol, the QA/QC program for CDB and CDU The range of theoretical values of plus or
should address, at a minimum, the following: minus 50% of the target value of a pool
• calibration; means that there will be overlap of the pools.
• establishment of control limits; For example, the range of values for the me-
• internal QC analyses and maintaining dium-low pool for cadmium in blood is 3.5 to
control; and 10.5 µg/l while the range of values for the me-
• corrective action protocols. dium-high pool is 5 to 15 µg/l. Therefore, it is
This illustrative program includes both possible for a quality control sample from
initial characterization runs to establish the the medium-low pool to have a higher con-
performance of the method and ongoing centration of cadmium than a quality con-
analysis of quality control samples trol sample from the medium-high pool.
intermixed with compliance samples to Quality control samples may be obtained
maintain control. as commercially available reference mate-
rials, internally prepared, or both. Internally
Calibration
prepared samples should be well character-
Before any analytical runs are conducted, ized and traced or compared to a reference
the analytic instrument must be calibrated. material for which a consensus value for con-
This is to be done at the beginning of each centration is available. Levels of analyte in
day on which quality control samples and/or the quality control samples must be con-
compliance samples are run. Once calibra- cealed from the analyst prior to the report-
tion is established, quality control samples ing of analytical results. Potential sources of
or compliance samples may be run. Regard- materials that may be used to construct
less of the type of samples run, every fifth quality control samples are listed in Section
sample must be a standard to assure that the 3.3.1 of the protocol.
calibration is holding. Before any compliance samples are ana-
Calibration is defined as holding if every lyzed, control limits must be established.
standard is within plus or minus (±) 15% of Control limits should be calculated for every
its theoretical value. If a standard is more pool of each analyte for which determina-
than plus or minus 15% of its theoretical tions will be made and control charts should
value, then the run is out of control due to be kept for each pool of each analyte. A sepa-
calibration error and the entire set of sam- rate set of control charts and control limits
ples must either be reanalyzed after recali- should be established for each analytical in-
brating or results should be recalculated strument in a laboratory that will be used
based on a statistical curve derived from the for analysis of compliance samples.
measurement of all standards. At the beginning of this QA/QC program,
It is essential that the highest standard control limits should be based on the results
run is higher than the highest sample run. of the analysis of 20 quality control samples
To assure that this is the case, it may be from each pool of each analyte. For any
necessary to run a high standard at the end given pool, the 20 quality control samples
of the run, which is selected based on the re- should be run on 20 different days. Although
sults obtained over the course of the run. no more than one sample should be run from
218
any single pool on a particular day, a labora- Internal Quality Control Analyses and
tory may run quality control samples from Maintaining Control
different pools on the same day. This con-
stitutes a set of initial characterization Once control limits have been established
runs. for each pool of an analyte, analysis of com-
For each quality control sample analyzed, pliance samples may begin. During any run
the value F/T (defined in the glossary) should of compliance samples, quality control sam-
be calculated. To calculate the control lim- ples are to be interspersed at a rate of no less
its for a pool of an analyte, it is first nec- than 5% of the compliance sample workload.
essary to calculate the mean, X̄, of the F/T When quality control samples are run, how-
values for each quality control sample in a ever, they should be run in sets consisting of
pool and then to calculate its standard devi- one quality control sample from each pool.
ation σ. Thus, for the control limit for a Therefore, it may be necessary, at times, to
pool, X̄ is calculated as: intersperse quality control samples at a rate
greater than 5%.
 F
∑ T
There should be at least one set of quality
control samples run with any analysis of
compliance samples. At a minimum, for ex-
N ample, 4 quality control samples should be
and σ is calculated as run even if only 1 compliance sample is run.
Generally, the number of quality control
1 samples that should be run are a multiple of
 F  2
2 four with the minimum equal to the smallest
 ∑  − X  multiple of four that is greater than 5% of
 T  the total number of samples to be run. For
 N −1  example, if 300 compliance samples of an
  analyte are run, then at least 16 quality con-
  trol samples should be run (16 is the smallest
Where N is the number of quality control multiple of four that is greater than 15,
samples run for a pool. which is 5% of 300).
The control limit for a particular pool is Control charts for each pool of an analyte
then given by the mean plus or minus 2 (and for each instrument in the laboratory
standard deviations (X ± 3σ). to be used for analysis of compliance sam-
The control limits may be no greater than ples) should be established by plotting F/T
40% of the mean F/T value. If three standard versus date as the quality control sample re-
deviations are greater than 40% of the mean sults are reported. On the graph there should
F/T value, then analysis of compliance sam- be lines representing the control limits for
ples may not begin.1 Instead, an investiga- the pool, the mean F/T limits for the pool,
tion into the causes of the large standard de- and the theoretical F/T of 1.000. Lines rep-
viation should begin, and the inadequacies resenting plus or minus (±) 2s√ should also be
must be remedied. Then, control limits must represented on the charts. A theoretical ex-
be reestablished which will mean repeating ample of a control chart is presented in Fig-
the running 20 quality control samples from
ure 1.
each pool over 20 days.
FIGURE 1—THEORETICAL EXAMPLE OF A CONTROL CHART FOR A POOL OF AN ANALYTE

1.162 (Upper Control Limit)
X
1.096 (Upper 2s√ Line)
X
X 1.000 (Theoretical Mean)
X X 0.964 (Mean)
X X
X
X 0.832 (Lower 2s√ Line)
X
0.766 (Lower Control Limit)
March 2 2 3 5 6 9 10 13 16 17
1 Note that the value,‘‘40%’’ may change
over time as experience is gained with the

program.
219
All quality control samples should be plot- errors occurring within an analysis. Correc-
ted on the chart, and the charts should be tive action is necessary whenever the result
checked for visual trends. If a quality con- of the analysis of any quality control sample
trol sample falls above or below the control falls outside of the established control lim-
limits for its pool, then corrective steps its. The steps involved may include simple
must be taken (see the section on corrective things like checking calculations of basic in-
actions below). Once a laboratory’s program strument maintenance, or it may involve
has been established, control limits should
more complicated actions like major instru-
be updated every 2 months.
ment repair. Whatever the source of error, it
The updated control limits should be cal-
culated from the results of the last 100 qual- must be identified and corrected (and a Cor-
ity control samples run for each pool. If 100 rective Action Report (CAR) must be com-
quality control samples from a pool have not pleted. CARs should be kept on file by the
been run at the time of the update, then the laboratory.
limits should be based on as many as have
been run provided at least 20 quality control ATTACHMENT 2—CREATININE IN URINE (JAFFE
samples from each pool have been run over 20 PROCEDURE)
different days. Intended use: The CREA pack is used in
The trends that should be looked for on the the Du Pont ACA discrete clinical analyzer
control charts are:
to quantitatively measure creatinine in
1. 10 consecutive quality control samples
serum and urine.
falling above or below the mean;
2. 3 consecutive quality control samples Summary: The CREA method employs a
falling more than 2σ from the mean (above or modification of the kinetic Jaffe reaction re-
below the 2σ lines of the chart); or ported by Larsen. This method has been re-
3. the mean calculated to update the con- ported to be less susceptible than conven-
trol limits falls more than 10% above or tional methods to interference from non-cre-
below the theoretical mean of 1.000. atinine, Jaffe-positive compounds.1
If any of these trends is observed, then all A split sample comparison between the
analysis must be stopped, and an investiga- CREA method and a conventional Jaffe pro-
tion into the causes of the errors must begin. cedure on Autoanalyzer showed a good cor-
Before the analysis of compliance samples relation. (See Specific Performance Charac-
may resume, the inadequacies must be rem- teristics).
edied and the control limits must be reestab-
* Note: Numbered subscripts refer to the
lished for that pool of an analyte. Reestab-
bibliography and lettered subscripts refer to
lishment of control limits will entail run-
ning 20 sets of quality control samples over footnotes.
20 days. Autoanalyzer, is a registered trademark
Note that alternative procedures for defin- of Technicon Corp., Tarrytown, NY.
ing internal quality control limits may also Principles of Procedure: In the presence of
be acceptable. Limits may be based, for ex- a strong base such as NaOH, picrate reacts
ample, on proficiency testing, such as ± 1 µg with creatinine to form a red chromophore.
or 15% of the mean (whichever is greater). The rate of increasing absorbance at 510 nm
These should be clearly defined. due to the formation of this chromophore
during a 17.07-second measurement period is
Corrective actions
directly proportional to the creatinine con-
Corrective action is the term used to de- centration in the sample.
scribe the identification and remediation of
Creatinine + Picrate  → Red chromophore (absorbs at 510 nm)

NaOH
Reagents: Compart- Form Ingredient Quantity b

ment a
Compart-
ment a Form Ingredient Quantity b
6 ................ Liquid NaOH (for
pH ad-
No. 2, 3, & Liquid Picrate ...... 0.11 mmol. just-
4. ment) c.
a. Compartments are numbered 1–7, with compart-
ment #7 located closest to pack fill position #2.
b. Nominal value at manufacture.
c. See Precautions.
220
Precautions: Compartment #6 contains 75µ FOR IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC USE
L of 10 N NaOH; avoid contact; skin irritant;
rinse contacted area with water. Comply Mixing and Diluting:
with OSHA’S Bloodborne Pathogens Stand- Mixing and diluting are automatically per-
ard while handling biological samples (29 formed by the ACA discrete clinical ana-
CFR 1910.1039). lyzer. The sample cup must contain suffi-
Used packs contain human body fluids; cient quantity to accommodate the sample
handle with appropriate care. volume plus the ‘‘dead volume’’; precise cup
filling is not required.
SAMPLE CUP VOLUMES (µ L)
Standard Microsystem
Analyzer
Dead Total Dead Total
II, III .......................................................................... 120 3000 10 500

IV, SX ....................................................................... 120 3000 30 500
V ............................................................................... 90 3000 10 500
Storage of Unprocessed Packs: Store at 2– All urine specimens should be diluted with
8 °C. Do not freeze. Do not expose to tem- an albumin solution to give a final protein
peratures above 35 °C or to direct sunlight. concentration of at least 3 g/dL [30 g/L]. Du
Expiration: Refer to EXPIRATION DATE Pont Enzyme Diluent (Cat. #790035–901) may
on the tray label. be used for this purpose.
Specimen Collection: Serum or urine can • High concentration of endrogenous bili-
be collected and stored by normal proce-
rubin (>20 mg/dL [>342 µmol/L]) will give de-
dures.2
pressed CREA results (average depression 0.8
Known Interfering Substances 3 mg/dL [71 µmol/L]).4
• Grossly hemolyzed (hemoglobin >100 mg/
• Serum Protein Influence—Serum protein
dL [>62 µmol/L]) or visibly lipemic specimens
levels exert a direct influence on the CREA
may cause falsely elevated CREA results.5,6
assay. The following should be taken into ac-
count when this method is used for urine • The following cephalosporin antibiotics
samples and when it is calibrated: do not interfere with the CREA method when
Aqueous creatinine standards or urine present at the concentrations indicated. Sys-
specimens will give CREA results depressed tematic inaccuracies (bias) due to these sub-
by approximately 0.7 mg/dL [62 µmol/L]d and stances are less than or equal to 0.1 mg/dL
will be less precise than samples containing [8.84 µmol/L] at CREA concentrations of ap-
more than 3 g/dL [30 g/L] protein. proximately 1 mg/dL [88 µmol/L].
Peak serum level 7,8,9 Drug concentration

Antibiotic
mg/dL [mmol/L] mg/dL [mmol/L]
Cephaloridine ....................................................................... 1.4 0.3 25 6.0

Cephalexin ........................................................................... 0.6–2.0 0.2–0.6 25 7.2
Cephamandole ..................................................................... 1.3–2.5 0.3–0.5 25 4.9
Cephapirin ............................................................................ 2.0 D0.4 25 5.6
Cephradine .......................................................................... 1.5–2.0 0.4–0.6 25 7.1
Cefazolin .............................................................................. 2.5–5.0 0.55–1.1 50 11.0
• The following cephalosporin antibiotics tions. System inaccuracies (bias) due to

have been shown to affect CREA results these substances are greater that 0.1 mg/dL
when present at the indicated concentra- [8.84 µmol/L] at CREA concentrations of:
Peak serum level8,10 Drug concentration

Antibiotic
mg/dL [mmol/L] mg/dL [mmol/L] Effect
Cephalothin ...................................................... 1–6 0.2–1.5 100 25.2 ↓20–25%

Cephoxitin ........................................................ 2.0 0.5 5.0 1.2 ↑35–40%
221
• The single wavelength measurement used and serum separation products. Variations in
in this method eliminates interference from these products may exist between manufac-
chromophores whose 510 nm absorbance is turers and, at times, from lot to lot.
constant throughout the measurement pe-
d. Systeme International d’unites (S.I.
riod.
• Each laboratory should determine the ac- Units) are in brackets.
ceptability of its own blood collection tubes Procedure:
TEST MATERIALS
II, III Du Pont IV, SX Du V Du Pont

Item Cat. No. Pont Cat. No. Cat. No.
ACA CREA Analytical Test Pack ...................................... 701976901 701976901 701976901

Sample System Kit or .......................................................... 710642901 710642901 713697901
Micro Sample System Kit and ............................................. 702694901 710356901 NA
Micro Sample System Holders ............................................ 702785000 NA NA
DYLUX Photosensitive ...................................................... ........................ ........................ ........................
Printer Paper ........................................................................ 700036000 NA NA
Thermal Printer Paper ......................................................... NA 710639901 713645901
Du Pont Purified Water ........................................................ 704209901 710615901 710815901
Cell Wash Solution .............................................................. 701864901 710664901 710864901
Test Steps: The operator need only load g. If the Du Pont Chemistry Controls are
the sample kit and appropriate test pack(s) being used, prepare them according to the in-
into a properly prepared ACA discrete clin- structions on the product insert sheets.
ical analyzer. It automatically advances the
pack(s) through the test steps and prints a PRESET CREATININE (CREA) TEST CONDITIONS
result(s). See the Instrument Manual of the
ACA analyzer for details of mechanical ACA II ana- ACA III, IV, SX, V
travel of the test pack(s). Item lyzer analyzer
Preset Creatinine (CREA)—Test Conditions Count by ...... One (1) ........... NA
• Sample Volume: 200 µ L [Five (5)] .........
• Diluent: Purified Water Decimal Point 0.0 mg/dL ....... 000.0 mg/dL
• Temperature: 37.0 ± 0.1 °C Location ....... [000.0 µmol/L] [000 µmol/L]
• Reaction Period: 29 seconds Assigned 999.8 .............. ¥1.000 E1
• Type of Measurement: Rate Starting.
• Measurement Period: 17.07 seconds Point or Off- [9823.] ............ [¥8.840 E2]
• Wavelength: 510 nm set Co.
• Units: mg/dL [µmol/L] Scale Factor 0.2000 ............ 2.004 E-1 h
or As- mg/dL/count h ..
CALIBRATION: The general calibration signed.
procedure is described in the Calibration/
Linear Term [0.3536 µmol/L/ [1.772E1]
Verification chapter of the Manuals.
C1 h. count].
The following information should be con-
sidered when calibrating the CREA method.
h. The preset scale factor (linear term) was
• Assay Range: 0–20 mg/mL [0–1768 µmol/L] e. derived from the molar absorptivity of the
• Reference Material: Protein containing indicator and is based on an absorbance to
primary standards f or secondary cali- activity relationship (sensitivity) of 0.596
brators such as Du Pont Elevated Chem- (mA/min)/(U/L). Due to small differences in
istry Control (Cat. #790035903) and Normal filters and electronic components between
Chemistry Control (Cat.•#790035905)g. instruments, the actual scale factor (linear
• Suggested Calibration Levels: 1,5,20, mg/ term) may differ slightly from that given
mL [88, 442, 1768 µmol/L]. above.
• Calibration Scheme: 3 levels, 3 packs per Quality Control: Two types of quality con-
level. trol procedures are recommended:
• Frequency: Each new pack lot. Every 3 • General Instrument Check. Refer to the
months for any one pack lot. Filter Balance Procedure and the Absorb-
e. For the results in S.I. units [µmol/L] the ance Test Method described in the ACA Ana-
conversion factory is 88.4. lyzer Instrument Manual. Refer also to the
f. Refer to the Creatinine Standard Prepa- ABS Test Methodology literature.
ration and Calibration Procedure available • Creatinine Method Check. At least once
on request from a Du Pont Representative. daily run a CREA test on a solution of
222
known creatinine activity such as an as- code or word immediately following the nu-
sayed control or calibration standard other merical value should not be reported. Refer
than that used to calibrate the CREA meth- to the Manual for the definition of error
od. For further details review the Quality codes.
Assurance Section of the Chemistry Manual.
The result obtained should fall within ac- Reference Interval
ceptable limits defined by the day-to-day Serum: 11, i
variability of the system as measured in the Males 0.8–1.3 md/dL

user’s laboratory. (See SPECIFIC PER- [71–115 µ mol/L]
FORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS for guid- Females 0.6–1.0 md/dL
ance.) If the result falls outside the labora- [53–88 µ mol/L]
tory’s acceptable limits, follow the proce- Urine: 12
dure outlined in the Chemistry Trouble- Males 0.6–2.5 g/24 hr
shooting Section of the Chemistry Manual. [53–221 mmol/24 hr]
A possible system malfunction is indicated Females 0.6–1.5 g/24 hr
when analysis of a sample with five consecu- [53–133 mmol/24 hr]
tive test packs gives the following results:
i. Reference interval data obtained from
200 apparently healthy individuals (71 males,
Level SD
129 females) between the ages of 19 and 72.
1 mg/dL ........................................... >0.15 mg/dL Each laboratory should establish its own
[88 µmol/L] ...................................... [>13 µmol/L] reference intervals for CREA as performed
20 mg/dL ......................................... >0.68 mg/dL on the analyzer.
[1768 µmol/L] .................................. [>60 µmol/L]
Specific Performance Characteristics j
Refer to the procedure outlined in the REPRODUCIBILITY k

Trouble Shooting Section of the Manual.
Results: The ACA analyzer automatically Standard deviation (%
calculates and prints the CREA result in mg/ CV)
dL [µmol/L]. Material Mean
Between-
Within-run
Limitation of Procedure: Results >20 mg/dL day
[1768 µmol/L]:
Lyophili-
• Dilute with suitable protein base diluent. zed ... 1.3 0.05 (3.7) 0.05 (3.7)
Reassay. Correct for diluting before report- Control [115] [4.4] [4.4]
ing. Lyophili-
The reporting system contains error mes- zed ... 20.6 0.12 (0.6) 0.37 (1.8)
sages to warn the operator of specific mal- Control [1821] [10.6] [32.7]
functions. Any report slip containing a letter
CORRELATION—REGRESSION STATISTICS l
Correlation
Comparative method Slope Intercept n
coefficient
Autoanalyzer .................................................................... 1.03 0.03[2.7] 0.997 260
j. All specific performance characteristics and between-day standard deviations were

tests were run after normal recommended calculated by the analysis of variance meth-
equipment quality control checks were per- od.
formed (see Instrument Manual). l. Model equation for regression statistics
k. Specimens at each level were analyzed is:
in duplicate for twenty days. The within-run
Result of ACA  Analyzer = Slope (Comparative method result) + intercept
Assay Range m m. See REPRODUCIBILITY for method

performance within the assay range.
0.0–20.0 mg/dl
[0–1768 µmol]
223
Analytical Specificity PAK. The resulting solution is diluted to
volume in a 100-mL volumetric flask and
See KNOWN INTERFERING SUB-
analyzed by HPLC using an ultraviolet (UV)
STANCES section for details.
detector.
BIBLIOGRAPHY Special requirements: After collection,
samples should be appropriately stabilized
1 Larsen, K, Clin Chem Acta 41, 209 (1972). for cadmium (Cd) analysis by using 10% high
2 Tietz, NW, Fundamentals of Clinical purity (with low Cd background levels) nitric
Chemistry, W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, acid (exactly 1.0 mL of 10% nitric acid per 10
PA, 1976, pp 47–52, 1211. mL of urine) or stabilized for Beta-2–Micro-
3 Supplementary information pertaining to
globulin (B2M) by taking to pH 7 with dilute
the effects of various drugs and patient con- NaOH (exactly 1.0 mL of 0.11 N NaOH per 10
ditions on in vivo or in vitro diagnostic lev- mL of urine). If not immediately analyzed,
els can be found in ‘‘Drug Interferences with the samples should be frozen and shipped by
Clinical Laboratory Tests,’’ Clin. Chem 21 (5) overnight mail in an insulated container.
(1975), and ‘‘Effects of Disease on Clinical
Dated: January 1992.
Laboratory Tests,’’ Clin Chem, 26 (4) 1D–476D
(1980). David B. Armitage,
4 Watkins, R. Fieldkamp, SC, Thibert, RJ, Duane Lee,
and Zak, B, Clin Chem, 21, 1002 (1975). Chemists.
5 Kawas, EE, Richards, AH, and Bigger, R,
An Evaluation of a Kinetic Creatinine Test Organic Service Branch II, OSHA Technical
for the Du Pont ACA, Du Pont Company, Center, Salt Lake City, Utah
Wilmington, DE (February 1973). (Reprints
available from DuPont Company, Diagnostic 1. General Discussion
Systems) 1.1 Background
6 Westgard, JO, Effects of Hemolysis and
1.1.1. History of procedure
Lipemia on ACA Creatinine Method, 0.200 µL, Creatinine has been analyzed by several
Sample Size, Du Pont Company, Wil- methods in the past. The earliest meth-
mington, DE (October 1972). ods were of the wet chemical type. As an
7 Physicians’ Desk Reference, Medical Eco-
example, creatinine reacts with sodium
nomics Company, 33 Edition, 1979. picrate in basic solution to form a red
8 Henry, JB, Clinical Diagnosis and Man-
complex, which is then analyzed
agement by Laboratory Methods, W.B. Saun- colorimetrically (Refs. 5.1. and 5.2.).
ders Co., Philadelphia, PA 1979, Vol. III. Since industrial hygiene laboratories will
9 Krupp, MA, Tierney, LM Jr., Jawetz, E,
be analyzing for Cd and B2M in urine,
Roe, RI, Camargo, CA, Physicians Handbook, they will be normalizing those con-
Lange Medical Publications, Los Altos, CA, centrations to the concentration of cre-
1982 pp 635–636. atinine in urine. A literature search re-
10 Sarah, AJ, Koch, TR, Drusano, GL, vealed several HPLC methods (Refs. 5.3.,
Celoxitin Falsely Elevates Creatinine Levels, 5.4., 5.5. and 5.6.) for creatinine in urine
JAMA 247, 205–206 (1982). and because many industrial hygiene lab-
11 Gadsden, RH, and Phelps, CA, A Normal
oratories have HPLC equipment, it was
Range Study of Amylase in Urine and Serum desirable to develop an industrial hy-
on the Du Pont ACA, Du Pont Company, Wil- giene HPLC method for creatinine in
mington, DE (March 1978). (Reprints avail- urine. The method of Hausen, Fuchs, and
able from DuPont Company, Diagnostic Sys- Wachter was chosen as the starting point
tems) for method development. SEP-PAKs were
12 Dicht, JJ, Reference Intervals for Serum
used for sample clarification and cleanup
Amylase and Urinary Creatinine on the Du in this method to protect the analytical
Pont ACA Discrete Clinical Analyzer, Du column. The urine aliquot which has
Pont Company, Wilmington, DE (November been passed through the SEP-PAK is
1984). then analyzed by reverse-phase HPLC
using ion-pair techniques.
ATTACHMENT 3—ANALYSIS OF CREATININE FOR
This method is very similar to that of
THE NORMALIZATION OF CADMIUM AND BETA–
Ogata and Taguchi (Ref. 5.6.), except
2–MICROGLOBULIN CONCENTRATIONS IN URINE
they used centrifugation for sample
(OSLTC PROCEDURE).
clean-up. It is also of note that they did
Matrix: Urine. a comparison of their HPLC results to
Target concentration: 1.1 g/L (this amount those of the Jaffe method (a picric acid
is representative of creatinine concentra- method commonly used in the health
tions found in urine). care industry) and found a linear rela-
Procedure: A 1.0 mL aliquot of urine is tionship of close to 1:1. This indicates
passed through a C18 SEP-PAK (Waters As- that either HPLC or colorimetric meth-
sociates). Approximately 30 mL of HPLC ods may be used to measure creatinine
(high performance liquid chromatography) concentrations in urine.
grade water is then run through the SEP- 1.1.2. Physical properties (Ref. 5.7.)
224
Molecular weight: 113.12 1.0 mL of 10% nitric acid to 10 mL of
Molecular formula: C4–H7–N3–0 urine.
Chemical name: 2-amino-1,5-dihydro-1-meth- 2.3.2. After sample collection seal the plas-
yl-4H-imidazol-4-one tic bottle securely and wrap it with an
CAS No.: 60–27–5 appropriate seal. Urine samples should be
Melting point: 300 °C (decomposes) frozen and then shipped by overnight
Appearance: white powder mail (if shipping is necessary) in an insu-
Solubility: soluble in water; slightly soluble lated container. (Do not fill plastic bot-
in alcohol; practically insoluble in ace- tle too full. This will allow for expansion
tone, ether, and chloroform of contents during the freezing process.)
Synonyms: 1-methylglycocyamidine, 1- 2.4. The Effect of Preparation and Stabiliza-
methylhydantoin-2-imide tion Techniques on Creatinine Con-
Structure: see Figure #1 centrations
Three urine samples were prepared by
making one sample acidic, not treating a
second sample, and adjusting a third
sample to pH 7. The samples were ana-
lyzed in duplicate by two different proce-
dures. For the first procedure a 1.0 mL
aliquot of urine was put in a 100-mL vol-
umetric flask, diluted to volume with
HPLC grade water, and then analyzed di-
rectly on an HPLC. The other procedure
used SEP-PAKs. The SEP-PAK was
rinsed with approximately 5 mL of meth-
anol followed by approximately 10 mL of
HPLC grade water and both rinses were
discarded. Then, 1.0 mL of the urine sam-
ple was put through the SEP-PAK, fol-
lowed by 30 mL of HPLC grade water.
The urine and water were transferred to
a 100-mL volumetric flask, diluted to vol-
ume with HPLC grade water, and ana-
lyzed by HPLC. These three urine sam-
ples were analyzed on the day they were
obtained and then frozen. The results
1.2. Advantages show that whether the urine is acidic,
1.2.1. This method offers a simple, straight- untreated or adjusted to pH 7, the result-
forward, and specific alternative method ing answer for creatinine is essentially
to the Jaffe method. unchanged. The purpose of stabilizing
1.2.2. HPLC instrumentation is commonly the urine by making it acidic or neutral
found in many industrial hygiene labora- is for the analysis of Cd or B2M respec-
tories. tively.
2. Sample stabilization procedure COMPARISON OF PREPARATION & STABILIZATION
2.1. Apparatus TECHNIQUES
Metal-free plastic container for urine sam-
ple. w/o SEP- with SEP-
2.2. Reagents Sample PAK g/L PAK g/L
2.2.1. Stabilizing Solution— creatinine creatinine
(1) Nitric acid (10%, high purity with low
Cd background levels) for stabilizing Acid ..................................... 1.10 1.10
urine for Cd analysis or Acid ..................................... 1.11 1.10
(2) NaOH, 0.11 N, for stabilizing urine for Untreated ............................. 1.12 1.11
B2M analysis. Untreated ............................. 1.11 1.12
2.2.2. HPLC grade water pH 7 ..................................... 1.08 1.02
2.3. Technique pH 7 ..................................... 1.11 1.08
2.3.1. Stabilizing solution is added to the
urine sample (see section 2.2.1.). The sta- 2.5. Storage
bilizing solution should be such that for After 4 days and 54 days of storage in a
each 10 mL of urine, add exactly 1.0 mL freezer, the samples were thawed,
of stabilizer solution. (Never add water brought to room temperature and ana-
or urine to acid or base. Always add acid lyzed using the same procedures as in
or base to water or urine.) Exactly 1.0 section 2.4. The results of several days of
mL of 0.11 N NaOH added to 10 mL of storage show that the resulting answer of
urine should result in a pH of 7. Or add creatinine is essentially unchanged.
225
STORAGE DATA
4 days 54 days
Sample w/o SEP- with SEP- w/o SEP- with SEP-

PAK g/L PAK g/L PAK g/L PAK g/L
creatinine creatinine creatinine creatinine
Acid .......................................................................... 1.09 1.09 1.08 1.09

Acid .......................................................................... 1.10 1.10 1.09 1.10
Acid .......................................................................... .................... .................... 1.09 1.09
Untreated ................................................................. 1.13 1.14 1.09 1.11
Untreated ................................................................. 1.15 1.14 1.10 1.10
Untreated ................................................................. .................... .................... 1.09 1.10
pH 7 ......................................................................... 1.14 1.13 1.12 1.12
pH 7 ......................................................................... 1.14 1.13 1.12 1.12
pH 7 ......................................................................... .................... .................... 1.12 1.12
2.6. Interferences with copious quantities of water for at

None. least 15 minutes.
2.7. Safety precautions
3. Analytical procedure
2.7.1. Make sure samples are properly
sealed and frozen before shipment to 3.1. Apparatus
avoid leakage. 3.1.1. A high performance liquid chro-
2.7.2. Follow the appropriate shipping pro- matograph equipped with pump, sample
cedures. injector and UV detector.
The following modified special safety pre- 3.1.2. A C18 HPLC column; 25 cm x 4.6 mm
cautions are based on those rec- I.D.
ommended by the Centers for Disease 3.1.3. An electronic integrator, or some
Control (CDC) (Ref. 5.8.). and OSHA’s other suitable means of determining
Bloodborne Pathogens standard (29 CFR analyte response.
1910.1039). 3.1.4. Stripchart recorder.
3.1.5. C18 SEP-PAKs (Waters Associates) or
2.7.3. Wear gloves, lab coat, and safety
equivalent.
glasses while handling all human urine
3.1.6. Luer-lock syringe for sample prepara-
products. Disposable plastic, glass, and
tion (5 mL or 10 mL).
paper (pipet tips, gloves, etc.) that con- 3.1.7. Volumetric pipettes and flasks for
tact urine should be placed in a bio- standard and sample preparation.
hazard autoclave bag. These bags should 3.1.8. Vacuum system to aid sample prepa-
be kept in appropriate containers until ration (optional).
sealed and autoclaved. Wipe down all 3.2. Reagents
work surfaces with 10% sodium hypo- 3.2.1. Water, HPLC grade.
chlorite solution when work is finished. 3.2.2. Methanol, HPLC grade.
2.7.4. Dispose of all biological samples and 3.2.3. PIC B–7 (Waters Associates) in small
diluted specimens in a biohazard auto- vials.
clave bag at the end of the analytical 3.2.4. Creatinine, anhydrous, Sigma
run. hemical Corp., purity not listed.
2.7.5. Special care should be taken when 3.2.5. 1–Heptanesulfonic acid, sodium salt
handling and dispensing nitric acid. Al- monohydrate.
ways remember to add acid to water (or 3.2.6. Phosphoric acid.
urine). Nitric acid is a corrosive chem- 3.2.7. Mobile phase. It can be prepared by
ical capable of severe eye and skin dam- mixing one vial of PIC B–7 into a 1 L so-
age. Wear metal-free gloves, a lab coat, lution of 50% methanol and 50% water.
and safety glasses. If the nitric acid The mobile phase can also be made by
comes in contact with any part of the preparing a solution that is 50% meth-
body, quickly wash with copious quan- anol and 50% water with 0.005M
tities of water for at least 15 minutes. heptanesulfonic acid and adjusting the
2.7.6. Special care should be taken when pH of the solution to 3.5 with phosphoric
handling and dispensing NaOH. Always acid.
remember to add base to water (or 3.3. Standard preparation
urine). NaOH can cause severe eye and 3.3.1. Stock standards are prepared by
skin damage. Always wear the appro- weighing 10 to 15 mg of creatinine. This
priate gloves, a lab coat, and safety is transferred to a 25-mL volumetric
glasses. If the NaOH comes in contact flask and diluted to volume with HPLC
with any part of the body, quickly wash grade water.
226
3.3.2. Dilutions to a working range of 3 to These rinses are put through the SEP-
35 µg/mL are made in either HPLC grade PAK into the same container. The result-
water or HPLC mobile phase (standards ing solution is transferred to a 100-mL
give the same detector response in either volumetric flask and then brought to
solution). volume with HPLC grade water.
3.4. Sample preparation 3.5. Analysis (conditions and hardware are
3.4.1. The C18 SEP-PAK is connected to a those used in this evaluation.)
Luer-lock syringe. It is rinsed with 5 mL 3.5.1. Instrument conditions
HPLC grade methanol and then 10 mL of Column: Zorbax ODS, 5–6 µm particle size;
HPLC grade water. These rinses are dis- 25 cm x 4.6 mm I.D.
carded. Mobile phase: See Section 3.2.7.
3.4.2. Exactly 1.0 mL of urine is pipetted Detector: Dual wavelength UV; 229 nm (pri-
into the syringe. The urine is put mary) 254 nm (secondary)
through the SEP-PAK into a suitable Flow rate: 0.7 mL/ minute
container using a vacuum system. Retention time: 7.2 minutes
3.4.3. The walls of the syringe are rinsed in Sensitivity: 0.05 AUFS
several stages with a total of approxi- Injection volume: 20µl
mately 30 mL of HPLC grade water. 3.5.2. Chromatogram (see Figure #2)
227
3.6. Interferences 254 nm) would allow a comparison of the

3.6.1. Any compound that has the same re- ratio of response of a standard to that of
tention time as creatinine and absorbs at a sample. Any deviations would indicate
229 nm is an interference. an interference.
3.6.2. HPLC conditions may be varied to 3.7. Calculations
circumvent interferences. In addition,
analysis at another UV wavelength (i.e.
228
3.7.1. A calibration curve is constructed by 3.7.2. The concentration of creatinine in a
plotting detector response versus stand- sample is determined by finding the con-
ard concentration (See Figure #3). centration corresponding to its detector
response. (See Figure #3).
229
3.7.3. The µg/mL creatinine from section
3.7.2. is then multiplied by 100 (the dilu- µg/mL mg/L
tion factor). This value is equivalent to g/L = =
the micrograms of creatinine in the 1.0 1000 1000
mL stabilized urine aliquot or the milli- 3.7.4. The resulting value for creatinine is
grams of creatinine per liter of urine. used to normalize the urinary concentra-
The desired units, g/L, is determined by tion of the desired analyte (A) (Cd or
the following relationship: B2M) by using the following formula.
µg A/L (experimental)
µg A/g creatinine =
g/L creatinine
Where A is the desired analyte. The protocol § 1910.1028 Benzene.

of reporting such normalized results is µg A/
g creatinine. (a) Scope and application. (1) This sec-
tion applies to all occupational expo-
3.8. Safety precautions See section 2.7. sures to benzene. Chemical Abstracts
4. Conclusions Service Registry No. 71–43–2, except as
provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3)
The determination of creatinine in urine of this section.
by HPLC is a good alternative to the Jaffe
(2) This section does not apply to:
method for industrial hygiene laboratories.
Sample clarification with SEP–PAKs did not (i) The storage, transportation, dis-
change the amount of creatinine found in tribution, dispensing, sale or use of
urine samples. However, it does protect the gasoline, motor fuels, or other fuels
analytical column. The results of this creati- containing benzene subsequent to its
nine in urine procedure are unaffected by the final discharge from bulk wholesale
pH of the urine sample under the conditions storage facilities, except that oper-
tested by this procedure. Therefore, no spe-
cial measures are required for creatinine ations where gasoline or motor fuels
analysis whether the urine sample has been are dispensed for more than 4 hours per
stabilized with 10% nitric acid for the Cd day in an indoor location are covered
analysis or brought to a pH of 7 with 0.11 N by this section.
NaOH for the B2M analysis. (ii) Loading and unloading operations
5. References
at bulk wholesale storage facilities
which use vapor control systems for all
5.1. Clark, L.C.; Thompson, H.L.; Anal. Chem. loading and unloading operations, ex-
1949, 21, 1218. cept for the provisions of 29 CFR
5.2. Peters, J.H.; J. Biol. Chem. 1942, 146, 176.
1910.1200 as incorporated into this sec-
5.3. Hausen, V.A.; Fuchs, D.; Wachter, H.; J.
Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem. 1981, 19, 373–378.
tion and the emergency provisions of
5.4. Clark, P.M.S.; Kricka L.J.; Patel, A.; J. paragraphs (g) and (i)(4) of this section.
Liq. Chrom. 1980, 3(7), 1031–1046. (iii) The storage, transportation, dis-
5.5. Ballerini, R.; Chinol, M.; Cambi, A.; J. tribution or sale of benzene or liquid
Chrom. 1979, 179, 365–369. mixtures containing more than 0.1 per-
5.6. Ogata, M.; Taguchi, T.; Industrial Health cent benzene in intact containers or in
1987, 25, 225–228. transportation pipelines while sealed
5.7. ‘‘Merck Index’’, 11th ed.; Windholz, Mar- in such a manner as to contain benzene
tha Ed.; Merck: Rahway, N.J., 1989; p 403. vapors or liquid, except for the provi-
5.8. Kimberly, M.; ‘‘Determination of Cadmium sions of 29 CFR 1910.1200 as incor-
in Urine by Graphite Furnace Atomic Ab-
sorption Spectrometry with Zeeman Back-
porated into this section and the emer-
ground Correction.’’, Centers for Disease gency provisions of paragraphs (g) and
Control, Atlanta, Georgia, unpublished, (i)(4) of this section.
update 1990. (iv) Containers and pipelines carrying
[57 FR 42389, Sept. 14, 1992, as amended at 57 mixtures with less than 0.1 percent
FR 49272, Oct. 30, 1992; 58 FR 21781, Apr. 23, benzene and natural gas processing
1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1288, Jan. plants processing gas with less than 0.1
8, 1998] percent benzene.
230
(v) Work operations where the only released by these liquids. It does not
exposure to benzene is from liquid mix- include trace amounts of unreacted
tures containing 0.5 percent or less of benzene contained in solid materials.
benzene by volume, or the vapors re- Bulk wholesale storage facility means a
leased from such liquids until Sep- bulk terminal or bulk plant where fuel
tember 12, 1988; work operations where is stored prior to its delivery to whole-
the only exposure to benzene is from sale customers.
liquid mixtures containing 0.3 percent Container means any barrel, bottle,
or less of benzene by volume or the va- can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel,
pors released from such liquids from storage tank, or the like, but does not
September 12, 1988, to September 12,
include piping systems.
1989; and work operations where the
Day means any part of a calendar
only exposure to benzene is from liquid
mixtures containing 0.1 percent or less day.
of benzene by volume or the vapors re- Director means the Director of the
leased from such liquids after Sep- National Institute for Occupational
tember 12, 1989; except that tire build- Safety and Health, U.S. Department of
ing machine operators using solvents Health and Human Services, or des-
with more than 0.1 percent benzene are ignee.
covered by paragraph (i) of this sec- Emergency means any occurrence
tion. such as, but not limited to, equipment
(vi) Oil and gas drilling, production failure, rupture of containers, or fail-
and servicing operations. ure of control equipment which may or
(vii) Coke oven batteries. does result in an unexpected signifi-
(3) The cleaning and repair of barges cant release of benzene.
and tankers which have contained ben- Employee exposure means exposure to
zene are excluded from paragraph (f) airborne benzene which would occur if
methods of compliance, paragraph the employee were not using res-
(e)(1) exposure monitoring-general, and piratory protective equipment.
paragraph (e)(6) accuracy of moni- Regulated area means any area where
toring. Engineering and work practice airborne concentrations of benzene ex-
controls shall be used to keep expo- ceed or can reasonably be expected to
sures below 10 ppm unless it is proven exceed, the permissible exposure lim-
to be not feasible. its, either the 8-hour time weighted av-
(b) Definitions. erage exposure of 1 ppm or the short-
Action level means an airborne con- term exposure limit of 5 ppm for 15
centration of benzene of 0.5 ppm cal- minutes.
culated as an 8-hour time-weighted av-
Vapor control system means any equip-
erage.
ment used for containing the total va-
pors displaced during the loading of
ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
gasoline, motor fuel or other fuel tank
ment of Labor, or designee. trucks and the displacing of these va-
Authorized person means any person pors through a vapor processing system
specifically authorized by the employer or balancing the vapor with the storage
whose duties require the person to tank. This equipment also includes sys-
enter a regulated area, or any person tems containing the vapors displaced
entering such an area as a designated from the storage tank during the un-
representative of employees for the loading of the tank truck which bal-
purpose of exercising the right to ob- ance the vapors back to the tank
serve monitoring and measuring proce- truck.
dures under paragraph (l) of this sec- (c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)—
tion, or any other person authorized by (1) Time-weighted average limit (TWA).
the Act or regulations issued under the The employer shall assure that no em-
Act. ployee is exposed to an airborne con-
Benzene (C6 H6) (CAS Registry No. 71– centration of benzene in excess of one
43–2) means liquefied or gaseous ben- part of benzene per million parts of air
zene. It includes benzene contained in (1 ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted av-
liquid mixtures and the benzene vapors erage.
231
(2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL). (2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each em-
The employer shall assure that no employer who has a place of employment
ployee is exposed to an airborne con- covered under paragraph (a)(1) of this
centration of benzene in excess of five section shall monitor each of these
(5) ppm as averaged over any 15 minute workplaces and work operations to de-
period. termine accurately the airborne con-
(d) Regulated areas. (1) The employer centrations of benzene to which em-
shall establish a regulated area wher- ployees may be exposed.
ever the airborne concentration of ben- (ii) The initial monitoring required
zene exceeds or can reasonably be ex- under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section
pected to exceed the permissible expo- shall be completed by 60 days after the
sure limits, either the 8-hour time effective date of this standard or with-
weighted average exposure of 1 ppm or in 30 days of the introduction of ben-
the short-term exposure limit of 5 ppm zene into the workplace. Where the em-
for 15 minutes. ployer has monitored within one year
(2) Access to regulated areas shall be prior to the effective date of this stand-
limited to authorized persons. ard and the monitoring satisfies all
(3) Regulated areas shall be deter- other requirements of this section, the
mined from the rest of the workplace employer may rely on such earlier
in any manner that minimizes the monitoring results to satisfy the re-
number of employees exposed to ben- quirements of paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this
zene within the regulated area. section.
(e) Exposure monitoring—(1) General. (3) Periodic monitoring and monitoring
(i) Determinations of employee expo- frequency. (i) If the monitoring required
sure shall be made from breathing zone by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section re-
air samples that are representative of veals employee exposure at or above
each employee’s average exposure to the action level but at or below the
airborne benzene. TWA, the employer shall repeat such
(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA em- monitoring for each such employee at
ployee exposures shall be determined least every year.
on the basis of one sample or samples (ii) If the monitoring required by
representing the full shift exposure for paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section re-
each job classification in each work veals employee exposure above the
area. TWA, the employer shall repeat such
(iii) Determinations of compliance monitoring for each such employee at
with the STEL shall be made from 15 least every six (6) months.
minute employee breathing zone sam- (iii) The employer may alter the
ples measured at operations where monitoring schedule from every six
there is reason to believe exposures are months to annually for any employee
high, such as where tanks are opened, for whom two consecutive measure-
filled, unloaded or gauged; where con- ments taken at least 7 days apart indi-
tainers or process equipment are cate that the employee exposure has
opened and where benzene is used for decreased to the TWA or below, but is
cleaning or as a solvent in an uncon- at or above the action level.
trolled situation. The employer may (iv) Monitoring for the STEL shall be
use objective data, such as measure- repeated as necessary to evaluate expo-
ments from brief period measuring de- sures of employees subject to short
vices, to determine where STEL moni- term exposures.
toring is needed. (4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the
(iv) Except for initial monitoring as initial monitoring required by para-
required under paragraph (e)(2) of this graph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals
section, where the employer can docu- employee exposure to be below the ac-
ment that one shift will consistently tion level the employer may dis-
have higher employee exposures for an continue the monitoring for that em-
operation, the employer shall only be ployee, except as otherwise required by
required to determine representative paragraph (e)(5) of this section.
employee exposure for that operation (ii) If the periodic monitoring re-
during the shift on which the highest quired by paragraph (e)(3) of this sec-
exposure is expected. tion reveals that employee exposures,
232
as indicated by at least two consecu- the provisions of paragraph (f)(1)(iii) or

tive measurements taken at least 7 (g)(1) of this section apply.
days apart, are below the action level (ii) Wherever the feasible engineering
the employer may discontinue the controls and work practices which can
monitoring for that employee, except be instituted are not sufficient to re-
as otherwise required by paragraph duce employee exposure to or below the
(e)(5). PELs, the employer shall use them to
(5) Additional monitoring. (i) The em- reduce employee exposure to the lowest
ployer shall institute the exposure levels achievable by these controls and
monitoring required under paragraphs shall supplement them by the use of
(e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section when respiratory protection which complies
there has been a change in the produc- with the requirements of paragraph (g)
tion, process, control equipment, per- of this section.
sonnel or work practices which may re- (iii) Where the employer can docu-
sult in new or additional exposures to ment that benzene is used in a work-
benzene, or when the employer has any place less than a total of 30 days per
reason to suspect a change which may year, the employer shall use engineer-
result in new or additional exposures. ing controls, work practice controls or
(ii) Whenever spills, leaks, ruptures respiratory protection or any combina-
or other breakdowns occur that may tion of these controls to reduce em-
lead to employee exposure, the employee exposure to benzene to or below
ployer shall monitor (using area or per- the PELs, except that employers shall
sonal sampling) after the cleanup of use engineering and work practice con-
the spill or repair of the leak, rupture trols, if feasible, to reduce exposure to
or other breakdown to ensure that ex- or below 10 ppm as an 8-hour TWA.
posures have returned to the level that (2) Compliance program. (i) When any
existed prior to the incident. exposures are over the PEL, the em-
(6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring ployer shall establish and implement a
shall be accurate, to a confidence level written program to reduce employee
of 95 percent, to within plus or minus exposure to or below the PEL pri-
25 percent for airborne concentrations marily by means of engineering and
of benzene. work practice controls, as required by
(7) Employee notification of monitoring paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
results. (i) The employer shall, within (ii) The written program shall in-
15 working days after the receipt of the clude a schedule for development and
results of any monitoring performed implementation of the engineering and
under this standard, notify each em- work practice controls. These plans
ployee of these results in writing either shall be reviewed and revised as appro-
individually or by posting of results in priate based on the most recent expo-
an appropriate location that is acces- sure monitoring data, to reflect the
sible to affected employees. current status of the program.
(ii) Whenever the PELs are exceeded, (iii) Written compliance programs
the written notification required by shall be furnished upon request for ex-
paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section shall amination and copying to the Assist-
contain the corrective action being ant Secretary, the Director, affected
taken by the employer to reduce the employees and designated employee
employee exposure to or below the representatives.
PEL, or shall refer to a document (g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.
available to the employee which states For employees who use respirators re-
the corrective actions to be taken. quired by this section, the employer
(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engi- must provide respirators that comply
neering controls and work practices. (i) with the requirements of this para-
The employer shall institute engineer- graph. Respirators must be used dur-
ing controls and work practices to re- ing:
duce and maintain employee exposure (i) Periods necessary to install or im-
to benzene at or below the permissible plement feasible engineering and work-
exposure limits, except to the extent practice controls.
that the employer can establish that (ii) Work operations for which the
these controls are not feasible or where employer establishes that compliance
233
with either the TWA or STEL through (ii) For air-purifying respirators, the
the use of engineering and work-prac- employer must replace the air-puri-
tice controls is not feasible; for exam- fying element at the expiration of its
ple, some maintenance and repair ac- service life or at the beginning of each
tivities, vessel cleaning, or other oper- shift in which such elements are used,
ations for which engineering and work- whichever comes first.
practice controls are infeasible because (iii) If NIOSH approves an air-puri-
exposures are intermittent and limited fying element with an end-of-service-
in duration.
life indicator for benzene, such an ele-
(iii) Work operations for which fea-
sible engineering and work-practice ment may be used until the indicator
controls are not yet sufficient, or are shows no further useful life.
not required under paragraph (f)(1)(iii) (3) Respirator selection. (i) The em-
of this section, to reduce employee ex- ployer must select the appropriate res-
posure to or below the PELs. pirator from Table 1 of this section.
(iv) Emergencies. (ii) Any employee who cannot use a
(2) Respirator program. (i) The em- negative-pressure respirator must be
ployer must implement a respiratory allowed to use a respirator with less
protection program in accordance with breathing resistance, such as a powered
29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except air-purifying respirator or supplied-air
(d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and respirator.
(f) through (m).
TABLE 1—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR BENZENE
Airborne concentration of benzene or con- Respirator type
dition of use
(a) Less than or equal to 10 ppm ............... (1) Half-mask air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridge.
(b) Less than or equal to 50 ppm ............... (1) Full facepiece respirator with organic vapor cartridges.
(1) Full facepiece gas mask with chin style canister.1
(c) Less than or equal to 100 ppm ............. (1) Full facepiece powered air-purifying respirator with organic vapor canister.1
(d) Less than or equal to 1,000 ppm .......... (1) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece in positive-pressure mode.
(e) Greater than 1,000 ppm or unknown (1) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure
concentration. mode.
(2) Full facepiece positive-pressure supplied-air respirator with auxiliary self-con-
tained air supply.
(f) Escape .................................................... (1) Any organic vapor gas mask; or
(2) Any self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece.
(g) Firefighting ............................................. (1) Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus in positive pressure mode.
1 Canisters must have a minimum service life of four (4) hours when tested at 150 ppm benzene, at a flow rate of 64 LPM, 25
deg. C, and 85% relative humidity for non-powered air purifying respirators. The flow rate shall be 115 LPM and 170 LPM re-
spectively for tight fitting and loose fitting powered air-purifying respirators.
(h) Protective clothing and equipment. per year; for employees who have been
Personal protective clothing and equip- exposed to more than 10 ppm of ben-
ment shall be worn where appropriate zene for 30 or more days in a year prior
to prevent eye contact and limit der- to the effective date of the standard
mal exposure to liquid benzene. Protec- when employed by their current em-
tive clothing and equipment shall be ployer; and for employees involved in
provided by the employer at no cost to the tire building operations called tire
the employee and the employer shall building machine operators, who use
assure its use where appropriate. Eye solvents containing greater than 0.1
and face protection shall meet the re-
percent benzene.
quirements of 29 CFR 1910.133.
(i) Medical surveillance—(1) General. (i) (ii) The employer shall assure that
The employer shall make available a all medical examinations and proce-
medical surveillance program for em- dures are performed by or under the su-
ployees who are or may be exposed to pervision of a licensed physician and
benzene at or above the action level 30 that all laboratory tests are conducted
or more days per year; for employees by an accredited laboratory.
who are or may be exposed to benzene (iii) The employer shall assure that
at or above the PELs 10 or more days persons other than licensed physicians
234
who administer the pulmonary func- paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section if ade-
tion testing required by this section quate records show that the employee
shall complete a training course in has been examined in accordance with
spirometry sponsored by an appro- the procedures of paragraph (i)(2)(i) of
priate governmental, academic or pro- this section within the twelve months
fessional institution. prior to the effective date of this stand-
(iv) The employer shall assure that ard.
all examinations and procedures are (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The em-
provided without cost to the employee ployer shall provide each employee
and at a reasonable time and place. covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this
(2) Initial examination. (i) Within 60 section with a medical examination an-
days of the effective date of this stand- nually following the previous examina-
ard, or before the time of initial assign- tion. These periodic examinations shall
ment, the employer shall provide each incude at least the following elements:
employee covered by paragraph (i)(1)(i) (A) A brief history regarding any new
of this section with a medical examina- exposure to potential marrow toxins,
tion including the following elements: changes in medicinal drug use, and the
(A) A detailed occupational history appearance of physical signs relating
which includes: to blood disorders:
(1) Past work exposure to benzene or (B) A complete blood count including
any other hematological toxins, a leukocyte count with differential,
(2) A family history of blood quantitative thrombocyte count, he-
dyscrasias including hematological moglobin, hematocrit, erythrocyte
neoplasms; count and erythrocyte indices (MCV,
(3) A history of blood dyscrasias in- MCH, MCHC); and
cluding genetic hemoglobin abnormali- (C) Appropriate additional tests as
ties, bleeding abnormalities, abnormal necessary, in the opinion of the exam-
function of formed blood elements; ining physician, in consequence of al-
(4) A history of renal or liver dys- terations in the components of the
function; blood or other signs which may be re-
(5) A history of medicinal drugs rou- lated to benzene exposure.
tinely taken; (ii) Where the employee develops
(6) A history of previous exposure to signs and symptoms commonly associ-
ionizing radiation and ated with toxic exposure to benzene,
(7) Exposure to marrow toxins out- the employer shall provide the em-
side of the current work situation. ployee with an additional medical ex-
(B) A complete physical examination. amination which shall include those
(C) Laboratory tests. A complete blood elements considered appropriate by the
count including a leukocyte count with examining physician.
differential, a quantitative (iii) For persons required to use res-
thrombocyte count, hematocrit, hemo- pirators for at least 30 days a year, a
globin, erythrocyte count and eryth- pulmonary function test shall be per-
rocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC). formed every three (3) years. A specific
The results of these tests shall be reevaluation of the cardiopulmonary sys-
viewed by the examining physician. tem shall be made at the time of the
(D) Additional tests as necessary in pulmonary function test.
the opinion of the examining physi- (4) Emergency examinations. (i) In ad-
cian, based on alterations to the com- dition to the surveillance required by
ponents of the blood or other signs (i)(1)(i), if an employee is exposed to
which may be related to benzene expo- benzene in an emergency situation, the
sure; and employer shall have the employee pro-
(E) For all workers required to wear vide a urine sample at the end of the
respirators for at least 30 days a year, employee’s shift and have a urinary
the physical examination shall pay spe- phenol test performed on the sample
cial attention to the cardiopulmonary within 72 hours. The urine specific
system and shall include a pulmonary gravity shall be corrected to 1.024.
function test. (ii) If the result of the urinary phenol
(ii) No initial medical examination is test is below 75 mg phenol/L of urine,
required to satisfy the requirements of no further testing is required.
235
(iii) If the result of the urinary phe- (iv) The hematologist’s or internist’s
nol test is equal to or greater than 75 evaluation shall include a determina-
mg phenol/L of urine, the employer tion as to the need for additional tests,
shall provide the employee with a com- and the employer shall assure that
plete blood count including an eryth- these tests are provided.
rocyte count, leukocyte count with dif- (6) Information provided to the physi-
ferential and thrombocyte count at cian. The employer shall provide the
monthly intervals for a duration of following information to the exam-
three (3) months following the emer- ining physician:
gency exposure. (i) A copy of this regulation and its
(iv) If any of the conditions specified appendices;
in paragraph (i)(5)(i) of this section ex- (ii) A description of the affected em-
ists, then the further requirements of ployee’s duties as they relate to the
paragraph (i)(5) of this section shall be employee’s exposure;
met and the employer shall, in addi- (iii) The employee’s actual or rep-
tion, provide the employees with peri- resentative exposure level:
odic examinations if directed by the (iv) A description of any personal
physician. protective equipment used or to be
(5) Additional examinations and refer- used; and
rals. (i) Where the results of the com- (v) Information from previous em-
plete blood count required for the ini- ployment-related medical examina-
tial and periodic examinations indicate tions of the affected employee which is
any of the following abnormal condi- not otherwise available to the exam-
tions exist, then the blood count shall ining physician.
be repeated within 2 weeks. (7) Physician’s written opinions. (i) For
(A) The hemoglobin level or the hem- each examination under this section,
atocrit falls below the normal limit the employer shall obtain and provide
[outside the 95% confidence interval the employee with a copy of the exam-
(C.I.)] as determined by the laboratory ining physician’s written opinion with-
for the particular geographic area and/ in 15 days of the examination. The
or these indices show a persistent written opinion shall be limited to the
downward trend from the individual’s following information:
pre-exposure norms; provided these (A) The occupationally pertinent re-
findings cannot be explained by other sults of the medical examination and
medical reasons. tests;
(B) The thrombocyte (platelet) count (B) The physician’s opinion con-
varies more than 20 percent below the cerning whether the employee has any
employee’s most recent values or falls detected medical conditions which
outside the normal limit (95% C.I.) as would place the employee’s health at
determined by the laboratory. greater than normal risk of material
(C) The leukocyte count is below impairment from exposure to benzene;
4,000 per mm3 or there is an abnormal (C) The physician’s recommended
differential count. limitations upon the employee’s expo-
(ii) If the abnormality persists, the sure to benzene or upon the employee’s
examining physician shall refer the use of protective clothing or equipment
employee to a hematologist or an in- and respirators.
ternist for further evaluation unless (D) A statement that the employee
the physician has good reason to be- has been informed by the physician of
lieve such referral is unnecessary. (See the results of the medical examination
Appendix C for examples of conditions and any medical conditions resulting
where a referral may be unnecessary.) from benzene exposure which require
(iii) The employer shall provide the further explanation or treatment.
hematologist or internist with the in- (ii) The written opinion obtained by
formation required to be provided to the employer shall not reveal specific
the physician under paragraph (i)(6) of records, findings and diagnoses that
this section and the medical record re- have no bearing on the employee’s abil-
quired to be maintained by paragraph ity to work in a benzene-exposed work-
(k)(2)(ii) of this section. place.
236
(8) Medical removal plan. (i) When a section, the employee shall be given
physician makes a referral to a hema- the opportunity to transfer to another
tologist/internist as required under position which is available or later be-
paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this section, the comes available for which the em-
employee shall be removed from areas ployee is qualified (or can be trained
where exposures may exceed the action for in a short period) and where ben-
level until such time as the physician zene exposures are as low as possible
makes a determination under para- but in no event higher than the action
graph (i)(8)(ii) of this section. level. The employer shall assure that
(ii) Following the examination and such employee suffers no reduction in
evaluation by the hematologist/inter- current wage rate, seniority or other
nist, a decision to remove an employee benefits as a result of the transfer.
from areas where benzene exposure is (9) Medical removal protection benefits.
above the action level or to allow the (i) The employer shall provide to an
employee to return to areas where ben- employee 6 months of medical removal
zene exposure is above the action level protection benefits immediately fol-
shall be made by the physician in con- lowing each occasion an employee is
sultation with the hematologist/inter- removed from exposure to benzene be-
nist. This decision shall be commu- cause of hematological findings pursu-
nicated in writing to the employer and ant to paragraphs (i)(8) (i) and (ii) of
employee. In the case of removal, the this section, unless the employee has
physician shall state the required prob- been transferred to a comparable job
able duration of removal from occupa- where benzene exposures are below the
tional exposure to benzene above the action level.
action level and the requirements for (ii) For the purposes of this section,
future medical examinations to review the requirement that an employer pro-
the decision. vide medical removal protection bene-
(iii) For any employee who is re- fits means that the employer shall
moved pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(ii) maintain the current wage rate, senior-
of this section, the employer shall pro- ity and other benefits of an employee
vide a follow-up examination. The phy- as though the employee had not been
sician, in consultation with the hema- removed.
tologist/internist, shall make a deci- (iii) The employer’s obligation to
sion within 6 months of the date the provide medical removal protection
employee was removed as to whether benefits to a removed employee shall
the employee shall be returned to the be reduced to the extent that the em-
usual job or whether the employee ployee receives compensation for earn-
should be removed permanently. ings lost during the period of removal
(iv) Whenever an employee is tempo- either from a publicly or employer-
rarily removed from benzene exposure funded compensation program, or from
pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(i) or employment with another employer
(i)(8)(ii) of this section, the employer made possible by virtue of the employ-
shall transfer the employee to a com- ee’s removal.
parable job for which the employee is (j) Communication of benzene hazards
qualified (or can be trained for in a to employees—(1) Signs and labels. (i) The
short period) and where benzene expo- employer shall post signs at entrances
sures are as low as possible, but in no to regulated areas. The signs shall bear
event higher than the action level. The the following legend:
employer shall maintain the employ- DANGER
ee’s current wage rate, seniority and BENZENE
other benefits. If there is no such job CANCER HAZARD
available, the employer shall provide FLAMMABLE—NO SMOKING
medical removal protection benefits
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
until such a job becomes available or
RESPIRATOR REQUIRED
for 6 months, whichever comes first.
(v) Whenever an employee is removed (ii) The employer shall ensure that
permanently from benzene exposure lables or other appropriate forms of
based on a physician’s recommendation warning are provided for containers of
pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(iii) of this benzene within the workplace. There is
237
no requirement to label pipes. The la- including a description of the proce-

bels shall comply with the require- dure used to determine representative
ments of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f) and in ad- employee exposures;
dition shall include the following leg- (B) A description of the sampling and
end: analytical methods used;
DANGER (C) A description of the type of res-
CONTAINS BENZENE piratory protective devices worn, if
CANCER HAZARD any; and
(D) The name, social security num-
(2) Material safety data sheets. (i) Em- ber, job classification and exposure lev-
ployers shall obtain or develop, and els of the employee monitored and all
shall provide access to their employ- other employees whose exposure the
ees, to a material safety data sheet measurement is intended to represent.
(MSDS) which addresses benzene and (iii) The employer shall maintain
complies with 29 CFR 1910.1200. this record for at least 30 years, in ac-
(ii) Employers who are manufactur- cordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
ers or importers shall: (2) Medical surveillance. (i) The em-
(A) Comply with paragraph (a) of this ployer shall establish and maintain an
section, and accurate record for each employee sub-
(B) Comply with the requirement in ject to medical surveillance required
OSHA’s Hazard Communication Stand- by paragraph (i) of this section, in ac-
ard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, that they deliver cordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
to downstream employers an MSDS (ii) This record shall include:
which addresses benzene. (A) The name and social security
(3) Information and training. (i) The number of the employee;
employer shall provide employees with (B) The employer’s copy of the physi-
information and training at the time of cian’s written opinion on the initial,
their initial assignment to a work area periodic and special examinations, in-
where benzene is present. If exposures cluding results of medical examina-
are above the action level, employees tions and all tests, opinions and rec-
shall be provided with information and ommendations;
training at least annually thereafter. (C) Any employee medical com-
(ii) The training program shall be in plaints related to exposure to benzene;
accordance with the requirements of 29 (D) A copy of the information pro-
CFR 1910.1200(h) (1) and (2), and shall vided to the physician as required by
include specific information on benzene paragraphs (i)(6) (ii) through (v) of this
for each category of information in- section; and
cluded in that section. (E) A copy of the employee’s medical
(iii) In addition to the information and work history related to exposure
required under 29 CFR 1910.1200, the to benzene or any other hematologic
employer shall: toxins.
(A) Provide employees with an expla- (iii) The employer shall maintain
nation of the contents of this section, this record for at least the duration of
including Appendices A and B, and in- employment plus 30 years, in accord-
dicate to them where the standard is ance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
available; and (3) Availability. (i) The employer shall
(B) Describe the medical surveillance assure that all records required to be
program required under paragraph (i) maintained by this section shall be
of this section, and explain the infor- made available upon request to the As-
mation contained in Appendix C. sistant Secretary and the Director for
(k) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure meas- examination and copying.
urements. (i) The employer shall estab- (ii) Employee exposure monitoring
lish and maintain an accurate record of records required by this paragraph
all measurements required by para- shall be provided upon request for ex-
graph (e) of this section, in accordance amination and copying to employees,
with 29 CFR 1910.20. employee representatives, and the As-
(ii) This record shall include: sistant Secretary in accordance with 29
(A) The dates, number, duration, and CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g)
results of each of the samples taken, through (i).
238
(iii) Employee medical records re- (m)(2)(ii) of this section or alternately

quired by this paragraph shall be pro- include within the compliance program
vided upon request for examination and required by paragraph (f)(2) of this sec-
copying, to the subject employee, to tion, a requirement to phase in engi-
anyone having the specific written con- neering controls as equipment is re-
sent of the subject employee, and to paired and replaced. For coke and coal
the Assistant Secretary in accordance chemical operations choosing the lat-
with 29 CFR 1910.20. ter alternative, compliance with the
(4) Transfer of records. (i) The em- engineering controls requirements of
ployer shall comply with the require- paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be
ments involving transfer of records set achieved no later than 5 years after the
forth in 29 CFR 1019.20(h). effective date of this standard and sub-
(ii) If the employer ceases to do busi- stantial compliance with the engineer-
ness and there is no successor employer ing control requirements shall be
to receive and retain the records for achieved within 3 years of the effective
the prescribed period, the employer date of this standard.
shall notify the Director, at least three (n) Appendices. The information con-
(3) months prior to disposal, and trans- tained in Appendices A, B, C, and D is
mit them to the Director if required by not intended, by itself, to create any
the Director within that period. additional obligations not otherwise
(l) Observation of monitoring—(1) Em- imposed or to detract from any exist-
ployee observation. The employer shall ing obligations. The protocols on res-
provide affected employees, or their piratory fit testing in Appendix E are
designated representatives, an oppor- mandatory.
tunity to observe the measuring or
monitoring of employee exposure to APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1028—SUBSTANCE
benzene conducted pursuant to para- SAFETY DATA SHEET, BENZENE
graph (e) of this section.
I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION
(2) Observation procedures. When ob-
servation of the measuring or moni- A. Substance: Benzene.
toring of employee exposure to benzene B. Permissible Exposure: Except as to the
requires entry into areas where the use use of gasoline, motor fuels and other fuels
of protective clothing and equipment subsequent to discharge from bulk terminals
and other exemptions specified in
or respirators is required, the employer
§ 1910.1028(a)(2):
shall provide the observer with per- 1. Airborne: The maximum time-weighted
sonal protective clothing and equip- average (TWA) exposure limit is 1 part of
ment or respirators required to be worn benzene vapor per million parts of air (1
by employees working in the area, as- ppm) for an 8-hour workday and the max-
sure the use of such clothing and equip- imum short-term exposure limit (STEL) is 5
ment or respirators, and require the ppm for any 15-minute period.
observer to comply with all other ap- 2. Dermal: Eye contact shall be prevented
plicable safety and health procedures. and skin contact with liquid benzene shall be
limited.
(m) Dates—(1) Effective date. The
C. Appearance and odor: Benzene is a clear,
standard shall become effective Decem- colorless liquid with a pleasant, sweet odor.
ber 10, 1987. The odor of benzene does not provide ade-
(2) Start-up dates. (i) The require- quate warning of its hazard.
ments of paragraph (a) through (m) of
this section, except the engineering II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA
control requirements of paragraph A. Ways in which benzene affects your
(f)(1) of this section shall be completed health. Benzene can affect your health if you
within sixty (60) days after the effec- inhale it, or if it comes in contact with your
tive date of the standard. skin or eyes. Benzene is also harmful if you
(ii) Engineering and work practice happen to swallow it.
controls required by paragraph (f)(1) of B. Effects of overexposure. 1. Short-term
(acute) overexposure: If you are overexposed
this section shall be implemented no
to high concentrations of benzene, well
later than 2 years after the effective above the levels where its odor is first rec-
date of the standard. ognizable, you may feel breathless, irritable,
(iii) Coke and coal chemical oper- euphoric, or giddy; you may experience irri-
ations may comply with paragraph tation in eyes, nose, and respiratory tract.
239
You may develop a headache, feel dizzy, nau- son present who will stay outside. A life line
seated, or intoxicated. Severe exposures may should be used.
lead to convulsions and loss of conscious- D. Swallowing. If benzene has been swal-
ness. lowed and the patient is conscious, do not in-
2. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated duce vomiting. Call for medical assistance or
or prolonged exposure to benzene, even at a doctor immediately.
relatively low concentrations, may result in
various blood disorders, ranging from anemia V. MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS
to leukemia, an irreversible, fatal disease. If you are exposed to benzene at a con-
Many blood disorders associated with ben- centration at or above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour
zene exposure may occur without symptoms. time-weighted average, or have been exposed
at or above 10 ppm in the past while em-
III. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT ployed by your current employer, your em-
A. Respirators. Respirators are required for ployer is required to provide a medical exam-
those operations in which engineering con- ination and history and laboratory tests
trols or work practice controls are not fea- within 60 days of the effective date of this
sible to reduce exposure to the permissible standard and annually thereafter. These
level. However, where employers can docu- tests shall be provided without cost to you.
ment that benzene is present in the work- In addition, if you are accidentally exposed
place less than 30 days a year, respirators to benzene (either by ingestion, inhalation,
may be used in lieu of engineering controls. or skin/eye contact) under emergency condi-
If respirators are worn, they must have joint tions known or suspected to constitute toxic
Mine Safety and Health Administration and exposure to benzene, your employer is re-
the National Institute for Occupational Safe- quired to make special laboratory tests
ty and Health (NIOSH) seal of approval, and available to you.
cartridge or canisters must be replaced be-
VI. OBSERVATION OF MONITORING
fore the end of their service life, or the end
of the shift, whichever occurs first. If you ex- Your employer is required to perform
perience difficulty breathing while wearing a measurements that are representative of
respirator, you may request a positive pres- your exposure to benzene and you or your
sure respirator from your employer. You designated representative are entitled to ob-
must be thoroughly trained to use the as- serve the monitoring procedure. You are en-
signed respirator, and the training will be titled to observe the steps taken in the
provided by your employer. measurement procedure, and to record the
B. Protective Clothing. You must wear ap- results obtained. When the monitoring pro-
propriate protective clothing (such as boots, cedure is taking place in an area where res-
gloves, sleeves, aprons, etc.) over any parts pirators or personal protective clothing and
of your body that could be exposed to liquid equipment are required to be worn, you or
benzene. your representative must also be provided
C. Eye and Face Protection. You must wear with, and must wear the protective clothing
splash-proof safety goggles if it is possible and equipment.
that benzene may get into your eyes. In ad-
VII. ACCESS TO RECORDS
dition, you must wear a face shield if your
face could be splashed with benzene liquid. You or your representative are entitled to
see the records of measurements of your ex-
IV. EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES posure to benzene upon written request to
A. Eye and face exposure. If benzene is your employer. Your medical examination
splashed in your eyes, wash it out imme- records can be furnished to yourself, your
diately with large amounts of water. If irri- physician or designated representative upon
tation persists or vision appears to be af- request by you to your employer.
fected see a doctor as soon as possible.
VIII. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE USE, HANDLING
B. Skin exposure. If benzene is spilled on
AND STORAGE
your clothing or skin, remove the contami-
nated clothing and wash the exposed skin Benzene liquid is highly flammable. It
with large amounts of water and soap imme- should be stored in tightly closed containers
diately. Wash contaminated clothing before in a cool, well ventilated area. Benzene vapor
you wear it again. may form explosive mixtures in air. All
C. Breathing. If you or any other person sources of ignition must be controlled. Use
breathes in large amounts of benzene, get nonsparking tools when opening or closing
the exposed person to fresh air at once. benzene containers. Fire extinguishers,
Apply artificial respiration if breathing has where provided, must be readily available.
stopped. Call for medical assistance or a doc- Know where they are located and how to op-
tor as soon as possible. Never enter any ves- erate them. Smoking is prohibited in areas
sel or confined space where the benzene con- where benzene is used or stored. Ask your su-
centration might be high without proper pervisor where benzene is used in your area
safety equipment and at least one other per- and for additional plant safety rules.
240
APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1028—SUBSTANCE 3. Hazardous decomposition products:

TECHNICAL GUIDLINES, BENZENE Toxic gases and vapors (such as carbon mon-
oxide).
I. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL DATA
III. SPILL AND LEAK PROCEDURES
A. Substance identification.
A. Steps to be taken if the material is re-
1. Synonyms: Benzol, benzole, coal naphtha, leased or spilled. As much benzene as pos-
cyclohexatriene, phene, phenyl hydride, sible should be absorbed with suitable mate-
pyrobenzol. (Benzin, petroleum benzin and rials, such as dry sand or earth. That re-
Benzine do not contain benzene). maining must be flushed with large amounts
2. Formula: C6 H6 (CAS Registry Number: of water. Do not flush benzene into a con-
71–43–2) fined space, such as a sewer, because of ex-
B. Physical data. plosion danger. Remove all ignition sources.
1. Boiling Point (760 mm Hg); 80.1 ° C (176 Ventilate enclosed places.
° F) B. Waste disposal method. Disposal meth-
2. Specific Gravity (water=1): 0.879 ods must conform to other jurisdictional reg-
3. Vapor Density (air=1): 2.7 ulations. If allowed, benzene may be disposed
4. Melting Point: 5.5 ° C (42 ° F) of: (a) By absorbing it in dry sand or earth
5. Vapor Pressure at 20 ° C (68 ° F): 75 mm and disposing in a sanitary landfill; (b) if
Hg small quantities, by removing it to a safe lo-
6. Solubility in Water: .06% cation from buildings or other combustible
7. Evaporation Rate (ether=1): 2.8 sources, pouring it in dry sand or earth and
8. Appearance and Odor: Clear, colorless cautiously igniting it; and (c) if large quan-
liquid with a distinctive sweet odor. tities, by atomizing it in a suitable combus-
tion chamber.
II. FIRE, EXPLOSION, AND REACTIVITY HAZARD
IV. MISCELLANEOUS PRECAUTIONS
DATA
A. High exposure to benzene can occur
A. Fire. when transferring the liquid from one con-
1. Flash Point (closed cup): ¥11 ° C (12 ° F) tainer to another. Such operations should be
2. Autoignition Temperature: 580 ° C (1076 ° well ventilated and good work practices
F) must be established to avoid spills.
3. Flammable limits in Air. % by Volume: B. Use non-sparking tools to open benzene
Lower: 1.3%, Upper: 7.5% containers which are effectively grounded
4. Extinguishing Media: Carbon dioxide, and bonded prior to opening and pouring.
dry chemical, or foam. C. Employers must advise employees of all
5. Special Fire-Fighting procedures: Do not plant areas and operations where exposure to
use solid stream of water, since stream will benzene could occur. Common operations in
scatter and spread fire. Fine water spray can which high exposures to benzene may be en-
be used to keep fire-exposed containers cool. countered are: the primary production and
6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Ben- utilization of benzene, and transfer of ben-
zene is a flammable liquid. Its vapors can zene.
form explosive mixtures. All ignition sources
must be controlled when benzene is used, APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1028—MEDICAL
handled, or stored. Where liquid or vapor SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR BENZENE
may be released, such areas shall be consid-
ered as hazardous locations. Benzene vapors I. ROUTE OF ENTRY
are heavier than air; thus the vapors may Inhalation; skin absorption.
travel along the ground and be ignited by
open flames or sparks at locations remote II. TOXICOLOGY
from the site at which benzene is handled. Benzene is primarily an inhalation hazard.
7. Benzene is classified as a 1 B flammable Systemic absorption may cause depression of
liquid for the purpose of conforming to the the hematopoietic system, pancytopenia,
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106. A con- aplastic anemia, and leukemia. Inhalation of
centration exceeding 3,250 ppm is considered high concentrations can affect central nerv-
a potential fire explosion hazard. Locations ous system function. Aspiration of small
where benzene may be present in quantities amounts of liquid benzene immediately
sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable causes pulmonary edema and hemorrhage of
mixtures are considered Class I Group D for pulmonary tissue. There is some absorption
the purposes of conforming to the require- through the skin. Absorption may be more
ments of 29 CFR 1910.309. rapid in the case of abraded skin, and ben-
B. Reactivity. zene may be more readily absorbed if it is
1. Conditions contributing to instability: present in a mixture or as a contaminant in
Heat. solvents which are readily absorbed. The
2. Incompatibility: Heat and oxidizing ma- defatting action of benzene may produce pri-
terials. mary irritation due to repeated or prolonged
241
contact with the skin. High concentration IV. TREATMENT OF ACUTE TOXIC EFFECTS
are irritating to the eyes and the mucuous
Remove from exposure immediately. Make
membranes of the nose, and respiratory
sure you are adequately protected and do not
tract.
risk being overcome by fumes. Give oxygen
III. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS or artificial resuscitation if indicated. Flush
eyes, wash skin if contaminated and remove
Direct skin contact with benzene may all contaminated clothing. Symptoms of in-
cause erythema. Repeated or prolonged con- toxication may persist following severe ex-
tact may result in drying, scaling derma- posures. Recovery from mild exposures is
titis, or development of secondary skin in- usually rapid and complete.
fections. In addition, there is benzene ab-
sorption through the skin. Local effects of V. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE
benzene vapor or liquid on the eye are slight. CONSIDERATIONS
Only at very high concentrations is there A. General
any smarting sensation in the eye. Inhala-
tion of high concentrations of benzene may The principal effects of benzene exposure
have an initial stimulatory effect on the cen- which form the basis for this regulation are
tral nervous system characterized by exhila- pathological changes in the hematopoietic
ration, nervous excitation, and/or giddiness, system, reflected by changes in the periph-
followed by a period of depression, drowsi- eral blood and manifesting clinically as
ness, or fatigue. A sensation of tightness in pancytopenia, aplastic anemia, and leu-
the chest accompanied by breathlessness kemia. Consequently, the medical surveil-
may occur and ultimately the victim may lance program is designed to observe, on a
regular basis, blood indices for early signs of
lose consciousness. Tremors, convulsions and
these effects, and although early signs of leu-
death may follow from respiratory paralysis
kemia are not usually available, emerging
or circulatory collapse in a few minutes to
diagnostic technology and innovative re-
several hours following severe exposures.
gimes make consistent surveillance for leu-
The detrimental effect on the blood-form- kemia, as well as other hematopoietic ef-
ing system of prolonged exposure to small fects, essential.
quantities of benzene vapor is of extreme im- Initial examinations are to be provided
portance. The hematopoietic system is the within 60 days of the effective date of this
chief target for benzene’s toxic effects which standard, or at the time of initial assign-
are manifested by alterations in the levels of ment, and periodic examinations annually
formed elements in the peripheral blood. thereafter. There are special provisions for
These effects have occurred at concentra- medical tests in the event of hematologic ab-
tions of benzene which may not cause irrita- normalities or for emergency situations.
tion of mucous membranes, or any unpleas- The blood values which require referral to
ant sensory effects. Early signs and symp- a hematologist or internist are noted in the
toms of benzene morbidity are varied, often standard in paragraph (i)(5). The standard
not readily noticed and non-specific. Subjec- specifies that blood abnormalities that per-
tive complaints of headache, dizziness, and sist must be referred ‘‘unless the physician
loss of appetite may precede or follow clin- has good reason to believe such referral is
ical signs. Rapid pulse and low blood pres- unnecessary’’ (paragraph (i)(5)). Examples of
sure, in addition to a physical appearance of conditions that could make a referral unnec-
anemia, may accompany a subjective com- essary despite abnormal blood limits are
plaint of shortness of breath and excessive iron or folate deficiency, menorrhagia, or
tiredness. Bleeding from the nose, gums, or blood loss due to some unrelated medical ab-
mucous membranes, and the development of normality.
purpuric spots (small bruises) may occur as Symptoms and signs of benzene toxicity
the condition progresses. Clinical evidence of can be non-specific. Only a detailed history
leukopenia, anemia, and thrombocytopenia, and appropriate investigative procedures
singly or in combination, has been fre- will enable a physician to rule out or con-
quently reported among the first signs. firm conditions that place the employee at
Bone marrow may appear normal, aplastic, increased risk. To assist the examining phy-
or hyperplastic, and may not, in all situa- sician with regard to which laboratory tests
tions, correlate with peripheral blood form- are necessary and when to refer an employee
ing tissues. Because of variations in the sus- to the specialist, OSHA has established the
ceptibility to benzene morbidity, there is no following guidelines.
‘‘typical’’ blood picture. The onset of effects
B. Hematology Guidelines
of prolonged benzene exposure may be de-
layed for many months or years after the ac- A minimum battery of tests is to be per-
tual exposure has ceased and identification formed by strictly standardized methods.
or correlation with benzene exposure must 1. Red cell, white cell, platelet counts,
be sought out in the occupational history. white blood cell differential, hematacrit and
242
red cell indices must be performed by an ac- with (but is not as characteristic of) benzene
credited laboratory. The normal ranges for toxicity.
the red cell and white cell counts are influ- 2. An important diagnostic test is a careful
enced by altitude, race, and sex, and there- examination of the peripheral blood smear.
fore should be determined by the accredited As with reticulocyte count the smear should
laboratory in the specific area where the be with fresh uncoagulated blood obtained
tests are performed. from a needle tip following venipuncture or
Either a decline from an absolute normal from a drop of earlobe blood (capillary
or an individual’s base line to a subnormal blood). If necessary, the smear may, under
value or a rise to a supra-normal value, are certain limited conditions, be made from a
indicative of potential toxicity, particularly blood sample anticoagulated with EDTA (but
if all blood parameters decline. The normal never with oxalate or heparin). When the
total white blood count is approximately smear is to be prepared from a specimen of
7,200/mm 3 plus or minus 3,000. For cigarette venous blood which has been collected by a
smokers the white count may be higher and commercial Vacutainer  type tube con-
the upper range may be 2,000 cells higher taining neutral EDTA, the smear should be
than normal for the laboratory. In addition, made as soon as possible after the
infection, allergies and some drugs may raise venesection. A delay of up to 12 hours is per-
the white cell count. The normal platelet missible between the drawing of the blood
count is approximately 250,000 with a range specimen into EDTA and the preparation of
of 140,000 to 400,000. Counts outside this range the smear if the blood is stored at refrig-
should be regarded as possible evidence of erator (not freezing) temperature.
benzene toxicity. 3. The minimum mandatory observations
Certain abnormalities found through rou- to be made from the smear are:
tine screening are of greater significance in a. The differential white blood cell count.
the benzene-exposed worker and require b. Description of abnormalities in the ap-
prompt consultation with a specialist, name- pearance of red cells.
ly: c. Description of any abnormalities in the
a. Thrombocytopenia. platelets.
b. A trend of decreasing white cell, red cell, d. A careful search must be made through-
or platelet indices in an individual over time out of every blood smear for immature white
is more worrisome than an isolated abnor- cells such as band forms (in more than nor-
mal finding at one test time. The importance mal proportion, i.e., over 10 percent of the
of trend highlights the need to compare an total differential count), any number of
individual’s test results to baseline and/or metamyelocytes, myelocytes or myeloblasts.
previous periodic tests. Any nucleate or multinucleated red blood
c. A constellation or pattern of abnormali- cells should be reported. Large ‘‘giant’’
ties in the different blood indices is of more platelets or fragments of megakaryocytes
significance than a single abnormality. A must be recognized.
low white count not associated with any ab- An increase in the proportion of band
normalities in other cell indices may be a forms among the neutrophilic granulocytes
normal statistical variation, whereas if the is an abnormality deserving special mention,
low white count is accompanied by decreases for it may represent a change which should
in the platelet and/or red cell indices, such a be considered as an early warning of benzene
pattern is more likely to be associated with toxicity in the absence of other causative
benzene toxicity and merits thorough inves- factors (most commonly infection). Like-
tigation. wise, the appearance of metamyelocytes, in
Anemia, leukopenia, macrocytosis or an the absence of another probable cause, is to
abnormal differential white blood cell count be considered a possible indication of ben-
should alert the physician to further inves- zene-induced toxicity.
tigate and/or refer the patient if repeat tests An upward trend in the number of
confirm the abnormalities. If routine screen- basophils, which normally do not exceed
ing detects an abnormality, follow-up tests about 2.0 percent of the total white cells, is
which may be helpful in establishing the eti- to be regarded as possible evidence of ben-
ology of the abnormality are the peripheral zene toxicity. A rise in the eosinophil count
blood smear and the reticulocyte count. is less specific but also may be suspicious of
The extreme range of normal for toxicity if the rises above 6.0 percent of the
reticulocytes is 0.4 to 2.5 percent of the red total white count.
cells, the usual range being 0.5 to 1.2 percent The normal range of monocytes is from 2.0
of the red cells, but the typical value is in to 8.0 percent of the total white count with
the range of 0.8 to 1.0 percent. A decline in an average of about 5.0 percent. About 20 per-
reticulocytes to levels of less than 0.4 percent of individuals reported to have mild but
cent is to be regarded as possible evidence persisting abnormalities caused by exposure
(unless another specific cause is found) of to benzene show a persistent monocytosis.
benzene toxicity requiring accelerated sur- The findings of a monocyte count which per-
veillance. An increase in reticulocyte levels sists at more than 10 to 12 percent of the nor-
to about 2.5 percent may also be consistent mal white cell count (when the total count is
243
normal) or persistence of an absolute monocytes. It is evident that isolated cytopenias,
cyte count in excess of 800/mm 3 should be re- pancytopenias, and even aplastic anemias in-
garded as a possible sign of benzene-induced duced by benzene may be reversible and com-
toxicity. plete recovery has been reported on ces-
A less frequent but more serious indication sation of exposure. However, since any of
of benzene toxicity is the finding in the pe- these abnormalities is serious, the employee
ripheral blood of the so-called ‘‘pseudo’’ (or must immediately be removed from any pos-
acquired) Pelger-Huet anomaly. In this sible exposure to benzene vapor. Certain
anomaly many, or sometimes the majority, tests may substantiate the employee’s pros-
of the neutrophilic granulocytes possess two pects for progression or regression. One such
round nuclear segements—less often one or test would be an examination of the bone
three round segments—rather than three marrow, but the decision to perform a bone
normally elongated segments. When this marrow aspiration or needle biopsy is made
anomaly is not hereditary, it is often but not by the hematologist.
invariably predictive of subsequent leu- The findings of basophilic stippling in cir-
kemia. However, only about two percent of culating red blood cells (usually found in 1 to
patients who ultimately develop acute 5% of red cells following marrow injury), and
myelogenous leukemia show the acquired detection in the bone marrow of what are
Pelger-Huet anomaly. Other tests that can termed ‘‘ringed sideroblasts’’ must be taken
be administered to investigate blood abnor- seriously, as they have been noted in recent
malities are discussed below; however, such years to be premonitory signs of subsequent
procedures should be undertaken by the he- leukemia.
matologist. Recently peroxidase-staining of circulating
An uncommon sign, which cannot be de- or marrow neutrophil granulocytes, employ-
tected from the smear, but can be elicited by ing benzidine dihydrochloride, have revealed
a ‘‘sucrose water test’’ of peripheral blood, is the disappearance of, or diminution in, per-
transient paroxysmal nocturnal hemo- oxidase in a sizable proportion of the
globinuria (PNH), which may first occur in- granulocytes, and this has been reported as
sidiously during a period of established an early sign of leukemia. However, rel-
aplastic anemia, and may be followed within atively few patients have been studied to
one to a few years by the appearance of rap- date. Granulocyte granules are normally
idly fatal acute myelogenous leukemia. Clin- strongly peroxidase positive. A steady de-
ical detection of PNH, which occurs in only cline in leukocyte alkaline phosphatase has
one or two percent of those destined to have also been reported as suggestive of early
acute myelogenous leukemia, may be dif- acute leukemia. Exposure to benzene may
ficult; if the ‘‘sucrose water test’’ is positive, cause an early rise in serum iron, often but
the somewhat more definitive Ham test, also not always associated with a fall in the
known as the acid-serum hemolysis test, reticulocyte count. Thus, serial measure-
may provide confirmation. ments of serum iron levels may provide a
e. Individuals documented to have devel- means of determining whether or not there
oped acute myelogenous leukemia years is a trend representing sustained suppression
after initial exposure to benzene may have of erythropoiesis.
progressed through a preliminary phase of Measurement of serum iron, determination
hematologic abnormality. In some instances of peroxidase and of alkaline phosphatase ac-
pancytopenia (i.e., a lowering in the counts tivity in peripheral granulocytes can be per-
of all circulating blood cells of bone marrow formed in most pathology laboratories. Per-
origin, but not to the extent implied by the oxidase and alkaline phosphatase staining
term ‘‘aplastic anemia’’) preceded leukemia are usually undertaken when the index of
for many years. Depression of a single blood suspecion for leukemia is high.
cell type or platelets may represent a har-
binger of aplasia or leukemia. The finding of APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1028—SAMPLING
two or more cytopenias, or pancytopenia in AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR BEN-
a benzene-exposed individual, must be re- ZENE MONITORING AND MEASURE-
garded as highly suspicious of more advanced MENT PROCEDURES
although still reversible, toxicity.
‘‘Pancytopenia’’ coupled with the appearance Measurements taken for the purpose of de-
of immature cells (myelocytes, myeloblasts, termining employee exposure to benzene are
erythroblasts, etc.), with abnormal cells best taken so that the representative aver-
(pseudo Pelger-Huet anomaly, atypical nu- age 8-hour exposure may be determined from
clear heterochromatin, etc.), or unexplained a single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour sam-
elevations of white blood cells must be re- ples. Short-time interval samples (or grab
garded as evidence of benzene overexposure samples) may also be used to determine av-
unless proved otherwise. Many severely erage exposure level if a minimum of five
aplastic patients manifested the ominous measurements are taken in a random man-
finding of 5–10 percent myeloblasts in the ner over the 8-hour work shift. Random sam-
marrow, occasional myeloblasts and pling means that any portion of the work
myelocytes in the blood and 20–30% mono- shift has the same change of being sampled
244
as any other. The arithmetic average of all are analyzed by means of a quick, instru-
such random samples taken on one work mental method.
shift is an estimate of an employee’s average 2.2 The amount of sample which can be
level of exposure for that work shift. Air taken is limited by the number of milli-
samples should be taken in the employee’s grams that the tube will hold before over-
breathing zone (air that would most nearly loading. When the sample value obtained for
represent that inhaled by the employee). the backup section of the charcoal tube ex-
Sampling and analysis must be performed ceeds 25 percent of that found on the front
with procedures meeting the requirements of section, the possibility of sample loss exists.
the standard. 3. Apparatus.
There are a number of methods available 3.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump
for monitoring employee exposures to ben- whose flow can be determined within ±5 per-
zene. The sampling and analysis may be percent at the recommended flow rate.
formed by collection of the benzene vaptor or 3.2. Charcoal tubes: Glass with both ends
charcoal absorption tubes, with subsequent flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm O.D. and
chemical analysis by gas chromatography. a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40
Sampling and analysis may also be per- mesh activated charcoal separated by a 2-
formed by portable direct reading instru- mm portion of urethane foam. The activated
ments, real-time continuous monitoring sys- charcoal is prepared from coconut shells and
tems, passive dosimeters or other suitable is fired at 600 °C prior to packing. The ad-
methods. The employer has the obligation of sorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal,
selecting a monitoring method which meets the back-up section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of
the accuracy and precision requirements of urethane foam is placed between the outlet
the standard under his unique field condi- end of the tube and the back-up section. A
tions. The standard requires that the method plug of silanized glass wool is placed in front
of monitoring must have an accuracy, to a 95 of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop
percent confidence level, of not less than across the tube must be less than one inch of
plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute.
of benzene greater than or equal to 0.5 ppm. 3.3. Gas chromatograph equipped with a
The OSHA Laboratory modified NIOSH flame ionization detector.
Method S311 and evaluated it at a benzene 3.4. Column (10-ft × 1⁄8-in stainless steel)
air concentration of 1 ppm. A procedure for packed with 80/100 Supelcoport coated with
determining the benzene concentration in 20 percent SP 2100, 0.1 percent CW 1500.
bulk material samples was also evalauted. 3.5. An electronic integrator or some other
This work, reported in OSHA Laboratory suitable method for measuring peak area.
Method No. 12, includes the following two 3.6. Two-milliliter sample vials with Tef-
analytical procedures: lon-lined caps.
3.7. Microliter syringes: 10-microliter (10-
I. OSHA Method 12 for Air Samples µL syringe, and other convenient sizes for
making standards, 1-µL syringe for sample
Analyte: Benzene injections.
Matrix: Air 3.8. Pipets: 1.0 mL delivery pipets
Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal, 3.9. Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for
desorption with carbon disulfide, analysis making standard solutions.
by GC. 4. Reagents.
Detection limit: 0.04 ppm 4.1. Chromatographic quality carbon disul-
Recommended air volume and sampling rate: fide (CS2). Most commercially available car-
10L to 0.2 L/min. bon disulfide contains a trace of benzene
1. Principle of the Method. which must be removed. It can be removed
1.1 A known volume of air is drawn with the following procedure:
through a charcoal tube to trap the organic Heat under reflux for 2 to 3 hours, 500 mL
vapors present. of carbon disulfide, 10 mL concentrated sul-
1.2. The charcoal in the tube is transferred furic acid, and 5 drops of concentrated nitric
to a small, stoppered vial, and the anlyte is acid. The benzene is converted to
desorbed with carbon disulfide. nitrobenzene. The carbon disulfide layer is
1.3. An aliquot of the desorbed sample is in- removed, dried with anhydrous sodium sul-
jected into a gas chromatograph. fate, and distilled. The recovered carbon di-
1.4 The area of the resulting peak is deter- sulfide should be benzene free. (It has re-
mined and compared with areas obtained cently been determined that benzene can
from standards. also be removed by passing the carbon disul-
2. Advantages and disadvantages of the fide through 13x molecular sieve).
method. 4.2. Benzene, reagent grade.
2.1 The sampling device is small, portable, 4.3. p-Cymene, reagent grade, (internal
and involved no liquids. Interferences are standard).
minimal, and most of those which do occur 4.4. Desorbing reagent. The desorbing rea-
can be eliminated by altering gent is prepared by adding 0.05 mL of p-cy-
chromatographic conditions. The samples mene per milliliter of carbon disulfide. (The
245
internal standard offers a convenient means 1.30 mL/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas
correcting analytical response for slight in- flow.
consistencies in the size of sample injec- 2.30 mL/min (40 psig) hydrogen gas flow to
tions. If the external standard technique is detector.
preferred, the internal standard can be elimi- 3.240 mL/min (40 psig) air flow to detector.
nated). 4.150 ° C injector temperature.
4.5. Purified GC grade helium, hydrogen 5.250 ° C detector temperature.
and air. 6.100 ° C column temperature.
5. Procedure. 5.4.4. Injection size. 1 µ L.
5.1. Cleaning of equipment. All glassware 5.4.5. Measurement of area. The peak areas
used for the laboratory analysis should be are measured by an electronic integrator or
properly cleaned and free of organics which some other suitable form of area measure-
could interfere in the analysis. ment.
5.2. Calibration of personal pumps. Each 5.4.6. An internal standard procedure is
pump must be calibrated with a representa- used. The integrator is calibrated to report
tive charcoal tube in the line. results in ppm for a 10 liter air sample after
5.3. Collection and shipping of samples. correction for desorption efficiency.
5.3.1. Immediately before sampling, break 5.5. Determination of desorption efficiency.
the ends of the tube to provide an opening at 5.5.1. Importance of determination. The
least one-half the internal diameter of the desorption efficiency of a particular com-
tube (2 mm). pound can vary from one laboratory to an-
5.3.2. The smaller section of the charcoal is other and from one lot of chemical to an-
used as the backup and should be placed other. Thus, it is necessary to determine, at
nearest the sampling pump. least once, the percentage of the specific
5.3.3. The charcoal tube should be placed in compound that is removed in the desorption
a vertical position during sampling to mini- process, provided the same batch of charcoal
mize channeling through the charcoal. is used.
5.5.2. Procedure for determining desorption
5.3.4 Air being sampled should not be
efficiency. The reference portion of the char-
passed through any hose or tubing before en-
coal tube is removed. To the remaining por-
tering the charcoal tube.
tion, amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X
5.3.5. A sample size of 10 liters is rec-
and (X represents target concentration)
ommended. Sample at a flow rate of approxi-
based on a 10 L air sample are injected into
mately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate
several tubes at each level. Dilutions of ben-
should be known with an accuracy of at least
zene with carbon disulfide are made to allow
±5 percent.
injection of measurable quantities. These
5.3.6. The charcoal tubes should be capped
tubes are then allowed to equilibrate at least
with the supplied plastic caps immediately
overnight. Following equilibration they are
after sampling.
analyzed following the same procedure as the
5.3.7. Submit at least one blank tube (a
samples. Desorption efficiency is determined
charcoal tube subjected to the same handling
by dividing the amount of benzene found by
procedures, without having any air drawn
amount spiked on the tube.
through it) with each set of samples.
6. Calibration and standards. A series of
5.3.8. Take necessary shipping and packing
standards varying in concentration over the
precautions to minimize breakage of sam-
range of interest is prepared and analyzed
ples.
under the same GC conditions that will be
5.4. Analysis of samples. used on the samples. A calibration curve is
5.4.1. Preparation of samples. In prepara- prepared by plotting concentration (µg/mL)
tion for analysis, each charcoal tube is versus peak area.
scored with a file in front of the first section 7. Calculations. Benzene air concentration
of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool can be calculated from the following equa-
is removed and discarded. The charcoal in tion:
the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-
ml vial. The separating section of foam is re- mg/m3=(A)(B)/(C)(D)
moved and discarded; the second section is Where: A=µg/mL benzene, obtained from the
transferred to another capped vial. These calibration curve
two sections are analyzed separately. B=desorption volume (1 mL)
5.4.2. Desorption of samples. Prior to anal- C=Liters of air sampled
ysis, 1.0 mL of desorbing solution is pipetted D=desorption efficiency
into each sample container. The desorbing The concentration in mg/m3 can be con-
solution consists of 0.05 µL internal standard verted to ppm (at 25° and 760 mm) with fol-
per mL of carbon disulfide. The sample vials lowing equation:
are capped as soon as the solvent is added.
ppm=(mg/m3)(24.46)/(78.11)
Desorption should be done for 30 minutes
with occasional shaking. Where: 24.46=molar volume of an ideal gas
5.4.3. GC conditions. Typical operating con- 25 ° C and 760 mm
ditions for the gas chromatograph are: 78.11=molecular weight of benzene
246
8. Backup Data. PERCENT RECOVERY—Continued
8.1 Detection limit—Air Samples.
The detection limit for the analytical pro- Day analyzed Refrigerated Ambient
cedure is 1.28 ng with a coefficient of vari-
15 ....................... 96.8 95.8 94.2 92.9 96.3 95.9
ation of 0.023 at this level. This would be
equivalent to an air concentration of 0.04
8.4. Desorption data.
ppm for a 10 L air sample. This amount pro-
Samples were prepared by injecting liquid
vided a chromatographic peak that could be
benzene onto the A section of charcoal tubes.
identifiable in the presence of possible inter-
Samples were prepared that would be equiva-
ferences. The detection limit data were ob-
lent to 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sam-
tained by making 1 µL injections of a 1.283 ple.
µg/mL standard.
Area PERCENT RECOVERY

Injection Count
Sample 0.5 ppm 1.0 ppm 2.0 ppm
1 .......................................................... 655.4
2 .......................................................... 617.5 1 ......................................... 99.4 98.8 99.5
3 .......................................................... 662.0 X̄=640.2 2 ......................................... 99.5 98.7 99.7
4 .......................................................... 641.1 SD=14.9 3 ......................................... 99.2 98.6 99.8
5 .......................................................... 636.4 CV=0.023 4 ......................................... 99.4 99.1 100.0
5 ......................................... 99.2 99.0 99.7
6 .......................................................... 629.2
6 ......................................... 99.8 99.1 99.9
X̄= ...................................... 99.4 98.9 99.8
8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation—Air SD= .................................... 0.22 0.21 0.18
Samples. The pooled coefficient of variation CV= .................................... 0.0022 0.0021 0.0018
for the analytical procedure was determined X̄=99.4
by 1 µL replicate injections of analytical
standards. The standards were 16.04, 32.08, 8.5. Carbon disulfide.
and 64.16 µg/mL, which are equivalent to 0.5, Carbon disulfide from a number of sources
1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sample respec- was analyzed for benzene contamination.
tively. The results are given in the following table.
The benzene contamiant can be removed
Area Counts with the procedures given in section 4.1.
Injection
0.5 ppm 1.0 ppm 2.0 ppm ppm
equiva-
1 ............................. 3996.5 8130.2 16481 µg Ben-
Sample lent (for
zene/mL
2 ............................. 4059.4 8235.6 16493 10 L air
3 ............................. 4052.0 8307.9 16535 sample)
4 ............................. 4027.2 8263.2 16609
5 ............................. 4046.8 8291.1 16552 Aldrich Lot 83017 .................................. 4.20 0.13
6 ............................. 4137.9 8288.8 16618 Baker Lot 720364 .................................. 1.01 0.03
X̄= 4053.3 8254.0 16548.3 Baker Lot 822351 .................................. 1.01 0.03
SD= 47.2 62.5 57.1 Malinkrodt Lot WEMP ............................ 1.74 0.05
Malinkrodt Lot WDSJ ............................ 5.65 0.18
CV= 0.0116 0.0076 0.0034
Malinkrodt Lot WHGA ............................ 2.90 0.09
C̄V̄=0.008 ............... .................. .................. ....................
Treated CS2 ........................................... .............. ..............
8.3. Storage data—Air Samples

Samples were generated at 1.03 ppm ben- II. OSHA LABORATORY METHOD NO. 12 FOR
zene at 80% relative humidity, 22 ° C, and 643 BULK SAMPLES
mm. All samples were taken for 50 minutes Analyte: Benzene.
at 0.2 L/min. Six samples were analyzed im- Matrix: Bulk Samples.
mediately and the rest of the samples were Procedure: Bulk Samples are analyzed di-
divided into two groups by fifteen samples rectly by high performance liquid chroma-
each. One group was stored at refrigerated tography (HPLC).
temperature of ¥25 ° C, and the other group Detection limits: 0.01% by volume.
was stored at ambient temperature (approxi- 1. Principle of the method.
mately 23 ° C). These samples were analyzed 1.1. An aliquot of the bulk sample to be
over a period of fifteen days. The results are analyzed is injected into a liquid chro-
tabulated below. matograph.
1.2. The peak area for benzene is deter-
PERCENT RECOVERY mined and compared to areas obtained from
standards.
Day analyzed Refrigerated Ambient 2. Advantages and disadvantages of the
method.
0 ......................... 97.4 98.7 98.9 97.4 98.7 98.9
2.1. The analytical procedure is quick, sen-
0 ......................... 97.1 100.6 100.9 97.1 100.6 100.9
2 ......................... 95.8 96.4 95.4 95.4 96.6 96.9 sitive, and reproducible.
5 ......................... 93.9 93.7 92.4 92.4 94.3 94.1 2.2. Reanalysis of samples is possible.
9 ......................... 93.6 95.5 94.6 95.2 95.6 96.6 2.3. Interferences can be circumvented by
13 ....................... 94.3 95.3 93.7 91.0 95.0 94.6 proper selection of HPLC parameters.
247
2.4. Samples must be free of any particu- 1. Analytical wavelength—254 nm
lates that may clog the capillary tubing in 3. Injection size—10 µL
the liquid chromatograph. This may require 6.3. Measurement of peak area and calibra-
distilling the sample or clarifying with a tion.
clarification kit. Peak areas are measured by an integrator
3. Apparatus. or other suitable means. The integrator is
3.1. Liquid chromatograph equipped with a calibrated to report results % in benzene by
UV detector. volume.
3.2. HPLC Column that will separate ben-
7. Calculations.
zene from other components in the bulk sam-
ple being analyzed. The column used for vali- Since the integrator is programmed to re-
dation studies was a Waters uBondapack C18, port results in % benzene by volume in an
30 cm x 3.9 mm. undiluted sample, the following equation is
3.3. A clarification kit to remove any par- used:
ticulates in the bulk if necessary. % Benzene by Volume=A x B
3.4. A micro-distillation apparatus to dis-
till any samples if necessary. Where: A=% by volume on report
3.5. An electronic integrator or some other B=Dilution Factor
suitable method of measuring peak areas. (B=1 for undiluted sample)
3.6. Microliter syringes—10 µL syringe and
other convenient sizes for making standards. 8. Backup Data.
10 µL syringe for sample injections. 8.1. Detection limit—Bulk Samples.
3.7. Volumetric flasks, 5 mL and other con- The detection limit for the analytical pro-
venient sizes for preparing standards and cedure for bulk samples is 0.88 µg, with a co-
making dilutions. efficient of variation of 0.019 at this level.
4. Reagents. This amount provided a chromatographic
4.1. Benzene, reagent grade. peak that could be identifiable in the pres-
4.2. HPLC grade water, methyl alcohol, and ence of possible interferences. The detection
isopropyl alcohol. limit date were obtained by making 10 µL in-
5. Collection and shipment of samples. jections of a 0.10% by volume standard.
5.1. Samples should be transported in glass
containers with Teflon-lined caps. Injection Area Count
5.2. Samples should not be put in the same
container used for air samples. 1 ................................................ 45386
6. Analysis of samples. 2 ................................................ 44214
6.1. Sample preparation. 3 ................................................ 43822 X̄=44040.1
If necessary, the samples are distilled or 4 ................................................ 44062 SD=852.5
clarified. Samples are analyzed undiluted. If 6 ................................................ 42724 CV=0.019
the benzene concentration is out of the
working range, suitable dilutions are made 8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation—Bulk
with isopropyl alcohol. Samples.
6.2. HPLC conditions. The pooled coefficient of variation for ana-
The typical operating conditions for the lytical procedure was determined by 50 µL
high performance liquid chromatograph are: replicate injections of analytical standards.
1. Mobile phase—Methyl alcohol/water, 50/ The standards were 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.10, 1.0,
50 and 2.0% benzene by volume.
AREA COUNT (PERCENT)

Injection No. 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.10 1.0 2.0
1 ................................................................................................ 45386 84737 166097 448497 4395380 9339150

2 ................................................................................................ 44241 84300 170832 441299 4590800 9484900
3 ................................................................................................ 43822 83835 164160 443719 4593200 9557580
4 ................................................................................................ 44062 84381 164445 444842 4642350 9677060
5 ................................................................................................ 44006 83012 168398 442564 4646430 9766240
6 ................................................................................................ 42724 81957 173002 443975 4646260 ..............
X̄ = 44040.1 83703.6 167872 444149 4585767 9564986
SD = 852.5 1042.2 3589.8 2459.1 96839.3 166233
CV = 0.0194 0.0125 0.0213 0.0055 0.0211 0.0174
C̄V̄ = 0.017
[52 FR 34562, Sept. 11, 1987, as amended at 54 § 1910.1029 Coke oven emissions.
FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13,
1996; 63 FR 1289, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. (a) Scope and application. This section
23, 1998] applies to the control of employee ex-
posure to coke oven emissions, except
248
that this section shall not apply to two hoppers are discharging simulta-
working conditions with regard to neously.
which other Federal agencies exercise Sequential charging means a proce-
statutory authority to prescribe or en- dure, usually automatically timed, by
force standards affecting occupational which a predetermined volume of coal
safety and health. in each larry car hopper is introduced
(b) Definitions. For the purpose of this into an oven such that no more than
section: two hoppers commence or finish dis-
Authorized person means any person charging simultaneously although, at
specifically authorized by the employer some point, all hoppers are discharging
whose duties require the person to simultaneously.
enter a regulated area, or any person Pipeline charging means any appa-
entering such an area as a designated ratus used to introduce coal into an
representative of employees for the oven which uses a pipe or duct perma-
purpose of exercising the opportunity nently mounted onto an oven and
to observe monitoring and measuring through which coal is charged.
procedures under paragraph (n) of this Green plush means coke which when
section. removed from the oven results in emis-
Beehive oven means a coke oven in sions due to the presence of
which the products of carbonization unvolatilized coal.
other than coke are not recovered, but (c) Permissible exposure limit. The em-
are released into the ambient air. ployer shall assure that no employee in
Coke oven means a retort in which the regulated area is exposed to coke
coke is produced by the destructive dis- oven emissions at concentrations
tillation or carbonization of coal. greater than 150 micrograms per cubic
Coke oven battery means a structure meter of air (150 µg/m 3), averaged over
any 8-hour period.
containing a number of slot-type coke
(d) Regulated areas. (1) The employer
ovens.
shall establish regulated areas and
Coke oven emissions means the ben-
shall limit access to them to author-
zene-soluble fraction of total particu-
ized persons.
late matter present during the destruc-
(2) The employer shall establish the
tive distillation or carbonization of
following as regulated areas:
coal for the production of coke.
(i) The coke oven battery including
Director means the Director, National topside and its machinery, pushside
Institute for Occupational Safety and and its machinery, coke side and its
Health, U.S. Department of Health, machinery, and the battery ends; the
Education, and Welfare, or his or her wharf; and the screening station;
designee. (ii) The beehive oven and its machin-
Emergency means any occurence such ery.
as, but not limited to, equipment fail- (e) Exposure monitoring and measure-
ure which is likely to, or does, result in ment—(1) Monitoring program. (i) Each
any massive release of coke oven emis- employer who has a place of employ-
sions. ment where coke oven emissions are
Existing coke oven battery means a present shall monitor employees em-
battery in operation or under construc- ployed in the regulated area to meas-
tion on January 20, 1977, and which is ure their exposure to coke oven emis-
not a rehabilitated coke oven battery. sions.
Rehabilitated coke oven battery means (ii) The employer shall obtain meas-
a battery which is rebuilt, overhauled, urements which are representative of
renovated, or restored such as from the each employee’s exposure to coke oven
pad up, after January 20, 1977. emissions over an eight-hour period.
Secretary means the Secretary of All measurements shall determine ex-
Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, or posure without regard to the use of res-
his or her designee. piratory protection.
Stage charging means a procedure by (iii) The employer shall collect
which a predetermined volume of coal fullshift (for at least seven continuous
in each larry car hopper is introduced hours) personal samples, including at
into an oven such that no more than least one sample during each shift for
249
each battery and each job classifica- (f) Methods of compliance. The em-
tion within the regulated areas includ- ployer shall control employee exposure
ing at least the following job classifica- to coke oven emmissions by the use of
tions: engineering controls, work practices
(a) Lidman; and respiratory protection as follows:
(b) Tar chaser; (1) Priority of compliance methods—(i)
(c) Larry car operator; Existing coke oven batteries. (a) The em-
(d) Luterman; ployer shall institute the engineering
(e) Machine operator, coke side; and work practice controls listed in
(f) Benchman, coke side; paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this
(g) Benchman, pusher side; section in existing coke oven batteries
(h) Heater;
at the earliest possible time, but not
(i) Quenching car operator;
later than January 20, 1980, except to
(j) Pusher machine operator;
the extent that the employer can es-
(k) Screening station operator;
tablish that such controls are not fea-
(l) Wharfman;
(m) Oven patcher; sible. In determining the earliest pos-
(n) Oven repairman; sible time for institution of engineer-
(o) Spellman; and ing and work practice controls, the re-
(p) Maintenance personnel. quirement, effective August 27, 1971, to
(iv) The employer shall repeat the implement feasible administrative or
monitoring and measurements required engineering controls to reduce expo-
by this paragraph (e)(1) at least every sures to coal tar pitch volatiles, shall
three months. be considered. Wherever the engineer-
(2) Redetermination. Whenever there ing and work practice controls which
has been a production, process, or con- can be instituted are not sufficient to
trol change which may result in new or reduce employee exposures to or below
additional exposure to coke oven emis- the permissible exposure limit, the em-
sions, or whenever the employer has ployer shall nonetheless use them to
any other reason to suspect an increase reduce exposures to the lowest level
in employee exposure, the employer achievable by these controls and shall
shall repeat the monitoring and meas- supplement them by the use of res-
urements required by paragraph (e)(1) piratory protection which complies
of this section for those employees af- with the requirements of paragraph (g)
fected by such change or increase. of this section.
(3) Employee notification. (i) The em- (b) The engineering and work prac-
ployer shall notify each employee in tice controls required under paragraphs
writing of the exposure measurements (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section are
which represent that employe’s expo- minimum requirements generally ap-
sure within five working days after the plicable to all existing coke oven bat-
receipt of the results of measurements teries. If, after implementing all con-
required by paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2)
trols required by paragraphs (f)(2),
of this section.
(f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section, or after
(ii) Whenever such results indicate
January 20, 1980, whichever is sooner,
that the representative employee expo-
sure exceeds the permissible exposure employee exposures still exceed the
limit, the employer shall, in such noti- permissible exposure limit, employers
fication, inform each employee of that shall implement any other engineering
fact and of the corrective action being and work practice controls necessary
taken to reduce exposure to or below to reduce exposure to or below the per-
the permissible exposure limit. missible exposure limit except to the
(4) Accuracy of measurement. The em- extent that the employer can establish
ployer shall use a method of moni- that such controls are not feasible.
toring and measurement which has an Whenever the engineering and work
accuracy (with a confidence level of practice controls which can be insti-
95%) of not less than plus or minus 35% tuted are not sufficient to reduce em-
for concentrations of coke oven emis- ployee exposures to or below the per-
sions greater than or equal to 150 µg/ missible exposure limit, the employer
m 3. shall nonetheless use them to reduce
250
exposures to the lowest level achiev- liest possible time for institution of en-
able by these controls and shall supple- gineering and work practice controls,
ment them by the use of respiratory the requirement, effective August 27,
protection which complies with the re- 1971, to implement feasible administra-
quirements of paragraph (g) of this sec- tive or engineering controls to reduce
tion. exposures to coal tar pitch volatiles,
(ii) New or rehabilitated coke oven bat- shall be considered. Wherever the engi-
teries. (a) The employer shall institute neering and work practice controls
the best available engineering and which can be instituted are not suffi-
work practice controls on all new or re- cient to reduce employee exposures to
habilitated coke oven batteries to re- or below the permissible exposure
duce and maintain employee exposures limit, the employer shall nonetheless
at or below the permissible exposure use them to reduce exposures to the
limit, except to the extent that the em- lowest level achievable by these con-
ployer can establish that such controls trols and shall supplement them by the
are not feasible. Wherever the engi- use of respiratory protection which
neering and work practice controls complies with the requirements of
which can be instituted are not suffi- paragraph (g) of this section.
cient to reduce employee exposures to (b) If, after implementing all engi-
or below the permissible exposure neering and work practice controls re-
limit, the employer shall nonetheless quired by paragraph (f)(1)(iii)(a) of this
use them to reduce exposures to the section, employee exposures still ex-
lowest level achievable by these con- ceed the permissible exposure limit,
trols and shall supplement them by the the employer shall implement any
use of respiratory protection which other engineering and work practice
complies with the requirements of controls necessary to reduce exposures
paragraph (g) of this section. to or below the permissible exposure
(b) If, after implementing all the en- limit except to the extent that the em-
gineering and work practice controls ployer can establish that such controls
required by paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(a) of are not feasible. Whenever the engi-
this section, employee exposures still neering and work practice controls
exceed the permissible exposure limit, which can be instituted are not suffi-
the employer shall implement any cient to reduce employee exposures to
other engineering and work practice or below the permissible exposure
controls necessary to reduce exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless
to or below the permissible exposure use them to reduce exposures to the
limit except to the extent that the em- lowest level achievable by these con-
ployer can establish that such controls trols and shall supplement them by the
are not feasible. Wherever the engi- use of respiratory protection which
neering and work practice controls complies with the requirements of
which can be instituted are not suffi- paragraph (g) of this section.
cient to reduce employee exposures to (2) Engineering controls—(i) Charging.
or below the permissible exposure The employer shall equip and operate
limit, the employer shall nonetheless existing coke oven batteries with all of
use them to reduce exposures to the the following engineering controls to
lowest level achievable by these con- control coke oven emissions during
trols and shall supplement them by the charging operations:
use of respiratory protection which (a) One of the following methods of
complies with the requirements of charging:
paragraph (g) of this section. (1) Stage charging as described in
(iii) Beehive ovens. (a) The employer paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b) of this section; or
shall institute engineering and work (2) Sequential charging as described
practice controls on all beehive ovens in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b) of this section
at the earliest possible time to reduce except that paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b)(3)(iv)
and maintain employee exposures at or of this section does not apply to se-
below the permissible exposure limit, quential charging; or
except to the extent that the employer (3) Pipeline charging or other forms
can establish that such controls are of enclosed charging in accordance
not feasible. In determining the ear- with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section,
251
except that paragraphs (f)(2)(i)(b), (d), (d) Chuck door gaskets to control
(e), (f) and (h) of this section do not chuck door emissions until such door is
apply; repaired, or replaced; and
(b) Drafting from two or more points (e) Heat shields on door machines.
in the oven being charged, through the (3) Work practice controls—(i) Charg-
use of double collector mains, or a ing. The employer shall operate exist-
fixed or moveable jumper pipe system ing coke oven batteries with all of the
to another oven, to effectively remove following work practices to control
the gases from the oven to the col- coke oven emissions during the charg-
lector mains; ing operation:
(c) Aspiration systems designed and (a) Establishment and implementa-
operated to provide sufficient negative tion of a detailed, written inspection
pressure and flow volume to effectively and cleaning procedure for each bat-
move the gases evolved during charg- tery consisting of at least the following
ing into the collector mains, including elements:
sufficient steam pressure, and steam (1) Prompt and effective repair or re-
jets of sufficient diameter; placement of all engineering controls;
(d) Mechanical volumetric controls (2) Inspection and cleaning of goose-
on each larry car hopper to provide the necks and standpipes prior to each
proper amount of coal to be charged charge to a specified minimum diame-
through each charging hole so that the ter sufficient to effectively move the
tunnel head will be sufficient to permit evolved gases from the oven to the col-
the gases to move from the oven into lector mains;
the collector mains; (3) Inspection for roof carbon build-
(e) Devices to facilitate the rapid and up prior to each charge and removal of
continuous flow of coal into the oven roof carbon as necessary to provide an
being charged, such as stainless steel adequate gas channel so that the gases
liners, coal vibrators or pneumatic are effectively moved from the oven
shells; into the collector mains;
(f) Individually operated larry car (4) Inspection of the steam aspiration
drop sleeves and slide gates designed system prior to each charge so that
and maintained so that the gases are sufficient pressure and volume is main-
effectively removed from the oven into tained to effectively move the gases
the collector mains; from the oven to the collector mains;
(5) Inspection of steam nozzles and
(g) Mechanized gooseneck and stand-
liquor sprays prior to each charge and
pipe cleaners;
cleaning as necessary so that the
(h) Air seals on the pusher machine steam nozzles and liquor sprays are
leveler bars to control air infiltration clean;
during charging; and (6) Inspection of standpipe caps prior
(i) Roof carbon cutters or a com- to each charge and cleaning and luting
pressed air system or both on the push- or both as necessary so that the gases
er machine rams to remove roof car- are effectively moved from the oven to
bon. the collector mains; and
(ii) Coking. The employer shall equip (7) Inspection of charging holes and
and operate existing coke oven bat- lids for cracks, warpage and other de-
teries with all of the following engi- fects prior to each charge and removal
neering controls to control coke oven of carbon to prevent emissions, and ap-
emissions during coking operations; plication of luting material to stand-
(a) A pressure control system on each pipe and charging hole lids where nec-
battery to obtain uniform collector essary to obtain a proper seal.
main pressure; (b) Establishment and implementa-
(b) Ready access to door repair facili- tion of a detailed written charging pro-
ties capable of prompt and efficient re- cedure, designed and operated to elimi-
pair of doors, door sealing edges and all nate emissions during charging for
door parts; each battery, consisting of at least the
(c) An adequate number of spare following elements:
doors available for replacement pur- (1) Larry car hoppers filled with coal
poses; to a predetermined level in accordance
252
with the mechanical volumetric con- provide a continuous metal-to-metal

trols required under paragraph fit;
(f)(2)(i)(d) of this section so as to main- (c) Cleaning of oven doors, chuck
tain a sufficient gas passage in the doors and door jambs each coking cycle
oven to be charged; so as to provide an effective seal;
(2) The larry car aligned over the (d) An inspection system and correc-
oven to be charged, so that the drop tive action program to control door
sleeves fit tightly over the charging emissions to the maximum extent pos-
holes; and sible; and
(3) The oven charged in accordance (e) Luting of doors that are sealed by
with the following sequence of require- luting each coking cycle and reluting,
ments: replacing or adjusting as necessary to
(i) The aspiration system turned on; control leakage.
(ii) Coal charged through the outer- (iii) Pushing. The employer shall op-
most hoppers, either individually or to- erate existing coke oven batteries with
gether depending on the capacity of the the following work practices to control
aspiration system to collect the gases coke oven emissions during pushing op-
involved; erations:
(iii) The charging holes used under (a) Coke and coal spillage quenched
paragraph (f)(3)(i)(b)(3)(ii) of this sec- as soon as practicable and not shoveled
tion relidded or otherwise sealed off to into a heated oven; and
prevent leakage of coke oven emis- (b) A detailed written procedure for
sions; each battery established and imple-
(iv) If four hoppers are used, the third mented for the control of emissions
hopper discharged and relidded or oth- during pushing consisting of the fol-
erwise sealed off to prevent leakage of lowing elements:
coke oven emissions; (1) Dampering off the ovens and re-
(v) The final hopper discharged until moval of charging hole lids to effec-
the gas channel at the top of the oven tively control coke oven emissions dur-
is blocked and then the chuck door ing the push;
opened and the coal leveled; (2) Heating of the coal charge uni-
(vi) When the coal from the final hop- formly for a sufficient period so as to
per is discharged and the leveling oper- obtain proper coking including pre-
ation complete, the charging hole venting green pushes;
relidded or otherwise sealed off to pre- (3) Prevention of green pushes to the
vent leakage of coke oven emissions; maximum extent possible;
and (4) Inspection, adjustment and cor-
(vii) The aspiration system turned off rection of heating flue temperatures
only after the charging holes have been and defective flues at least weekly and
closed. after any green push, so as to prevent
(c) Establishment and implementa- green pushes;
tion of a detailed written charging pro- (5) Cleaning of heating flues and re-
cedure, designed and operated to elimi- lated equipment to prevent green
nate emissions during charging of each pushes, at least weekly and after any
pipeline or enclosed charged battery. green push.
(ii) Coking. The employer shall oper- (iv) Maintenance and repair. The em-
ate existing coke oven batteries pursu- ployer shall operate existing coke oven
ant to a detailed written procedure es- batteries pursuant to a detailed writ-
tablished and implemented for the con- ten procedure of maintenance and re-
trol of coke oven emissions during cok- pair established and implemented for
ing, consisting of at least the following the effective control of coke oven emis-
elements: sions consisting of the following ele-
(a) Checking oven back pressure con- ments:
trols to maintain uniform pressure (a) Regular inspection of all controls,
conditions in the collecting main; including goosenecks, standpipes,
(b) Repair, replacement and adjust- standpipe caps, charging hold lids and
ment of oven doors and chuck doors castings, jumper pipes and air seals for
and replacement of door jambs so as to cracks, misalignment or other defects
253
and prompt implementation of the nec- (a) A description of each coke oven
essary repairs as soon as possible; operation by battery, including work
(b) Maintaining the regulated area in force and operating crew, coking time,
a neat, orderly condition free of coal operating procedures and maintenance
and coke spillage and debris; practices;
(c) Regular inspection of the damper (b) Engineering plans and other stud-
system, aspiration system and col- ies used to determine the controls for
lector main for cracks or leakage, and the coke battery;
prompt implementation of the nec- (c) A report of the technology consid-
essary repairs; ered in meeting the permissible expo-
(d) Regular inspection of the heating sure limit;
system and prompt implementation of (d) Monitoring data obtained in ac-
the necessary repairs; cordance with paragraph (e) of this sec-
(e) Prevention of miscellaneous fugi- tion;
tive topside emissions;
(e) A detailed schedule for the imple-
(f) Regular inspection and patching
mentation of the engineering and work
of oven brickwork;
practice controls required in paragraph
(g) Maintenance of battery equip-
(f) of this section; and
ment and controls in good working
order; (f) Other relevant information.
(h) Maintenance and repair of coke (iii) If, after implementing all con-
oven doors, chuck doors, door jambs trols required by paragraph (f)(2)–(f)(4)
and seals; and of this section, or after January 20,
(i) Repairs instituted and completed 1980, whichever is sooner, or after com-
as soon as possible, including tem- pletion of a new or rehabilitated bat-
porary repair measures instituted and tery the permissible exposure limit is
completed where necessary, including still exceeded, the employer shall de-
but not limited to: velop a detailed written program and
(1) Prevention of miscellaneous fugi- schedule for the implementation of any
tive topside emissions; and additional engineering controls and
(2) Chuck door gaskets, which shall work practices necessary to reduce ex-
be installed prior to the start of the posure to or below the permissible ex-
next coking cycle. posure limit.
(4) Filtered air. (i) The employer shall (iv) Written plans for such programs
provided positive-pressure, tempera- shall be submitted, upon request, to
ture controlled filtered air for larry the Secretary and the Director, and
car, pusher machine, door machine, shall be available at the worksite for
and quench car cabs. examination and copying by the Sec-
(ii) The employer shall provide stand- retary, the Director, and the author-
by pulpits on the battery topside, at ized employee representative. The
the wharf, and at ther screening sta- plans required under paragraph (f)(6) of
tion, equipped with positive-pressure, this section shall be revised and up-
temperature controlled filtered air. dated at least every six months to re-
(5) Emergencies. Whenever an emer- flect the current status of the program.
gency occurs, the next coking cycle (7) Training in compliance procedures.
may not begin until the cause of the The employer shall incorporate all
emergency is determined and cor- written procedures and schedules re-
rected, unless the employer can estab- quired under this paragraph (f) in the
lish that it is necessary to initiate the information and training program re-
next coking cycle in order to deter- quired under paragraph (k) of this sec-
mine the cause of the emergency. tion and, where appropriate, post in
(6) Compliance program. (i) Each em- the regulated area.
ployer shall establish and implement a (g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.
written program to reduce exposures For employees who use respirators re-
solely by means of the engineering and quired by this section, the employer
work practice controls required in must provide respirators that comply
paragraph (f) of this section. with the requirements of this para-
(ii) The written program shall in- graph. Compliance with the permis-
clude at least the following: sible exposure limit may not be
254
achieved by the use of respirators ex- duce employee exposure to or below the
cept during: permissible exposure limit.
(i) Periods necessary to install or im- (iv) Emergencies.
plement feasible engineering and work- (2) Respirator program. The employer
practice controls. must implement a respiratory protec-
(ii) Work operations, such as mainte- tion program in accordance with 29
nance and repair activity, for which en- CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
gineering and work-practice controls (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).
are technologically not feasible. (3) Respirator selection. The employer
(iii) Work operations for which fea- must select appropriate respirators or
sible engineering and work-practice combination of respirators from Table
controls are not yet sufficient to re- I of this section.
TABLE I—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR COKE OVEN EMISSIONS
Airborne concentration of coke oven emis- Required respirator
sions
(a) Any concentration .................................. (1) A Type C supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand or other positive
pressure or continuous flow mode; or
(2) A powered air-purifying particulate filter respirator for dust and mist or
(3) A powered air-purifying particulate filter respirator or combination chemical car-
tridge and particulate filter respirator for coke oven emissions.
(b) Concentrations not greater than 1500 (1) Any particulate filter respirator for dust and mist except single-use respirator; or
ug/m 3.
(2) Any particulate filter respirator or combination chemical cartridge and particulate
filter respirator for coke oven emissions; or
(3) Any respirator listed in paragraph (g)(3)(a) of this section.
(h) Protective clothing and equipment— change rooms prescribed in paragraph

(1) Provision and use. The employer (i)(1) of this section.
shall provide and assure the use of ap- (v) The employer shall assure that
propriate protective clothing and contaminated protective clothing
equipment, such as but not limited to: which is to be cleaned, laundered, or
(i) Flame resistant jacket and pants; disposed of, is placed in a closable con-
(ii) Flame resistant gloves; tainer in the change room.
(iii) Face shields or vented goggles (vi) The employer shall inform any
which comply with § 1910.133(a)(2) of person who cleans or launders protec-
this part; tive clothing required by this section,
(iv) Footwear providing insulation of the potentially harmful effects of ex-
from hot surfaces for footwear; posure to coke oven emissions.
(v) Safety shoes which comply with (i) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1)
§ 1910.136 of this part; and Change rooms. The employer shall pro-
(vi) Protective helmets which comply vide clean change rooms equipped with
with § 1910.135 of this part. storage facilities for street clothes and
(2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The separate storage facilities for protec-
employer shall provide the protective tive clothing and equipment whenever
clothing required by paragraphs (h)(1) employees are required to wear protec-
(i) and (ii) of this section in a clean and tive clothing and equipment in accord-
dry condition at least weekly. ance with paragraph (h)(1) of this sec-
(ii) The employer shall clean, laun- tion.
der, or dispose of protective clothing (2) Showers. (i) The employer shall as-
required by paragraphs (h)(1) (i) and (ii) sure that employees working in the
of this section. regulated area shower at the end of the
(iii) The employer shall repair or re- work shift.
place the protective clothing and (ii) The employer shall provide show-
equipment as needed to maintain their er facilities in accordance with
effectiveness. § 1910.141(d)(3) of this part.
(iv) The employer shall assure that (3) Lunchrooms. The employer shall
all protective clothing is removed at provide lunchroom facilities which
the completion of a work shift only in have a temperature controlled, positive
255
pressure, filtered air supply, and which lessness, cough, sputum production,
are readily accessible to employees and wheezing;
working in the regulated area. (ii) A 14″×17″ posterior-anterior chest
(4) Lavatories. (i) The employer shall x-ray and International Labour Office
assure that employees working in the UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;
regulated area wash their hands and (iii) Pulmonary function tests includ-
face prior to eating. ing forced vital capacity (FVC) and
(ii) The employer shall provide lava- forced expiratory volume at one second
tory facilities in accordance with (FEV 1.0) with recording of type of
§ 1910.141(d) (1) and (2) of this part. equipment used;
(5) Prohibition of activities in the regu- (iv) Weight;
lated area. (i) The employer shall assure (v) A skin examination;
that in the regulated area, food or bev- (vi) Urinalysis for sugar, albumin,
erages are not present or consumed, and hematuria; and
smoking products are not present or (vii) A urinary cytology examination.
used, and cosmetics are not applied, ex- (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The em-
cept that these activities may be con- ployer shall provide the examinations
ducted in the lunchrooms, change specified in paragraphs (j)(2) (i)–(vi) of
rooms and showers required under this section at least annually for em-
paragraphs (i)(1)–(i)(3) of this section. ployees covered under paragraph
(ii) Drinking water may be consumed (j)(1)(i) of this section.
in the regulated area. (ii) The employer shall provide the
(j) Medical surveillance—(1) General re- examinations specified in paragraphs
quirements. (i) Each employer shall in- (j)(2)(i) and (j)(2)(iii) through (vii) of
stitute a medical surveillance program this section at least semi-annually for
for all employees who are employed in employees 45 years of age or older or
a regulated area at least 30 days per with five (5) or more years employment
year. in the regulated area.
(ii) This program shall provide each (iii) Whenever an employee who is 45
employee covered under paragraph years of age or older or with five (5) or
(j)(1)(i) of this section with an oppor- more years employment in the regu-
tunity for medical examinations in ac- lated area transfers or is transferred
cordance with this paragraph (j). from employment in a regulated area,
(iii) The employer shall inform any the employer shall continue to provide
employee who refuses any required the examinations specified in para-
medical examination of the possible graphs (j)(2)(i) and (j)(2)(iii) through
health consequences of such refusal (vii) of this section semi-annually, as
and shall obtain a signed statement long as that employee is employed by
from the employee indicating that the the same employer or a successor em-
employee understands the risk in- ployer.
volved in the refusal to be examined. (iv) The employer shall provide the x-
(iv) The employer shall assure that ray specified in paragraph (j)(2)(ii) of
all medical examinations and proce- this section at least annually for em-
dures are performed by or under the su- ployees covered under paragraph (j)(3)
pervision of a licensed physician, and of this section.
are provided without cost to the em- (v) Whenever an employee has not
ployee. taken the examinations specified in
(2) Initial examinations. At the time of paragraphs (j)(3) (i)–(iii) of this section
initial assignment to a regulated area with the six (6) months preceding the
or upon the institution of the medical termination of employment the em-
surveillance program, the employer ployer shall provide such examinations
shall provide a medical examination to the employee upon termination of
for employees covered under paragraph employment.
(j)(1)(i) of this section including at (4) Information provided to the physi-
least the following elements: cian. The employer shall provide the
(i) A work history and medical his- following information to the exam-
tory which shall include smoking his- ining physician:
tory and the presence and degree of (i) A copy of this regulation and its
respiratory symptoms, such as breath- Appendixes;
256
(ii) A description of the affected em- ing the occupational safety and health
ployee’s duties as they relate to the hazards associated with exposure to
employee’s exposure; coke oven emissions and the purpose,
(iii) The employee’s exposure level or proper use, and limitations of res-
estimated exposure level; piratory protective devices shall be
(iv) A description of any personal provided at least quarterly until Janu-
protective equipment used or to be ary 20, 1978.
used; and (iv) The training program shall in-
(v) Information from previous med- clude informing each employee of:
ical examinations of the affected em-
(a) The information contained in the
ployee which is not readily available to
the examining physician. substance information sheet for coke
(5) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The oven emissions (Appendix A);
employer shall obtain a written opin- (b) The purpose, proper use, and limi-
ion from the examining physician tations of respiratory protective de-
which shall include: vices required in accordance with para-
(a) The results of the medical exami- graph (g) of this section;
nations; (c) The purpose for and a description
(b) The physician’s opinion as to of the medical surveillance program re-
whether the employee has any detected quired by paragraph (j) of this section
medical conditions which would place including information on the occupa-
the employee at increased risk of ma- tional safety and health hazards associ-
terial impairment of the employee’s ated with exposure to coke oven emis-
health from exposure to coke oven sions;
emissions; (d) A review of all written procedures
(c) Any recommended limitations and schedules required under para-
upon the employee’s exposure to coke graph (f) of this section; and
oven emissions or upon the use of pro-
(e) A review of this standard.
tective clothing or equipment such as
respirators; and (2) Access to training materials. (i) The
(d) A statement that the employee employer shall make a copy of this
has been informed by the physician of standard and its appendixes readily
the results of the medical examination available to all employees who are em-
and any medical conditions which re- ployed in the regulated area.
quire further explanation or treatment. (ii) The employer shall provide upon
(ii) The employer shall instruct the request all materials relating to the
physician not to reveal in the written employee information and training
opinion specific findings or diagnoses program to the Secretary and the Di-
unrelated to occupational exposure. rector.
(iii) The employer shall provide a (l) Precautionary signs and labels—(1)
copy of the written opinion to the af- General. (i) The employer may use la-
fected employee. bels or signs required by other stat-
(k) Employee information and train- utes, regulations or ordinances in addi-
ing—(1) Training program. (i) The em- tion to, or in combination with, signs
ployer shall institute a training pro- and labels required by this paragraph.
gram for employees who are employed (ii) The employer shall assure that no
in the regulated area and shall assure
statement appears on or near any sign
their participation.
required by this paragraph which con-
(ii) The training program shall be
tradicts or detracts from the effects of
provided as of January 27, 1977 for em-
ployees who are employed in the regu- the required sign.
lated area at that time or at the time (iii) The employer shall assure that
of initial assignment to a regulated signs required by this paragraph are il-
area. luminated and cleaned as necessary so
(iii) The training program shall be that the legend is readily visible.
provided at least annually for all em- (2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post
ployees who are employed in the regu- signs in the regulated area bearing the
lated area, except that training regard- legends:
257
DANGER (2) Medical surveillance. The employer

shall establish and maintain an accu-
CANCER HAZARD rate record for each employee subject
to medical surveillance as required by
paragraph (j) of this section.
NO SMOKING OR EATING (i) The record shall include:
(a) The name, social security num-
(ii) In addition, not later than Janu- ber, and description of duties of the
ary 20, 1978, the employer shall post employee;
signs in the areas where the permis- (b) A copy of the physician’s written
sible exposure limit is exceeded bearing opinion;
the legend: (c) The signed statement of any re-
fusal to take a medical examination
DANGER
under paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this sec-
RESPIRATOR REQUIRED tion; and
(d) Any employee medical complaints
(3) Labels. The employer shall apply related to exposure to coke oven emis-
precautionary labels to all containers sions.
of protective clothing contaminated (ii) The employer shall keep, or as-
with coke oven emissions bearing the sure that the examining physician
legend: keeps, the following medical records:
(a) A copy of the medical examina-
CAUTION
tion results including medical and
CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH COKE work history required under paragraph
EMISSIONS (j)(2) of this section;
(b) A description of the laboratory
DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR procedures used and a copy of any
SHAKING standards or guidelines used to inter-
pret the test results;
(m) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure meas-
(c) The initial x-ray;
urements. The employer shall establish
(d) The x-rays for the most recent
and maintain an accurate record of all
measurements taken to monitor em- five (5) years;
ployee exposure to coke oven emissions (e) Any x-ray with a demonstrated
required in paragraph (e) of this sec- abnormality and all subsequent x-rays;
tion. (f) The initial cytologic examination
(i) This record shall include: slide and written description;
(a) Name, social security number, (g) The cytologic examination slide
and job classification of the employees and written description for the most
monitored; recent 10 years; and
(b) The date(s), number, duration and (h) Any cytologic examination slides
results of each of the samples taken, with demonstrated atypia, if such
including a description of the sampling atypia persists for 3 years, and all sub-
procedure used to determine represent- sequent slides and written descriptions.
ative employee exposure where applica- (iii) The employer shall maintain
ble; medical records required under para-
(c) The type of respiratory protective graph (m)(2) of this section for at least
devices worn, if any; 40 years, or for the duration of employ-
(d) A description of the sampling and ment plus 20 years, whichever is
analytical methods used and evidence longer.
of their accuracy; and (3) Availability. (i) The employer shall
(e) The environmental variables that make available upon request all
could affect the measurement of em- records required to be maintained by
ployee exposure. paragraph (m) of this section to the
(ii) The employer shall maintain this Secretary and the Director for exam-
record for at lest 40 years or for the du- ination and copying.
ration of employment plus 20 years, (ii) Employee exposure measurement
whichever is longer. records and employee medical records
258
required by this paragraph shall be pro- is not intended, by itself, to create any
vided upon request to employees, des- additional obligations not otherwise
ignated representatives, and the As- imposed or to detract from any exist-
sistant Secretary in accordance with 29 ing obligation.
CFR 1910.20(a)–(e) and (g)–(i).
[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 63
(4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever FR 33468, June 18, 1998]
the employer ceases to do business, the
successor employer shall receive and APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1029—COKE OVEN
retain all records required to be main- EMISSIONS SUBSTANCE INFORMATION
tained by paragraph (m) of this section. SHEET
(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to
do business and there is no successor I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION
employer to receive and retain the A. Substance: Coke Oven Emissions
records for the prescribed period, these B. Definition: The benzene-soluble fraction
records shall be transmitted by reg- of total particulate matter present during
istered mail to the Director. the destructive distillation or carbonization
(iii) At the expiration of the reten- of coal for the production of coke.
C. Permissible Exposure Limit: 150
tion period for the records required to
micrograms per cubic meter of air deter-
be maintained under paragraphs (m)(1) mined as an average over an 8-hour period.
and (m)(2) of this section, the employer D. Regulated areas: Only employees author-
shall transmit these records by reg- ized by your employer should enter a regu-
istered mail to the Director or shall lated area. The employer is required to des-
continue to retain such records. ignate the following areas as regulated
(iv) The employer shall also comply areas: the coke oven battery, including top-
with any additional requirements inside and its machinery, pushside and its ma-
chinery, cokeside and its machinery, and the
volving transfer of records set forth in
battery ends; the screening station; and the
29 CFR 1910.20(h). wharf; and the beehive ovens and their ma-
(n) Observation of monitoring—(1) Em- chinery.
ployee observation. The employer shall
provide affected employees or their II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA
representatives an opportunity to ob- Exposure to coke oven emissions is a cause
serve any measuring or monitoring of of lung cancer, and kidney cancer, in hu-
employee exposure to coke oven emis- mans. Although there have not been an ex-
sions conducted pursuant to paragraph cess number of skin cancer cases in humans,
(e) of this section. repeated skin contact with coke oven emis-
(2) Observation procedures. (i) When- sions should be avoided.
ever observation of the measuring or III. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT
monitoring of employee exposure to
A. Respirators: Respirators will be provided
coke oven emissions requires entry by your employer for routine use if your em-
into an area where the ues of protec- ployer is in the process of implementing en-
tive clothing or equipment is required, gineering and work practice controls or
the employer shall provide the observer where engineering and work practice con-
with and assure the use of such equip- trols are not feasible or insufficient to re-
ment and shall require the observer to duce exposure to or below the PEL. You
comply with all other applicable safety must wear respirators for non-routine activi-
and health procedures. ties or in emergency situations where you
are likely to be exposed to levels of coke
oven emissions in excess of the permissible
measurement, observers shall be enti- exposure limit. Until January 20, 1978, the
tled to: routine wearing of respirators is voluntary.
(a) An Explanation of the measure- Until that date, if you choose not to wear a
ment procedures; respirator you do not have to do so. You
(b) Observe all steps related to the must still have your respirator with you and
measurement of coke oven emissions you must still wear it if you are near visible
performed at the place of exposure; and emissions. Since how well your respirator
fits your face is very important, your em-
(c) Record the results obtained.
ployer is required to conduct fit tests to
(o) Effective date. This standard shall make sure the respirator seals properly when
become effective January 20, 1977. you wear it. These tests are simple and rapid
(p) Appendices. The information con- and will be explained to you during your
tained in the appendixes to this section training sessions.
259
B. Protective clothing: Your employer is re- VII. OBSERVATION OF MONITORING
quired to provide, and you must wear, appro-
priate, clean, protective clothing and equip- Your employer is required to monitor your
ment to protect your body from repeated exposure to coke oven emissions and you are
skin contact with coke oven emissions and entitled to observe the monitoring proce-
from the heat generated during the coking dure. You are entitled to receive an expla-
process. This clothing should include such nation of the measurement procedure, ob-
items as jacket and pants and flame resist- serve the steps taken in the measurement
ant gloves. Protective equipment should in- procedure, and to record the results ob-
clude face shield or vented goggles, protec- tained. When the monitoring procedure is
tive helmets and safety shoes, insulated from taking place in an area where respirators or
hot surfaces where appropriate. personal protective clothing and equipment
are required to be worn, you must also be
IV. HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES provided with and must wear the protective
clothing and equipment.
You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum
or tobacco, or apply cosmetics in the regu- VIII. ACCESS TO RECORDS
lated area, except that drinking water is per-
mitted. Your employer is required to provide You or your representative are entitled to
lunchrooms and other areas for these pur- records of your exposure to coke oven emis-
poses. sions upon request to your employer. Your
Your employer is required to provide show- medical examination records can be fur-
ers, washing facilities, and change rooms. If nished to your physician upon request to
you work in a regulated area, you must wash your employer.
your face, and hands before eating. You must
IX. TRAINING AND EDUCATION
shower at the end of the work shift. Do not
take used protective clothing out of the Additional information on all of these
change rooms without your employer’s per- items plus training as to hazards of coke
mission. Your employer is required to pro- oven emissions and the engineering and work
vide for laundering or cleaning of your pro- practice controls associated with your job
tective clothing. will also be provided by your employer.
V. SIGNS AND LABELS [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 63
FR 33468, June 18, 1998]
Your employer is required to post warning
signs and labels for your protection. Signs
must be posted in regulated areas. The signs
APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1029—INDUSTRIAL
must warn that a cancer hazard is present, HYGIENE AND MEDICAL SURVEIL-
that only authorized employees may enter LANCE GUIDELINES
the area, and that no smoking or eating is
I. INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE GUIDELINES
allowed. In regulated areas where coke oven
emissions are above the permissible exposure A. Sampling (Benzene-Soluble Fraction
limit, the signs should also warn that res- Total Particulate Matter).
pirators must be worn. Samples collected should be full shift (at
least 7-hour) samples. Sampling should be
VI. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
done using a personal sampling pump with
If you work in a regulated area at least 30 pulsation damper at a flow rate of 2 liters
days per year, your employer is required to per minute. Samples should be collected on
provide you with a medical examination 0.8 micrometer pore size silver membrane fil-
every year. The medical examination must ters (37 mm diameter) preceded by Gelman
include a medical history, a chest x-ray, pul- glass fiber type A–E filters encased in three-
monary function test, weight comparison, piece plastic (polystyrene) field monitor cas-
skin examination, a urinalysis, and a urine settes. The cassette face cap should be on
cytology exam for early detection of urinary and the plug removed. The rotameter should
cancer. The urine cytology exam is only in- be checked every hour to ensure that proper
cluded in the initial exam until you are ei- flow rates are maintained.
ther 45 years or older, or have 5 or more A minimum of three full-shift samples
years employment in the regulated areas should be collected for each job classifica-
when the medical exams including this test, tion on each battery, at least one from each
but excepting the x-ray exam, are to be given shift. If disparate results are obtained for
every six months; under these conditions, particular job classification, sampling
you are to be given an x-ray exam at least should be repeated. It is advisable to sample
once a year. The examining physician will each shift on more than one day to account
provide a written opinion to your employer for environmental variables (wind, precipita-
containing the results of the medical exams. tion, etc.) which may affect sampling. Dif-
You should also receive a copy of this opin- ferences in exposures among different work
ion. shifts may indicate a need to improve work
260
practices on a particular shift. Sampling re- rays or additional pulmonary function tests
sults from different shifts for each job classi- may be performed if deemed necessary.
fication should not be averaged. Multiple B. Pulmonary function tests.
samples from same shift on each battery Pulmonary function tests should be per-
may be used to calculate an average expo- formed in a manner which minimizes subject
sure for a particular job classification. and operator bias. There has been shown to
B. Analysis. be learning effects with regard to the results
1. All extraction glassware is cleaned with obtained from certain tests, such as FEV 1.0.
dichromic acid cleaning solution, rinsed with Best results can be obtained by multiple
tap water, then dionized water, acetone, and trials for each subject. The best of three
allowed to dry completely. The glassware is trials or the average of the last three of five
rinsed with nanograde benzene before use. trials may be used in obtaining reliable re-
The Teflon cups are cleaned with benzene sults. The type of equipment used (manufac-
then with acetone. turer, model, etc.) should be recorded with
2. Pre-weigh the 2 ml Teflon cups to one the results as reliability and accuracy varies
hundredth of a milligram (0.01 mg) on a and such information may be important in
autobalance AD 2 Tare weight of the cups is the evaluation of test results. Care should be
about 50 mg. exercised to obtain the best possible testing
3. Place the silver membrane filter and equipment.
glass fiber filter into a 15 ml test tube. [41 FR 46784, Oct. 22, 1976, as amended at 42
4. Extract with 5 ml of benzene for five FR 3304, Jan. 18, 1977; 45 FR 35283, May 23,
minutes in an ultrasonic cleaner. 1980; 50 FR 37353, 37354, Sept. 13, 1985; 54 FR
5. Filter the extract in 15 ml medium glass
24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63
fritted funnels.
FR 1290, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 33468, June 18,
6. Rinse test tube and filters with two 1.5
1998]
ml aliquots of benzene and filter through the
fritted glass funnel.
§ 1910.1030 Bloodborne pathogens.
7. Collect the extract and two rinses in a 10
ml Kontes graduated evaporative concen- (a) Scope and Application. This section
trator. applies to all occupational exposure to
8. Evaporate down to 1 ml while rinsing the blood or other potentially infectious
sides with benzene. materials as defined by paragraph (b)
9. Pipet 0.5 ml into the Teflon cup and
evaporate to dryness in a vacuum oven at 40
of this section.
°C for 3 hours. (b) Definitions. For purposes of this
10. Weigh the Teflon cup and the weight section, the following shall apply:
gain is due to the benzene soluble residue in Assistant Secretary means the Assist-
half the Sample. ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
tional Safety and Health, or designated
II. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES
representative.
A. General. The minimum requirements for Blood means human blood, human
the medical examination for coke oven blood components, and products made
workers are given in paragraph (j) of the
from human blood.
standard. The initial examination is to be
provided to all coke oven workers who work Bloodborne Pathogens means patho-
at least 30 days in the regulated area. The genic microorganisms that are present
examination includes a 14″ X 17″ posterior- in human blood and can cause disease
anterior chest x-ray reading and a ILO/UC in humans. These pathogens include,
rating to assure some standardization of x- but are not limited to, hepatitis B
ray reading, pulmonary function tests (FVC virus (HBV) and human immuno-
and FEV 1.0), weight, urinalysis, skin exam- deficiency virus (HIV).
ination, and a urinary cytologic examina-
Clinical Laboratory means a work-
tion. These tests are needed to serve as the
baseline for comparing the employee’s future place where diagnostic or other screen-
test results. Periodic exams include all the ing procedures are performed on blood
elements of the initial exam, except that the or other potentially infectious mate-
urine cytologic test is to be performed only rials.
on those employees who are 45 years or older Contaminated means the presence or
or who have worked for 5 or more years in the reasonably anticipated presence of
the regulated area; periodic exams, with the blood or other potentially infectious
exception of x-rays, are to be performed
materials on an item or surface.
semiannually for this group instead of annu-
ally; for this group, x-rays will continue to Contaminated Laundry means laundry
be given at least annually. The examination which has been soiled with blood or
contents are minimum requirements; addi- other potentially infectious materials
tional tests such as lateral and oblique x- or may contain sharps.
261
Contaminated Sharps means any con- fluids in situations where it is difficult

taminated object that can penetrate or impossible to differentiate between
the skin including, but not limited to, body fluids;
needles, scalpels, broken glass, broken (2) Any unfixed tissue or organ (other
capillary tubes, and exposed ends of than intact skin) from a human (living
dental wires. or dead); and
Decontamination means the use of (3) HIV-containing cell or tissue cul-
physical or chemical means to remove, tures, organ cultures, and HIV- or
inactivate, or destroy bloodborne HBV-containing culture medium or
pathogens on a surface or item to the other solutions; and blood, organs, or
point where they are no longer capable other tissues from experimental ani-
of transmitting infectious particles and mals infected with HIV or HBV.
the surface or item is rendered safe for Parenteral means piercing mucous
handling, use, or disposal. membranes or the skin barrier through
Director means the Director of the such events as needlesticks, human
National Institute for Occupational bites, cuts, and abrasions.
Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Personal Protective Equipment is spe-
Health and Human Services, or des- cialized clothing or equipment worn by
ignated representative. an employee for protection against a
Engineering Controls means controls hazard. General work clothes (e.g., uni-
(e.g., sharps disposal containers, self- forms, pants, shirts or blouses) not in-
sheathing needles) that isolate or re- tended to function as protection
move the bloodborne pathogens hazard against a hazard are not considered to
from the workplace. be personal protective equipment.
Exposure Incident means a specific Production Facility means a facility
eye, mouth, other mucous membrane, engaged in industrial-scale, large-vol-
non-intact skin, or parenteral contact ume or high concentration production
with blood or other potentially infec- of HIV or HBV.
tious materials that results from the Regulated Waste means liquid or
performance of an employee’s duties. semi-liquid blood or other potentially
Handwashing Facilities means a facil- infectious materials; contaminated
ity providing an adequate supply of items that would release blood or other
running potable water, soap and single potentially infectious materials in a
use towels or hot air drying machines. liquid or semi-liquid state if com-
Licensed Healthcare Professional is a pressed; items that are caked with
person whose legally permitted scope dried blood or other potentially infec-
of practice allows him or her to inde- tious materials and are capable of re-
pendently perform the activities releasing these materials during han-
quired by paragraph (f) Hepatitis B dling; contaminated sharps; and patho-
Vaccination and Post-exposure Evalua- logical and microbiological wastes con-
tion and Follow-up. taining blood or other potentially in-
HBV means hepatitis B virus. fectious materials.
HIV means human immunodeficiency Research Laboratory means a labora-
virus. tory producing or using research-lab-
Occupational Exposure means reason- oratory-scale amounts of HIV or HBV.
ably anticipated skin, eye, mucous Research laboratories may produce
membrane, or parenteral contact with high concentrations of HIV or HBV but
blood or other potentially infectious not in the volume found in production
materials that may result from the facilities.
performance of an employee’s duties. Source Individual means any indi-
Other Potentially Infectious Materials vidual, living or dead, whose blood or
means other potentially infectious materials
(1) The following human body fluids: may be a source of occupational expo-
semen, vaginal secretions, cerebro- sure to the employee. Examples in-
spinal fluid, synovial fluid, pleural clude, but are not limited to, hospital
fluid, pericardial fluid, peritoneal fluid, and clinic patients; clients in institu-
amniotic fluid, saliva in dental proce- tions for the developmentally disabled;
dures, any body fluid that is visibly trauma victims; clients of drug and al-
contaminated with blood, and all body cohol treatment facilities; residents of
262
hospices and nursing homes; human re- retary and the Director upon request
mains; and individuals who donate or for examination and copying.
sell blood or blood components. (2) Exposure determination. (i) Each
Sterilize means the use of a physical employer who has an employee(s) with
or chemical procedure to destroy all occupational exposure as defined by
microbial life including highly resist- paragraph (b) of this section shall pre-
ant bacterial endospores. pare an exposure determination. This
Universal Precautions is an approach exposure determination shall contain
to infection control. According to the the following:
concept of Universal Precautions, all (A) A list of all job classifications in
human blood and certain human body which all employees in those job classi-
fluids are treated as if known to be in- fications have occupational exposure;
fectious for HIV, HBV, and other (B) A list of job classifications in
bloodborne pathogens. which some employees have occupa-
Work Practice Controls means controls tional exposure, and
that reduce the likelihood of exposure (C) A list of all tasks and procedures
by altering the manner in which a task or groups of closely related task and
is performed (e.g., prohibiting recap- procedures in which occupational expo-
ping of needles by a two-handed tech- sure occurs and that are performed by
nique). employees in job classifications listed
(c) Exposure control—(1) Exposure Con- in accordance with the provisions of
trol Plan. (i) Each employer having an paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this standard.
employee(s) with occupational expo- (ii) This exposure determination
sure as defined by paragraph (b) of this shall be made without regard to the
section shall establish a written Expo- use of personal protective equipment.
sure Control Plan designed to elimi- (d) Methods of compliance—(1) General.
nate or minimize employee exposure. Universal precautions shall be observed
(ii) The Exposure Control Plan shall to prevent contact with blood or other
contain at least the following ele- potentially infectious materials. Under
ments: circumstances in which differentiation
(A) The exposure determination re- between body fluid types is difficult or
quired by paragraph(c)(2), impossible, all body fluids shall be con-
(B) The schedule and method of im- sidered potentially infectious mate-
plementation for paragraphs (d) Meth- rials.
ods of Compliance, (e) HIV and HBV (2) Engineering and work practice con-
Research Laboratories and Production trols. (i) Engineering and work practice
Facilities, (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination controls shall be used to eliminate or
and Post-Exposure Evaluation and Fol- minimize employee exposure. Where
low-up, (g) Communication of Hazards occupational exposure remains after
to Employees, and (h) Recordkeeping, institution of these controls, personal
of this standard, and protective equipment shall also be
(C) The procedure for the evaluation used.
of circumstances surrounding exposure (ii) Engineering controls shall be ex-
incidents as required by paragraph amined and maintained or replaced on
(f)(3)(i) of this standard. a regular schedule to ensure their ef-
(iii) Each employer shall ensure that fectiveness.
a copy of the Exposure Control Plan is (iii) Employers shall provide
accessible to employees in accordance handwashing facilities which are read-
with 29 CFR 1910.20(e). ily accessible to employees.
(iv) The Exposure Control Plan shall (iv) When provision of handwashing
be reviewed and updated at least annu- facilities is not feasible, the employer
ally and whenever necessary to reflect shall provide either an appropriate an-
new or modified tasks and procedures tiseptic hand cleanser in conjunction
which affect occupational exposure and with clean cloth/paper towels or anti-
to reflect new or revised employee po- septic towelettes. When antiseptic
sitions with occupational exposure. hand cleansers or towelettes are used,
(v) The Exposure Control Plan shall hands shall be washed with soap and
be made available to the Assistant Sec- running water as soon as feasible.
263
(v) Employers shall ensure that em- (xii) Mouth pipetting/suctioning of

ployees wash their hands immediately blood or other potentially infectious
or as soon as feasible after removal of materials is prohibited.
gloves or other personal protective (xiii) Specimens of blood or other po-
equipment. tentially infectious materials shall be
(vi) Employers shall ensure that em- placed in a container which prevents
ployees wash hands and any other skin leakage during collection, handling,
with soap and water, or flush mucous processing, storage, transport, or ship-
membranes with water immediately or ping.
as soon as feasible following contact of (A) The container for storage, trans-
such body areas with blood or other po- port, or shipping shall be labeled or
tentially infectious materials.
color-coded according to paragraph
(vii) Contaminated needles and other
(g)(1)(i) and closed prior to being
contaminated sharps shall not be bent,
stored, transported, or shipped. When a
recapped, or removed except as noted
in paragraphs (d)(2)(vii)(A) and facility utilizes Universal Precautions
(d)(2)(vii)(B) below. Shearing or break- in the handling of all specimens, the
ing of contaminated needles is prohib- labeling/color-coding of specimens is
ited. not necessary provided containers are
(A) Contaminated needles and other recognizable as containing specimens.
contaminated sharps shall not be bent, This exemption only applies while such
recapped or removed unless the em- specimens/containers remain within
ployer can demonstrate that no alter- the facility. Labeling or color-coding
native is feasible or that such action is in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i)
required by a specific medical or dental is required when such specimens/con-
procedure. tainers leave the facility.
(B) Such bending, recapping or needle (B) If outside contamination of the
removal must be accomplished through primary container occurs, the primary
the use of a mechanical device or a container shall be placed within a sec-
one-handed technique. ond container which prevents leakage
(viii) Immediately or as soon as pos- during handling, processing, storage,
sible after use, contaminated reusable transport, or shipping and is labeled or
sharps shall be placed in appropriate color-coded according to the require-
containers until properly reprocessed. ments of this standard.
These containers shall be: (C) If the specimen could puncture
(A) Puncture resistant; the primary container, the primary
(B) Labeled or color-coded in accord- container shall be placed within a sec-
ance with this standard; ondary container which is puncture-re-
(C) Leakproof on the sides and bot- sistant in addition to the above charac-
tom; and teristics.
(D) In accordance with the require-
(xiv) Equipment which may become
ments set forth in paragraph
contaminated with blood or other po-
(d)(4)(ii)(E) for reusable sharps.
tentially infectious materials shall be
(ix) Eating, drinking, smoking, ap-
examined prior to servicing or shipping
plying cosmetics or lip balm, and han-
dling contact lenses are prohibited in and shall be decontaminated as nec-
work areas where there is a reasonable essary, unless the employer can dem-
likelihood of occupational exposure. onstrate that decontamination of such
(x) Food and drink shall not be kept equipment or portions of such equip-
in refrigerators, freezers, shelves, cabi- ment is not feasible.
nets or on countertops or benchtops (A) A readily observable label in ac-
where blood or other potentially infec- cordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i)(H)
tious materials are present. shall be attached to the equipment
(xi) All procedures involving blood or stating which portions remain con-
other potentially infectious materials taminated.
shall be performed in such a manner as (B) The employer shall ensure that
to minimize splashing, spraying, spat- this information is conveyed to all af-
tering, and generation of droplets of fected employees, the servicing rep-
these substances. resentative, and/or the manufacturer,
264
as appropriate, prior to handling, serv- (v) Repair and Replacement. The em-
icing, or shipping so that appropriate ployer shall repair or replace personal
precautions will be taken. protective equipment as needed to
(3) Personal protective equipment—(i) maintain its effectiveness, at no cost
Provision. When there is occupational to the employee.
exposure, the employer shall provide, (vi) If a garment(s) is penetrated by
at no cost to the employee, appropriate blood or other potentially infectious
personal protective equipment such as, materials, the garment(s) shall be re-
but not limited to, gloves, gowns, lab- moved immediately or as soon as fea-
oratory coats, face shields or masks sible.
and eye protection, and mouthpieces, (vii) All personal protective equip-
resuscitation bags, pocket masks, or ment shall be removed prior to leaving
other ventilation devices. Personal the work area.
protective equipment will be consid- (viii) When personal protective equip-
ered ‘‘appropriate’’ only if it does not ment is removed it shall be placed in
permit blood or other potentially infec- an appropriately designated area or
tious materials to pass through to or container for storage, washing, decon-
reach the employee’s work clothes, tamination or disposal.
street clothes, undergarments, skin, (ix) Gloves. Gloves shall be worn when
eyes, mouth, or other mucous mem- it can be reasonably anticipated that
branes under normal conditions of use the employee may have hand contact
and for the duration of time which the with blood, other potentially infectious
protective equipment will be used. materials, mucous membranes, and
(ii) Use. The employer shall ensure non-intact skin; when performing vas-
that the employee uses appropriate cular access procedures except as speci-
personal protective equipment unless fied in paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(D); and
the employer shows that the employee when handling or touching contami-
temporarily and briefly declined to use nated items or surfaces.
personal protective equipment when,
(A) Disposable (single use) gloves
under rare and extraordinary cir-
such as surgical or examination gloves,
cumstances, it was the employee’s pro-
shall be replaced as soon as practical
fessional judgment that in the specific
when contaminated or as soon as fea-
instance its use would have prevented
sible if they are torn, punctured, or
the delivery of health care or public
when their ability to function as a bar-
safety services or would have posed an
rier is compromised.
increased hazard to the safety of the
worker or co-worker. When the em- (B) Disposable (single use) gloves
ployee makes this judgement, the cir- shall not be washed or decontaminated
cumstances shall be investigated and for re-use.
documented in order to determine (C) Utility gloves may be decontami-
whether changes can be instituted to nated for re-use if the integrity of the
prevent such occurences in the future. glove is not compromised. However,
(iii) Accessibility. The employer shall they must be discarded if they are
ensure that appropriate personal pro- cracked, peeling, torn, punctured, or
tective equipment in the appropriate exhibit other signs of deterioration or
sizes is readily accessible at the work- when their ability to function as a bar-
site or is issued to employees. rier is compromised.
Hypoallergenic gloves, glove liners, (D) If an employer in a volunteer
powderless gloves, or other similar al- blood donation center judges that rou-
ternatives shall be readily accessible to tine gloving for all phlebotomies is not
those employees who are allergic to the necessary then the employer shall:
gloves normally provided. (1) Periodically reevaluate this pol-
(iv) Cleaning, Laundering, and Dis- icy;
posal. The employer shall clean, laun- (2) Make gloves available to all em-
der, and dispose of personal protective ployees who wish to use them for phle-
equipment required by paragraphs (d) botomy;
and (e) of this standard, at no cost to (3) Not discourage the use of gloves
the employee. for phlebotomy; and
265
(4) Require that gloves be used for other potentially infectious materials;
phlebotomy in the following cir- and at the end of the work shift if the
cumstances: surface may have become contami-
(i) When the employee has cuts, nated since the last cleaning.
scratches, or other breaks in his or her (B) Protective coverings, such as
skin; plastic wrap, aluminum foil, or imper-
(ii) When the employee judges that viously-backed absorbent paper used to
hand contamination with blood may cover equipment and environmental
occur, for example, when performing surfaces, shall be removed and replaced
phlebotomy on an uncooperative as soon as feasible when they become
source individual; and overtly contaminated or at the end of
(iii) When the employee is receiving the workshift if they may have become
training in phlebotomy. contaminated during the shift.
(x) Masks, Eye Protection, and Face (C) All bins, pails, cans, and similar
Shields. Masks in combination with eye receptacles intended for reuse which
protection devices, such as goggles or have a reasonable likelihood for be-
glasses with solid side shields, or chin- coming contaminated with blood or
length face shields, shall be worn when- other potentially infectious materials
ever splashes, spray, spatter, or drop- shall be inspected and decontaminated
lets of blood or other potentially infec- on a regularly scheduled basis and
tious materials may be generated and cleaned and decontaminated imme-
eye, nose, or mouth contamination can diately or as soon as feasible upon visi-
be reasonably anticipated. ble contamination.
(xi) Gowns, Aprons, and Other Protec- (D) Broken glassware which may be
tive Body Clothing. Appropriate protec- contaminated shall not be picked up
tive clothing such as, but not limited directly with the hands. It shall be
to, gowns, aprons, lab coats, clinic cleaned up using mechanical means,
jackets, or similar outer garments such as a brush and dust pan, tongs, or
shall be worn in occupational exposure forceps.
situations. The type and characteris- (E) Reusable sharps that are con-
tics will depend upon the task and de- taminated with blood or other poten-
gree of exposure anticipated. tially infectious materials shall not be
(xii) Surgical caps or hoods and/or stored or processed in a manner that
shoe covers or boots shall be worn in requires employees to reach by hand
instances when gross contamination into the containers where these sharps
can reasonably be anticipated (e.g., au- have been placed.
topsies, orthopaedic surgery). (iii) Regulated Waste—(A) Contami-
(4) Housekeeping—(i) General. Employ- nated Sharps Discarding and Contain-
ers shall ensure that the worksite is ment. (1) Contaminated sharps shall be
maintained in a clean and sanitary discarded immediately or as soon as
condition. The employer shall deter- feasible in containers that are:
mine and implement an appropriate (i) Closable;
written schedule for cleaning and (ii) Puncture resistant;
method of decontamination based upon (iii) Leakproof on sides and bottom;
the location within the facility, type of and
surface to be cleaned, type of soil (iv) Labeled or color-coded in accord-
present, and tasks or procedures being ance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this
performed in the area. standard.
(ii) All equipment and environmental (2) During use, containers for con-
and working surfaces shall be cleaned taminated sharps shall be:
and decontaminated after contact with (i) Easily accessible to personnel and
blood or other potentially infectious located as close as is feasible to the im-
materials. mediate area where sharps are used or
(A) Contaminated work surfaces shall can be reasonably anticipated to be
be decontaminated with an appropriate found (e.g., laundries);
disinfectant after completion of proce- (ii) Maintained upright throughout
dures; immediately or as soon as fea- use; and
sible when surfaces are overtly con- (iii) Replaced routinely and not be al-
taminated or after any spill of blood or lowed to overfill.
266
(3) When moving containers of con- (iv) Laundry. (A) Contaminated laun-
taminated sharps from the area of use, dry shall be handled as little as pos-
the containers shall be: sible with a minimum of agitation. (1)
(i) Closed immediately prior to re- Contaminated laundry shall be bagged
moval or replacement to prevent spill- or containerized at the location where
age or protrusion of contents during it was used and shall not be sorted or
handling, storage, transport, or ship- rinsed in the location of use.
ping; (2) Contaminated laundry shall be
(ii) Placed in a secondary container if placed and transported in bags or con-
leakage is possible. The second containers labeled or color-coded in ac-
tainer shall be: cordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of
(A) Closable; this standard. When a facility utilizes
(B) Constructed to contain all con- Universal Precautions in the handling
tents and prevent leakage during han- of all soiled laundry, alternative label-
dling, storage, transport, or shipping; ing or color-coding is sufficient if it
and permits all employees to recognize the
(C) Labeled or color-coded according containers as requiring compliance
to paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this standard. with Universal Precautions.
(4) Reusable containers shall not be (3) Whenever contaminated laundry
opened, emptied, or cleaned manually is wet and presents a reasonable likeli-
or in any other manner which would hood of soak-through of or leakage
expose employees to the risk of from the bag or container, the laundry
percutaneous injury. shall be placed and transported in bags
(B) Other Regulated Waste Contain- or containers which prevent soak-
ment—(1) Regulated waste shall be through and/or leakage of fluids to the
placed in containers which are: exterior.
(i) Closable; (B) The employer shall ensure that
(ii) Constructed to contain all con- employees who have contact with con-
tents and prevent leakage of fluids dur- taminated laundry wear protective
ing handling, storage, transport or gloves and other appropriate personal
shipping; protective equipment.
(iii) Labeled or color-coded in accord- (C) When a facility ships contami-
ance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) this nated laundry off-site to a second facil-
standard; and ity which does not utilize Universal
(iv) Closed prior to removal to pre- Precautions in the handling of all laun-
vent spillage or protrusion of contents dry, the facility generating the con-
during handling, storage, transport, or taminated laundry must place such
shipping. laundry in bags or containers which
(2) If outside contamination of the are labeled or color-coded in accord-
regulated waste container occurs, it ance with paragraph (g)(1)(i).
shall be placed in a second container. (e) HIV and HBV Research Labora-
The second container shall be: tories and Production Facilities. (1) This
(i) Closable; paragraph applies to research labora-
(ii) Constructed to contain all con- tories and production facilities en-
tents and prevent leakage of fluids dur- gaged in the culture, production, con-
ing handling, storage, transport or centration, experimentation, and ma-
shipping; nipulation of HIV and HBV. It does not
(iii) Labeled or color-coded in accord- apply to clinical or diagnostic labora-
ance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this tories engaged solely in the analysis of
standard; and blood, tissues, or organs. These re-
(iv) Closed prior to removal to pre- quirements apply in addition to the
vent spillage or protrusion of contents other requirements of the standard.
during handling, storage, transport, or (2) Research laboratories and produc-
shipping. tion facilities shall meet the following
(C) Disposal of all regulated waste criteria:
shall be in accordance with applicable (i) Standard microbiological practices.
regulations of the United States, All regulated waste shall either be in-
States and Territories, and political cinerated or decontaminated by a
subdivisions of States and Territories. method such as autoclaving known to
267
effectively destroy bloodborne patho- (I) Vacuum lines shall be protected

gens. with liquid disinfectant traps and high-
(ii) Special practices. (A) Laboratory efficiency particulate air (HEPA) fil-
doors shall be kept closed when work ters or filters of equivalent or superior
involving HIV or HBV is in progress. efficiency and which are checked rou-
(B) Contaminated materials that are tinely and maintained or replaced as
to be decontaminated at a site away necessary.
from the work area shall be placed in a (J) Hypodermic needles and syringes
durable, leakproof, labeled or color- shall be used only for parenteral injec-
coded container that is closed before tion and aspiration of fluids from lab-
being removed from the work area. oratory animals and diaphragm bot-
(C) Access to the work area shall be tles. Only needle-locking syringes or
limited to authorized persons. Written disposable syringe-needle units (i.e.,
policies and procedures shall be estab- the needle is integral to the syringe)
lished whereby only persons who have shall be used for the injection or aspi-
been advised of the potential bio- ration of other potentially infectious
hazard, who meet any specific entry re- materials. Extreme caution shall be
quirements, and who comply with all used when handling needles and sy-
entry and exit procedures shall be al- ringes. A needle shall not be bent,
lowed to enter the work areas and ani- sheared, replaced in the sheath or
mal rooms. guard, or removed from the syringe fol-
(D) When other potentially infectious lowing use. The needle and syringe
materials or infected animals are shall be promptly placed in a puncture-
present in the work area or contain- resistant container and autoclaved or
ment module, a hazard warning sign in- decontaminated before reuse or dis-
corporating the universal biohazard posal.
symbol shall be posted on all access (K) All spills shall be immediately
doors. The hazard warning sign shall contained and cleaned up by appro-
comply with paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this priate professional staff or others prop-
standard.
erly trained and equipped to work with
(E) All activities involving other po- potentially concentrated infectious
tentially infectious materials shall be materials.
conducted in biological safety cabinets
(L) A spill or accident that results in
or other physical-containment devices
an exposure incident shall be imme-
within the containment module. No
work with these other potentially in- diately reported to the laboratory di-
fectious materials shall be conducted rector or other responsible person.
on the open bench. (M) A biosafety manual shall be pre-
(F) Laboratory coats, gowns, smocks, pared or adopted and periodically re-
uniforms, or other appropriate protec- viewed and updated at least annually
tive clothing shall be used in the work or more often if necessary. Personnel
area and animal rooms. Protective shall be advised of potential hazards,
clothing shall not be worn outside of shall be required to read instructions
the work area and shall be decontami- on practices and procedures, and shall
nated before being laundered. be required to follow them.
(G) Special care shall be taken to (iii) Containment equipment. (A) Cer-
avoid skin contact with other poten- tified biological safety cabinets (Class
tially infectious materials. Gloves I, II, or III) or other appropriate com-
shall be worn when handling infected binations of personal protection or
animals and when making hand con- physical containment devices, such as
tact with other potentially infectious special protective clothing, respirators,
materials is unavoidable. centrifuge safety cups, sealed cen-
(H) Before disposal all waste from trifuge rotors, and containment caging
work areas and from animal rooms for animals, shall be used for all activi-
shall either be incinerated or decon- ties with other potentially infectious
taminated by a method such as materials that pose a threat of expo-
autoclaving known to effectively de- sure to droplets, splashes, spills, or
stroy bloodborne pathogens. aerosols.
268
(B) Biological safety cabinets shall The proper direction of the airflow
be certified when installed, whenever shall be verified (i.e., into the work
they are moved and at least annually. area).
(3) HIV and HBV research labora- (5) Training Requirements. Additional
tories shall meet the following criteria: training requirements for employees in
(i) Each laboratory shall contain a HIV and HBV research laboratories and
facility for hand washing and an eye HIV and HBV production facilities are
wash facility which is readily available specified in paragraph (g)(2)(ix).
within the work area. (f) Hepatitis B vaccination and post-ex-
(ii) An autoclave for decontamina- posure evaluation and follow-up—(1)
tion of regulated waste shall be avail- General. (i) The employer shall make
able. available the hepatitis B vaccine and
(4) HIV and HBV production facilities vaccination series to all employees
shall meet the following criteria: who have occupational exposure, and
(i) The work areas shall be separated post-exposure evaluation and follow-up
from areas that are open to unre- to all employees who have had an expo-
stricted traffic flow within the build- sure incident.
ing. Passage through two sets of doors (ii) The employer shall ensure that
shall be the basic requirement for all medical evaluations and procedures
entry into the work area from access including the hepatitis B vaccine and
corridors or other contiguous areas. vaccination series and post-exposure
Physical separation of the high-con- evaluation and follow-up, including
tainment work area from access cor- prophylaxis, are:
ridors or other areas or activities may
(A) Made available at no cost to the
also be provided by a double-doored
employee;
clothes-change room (showers may be
(B) Made available to the employee
included), airlock, or other access fa-
at a reasonable time and place;
cility that requires passing through
two sets of doors before entering the (C) Performed by or under the super-
work area. vision of a licensed physician or by or
(ii) The surfaces of doors, walls, under the supervision of another li-
floors and ceilings in the work area censed healthcare professional; and
shall be water resistant so that they (D) Provided according to rec-
can be easily cleaned. Penetrations in ommendations of the U.S. Public
these surfaces shall be sealed or capa- Health Service current at the time
ble of being sealed to facilitate decon- these evaluations and procedures take
tamination. place, except as specified by this para-
(iii) Each work area shall contain a graph (f).
sink for washing hands and a readily (iii) The employer shall ensure that
available eye wash facility. The sink all laboratory tests are conducted by
shall be foot, elbow, or automatically an accredited laboratory at no cost to
operated and shall be located near the the employee.
exit door of the work area. (2) Hepatitis B Vaccination. (i) Hepa-
(iv) Access doors to the work area or titis B vaccination shall be made avail-
containment module shall be self-closable after the employee has received
ing. the training required in paragraph
(v) An autoclave for decontamination (g)(2)(vii)(I) and within 10 working days
of regulated waste shall be available of initial assignment to all employees
within or as near as possible to the who have occupational exposure unless
work area. the employee has previously received
(vi) A ducted exhaust-air ventilation the complete hepatitis B vaccination
system shall be provided. This system series, antibody testing has revealed
shall create directional airflow that that the employee is immune, or the
draws air into the work area through vaccine is contraindicated for medical
the entry area. The exhaust air shall reasons.
not be recirculated to any other area of (ii) The employer shall not make par-
the building, shall be discharged to the ticipation in a prescreening program a
outside, and shall be dispersed away prerequisite for receiving hepatitis B
from occupied areas and air intakes. vaccination.
269
(iii) If the employee initially declines (A) The exposed employee’s blood
hepatitis B vaccination but at a later shall be collected as soon as feasible
date while still covered under the and tested after consent is obtained.
standard decides to accept the vaccina- (B) If the employee consents to base-
tion, the employer shall make avail- line blood collection, but does not give
able hepatitis B vaccination at that consent at that time for HIV serologic
time. testing, the sample shall be preserved
(iv) The employer shall assure that for at least 90 days. If, within 90 days of
employees who decline to accept hepa- the exposure incident, the employee
titis B vaccination offered by the em- elects to have the baseline sample test-
ployer sign the statement in appendix ed, such testing shall be done as soon
A. as feasible.
(v) If a routine booster dose(s) of hep- (iv) Post-exposure prophylaxis, when
atitis B vaccine is recommended by the medically indicated, as recommended
U.S. Public Health Service at a future by the U.S. Public Health Service;
date, such booster dose(s) shall be (v) Counseling; and
made available in accordance with sec- (vi) Evaluation of reported illnesses.
tion (f)(1)(ii). (4) Information Provided to the
(3) Post-exposure Evaluation and Fol- Healthcare Professional. (i) The em-
low-up. Following a report of an expo- ployer shall ensure that the healthcare
sure incident, the employer shall make professional responsible for the em-
immediately available to the exposed ployee’s Hepatitis B vaccination is pro-
employee a confidential medical eval- vided a copy of this regulation.
uation and follow-up, including at least
(ii) The employer shall ensure that
the following elements:
the healthcare professional evaluating
(i) Documentation of the route(s) of an employee after an exposure incident
exposure, and the circumstances under is provided the following information:
which the exposure incident occurred;
(A) A copy of this regulation;
(ii) Identification and documentation
(B) A description of the exposed em-
of the source individual, unless the em-
ployee’s duties as they relate to the ex-
ployer can establish that identification
posure incident;
is infeasible or prohibited by state or
local law; (C) Documentation of the route(s) of
(A) The source individual’s blood exposure and circumstances under
shall be tested as soon as feasible and which exposure occurred;
after consent is obtained in order to de- (D) Results of the source individual’s
termine HBV and HIV infectivity. If blood testing, if available; and
consent is not obtained, the employer (E) All medical records relevant to
shall establish that legally required the appropriate treatment of the em-
consent cannot be obtained. When the ployee including vaccination status
source individual’s consent is not re- which are the employer’s responsibility
quired by law, the source individual’s to maintain.
blood, if available, shall be tested and (5) Healthcare Professional’s Written
the results documented. Opinion. The employer shall obtain and
(B) When the source individual is al- provide the employee with a copy of
ready known to be infected with HBV the evaluating healthcare profes-
or HIV, testing for the source individ- sional’s written opinion within 15 days
ual’s known HBV or HIV status need of the completion of the evaluation.
not be repeated. (i) The healthcare professional’s writ-
(C) Results of the source individual’s ten opinion for Hepatitis B vaccination
testing shall be made available to the shall be limited to whether Hepatitis B
exposed employee, and the employee vaccination is indicated for an em-
shall be informed of applicable laws ployee, and if the employee has re-
and regulations concerning disclosure ceived such vaccination.
of the identity and infectious status of (ii) The healthcare professional’s
the source individual. written opinion for post-exposure eval-
(iii) Collection and testing of blood uation and follow-up shall be limited to
for HBV and HIV serological status; the following information:
270
(A) That the employee has been in- clinical use are exempted from the la-
formed of the results of the evaluation; beling requirements of paragraph (g).
and (G) Individual containers of blood or
(B) That the employee has been told other potentially infectious materials
about any medical conditions resulting that are placed in a labeled container
from exposure to blood or other poten- during storage, transport, shipment or
tially infectious materials which re- disposal are exempted from the label-
quire further evaluation or treatment. ing requirement.
(iii) All other findings or diagnoses (H) Labels required for contaminated
shall remain confidential and shall not equipment shall be in accordance with
be included in the written report. this paragraph and shall also state
(6) Medical recordkeeping. Medical which portions of the equipment re-
records required by this standard shall main contaminated.
be maintained in accordance with para- (I) Regulated waste that has been de-
graph (h)(1) of this section. contaminated need not be labeled or
(g) Communication of hazards to em- color-coded.
(ii) Signs. (A) The employer shall post
ployees—(1) Labels and signs—(i) Labels.
signs at the entrance to work areas
(A) Warning labels shall be affixed to
specified in paragraph (e), HIV and
containers of regulated waste, refrig-
HBV Research Laboratory and Produc-
erators and freezers containing blood
tion Facilities, which shall bear the
or other potentially infectious mate-
following legend:
rial; and other containers used to
store, transport or ship blood or other
potentially infectious materials, ex-
cept as provided in paragraph
(g)(1)(i)(E), (F) and (G).
(B) Labels required by this section
shall include the following legend:
(Name of the Infectious Agent)

(Special requirements for entering the area)
(Name, telephone number of the laboratory
director or other responsible person.)
(B) These signs shall be fluorescent
orange-red or predominantly so, with
lettering and symbols in a contrasting
color.
(2) Information and Training. (i) Em-
ployers shall ensure that all employees
(C) These labels shall be fluorescent with occupational exposure participate
orange or orange-red or predominantly in a training program which must be
so, with lettering and symbols in a con- provided at no cost to the employee
trasting color. and during working hours.
(D) Labels shall be affixed as close as (ii) Training shall be provided as fol-
feasible to the container by string, lows:
wire, adhesive, or other method that (A) At the time of initial assignment
prevents their loss or unintentional re- to tasks where occupational exposure
moval. may take place;
(E) Red bags or red containers may (B) Within 90 days after the effective
be substituted for labels. date of the standard; and
(F) Containers of blood, blood compo- (C) At least annually thereafter.
nents, or blood products that are la- (iii) For employees who have received
beled as to their contents and have training on bloodborne pathogens in
been released for transfusion or other the year preceding the effective date of
271
the standard, only training with re- (J) Information on the appropriate
spect to the provisions of the standard actions to take and persons to contact
which were not included need be pro- in an emergency involving blood or
vided. other potentially infectious materials;
(iv) Annual training for all employ- (K) An explanation of the procedure
ees shall be provided within one year of to follow if an exposure incident oc-
their previous training. curs, including the method of reporting
(v) Employers shall provide addi- the incident and the medical follow-up
tional training when changes such as that will be made available;
modification of tasks or procedures or (L) Information on the post-exposure
institution of new tasks or procedures evaluation and follow-up that the em-
affect the employee’s occupational ex- ployer is required to provide for the
posure. The additional training may be employee following an exposure inci-
limited to addressing the new expo- dent;
sures created. (M) An explanation of the signs and
(vi) Material appropriate in content labels and/or color coding required by
and vocabulary to educational level, paragraph (g)(1); and
literacy, and language of employees (N) An opportunity for interactive
shall be used. questions and answers with the person
(vii) The training program shall con- conducting the training session.
tain at a minimum the following ele- (viii) The person conducting the
ments: training shall be knowledgeable in the
(A) An accessible copy of the regu- subject matter covered by the elements
latory text of this standard and an ex- contained in the training program as it
planation of its contents; relates to the workplace that the train-
ing will address.
(B) A general explanation of the epi-
(ix) Additional Initial Training for
demiology and symptoms of bloodborne
Employees in HIV and HBV Labora-
diseases;
tories and Production Facilities. Em-
(C) An explanation of the modes of
ployees in HIV or HBV research labora-
transmission of bloodborne pathogens;
tories and HIV or HBV production fa-
(D) An explanation of the employer’s cilities shall receive the following ini-
exposure control plan and the means tial training in addition to the above
by which the employee can obtain a training requirements.
copy of the written plan; (A) The employer shall assure that
(E) An explanation of the appropriate employees demonstrate proficiency in
methods for recognizing tasks and standard microbiological practices and
other activities that may involve expo- techniques and in the practices and op-
sure to blood and other potentially in- erations specific to the facility before
fectious materials; being allowed to work with HIV or
(F) An explanation of the use and HBV.
limitations of methods that will pre- (B) The employer shall assure that
vent or reduce exposure including ap- employees have prior experience in the
propriate engineering controls, work handling of human pathogens or tissue
practices, and personal protective cultures before working with HIV or
equipment; HBV.
(G) Information on the types, proper (C) The employer shall provide a
use, location, removal, handling, de- training program to employees who
contamination and disposal of personal have no prior experience in handling
protective equipment; human pathogens. Initial work activi-
(H) An explanation of the basis for ties shall not include the handling of
selection of personal protective equip- infectious agents. A progression of
ment; work activities shall be assigned as
(I) Information on the hepatitis B techniques are learned and proficiency
vaccine, including information on its is developed. The employer shall assure
efficacy, safety, method of administra- that employees participate in work ac-
tion, the benefits of being vaccinated, tivities involving infectious agents
and that the vaccine and vaccination only after proficiency has been dem-
will be offered free of charge; onstrated.
272
(h) Recordkeeping—(1) Medical maintained by this section shall be

Records. (i) The employer shall estab- made available upon request to the As-
lish and maintain an accurate record sistant Secretary and the Director for
for each employee with occupational examination and copying.
exposure, in accordance with 29 CFR (ii) Employee training records re-
1910.20. quired by this paragraph shall be pro-
(ii) This record shall include: vided upon request for examination and
(A) The name and social security copying to employees, to employee rep-
number of the employee; resentatives, to the Director, and to
(B) A copy of the employee’s hepa- the Assistant Secretary.
titis B vaccination status including the (iii) Employee medical records re-
dates of all the hepatitis B vaccina- quired by this paragraph shall be pro-
tions and any medical records relative vided upon request for examination and
to the employee’s ability to receive copying to the subject employee, to
vaccination as required by paragraph anyone having written consent of the
(f)(2); subject employee, to the Director, and
(C) A copy of all results of examina- to the Assistant Secretary in accord-
tions, medical testing, and follow-up ance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
procedures as required by paragraph (4) Transfer of Records. (i) The em-
(f)(3); ployer shall comply with the require-
(D) The employer’s copy of the ments involving transfer of records set
healthcare professional’s written opin- forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
ion as required by paragraph (f)(5); and (ii) If the employer ceases to do busi-
(E) A copy of the information pro- ness and there is no successor employer
vided to the healthcare professional as to receive and retain the records for
required by paragraphs (f)(4)(ii)(B)(C) the prescribed period, the employer
and (D). shall notify the Director, at least three
(iii) Confidentiality. The employer months prior to their disposal and
shall ensure that employee medical transmit them to the Director, if re-
records required by paragraph (h)(1) quired by the Director to do so, within
are: that three month period.
(A) Kept confidential; and (i) Dates—(1) Effective Date. The
(B) Not disclosed or reported without standard shall become effective on
the employee’s express written consent March 6, 1992.
to any person within or outside the (2) The Exposure Control Plan re-
workplace except as required by this quired by paragraph (c) of this section
section or as may be required by law. shall be completed on or before May 5,
(iv) The employer shall maintain the 1992.
records required by paragraph (h) for at (3) Paragraph (g)(2) Information and
least the duration of employment plus Training and (h) Recordkeeping shall
30 years in accordance with 29 CFR take effect on or before June 4, 1992.
1910.20. (4) Paragraphs (d)(2) Engineering and
(2) Training Records. (i) Training Work Practice Controls, (d)(3) Personal
records shall include the following in- Protective Equipment, (d)(4) House-
formation: keeping, (e) HIV and HBV Research
(A) The dates of the training ses- Laboratories and Production Facili-
sions; ties, (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination and
(B) The contents or a summary of the Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-
training sessions; up, and (g) (1) Labels and Signs, shall
(C) The names and qualifications of take effect July 6, 1992.
persons conducting the training; and
(D) The names and job titles of all APPENDIX A TO SECTION 1910.1030—HEP-
persons attending the training ses- ATITIS B VACCINE DECLINATION
sions. (MANDATORY)
(ii) Training records shall be main- I understand that due to my occupational
tained for 3 years from the date on exposure to blood or other potentially infec-
which the training occurred. tious materials I may be at risk of acquiring
(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection. I have
ensure that all records required to be been given the opportunity to be vaccinated
273
with hepatitis B vaccine, at no charge to my- (b) Definitions. For the purpose of this
self. However, I decline hepatitis B vaccina- section:
tion at this time. I understand that by de-
clining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk
of acquiring hepatitis B, a serious disease. If ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
in the future I continue to have occupational tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart-
exposure to blood or other potentially infec- ment of Labor, or designee;
tious materials and I want to be vaccinated Blow down means the general clean-
with hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the ing of a room or a part of a room by
vaccination series at no charge to me. the use of compressed air.
[56 FR 64175, Dec. 6, 1991, as amended at 57 Blow off means the use of compressed
FR 12717, Apr. 13, 1992; 57 FR 29206, July 1, air for cleaning of short duration and
1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996] usually for a specific machine or any
portion of a machine.
§ 1910.1043 Cotton dust. Cotton dust means dust present in the
(a) Scope and application. (1) This sec- air during the handling or processing of
tion, in its entirety, applies to the con- cotton, which may contain a mixture
trol of employee exposure to cotton of many substances including ground
dust in all workplaces where employees up plant matter, fiber, bacteria, fungi,
engage in yarn manufacturing, engage soil, pesticides, non-cotton plant mat-
in slashing and weaving operations, or ter and other contaminants which may
work in waste houses for textile oper- have accumulated with the cotton dur-
ations. ing the growing, harvesting and subse-
(2) This section does not apply to the quent processing or storage periods.
handling or processing of woven or Any dust present during the handling
knitted materials; to maritime oper- and processing of cotton through the
ations covered by 29 CFR Parts 1915 weaving or knitting of fabrics, and dust
and 1918; to harvesting or ginning of present in other operations or manu-
cotton; or to the construction industry. facturing processes using raw or waste
(3) Only paragraphs (h) Medical sur- cotton fibers or cotton fiber byproducts
veillance, (k)(2) through (4) Record- from textile mills are considered cot-
keeping—Medical Records, and Appen- ton dust within this definition. Lubri-
dices B, C and D of this section apply cating oil mist associated with weaving
in all work places where employees ex- operations is not considered cotton
posed to cotton dust engage in cotton- dust.
seed processing or waste processing op- Director means the Director of the
erations. National Institute for Occupational
(4) This section applies to yarn man- Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. De-
ufacturing and slashing and weaving partment of Health and Human Serv-
operations exclusively using washed ices, or designee.
cotton (as defined by paragraph (n) of Equivalent Instrument means a cotton
this section) only to the extent speci- dust sampling device that meets the
fied by paragraph (n) of this section. vertical elutriator equivalency require-
(5) This section, in its entirety, ap- ments as described in paragraph
plies to the control of all employees ex- (d)(1)(iii) of this section.
posure to the cotton dust generated in Lint-free respirable cotton dust means
the preparation of washed cotton from particles of cotton dust of approxi-
opening until the cotton is thoroughly mately 15 micrometers or less aero-
wetted. dynamic equivalent diameter;
(6) This section does not apply to Vertical elutriator cotton dust sampler
knitting, classing or warehousing oper- or vertical elutriator means a dust sam-
ations except that employers with pler which has a particle size cut-off at
these operations, if requested by approximately 15 micrometers aero-
NIOSH, shall grant NIOSH access to dynamic equivalent diameter when op-
their employees and workplaces for ex- erating at the flow rate of 7.4 ± 0.2 li-
posure monitoring and medical exami- ters of air per minute;
nations for purposes of a health study Waste processing means waste recy-
to be performed by NIOSH on a sam- cling (sorting, blending, cleaning and
pling basis. willowing) and garnetting.
274
Yarn manufacturing means all textile by a vertical elutriator or an equiva-

mill operations from opening to, but lent instrument.
not including, slashing and weaving. (d) Exposure monitoring and measure-
(c) Permissible exposure limits and ac- ment—(1) General. (i) For the purposes
tion levels—(1) Permissible exposure limits of this section, employee exposure is
(PEL). (i) The employer shall assure that exposure which would occur if the
that no employee who is exposed to employee were not using a respirator.
cotton dust in yarn manufacturing and (ii) The sampling device to be used
cotton washing operations is exposed shall be either the vertical elutriator
to airborne concentrations of lint-free cotton dust sampler or an equivalent
respirable cotton dust greater than 200 instrument.
µg/m3 mean concentration, averaged (iii) If an alternative to the vertical
over an eight-hour period, as measured elutriator cotton dust sampler is used,
be a vertical elutriator or an equiva- the employer shall establish equiva-
lent instrument. lency by reference to an OSHA opinion
(ii) The employer shall assure that no or by documenting, based on data de-
employee who is exposed to cotton dust veloped by the employer or supplied by
in textile mill waste house operations the manufacturer, that the alternative
or is exposed in yarn manufacturing to sampling devices meets the following
dust from ‘‘lower grade washed cotton’’ criteria:
as defined in paragraph (n)(5) of this (A) It collects respirable particulates
section is exposed to airborne con- in the same range as the vertical
centrations of lint-free respirable cot- elutriator (approximately 15 microns);
ton dust greater than 500 µg/m3 mean (B) Replicate exposure data used to
concentration, averaged over an eight- establish equivalency are collected in
hour period, as measured by a vertical side-by-side field and laboratory com-
elutriator or an equivalent instrument. parisons; and
(iii) The employer shall assure that (C) A minimum of 100 samples over
no employee who is exposed to cotton the range of 0.5 to 2 times the permis-
dust in the textile processes known as sible exposure limit are collected, and
slashing and weaving is exposed to air- 90% of these samples have an accuracy
borne concentrations of lint-free res- range of plus or minus 25 per cent of
pirable cotton dust greater than 750 µg/ the vertical elutriator reading with a
m3 mean concentration, averaged over 95% confidence level as demonstrated
an eight hour period, as measured by a by a statistically valid protocol. (An
vertical elutriator or an equivalent in- acceptable protocol for demonstrating
strument. equivalency is described in Appendix E
(2) Action levels. (i) The action level of this section.)
for yarn manufacturing and cotton (iv) OSHA will issue a written opin-
washing operations is an airborne con- ion stating that an instrument is
centration of lint-free respirable cot- equivalent to a vertical elutriator cot-
ton dust of 100 µg/m3 mean concentra- ton dust sampler if
tion, averaged over an eight-hour pe- (A) A manufacturer or employer re-
riod, as measured by a vertical quests an opinion in writing and sup-
elutriator or an equivalent instrument. plies the following information:
(ii) The action level for waste houses (1) Sufficient test data to dem-
for textile operations is an airborne onstrate that the instrument meets the
concentration of lint-free respirable requirements specified in this para-
cotton dust of 250 µg/m3 mean con- graph and the protocol specified in Ap-
centration, averaged over an eight- pendix E of this section;
hour period, as measured by a vertical (2) Any other relevant information
elutriator or an equivalent instrument. about the instrument and its testing
(iii) The action level for the textile requested by OSHA; and
processes known as slashing and weav- (3) A certification by the manufac-
ing is an airborne concentration of turer or employer that the information
lint-free respirable cotton dust of 375 supplied is accurate, and
µg/m3 mean concentration, averaged (B) if OSHA finds, based on informa-
over an eight-hour period, as measured tion submitted about the instrument,
275
that the instrument meets the require- and work practice controls to reduce
ments for equivalency specified by and maintain employee exposure to
paragraph (d) of this section. cotton dust at or below the permissible
(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer exposure limit specified in paragraph
who has a place of employment within (c) of this section, except to the extent
the scope of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(4), or that the employer can establish that
(a)(5) of this section shall conduct such controls are not feasible.
monitoring by obtaining measurements (2) Whenever feasible engineering and
which are representative of the expo- work practice controls are not suffi-
sure of all employees to airborne con- cient to reduce employee exposure to
centrations of lint-free respirable cot- or below the permissible exposure
ton dust over an eight-hour period. The limit, the employer shall nonetheless
sampling program shall include at institute these controls to reduce expo-
least one determination during each sure to the lowest feasible level, and
shift for each work area. shall supplement these controls with
(3) Periodic monitoring. (i) If the ini- the use of respirators which shall com-
tial monitoring required by paragraph ply with the provisions of paragraph (f)
(d)(2) of this section or any subsequent of this section.
monitoring reveals employee exposure (3) Compliance program. (i) Where the
to be at or below the permissible expo- most recent exposure monitoring data
sure limit, the employer shall repeat indicates that any employee is exposed
the monitoring for those employees at to cotton dust levels greater than the
least annually. permissible exposure limit, the em-
(ii) If the initial monitoring required ployer shall establish and implement a
by paragraph (d)(2) of this section or written program sufficient to reduce
any subsequent monitoring reveals em- exposures to or below the permissible
ployee exposure to be above the PEL, exposure limit solely by means of engi-
the employer shall repeat the moni- neering controls and work practices as
toring for those employees at least required by paragraph (e)(1) of this sec-
every six months. tion.
(iii) Whenever there has been a pro- (ii) The written program shall in-
duction, process, or control change clude at least the following:
which may result in new or additional (A) A description of each operation or
exposure to cotton dust, or whenever process resulting in employee exposure
the employer has any other reason to to cotton dust at levels greater than
suspect an increase in employee expo- the PEL;
sure, the employer shall repeat the (B) Engineering plans and other stud-
monitoring and measurements for ies used to determine the controls for
those employees affected by the change each process;
or increase. (C) A report of the technology consid-
(4) Employee notification. (i) Within ered in meeting the permissible expo-
twenty working days after the receipt sure limit;
of monitoring results, the employer (D) Monitoring data obtained in ac-
shall notify each employee in writing cordance with paragraph (d) of this sec-
of the exposure measurements which tion;
represent that employee’s exposure. (E) A detailed schedule for develop-
(ii) Whenever the results indicate ment and implementation of engineer-
that the employee’s exposure exceeds ing and work practice controls, includ-
the applicable permissible exposure ing exposure levels projected to be
limit specified in paragraph (c) of this achieved by such controls;
section, the employer shall include in (F) Work practice program; and
the written notice a statement that (G) Other relevant information.
the permissible exposure limit was ex- (iii) The employer’s schedule as set
ceeded and a description of the correc- forth in the compliance program, shall
tive action taken to reduce exposure project completion of the implementa-
below the permissible exposure limit. tion of the compliance program no
(e) Methods of compliance—(1) Engi- later than March 27, 1984 or as soon as
neering and work practice controls. The possible if monitoring after March 27,
employer shall institute engineering 1984 reveals exposures over the PEL,
276
except as provided in paragraph (ii) Maintenance and repair activities

(m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section. for which engineering and work-prac-
(iv) The employer shall complete the tice controls are not feasible.
steps set forth in his program by the (iii) Work operations for which fea-
dates in the schedule. sible engineering and work-practice
(v) Written programs shall be sub- controls are not yet sufficient to re-
mitted, upon request, to the Assistant duce employee exposure to or below the
Secretary and the Director, and shall
permissible exposure limits.
be available at the worksite for exam-
ination and copying by the Assistant (iv) Work operations specified under
Secretary, the Director, and any af- paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
fected employee or their designated (v) Periods for which an employee re-
representatives. quests a respirator.
(vi) The written program required (2) Respirator program. (i) The em-
under paragraph (e)(3) of this section ployer must implement a respiratory
shall be revised and updated when nec- protection program in accordance with
essary to reflect the current status of 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
the program and current exposure lev- (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).
els. (ii) Whenever a physician determines
(4) Mechanical ventilation. When me- that an employee who works in an area
chanical ventilation is used to control in which the cotton-dust concentration
exposure, measurements which dem- exceeds the PEL is unable to use a res-
onstrate the effectiveness of the sys-
pirator, including a powered air-puri-
tem to control exposure, such as cap-
fying respirator, the employee must be
ture velocity, duct velocity, or static
pressure shall be made at reasonable given the opportunity to transfer to an
intervals. available position, or to a position that
(f) Respiratory protection—(1) General. becomes available later, that has a cot-
For employees who are required to use ton-dust concentration at or below the
respirators by this section, the em- PEL. The employer must ensure that
ployer must provide respirators that such employees retain their current
comply with the requirements of this wage rate or other benefits as a result
paragraph. Respirators must be used of the transfer.
during: (3) Respirator selection. (i) The em-
(i) Periods necessary to install or im- ployer must select the appropriate res-
plement feasible engineering and work- pirator from Table I of this section.
practice controls.
TABLE I
Cotton dust concentration Required respirator
Not greater than:

(a) 5 × the applicable permissible ex- A disposable respirator with a particulate filter.
posure limit (PEL).
(b) 10 × the applicable PEL ................. A quarter or half-mask respirator, other than a disposable respirator, equipped with
particulate filters.
(c) 100 × the applicable PEL ............... A full facepiece respirator equipped with high-efficiency particulate filters.
(d) Greater than 100 × the applicable A powered air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency particulate filters.
PEL.
Notes:
1. A disposable respirator means the filter element is an inseparable part of the respirator.
2. Any respirators permitted at higher environmental concentrations can be used at lower concentrations.
3. Self-contained breathing apparatus are not required respirators but are permitted respirators.
4. Supplied air respirators are not required but are permitted under the following conditions: Cotton dust concentration not
greater than 10X the PEL—Any supplied air respirator; not greater than 100X the PEL—Any supplied air respirator with full face-
piece, helmet or hood; greater than 100X the PEL—A supplied air respirator operated in positive pressure mode.
(ii) Whenever respirators are required must, when requested by an employee,

by this section for cotton-dust con- provide a powered air-purifying res-
centrations that do not exceed the ap- pirator with a high-efficiency particu-
plicable permissible exposure limit by late filter instead of the respirator
a multiple of 100 (100 X), the employer
277
specified in paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of ees, this examination shall be provided
Table I of this section. prior to initial assignment. The med-
(g) Work practices. Each employer ical surveillance shall include at least
shall, regardless of the level of em- the following:
ployee exposure, immediately establish (i) A medical history;
and implement a written program of (ii) The standardized questionnaire
work practices which shall minimize contained in Appendix B; and
cotton dust exposure. The following (iii) A pulmonary function measure-
shall be included were applicable: ment, including a determination of
(1) Compressed air ‘‘blow down’’ forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced
cleaning shall be prohibited where al- expiratory volume in one second
ternative means are feasible. Where (FEV1), the FEV1/FVC ratio, and the
compressed air is used for cleaning, the percentage that the measured values of
employees performing the ‘‘blow down’’ FEV1 and FVC differ from the pre-
or ‘‘blow off’’ shall wear suitable res- dicted values, using the standard tables
pirators. Employees whose presence is in Appendix C. These determinations
not required to perform ‘‘blow down’’ shall be made for each employee before
or ‘‘blow of’’ shall be required to leave the employee enters the workplace on
the area affected by the ‘‘blow down’’ the first day of the work week, pre-
or ‘‘blow off’’ during this cleaning oper- ceded by at least 35 hours of no expo-
ation.
sure to cotton dust. The tests shall be
(2) Cleaning of clothing or floors with
repeated during the shift, no less than
compressed air shall be prohibited.
4 and no more than 10 hours after the
(3) Floor sweeping shall be performed
beginning of the work shift; and, in any
with a vacuum or with methods de-
event, no more than one hour after ces-
signed to minimize dispersal of dust.
sation of exposure. Such exposure shall
(4) In areas where employees are ex-
be typical of the employee’s usual
posed to concentrations of cotton dust
workplace exposure. The predicted
greater than the permissible exposure
FEV1 and FVC for blacks shall be mul-
limit, cotton and cotton waste shall be
tiplied by 0.85 to adjust for ethnic dif-
stacked, sorted, baled, dumped, re-
moved or otherwise handled by me- ferences.
chanical means, except where the em- (iv) Based upon the questionnaire re-
ployer can show that it is infeasible to sults, each employee shall be graded
do so. Where infeasible, the method according to Schilling’s byssinosis
used for handling cotton and cotton classification system.
waste shall be the method which re- (3) Periodic examinations. (i) The em-
duces exposure to the lowest level fea- ployer shall provide at least annual
sible. medical surveillance for all employees
(h) Medical survelliance—(1) General. exposed to cotton dust above the ac-
(i) Each employer covered by the tion level in yarn manufacturing,
standard shall institute a program of slashing and weaving, cotton washing
medical surveillance for all employees and waste house operations. The em-
exposed to cotton dust. ployer shall provide medical surveil-
(ii) The employer shall assure that lance at least every two years for all
all medical examinations and proce- employees exposed to cotton dust at or
dures are performed by or under the su- below the action level, for all employ-
pervision of a licensed physician and ees exposed to cotton dust from washed
are provided without cost to the em- cotton (except from washed cotton de-
ployee. fined in paragraph (n)(3) of this sec-
(iii) Persons other than licensed phy- tion), and for all employees exposed to
sicians, who administer the pulmonary cotton dust in cottonseed processing
function testing required by this sec- and waste processing operations. Peri-
tion shall have completed a NIOSH-ap- odic medical surveillance shall include
proved training course in spirometry. at least an update of the medical his-
(2) Initial examinations. The employer tory, standardized questionnaire (App.
shall provide medical surveillance to B–111), Schilling byssinosis grade, and
each employee who is or may be ex- the pulmonary function measurements
posed to cotton dust. For new employ- in paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section.
278
(ii) Medical surveillance as required (C) The physician’s recommended

in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section limitations upon the employee’s expo-
shall be provided every six months for sure to cotton dust or upon the em-
all employees in the following cat- ployee’s use of respirators including a
egories: determination of whether an employee
(A) An FEV1 of greater than 80 per- can wear a negative pressure res-
cent of the predicted value, but with an pirator, and where the employee can-
FEV1 decrement of 5 percent or 200 ml. not, a determination of the employee’s
on a first working day; ability to wear a powered air purifying
(B) An FEV1 of less than 80 percent of respirator; and,
the predicted value; or (D) A statement that the employee
(C) Where, in the opinion of the phy- has been informed by the physician of
sician, any significant change in ques- the results of the medical examination
tionnaire findings, pulmonary function and any medical conditions which re-
results, or other diagnostic tests have quire further examination or treat-
occurred. ment.
(iii) An employee whose FEV1 is less (ii) The written opinion obtained by
than 60 percent of the predicted value the employer shall not reveal specific
shall be referred to a physician for a findings or diagnoses unrelated to oc-
detailed pulmonary examination. cupational exposure.
(iv) A comparison shall be made be- (i) Employee education and training—
tween the current examination results (1) Training program. (i) The employer
and those of previous examinations and shall provide a training program for all
a determination made by the physician employees exposed to cotton dust and
as to whether there has been a signifi- shall assure that each employee is in-
cant change. formed of the following:
(A) The acute and long term health
(4) Information provided to the physi-
hazards associated with exposure to
cian. The employer shall provide the
cotton dust;
following information to the examina-
(B) The names and descriptions of
tion physician:
jobs and processes which could result
(i) A copy of this regulation and its
in exposure to cotton dust at or above
Appendices:
the PEL.
(ii) A description of the affected em- (C) The measures, including work
ployee’s duties as they relate to the practices required by paragraph (g) of
employee’s exposure; this section, necessary to protect the
(iii) The employee’s exposure level or employee from exposures in excess of
anticipated exposure level; the permissible exposure limit;
(iv) A description of any personal (D) The purpose, proper use and limi-
protective equipment used or to be tations of respirators required by para-
used; and graph (f) of this section;
(v) Information from previous med- (E) The purpose for and a description
ical examinations of the affected em- of the medical surveillance program re-
ployee which is not readily available to quired by paragraph (h) of this section
the examining physician. and other information which will aid
(5) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The exposed employees in understanding
employer shall obtain and furnish the the hazards of cotton dust exposure;
employee with a copy of a written and
opinion from the examining physician (F) The contents of this standard and
containing the following: its appendices.
(A) The results of the medical exam- (ii) The training program shall be
ination and tests including the FEV1, provided prior to initial assignment
FVC, AND FEV1/FVC ratio; and shall be repeated annually for each
(B) The physician’s opinion as to employee exposed to cotton dust, when
whether the employee has any detected job assignments or work processes
medical conditions which would place change and when employee perform-
the employee at increased risk of ma- ance indicates a need for retraining.
terial impairment of the employee’s (2) Access to training materials. (i)
health from exposure to cotton dust; Each employer shall post a copy of this
279
section with its appendices in a public all tests, and the physician’s rec-
location at the workplace, and shall, ommendation;
upon request, make copies available to (C) A copy of the physician’s written
employees. opinion;
(ii) The employer shall provide all (D) Any employee medical com-
materials relating to the employee plaints related to exposure to cotton
training and information program to dust;
the Assistant Secretary and the Direc-
(E) A copy of this standard and its
tor upon request.
appendices, except that the employer
(j) Signs. The employer shall post the
following warning sign in each work may keep one copy of the standard and
area where the permissible exposure the appendices for all employees, pro-
limit for cotton dust is exceeded: vided that he references the standard
and appendices in the medical surveil-
WARNING lance record of each employee; and
COTTON DUST WORK AREA (F) A copy of the information pro-
vided to the physician as required by
MAY CAUSE ACUTE OR DELAYED paragraph (h)(4) of this section.
LUNG INJURY (iii) The employer shall maintain
this record for at least 20 years.
(BYSSINOSIS)
(3) Availability. (i) The employer shall
RESPIRATORS make all records required to be main-
tained by paragraph (k) of this section
REQUIRED IN THIS AREA
available to the Assistant Secretary
(k) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure meas- and the Director for examination and
urements. (i) The employer shall estab- copying.
lish and maintain an accurate record of (ii) Employee exposure measurement
all measurements required by para- records and employee medical records
graph (d) of this section. required by this paragraph shall be pro-
(ii) The record shall include: vided upon request to employees, des-
(A) A log containing the items listed
ignated representatives, and the As-
in paragraph IV (a) of Appendix A, and
sistant Secretary in accordance with 29
the dates, number, duration, and re-
CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g)
sults of each of the samples taken, in-
cluding a description of the procedure through (i).
used to determine representative em- (4) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever
ployee exposure; the employer ceases to do business, the
(B) The type of protective devices successor employer shall receive and
worn, if any, and length of time worn; retain all records required to be main-
and tained by paragraph (k) of this section.
(C) The names, social security num- (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to
bers, job classifications, and exposure do business, and there is no successor
levels of employees whose exposure the employer to receive and retain the
measurement is intended to represent. records for the prescribed period, these
(iii) The employer shall maintain records shall be transmitted to the Di-
this record for at least 20 years. rector.
(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The em- (iii) At the expiration of the reten-
ployer shall establish and maintain an tion period for the records required to
accurate medical record for each em- be maintained by this section, the em-
ployee subject to medical surveillance
ployer shall notify the Director at
required by paragraph (h) of this sec-
least 3 months prior to the disposal of
tion.
(ii) The record shall include: such records and shall transmit those
(A) The name and social security records to the Director if the Director
number and description of the duties of requests them within that period.
the employee; (iv) The employer shall also comply
(B) A copy of the medical examina- with any additional requirements in-
tion results including the medical his- volving transfer of records set forth in
tory, questionnaire response, results of 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
280
(l) Observation of monitoring. (1) The (3) The average weight of the yarn
employer shall provide affected em- being run is 50 percent or more cotton
ployees or their designated representa- and the average yarn count by weight
tives an opportunity to observe any is 14 or below:
measuring or monitoring of employee (C) When the provisions of paragraph
exposure to cotton dust conducted pur- (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section are being
suant to paragraph (d) of this section. relied upon, the following definitions
(2) Whenever observation of the shall apply:
measuring or monitoring of employee (1) The average cotton content shall
exposure to cotton dust requires entry be determined by dividing the total
into an area where the use of personal weight of cotton in the yarns being run
protective equipment is required, the by the total weight of all the yarns
employer shall provide the observer being run in the relevant work area.
with and assure the use of such equip- (2) The average yarn count shall be
ment and shall require the observer to determined by multiplying the yarn
comply with all other applicable safety count times the pounds of each par-
and health procedures. ticular yarn being run to get the ‘‘total
(3) Without interfering with the hank’’ for each of the yarns being run
measurement, observers shall be enti- in the relevant area. The ‘‘total hank’’
tled to: values for all of the yarns being run
(i) An explanation of the measure-
should then be summed and divided by
ment procedures:
the total pounds of yarn being run, to
(ii) An opportunity to observe all
produce the average yarn count num-
steps related to the measurement of
ber for all the yarns being run in the
airborne concentrations of cotton dust
relevant work area.
performed at the place of exposure; and
(iii) An opportunity to record the re- (D) Where the provisions of para-
sults obtained. graph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section are
(m) Effective date—(1) General. This being relied upon, the employer shall
section is effective March 27, 1980, ex- update the employer’s compliance plan
cept as otherwise provided below. no later than February 13, 1986 to indi-
(2) Startup dates—(i) Initial monitoring. cate the steps being taken to reduce
The initial monitoring required by cotton dust levels to 200 µg/m3 through
paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall be the use of engineering and work prac-
completed as soon as possible but no tice controls by March 27, 1986.
later than March 27, 1980. (E) Where the provisions of para-
(ii) Methods of compliance: engineering graph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of the section are
and work practice controls. (A) The engi- being relied upon, the employer shall
neering and work practice controls re- maintain airborne concentrations of
quired by paragraph (e) of this section cotton dust below 1000 ug/m3 mean con-
shall be implemented no later than centration averaged over an eight-hour
March 27, 1984 except as set forth in period measured by a vertical
paragraph (m)(2)(ii)(B) of this section. elutriator or an equivalent instrument
(B) The engineering and work prac- with engineering accuracy and preci-
tice controls required by paragraph (e) sion with engineering and work prac-
of this section shall be implemented no tice controls and shall maintain the
later than March 27, 1986, for ring spin- permissible exposure limit specified by
ning operations (including only ring paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section with
spinning and winding, twisting, spool- any combination of engineering con-
ing, beaming and warping following trols, work practice controls and res-
ring spinning) where the operations pirators.
meet the following criteria: (iii) Compliance program. The compli-
(1) The weight of the yarn being run ance program required by paragraph
is 100 percent cotton and the average (e)(3) of this section shall be estab-
yarn count by weight is 18 or below; lished no later than March 27, 1981.
(2) The average weight of the yarn (iv) Respirators. The respirators re-
run is 80 percent or more cotton and quired by paragraph (f) of this section
the average yarn count by weight is 16 shall be provided no later than April 27,
or below; or 1980.
281
(v) Work practices. The work practices (B) Sufficient accurate documenta-
required by paragraph (g) of this section by the washer of the cotton grades
tion shall be implemented no later and washing process; and
then June 27, 1980. (C) An authorization by the washer
(vi) Medical surveillance. The medical that the Assistant Secretary or the Di-
surveillance required by paragraph (h) rector may inspect the washer’s wash-
of this section shall be completed no ing facilities and documentation of the
later than March 27, 1981 for the textile process.
industry and no later than June 13, 1986 (3) Medical and dyed cotton. Medical
for the cotton seed processing and grade (USP) cotton, cotton that has
waste processing industry. been scoured, bleached and dyed, and
(vii) Employee education and training. mercerized yarn shall be exempt from
The initial education and training re- all provisions of this standard.
quired by paragraph (i) of this section (4) Higher grade washed cotton. The
shall be completed as soon as possible handling or processing of cotton
but no later then June 27, 1980. classed as ‘‘low middling light spotted
(3) Amendments. The amendments to or better’’ which has been washed:
this section published on December 13, (i) On a continuous batt system or a
1985 become effective on February 11, rayon rinse system.
1986. If the amendments are not in ef- (ii) With water,
fect because of stays of enforcement or (iii) At a temperature of no less than
judicial decisions, the provisions pub- 60° C,
lished in 29 CFR 1910.1043 as of July 1,
(iv) With a water-to-fiber ratio of no
1985 are effective.
less than 40:1, and
(n) Washed Cotton—(1) Exemptions.
(v) With bacterial levels in the wash
Cotton, after it has been washed by the
water controlled to limit bacterial con-
processes described in this paragraph,
tamination of the cotton, shall be ex-
is exempt from all or parts of this sec-
empt from all provisions of the stand-
tion as specified if the requirements of
ard except the requirements of para-
this paragraph are met.
graphs (h) Medical Surveillance, (k)(2)
(2) Initial requirements. (i) In order for
through (4) Recordkeeping-Medical
an employer to qualify as exempt or
Records, and Appendices B, C, and D of
partially exempt from this standard for
this section.
operations using washed cotton, the
employer must demonstrate that the (5) Lower grade washed cotton. The
cotton was washed in a facility which handling and processing of cotton of
is open to inspection by the Assistant grades lower than ‘‘low middling light
Secretary and the employer must pro- spotted,’’ that has been washed as spec-
vide sufficient accurate documentary ified in paragraph (n)(4) of this section
evidence to demonstrate that the wash- and has also been bleached, shall be ex-
ing methods utilized meet the require- empt from all provisions of the stand-
ments of this paragraph. ard except the requirements of para-
(ii) An employer who handles or proc- graphs (c)(1)(ii) Permissible Exposure
esses cotton which has been washed in Limit, (d) Exposure Monitoring, (h)
a facility not under the employer’s Medical Surveillance, (k) Record-
control and claims an exemption or keeping, and Appendices B, C and D of
partial exemption under this para- this section.
graph, must obtain from the cotton (6) Mixed grades of washed cotton. If
washer and make available at the more than one grade of washed cotton
worksite, to the Assistant Secretary, is being handled or processed together,
to any affected employee, or to their the requirements of the grade with the
designated representative the fol- most stringent exposure limit, medical
lowing: and monitoring requirements shall be
(A) A certification by the washer of followed.
the cotton of the grade of cotton, the (o) Appendices. (1) Appendices B, C,
type of washing process, and that the and D of this section are incorporated
batch meets the requirements of this as part of this section and the contents
paragraph; of these appendices are mandatory.
282
(2) Appendix A of this section con- (c) Filers and Support Pads. The membrane
tains information which is not in- filters used should be polyvinyl chloride with
tended to create any additional obliga- a 5-um pore size and 37-mm diameter. A sup-
port pad, commonly called a backup pad,
tions not otherwise imposed or to de-
should be used under the filter membrane in
tract from any existing obligations. the field monitor cassette.
(3) Appendix E of this section is a (d) Balance. A balance sensitive to 10
protocol which may be followed in the micrograms should be used.
validation of alternative measuring de- (e) Monitoring equipment for use in Class
vices as equivalent to the vertical III hazardous locations must be approved for
elutriator cotton dust sampler. Other use in such locations, in accordance with the
protocols may be used if it is dem- requirements of the OSHA electrical stand-
ards in Subpart S of Part 1910.
onstrated that they are statistically
valid, meet the requirements in para- III. INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
graph (d)(l)(iii) of this section, and are Samplers shall be calibrated when first re-
appropriate for demonstrating equiva- ceived from the factory, after repair, and
lency. after receiving any abuse. The samplers
should be calibrated in the laboratory both
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1043—AIR SAM- before they are used in the field and after
PLING AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES they have been used to collect a large num-
FOR DETERMINING CONCENTRATIONS ber of field samples. The primary standard,
OF COTTON DUST such as a spirometer or other standard cali-
brating instruments such as a wet test meter
I. SAMPLING LOCATIONS or a large bubble meter or dry gas meter,
should be used. Instructions for calibration
The sampling procedures must be designed
with the wet test meter follow. If another
so that samples of the actual dust concentra-
calibration device is selected, equivalent
tions are collected accurately and consist-
procedures should be used:
ently and reflect the concentrations of dust
(a) Level wet test meter. Check the water
at the place and time of sampling. Sufficient
level which should just touch the calibration
number of 6-hour area samples in each dis-
point at the left side of the meter. If water
tinct work area of the plant should be col-
level is low, add water 1–2 °F. warmer than
lected at locations which provide representa-
room temperature of till point. Run the
tive samples of air to which the worker is ex-
meter for 30 minutes before calibration;
posed. In order to avoid filter overloading,
(b) Place the polyvinyl chloride membrane
sampling time may be shortened when sam-
filter in the filter cassette;
pling in dusty areas. Samples in each work
(c) Assemble the calibration sampling
area should be gathered simultaneously or
train;
sequentially during a normal operating pe- (d) Connect the wet test meter to the
riod. The daily time-weighted average (TWA) train.
exposure of each worker can then be deter-
mined by using the following formula: The pointer on the meter should run clock-
wise and a pressure drop of not more than 1.0
Summation of hours spent in each location inch of water indicated. If the pressure drop
and the dust concentration in that location. is greater than 1.0, disconnect and check the
system;
Total hours exposed (e) Operate the system for ten minutes be-
A time-weighted average concentration fore starting the calibration;
should be computed for each worker and (f) Check the vacuum gauge on the pump
properly logged and maintained on file for to insure that the pressure drop across the
review. orifice exceeds 17 inches of mercury;
(g) Record the following on calibration
II. SAMPLING EQUIPMENT data sheets:
(1) Wet test meter reading, start and fin-
(a) Sampler. The instrument selected for ish;
monitoring is the Lumsden-Lynch vertical (2) Elapsed time, start and finish (at least
elutriator. It should operate at a flow rate of two minutes);
7.4±0.2 liters/minute. (3) Pressure drop at manometer;
The samplers should be cleaned prior to sam- (4) Air temperature;
pling. The pumps should be monitored during (5) Barometric pressure; and
sampling. (6) Limiting orifice number;
(b) Filter Holder. A three-piece cassette (h) Calculate the flow rate and compare
constructed of polystyrene designed to hold against the flow of 7.4±0.2 liters/minute. If
a 37-mm diameter filter should be used. Care flow is between these limits, perform cali-
must be exercised to insure that an adequate bration again, average results, and record
seal exists between elements of the cassette. orifice number and flow rate. If flow is not
283
within these limits, discard or modify orifice (7) Start elutriator pump and check to see
and repeat procedure; if gauge reads above 17 in. of Hg vacuum;
(i) Record the name of the person per- (8) Record starting time, cassette number,
forming the calibration, the date, serial and sampler number;
number of the wet test meter, and the num- (9) At end of sampling period stop pump
ber of the critical orifices being calibrated. and record time; and
(10) Controls with each batch of samples
IV. SAMPLING PROCEDURE
collected, two additional filter cassettes
(a) Sampling data sheets should include a should be subjected to exactly the same han-
log of: dling as the samples, except that they are
(1) The date of the sample collection; not opened. These control filters should be
(2) The time of sampling; weighed in the same manner as the sample
(3) The location of the sampler; filters.
(4) The sampler serial number; Any difference in weight in the control fil-
(5) The cassette number; ters would indicate that the procedure for
(6) The time of starting and stopping the handling sample filters may not be adequate
sampling and the duration of sampling; and should be evaluated to ascertain the
(7) The weight of the filter before and after cause of the difference, whether and what
sampling; necessary corrections must be made, and
(8) The weight of dust collected (corrected whether additional samples must be col-
for controls); lected.
(9) The dust concentration measured; (d) Shipping. The cassette with samples
(10) Other pertinent information; and
should be collected, along with the appro-
(11) Name of person taking sample
priate number of blanks, and shipped to the
(b) Assembly of filter cassette should be as
analytical laboratory in a suitable container
follows:
to prevent damage in transit.
(1) Loosely assemble 3-piece cassette;
(2) Number cassette; (e) Weighing of the sample should be
(3) Place absorbant pad in cassette; achieved as follows:
(4) Weigh filter to an accuracy of 10 µg; (1) Remove shrink band;
(5) Place filter in cassette; (2) Remove top and middle sections of cas-
(6) Record weight of filter in log, using cassette and botton plug;
sette number for identification; (3) Remove filter from cassette and weigh
(7) Fully assemble cassette, using pressure to an accuracy of 10 µg; and
to force parts tightly together; (4) Record weight in log against original
(8) Install plugs top and bottom; weight
(9) Put shrink band on cassette, covering (f) Calculation of volume of air sampled
joint between center and bottom parts of should be determined as follows:
cassette; and (1) From starting and stopping times of
(10) Set cassette aside until shrink band sampling period, determine length of time in
dries thoroughly. minutes of sampling period; and
(c) Sampling collection should be per- (2) Multiply sampling time in minutes by
formed as follows: flow rate of critical orifice in liters per
(1) Clean lint out of the motor and minute and divide by 1000 to find air quan-
elutriator; tity in cubic meters.
(2) Install vertical elutriator in sampling (g) Calculation of Dust Concentrations
locations specified above with inlet 41⁄2 to 51⁄2 should be made as follows:
feet from floor (breathing zone height); (1) Substract weight of clean filter from
(3) Remove top section of cassette; dirty filter and apply control correction to
(4) Install cassette in ferrule of elutriator; find actual weight of sample. Record this
(5) Tape cassette to ferrule with masking weight (in µg) in log; and
tape or similar material for air-tight seal; (2) Divide mass of sample in µg by air vol-
(6) Remove bottom plug of cassette and at- ume in cubic meters to find dust concentra-
tach hose containing critical orifice; tion in µg/m. Record in log.
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1043—PULMONARY within ±3 percent of reading, whichever is

FUNCTION STANDARDS FOR COTTON greater.
DUST STANDARD j. The instrument must be capable of being
calibrated in the field with respect to the
The spirometric measurements of pul- FEV1 and FVC. This calibration of the FEV1
monary function shall conform to the fol- and FVC may be either directly or indirectly
lowing minimum standards, and these stand- through volume and time base measure-
ards are not intended to preclude additional ments. The volume calibration source should
testing or alternate methods which can be provide a volume displacement of at least 2
determined to be superior. liters and should be accurate to within ±30
milliliters.
I. APPARATUS
II. TECHNIQUE FOR MEASUREMENT OF FORCED
a. The instrument shall be accurate to VITAL CAPACITY MANEUVER
within ±50 milliliters or within ±3 percent of
reading, whichever is greater. a. Use of a nose clip is recommended but
b. The instrument should be capable of not required. The procedures shall be ex-
measuring vital capacity from 0 to 7 liters plained in simple terms to the patient who
BTPS. shall be instructed to loosen any tight cloth-
c. The instrument shall have a low inertia ing and stand in front of the apparatus. The
and offer low resistance to airflow such that subject may sit, but care should be taken on
the resistance to airflow at 12 liters per sec- repeat testing that the same position be used
ond must be less than 1.5 cm H2 O/(liter/sec). and, if possible, the same spirometer. Par-
d. The zero time point for the purpose of ticular attention shall be given to insure
timing the FEV1 shall be determined by ex- that the chin is slightly elevated with the
trapolating the steepest portion of the vol- neck slightly extended. The patient shall be
ume time curve back to the maximal inspi- instructed to make a full inspiration from a
ration volume (1, 2, 3, 4) or by an equivalent normal breathing pattern and then blow into
method. the apparatus, without interruption, as hard,
e. Instruments incorporating measure- fast, and completely as possible. At least
ments of airflow to determine volume shall three forced expirations shall be carried out.
conform to the same volume accuracy stated During the maneuvers, the patient shall be
in (a) of this section when presented with observed for compliance with instruction.
flow rates from at least 0 to 12 liters per sec- The expirations shall be checked visually for
ond. reproducibility from flow-volume or volume-
f. The instrument or user of the instru- time tracings or displays. The following ef-
ment must have a means of correcting vol- forts shall be judged unacceptable when the
umes to body temperature saturated with patient:
water vapor (BTPS) under conditions of 1. Has not reached full inspiration pre-
varying ambient spirometer temperatures ceding the forced expiration,
and barometric pressures. 2. Has not used maximal effort during the
g. The instrument used shall provide a entire forced expiration,
tracing or display of either flow versus vol- 3. Has not continued the expiration for at
ume or volume versus time during the entire least 5 seconds or until an obvious plateau in
forced expiration. A tracing or display is the volume time curve has occurred,
necessary to determine whether the patient 4. Has coughed or closed his glottis,
has performed the test properly. The tracing 5. Has an obstructed mouthpiece or a leak
must be stored and available for recall and around the mouthpiece (obstruction due to
must be of sufficient size that hand measure- tongue being placed in front of mouthpiece,
ments may be made within requirement of false teeth falling in front of mouthpiece,
paragraph (a) of this section. If a paper etc.)
record is made it must have a paper speed of 6. Has an unsatisfactory start of expira-
at least 2 cm/sec and a volume sensitivity of tion, one characterized by excessive hesi-
at least 10.0 mm of chart per liter of volume. tation (or false starts), and therefore not al-
h. The instrument shall be capable of accu- lowing back extrapolation of time 0 (extrap-
mulating volume for a minimum of 10 sec- olated volume on the volume time tracing
onds and shall not stop accumulating volume must be less than 10 percent of the FVC.)
before (1) the volume change for a 0.5 second 7. Has an excessive variability between the
interval is less than 25 milliliters, or (2) the three acceptable curves. The variation be-
flow is less than 50 milliliters per second for tween the two largest FVC’s and FEV1’s of
a 0.5 second interval. the three satisfactory tracings should not
i. The forced vital capacity (FVC) and exceed 10 percent or ±100 milliliters, which-
forced expiratory volume in 1 second ever is greater.
(FEV1. 0) measurements shall comply with b. Periodic and routine recalibration of the
the accuracy requirements stated in para- instrument or method for recording FVC and
graph (a) of this section. That is, they should FEV1. 0 should be performed using a syringe
be accurately measured to within ±50 ml or or other volume source of at least 2 liters.
302
III. INTERPRETATION OF SPIROGRAM neously. That is, the two VE’s and one or
two AD’s must be arranged together in such
a. The first step in evaluating a spirogram
a way that they are measuring essentially
should be to determine whether or not the
the same dust levels.
patient has performed the test properly or as
b. Data averaging—The two VE readings
described in II above. From the three satis-
taken at each site are then averaged. These
factory tracings, the forced vital capacity
averages are to be used as the 100 VE read-
(FVC) and forced expiratory volume in 1 sec-
ings. If two alternate devices were used,
ond (FEV1. 0) shall be measured and recorded.
their test results are also averaged. Thus,
The largest observed FVC and largest ob-
after this step is accomplished, there will be
served FEV1 shall be used in the analysis re-
100 VE readings and 100 AD readings.
gardless of the curve(s) on which they occur.
c. Differences—For each of the 100 sets of
b. The following guidelines are rec-
measurements (VE and AD) the difference is
ommended by NIOSH for the evaluation and
obtained as the average VE reading minus
management of workers exposed to cotton
the AD reading. Call these differences Di.
dust. It is important to note that employees
Thus, we have.
who show reductions in FEV1/FVC ratio
below .75 or drops in Monday FEV1 of 5 per- Di = VEi ¥ ADi, i = 1,2, . . . ,100 (1)
cent or greater on their initial screening Next we compute the arithmetic mean and
exam, should be re-evaluated within a month standard deviations of the differences, using
of the first exam. Those who show consistent equations (2) and (3), respectively.
decrease in lung function, as shown on the
following table, should be managed as rec- N
1
ommended.
XD = ∑ Di (2)
IV. QUALIFICATIONS OF PERSONNEL N i =1
ADMINISTERING THE TEST
(∑ D i )
Technicians who perform pulmonary func- 2
∑
tion testing should have the basic knowledge 2
required to produce meaningful results. Di −
Training consisting of approximately 16
SD = N (3)
hours of formal instruction should cover the
following areas. N −1
a. Basic physiology of the forced vital ca- where N equals the number of differences
pacity maneuver and the determinants of (100 in this case), XD is the arithmetic mean
airflow limitation with emphasis on the rela- and SD is the standard deviation.
tion to reproducibility of results. We next calculate the critical value as T =
b. Instrumentation requirements including KSD + | X̄D| where K = 1.87, based on 100 sam-
calibration procedures, sources of error and ples.
their correction. d. Equivalency test. The next step is to ob-
c. Performance of the testing including tain the average of the 100 VE readings. This
subject coaching, recognition of improperly is obtained by equation (4)
performed maneuvers and corrective actions.
1 N 
d. Data quality with emphasis on reproduc-
ibility.
e. Actual use of the equipment under su-
X VE =  ∑
n  i =1
VE i 

( 4)
pervised conditions.
f. Measurement of tracings and calcula- We next multiply 0.25 by X̄VE. If T ≤ 0.25
tions of results. X̄VE, we can say that the alternate device has
passed the equivalency test.
APPENDIX E TO § 1910.1043—VERTICAL
[43 FR 27394, June 23, 1978; 43 FR 35035, Aug.
ELUTRIATOR EQUIVALENCY PROTOCOL
8, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 67340, Oct. 10,
a. Samples to be taken—In order to ascertain 1980; 50 FR 51173, Dec. 13, 1985; 51 FR 24325,
equivalency, it is necessary to collect a total July 3, 1986; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR
of 100 samples from at least 10 sites in a mill. 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1290, Jan. 8, 1998]
That is, there should be 10 replicate readings
at each of 10 sites. The sites should represent § 1910.1044 1,2-dibromo-3-chloro-
dust levels which vary over the allowable propane.
range of 0.5 to 2 times the permissible expo- (a) Scope and application. (1) This sec-
sure limit. Each sample requires the use of tion applies to occupational exposure
two vertical elutriators (VE’s) and at least
to 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP).
one but not more than two alternative de-
vices (AD’s). Thus, the end result is 200 VE (2) This section does not apply to:
readings and either 100 or 200 AD readings. (i) Exposure to DBCP which results
The 2 VE readings and the 1 or 2 AD readings solely from the application and use of
at each time and site must be made simulta- DBCP as a pesticide; or
303
(ii) The storage, transportation, dis- (1) The address and location of the
tribution or sale of DBCP in intact workplace:
containers sealed in such a manner as (2) A brief description of each process
to prevent exposure to DBCP vapors or or operation which may result in em-
liquid, except for the requirements of ployee exposure to DBCP;
paragraphs (i), (n) and (o) of this sec- (3) The number of employees engaged
tion. in each process or operation who may
(b) Definitions. Authorized person be exposed to DBCP and an estimate of
means any person required by his du- the frequency and degree of exposure
ties to be present in regulated areas that occurs; and
and authorized to do so by his em- (4) A brief description of the employ-
ployer, by this section, or by the Act. er’s safety and health program as it re-
Authorized person also includes any per- lates to limitation of employee expo-
son entering such areas as a designated sure to DBCP.
representative of employees exercising (e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer
an opportunity to observe employee ex- shall establish, within each place of
posure monitoring. employment, regulated areas wherever
DBCP means 1,2-dibromo-3- DBCP concentrations are in excess of
chloropropane, Chemical Abstracts the permissible exposure limit.
Service Registry Number 96–12–8, and (2) The employer shall limit access to
includes all forms of DBCP. regulated areas to authorized persons.
(f) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.
Director means the Director, National
(i) Determinations of airborne exposure
Institute for Occupational Safety and
levels shall be made from air samples
Health, U.S. Department of Health and
that are representative of each employ-
Human Services, or designee.
ee’s exposure to DBCP over an 8-hour
Emergency means any occurrence period.
such as, but not limited to equipment (ii) For the purposes of this para-
failure, rupture of containers, or fail- graph, employee exposure is that expo-
ure of control equipment which may, sure which would occur if the employee
or does, result in an unexpected release were not using a respirator.
of DBCP. (2) Initial. Each employer who has a
OSHA Area Office means the Area Of- place of employment in which DBCP is
fice of the Occupational Safety and present, shall monitor each workplace
Health Administration having jurisdic- and work operation to accurately de-
tion over the geographic area where termine the airborne concentrations of
the affected workplace is located. DBCP to which employees may be ex-
Assistant Secretary means the Assist- posed.
ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa- (3) Frequency. (i) If the monitoring re-
tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart- quired by this section reveals employee
ment of Labor, or designee. exposures to be below the permissible
(c) Permissible exposure limit—(1) Inha- exposure limit, the employer shall re-
lation. The employer shall assure that peat these measurements at least quar-
no employee is exposed to an airborne terly.
concentration of DBCP in excess of 1 (ii) If the monitoring required by this
part DBCP per billion parts of air (ppb) section reveals employee exposures to
as an 8-hour time-weighted average. be in excess of the permissible exposure
(2) Dermal and eye exposure. The em- limit, the employer shall repeat these
ployer shall assure that no employee is measurements for each such employee
exposed to eye or skin contact with at least monthly. The employer shall
DBCP. continue monthly monitoring until at
(d) Notification of use. Within ten (10) least two consecutive measurements,
days following the introduction of taken at least seven (7) days apart, are
DBCP into the workplace, every em- below the permissible exposure limit.
ployer who has a workplace where Thereafter the employer shall monitor
DBCP is present, shall report the fol- at least quarterly.
lowing information to the nearest (4) Additional. Whenever there has
OSHA Area Office for each such work- been a production, process, control, or
place; personnel change which may result in
304
any new or additional exposure to missible exposure limit solely by

DBCP, or whenever the employer has means of engineering and work prac-
any reason to suspect new or addi- tice controls as required by paragraph
tional exposures to DBCP, the em- (g)(1) of this section.
ployer shall monitor the employees po- (ii) The written program shall in-
tentially affected by such change for clude a detailed schedule for develop-
the purpose of redetermining their ex- ment and implementation of the engi-
posure. neering and work practice controls.
(5) Employee notification. (i) Within These plans shall be revised at least
five (5) working days after the receipt every six months to reflect the current
of monitoring results, the employer status of the program.
shall notify each employee in writing (iii) Written plans for these compli-
of the measurements which represent ance programs shall be submitted upon
the employee’s exposure. request to the Assistant Secretary and
(ii) Whenever the results indicate the Director, and shall be available at
that employee exposure exceeds the the worksite for examination and copy-
permissible exposure limit, the em- ing by the Assistant Secretary, the Di-
ployer shall include in the written no- rector, and any affected employee or
tice a statement that the permissible designated representative of employ-
exposure limit was exceeded and a de- ees.
scription of the corrective action being (iv) The employer shall institute and
taken to reduce exposure to or below maintain at least the controls de-
the permissible exposure limit. scribed in his most recent written com-
(6) Accuracy of measurement. The em- pliance program.
ployer shall use a method of measure- (h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.
ment which has an accuracy, to a con- For employees who are required to use
fidence level of 95 percent, of not less respirators by this section, the em-
than plus or minus 25 percent for con- ployer must provide respirators that
centrations of DBCP at or above the comply with the requirements of this
permissible exposure limit. paragraph. Respirators must be used
(g) Methods of compliance—(1) Priority during:
of compliance methods. The employer (i) Periods necessary to install or im-
shall institute engineering and work plement feasible engineering and work-
practice controls to reduce and main- practice controls.
tain employee exposures to DBCP at or (ii) Maintenance and repair activities
below the permissible exposure limit, for which engineering and work-prac-
except to the extent that the employer tice controls are not feasible.
establishes that such controls are not (iii) Work operations for which fea-
feasible. Where feasible engineering sible engineering and work-practice
and work practice controls are not suf- controls are not yet sufficient to re-
ficient to reduce employee exposures to duce employee exposure to or below the
within the permissible exposure limit, permissible exposure limit.
the employer shall nonetheless use (iv) Emergencies.
them to reduce exposures to the lowest (2) Respirator program. The employer
level achievable by these controls, and must implement a respiratory protec-
shall supplement them by use of res- tion program in accordance with 29
piratory protection. CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
(2) Compliance program. (i) The em- (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).
ployer shall establish and implement a (3) Respirator selection. The employer
written program to reduce employee must select the appropriate respirator
exposures to DBCP to or below the per- from Table 1 of this section.
TABLE 1—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR DBCP
Airborne concentration of DBCP or condi- Respirator type
tion of use
(a) Less than or equal to 10 ppb ................ (1) Any supplied-air respirator; or (2) any self-contained breathing apparatus.
(b) Less than or equal to 50 ppb ................ (1) Any supplied-air respirator with full facepiece, helmet, or hood; or (2) any self-
contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece.
305
TABLE 1—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR DBCP—Continued

Airborne concentration of DBCP or condi- Respirator type
tion of use
(c) Less than or equal to 1,000 ppb ........... (1) A Type C supplied-air respirator operated in pressure-demand or other positive
pressure or continuous flow mode.
(d) Less than or equal to 2,000 ppb ........... (1) A Type C supplied-air respirator with full facepiece operated in pressure-de-
mand or other positive pressure mode, or with full facepiece, helmet, or hood op-
erated in continuous flow mode.
(e) Greater than 2,000 ppb or entry and (1) A combination respirator which includes a Type C supplied-air respirator with
escape from unknown concentrations. full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure or contin-
uous flow mode and an auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus operated in
pressure-demand or positive pressure mode; or (2) a self-contained breathing
apparatus with full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive
pressure mode.
(f) Firefighting .............................................. (1) A self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in pressure-
(i) Emergency situations—(1) Written tact with liquid or solid DBCP, the em-
plans. (i) A written plan for emergency ployer shall provide, at no cost to the
situations shall be developed for each employee, and assure that the em-
workplace in which DBCP is present. ployee wears impermeable protective
(ii) Appropriate portions of the plan clothing and equipment to protect the
shall be implemented in the event of an area of the body which may come in
emergency. contact with DBCP. Eye and face pro-
(2) Employees engaged in correcting tection shall meet the requirements of
emergency conditions shall be equipped § 1910.133 of this part.
as required in paragraphs (h) and (j) of (2) Removal and storage. (i) The em-
this section until the emergency is ployer shall assure that employees re-
abated. move DBCP contaminated work cloth-
(3) Evacuation. Employees not ening only in change rooms provided in
gaged in correcting the emergency accordance with paragraph (l) (1) of
shall be removed and restricted from this section.
the area and normal operations in the
(ii) The employer shall assure that
affected area shall not be resumed
employees promptly remove any pro-
until the emergency is abated.
tective clothing and equipment which
(4) Alerting employees. Where there is
becomes contaminated with DBCP-con-
a possibility of employee exposure to
DBCP due to the occurrence of an taining liquids and solids. This cloth-
emergency, a general alarm shall be ining shall not be reworn until the DBCP
stalled and maintained to promptly has been removed from the clothing or
alert employees of such occurrences. equipment.
(5) Medical surveillance. For any em- (iii) The employer shall assure that
ployee exposed to DBCP in an emer- no employee takes DBCP contaminated
gency situation, the employer shall protective devices and work clothing
provide medical surveillance in accord- out of the change room, except those
ance with paragraph (m)(6) of this sec- employees authorized to do so for the
tion. purpose of laundering, maintenance, of
(6) Exposure monitoring. (i) Following disposal.
an emergency, the employer shall con- (iv) DBCP-contaminated protective
duct monitoring which complies with devices and work clothing shall be
paragraph (f) of this section. placed and stored in closed containers
(ii) In workplaces not normally sub- which prevent dispersion of the DBCP
ject to periodic monitoring, the em- outside the container.
ployer may terminate monitoring when (v) Containers of DBCP contaminated
two consecutive measurements indi- protective devices or work clothing
cate exposures below the permissible which are to be taken out of change
exposure limit. rooms or the workplace for cleaning,
(j) Protective clothing and equipments— maintenance or disposal, shall bear la-
(1) Provision and use. Where there is bels in accordance with paragraph
any possibility of eye or dermal con- (o)(3) of this section.
306
(3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The (l) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1)
employer shall clean, launder, repair, Change rooms. The employer shall pro-
or replace protective clothing and vide clean change rooms equipped with
equipment required by this paragraph storage facilities for street clothes and
to maintain their effectiveness. The separate storage facilities for protec-
employer shall provide clean protective tive clothing and equipment whenever
clothing and equipment at least daily employees are required to wear protec-
to each affected employee. tive clothing and equipment in accord-
(ii) The employer shall inform any ance with paragraphs (h) and (j) of this
person who launders or clean DBCP- section.
contaminated protective clothing or (2) Showers. (i) The employer shall as-
equipment of the potentially harmful sure that employees working in the
effects of exposure to DBCP. regulated area shower at the end of the
(iii) The employer shall prohibit the work shift.
removal of DBCP from protective (ii) The employer shall assure that
clothing and equipment by blowing or employees whose skin becomes con-
shaking. taminated with DBCP-containing liq-
(k) Housekeeping—(1) Surfaces. (i) All uids or solids immediately wash or
workplace surfaces shall be maintained shower to remove any DBCP from the
free of visible accumulations of DBCP. skin.
(iii) The employer shall provide
(ii) Dry sweeping and the use of com-
shower facilities in accordance with 29
pressed air for the cleaning of floors
CFR 1910.141(d)(3).
and other surfaces is prohibited where
(3) Lunchrooms. The employer shall
DBCP dusts or liquids are present.
provide lunchroom facilities which
(iii) Where vacuuming methods are have a temperature controlled, positive
selected to clean floors and other sur- pressure, filtered air supply, and which
faces, either portable units or a perma- are readily accessible to employees
nent system may be used. working in regulated areas.
(a) If a portable unit is selected, the (4) Lavatories. (i) The employer shall
exhaust shall be attached to the gen- assure that employees working in the
eral workplace exhaust ventilation sys- regulated area remove protective
tem or collected within the vacuum clothing and wash their hands and face
unit, equipped with high efficiency fil- prior to eating.
ters or other appropriate means of con- (ii) The employer shall provide a suf-
taminant removal, so that DBCP is not ficient number of lavatory facilities
reintroduced into the workplace air; which comply with 29 CFR 1910.141(d)
and (1) and (2).
(b) Portable vacuum units used to (5) Prohibition of activities in regulated
collect DBCP may not be used for other areas. The employer shall assure that,
cleaning purposes and shall be labeled in regulated areas, food or beverages
as prescribed by paragraph (o)(3) of this are not present or consumed, smoking
section. products and implements are not
(iv) Cleaning of floors and other sur- present or used, and cosmetics are not
faces contaminated with DBCP-con- present or applied.
taining dusts shall not be performed by (m) Medical surveillance—(1) General.
washing down with a hose, unless a fine (i) The employer shall make available
spray has first been laid down. a medical surveillance program for em-
(2) Liquids. Where DBCP is present in ployees who work in regulated areas
a liquid form, or as a resultant vapor, and employees who are subjected to
all containers or vessels containing DBCP exposures in an emergency situ-
DBCP shall be enclosed to the max- ation.
imum extent feasible and tightly cov- (ii) All medical examinations and
ered when not in use. procedures shall be performed by or
(3) Waste disposal. DBCP waste scrap, under the supervision of a licensed phy-
debris, containers or equipment, shall sician, and shall be provided without
be disposed of in sealed bags or other cost to the employee.
closed containers which prevent disper- (2) Frequency and content. At the time
sion of DBCP outside the container. of initial assignment, and annually
307
thereafter, the employer shall provide material impairment of health from

a medical examination for employees exposure to DBCP; and
who work in regulated areas, which in- (c) Any recommended limitations
cludes at least the following: upon the employee’s exposure to DBCP
(i) A medical and occupational his- or upon the use of protective clothing
tory including reproductive history. and equipment such as respirators.
(ii) A physical examination, includ- (ii) The employer shall instruct the
ing examination of the genito-urinary physician not to reveal in the written
tract, testicle size and body habitus, opinion specific findings or diagnoses
including a determination of sperm unrelated to occupational exposure.
count. (6) Emergency situations. If the em-
(iii) A serum specimen shall be ob- ployee is exposed to DBCP in an emer-
tained and the following determina- gency situation, the employer shall
tions made by radioimmunoassay tech- provide the employee with a sperm
niques utilizing National Institutes of count test as soon as practicable, or, if
Health (NIH) specific antigen or one of the employee has been vasectionized or
equivalent sensitivity: is unable to produce a semen specimen,
(a) Serum follicle stimulating hor- the hormone tests contained in para-
mone (FSH); graph (m)(2)(iii) of this section. The
(b) Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); employer shall provide these same
and tests three months later.
(c) Serum total estrogen (females). (n) Employee information and train-
(iv) Any other tests deemed appro- ing—(1) Training program. (i) The em-
priate by the examining physician. ployer shall institute a training pro-
(3) Additional examinations. If the em- gram for all employees who may be ex-
ployee for any reason develops signs or posed to DBCP and shall assure their
symptoms commonly associated with participation in such training program.
exposure to DBCP, the employer shall (ii) The employer shall assure that
provide the employee with a medical each employee is informed of the fol-
examination which shall include those lowing:
elements considered appropriate by the
(a) The information contained in Ap-
examining physician.
pendix A;
(4) Information provided to the physi-
cian. The employer shall provide the (b) The quantity, location, manner of
following information to the exam- use, release or storage of DBCP and the
ining physician: specific nature of operations which
(i) A copy of this regulation and its could result in exposure to DBCP as
appendices; well as any necessary protective steps;
(ii) A description of the affected em- (c) The purpose, proper use, and limi-
ployee’s duties as they relate to the tations of respirators;
employee’s exposure; (d) The purpose and description of
(iii) The level of DBCP to which the the medical surveillance program re-
employee is exposed; and quired by paragraph (m) of this section;
(iv) A description of any personal and
protective equipment used or to be (e) A review of this standard, includ-
used. ing appendices.
(5) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For (2) Access to training materials. (i) The
each examination under this section, employer shall make a copy of this
the employer shall obtain and provide standard and its appendices readily
the employee with a written opinion available to all affected employees.
from the examining physician which (ii) The employer shall provide, upon
shall include: request, all materials relating to the
(a) The results of the medical tests employee information and training
performed; program to the Assistant Secretary
(b) The physician’s opinion as to and the Director.
whether the employee has any detected (o) Signs and labels—(1) General. (i)
medical condition which would place The employer may use labels or signs
the employee at an increased risk of required by other statutes, regulations,
308
or ordinances in addition to or in com- (b) A description of the sampling and

bination with, signs and labels required analytical methods used;
by this paragraph. (c) Type of respiratory protective de-
(ii) The employer shall assure that no vices worn, if any; and
statement appears on or near any sign (d) Name, social security number,
or label required by this paragraph and job classification of the employee
which contradicts or detracts from the monitored and of all other employees
required sign or label. whose exposure the measurement is in-
(2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post tended to represent.
signs to clearly indicate all regulated (iii) The employer shall maintain
areas. These signs shall bear the leg- this record for at least 40 years or the
end: duration of employment plus 20 years,
whichever is longer.
DANGER
(2) Medical surveillance. (i) The em-
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane ployer shall establish and maintain an
(Insert appropriate trade or common names) ject to medical surveillance required
CANCER HAZARD
by paragraph (m) of this section.
(ii) This record shall include:
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (a) The name and social security
number of the employee;
RESPIRATOR REQUIRED
(b) A copy of the physician’s written
(3) Labels. (i) The employer shall as- opinion;
sure that precautionary labels are af- (c) Any employee medical complaints
fixed to all containers of DBCP and of related to exposure to DBCP;
products containing DBCP in the work- (d) A copy of the information pro-
place, and that the labels remain af- vided the physician as required by
fixed when the DBCP or products con- paragraphs (m)(4)(ii) through (m)(4)(iv)
taining DBCP are sold, distributed, or of this section; and
otherwise leave the employer’s work- (e) A copy of the employee’s medical
place. Where DBCP or products con- and work history.
taining DBCP are sold, distributed or (iii) The employer shall maintain
otherwise leave the employer’s work- this record for at least 40 years or the
place bearing appropriate labels re- duration of employment plus 20 years,
quired by EPA under the regulations in whichever is longer.
40 CFR Part 162, the labels required by (3) Availability. (i) The employer shall
this paragraph need not be affixed. assure that all records required to be
(ii) The employer shall assure that maintained by this section be made
the precautionary labels required by available upon request to the Assistant
this paragraph are readily visible and Secretary and the Director for exam-
legible. The labels shall bear the fol- ination and copying.
lowing legend: (ii) Employee exposure monitoring
records and employee medical records
DANGER required by this paragraph shall be pro-
vided upon request to employees, des-
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
ignated representatives, and the As-
CANCER HAZARD sistant Secretary in accordance with 29
CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g)
(p) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure moni- through (i).
toring. (i) The employer shall establish (4) Transfer of records. (i) If the em-
and maintain an accurate record of all ployer ceases to do business, the suc-
monitoring required by paragraph (f) of cessor employer shall receive and re-
this section. tain all records required to be main-
(ii) This record shall include: tained by paragraph (p) of this section
(a) The dates, number, duration and for the prescribed period.
results of each of the samples taken, (ii) If the employer ceases to do busi-
including a description of the sampling ness and there is no successor employer
procedure used to determine represent- to receive and retain the records for
ative employee exposure; the prescribed period, the employer
309
shall transmit these records by mail to 1. Airborne. 1 part DBCP vapor per billion
the Director. parts of air (1 ppb); time-weighted average
(iii) At the expiration of the reten- (TWA) for an 8-hour workday.
2. Dermal. Eye contact and skin contact
tion period for the records required to
with DBCP are prohibited.
be maintained under paragraph (p) of C. Appearance and odor: Technical grade
this section, the employer shall trans- DBCP is a dense yellow or amber liquid with
mit these records by mail to the Direc- a pungent odor. It may also appear in granu-
tor. lar form, or blended in varying concentra-
(iv) The employer shall also comply tions with other liquids.
with any additional requirements in- D. Uses: DBCP is used to control nema-
volving transfer of records set forth in todes, very small worm-like plant parasites,
on crops including cotton, soybeans, fruits,
29 CFR 1910.20(h). nuts, vegetables and ornamentals.
(q) Observation of monitoring—(1) Em-
ployee observation. The employer shall II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA
provide affected employees, or their A. Routes of entry: Employees may be ex-
designated representatives, with an op- posed:
portunity to observe any monitoring of 1. Through inhalation (breathing);
employee exposure to DBCP required 2. Through ingestion (swallowing);
by this section. 3. Skin contact; and
(2) Observation procedures. (i) When- 4. Eye contact.
B. Effects of exposure:
ever observation of the measuring or
1. Acute exposure. DBCP may cause drowsi-
monitoring of employee exposure to ness, irritation of the eyes, nose, throat and
DBCP requires entry into an area skin, nausea and vomiting. In addition, over-
where the use of protective clothing or exposure may cause damage to the lungs,
equipment is required, the employer liver or kidneys.
shall provide the observer with per- 2. Chronic exposure. Prolonged or repeated
sonal protective clothing or equipment exposure to DBCP has been shown to cause
required to be worn by employees sterility in humans. It also has been shown
to produce cancer and sterility in laboratory
working in the area, assure the use of
animals and has been determined to con-
such clothing and equipment, and re- stitute an increased risk of cancer in man.
quire the observer to comply with all 3. Reporting Signs and Symptoms. If you de-
other applicable safety and health pro- velop any of the above signs or symptoms
cedures. that you think are caused by exposure to
(ii) Without interfering with the DBCP, you should inform your employer.
monitoring or measurement, observers
III. EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES
shall be entitled to:
(a) Receive an explanation of the A. Eye exposure. If DBCP liquid or dust con-
measurement procedures; taining DBCP gets into your eyes, wash your
(b) Observe all steps related to the eyes immediately with large amounts of
water, lifting the lower and upper lids occa-
measurement of airborne concentra- sionally. Get medical attention imme-
tions of DBCP performed at the place diately. Contact lenses should not be worn
of exposure; and when working with DBCP.
(c) Record the results obtained. B. Skin exposure. If DBCP liquids or dusts
(r) Appendices. The information con- containing DBCP get on your skin, imme-
tained in the appendices is not in- diately wash using soap or mild detergent
tended, by itself, to create any addi- and water. If DBCP liquids or dusts con-
tional obligations not otherwise im- taining DBCP penetrate through your cloth-
ing, remove the clothing immediately and
posed or to detract from any existing wash. If irritation is present after washing
obligation. get medical attention.
C. Breathing. If you or any person breathe
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1044—SUBSTANCE in large amounts of DBCP, move the exposed
SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR DBCP person to fresh air at once. If breathing has
stopped, perform artificial respiration. Do
I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION
not use mouth-to-mouth. Keep the affected
A. Synonyms and trades names: DBCP; Di- person warm and at rest. Get medical atten-
bromochloropropane; Fumazone (Dow Chem- tion as soon as possible.
ical Company TM); Nemafume; Nemagon D. Swallowing. When DBCP has been swal-
(Shell Chemical Co. TM); Nemaset; BBC 12; lowed and the person is conscious, give the
and OS 1879. person large amounts of water immediately.
B. Permissible exposure: After the water has been swallowed, try to
310
get the person to vomit by having him touch tergent and water to remove any DBCP from
the back of his throat with his finger. Do not your skin.
make an unconscious person vomit. Get med- E. You must not keep food, beverages, cos-
ical attention immediately. metics, or smoking materials, nor eat or
E. Rescue. Notify someone. Put into effect smoke, in regulated areas.
the established emergency rescue proce- F. If you work in a regulated area, you
dures. Know the locations of the emergency must wash your hands thoroughly with soap
rescue equipment before the need arises. or mild detergent and water, before eating,
smoking or using toilet facilities.
IV. RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING G. If you work in a regulated area, you
A. Respirators. You may be required to must remove any protective equipment or
wear a respirator in emergencies and while clothing before leaving the regulated area.
your employer is in the process of reducing H. Ask your supervisor where DBCP is used
DBCP exposures through engineering con- in your work area and for any additional
trols. If respirators are worn, they must have safety and health rules.
a National Institute for Occupational Safety
VI. ACCESS TO INFORMATION
and Health (NIOSH) approval label (Older
respirators may have a Bureau of Mines Ap- A. Each year, your employer is required to
proval label). For effective protection, a res- inform you of the information contained in
pirator must fit your face and head snugly. this Substance Safety Data Sheet for DBCP.
The respirator should not be loosened or re- In addition, your employer must instruct
moved in work situations where its use is re- you in the safe use of DBCP, emergency pro-
quired. DBCP does not have a detectable cedures, and the correct use of protective
odor except at 1,000 times or more above the equipment.
permissible exposure limit. If you can smell B. Your employer is required to determine
DBCP while wearing a respirator, the res- whether you are being exposed to DBCP. You
pirator is not working correctly; go imme- or your representative have the right to ob-
diately to fresh air. If you experience dif- serve employee exposure measurements and
ficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, to record the result obtained. Your employer
tell your employer. is required to inform you of your exposure. If
B. Protective clothing. When working with your employer determines that you are being
DBCP you must wear for your protection im- overexposed, he is required to inform you of
permeable work clothing provided by your the actions which are being taken to reduce
employer. (Standard rubber and neoprene your exposure.
protective clothing do not offer adequate C. Your employer is required to keep rec-
protection). ords of your exposure and medical examina-
DBCP must never be allowed to remain on tions. Your employer is required to keep ex-
the skin. Clothing and shoes must not be al- posure and medical data for at least 40 years
lowed to become contaminated with DBCP, or the duration of your employment plus 20
and if they do, they must be promptly re- years, whichever is longer.
moved and not worn again until completely D. Your employer is required to release ex-
free of DBCP. Turn in impermeable clothing posure and medical records to you, your phy-
that has developed leaks for repair or re- sician, or other individual designated by you
placement. upon your written request.
C. Eye protection. You must wear splash-
proof safety goggles where there is any possi- APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1044—SUBSTANCE
bility of DBCP liquid or dust contacting TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR DBCP
your eyes.
I. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL DATA
V. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE USE, HANDLING,
A. Substance Identification
AND STORAGE
1. Synonyms: 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane;
A. DBCP must be stored in tightly closed DBCP, Fumazone; Nemafume; Nemagon;
containers in a cool, well-ventilated area. Nemaset; BBC 12; OS 1879. DBCP is also in-
B. If your work clothing may have become cluded in agricultural pesticides and fumi-
contaminated with DBCP, or liquids or dusts gants which include the phrase ‘‘Nema—’’ in
containing DBCP, you must change into their name.
uncontaminated clothing before leaving the 2. Formula: C3H5Br2 C1.
work premises. 3. Molecular Weight: 236.
C. You must promptly remove any protec- B. Physical Data:
tive clothing that becomes contaminated 1. Boiling point (760 mm HG): 195C (383F)
with DBCP. This clothing must not be 2. Specific gravity (water=1): 2.093.
reworn until the DBCP is removed from the 3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of
clothing. DBCP): Data not available.
D. If your skin becomes contaminated with 4. Melting point: 6C (43F).
DBCP, you must immediately and thor- 5. Vapor pressure at 20C (68F): 0.8 mm Hg
oughly wash or shower with soap or mild de- 6. Solubility in water: 1000 ppm.
311
7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): very B. Persons not wearing protective equip-
much less than 1. ment must be restricted from areas of spills
8. Appearance and odor: Dense yellow or or leaks until cleanup has been completed.
amber liquid with a pungent odor at high C. Waste Disposal Methods:
concentrations. Any detectable odor of 1. For small quantities of liquid DBCP, ab-
DBCP indicates overexposure. sorb on paper towels, remove to a safe place
(such as a fume hood) and burn the paper.
II. FIRE EXPLOSION AND REACTIVITY HAZARD Large quantities can be reclaimed or col-
DATA lected and atomized in a suitable combustion
A. Fire chamber equipped with an appropriate efflu-
1. Flash point: 170F (77C) ent gas cleaning device. If liquid DBCP is ab-
2. Autoignition temperature: Data not sorbed in vermiculite, dry sand, earth or
available. similar material and placed in sealed con-
3. Flammable limits in air, percent by vol- tainers it may be disposed of in a State-ap-
ume: Data not available. proved sanitary landfill.
4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide, 2. If in solid form, for small quantities,
dry chemical. place on paper towels, remove to a safe place
5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not (such as a fume hood) and burn. Large quan-
use a solid stream of water since a stream tities may be reclaimed. However, if this is
will scatter and spread the fire. Use water not practical, dissolve in a flammable sol-
spray to cool containers exposed to a fire. vent (such as alcohol) and atomize in a suit-
6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: None able combustion chamber equipped with an
known. appropriate effluent gas cleaning device.
7. For purposes of complying with the re- DBCP in solid form may also be disposed in
quirements of § 1910.106, liquid DBCP is clas- a state-approved sanitary landfill.
sified as a Class III A combustible liquid.
IV. MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT
8. For the purpose of complying with
§ 1910.309, the classification of hazardous lo- PROCEDURES
cations as described in article 500 of the Na- A. Exposure above the permissible expo-
tional Electrical Code for DBCP shall be sure limit.
Class I, Group D. 1. Eight Hour Exposure Evaluation: Measure-
9. For the purpose of compliance with ments taken for the purpose of determining
§ 1910.157, DBCP is classified as a Class B fire employee exposure under this section are
hazard. best taken so that the average 8-hour expo-
10. For the purpose of compliance with sure may be determined from a single 8-hour
§ 1910.178, locations classified as hazardous sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Air sam-
locations due to the presence of DBCP shall ples should be taken in the employee’s
be Class I, Group D. breathing zone (air that would most nearly
11. Sources of ignition are prohibited where represent that inhaled by the employee).
DBCP presents a fire or explosion hazard. 2. Monitoring Techniques: The sampling and
B. Reactivity analysis under this section may be per-
1. Conditions contributing to instability: formed by collecting the DBCP vapor on pe-
None known. troleum based charcoal absorption tubes
2. Incompatibilities: Reacts with chemi- with subsequent chemical analyses. The
cally active metals, such as aluminum, mag- method of measurement chosen should deter-
nesium and tin alloys. mine the concentration of airborne DBCP at
3. Hazardous decomposition products: the permissible exposure limit to an accu-
Toxic gases and vapors (such as HBr, HCl and racy of plus or minus 25 percent. If charcoal
carbon monoxide) may be released in a fire tubes are used, a total volume of 10 liters
involving DBCP. should be collected at a flow rate of 50 cc. per
4. Special precautions: DBCP will attack minute for each tube. Analyze the resultant
some rubber materials and coatings. samples as you would samples of halogenated
solvent.
III. SPILL, LEAK AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES B. Since many of the duties relating to em-
A. If DBCP is spilled or leaked, the fol- ployee protection are dependent on the re-
lowing steps should be taken: sults of monitoring and measuring proce-
1. The area should be evacuated at once dures, employers should assure that the eval-
and re-entered only after thorough ventila- uation of employee exposures is performed
tion. by a competent industrial hygienist or other
2. Ventilate area of spill or leak. technically qualified person.
3. If in liquid form, collect for reclamation
V. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
or absorb in paper, vermiculite, dry sand,
earth or similar material. Employees should be required to wear ap-
4. If in solid form, collect spilled material propriate protective clothing to prevent any
in the most convenient and safe manner for possibility of skin contact with DBCP. Be-
reclamation or for disposal. cause DBCP is absorbed through the skin, it
312
is important to prevent skin contact with VIII. COMMON OPERATIONS
both liquid and solid forms of DBCP. Protec-
tive clothing should include impermeable Common operations in which exposure to
coveralls or similar fullbody work clothing, DBCP is likely to occur are: during its pro-
gloves, headcoverings, and workshoes or shoe duction; and during its formulation into pes-
coverings. Standard rubber and neoprene ticides and fumigants.
gloves do not offer adequate protection and
should not be relied upon to keep DBCP off APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1044—MEDICAL
the skin. DBCP should never be allowed to SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR DBCP
remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes
I. ROUTE OF ENTRY
should not be allowed to become contami-
nated with the material, and if they do, they Inhalation; skin absorption
should be promptly removed and not worn
again until completely free of the material. II. TOXICOLOGY
Any protective clothing which has developed
Recent data collected on workers involved
leaks or is otherwise found to be defective
in the manufacture and formulation of DBCP
should be repaired or replaced. Employees
has shown that DBCP can cause sterility at
should also be required to wear splash-proof
very low levels of exposure. This finding is
safety goggles where there is any possibility
supported by studies showing that DBCP
of DBCP contacting the eyes.
causes sterility in animals. Chronic exposure
VI. HOUSEKEEPING AND HYGIENE FACILITIES to DBCP resulted in pronounced necrotic ac-
tion on the parenchymatous organs (i.e.,
1. The workplace must be kept clean, or- liver, kidney, spleen) and on the testicles of
derly and in a sanitary condition; rats at concentrations as low as 5 ppm. Rats
2. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed that were chronically exposed to DBCP also
air is unsafe for the cleaning of floors and showed changes in the composition of the
other surfaces where DBCP dust or liquids blood, showing low RBC, hemoglobin, and
are found. To minimize the contamination of WBC, and high reticulocyte levels as well as
air with dust, vacuuming with either port- functional hepatic disturbance, manifesting
able or permanent systems must be used. If itself in a long prothrombin time. Reznik et
a portable unit is selected, the exhaust must al. noted a single dose of 100 mg produced
be attached to the general workplace ex- profound depression of the nervous system of
haust ventilation system, or collected within rats. Their condition gradually improved.
the vacuum unit equipped with high effi- Acute exposure also resulted in the destruc-
ciency filters or other appropriate means of tion of the sex gland activity of male rats as
contamination removal and not used for well as causing changes in the estrous cycle
other purposes. Units used to collect DBCP in female rats. Animal studies have also as-
must be labeled. sociated DBCP with an increased incidence
3. Adequate washing facilities with hot and of carcinoma. Olson, et al. orally adminis-
cold water must be provided, and maintained tered DBCP to rats and mice 5 times per
in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing week at experimentally predetermined maxi-
agents should also be provided to assure the mally tolerated doses and at half those
effective removal of DBCP from the skin. doses. As early as ten weeks after initiation
4. Change or dressing rooms with indi- of treatment, DBCP induced a high incidence
vidual clothes storage facilities must be proof squamous cell carcinomas of the stomach
vided to prevent the contamination of street with metastases in both species. DBCP also
clothes with DBCP. Because of the hazardous induced mammary adenocarcinomas in the
nature of DBCP, contaminated protective female rats at both dose levels.
clothing must be stored in closed containers
for cleaning or disposal. III. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS
VII. MISCELLANEOUS PRECAUTIONS A. Inhalation: Nausea, eye irritation, con-
junctivitis, respiratory irritation, pul-
A. Store DBCP in tightly closed containers
monary congestion or edema, CNS depres-
in a cool, well ventilated area.
sion with apathy, sluggishness, and ataxia.
B. Use of supplied-air suits or other imper-
vious clothing (such as acid suits) may be B. Dermal: Erythema or inflammation and
necessary to prevent skin contact with dermatitis on repeated exposure.
DBCP. Supplied-air suits should be selected, IV. SPECIAL TESTS
used, and maintained under the supervision
of persons knowlegeable in the limitations A. Semen analysis: The following informa-
and potential life-endangering characteris- tion excerpted from the document ‘‘Evalua-
tics of supplied-air suits. tion of Testicular Function’’, submitted by
C. The use of air-conditioned suits may be the Corporate Medical Department of the
necessary in warmer climates. Shell Oil Company (exhibit 39–3), may be
D. Advise employees of all areas and oper- useful to physicians conducting the medical
ations where exposure to DBCP could occur. surveillance program;
313
In performing semen analyses certain V. TREATMENT
minimal but specific criteria should be met:
Remove from exposure immediately, give
1. It is recommended that a minimum of
oxygen or artificial resuscitation if indi-
three valid semen analyses be obtained in cated. Contaminated clothing and shoes
order to make a determination of an individ- should be removed immediately. Flush eyes
ual’s average sperm count. and wash contaminated skin. If swallowed
2. A period of sexual abstinence is nec- and the person is conscious, induce vomiting.
essary prior to the collection of each Recovery from mild exposures is usually
masturbatory sample. It is recommended rapid and complete.
that intercourse or masturbation be per-
formed 48 hours before the actual specimen VI. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE
collection. A period of 48 hours of abstinence CONSIDERATIONS
would follow; then the masturbatory sample
A. Other considerations. DBCP can cause
would be collected.
both acute and chronic effects. It is impor-
3. Each semen specimen should be col-
tant that the physician become familiar with
lected in a clean, widemouthed, glass jar (not
the operating conditions in which exposure
necessarily pre-sterilized) in a manner des-
to DBCP occurs. Those with respiratory dis-
ignated by the examining physician. Any orders may not tolerate the wearing of nega-
part of the seminal fluid exam should be ini- tive pressure respirators.
tialed only after liquifaction is complete, i.e., B. Surveillance and screening. Medical his-
30 to 45 minutes after collection. tories and laboratory examinations are re-
4. Semen volume should be measured to quired for each employee subject to exposure
the nearest 1⁄10 of a cubic centimeter. to DBCP. The employer should screen em-
5. Sperm density should be determined ployees for history of certain medical condi-
using routine techniques involving the use of tions (listed below) which might place the
a white cell pipette and a hemocytometer employee at increased risk from exposure.
chamber. The immobilizing fluid most effec- 1. Liver disease. The primary site of bio-
tive and most easily obtained for this proc- transformation and detoxification of DBCP
ess is distilled water. is the liver. Liver dysfunctions likely to in-
6. Thin, dry smears of the semen should be hibit the conjugation reactions will tend to
made for a morphologic classification of the promote the toxic actions of DBCP. These
sperm forms and should be stained with ei- precautions should be considered before ex-
ther hematoxalin or the more difficult, yet posing persons with impaired liver function
more precise, Papanicolaou technique. Also to DBCP.
of importance to record is obvious sperm ag- 2. Renal disease. Because DBCP has been as-
glutination, pyospermia, delayed sociated with injury to the kidney it is im-
liquifaction (greater than 30 minutes), and portant that special consideration be given
hyperviscosity. In addition, pH, using to those with possible impairment of renal
nitrazine paper, should be determined. function.
7. A total morphology evaluation should 3. Skin desease. DBCP can penetrate the
include percentages of the following: skin and can cause erythema on prolonged
a. Normal (oval) forms, exposure. Persons with pre-existing skin dis-
b. Tapered forms, orders may be more susceptible to the effects
c. Amorphous forms (include large and of DBCP.
small sperm shapes), 4. Blood dyscrasias. DBCP has been shown
d. Duplicated (either heads or tails) forms, to decrease the content of erythrocytes, he-
and moglobin, and leukocytes in the blood, as
e. Immature forms. well as increase the prothrombin time. Per-
8. Each sample should be evaluated for sons with existing blood disorders may be
sperm viability (percent viable sperm moving more susceptible to the effects of DBCP.
at the time of examination) as well as sperm 5. Reproductive disorders. Animal studies
motility (subjective characterization of ‘‘pur- have associated DBCP with various effects
poseful forward sperm progression’’ of the on the reproductive organs. Among these ef-
majority of those viable sperm analyzed) fects are atrophy of the testicles and changes
within two hours after collection, ideally by in the estrous cycle. Persons with pre-exist-
the same or equally qualified examiner. ing reproductive disorders may be at in-
B. Serum determinations: The following creased risk to these effects of DBCP.
serum determinations should be performed
by radioimmuno-assay techniques using Na- REFERENCES
tional Institutes of Health (NIH) specific 1. Reznik, Ya. B. and Sprinchan, G. K.: Ex-
antigen or antigen preparations of equiva- perimental Data on the Gonadotoxic effect
lent sensitivity: of Nemagon, Gig. Sanit., (6), 1975, pp. 101–102,
1. Serum follicle stimulating hormone (translated from Russian).
(FSH); 2. Faydysh, E. V., Rakhmatullaev, N. N.
2. Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); and and Varshavskii, V. A.: The Cytotoxic Ac-
3. Serum total estrogen (females only). tion of Nemagon in a Subacute Experiment,
314
Med. Zh. Uzbekistana, (No. 1), 1970, pp. 64–65, (b) Definitions. Acrylonitrile or AN
(translated from Russian). means acrylonitrile monomer, chem-
3. Rakhmatullaev, N. N.: Hygienic Charac- ical formula CH2=CHCN.
teristics of the Nematocide Nemagon in Re-
lation to Water Pollution Control, Hyg. Action level means a concentration of
Sanit., 36(3), 1971, pp. 344–348, (translated from AN of 1 ppm as an eight (8)-hour time-
Russian). weighted average.
4. Olson, W. A. et al.: Induction of Stomach Assistant Secretary means the Assist-
Cancer in Rats and Mice by Halogenated Ali- ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
phatic Fumigants, Journal of the National
Cancer Institute, (51), 1973, pp. 1993–1995.
5. Torkelson, T. R. et al.: Toxicologic Inves- ment of Labor, or designee.
tigations of 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane, Authorized person means any person
Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, 3, 1961 specifically authorized by the employer
pp. 545–559. whose duties require the person to
[43 FR 11527, Mar. 17, 1978, as amended at 45 enter a regulated area, or any person
FR 35283, May 23, 1980; 49 FR 18295, Apr. 30, entering such an area as a designated
1984; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 58 FR 35310, representative of employees for the
June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR purpose of exercising the opportunity
1291, Jan. 8, 1998]
to observe monitoring procedures
§ 1910.1045 Acrylonitrile. under paragraph (r) of this section.
Decontamination means treatment of
(a) Scope and application. (1) This sec- materials and surfaces by water
tion applies to all occupational expo- washdown, ventilation, or other means,
sures to acrylonitrile (AN), Chemical to assure that the materials will not
Abstracts Service Registry No.
expose employees to airborne con-
000107131, except as provided in para-
centrations of AN above 1 means the
graphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section.
Director, National Institute for Occu-
(2) This section does not apply to ex-
posures which result solely from the pational Safety and Health, U.S. De-
processing, use, and handling of the fol- partment of Health and Human Serv-
lowing materials: ices, or designee.
(i) ABS resins, SAN resins, nitrile Emergency means any occurrence
barrier resins, solid nitrile elastomers, such as, but not limited to, equipment
and acrylic and modacrylic fibers, failure, rupture of containers, or fail-
when these listed materials are in the ure of control equipment, which results
form of finished polymers, and prod- in an unexpected massive release of
ucts fabricated from such finished AN.
polymers; Liquid AN means AN monomer in liq-
(ii) Materials made from and/or con- uid form, and liquid or semiliquid poly-
taining AN for which objective data is mer intermediates, including slurries,
reasonably relied upon to demonstrate suspensions, emulsions, and solutions,
that the material is not capable of reproduced during the polymerization of
leasing AN in airborne concentrations AN.
in excess of 1 ppm as an eight (8)-hour OSHA Area Office means the Area Of-
time-weighted average, under the ex- fice of the Occupational Safety and
pected conditions of processing, use, Health Administration having jurisdic-
and handling which will cause the tion over the geographic area where
greatest possible release; and the affected workplace is located.
(iii) Solid materials made from and/
(c) Permissible exposure limits—(1) In-
or containing AN which will not be
halation. (i) Time weighted average limit
heated above 170 °F during handling,
(TWA). The employer shall assure that
use, or processing.
no employee is exposed to an airborne
(3) An employer relying upon exemp-
tion under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) shall concentration of acrylonitrile in excess
maintain records of the objective data of two (2) parts acrylonitrile per mil-
supporting that exemption, and of the lion parts of air (2 ppm) as an eight (8)-
basis of the employer’s reliance on the hour time-weighted average.
data, as provided in paragraph (q) of (ii) Ceiling limit. The employer shall
this section. assure that no employee is exposed to
315
an airborne concentration of acrylo- which AN is present shall monitor each

nitrile in excess of ten (10) ppm as aver- such workplace and work operation to
aged over any fifteen (15)-minute pe- accurately determine the airborne con-
riod during the work day. centrations of AN to which employees
(2) Dermal and eye exposure. The em- may be exposed.
ployer shall assure that no employee is (3) Frequency. (i) If the monitoring re-
exposed to skin contact or eye contact quired by this section reveals employee
with liquid AN. exposure to be below the action level,
(d) Notification of regulated areas and the employer may discontinue moni-
emergencies—(1) Regulated areas. Within toring for that employee.
thirty (30) days following the establish- (ii) If the monitoring required by this
ment of a regulated area pursuant to section reveals employee exposure to
paragraph (f) of this section, the em- be at or above the action level but
ployer shall report the following infor- below the permissible exposure limits,
mation to the OSHA Area Office: the employer shall repeat such moni-
(i) The address and location of each toring for each such employee at least
establishment which has one or more quarterly. The employer shall continue
regulated areas; these quarterly measurements until at
(ii) The locations, within the estab- least two consecutive measurements
lishment, of each regulated area; taken at least seven (7) days apart, are
(iii) A brief description of each proc- below the action level, and thereafter
ess or operation which results in em- the employer may discontinue moni-
ployee exposure to AN in regulated toring for that employee.
areas; and
(iii) If the monitoring required by
(iv) The number of employees en-
this section reveals employee exposure
gaged in each process or operation
to be in excess of the permissible expo-
within each regulated area which re-
sure limits, the employer shall repeat
sults in exposure to AN, and an esti-
these determinations for each such em-
mate of the frequency and degree of ex-
ployee at least monthly. The employer
posure that occurs.
shall continue these monthly measure-
Whenever there has been a signifi-
cant change in the information re- ments until at least two consecutive
quired to be reported by this para- measurements, taken at least seven (7)
graph, the employer shall promptly days apart, are below the permissible
provide the new information to the exposure limits, and thereafter the em-
OSHA Area Office. ployer shall monitor at least quarterly.
(2) Emergencies. Emergencies, and the (4) Additional monitoring. Whenever
facts obtainable at that time, shall be there has been a production, process,
reported within seventy-two (72) hours control, or personnel change which
of the initial occurrence to the OSHA may result in new or additional expo-
Area Office. Upon request of the OSHA sures to AN, or whenever the employer
Area Office; the employer shall submit has any other reason to suspect a
additional information in writing rel- change which may result in new or ad-
evant to the nature and extent of em- ditional exposures to AN, additional
ployee exposures and measures taken monitoring which complies with this
to prevent future emergencies of a paragraph shall be conducted.
similar nature. (5) Employee notification. (i) Within
(e) Exposure monitoring—(1) General. five (5) working days after the receipt
(i) Determinations of airborne exposure of the results of monitoring required
levels shall be made from air samples by this paragraph, the employer shall
that are representative of each employ- notify each employee in writing of the
ee’s exposure to AN over an eight (8)- results which represent that employ-
hour period. ee’s exposure.
(ii) For the purposes of this section, (ii) Whenever the results indicate
employee exposure is that exposure that the representative employee expo-
which would occur if the employee sure exceeds the permissible exposure
were not using a respirator. limits, the employer shall include in
(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer the written notice a statement that
who has a place of employment in the permissible exposure limits were
316
exceeded and a description of the cor- as required by paragraph (g)(1) of this

rective action being taken to reduce section.
exposure to or below the permissible (ii) Written plans for these compli-
exposure limits. ance programs shall include at least
(6) Accuracy of measurement. The the following:
method of measurement of employee (A) A description of each operation or
exposures shall be accurate to a con- process resulting in employee exposure
fidence level of 95 percent, to within to AN above the permissible exposure
plus or minus 35 percent for concentra- limits;
tions of AN at or above the permissible (B) An outline of the nature of the
exposure limits, and plus or minus 50 engineering controls and work prac-
percent for concentrations of AN below tices to be applied to the operation or
the permissible exposure limits. process in question;
(f) Regulated areas. (1) The employer (C) A report of the technology consid-
shall establish regulated areas where ered in meeting the permissible expo-
AN concentrations are in excess of the sure limits;
permissible exposure limits. (D) A schedule for implementation of
(2) Regulated areas shall be demar- engineering and work practice controls
cated and segregated from the rest of for the operation or process, which
the workplace, in any manner that shall project completion no later than
minimizes the number of persons who November 2, 1980; and
will be exposed to AN. (E) Other relevant information.
(3) Access to regulated areas shall be (iii) The employer shall complete the
limited to authorized persons or to per- steps set forth in the compliance pro-
sons otherwise authorized by the act or gram by the dates in the schedule.
regulations issued pursuant thereto. (iv) Written plans shall be submitted
(4) The employer shall assure that upon request to the Assistant Sec-
food or beverages are not present or retary and the Director, and shall be
consumed, tobacco products are not available at the worksite for examina-
present or used, and cosmetics are not tion and copying by the Assistant Sec-
applied in the regulated area. retary, the Director, or any affected
(g) Methods of compliance—(1) Engi- employee or representative.
neering and work practice controls. (i) By (v) The plans required by this para-
November 2, 1980, the employer shall graph shall be revised and updated at
institute engineering and work prac- least every six (6) months to reflect the
tice controls to reduce and maintain current status of the program.
employee exposures to AN, to or below (h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.
the permissible exposure limits, except For employees who use respirators re-
to the extent that the employer estab- quired by this section, the employer
lishes that such controls are not fea- must provide respirators that comply
sible. with the requirements of this para-
(ii) Wherever the engineering and graph. Respirators must be used dur-
work practice controls which can be ining:
stituted are not sufficient to reduce (i) Periods necessary to install or im-
employee exposures to or below the plement feasible engineering and work-
permissible exposure limits, the em- practice controls.
ployer shall nonetheless use them to (ii) Work operations, such as mainte-
reduce exposures to the lowest levels nance and repair activities or reactor
achievable by these controls, and shall cleaning, for which the employer estab-
supplement them by the use of res- lishes that engineering and work-prac-
piratory protection which complies tice controls are not feasible.
with the requirements of paragraph (h) (iii) Work operations for which fea-
of this section. sible engineering and work-practice
(2) Compliance program. (i) The em- controls are not yet sufficient to re-
ployer shall establish and implement a duce employee exposure to or below the
written program to reduce employee permissible exposure limits.
exposures to or below the permissible (iv) Emergencies.
exposure limits solely by means of en- (2) Respirator program. (i) The em-
gineering and work practice controls, ployer must implement a respiratory
317
protection program in accordance with completion of each shift, whichever oc-

29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except curs first.
(d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and (B) A label must be attached to the
(f) through (m). cartridge or canister to indicate the
(ii) If air-purifying respirators (chem- date and time at which it is first in-
ical-cartridge or chemical-canister stalled on the respirator.
types) are used: (3) Respirator selection. The employer
(A) The air-purifying canister or car-
must select the appropriate respirator
tridge must be replaced prior to the ex-
from Table I of this section.
piration of its service life or at the
TABLE I—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR ACRYLONITRILE (AN)
Concentration of AN or condition of use Respirator type
(a) Less than or equal to 20 ppm ............... (1) Chemical cartridge respirator with organic vapor cartridge(s) and half-mask
facepiece; or
(2) Supplied air respirator with half-mask facepiece.
(b) Less than or equal to 100 ppm or max- (1) Full facepiece respirator with (A) organic vapor cartridges, (B) organic vapor
imum use concentration (MUC) of car- gas mask chin-style, or (C) organic vapor gas mask canister, front-or back-
tridges or canisters, whichever is lower. mounted;
(2) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece; or
(3) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece.
(c) Less than or equal to 4,000 ppm .......... (1) Supplied air respirator operated in the positive pressure mode with full face-
piece, helmet, suit, or hood.
(d) Greater than 4,000 ppm or unknown (1) Supplied air and auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece
concentration. in positive pressure mode; or
(2) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure
mode.
(e) Firefighting ............................................. Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure mode.
(f) Escape .................................................... (1) Any organic vapor respirator, or
(2) Any self-contained breathing apparatus.
(i) Emergency situations—(1) Written clothing or other equipment to protect

plans. (i) A written plan for emergency any area of the body which may come
situations shall be developed for each in contact with liquid AN. The provi-
workplace where liquid AN is present. sion of §§ 1910.132 and 1910.133 shall be
Appropriate portions of the plan shall complied with.
be implemented in the event of an (2) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The
emergency. employer shall clean, launder, main-
(ii) The plan shall specifically pro- tain, or replace protective clothing and
vide that employees engaged in cor- equipment required by this section as
recting emergency conditions shall be needed to maintain their effectiveness.
equipped as required in paragraph (h) (ii) The employer shall assure that
of this section until the emergency is
impermeable protective clothing which
abated.
contacts or is likely to have contacted
(iii) Employees not engaged in cor-
liquid AN shall be decontaminated be-
recting the emergency shall be evacu-
fore being removed by the employee.
ated from the area and shall not be per-
mitted to return until the emergency (iii) The employer shall assure that
is abated. an employee whose nonimpermeable
(2) Alerting employees. Where there is clothing becomes wetted with liquid
the possibility of employee exposure to AN shall immediately remove that
AN in excess of the ceiling limit, a gen- clothing and proceed to shower. The
eral alarm shall be installed and used clothing shall be decontaminated be-
to promptly alert employees of such fore it is removed from the regulated
occurrences. area.
(j) Protective clothing and equipment— (iv) The employer shall assure that
(1) Provision and use. Where eye or skin no employee removes protective cloth-
contact with liquid AN may occur, the ing or equipment from the change
employer shall provide at no cost to room, except for those employees au-
the employee, and assure that employ- thorized to do so for the purpose of
ees wear, impermeable protective laundering, maintenance, or disposal.
318
(v) The employer shall inform any The employer shall provide each such
person who launders or cleans protec- employee with an opportunity for med-
tive clothing or equipment of the po- ical examinations and tests in accord-
tentially harmful effects of exposure to ance with this paragraph.
AN. (ii) The employer shall assure that
(k) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces all medical examinations and proce-
shall be maintained free of visible ac- dures are performed by or under the su-
cumulations of liquid AN. pervision of a licensed physician, and
(2) For operations involving liquid that they shall be provided without
AN, the employer shall institute a pro- cost to the employee.
gram for detecting leaks and spills of (2) Initial examinations. At the time of
liquid AN, including regular visual in-
initial assignment, or upon institution
spections.
of the medical surveillance program,
(3) Where spills of liquid AN are de-
the employer shall provide each af-
tected, the employer shall assure that
surfaces contacted by the liquid AN are fected employee an opportunity for a
decontaminated. Employees not en- medical examination, including at
gaged in decontamination activities least the following elements:
shall leave the area of the spill, and (i) A work history and medical his-
shall not be permitted in the area until tory with special attention to skin,
decontamination is completed. respiratory, and gastrointestinal sys-
(l) Waste disposal. AN waste, scrap, tems, and those nonspecific symptoms,
debris, bags, containers, or equipment such as headache, nausea, vomiting,
shall be decontaminated before being dizziness, weakness, or other central
incorporated in the general waste dis- nervous system dysfunctions that may
posal system. be associated with acute or with chron-
(m) Hygiene facilities and practices. (1) ic exposure to AN;
Where employees are exposed to air- (ii) A complete physical examination
borne concentrations of AN above the giving particular attention to the pe-
permissible exposure limits, or where ripheral and central nervous system,
employees are required to wear protec- gastrointestinal system, respiratory
tive clothing or equipment pursuant to system, skin, and thyroid;
paragraph (j) of this section, the facili- (iii) A 14- by 17-inch posteroanterior
ties required by 29 CFR 1910.141, includ- chest X-ray; and
ing clean change rooms and shower fa- (iv) Further tests of the intestinal
cilities, shall be provided by the em- tract, including fecal occult blood
ployer for the use of those employees, screening, for all workers 40 years of
and the employer shall assure that the age or older, and for any other affected
employees use the facilities provided. employees for whom, in the opinion of
(2) The employer shall assure that the physician, such testing is appro-
employees wearing protective clothing priate.
or equipment for protection from skin
(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The em-
contact with liquid AN shall shower at
ployer shall provide the examinations
the end of the work shift.
specified in paragraph (n)(2) of this sec-
(3) The employer shall assure that, in
the event of skin or eye exposure to tion at least annually for all employees
liquid AN, the affected employee shall specified in paragraph (n)(1) of this sec-
shower immediately to minimize the tion.
danger of skin absorption. (ii) If an employee has not had the
(4) The employer shall assure that examination specified in paragraph
employees working in the regulated (n)(2) of this section within 6 months
area wash their hands and faces prior preceding termination of employment,
to eating. the employer shall make such exam-
(n) Medical surveillance—(1) General. ination available to the employee prior
(i) The employer shall institute a pro- to such termination.
gram of medical surveillance for each (4) Additional examinations. If the em-
employee who is or will be exposed to ployee for any reason develops signs or
AN at or above the action level, with- symptoms which may be associated
out regard to the use of respirators. with exposure to AN, the employer
319
shall provide an appropriate examina- participation of all employees exposed

tion and emergency medical treat- to AN above the action level, all em-
ment. ployees whose exposures are main-
(5) Information provided to the physi- tained below the action level by engi-
cian. The employer shall provide the neering and work practice controls,
following information to the exam- and all employees subject to potential
ining physician: skin or eye contact with liquid AN.
(i) A copy of this standard and its ap- (ii) Training shall be provided at the
pendixes; time of initial assignment, or upon in-
(ii) A description of the affected em- stitution of the training program, and
ployee’s duties as they relate to the at least annually thereafter, and the
employee’s exposure; employer shall assure that each em-
(iii) The employee’s representative ployee is informed of the following:
exposure level; (A) The information contained in ap-
(iv) The employee’s anticipated or es- pendixes A and B;
timated exposure level (for (B) The quantity, location, manner of
preplacement examinations or in cases use, release, or storage of AN, and the
of exposure due to an emergency); specific nature of operations which
(v) A description of any personal pro- could result in exposure to AN, as well
tective equipment used or to be used; as any necessary protective steps;
and (C) The purpose, proper use, and limi-
(vi) Information from previous med- tations of respirators and protective
ical examinations of the affected em- clothing;
ployee, which is not otherwise avail- (D) The purpose and a description of
able to the examining physician. the medical surveillance program re-
(6) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The quired by paragraph (n) of this section;
employer shall obtain a written opin- (E) The emergency procedures devel-
ion from the examining physician oped, as required by paragraph (i) of
which shall include: this section;
(A) The results of the medical exam- (F) Engineering and work practice
ination and test performed; controls, their function, and the em-
(B) The physician’s opinion as to ployee’s relationship to these controls;
whether the employee has any detected and
medical condition(s) which would place (G) A review of this standard.
the employee at an increased risk of (2) Access to training materials. (i) The
material impairment of the employee’s employer shall make a copy of this
health from exposure to AN; standard and its appendixes readily
(C) Any recommended limitations available to all affected employees.
upon the employee’s exposure to AN or (ii) The employer shall provide, upon
upon the use of protective clothing and request, all materials relating to the
equipment such as respirators; and employee information and training
(D) A statement that the employee program to the Assistant Secretary
has been informed by the physician of and the Director.
the results of the medical examination (p) Signs and labels—(1) General. (i)
and any medical conditions which re- The employer may use labels or signs
quire further examination or treat- required by other statutes, regulations,
ment. or ordinances in addition to, or in com-
(ii) The employer shall instruct the bination with, signs and labels required
physician not to reveal in the written by this paragraph.
opinion specific findings or diagnoses (ii) The employer shall assure that no
unrelated to occupational exposure to statement appears on or near any sign
AN. or label required by this paragraph
(iii) The employer shall provide a which contradicts or detracts from the
copy of the written opinion to the af- required sign or label.
fected employee. (2) Signs. (i) The employer shall post
(o) Employee information and train- signs to clearly indicate all workplaces
ing—(1) Training program. (i) By Janu- where AN concentrations exceed the
ary 2, 1979, the employer shall institute permissable exposure limits. The signs
a training program for and assure the shall bear the following legend:
320
DANGER (iii) The employer shall maintain

this record for the duration of the em-
ACRYLONITRILE (AN) ployer’s reliance upon such objective
data.
CANCER HAZARD (2) Exposure monitoring. (i) The em-
ployer shall establish and maintain an
accurate record of all monitoring re-
RESPIRATORS MAY BE quired by paragraph (e) of this section.
(ii) This record shall include:
REQUIRED (A) The dates, number, duration, and
results of each of the samples taken,
(ii) The employer shall assure that including a description of the sampling
signs required by this paragraph are il- procedure used to determine represent-
luminated and cleaned as necessary so ative employee exposure;
that the legend is readily visible. (B) A description of the sampling and
(3) Labels. (i) The employer shall as- analytical methods used and the data
sure that precautionary labels are af- relied upon to establish that the meth-
fixed to all containers of liquid AN and ods used meet the accuracy and preci-
AN-based materials not exempted sion requirements of paragraph (e)(6) of
under paragraph (a)(2) of this standard. this section;
The employer shall assure that the (C) Type of respiratory protective de-
lables remain affixed when the mate- vices worn, if any; and
rials are sold, distributed, or otherwise (D) Name, social security number,
leave the employer’s workplace. and job classification of the employee
(ii) The employer shall assure that monitored and of all other employees
the precautionary labels required by whose exposure the measurement is in-
this paragraph are readily visible and tended to represent.
legible. The labels shall bear the fol- (iii) The employer shall maintain
lowing legend: this record for at least forty (40) years,
or for the duration of employment plus
DANGER twenty (20) years, whichever is longer.
CONTAINS ACRYLONITRILE (AN) (3) Medical surveillance. (i) The em-
ployer shall establish and maintain an
CANCER HAZARD accurate record for each employee sub-
ject to medical surveillance as required
(q) Recordkeeping—(1) Objective data by paragraph (n) of this section.
for exempted operations. (i) Where the (ii) This record shall include:
processing, use, and handling of mate- (A) A copy of the physician’s written
rials made from or containing AN are opinions;
exempted pursuant to paragraph (B) Any employee medical com-
(a)(2)(ii) of this section, the employer plaints related to exposure to AN;
shall establish and maintain an accu- (C) A copy of the information pro-
rate record of objective data reason- vided to the physician as required by
ably relied upon in support of the ex- paragraph (n)(5) of this section; and
emption. (D) A copy of the employee’s medical
(ii) This record shall include at least and work history.
the following information: (iii) The employer shall assure that
(A) The material qualifying for ex- this record be maintained for at least
emption; forty (40) years, or for the duration of
(B) The source of the objective data; employment plus twenty (20) years,
(C) The testing protocol, results of whichever is longer.
testing, and/or analysis of the material (4) Availability. (i) The employer shall
for the release of AN; make all records required to be main-
(D) A description of the operation ex- tained by this section available, upon
empted and how the data supports the request, to the Assistant Secretary and
exemption; and the Director for examination and copy-
(E) Other data relevant to the oper- ing.
ations, materials, and processing cov- (ii) Records required by paragraphs
ered by the exemption. (q)(1) through (q)(3) of this section
321
shall be provided upon request to em- tions of AN performed at the place of

ployees, designated representatives, exposure; and
and the Assistant Secretary in accord- (C) To record the results obtained.
ance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a) through (e) (s) Effective date: (1) This section
and (q) through (i). Records required by shall become effective November 2,
paragraph (q)(1) shall be provided in 1978.
the same manner as exposure moni- (2) Monitoring and medical surveil-
toring records. lance conducted since January 17, 1978,
(5) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever under the provisions of the emergency
the employer ceases to do business, the temporary standard may be relied upon
successor employer shall receive and by the employer to meet the initial
retain all records required to be main- monitoring and initial medical surveil-
tained by this section for the pre- lance requirements of this section.
scribed period. (3) Training programs must be imple-
(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to mented by January 2, 1979.
do business and there is no successor (4) Engineering and work practice
employer to receive and retain the rec- controls required by paragraph (g) of
ords for the prescribed period, these this section shall be implemented no
records shall be transmitted to the Di- later than November 2, 1980.
rector.
(t) Appendixes. The information con-
(iii) At the expiration of the reten- tained in the appendixes is not in-
tion period for the records required to tended, by itself, to create any addi-
be maintained pursuant to this section,
tional obligation not otherwise im-
the employer shall notify the Director
posed, or to detract from any obliga-
at least 3 months prior to the disposal
tion.
of the records, and shall transmit them
to the Director upon request. APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1045—SUBSTANCE
(iv) The employer shall also comply SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR ACRYLO-
with any additional requirements in- NITRILE
volving transfer of records set forth in
29 CFR 1910.20(h). I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION
(r) Observation of monitoring—(1) Em- A. Substance: Acrylonitrile (CH2 CHCN).
ployee observation. The employer shall B. Synonyms: Propenenitrile; vinyl cya-
provide affected employees, or their nide; cyanoethylene; AN; VCN; acylon;
designated representatives, an oppor- carbacryl; fumigrian; ventox.
tunity to observe any monitoring of C. Acrylonitrile can be found as a liquid or
employee exposure to AN conducted vapor, and can also be found in polymer res-
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this sec- ins, rubbers, plastics, polyols, and other
tion. polymers having acrylonitrile as a raw or in-
(2) Observation procedures. (i) When- termediate material.
ever observation of the monitoring of D. AN is used in the manufacture of acrylic
and modiacrylic fibers, acrylic plastics and
employee exposure to AN requires resins, speciality polymers, nitrile rubbers,
entry into an area where the use of and other organic chemicals. It has also been
protective clothing or equipment is reused as a fumigant.
quired, the employer shall provide the E. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale
observer with personal protective yellow liquid with a pungent odor which can
clothing and equipment required to be only be detected at concentrations above the
worn by employees working in the permissible exposure level, in a range of 13–
area, assure the use of such clothing 19 parts AN per million parts of air (13–19
and equipment, and require the ob- ppm).
server to comply with all other appli- F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not
cable safety and health procedures. exceed either:
1. Two parts AN per million parts of air (2
ppm) averaged over the 8-hour workday; or
monitoring, observers shall be entitled:
2. Ten parts AN per million parts of air (10
(A) To receive an explanation of the ppm) averaged over any 15-minute period in
measurement procedures; the workday.
(B) To observe all steps related to the 3. In addition, skin and eye contact with
measurement of airborne concentra- liquid AN is prohibited.
322
II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA son has been overcome, notify someone else
and put into effect the established emer-
A. Acrylonitrile can affect your body if
you inhale the vapor (breathing), if it comes gency procedures. Do not become a casualty
in contact with your eyes or skin, or if you yourself. Understand your emergency rescue
swallow it. It may enter your body through procedures and know the location of the
your skin. emergency equipment before the need arises.
B. Effects of overexposure: 1. Short-term F. Special first aid procedures: First aid
exposure: Acrylonitrile can cause eye irrita- kits containing an adequate supply (at least
tion, nausea, vomiting, headache, sneezing, two dozen) of amyl nitrite pearls, each con-
weakness, and light-headedness. At high containing 0.3 ml, should be maintained at each
centrations, the effects of exposure may go site where acrylonitrile is used. When a per-
on to loss of consciousness and death. When son is suspected of receiving an overexposure
acrylonitrile is held in contact with the skin to acrylonitrile, immediately remove that
after being absorbed into shoe leather or person from the contaminated area using es-
clothing, it may produce blisters following tablished rescue procedures. Contaminated
several hours of no apparent effect. Unless clothing must be removed and the acrylo-
the shoes or clothing are removed imme- nitrile washed from the skin immediately.
diately and the area washed, blistering will Artificial respiration should be started at
occur. Usually there is no pain or inflamma- once if breathing has stopped. If the person
tion associated with blister formation. is unconscious, amyl nitrite may be used as
2. Long-term exposure: Acrylonitrile has an antidote by a properly trained individual
been shown to cause cancer in laboratory in accordance with established emergency
animals and has been associated with higher procedures. Medical aid should be obtained
incidences of cancer in humans. Repeated or immediately.
prolonged exposure of the skin to acrylo-
nitrile may produce irritation and derma- IV. RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
titis.
A. Respirators. You may be required to
3. Reporting signs and symptoms: You
wear a respirator for nonroutine activities,
should inform your employer if you develop
any signs or symptoms and suspect they are in emergencies, while your employer is in
caused by exposure to acrylonitrile. the process of reducing acrylonitrile expo-
sures through engineering controls, and in
III. EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES areas where engineering controls are not fea-
sible. If respirators are worn, they must have
A. Eye exposure: If acrylonitrile gets into a label issued by the National Institute for
your eyes, wash your eyes immediately with
Occupational Safety and Health under the
large amounts of water, lifting the lower and
provisions of 42 CFR part 84 stating that the
upper lids occasionally. Get medical atten-
respirators have been approved for use with
tion immediately. Contact lenses should not
organic vapors. For effective protection, res-
be worn when working with this chemical.
pirators must fit your face and head snugly.
B. Skin exposure: If acrylonitrile gets on
Respirators must not be loosened or removed
your skin, immediately wash the contami-
in work situations where their use is re-
nated skin with water. If acrylonitrile soaks
quired.
through your clothing, especially your shoes,
remove the clothing immediately and wash Acrylonitrile does not have a detectable
the skin with water. If symptoms occur after odor except at levels above the permissible
washing, get medical attention immediately. exposure limits. Do not depend on odor to
Thoroughly wash the clothing before warn you when a respirator cartridge or can-
reusing. Contaminated leather shoes or other ister is exhausted. Cartridges or canisters
leather articles should be discarded. must be changed daily or before the end-of-
C. Inhalation: If you or any other person service-life, whichever comes first. Reuse of
breathes in large amounts of acrylonitrile, these may allow acrylonitrille to gradually
move the exposed person to fresh air at once. filter through the cartridge and cause expo-
If breathing has stopped, perform artificial sures which you cannot detect by odor. If
respiration. Keep the affected person warm you can smell acrylonitrile while wearing a
and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air.
possible. If you experience difficulty breathing while
D. Swallowing: When acrylonitrile has wearing a respirator, tell your employer.
been swallowed, give the person large quan- B. Supplied-air suits: In some work situa-
tities of water immediately. After the water tions, the wearing of supplied-air suits may
has been swallowed, try to get the person to be necessary. Your employer must instruct
vomit by having him touch the back of his you in their proper use and operation.
throat with his finger. Do not make an un- C. Protective clothing: You must wear im-
conscious person vomit. Get medical atten- pervious clothing, gloves, face shield, or
tion immediately. other appropriate protective clothing to pre-
E. Rescue: Move the affected person from vent skin contact with liquid acrylonitrile.
the hazardous exposure. If the exposed per- Where protective clothing is required, your
323
employer is required to provide clean gar- J. Fire extinguishers and quick drenching
ments to you as necessary to assume that facilities must be readily available, and you
the clothing protects you adequately. should know where they are and how to oper-
Replace or repair impervious clothing that ate them.
has developed leaks. K. Ask your supervisor where acrylonitrile
Acrylonitrile should never be allowed to is used in your work area and for any addi-
remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes tional plant safety and health rules.
which are not impervious to acrylonitrile
should not be allowed to become contami- VI. ACCESS TO INFORMATION
nated with acrylonitrile, and if they do the A. Each year, your employer is required to
clothing and shoes should be promptly re- inform you of the information contained in
moved and decontaminated. The clothing this Substance Safety Data Sheet for acrylo-
should be laundered or discarded after the nitrile. In addition, you employer must in-
AN is removed. Once acrylonitrile penetrates struct you in the proper work practices for
shoes or other leather articles, they should using acrylonitrile, emergency procedures,
not be worn again. and the correct use of protective equipment.
D. Eye protection: You must wear B. Your employer is required to determine
splashproof safety goggles in areas where liq- whether you are being exposed to acrylo-
uid acrylonitrile may contact your eyes. In nitrile. You or your representative has the
addition, contact lenses should not be worn right to observe employee measurements and
in areas where eye contact with acrylonitrile to record the results obtained. Your em-
can occur. ployer is required to inform you of your ex-
V. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE USE, HANDLING, posure. If your employer determines that
AND STORAGE
you are being overexposed, he or she is re-
quired to inform you of the actions which
A. Acrylonitrile is a flammable liquid, and are being taken to reduce your exposure to
its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures within permissible exposure limits.
in air. C. Your employer is required to keep
B. Acrylonitrile must be stored in tightly records of your exposures and medical ex-
closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated aminations. These records must be kept by
area, away from heat, sparks, flames, strong the employer for at least forty (40) years or
oxidizers (especially bromine), strong bases, for the period of your employment plus
copper, copper alloys, ammonia, and amines. twenty (20) years, whichever is longer.
C. Sources of ignition such as smoking and D. Your employer is required to release
open flames are prohibited wherever acrylo- your exposure and medical records to you or
nitrile is handled, used, or stored in a man- your representative upon your request.
ner that could create a potential fire or ex-
plosion hazard. APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1045—SUBSTANCE
D. You should use non-sparking tools when TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR ACRYLO-
opening or closing metal containers of acry- NITRILE
lonitrile, and containers must be bonded and
grounded when pouring or transferring liquid I. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL DATA
acrylonitrile.
E. You must immediately remove any non- A. Substance identification: 1. Synonyms:
impervious clothing that becomes wetted AN; VCN; vinyl cyanide; propenenitrile;
with acrylonitrile, and this clothing must cyanoethylene; Acrylon; Carbacryl;
not be reworn until the acrylonitrile is re- Fumigrain; Ventox.
moved from the clothing. 2. Formula: CH2=CHCN.
F. Impervious clothing wet with liquid ac- 3. Molecular weight: 53.1.
rylonitrile can be easily ignited. This cloth- B. Physical data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm
ing must be washed down with water before Hg): 77.3 °C (171 °F);
you remove it. 2. Specific gravity (water=1): 0.81 (at 20 °C
G. If your skin becomes wet with liquid ac- or 68 °F);
rylonitrile, you must promptly and thor- 3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of
oughly wash or shower with soap or mild de- acrylonitrile): 1.83;
tergent to remove any acrylonitrile from 4. Melting point: ¥83 °C (¥117 °F);
your skin. 5. Vapor pressure (@20 °F): 83 mm Hg;
H. You must not keep food, beverages, or 6. Solubility in water, percent by weight
smoking materials, nor are you permitted to @20 °C (68 °F): 7.35;
eat or smoke in regulated areas where acry- 7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): 4.54;
lonitrile concentrations are above the per- and
missible exposure limits. 8. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale
I. If you contact liquid acrylonitrile, you yellow liquid with a pungent odor at con-
must wash your hands thoroughly with soap centrations above the permissible exposure
or mild detergent and water before eating, level. Any detectable odor of acrylonitrile
smoking, or using toilet facilities. may indicate overexposure.
324
II. FIRE, EXPLOSION, AND REACTIVITY HAZARD III. SPILL, LEAK, AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
DATA
A. If acrylonitrile is spilled or leaked, the
A. Fire: 1. Flash point: ¥1 °C (30 °F) (closed following steps should be taken:
cup). 1. Remove all ignition sources.
2. Autoignition temperature: 481 °C (898 2. The area should be evacuated at once
°F). and re-entered only after the area has been
thoroughly ventilated and washed down with
3. Flammable limits air, percent by vol-
water.
ume: Lower: 3, Upper: 17.
3. If liquid acrylonitrile or polymer inter-
4. Extinguishing media: Alcohol foam, car- mediate, collect for reclamation or absorb in
bon dioxide, and dry chemical. paper, vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or simi-
5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not lar material, or wash down with water into
use a solid stream of water, since the stream process sewer system.
will scatter and spread the fire. Use water to B. Persons not wearing protective equip-
cool containers exposed to a fire. ment should be restricted from areas of spills
6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Ac- or leaks until clean-up has been completed.
rylonitrile is a flammable liquid. Its vapors C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material
can easily form explosive mixtures with air. shall be disposed of in a manner that is not
All ignition sources must be controlled hazardous to employees or to the general
where acrylonitrile is handled, used, or population. Spills of acrylonitrile and flush-
stored in a manner that could create a po- ing of such spills shall be channeled for ap-
tential fire or explosion hazard. Acrylo- propriate treatment or collection for dis-
nitrile vapors are heavier than air and may posal. They shall not be channeled directly
travel along the ground and be ignited by into the sanitary sewer system. In selecting
open flames or sparks at locations remote the method of waste disposal, applicable
from the site at which acrylonitrile is being local, State, and Federal regulations should
handled. be consulted.
7. For purposes of compliance with the re-
IV. MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT
quirements of 29 CFR 1910.106, acrylonitrile
PROCEDURES
is classified as a class IB flammable liquid.
For example, 7,500 ppm, approximately one- A. Exposure above the Permissible Expo-
fourth of the lower flammable limit, would sure Limit:
be considered to pose a potential fire and ex- 1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Meas-
plosion hazard. urements taken for the purpose of deter-
8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR mining employee exposure under this section
1910.157, acrylonitrile is classified as a Class are best taken so that the average 8-hour ex-
B fire hazard. posure may be determined from a single 8-
9. For purpose of compliance with 29 CFR hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Air
1919.309, locations classified as hazardous due samples should be taken in the employee’s
to the presence of acrylonitrile shall be Class breathing zone (air that would most nearly
I, Group D. represent that inhaled by the employee.)
2. Ceiling evaluation: Measurements taken
B. Reactivity:
for the purpose of determining employee ex-
1. Conditions contributing to instability:
posure under this section must be taken dur-
Acrylonitrile will polymerize when hot, and
ing periods of maximum expected airborne
the additional heat liberated by the polym- concentrations of acrylonitrile in the em-
erization may cause containers to explode. ployee’s breathing zone. A minimum of three
Pure AN may self-polymerize, with a rapid (3) measurements should be taken on one
build-up of pressure, resulting in an explo- work shift. The average of all measurements
sion hazard. Inhibitors are added to the com- taken is an estimate of the employee’s ceil-
mercial product to prevent self-polymeriza- ing exposure.
tion. 3. Monitoring techniques: The sampling
2. Incompatibilities: Contact with strong and analysis under this section may be per-
oxidizers (especially bromine) and strong formed by collecting the acrylonitrile vapor
bases may cause fires and explosions. Con- on charcoal adsorption tubes or other com-
tact with copper, copper alloys, ammonia, position adsorption tubes, with subsequent
and amines may start serious decomposition. chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis
3. Hazardous decompostion products: Toxic may also be performed by instruments such
gases and vapors (such as hydrogen cyanide, as real-time continuous monitoring systems,
oxides of nitrogen, and carbon monoxide) portable direct-reading instruments, or pas-
may be released in a fire involving acrylo- sive dosimeters. Analysis of resultant sam-
nitrile and certain polymers made from ac- ples should be by gas chromatograph.
rylonitrile. Appendix D lists methods of sampling and
4. Special precautions: Liquid acrylonitrile analysis which have been tested by NIOSH
will attack some forms of plastics, rubbers, and OSHA for use with acrylonitrile. NIOSH
and coatings. and OSHA have validated modifications of
325
NIOSH Method S–156 (See Appendix D) under any possibility of acrylonitrile contacting
laboratory conditions for concentrations the eyes.
below 1 ppm. The employer has the obliga-
tion of selecting a monitoring method which VI. HOUSEKEEPING AND HYGIENE FACILITIES
meets the accuracy and precision require-
For purposes of complying with 29 CFR
ments of the standard under his unique field
1910.141, the following items should be em-
conditions. The standard requires that meth-
phasized:
ods of monitoring must be accurate, to a 95-
percent confidence level, to ±35-percent for A. The workplace should be kept clean, or-
concentrations of AN at or above 2 ppm, and derly, and in a sanitary condition. The em-
to ±–50-percent for concentrations below 2 ployer is required to institute a leak and
ppm. In addition to the methods described in spill detection program for operations in-
Appendix D, there are numerous other meth- volving liquid AN in order to detect sources
ods available for monitoring for AN in the of fugitive AN emissions.
workplace. Details on these other methods B. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed
have been submitted by various companies air is unsafe for the cleaning of floors and
to the rulemaking record, and are available other surfaces where liquid AN may be
at the OSHA Docket Office. found.
B. Since many of the duties relating to em- C. Adequate washing facilities with hot
ployee exposure are dependent on the results and cold water are to be provided, and main-
of monitoring and measuring procedures, tained in a sanitary condition. Suitable
employers shall assure that the evaluation of cleansing agents are also to be provided to
employee exposures is performed by a com- assure the effective removal of acrylonitrile
petent industrial hygienist or other tech- from the skin.
nically qualified person. D. Change or dressing rooms with indi-
V. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING vidual clothes storage facilities must be pro-
vided to prevent the contamination of street
Employees shall be provided with and re- clothes with acrylonitrile. Because of the
quired to wear appropriate protective cloth- hazardous nature of acrylonitrile, contami-
ing to prevent any possibility of skin contact nated protective clothing should be placed in
with liquid AN. Because acrylonitrile is ab- a regulated area designated by the employer
sorbed through the skin, it is important to for removal of the AN before the clothing is
prevent skin contact with liquid AN. Protec- laundered or disposed of.
tive clothing shall include impermeable cov-
eralls or similar full-body work clothing, VII. MISCELLANEOUS PRECAUTIONS
gloves, head-coverings, as appropriate to pro-
tect areas of the body which may come in A. Store acrylonitrile in tightly-closed
contact with liquid AN. containers in a cool, well-ventilated area and
Employers should ascertain that the pro- take necessary precautions to avoid any ex-
tective garmets are impermeable to acrylo- plosion hazard.
nitrile. Non-impermeable clothing and shoes B. High exposures to acrylonitrile can
should not be allowed to become contami- occur when transferring the liquid from one
nated with liquid AN. If permeable clothing container to another.
does become contaminated, it should be C. Non-sparking tools must be used to open
promptly removed, placed in a regulated and close metal acrylonitrile containers.
area for removal of the AN, and not worn These containers must be effectively ground-
again until the AN is removed. If leather ed and bonded prior to pouring.
footwear or other leather garments become D. Never store uninhibited acrylonitrile.
wet from acrylonitrile, they should be re-
E. Acrylonitrile vapors are not inhibited.
placed and not worn again, due to the ability
They may form polymers and clog vents of
of leather to absorb acrylonitrile and hold it
storage tanks.
against the skin. Since there is no pain asso-
ciated with the blistering which may result F. Use of supplied-air suits or other imper-
from skin contact with liquid AN, it is essen- vious coverings may be necessary to prevent
tial that the employee be informed of this skin contact with and provide respiratory
hazard so that he or she can be protected. protection from acrylonitrile where the con-
Any protective clothing which has devel- centration of acrylonitrile is unknown or is
oped leaks or is otherwise found to be defec- above the ceiling limit. Supplied-air suits
tive shall be repaired or replaced. Clean pro- should be selected, used, and maintained
tective clothing shall be provided to the em- under the immediate supervision of persons
ployee as necessary to assure its protective- knowledgeable in the limitations and poten-
ness. Whenever impervious clothing becomes tial life-endangering characteristics of sup-
wet with liquid AN, it shall be washed down plied-air suits.
with water before being removed by the em- G. Employers shall advise employees of all
ployee. Employees are also required to wear areas and operations where exposure to acry-
splash-proof safety goggles where there is lonitrile could occur.
326
VIII. COMMON OPERATIONS tically significant increase in the incidence
of colon and lung cancers among employees
Common operations in which exposure to
exposed to acrylonitrile.
acrylonitrile is likely to occur include the
following: Manufacture of the acrylonitrile III. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF ACUTE
monomer; synthesis of acrylic fibers, ABS, OVEREXPOSURE
SAN, and nitrile barrier plastics and resins,
nitrile rubber, surface coatings, specialty Asphyxia and death can occur from expo-
chemicals, use as a chemical intermediate, sure to high concentrations of acrylonitrile.
use as a fumigant and in the Symptoms of overexposure include eye irri-
cyanoethylation of cotton. tation, headache, sneezing, nausea and vom-
iting, weakness, and light-headedness. Pro-
APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1045—MEDICAL longed skin contact can cause blisters on the
SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR AC- skin with appearance of a second-degree
burn, but with little or no pain. Repeated
RYLONITRILE
skin contact may produce scaling dermatits.
I. ROUTE OF ENTRY
IV. TREATMENT OF ACUTE OVEREXPOSURE
Inhalation; skin absorption; ingestion.
Remove employee from exposure. Imme-
II. TOXICOLOGY diately flush eyes with water and wash skin
with soap or mild detergent and water. If AN
Acrylonitrile vapor is an asphyxiant due to has been swallowed, and person is conscious,
inhibitory action on metabolic enzyme sys- induce vomiting. Give artificial resuscita-
tems. Animals exposed to 75 or 100 ppm for 7 tion if indicated. More severe cases, such as
hours have shown signs of anoxia; in some those associated with loss of consciousness,
animals which died at the higher level, may be treated by the intravenous adminis-
cyanomethemoglobin was found in the blood. tration of sodium nitrite, followed by sodium
Two human fatalities from accidental thiosulfate, although this is not as effective
poisioning have been reported; one was for acrylonitrile poisoning as for inorganic
caused by inhalation of an unknown con- cyanide poisoning.
centration of the vapor, and the other was
thought to be caused by skin absorption or V. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE
inhalation. Most cases of intoxication from CONSIDERATIONS
industrial exposure have been mild, with
rapid onset of eye irritation, headache, A. As noted above, exposure to acrylo-
sneezing, and nausea. Weakness, nitrile has been linked to increased inci-
lightheadedness, and vomiting may also dence of cancers of the colon and lung in em-
occur. Exposure to high concentrations may ployees of the duPont acrylic fiber plant in
produce profound weakness, asphyxia, and Camden, S.C. In addition, the animal testing
death. The vapor is a severe eye irritant. of acrylonitrile has resulted in the develop-
Prolonged skin contract with the liquid may ment of cancers of the central nervous sys-
result in absorption with systemic effects, tem in rats exposed by either inhalation or
and in the formation of large blisters after a ingestion. The physician should be aware of
latent period of several hours. Although the findings of these studies in evaluating
there is usually little or no pain or inflam- the health of employees exposed to acrylo-
mation, the affected skin resembles a sec- nitrile.
ond-degree thermal burn. Solutions spilled Most reported acute effects of occupational
on exposed skin, or on areas covered only by exposure to acrylonitrile are due to its abil-
a light layer of clothing, evaporate rapidly, ity to cause tissue anoxia and asphyxia. The
leaving no irritation, or, at the most, mild effects are similar to those caused by hydro-
transient redness. Repeated spills on exposed gen cyanide. Liquid acrylonitrile can be ab-
skin may result in dermatitis due to solvent sorbed through the skin upon prolonged con-
effects. tact. The liquid readily penetrates leather,
Results after 1 year of a planned 2-year and will produce burns of the feet if footwear
animal study on the effects of exposure to contaminated with acrylonitrile is not re-
acrylonitrile have indicated that rats ingest- moved.
ing as little as 35 ppm in their drinking It is important for the physician to become
water develop tumors of the central nervous familiar with the operating conditions in
system. The interim results of this study which exposure to acrylonitrile may occur.
have been supported by a similar study being Those employees with skin diseases may not
conducted by the same laboratory, involving tolerate the wearing of whatever protective
exposure of rats by inhalation of acrylo- clothing may be necessary to protect them
nitrile vapor, which has shown similar types from exposure. In addition, those with chron-
of tumors in animals exposed to 80 ppm. ic respiratory disease may not tolerate the
In addition, the preliminary results of an wearing of negative-pressure respirators.
epidemiological study being performed by B. Surveillance and screening. Medical his-
duPont on a cohort of workers in their Cam- tories and laboratory examinations are re-
den, S.C. acrylic fiber plant indicate a statis- quired for each employee subject to exposure
327
to acrylonitrile above the action level. The place situations in which these methods are
employer must screen employees for history not adequate, due to such factors as high hu-
of certain medical conditions which might midity. Copies of the other methods avail-
place the employee at increased risk from able to OSHA are available in the rule-
exposure. making record, and may be obtained from
1. Central nervous system dysfunction. Acute the OSHA Docket Office. These include, the
effects of exposure to acrylonitrile generally Union Carbide, Monsanto, Dow Chemical and
involve the central nervous system. Symp- Dow Badische methods, as well as NISOH
toms of acrylonitrile exposure include head- Method P & CAM 127.
ache, nausea, dizziness, and general weak- Employers who note problems with sample
ness. The animal studies cited above suggest breakthrough should try larger charcoal
possible carcinogenic effects of acrylonitrile tubes. Tubes of larger capacity are available,
on the central nervous system, since rats ex- and are often used for sampling vinyl chlo-
posed by either inhalation or ingestion have ride. In addition, lower flow rates and short-
developed similar CNS tumors. er sampling times should be beneficial in
2. Respiratory disease. The du Pont data in- minimizing breakthrough problems.
dicate an increased risk of lung cancer Whatever method the employer chooses, he
among employees exposed to acrylonitrile. must assure himself of the method’s accu-
3. Gastrointestinal disease. The du Pont data racy and precision under the unique condi-
indicate an increased risk of cancer of the tions present in his workplace.
colon among employees exposed to acrylo-
nitrile. In addition, the animal studies show NIOSH METHOD S–156 (UNMODIFIED)
possible tumor production in the stomachs of
the rats in the ingestion study. Analyte: Acrylonitrile.
4. Skin disease. Acrylonitrile can cause skin Matrix: Air.
burns when prolonged skin contact with the Procedure: Absorption on charcoal,
liquid occurs. In addition, repeated skin con- desorption with methanol, GC.
tact with the liquid can cause dermatitis. 1. Principle of the method (Reference 11.1).
5. General. The purpose of the medical pro- 1.1 A known volume of air is drawn
cedures outlined in the standard is to estab- through a charcoal tube to trap the organic
lish a baseline for future health monitoring. vapors present.
Persons unusually susceptible to the effects
1.2 The charcoal in the tube is transferred
of anoxia or those with anemia would be ex-
to a small, stoppered sample container, and
pected to be at increased risk. In addition to
the analyte is desorbed with methanol.
emphasis on the CNS, respiratory and
gastro-intestinal systems, the cardiovascular 1.3 An aliquot of the desorbed sample is in-
system, liver, and kidney function should jected into a gas chromatograph.
also be stressed. 1.4 The area of the resulting peak is deter-
mined and compared with areas obtained for
APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1045—SAMPLING standards.
AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR AC- 2. Range and sensitivity.
RYLONITRILE 2.1 This method was validated over the
range of 17.5–70.0 mg/cu m at an atmospheric
There are many methods available for temperature and pressure of 22 °C and 760
monitoring employee exposures to acrylo- MM Hg, using a 20-liter sample. Under the
nitrile. Most of these involve the use of char- conditions of sample size (20–liters) the prob-
coal tubes and sampling pumps, with anal- able useful range of this method is 4.5–135
ysis by gas chromatograph. The essential dif- mg-cu m. The method is capable of meas-
ferences between the charcoal tube methods uring much smaller amounts if the
include, among others, the use of different desorption efficiency is adequate. Desorption
desorbing solvents, the use of different lots efficiency must be determined over the range
of charcoal, and the use of different equip- used.
ment for analysis of the samples. 2.2 The upper limit of the range of the
Besides charcoal, considerable work has method is dependent on the adsorptive ca-
been performed on methods using porous pacity of the charcoal tube. This capacity
polymer sampling tubes and passive varies with the concentrations of acrylo-
dosimeters. In addition, there are several nitrile and other substances in the air. The
portable gas analyzers and monitoring units first section of the charcoal tube was found
available on the open market. to hold at least 3.97 mg of acrylonitrile when
This appendix contains details for the a test atmosphere containing 92.0 mg/cu m of
methods which have been tested at OSHA acrylonitrile in air was sampled 0.18 liter per
Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City, minute for 240 minutes; at that time the con-
and NIOSH in Cincinnati. Each is a variation centration of acrylonitrile in the effluent
on NIOSH Method S–156, which is also in- was less than 5 percent of that in the influ-
cluded for reference. This does not indicate ent. (The charcoal tube consists of two sec-
that these methods are the only ones which tions of activated charcoal separated by a
will be satisfactory. There also may be work- section of urethane foam. See section 6.2.) If
328
a particular atmosphere is suspected of con- the backup section of the charcoal tube ex-
taining a large amount of contaminant, a ceeds 25 percent of that found on the front
smaller sampling volume should be taken. section, the possibility of sample loss exists.
3. Interference. 5.3 Furthermore, the precision of the
3.1 When the amount of water in the air is method is limited by the reproducibility of
so great that condensation actually occurs the pressure drop across the tubes. This drop
in the tube, organic vapors will not be will affect the flow rate and cause the vol-
trapped efficiently. Preliminary experiments ume to be imprecise, because the pump is
using toluene indicate that high humidity usually calibrated for one tube only.
severely decreases the breakthrough volume. 6. Apparatus.
3.2 When interfering compounds are 6.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump
known or suspected to be present in the air, whose flow can be determined within ±5 per-
such information, including their suspected cent at the recommended flow rate. (Ref-
identities, should be transmitted with the erence 11.3).
sample. 6.2 Charcoal tubes: Glass tubes with both
3.3 It must be emphasized that any com- ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm
pound which has the same retention time as O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections
the analyte at the operating conditions de- of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated by
scribed in this method is an interference. Re- a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The acti-
tention time data on a single column cannot vated charcoals prepared from coconut shells
be considered proof of chemical identity. and is fired at 600 °C prior to packing. The
3.4 If the possibility of interference exists, adsorbing section contains 100 mg of char-
separation conditions (column packing, tem- coal, the backup section 50 mg. A 3-mm por-
perature, etc.) must be changed to cir- tion of urethane foam is placed between the
cumvent the problem. outlet end of the tube and the backup sec-
4. Precision and accuracy. tion. A plug of silicated glass wool is placed
4.1 The Coefficient of Variation (CVT) for in front of the adsorbing section. The pres-
the total analytical and sampling method in sure drop across the tube must be less than
the range of 17.5–70.0 mg/cu m was 0.073. This 1 inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per
value corresponds to a 3.3 mg/cu m standard minute.
deviation at the (previous) OSHA standard 6.3 Gas chromatograph equipped with a
level (20 ppm). Statistical information and flame ionization detector.
details of the validation and experimental 6.4 Column (4–ft×1⁄4-in stainless steel)
test procedures can be found in Reference packed with 50/80 mesh Poropak, type Q.
11.2. 6.5 An electronic integrator or some other
4.2 On the average the concentrations ob- suitable method for measuring peak areas.
tained at the 20 ppm level using the overall 6.6 Two-milliliter sample containers with
sampling and analytical method were 6.0 per- glass stoppers or Teflon-lined caps. If an
cent lower than the ‘‘true’’ concentrations automatic sample injector is used, the asso-
for a limited number of laboratory experi- ciated vials may be used.
ments. Any difference between the ‘‘found’’ 6.7 Microliter syringes: 10-microliter and
and ‘‘true’’ concentrations may not rep- other convenient sizes for making standards.
resent a bias in the sampling and analytical 6.8 Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets.
method, but rather a random variation from 6.9 Volumetric flask: 10-ml or convenient
the experimentally determined ‘‘true’’ con- sizes for making standard solutions.
centration. Therefore, no recovery correc- 7. Reagents.
tion should be applied to the final result in 7.1 Chromatographic quality methanol.
section 10.5. 7.2 Acrylonitrile, reagent grade.
5. Advantages and disadvantages of the meth- 7.3 Hexane, reagent grade.
od. 7.4 Purified nitrogen.
5.1 The sampling device is small, port- 7.5 Prepurified hydrogen.
able, and involves no liquids. Interferences 7.6 Filtered compressed air.
are minimal, and most of those which do 8. Procedure.
occur can be eliminated by altering 8.1 Cleaning of equipment. All glassware
chromatographic conditions. The tubes are used for the laboratory analysis should be
analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental detergent washed and thoroughly rinsed with
method. tap water and distilled water.
The method can also be used for the simul- 8.2 Calibration of personal pumps. Each
taneous analysis of two or more substances personal pump must be calibrated with a rep-
suspected to be present in the same sample resentative charcoal tube in the line. This
by simply changing gas chromatographic will minimize errors associated with uncer-
conditions. tainties in the sample volume collected.
5.2 One disadvantage of the method is 8.3 Collection and shipping of samples.
that the amount of sample which can be 8.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break
taken is limited by the number of milli- the ends of the tube to provide an opening at
grams that the tube will hold before over- least one-half the internal diameter of the
loading. When the sample value obtained for tube (2 mm).
329
8.3.2 The smaller section of charcoal is 8.4.4 Injection. The first step in the anal-
used as a backup and should be positioned ysis is the injection of the sample into the
nearest the sampling pump. gas chromatograph. To eliminate difficulties
8.3.3 The charcoal tube should be placed arising from blowback or distillation within
in a vertical direction during sampling to the syringe needle, one should employ the
minimize channeling through the charcoal. solvent flush injection technique. The 10-
8.3.4 Air being sampled should not be microliter syringe is first flushed with sol-
passed through any hose or tubing before en- vent several times to wet the barrel and
tering the charcoal tube. plunger. Three microliters of solvent are
8.3.5 A maximum sample size of 20 liters drawn into the syringe to increase the accu-
is recommended. Sample at a flow of 0.20 racy and reproducibility of the injected sam-
liter per minute or less. The flow rate should
ple volume. The needle is removed from the
be known with an accuracy of at least ±5 per-
solvent, and the plunger is pulled back about
cent.
0.2 microliter to separate the solvent flush
8.3.6 The temperature and pressure of the
atmosphere being sampled should be re- from the sample with a pocket of air to be
corded. If pressure reading is not available, used as a marker. The needle is then im-
record the elevation. mersed in the sample, and a 5-microliter ali-
8.3.7 The charcoal tubes should be capped quot is withdrawn, taking into consideration
with the supplied plastic caps immediately the volume of the needle, since the sample in
after sampling. Under no circumstances the needle will be completely injected. After
should rubber caps be used. the needle is removed from the sample and
8.3.8 With each batch of 10 samples submit prior to injection, the plunger is pulled back
one tube from the same lot of tubes which 1.2 microliters to minimize evaporation of
was used for sample collection and which is the sample from the tip of the needle. Ob-
subjected to exactly the same handling as serve that the sample occupies 4.9–5.0 micro-
the samples except that no air is drawn liters in the barrel of the syringe. Duplicate
through it. Label this as a blank. injections of each sample and standard
8.3.9 Capped tubes should be packed tight- should be made. No more than a 3 percent
ly and padded before they are shipped to difference in area is to be expected. An auto-
minimize tube breakage during shipping. matic sample injector can be used if it is
8.3.10 A sample of the bulk material shown to give reproducibility at least as
should be submitted to the laboratory in a good as the solvent flush method.
glass container with a Teflon-lined cap. This 8.4.5 Measurement of area. The area of the
sample should not be transported in the sample peak is measured by an electronic in-
same container as the charcoal tubes. tegrator or some other suitable form of area
8.4 Analysis of samples. measurement, and preliminary results are
8.4.1 Preparation of samples. In prepara- read from a standard curve prepared as dis-
tion for analysis, each charcoal tube is cussed below.
scored with a file in front of the first section 8.5 Determination of desorption efficiency.
of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool 8.5.1 Importance of determination. The
is removed and discarded. The charcoal in desorption efficiency of a particular com-
the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2- pound can vary from one laboratory to an-
ml stoppered sample container. The sepa- other and also from one batch of charcoal to
rating section of foam is removed and dis-
another. Thus, it is necessary to determine
carded; the second section is transferred to
at least once the percentage of the specific
another stoppered container. These two sec-
compound that is removed in the desorption
tions are analyzed separately.
process, provided the same batch of charcoal
8.4.2 Desorption of samples. Prior to anal-
is used.
ysis, 1.0 ml of methanol is pipetted into each
sample container. Desorption should be done 8.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption
for 30 minutes. Tests indicate that this is efficiency. Activated charcoal equivalent to
adequate if the sample is agitated occasion- the amount in the first section of the sam-
ally during this period. If an automatic sampling tube (100 mg) is measured into a 2.5 in,
ple injector is used, the sample vials should 4-mm I.D. glass tube, flame sealed at one
be capped as soon as the solvent is added to end. This charcoal must be from the same
minimize volatilization. batch as that used in obtaining the samples
8.4.3 GC conditions. The typical operating and can be obtained from unused charcoal
conditions for the gas chromatograph are: tubes. The open end is capped with Parafilm.
1. 50 ml/min (60 psig) nitrogen carrier gas A known amount of hexane solution of acry-
flow. lonitrile containing 0.239 g/ml is injected di-
2. 65 ml/min (24 psig) hydrogen gas flow to rectly into the activated charcoal with a
detector. microliter syringe, and tube is capped with
3. 500 ml/min (50 psig) air flow to detector. more Parafilm. When using an automatic
4. 235 °C injector temperature. sample injector, the sample injector vials,
5. 255 °C manifold temperature (detector). capped with Teflon-faced septa, may be used
6. 155 °C column temperature. in place of the glass tube.
330
The amount injected is equivalent to that analyzed under the same GC conditions and
present in a 20-liter air sample at the se- during the same time period as the unknown
lected level. samples. Curves are established by plotting
Six tubes at each of three levels (0.5X, 1X, concentration in mg/1.0 ml versus peak area.
and 2X of the standard) are prepared in this NOTE: Since no internal standard is used in
manner and allowed to stand for at least the method, standard solutions must be ana-
overnight to assure complete adsorption of lyzed at the same time that the sample anal-
the analyte onto the charcoal. These tubes ysis is done. This will minimize the effect of
are referred to as the sample. A parallel known day-to-day variations and variations
blank tube should be treated in the same during the same day of the FID response.
manner except that no sample is added to it. 10. Calculations.
The sample and blank tubes are desorbed and 10.1 Read the weight, in mg, corresponding
analyzed in exactly the same manner as the to each peak area from the standard curve.
sampling tube described in section 8.4. No volume corrections are needed, because
Two or three standards are prepared by in- the standard curve is based on mg/1.0 ml
jecting the same volume of compound into methanol and the volume of sample injected
1.0 ml of methanol with the same syringe is identical to the volume of the standards
used in the preparation of the samples. These injected.
are analyzed with the samples.
10.2 Corrections for the bank must be made
The desorption efficiency (D.E.) equals the
for each sample.
average weight in mg recovered from the
tube divided by the weight in mg added to mg = mg sample¥mg blank
the tube, or
Where:
Average weight recovered (mg) mg sample = mg found in front section of
D. E. = sample tube.
weight added (mg) mg sample = mg found in front section of
The desorption efficiency is dependent on blank tube.
the amount of analyte collected on the char- A similar procedure is followed for the
coal. Plot the desorption efficiency versus backup sections.
weight of analyte found. This curve is used 10.3 Add the weights found in the front and
in section 10.4 to correct for adsorption backup sections to get the total weight in
losses. the sample.
9. Calibration and standards. 10.4 Read the desorption efficiency from
It is convenient to express concentration the curve (see sec. 8.5.2) for the amount
of standards in terms of mg/1.0 ml methanol, found in the front section. Divide the total
because samples are desorbed in this amount weight by this desorption efficiency to ob-
of methanol. The density of the analyte is tain the corrected mg/sample.
used to convert mg into microliters for easy
measurement with a microliter syringe. A Total weight
series of standards, varying in concentration Corrected mg/sample =
over the range of interest, is prepared and D. E.
10.5 The concentration of the analyte in the air sampled can be expressed in mg/cu m.
1,000 (liter/cu m)
mg/cu m = Corrected mg (section 10.4) ×
air volume sampled (liter)
10.6 Another method of expressing con- 760 = Standard pressure (mm Hg).
centration is ppm. 298 = Standard temperature (°K).
ppm =m mg/cu × 24.45/M.W. × 760/P× T. + 273/ 11. References.
298 11.1 White, L. D. et al., ‘‘A Convenient Op-
timized Method for the Analysis of Selected
Where:
Solvent Vapors in the Industrial Atmos-
P = Pressure (mm Hg) of air sampled.
phere,’’ Amer. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J., 31:225 (1970).
T = Temperature ( °C) of air sampled.
11.2 Documentation of NIOSH Validation
24.45 = Molar volume (liter/mole) at 25 °C and Tests, NIOSH Contract No. CDC–99–74–45.
760 mm Hg.
M.W. = Molecular weight (g/mole) of analyte.
331
11.3 Final Report, NIOSH Contract HSM– 2.4 The precision of the method is limited
99–71–31, ‘‘Personal Sampler Pump for Char- by the reproducibility of the pressure drop
coal Tubes,’’ September 15, 1972. across the tubes. This drop will affect the
flow rate and cause the volume to be impre-
NIOSH Modification of NIOSH Method S–156 cise, because the pump is usually calibrated
The NIOSH recommended method for low for one tube only.
levels for acrylonitrile is a modification of 3. Apparatus.
method S–156. It differs in the following re- 3.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump
spects: whose flow can be determined within ±5 per-
(1) Samples are desorbed using 1 ml of 1 cent at the recommended flow rate.
percent acetone in CS2 rather than meth- 3.2 Charcoal tubes: Glass tube with both
anol. ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm
(2) The analytical column and conditions O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections
are: of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated by
Column: 20 percent SP–1000 on 80/100 a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The acti-
Supelcoport 10 feet x 1⁄8 inch S.S. vated charcoal is prepared from coconut
Conditions: shells and is fired at 600 °C prior to packing.
Injector temperature: 200 °C. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of
Detector temperature: 100 °C. charcoal, the back-up section 50 mg. A 3-mm
Column temperature: 85 °C. portion of urethane foam is placed between
Helium flow: 25 ml/min. the outlet end of the tube and the back-up
Air flow: 450 ml/min. section. A plug of sililated glass wool is
Hydrogen flow: 55 ml/min. placed in front of the adsorbing section. The
pressure drop across the tube must be less
(3) A 2 µl injection of the desorbed analyte than one inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1
is used. liter per minute.
(4) A sampling rate of 100 ml/min is rec- 3.3 Gas chromatograph equipped with a
ommended. nitrogen phosphorus detector.
OSHA Laboratory Modification of NIOSH 3.4 Column (10-ft x 1/8″-in stainless steel)
Method S–156 packed with 100/120 Supelcoport coated with
10 percent SP 1000.
Analyte: Acrylonitrile. 3.5 An electronic integrator or some other
Matrix: Air. suitable method for measuring peak area.
Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal, 3.6 Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflon-
desorption with methanol, GC. lined caps
1. Principle of the Method (Reference 1). 3.7 Microliter syringes: 10-microliter, and
1.1 A known volume of air is drawn other convenient sizes for making standards.
through a charcoal tube to trap the organic 3.8 Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets.
vapors present. 3.9 Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for
1.2 The charcoal in the tube is transferred making standard solutions.
to a small, stoppered sample vial, and the 4. Reagents.
analyte is desorbed with methanol. 4.1 Chromatographic quality methanol.
1.3 An aliquot of the desorbed sample is
4.2 Acrylonitrile, reagent grade.
injected into a gas chromatograph.
4.3 Filtered compressed air.
1.4 The area of the resulting peak is de-
termined and compared with areas obtained 4.4 Purified hydrogen.
for standards. 4.5 Purified helium.
2. Advantages and disadvantages of the meth- 5. Procedure.
od. 5.1 Cleaning of equipment. All glassware
2.1 The sampling device is small, port- used for the laboratory analysis should be
able, and involves no liquids. Interferences properly cleaned and free of organics which
are minimal, and most of those which do could interfere in the analysis.
occur can be eliminated by altering 5.2 Calibration of personal pumps. Each
chromatographic conditions. The tubes are pump must be calibrated with a representa-
analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental tive charcoal tube in the line.
method. 5.3 Collection and shipping of samples.
2.2 This method may not be adequate for 5.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break
the simultaneous analysis of two or more the ends of the tube to provide an opening at
substances. least one-half the internal diameter of the
2.3 The amount of sample which can be tube (2 mm).
taken is limited by the number of milli- 5.3.2 The smaller section of the charcoal is
grams that the tube will hold before over- used as the backup and should be placed
loading. When the sample value obtained for nearest the sampling pump.
the backup section of the charcoal tube ex- 5.3.3 The charcoal should be placed in a
ceeds 25 percent of that found on the front vertical position during sampling to mini-
section, the possibility of sample loss exists. mize channeling through the charcoal.
332
5.3.4 Air being sampled should not be 5.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption
passed through any hose or tubing before en- efficiency. The reference portion of the char-
tering the charcoal tube. coal tube is removed. To the remaining por-
5.3.5 A sample size of 20 liters is rection, amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X
ommended. Sample at a flow rate of approxi- (X represents TLV) based on a 20 l air sample
mately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate are injected onto several tubes at each level.
should be known with an accuracy of at least Dilutions of acrylonitrile with methanol are
±5 percent. made to allow injection of measurable quan-
5.3.6 The temperature and pressure of the tities. These tubes are then allowed to
atmosphere being sampled should be re- equilibrate at least overnight. Following
corded. equilibration they are analyzed following the
5.3.7 The charcoal tubes should be capped same procedure as the samples A curve of
with the supplied plastic caps immediately the desorption efficiency amt recovered/amt
after sampling. Rubber caps should not be added is plotted versus amount of analyte
used. found. This curve is used to correct for ad-
5.3.8 Submit at least one blank tube (a sorption losses.
charcoal tube subjected to the same handling
procedures, without having any air drawn 6. Calibration and standards.
through it) with each set of samples. A series of standards, varying in con-
5.3.9. Take necessary shipping and packing centration over the range of interest, is pre-
precautions to minimize breakage of sam- pared and analyzed under the same GC condi-
ples. tions and during the same time period as the
5.4 Analysis of samples. unknown samples. Curves are prepared by
5.4.1 Preparation of samples. In prepara- plotting concentration versus peak area.
tion for analysis, each charcoal tube is NOTE: Since no internal standard is used in
scored with a file in front of the first section the method, standard solutions must be ana-
of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool lyzed at the same time that the sample anal-
is removed and discarded. The charcoal in ysis is done. This will minimize the effect of
the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2- known day-to-day variations and variations
ml vial. The separating section of foam is re- during the same day of the NPD response.
moved and discarded; the section is trans- Multiple injections are necessary.
ferred to another capped vial. These two sec-
tions are analyzed separately. 7. Calculations.
5.4.2 Desorption of samples. Prior to anal- Read the weight, corresponding to each
ysis, 1.0 ml of methanol is pipetted into each peak area from the standard curve, correct
sample container. Desorption should be done for the blank, correct for the desorption effi-
for 30 minutes in an ultrasonic bath. The ciency, and make necessary air volume cor-
sample vials are recapped as soon as the sol- rections.
vent is added. 8. Reference. NIOSH Method S–156.
5.4.3 GC conditions. The typical operating
conditions for the gas chromatograph are: [43 FR 45809, Oct. 3, 1978, as amended at 45 FR
1. 30 ml/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas 35283, May 23, 1980; 54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989;
flow. 58 FR 35310, June 30, 1993; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13,
2. 3.0 ml/min (30 psig) hydrogen gas flow to 1996; 63 FR 1291, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr.
detector. 23, 1998]
3. 50 ml/min (60 psig) air flow to detector.
4. 200 °C injector temperature. § 1910.1047 Ethylene oxide.
5. 200 °C dejector temperature.
6. 100 °C column temperature. (a) Scope and application. (1) This sec-
5.4.4 Injection. Solvent flush technique or tion applies to all occupational expo-
equivalent. sures to ethylene oxide (EtO), Chem-
5.4.5 Measurement of area. The area of the ical Abstracts Service Registry No. 75–
sample peak is measured by an electronic 21–8, except as provided in paragraph
integator or some other suitable form of area
(a)(2) of this section.
measurement, and preliminary results are
read from a standard curve prepared as dis- (2) This section does not apply to the
cussed below. processing, use, or handling of products
5.5 Determination of desorption efficiency. containing EtO where objective data
5.5.1 Importance of determination. The are reasonably relied upon that dem-
desorption efficiency of a particular com- onstrate that the product is not capa-
pound can vary from one laboratory to an- ble of releasing EtO in airborne con-
other and also from one batch of charcoal to
centrations at or above the action
another. Thus, it is necessary to determine,
at least once, the percentage of the specific level, and may not reasonably be fore-
compound that is removed in the desorption seen to release EtO in excess of the ex-
process, provided the same batch of charcoal cursion limit, under the expected con-
is used. ditions of processing, use, or handling
333
that will cause the greatest possible re- (2) Excursion limit. The employer shall
lease. ensure that no employee is exposed to
(3) Where products containing EtO an airborne concentration of EtO in ex-
are exempted under paragraph (a)(2) of cess of 5 parts of EtO per million parts
this section, the employer shall main- of air (5 ppm) as averaged over a sam-
tain records of the objective data sup- pling period of fifteen (15) minutes.
porting that exemption and the basis (d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.
for the employer’s reliance on the data, (i) Determinations of employee expo-
as provided in paragraph (k)(1) of this sure shall be made from breathing zone
section. air samples that are representative of
(b) Definitions: For the purpose of this the 8-hour TWA and 15-minute short-
section, the following definitions shall term exposures of each employee.
apply: (ii) Representative 8-hour TWA em-
Action level means a concentration of ployee exposure shall be determined on
airborne EtO of 0.5 ppm calculated as the basis of one or more samples rep-
an eight (8)-hour time-weighted aver- resenting full-shift exposure for each
age. shift for each job classification in each
Assistant Secretary means the Assist- work area. Representative 15-minute
ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa- short-term employee exposures shall be
tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart- determined on the basis of one or more
ment of Labor, or designee. samples representing 15-minute expo-
Authorized person means any person sures associated with operations that
specifically authorized by the employer are most likely to produce exposures
whose duties require the person to above the excursion limit for each shift
enter a regulated area, or any person for each job classification in each work
entering such an area as a designated area.
representative of employees for the (iii) Where the employer can docu-
purpose of exercising the right to ob- ment that exposure levels are equiva-
serve monitoring and measuring proce- lent for similar operations in different
dures under paragraph (l) of this sec- work shifts, the employer need only de-
tion, or any other person authorized by termine representative employee expo-
the Act or regulations issued under the sure for that operation during one
Act. shift.
Director means the Director of the (2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each em-
National Institute for Occupational ployer who has a workplace or work
Safety and Health, U.S. Department of operation covered by this standard, ex-
Health and Human Services, or des- cept as provided for in paragraph (a)(2)
ignee. or (d)(2)(ii) of this section, shall per-
Emergency means any occurrence form initial monitoring to determine
such as, but not limited to, equipment accurately the airborne concentrations
failure, rupture of containers, or fail- of EtO to which employees may be ex-
ure of control equipment that is likely posed.
to or does result in an unexpected sig- (ii) Where the employer has mon-
nificant release of EtO. itored after June 15, 1983 and the moni-
Employee exposure means exposure to toring satisfies all other requirements
airborne EtO which would occur if the of this section, the employer may rely
employee were not using respiratory on such earlier monitoring results to
protective equipment. satisfy the requirements of paragraph
Ethylene oxide or EtO means the (d)(2)(i) of this section.
three-membered ring organic com- (iii) Where the employer has pre-
pound with chemical formula C2 H4 O. viously monitored for the excursion
(c) Permissible exposure limits—(1) 8- limit and the monitoring satisfies all
hour time weighted average (TWA). The other requirements of this sections, the
employer shall ensure that no em- employer may rely on such earlier
ployee is exposed to an airborne con- monitoring results to satisfy the re-
centration of EtO in excess of one (1) quirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
part EtO per million parts of air (1 section.
ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted aver- (3) Monitoring frequency (periodic mon-
age (8-hour TWA). itoring). (i) If the monitoring required
334
by paragraph (d)(2) of this section re- days apart, are at or below the excur-
veals employee exposure at or above sion limit, the employer may dis-
the action level but at or below the 8- continue excursion limit monitoring
hour TWA, the employer shall repeat for those employees whose exposures
such monitoring for each such em- are represented by such monitoring.
ployee at least every 6 months. (5) Additional monitoring. Notwith-
(ii) If the monitoring required by standing the provisions of paragraph
paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section re- (d)(4) of this section, the employer
veals employee exposure above the 8- shall institute the exposure monitoring
hour TWA, the employer shall repeat required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and
such monitoring for each such em- (d)(3) of this section whenever there
ployee at least every 3 months. has been a change in the production,
(iii) The employer may alter the process, control equipment, personnel
monitoring schedule from quarterly to or work practices that may result in
semiannually for any employee for new or additional exposures to EtO or
whom two consecutive measurements when the employer has any reason to
taken at least 7 days apart indicate suspect that a change may result in
that the employee’s exposure has de- new or additional exposures.
creased to or below the 8-hour TWA. (6) Accuracy of monitoring. (i) Moni-
(iv) If the monitoring required by toring shall be accurate, to a con-
paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section re- fidence level of 95 percent, to within
veals employee exposure above the 15 plus or minus 25 percent for airborne
minute excursion limit, the employer concentrations of EtO at the 1 ppm
shall repeat such monitoring for each TWA and to within plus or minus 35
such employee at least every 3 months, percent for airborne concentrations of
and more often as necessary to evalu- EtO at the action level of 0.5 ppm.
ate exposure the employee’s short-term
(ii) Monitoring shall be accurate, to a
exposures.
confidence level of 95 percent, to with-
(4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the
in plus or minus 35 percent for airborne
initial monitoring required by para-
concentrations of EtO at the excursion
graph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals
employee exposure to be below the ac- limit.
tion level, the employer may dis- (7) Employee notification of monitoring
continue TWA monitoring for those results. (i) The employer shall, within
employees whose exposures are rep- 15 working days after the receipt of the
resented by the initial monitoring. results of any monitoring performed
(ii) If the periodic monitoring re- under this standard, notify the affected
quired by paragraph (d)(3) of this sec- employee of these results in writing ei-
tion reveals that employee exposures, ther individually or by posting of re-
as indicated by at least two consecu- sults in an appropriate location that is
tive measurements taken at least 7 accessible to affected employees.
days apart, are below the action level, (ii) The written notification required
the employer may discontinue TWA by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section
monitoring for those employees whose shall contain the corrective action
exposures are represented by such mon- being taken by the employer to reduce
itoring. employee exposure to or below the
(iii) If the initial monitoring required TWA and/or excursion limit, wherever
by paragraph (d)(2)(1) of this section re- monitoring results indicated that the
veals employee exposure to be at or TWA and/or excursion limit has been
below the excursion limit, the em- exceeded.
ployer may discontinue excursion limit (e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer
monitoring for those employees whose shall establish a regulated area wher-
exposures are represented by the initial ever occupational exposure to airborne
monitoring. concentrations of EtO may exceed the
(iv) If the periodic monitoring re- TWA or wherever the EtO concentra-
quired by paragraph (d)(3) of this section exceeds or can reasonably be ex-
tion reveals that employee exposures, pected to exceed the excursion limit.
as indicated by at least two consecu- (2) Access to regulated areas shall be
tive measurements taken at least 7 limited to authorized persons.
335
(3) Regulated areas shall be demar- (ii) The compliance program shall in-
cated in any manner that minimizes clude a schedule for periodic leak de-
the number of employees within the tection surveys and a written plan for
regulated area. emergency situations, as specified in
(f) Methods of compliance. (1) Engineer- paragraph (h)(i) of this section.
ing controls and work practices. (i) The (iii) Written plans for a program re-
employer shall institute engineering quired in paragraph (f)(2) shall be de-
controls and work practices to reduce veloped and furnished upon request for
and maintain employee exposure to or examination and copying to the Assist-
below the TWA and to or below the ex- ant Secretary, the Director, affected
cursion limit, except to the extent that employees and designated employee
such controls are not feasible. representatives. Such plans shall be re-
(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering viewed at least every 12 months, and
controls and work practices that can shall be updated as necessary to reflect
be instituted are not sufficient to re- significant changes in the status of the
duce employee exposure to or below the employer’s compliance program.
TWA and to or below the excursion (iv) The employer shall not imple-
limit, the employer shall use them to ment a schedule of employee rotation
reduce employee exposure to the lowest as a means of compliance with the
levels achievable by these controls and TWA or excursion limit.
shall supplement them by the use of (g) Respiratory protection and personal
respiratory protection that complies protective equipment—(1) General. For
with the requirements of paragraph (g) employees who use respirators required
of this section. by this section, the employer must pro-
(iii) Engineering controls are gen- vide respirators that comply with the
erally infeasible for the following oper- requirements of this paragraph. Res-
ations: collection of quality assurance pirators must be used during:
sampling from sterilized materials re- (i) Periods necessary to install or im-
moval of biological indicators from plement feasible engineering and work-
sterilized materials: loading and un- practice controls.
loading of tank cars; changing of ethyl- (ii) Work operations, such as mainte-
ene oxide tanks on sterilizers; and ves- nance and repair activities and vessel
sel cleaning. For these operations, en- cleaning, for which engineering and
gineering controls are required only work-practice controls are not feasible.
where the Assistant Secretary dem- (iii) Work operations for which fea-
onstrates that such controls are feasible engineering and work-practice
sible. controls are not yet sufficient to re-
(2) Compliance program. (i) Where the duce employee exposure to or below the
TWA or excursion limit is exceeded, TWA.
the employer shall establish and imple- (iv) Emergencies.
ment a written program to reduce ex- (2) Respirator program. The employer
posure to or below the TWA and to or must implement a respiratory protec-
below the excursion limit by means of tion program in accordance with 29
engineering and work practice con- CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
trols, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).
this section, and by the use of res- (3) Respirator selection. The employer
piratory protection where required or must select the appropriate respirator
permitted under this section. from Table 1 of this section.
TABLE 1—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE ETO
Condition of use or concentration of air- Minimum required respirator
borne EtO (ppm)
Equal to or less than 50 .............................. (a) Full facepiece respirator with EtO approved canister, front-or back-mounted.
Equal to or less than 2,000 ......................... (a) Positive-pressure supplied air respirator, equipped with full facepiece, hood, or
helmet, or
(b) Continuous-flow supplied air respirator (positive pressure) equipped with hood,
helmet or suit.
Concentration above 2,000 or unknown (a) Positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), equipped with full
concentration (such as in emergencies). facepiece, or
336
TABLE 1—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE ETO—

Continued
Condition of use or concentration of air- Minimum required respirator
borne EtO (ppm)
(b) Positive-pressure full facepiece supplied air respirator equipped with an auxil-
iary positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus.
Firefighting ................................................... (a) Positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus equipped with full face-
piece.
Escape ........................................................ (a) Any respirator described above.
Note. Respirators approved for use in higher concentrations are permitted to be used in lower concentrations.
(4) Protective clothing and equipment. (B) The employer shall make avail-
When employees could have eye or skin able medical examinations and con-
contact with EtO or EtO solutions, the sultations to all employees who have
employer must select and provide, at been exposed to EtO in an emergency
no cost to the employee, appropriate situation.
protective clothing or other equipment (ii) Examination by a physician. The
in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.132 and employer shall ensure that all medical
1910.133 to protect any area of the em- examinations and procedures are per-
ployee’s body that may come in conformed by or under the supervision of a
tact with the EtO or EtO solution, and licensed physician, and are provided
must ensure that the employee wears without cost to the employee, without
the protective clothing and equipment loss of pay, and at a reasonable time
provided. and place.
(h) Emergency situations—(1) Written (2) Medical examinations and consulta-
plan. (i) A written plan for emergency tions—(i) Frequency. The employer
situations shall be developed for each shall make available medical examina-
workplace where there is a possibility tions and consultations to each em-
of an emergency. Appropriate portions ployee covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i)
of the plan shall be implemented in the of this section on the following sched-
event of an emergency. ules:
(ii) The plan shall specifically pro- (A) Prior to assignment of the em-
vide that employees engaged in cor- ployee to an area where exposure may
recting emergency conditions shall be be at or above the action level for at
equipped with respiratory protection as least 30 days a year.
required by paragraph (g) of this sec- (B) At least annually each employee
tion until the emergency is abated. exposed at or above the action level for
(iii) The plan shall include the ele- at least 30 days in the past year.
ments prescribed in 29 CFR 1910.38, (C) At termination of employment or
‘‘Employee emergency plans and fire reassignment to an area where expo-
prevention plans.’’ sure to EtO is not at or above the ac-
(2) Alerting employees. Where there is tion level for at least 30 days a year.
the possibility of employee exposure to (D) As medically appropriate for any
EtO due to an emergency, means shall employee exposed during an emer-
be developed to alert potentially af- gency.
fected employees of such occurrences (E) As soon as possible, upon notifi-
promptly. Affected employees shall be cation by an employee either (1) that
immediately evacuated from the area the employee has developed signs or
in the event that an emergency occurs. symptoms indicating possible over-
(i) Medical Surveillance—(1) General— exposure to EtO, or (2) that the em-
(i) Employees covered. (A) The employer ployee desires medical advice con-
shall institute a medical surveillance cerning the effects of current or past
program for all employees who are or exposure to EtO on the employee’s
may be exposed to EtO at or above the ability to produce a healthy child.
action level, without regard to the use (F) If the examining physician deter-
of respirators, for at least 30 days a mines that any of the examinations
year. should be provided more frequently
337
than specified, the employer shall pro- (A) The physician’s opinion as to
vide such examinations to affected em- whether the employee has any detected
ployees at the frequencies rec- medical conditions that would place
ommended by the physician. the employee at an increased risk of
(ii) Content. (A) Medical examina- material health impairment from expo-
tions made available pursuant to para- sure to EtO;
graphs (i)(2)(i)(A)–(D) of this section (B) Any recommended limitations on
shall include: the employee or upon the use of per-
(1) A medical and work history with sonal protective equipment such as
special emphasis directed to symptoms clothing or respirators; and
related to the pulmonary, hematologic, (C) A statement that the employee
neurologic, and reproductive systems has been informed by the physician of
and to the eyes and skin. the results of the medical examination
(2) A physical examination with par- and of any medical conditions resulting
ticular emphasis given to the pul- from EtO exposure that require further
monary, hematologic, neurologic, and explanation or treatment.
reproductive systems and to the eyes (ii) The employer shall instruct the
and skin. physician not to reveal in the written
(3) A complete blood count to include opinion given to the employer specific
at least a white cell count (including findings or diagnoses unrelated to oc-
differential cell count), red cell count, cupational exposure to EtO.
hematocrit, and hemoglobin.
(iii) The employer shall provide a
(4) Any laboratory or other test
copy of the physician’s written opinion
which the examining physician deems
to the affected employee within 15 days
necessary by sound medical practice.
from its receipt.
(B) The content of medical examina-
tions or consultation made available (j) Communication of EtO hazards to
pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i)(E) of employees—(1) Signs and labels. (i) The
this section shall be determined by the employer shall post and maintain leg-
examining physician, and shall include ible signs demarcating regulated areas
pregnancy testing or laboratory eval- and entrances or accessways to regu-
uation of fertility, if requested by the lated areas that bear the following leg-
employee and deemed appropriate by end:
the physician. DANGER
(3) Information provided to the physi- ETHYLENE OXIDE
cian. The employer shall provide the
CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUC-
following information to the exam-
TIVE HAZARD
ining physician:
(i) A copy of this standard and Ap- AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
pendices A, B, and C. RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE
(ii) A description of the affected em- CLOTHING MAY BE REQUIRED
ployee’s duties as they relate to the
TO BE WORN IN THIS AREA
employee’s exposure.
(iii) The employee’s representative (ii) The employer shall ensure that
exposure level or anticipated exposure precautionary labels are affixed to all
level. containers of EtO whose contents are
(iv) A description of any personal capable of causing employee exposure
protective and respiratory equipment at or above the action level or whose
used or to be used. contents may reasonably be foreseen to
(v) Information from previous med- cause employee exposure above the ex-
ical examinations of the affected em- cursion limit, and that the labels re-
ployee that is not otherwise available main affixed when the containers of
to the examining physician. EtO leave the workplace. For the pur-
(4) Physician’s written opinion. (i) The pose of this paragraph, reaction ves-
employer shall obtain a written opin- sels, storage tanks, and pipes or piping
ion from the examining physician. This systems are not considered to be con-
written opinion shall contain the re- tainers. The labels shall comply with
sults of the medical examination and the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(f)
shall include: of OSHA’s Hazard Communication
338
standard, and shall include the fol- (C) The measures employees can take
lowing legend: to protect themselves from hazards as-
(A) DANGER sociated with EtO exposure, including
specific procedures the employer has
CONTAINS ETHYLENE OXIDE implemented to protect employees
CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUC- from exposure to EtO, such as work
TIVE HAZARD; practices, emergency procedures, and
and personal protective equipment to be
(B) A warning statement against used; and
breathing airborne concentrations of (D) The details of the hazard commu-
EtO. nication program developed by the em-
(iii) The labeling requirements under ployer, including an explanation of the
this section do not apply where EtO is labeling system and how employees can
used as a pesticide, as such term is de- obtain and use the appropriate hazard
fined in the Federal Insecticide. Fun- information.
gicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. (k) Recordkeeping—(1) Objective data
136 et seq.), when it is labeled pursuant for exempted operations. (i) Where the
to that Act and regulations issued processing, use, or handling of products
under that Act by the Environmental made from or containing EtO are ex-
Protection Agency. empted from other requirements of this
(2) Material safety data sheets. Em- section under paragraph (a)(2) of this
ployers who are manufacturers or im- section, or where objective data have
porters of EtO shall comply with the been relied on in lieu of initial moni-
requirements regarding development of toring under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this
material safety data sheets as specified section, the employer shall establish
in 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) of OSHA’s Hazard and maintain an accurate record of ob-
Communication standard. jective data reasonably relied upon in
support of the exemption.
(3) Information and training. (i) The
(ii) This record shall include at least
employer shall provide employees who
the following information:
are potentially exposed to EtO at or
(A) The product qualifying for ex-
above the action level or above the ex-
emption;
cursion limit with information and
(B) The source of the objective data;
training on EtO at the time of initial
(C) The testing protocol, results of
assignment and at least annually
testing, and/or analysis of the material
thereafter.
for the release of EtO;
(ii) Employees shall be informed of
(D) A description of the operation ex-
the following:
empted and how the data support the
(A) The requirements of this section exemption; and
with an explanation of its contents, in- (E) Other data relevant to the oper-
cluding Appendices A and B; ations, materials, processing, or em-
(B) Any operations in their work area ployee exposures covered by the ex-
where EtO is present; emption.
(C) The location and availability of (iii) The employer shall maintain
the written EtO final rule; and this record for the duration of the em-
(D) The medical surveillance pro- ployer’s reliance upon such objective
gram required by paragraph (i) of this data.
section with an explanation of the in- (2) Exposure measurements. (i) The em-
formation in Appendix C. ployer shall keep an accurate record of
(iii) Employee training shall include all measurements taken to monitor
at least: employee exposure to EtO as prescribed
(A) Methods and observations that in paragraph (d) of this section.
may be used to detect the presence or (ii) This record shall include at least
release of EtO in the work area (such the following information:
as monitoring conducted by the em- (A) The date of measurement;
ployer, continuous monitoring devices, (B) The operation involving exposure
etc.); to EtO which is being monitored;
(B) The physical and health hazards (C) Sampling and analytical methods
of EtO; used and evidence of their accuracy;
339
(D) Number, duration, and results of ments concerning transfer of records

samples taken; set forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h).
(E) Type of protective devices worn, (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to
if any; and do business and there is no successor
(F) Name, social security number and employer to receive and retain the
exposure of the employees whose expo- records for the prescribed period, the
sures are represented. employer shall notify the Director at
(iii) The employer shall maintain least 90 days prior to disposal and
this record for at least thirty (30) transmit them to the Director.
years, in accordance with 29 CFR (l) Observation of monitoring—(1) Em-
1910.20. ployee observation. The employer shall
(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The em- provide affected employees or their
ployer shall establish and maintain an designated representatives an oppor-
accurate record for each employee sub- tunity to observe any monitoring of
ject to medical surveillance by para- employee exposure to EtO conducted in
graph (i)(1)(i) of this section, in accord- accordance with paragraph (d) of this
ance with 29 CFR 1910.20. section.
(ii) The record shall include at least (2) Observation procedures. When ob-
the following information: servation of the monitoring of em-
(A) The name and social security ployee exposure to EtO requires entry
number of the employee; into an area where the use of protec-
(B) Physicians’ written opinions; tive clothing or equipment is required,
(C) Any employee medical com- the observer shall be provided with and
plaints related to exposure to EtO; and be required to use such clothing and
(D) A copy of the information pro- equipment and shall comply with all
vided to the physician as required by other applicable safety and health pro-
paragraph (i)(3) of this section. cedures.
(iii) The employer shall ensure that (m) Dates—(1)(i) Effective date. The
this record is maintained for the dura- paragraphs contained in this section
tion of employment plus thirty (30) shall become effective August 21, 1984,
years, in accordance with 29 CFR except for paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (e),
1910.20. (f)(2), (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) which shall
(4) Availability. (i) The employer, become effective on March 12, 1985.
upon written request, shall make all (ii) The requirements in this section
records required to be maintained by which pertain only to or are triggered
this section available to the Assistant by the excursion limit shall become ef-
Secretary and the Director for exam- fective June 6, 1988, except for the ex-
ination and copying. cursion limit provisions in paragraphs
(ii) The employer, upon request, shall (a)(2), (d), (f)(2), (g)(3) and (j) of this
make any exemption and exposure section which shall become effective
records required by paragraphs (k) (1) August 25, 1988.
and (2) of this section available for ex- (2) Start-up dates. (i) The start-up
amination and copying to affected em- date for the requirements in those
ployees, former employees, designated paragraphs that were effective on Au-
representatives and the Assistant Sec- gust 21, 1984, including institution of
retary, in accordance with 29 CFR work practice controls specified in
1910.20 (a) through (e) and (g) through paragraph (f)(1), shall be February 19,
(i). 1985, except as provided for in para-
(iii) The employer, upon request, graph (m)(2)(ii), and the start-up date
shall make employee medical records for paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (e), (f)(2),
required by paragraph (k)(3) of this sec- (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) of this section
tion available for examination and shall be September 9, 1985.
copying to the subject employee, any- (ii) Engineering controls specified by
one having the specific written consent paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be
of the subject employee, and the As- implemented by August 21, 1985.
sistant Secretary, in accordance with (iii) Compliance with the require-
29 CFR 1910.20. ments in this section which pertain
(5) Transfer of records. (i) The em- only to or are triggered by the excur-
ployer shall comply with the require- sion limit shall be by September 6,
340
1988, except for compliance with the ex- mutagenic changes, neurotoxicity, and sen-
cursion limit provisions of paragraphs sitization.
(a)(2), (d), (f)(2), (g)(3), and (j) of this 1. EtO has been shown to cause cancer in
laboratory animals and has been associated
section, which shall be by October 6, with higher incidences of cancer in humans.
1988, and implementation of engineer- Adverse reproductive effects and chro-
ing controls specified for compliance mosome damage may also occur from EtO
with the excursion limit, which shall exposure.
be by December 6, 1988. a. Reporting signs and symptoms: You
(3) Labeling. (i) Paragraph (j)(1)(ii)(A) should inform your employer if you develop
of this section as amended is effective any signs or symptoms and suspect that they
January 9, 1986. are caused by exposure to EtO.
(ii) Paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this is ef- III. EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES
fective October 11, 1985.
A. Eye exposure: If EtO gets into your
(n) Appendices. The information con- eyes, wash your eyes immediately with large
tained in the appendices is not in- amounts of water, lifting the lower and
tended by itself to create any addi- upper eyelids. Get medical attention imme-
tional obligations not otherwise im- diately. Contact lenses should not be worn
posed or to detract from any existing when working with this chemical.
obligation. B. Skin exposure: If EtO gets on your skin,
immediately wash the contaminated skin
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1047—SUBSTANCE with water. If EtO soaks through your cloth-
SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR ETHYLENE ing, especially your shoes, remove the cloth-
ing immediately and wash the skin with
OXIDE (NON-MANDATORY) water using an emergency deluge shower.
I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION Get medical attention immediately. Thor-
oughly wash contaminated clothing before
A. Substance: Ethylene oxide (C2 H4 O). reusing. Contaminated leather shoes or other
B. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene leather articles should not be reused and
oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, EtO, ETO, should be discarded.
oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/ C. Inhalation: If large amounts of EtO are
beta-oxidoethane, oxiran, oxirane. inhaled, the exposed person must be moved
C. Ethylene oxide can be found as a liquid to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped,
or vapor. perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
D. EtO is used in the manufacture of ethyl- Keep the affected person warm and at rest.
ene glycol, surfactants, ethanolamines, gly- Get medical attention immediately.
col ethers, and other organic chemicals. EtO D. Swallowing: When EtO has been swal-
is also used as a sterilant and fumigant. lowed, give the person large quantities of
E. Appearance and odor: Colorless liquid water immediately. After the water has been
below 10.7 ° C (51.3 ° F) or colorless gas with swallowed, try to get the person to vomit by
ether-like odor detected at approximately having him or her touch the back of the
700 parts EtO per million parts of air (700 throat with his or her finger. Do not make
ppm). an unconscious person vomit. Get medical
F. Permissible Exposure: Exposure may attention immediately.
not exceed 1 part EtO per million parts of air E. Rescue: Move the affected person from
averaged over the 8-hour workday. the hazardous exposure. If the exposed per-
son has been overcome, attempt rescue only
II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA after notifying at least one other person of
A. Ethylene oxide can cause bodily harm if the emergency and putting into effect estab-
you inhale the vapor, if it comes into con- lished emergency procedures. Do not become
tact with your eyes or skin, or if you swal- a casualty yourself. Understand your emer-
low it. gency rescue procedures and know the loca-
B. Effects of overexposure: tion of the emergency equipment before the
1. Ethylene oxide in liquid form can cause need arises.
eye irritation and injury to the cornea, frost-
IV. RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
bite, and severe irritation and blistering of
the skin upon prolonged or confined contact. A. Respirators. You may be required to
Ingestion of EtO can cause gastric irritation wear a respirator for nonroutine activities,
and liver injury. Acute effects from inhala- in emergencies, while your employer is in
tion of EtO vapors include respiratory irrita- the process of reducing EtO exposures
tion and lung injury, headache, nausea, vom- through engineering controls, and in areas
iting, diarrhea, shortness of breath, and where engineering controls are not feasible.
cyaonosis (blue or purple coloring of skin). As of the effective date of this standard, only
Exposure has also been associated with the air-supplied, positive-pressure, full-facepiece
occurrence of cancer, reproductive effects, respirators are approved for protection
341
against EtO. If air-purifying respirators are ily ignited. If your are wearing impermeable
worn in the future, they must have a label clothing and are splashed with liquid EtO or
issued by the National Institute for Occupa- EtO-containing solution, you should imme-
tional Safety and Health under the provi- diately remove the clothing while under an
sions of 42 CFR part 84 stating that the res- emergency deluge shower.
pirators have been approved for use with F. If your skin comes into contact with liq-
ethylene oxide. For effective protection, res- uid EtO or EtO-containing solutions, you
pirators must fit your face and head snugly. should immediately remove the EtO using an
Respirators must not be loosened or removed emergency deluge shower.
in work situations where their use is re- G. You should not keep food, beverages, or
quired. smoking materials in regulated areas where
EtO does not have a detectable odor except employee exposures are above the permis-
at levels well above the permissible exposure sible exposure limits.
limits. If you can smell EtO while wearing a H. Fire extinguishers and emergency del-
respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. uge showers for quick drenching should be
If you experience difficulty breathing while readily available, and you should know
wearing a respirator, tell your employer. where they are and how to operate them.
B. Protective clothing: You may be re- I. Ask your supervisor where EtO is used in
quired to wear impermeable clothing, gloves, your work area and for any additional plant
a face shield, or other appropriate protective safety and health rules.
clothing to prevent skin contact with liquid
EtO or EtO-containing solutions. Where pro- VI. ACCESS TO INFORMATION
tective clothing is required, your employer
A. Each year, your employer is required to
must provide clean garments to you as nec-
inform you of the information contained in
essary to assure that the clothing protects
this standard and appendices for EtO. In ad-
you adequately.
dition, your employer must instruct you in
Replace or repair protective clothing that
the proper work practices for using EtO
has become torn or otherwise damaged.
EtO must never be allowed to remain on emergency procedures, and the correct use of
the skin. Clothing and shoes which are not protective equipment.
impermeable to EtO should not be allowed to B. Your employer is required to determine
become contaminated with EtO, and if they whether you are being exposed to EtO. You
do, the clothing should be promptly removed or your representative has the right to ob-
and decontaminated. Contaminated leather serve employee measurements and to record
shoes should be discarded. Once EtO pene- the results obtained. Your employer is re-
trates shoes or other leather articles, they quired to inform you of your exposure. If
should not be worn again. your employer determine that you are being
C. Eye protection: You must wear overexposed, he or she is required to inform
splashproof safety goggles in areas where liq- you of the actions which are being taken to
uid EtO or EtO-containing solutions may reduce your exposure to within permissible
contact your eyes. In addition, contact exposure limits.
lenses should not be worn in areas where eye C. Your employer is required to keep
contact with EtO can occur. records of your exposures and medical ex-
aminations. These exposure records must be
V. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE USE, HANDLING, kept by the employer for at least thirty (30)
AND STORAGE years. Medical records must be kept for the
period of your employment plus thirty (30)
A. EtO is a flammable liquid, and its va-
pors can easily form explosive mixtures in years.
air. D. Your employer is required to release
B. EtO must be stored in tighly closed con- your exposure and medical records to your
tainers in a cool, well-ventilated area, away physician or designated representative upon
from heat, sparks, flames, strong oxidizers, your written request.
alkalines, and acids, strong bases, acetylide- VII. STERILANT USE OF ETO IN HOSPITALS AND
forming metals such as cooper, silver, mer- HEALTH CARE FACILITIES
cury and their alloys.
C. Sources of ignition such as smoking ma- This section of Appendix A, for informa-
terial, open flames and some electrical de- tional purposes, sets forth EPA’s rec-
vices are prohibited wherever EtO is handled, ommendations for modifications in work-
used, or stored in a manner that could create place design and practice in hospitals and
a potential fire or explosion hazard. health care facilities for which the Environ-
D. You should use non-sparking tools when mental Protection Agency has registered
opening or closing metal containers of EtO, EtO for uses as a sterilant or fumigant under
and containers must be bonded and grounded the Federal Insecticide, Funigicide, and
in the rare instances in which liquid EtO is Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq. These
poured or transferred. new recommendations, published in the FED-
E. Impermeable clothing wet with liquid ERAL REGISTER by EPA at 49 FR 15268, as
EtO or EtO-containing solutions may be eas- modified in today’s REGISTER, are intended
342
to help reduce the exposure of hospital and d. Ventilation during cylinder change. Work-
health care workers to EtO to 1 ppm. EPA’s ers may be exposed to short but relatively
recommended workplace design and work- high levels of EtO during the change of gas
place practice are as follows: cylinders. To reduce exposure from this
route, users must select one of three alter-
1. Workplace Design natives designed to draw off gas that may be
a. Installation of gas line hand valves. Hand released when the line from the sterilizer to
valves must be installed on the gas supply the cylinder is disconnected:
line at the connection to the supply cyl- i. Location of cylinders in a well ventilated
inders to minimize leakage during cylinder equipment room or other room where work-
change. ers are not normally present.
b. Installation of capture boxes. Sterilizer ii. Installation of a flexible hose (at least 4″
operations result in a gas/water discharge at in diameter) to a non-recirculating or dedi-
the completion of the process. This discharge cated ventilation system and located in the
is routinely piped to a floor drain which is area of cylinder change in such a way that
generally located in an equipment or an ad- the hose can be positioned at the point where
jacent room. When the floor drain is not in the sterilizer gas line is disconnected from
the same room as the sterilizer and workers the cylinder.
are not normally present, all that is nec- iii. Installation of a hood that is part of a
essary is that the room be well ventilated. non-recirculating or dedicated system and
The installation of a ‘‘capture box’’ will be positioned no more than one foot above the
required for those work place layouts where point where the change of cylinders takes
the floor drain is located in the same room place.
as the sterilizer or in a room where workers e. Ventilation of sterilizer door area. One of
are normally present. A ‘‘capture box’’ is a the major sources of exposure to EtO occurs
piece of equipment that totally encloses the when the sterilizer door is opened following
floor drain where the discharge from the the completion of the sterilization process.
sterilizer is pumped. The ‘‘capture box’’ is to In order to reduce this avenue of exposure, a
be vented directly to a non-recirculating or hood or metal canopy closed on each end
dedicated ventilation system. Sufficient air must be installed over the sterilizer door.
intake should be allowed at the bottom of The hood or metal canopy must be connected
the box to handle the volume of air that is to a non-recirculating or dedicated ventila-
ventilated from the top of the box. The ‘‘cap- tion system or one that exhausts gases to a
ture box’’ can be made of metal, plastic, well ventilated equipment or other room
wood or other equivalent material. The box where workers are not normally present. A
is intended to reduce levels of EtO dis- hood or canopy over the sterilizer door is re-
charged into the work room atmosphere. The quired for use even with those sterilizers
use of a ‘‘capture box’’ is not required if: (1) that have a purge cycle and must be in place
The vacuum pump discharge floor drain is lo- by July 1, 1986.
cated in a well ventilated equipment or other f. Ventilation of sterilizer relief valve. Steri-
room where workers are not normally lizers are typically equipped with a safety re-
present or (2) the water sealed vacuum pump lief device to release gas in case of increased
discharges directly to a closed sealed sewer pressure in the sterilizer. Generally, such re-
line (check local plumbing codes). lief devices are used on pressure vessels. Al-
If it is impractical to install a vented though these pressure relief devices are rare-
‘‘capture box’’ and a well ventilated equip- ly opened for hospital and health care steri-
ment or other room is not feasible, a box lizers, it is suggested that they be designed
that can be sealed over the floor drain may to exhaust vapor from the sterilizer by one
be used if: (1) The floor drain is located in a of the following methods:
room where workers are not normally i. Through a pipe connected to the outlet
present and EtO cannot leak into an occu- of the relief valve ventilated directly out-
pied area, and (2) the sterilizer in use is less doors at a point high enough to be away from
than 12 cubic feet in capacity (check local passers by, and not near any windows that
plumbing codes). open, or near any air conditioning or ventila-
c. Ventilation of aeration units i. Existing tion air intakes.
aeration units. Existing units must be vented ii. Through a connection to an existing or
to a non-recirculating or dedicated system or new non-recirculating or dedicated ventila-
vented to an equipment or other room where tion system.
workers are not normally present and which iii. Through a connection to a well venti-
is well ventilated. Aerator units must be po- lated equipment or other room where work-
sitioned as close as possible to the sterilizer ers are not normally present.
to minimize the exposure from the off-gas- g. Ventilation systems. Each hospital and
sing of sterilized items. health care facility affected by this notice
ii. Installation of new aerator units (where that uses EtO for the sterilization of equip-
none exist). New aerator units must be vented ment and supplies must have a ventilation
as described above for existing aerators. system which enables compliance with the
Aerators must be in place by July 1, 1986. requirements of section (b) through (f) in the
343
manner described in these sections and with- above 10 ppm time-weighted average for 8
in the timeframes allowed. Thus, each af- hours, more time should be added to the sec-
fected hospital and health care facility must ond waiting period (door wide open). How-
have or install a non-recirculating or dedi- ever, in no case may the second period be
cated ventilation equipment or other room shortened to less than 15 minutes.
where workers are not normally present in d. Chamber unloading procedures. i. Proce-
which to vent EtO. dures for unloading the chamber must in-
h. Installation of alarm systems. An audible clude the use of baskets or rolling carts, or
and visual indicator alarm system must be baskets and rolling tables to transfer treated
installed to alert personnel of ventilation loads quickly, thus avoiding excessive con-
system failures, i.e., when the ventilation tact with treated articles, and reducing the
fan motor is not working. duration of exposures.
2. Workplace Practices ii. If rolling carts are used, they should be
pulled not pushed by the sterilizer operators
All the workplace practices discussed in to avoid offgassing exposure.
this unit must be permanently posted near e. Maintenance. A written log should be in-
the door of each sterilizer prior to use by any
stituted and maintained documenting the
operator.
date of each leak detection and any mainte-
a. Changing of supply line filters. Filters in
nance procedures undertaken. This is a sug-
the sterilizer liquid line must be changed
gested use practice and is not required.
when necessary, by the following procedure:
i. Close the cylinder valve and the hose i. Leak detection. Sterilizer door gaskets,
valve. cylinder and vacuum piping, hoses, filters,
ii. Disconnect the cylinder hose (piping) and valves must be checked for leaks under
from the cylinder. full pressure with a Fluorocarbon leak detec-
iii. Open the hose valve and bleed slowly tor (for 12/88 systems only) every two weeks
into a proper ventilating system at or near by maintenance personnel. Also, the cylinder
the in-use supply cylinders. piping connections must be checked after
iv. Vacate the area until the line is empty. changing cylinders. Particular attention in
v. Change the filter. leak detection should be given to the auto-
vi. Reconnect the lines and reverse the matic solenoid valves that control the flow
value position. of EtO to the sterilizer. Specifically, a check
vii. Check hoses, filters, and valves for should be made at the EtO gasline entrance
leaks with a fluorocarbon leak detector (for port to the sterilizer, while the sterilizer
those sterilizers using the 88 percent door is open and the solenoid valves are in a
chlorofluorocarbon, 12 percent ethylene closed position.
oxide mixture (12/88)). ii. Maintenance procedures. Sterilizer/
b. Restricted access area. i. Areas involving areator door gaskets, valves, and fittings
use of EtO must be designated as restricted must be replaced when necessary as deter-
access areas. They must be identified with mined by maintenance personnel in their bi-
signs or floor marks near the sterilizer door, weekly checks; in addition, visual inspection
aerator, vacuum pump floor drain discharge, of the door gaskets for cracks, debris, and
and in-use cylinder storage. other foreign substances should be conducted
ii. All personnel must be excluded from the daily by the operator.
restricted area when certain operations are
in progress, such as discharging a vacuum APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1047—SUBSTANCE
pump, emptying a sterilizer liquid line, or TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR ETHYL-
venting a non-purge sterilizer with the door
ENE OXIDE (NON-MANDATORY)
ajar or other operations where EtO might be
released directly into the face of workers. I. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL DATA
c. Door opening procedures. i. Sterilizers with
purge cycles. A load treated in a sterilizer A. Substance identification:
equipped with a purge cycle should be re- 1. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene
moved immediately upon completion of the oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, EtO ETO
cycle (provided no time is lost opening the oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/
door after cycle is completed). If this is not beta-oxidoethane, oxiran, oxirane.
done, the purge cycle should be repeated be- 2. Formula: (C2 H4 O).
fore opening door. 3. Molecular weight: 44.06
ii. Sterilizers without purge cycles. For a load
B. Physical data:
treated in a sterilizer not equipped with a
purge cycle, the sterilizer door must be ajar 1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 10.70° C (51.3°
6″ for 15 minutes, and then fully opened for F);
at least another 15 minutes before removing 2. Specific gravity (water = 1): 0.87 (at 20° C
the treated load. The length of time of the or 68° F)
second period should be established by peak 3. Vapor density (air = 1): 1.49;
monitoring for one hour after the two 15- 4. Vapor pressure (at 20° C); 1,095 mm Hg;
minute periods suggested. If the level is 5. Solubility in water: complete;
344
6. Appearance and odor: colorless liquid; IV. MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT
gas at temperature above 10.7° F or 51.3° C PROCEDURES
with ether-like odor above 700 ppm.
A. Exposure above the Permissible Expo-
II. FIRE, EXPLOSION, AND REACTIVITY HAZARD sure Limit:
DATA 1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Meas-
urements taken for the purpose of deter-
A. Fire: mining employee exposure under this section
1. Flash point: less than O° F (open cup); are best taken with consecutive samples cov-
2. Stability: decomposes violently at tem- ering the full shift. Air samples should be
peratures above 800° F; taken in the employee’s breathing zone (air
3. Flammable limits in air, percent by vol- that would most nearly represent that in-
ume: Lower: 3, Upper: 100; haled by the employee.)
4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide for 2. Monitoring techniques: The sampling
small fires, polymer or alcohol foams for and analysis under this section may be per-
large fires; formed by collection of the EtO vapor on
5. Special fire fighting procedures: Dilution charcoal adsorption tubes or other composi-
of ethylene oxide with 23 volumes of water tion adsorption tubes, with subsequent
renders it non-flammable; chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis
6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Va- may also be performed by instruments such
pors of EtO will burn without the presence of as real-time continuous monitoring systems,
air or other oxidizers. EtO vapors are heavier portable direct reading instruments, or pas-
than air and may travel along the ground sive dosimeters as long as measurements
and be ignited by open flames or sparks at taken using these methods accurately evalu-
locations remote from the site at which EtO ate the concentration of EtO in employees’
is being used. breathing zones.
7. For purposes of compliance with the re- Appendix D describes the validated method
quirements of 29 CFR 1910.106, EtO is classi- of sampling and analysis which has been
fied as a flammable gas. For example, 7,500 tested by OSHA for use with EtO. Other
ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower available methods are also described in Ap-
flammable limit, would be considered to pose pendix D. The employer has the obligation of
a potential fire and explosion hazard. selecting a monitoring method which meets
8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR the accuracy and precision requirements of
1910.155, EtO is classified as a Class B fire the standard under his unique field condi-
hazard. tions. The standard requires that the method
9. For purpose of compliance with 29 CFR of monitoring should be accurate, to a 95 per-
1919.307, locations classified as hazardous due cent confidence level, to plus or minus 25
to the presence of EtO shall be Class I. percent for concentrations of EtO at 1 ppm,
B. Reactivity: and to plus or minus 35 percent for con-
1. Conditions contributing to instability: centrations at 0.5 ppm. In addition to the
EtO will polymerize violently if contami- method described in Appendix D, there are
nated with aqueous alkalies, amines, min- numerous other methods available for moni-
eral acids, metal chlorides, or metal oxides. toring for EtO in the workplace. Details on
Violent decomposition will also occur at these other methods have been submitted by
temperatures above 800 ° F; various companies to the rulemaking record,
2. Incompatabilities: Alkalines and acids; and are available at the OSHA Docket Office.
3. Hazardous decomposition products: Car- B. Since many of the duties relating to em-
bon monoxide and carbon dioxide. ployee exposure are dependent on the results
of measurement procedures, employers
III. SPILL, LEAK, AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES should assure that the evaluation of em-
A. If EtO is spilled or leaked, the following ployee exposures is performed by a tech-
steps should be taken: nically qualified person.
1. Remove all ignition sources.
V. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT
2. The area should be evacuated at once
and re-entered only after the area has been Employees should be provided with and be
thoroughly ventilated and washed down with required to wear appropriate protective
water. clothing wherever there is significant poten-
B. Persons not wearing appropriate protec- tial for skin contact with liquid EtO or EtO-
tive equipment should be restricted from containing solutions. Protective clothing
areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has shall include impermeable coveralls or simi-
been completed. lar full-body work clothing, gloves, and head
C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material coverings, as appropriate to protect areas of
should be disposed of in a manner that is not the body which may come in contact with
hazardous to employees or to the general liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions.
population. In selecting the method of waste Employers should ascertain that the pro-
disposal, applicable local, State, and Federal tective garments are impermeable to EtO.
regulations should be consulted. Permeable clothing, including items made of
345
rubber, and leather shoes should not be alter chromatid exchange chromosomal aber-
lowed to become contaminated with liquid ration, and functional sperm abnormalities.
EtO. If permeable clothing does become con- Ethylene oxide in liquid form can cause
taminated, it should be immediately re- eye irritation and injury to the cornea, frost-
moved, while the employer is under an emer- bite, severe irritation, and blistering of the
gency deluge shower. If leather footwear or skin upon prolonged or confined contact. In-
other leather garments become wet from EtO gestion of EtO can cause gastric irritation
they should be discarded and not be worn and liver injury. Other effects from inhala-
again, because leather absorbs EtO and holds tion of EtO vapors include respiratory irrita-
it against the skin. tion and lung injury, headache, nausea, vom-
Any protective clothing that has been iting, diarrhea, dyspnea and cyanosis.
damaged or is otherwise found to be defec-
tive should be repaired or replaced. Clean III. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF ACUTE
protective clothing should be provided to the OVEREXPOSURE
employee as necessary to assure employee The early effects of acute overexposure to
protection. Whenever impermeable clothing EtO are nausea and vomiting, headache, and
becomes wet with liquid EtO, it should be irritation of the eyes and respiratory pas-
washed down with water before being re- sages. The patient may notice a ‘‘peculiar
moved by the employee. Employees are also taste’’ in the mouth. Delayed effects can in-
required to wear splash-proof safety goggles clude pulmonary edema, drowsiness, weak-
where there is any possibility of EtO con- ness, and incoordination. Studies suggest
tacting the eyes. that blood cell changes, an increase in chro-
mosomal aberrations, and spontaneous abor-
VI. MISCELLANEOUS PRECAUTIONS tion may also be causally related to acute
A. Store EtO in tightly closed containers overexposure to EtO.
in a cool, well-ventilated area and take all Skin contact with liquid or gaseous EtO
necessary precautions to avoid any explosion causes characteristic burns and possibly
hazard. even an allergic-type sensitization. The
B. Non-sparking tools must be used to open edema and erythema occurring from skin
and close metal containers. These containers contact with EtO progress to vesiculation
must be effectively grounded and bonded. with a tendency to coalesce into blebs with
C. Do not incinerate EtO cartridges, tanks desquamation. Healing occurs within three
or other containers. weeks, but there may be a residual brown
D. Employers should advise employees of pigmentation. A 40–80% solution is ex-
all areas and operations where exposure to tremely dangerous, causing extensive blis-
EtO occur. tering after only brief contact. Pure liquid
EtO causes frostbite because of rapid evapo-
VII. COMMON OPERATIONS ration. In contrast, the eye is relatively in-
Common operations in which exposure to sensitive to EtO, but there may be some irri-
EtO is likely to occur include the following: tation of the cornea.
Manufacture of EtO, surfactants, Most reported acute effects of occupational
ethanolamines, glycol ethers, and specialty exposure to EtO are due to contact with EtO
chemicals, and use as a sterilant in the hos- in liquid phase. The liquid readily penetrates
pital, health product and spice industries. rubber and leather, and will produce blis-
tering if clothing or footwear contaminated
with EtO are not removed.
APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1047—MEDICAL
SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR IV. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE
ETHYLENE OXIDE (NON-MANDATORY) CONSIDERATIONS
I. ROUTE OF ENTRY As noted above, exposure to EtO has been

linked to an increased risk of cancer and re-
Inhalation. productive effects including decreased male
fertility, fetotoxicity, and spontaneous abor-
II. TOXICOLOGY
tion. EtO workers are more likely to have
Clinical evidence of adverse effects associ- chromosomal damage than similar groups
ated with the exposure to EtO is present in not exposed to EtO. At the present, limited
the form of increased incidence of cancer in studies of chronic effects in humans result-
laboratory animals (leukemia, stomach, ing from exposure to EtO suggest a causal
brain), mutation in offspring in animals, and association with leukemia. Animal studies
resorptions and spontaneous abortions in indicate leukemia and cancers at other sites
animals and human populations respec- (brain, stomach) as well. The physician
tively. Findings in humans and experimental should be aware of the findings of these stud-
animals exposed to airborne concentrations ies in evaluating the health of employees ex-
of EtO also indicate damage to the genetic posed to EtO.
material (DNA). These include hemoglobin Adequate screening tests to determine an
alkylation, unsecheduled DNA synthesis, sis- employee’s potential for developing serious
346
chronic diseases, such as cancer, from expo- pirators should include: An evaluation of
sure to EtO do not presently exist. Labora- cardiovascular function, a baseline chest x-
tory tests may, however, give evidence to ray to be repeated at five year intervals, and
suggest that an employee is potentially over- a pulmonary function test to be repeated
exposed to EtO. It is important for the physi- every three years. The pulmonary function
cian to become familiar with the operating test should include measurement of the em-
conditions in which exposure to EtO is likely ployee’s forced vital capacity (FVC), forced
to occur. The physician also must become fa- expiratory volume at one second (FEV1), as
miliar with the signs and symptoms that in- well as calculation of the ratios of FEV1 to
dicate a worker is receiving otherwise unrec- FVC, and measured FVC and measured FEV1
ognized and unacceptable exposure to EtO. to expected values corrected for variation
These elements are especially important in due to age, sex, race, and height.
evaluating the medical and work histories The employer is required to make the pre-
and in conducting the physical exam. When scribed tests available at least annually to
an unacceptable exposure in an active em- employees who are or will be exposed at or
ployee is identified by the physician, meas- above the action level, for 30 or more days
ures taken by the employer to lower expo- per year; more often than specified if rec-
sure should also lower the risk of serious ommended by the examining physician; and
long-term consequences. upon the employee’s termination of employ-
The employer is required to institute a ment or reassignment to another work area.
medical surveillance program for all employ- While little is known about the long term
ees who are or will be exposed to EtO at or consequences of high short-term exposures,
above the action level (0.5 ppm) for at least it appears prudent to monitor such affected
30 days per year, without regard to res- employees closely in light of existing health
pirator use. All examinations and procedures data. The employer shall provide physician
must be performed by or under the super- recommended examinations to any employee
vision of a licensed physician at a reasonable exposed to EtO in emergency conditions.
time and place for the employee and at no Likewise, the employer shall make available
cost to the employee. medical consultations including physician
Although broad latitude in prescribing spe- recommended exams to employees who be-
cific tests to be included in the medical sur- lieve they are suffering signs or symptoms of
veillance program is extended to the exam- exposure to EtO.
ining physician, OSHA requires inclusion of The employer is required to provide the
the following elements in the routine exam- physician with the following informatin: a
ination: copy of this standard and its appendices; a
(i) Medical and work histories with special description of the affected employee’s duties
emphasis directed to symptoms related to as they relate to the employee exposure
the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and level; and information from the employee’s
reproductive systems and to the eyes and previous medical examinations which is not
skin. readily available to the examining physi-
(ii) Physical examination with particular cian. Making this information available to
emphasis given to the pulmonary, hemato- the physician will aid in the evaluation of
logic, neurologic, and reproductive systems the employee’s health in relation to assigned
and to the eyes and skin. duties and fitness to wear personal protec-
(iii) Complete blood count to include at tive equipment, when required.
least a white cell count (including differen- The employer is required to obtain a writ-
tial cell count), red cell count, hematocrit, ten opinion from the examining physician
and hemoglobin. containing the results of the medical exami-
(iv) Any laboratory or other test which the nations; the physician’s opinion as to wheth-
examining physician deems necessary by er the employee has any detected medical
sound medical practice. conditions which would place the employee
If requested by the employee, the medical at increased risk of material impairment of
examinations shall include pregnancy test- his or her health from exposure to EtO; any
ing or laboratory evaluation of fertility as recommended restrictions upon the employ-
deemed appropriate by the physician. ee’s exposure to EtO, or upon the use of pro-
In certain cases, to provide sound medical tective clothing or equipment such as res-
advice to the employer and the employee, pirators; and a statement that the employee
the physician must evaluate situations not has been informed by the physician of the re-
directly related to EtO. For example, em- sults of the medical examination and of any
ployees with skin diseases may be unable to medical conditions which require further ex-
tolerate wearing protective clothing. In ad- planation or treatment. This written opinion
dition those with chronic respiratory dis- must not reveal specific findings or diag-
eases may not tolerate the wearing of nega- noses unrelated to occupational exposure to
tive pressure (air purifying) respirators. Ad- EtO, and a copy of the opinion must be pro-
ditional tests and procedures that will help vided to the affected employee.
the physician determine which employees The purpose in requiring the examining
are medically unable to wear such res- physician to supply the employer with a
347
written opinion is to provide the employer Reliable Quantitation Limit: 52.2 ppb (0.094
with a medical basis to aid in the determina- mg/m3) (Based on 1.0 liter air sample).
tion of initial placement of employees and to Standard Error of Estimate: 6.59% (See
assess the employee’s ability to use protec- Backup Section 4.6).
tive clothing and equipment. Special Requirements: Samples must be
analyzed within 15 days of sampling date.
APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1047—SAMPLING Status of Method: The sampling and ana-
AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR lytical method has been subjected to the es-
ETHYLENE OXIDE (NON-MANDATORY) tablished evaluation procedures of the Or-
ganic Method Evaluations Branch.
A number of methods are available for Date: August 1981.
monitoring employee exposures to EtO. Most Chemist: Wayne D. Potter.
of these involve the use of charcoal tubes
and sampling pumps, followed by analysis of ORGANIC SOLVENTS BRANCH, OSHA ANALYT-
the samples by gas chromatograph. The es- ICAL LABORATORY, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH
sential differences between the charcoal tube
methods include, among others, the use of 1. General Discussion.
different desorbing solvents, the use of dif- 1.1 Background.
ferent lots of charcoal, and the use of dif- 1.1.1 History of Procedure.
ferent equipment for analysis of the samples. Ethylene oxide samples analyzed at the
Besides charcoal, methods using passive OSHA Laboratory have normally been col-
dosimeters, gas sampling bags, impingers, lected on activated charcoal and desorbed
and detector tubes have been utilized for de- with carbon disulfide. The analysis is per-
termination of EtO exposure. In addition, formed with a gas chromatograph equipped
there are several commercially available with a FID (Flame ionization detector) as de-
portable gas analyzers and monitoring units. scribed in NIOSH Method S286 (Ref. 5.1). This
This appendix contains details for the method is based on a PEL of 50 ppm and has
method which has been tested at the OSHA a detection limit of about 1 ppm.
Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City. In- Recent studies have prompted the need for
clusion of this method in the appendix does a method to analyze and detect ethylene
not mean that this method is the only one oxide at very low concentrations.
which will be satisfactory. Copies of descrip- Several attempts were made to form an ul-
tions of other methods available are avail- traviolet (UV) sensitive derivative with
able in the rulemaking record, and may be ethylene oxide for analysis with HPLC.
obtained from the OSHA Docket Office. Among those tested that gave no detectable
These include the Union Carbide, Dow Chem- product were: p-anisidine, methylimidazole,
ical, 3M, and DuPont methods, as well as aniline, and 2,3,6-trichlorobenzoic acid. Each
NIOSH Method S–286. These methods are was tested with catalysts such as
briefly described at the end of this appendix. triethylamine, aluminum chloride, meth-
Employers who note problems with sample ylene chloride and sulfuric acid but no de-
breakthrough using the OSHA or other char- tectable derivative was produced.
coal methods should try larger charcoal The next derivatization attempt was to
tubes. Tubes of larger capacity are available. react ethylene oxide with HBr to form 2-
In addition, lower flow rates and shorter bromoethanol. This reaction was successful.
sampling times should be beneficial in mini- An ECD (electron capture detector) gave a
mizing breakthrough problems. Whatever very good response for 2-bromoethanol due
method the employer chooses, he must as- to the presence of bromine. The use of car-
sure himself of the method’s accuracy and bon disulfide as the desorbing solvent gave
precision under the unique conditions too large a response and masked the 2-
present in his workplace. bromoethanol. Several other solvents were
tested for both their response on the ECD
ETHYLENE OXIDE and their ability to desorb ethylene oxide
Method No.: 30. from the charcoal. Among those tested were
Matrix: Air. toluene, xylene, ethyl benzene, hexane,
Target Concentration: 1.0 ppm (1.8 mg/m3). cyclohexane and benzene. Benzene was the
Procedure: Samples are collected on two only solvent tested that gave a suitable re-
charcoal tubes in series and desorbed with sponse on the ECD and a high desorption. It
1% CS2 in benzene. The samples are was found that the desorption efficiency was
derivatized with HBr and treated with so- improved by using 1% CS2 with the benzene.
dium carbonate. Analysis is done by gas The carbon disulfide did not significantly
chromatography with an electron capture improve the recovery with the other sol-
detector. vents. SKC Lot 120 was used in all tests done
Recommended Air Volume and Sampling with activated charcoal.
Rate: 1 liter and 0.05 Lpm. 1.1.2 Physical Properties (Ref. 5.2–5.4).
Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure: Synonyms: Oxirane; dimethylene oxide,
13.3 ppb (0.024 mg/m3) (Based on 1.0 liter air 1,2-epoxy-ethane; oxane; C2 H4 O; ETO;
sample). Molecular Weight: 44.06
348
Boiling Point: 10.7 ° C (51.3°) lytical standards at 0.5X, 1X and 2X the tar-
Melting Point: ¥111 ° C get concentration is 0.036 (See Backup Data
Description: Colorless, flammable gas Section 4.5).
Vapor Pressure: 1095 mm. at 20 ° C 1.2.7 Precision (Overall Procedure).
Odor: Ether-like odor The overall procedure must provide results
Lower Explosive Limits: 3.0% (by volume) at the target concentration that are 25% of
Flash Point (TOC): Below 0 ° F better at the 95% confidence level. The preci-
Molecular Structure: CH 2—CH 2 sion at the 95% confidence level for the 15
1.2 Limit Defining Parameters. day storage test is plus or minus 12.9% (See
1.2.1 Detection Limit of the Analytical Backup Data Section 4.6).
Procedure. This includes an additional plus or minus
The detection limit of the analytical pro- 5% for sampling error.
cedure is 12.0 picograms of ethylene oxide per 1.3 Advantages.
injection. This is the amount of analyte 1.3.1 The sampling procedure is conven-
which will give a peak whose height is five ient.
times the height of the baseline noise. (See 1.3.2 The analytical procedure is very sen-
Backup Data Section 4.1). sitive and reproducible.
1.2.2 Detection Limit of the Overall Pro- 1.3.3 Reanalysis of samples is possible.
cedure. 1.3.4 Samples are stable for at least 15
The detection limit of the overall proce- days at room temperature.
dure is 24.0 ng of ethylene oxide per sample. 1.3.5 Interferences are reduced by the
This is the amount of analyte spiked on longer GC retention time of the new deriva-
the sampling device which allows recovery of tive.
an amount of analyte equivalent to the de- 1.4 Disadvantages.
tection limit of the analytical procedure. 1.4.1 Two tubes in series must be used be-
(See Backup Data Section 4.2). cause of possible breakthrough and migra-
1.2.3 Reliable Quantitation Limit. tion.
The reliable quantitation limit is 94.0 1.4.2 The precision of the sampling rate
nanograms of ethylene oxide per sample. may be limited by the reproducibility of the
This is the smallest amount of analyte which pressure drop across the tubes. The pumps
can be quantitated within the requirements are usually calibrated for one tube only.
of 75% recovery and 95% confidence limits. 1.4.3 The use of benzene as the desorption
(See Backup Data Section 4.2). solvent increases the hazards of analysis be-
It must be recognized that the reliable cause of the potential carcinogenic effects of
quantitation limit and detection limits re- benzene.
ported in the method are based upon optimi- 1.4.4 After repeated injections there can
zation of the instrument for the smallest be a buildup of residue formed on the elec-
possible amount of analyte. When the target tron capture detector which decreases sensi-
concentration of an analyte is exceptionally tivity.
higher than these limits, they may not be at- 1.4.5 Recovery from the charcoal tubes ap-
tainable at the routine operating param- pears to be nonlinear at low concentrations.
eters. In this case, the limits reported on 2. Sampling Procedure.
analysis reports will be based on the oper- 2.1 Apparatus.
ating parameters used during the analysis of 2.1.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump
the samples. whose flow can be determined within plus or
1.2.4 Sensitivity. minus 5% of the recommended flow.
The sensitivity of the analytical procedure 2.1.2 SKC Lot 120 Charcoal tubes: glass
over a concentration range representing 0.5 tube with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long
to 2 times the target concentration based on with a 6 mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., con-
the recommended air volume is 34105 area taining 2 sections of coconut shell charcoal
units per µg/mL. The sensitivity is deter- separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane
mined by the slope of the calibration curve foam. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg
(See Backup Data Section 4.3). of charcoal, the backup section 50 mg. A 3-
The sensitivity will vary somewhat with mm portion of urethane foam is placed be-
the particular instrument used in the anal- tween the outlet end of the tube and the
ysis. backup section. A plug of silylated glass
1.2.5 Recovery. wool is placed in front of the adsorbing sec-
The recovery of analyte from the collection.
tion medium must be 75% or greater. The av- 2.2 Reagents.
erage recovery from spiked samples over the 2.2.1 None required.
range of 0.5 to 2 times the target concentra- 2.3 Sampling Technique.
tion is 88.0% (See Backup Section 4.4). At 2.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break
lower concentrations the recovery appears to the ends of the charcoal tubes. All tubes
be non-linear. must be from the same lot.
1.2.6 Precision (Analytical Method Only). 2.3.2 Connect two tubes in series to the
The pooled coefficient of variation ob- sampling pump with a short section of flexi-
tained from replicate determination of ana- ble tubing. A minimum amount of tubing is
349
used to connect the two sampling tubes to- 2.8.1 Attach the sampling equipment to
gether. The tube closer to the pump is used the employee so that it does not interfere
as a backup. This tube should be identified with work performance.
as the backup tube. 2.8.2 Wear safety glasses when breaking
2.3.3 The tubes should be placed in a the ends of the sampling tubes.
vertical position during sampling to mini- 2.8.3 If possible, place the sampling tubes
mize channeling. in a holder so the sharp end is not exposed
2.3.4 Air being sampled should not pass while sampling.
through any hose or tubing before entering 3. Analytical Method.
the charcoal tubes. 3.1 Apparatus.
2.3.5 Seal the charcoal tubes with plastic 3.1.1 Gas chromatograph equipped with a
caps immediately after sampling. Also, seal linearized electron capture detector.
each sample with OSHA seals lengthwise. 3.1.2 GC column capable of separating the
derivative of ethylene oxide (2-
2.3.6 With each batch of samples, submit
bromoethanol) from any interferences and
at least one blank tube from the same lot
the 1% CS2 in benzene solvent. The column
used for samples. This tube should be sub-
used for validation studies was: 10 ft x 1⁄8 inch
jected to exactly the same handling as the
stainless steel 20% SP–2100, .1% Carbowax
samples (break, seal, transport) except that
1500 on 100/120 Supelcoport.
no air is drawn through it.
3.1.3 An electronic integrator or some
2.3.7 Transport the samples (and cor-
other suitable method of measuring peak
responding paperwork) to the lab for anal-
areas.
ysis. 3.1.4 Two milliliter vials with Teflon-
2.3.8 If bulk samples are submitted for lined caps.
analysis, they shoud be transported in glass 3.1.5 Gas tight syringe—500 µ L or other
containers with Teflon-lined caps. These convenient sizes for preparing standards.
samples must be mailed separately from the 3.1.6 Microliter syringes—10 µ L or other
container used for the charcoal tubes. convenient sizes for diluting standards and 1
2.4 Breakthrough. µ L for sample injections.
2.4.1 The breakthrough (5% breakthrough) 3.1.7 Pipets for dispensing the 1% CS2 in
volume for a 3.0 mg/m ethylene oxide sample benzene solvent. The Glenco 1 mL dispenser
stream at approximately 85% relative hu- is adequate and convenient.
midity, 22° C and 633 mm is 2.6 liters sampled 3.1.8 Volumetric flasks—5 mL and other
at 0.05 liters per minute. This is equivalent convenient sizes for preparing standards.
to 7.8 µ g of ethylene oxide. Upon saturation 3.1.9 Disposable Pasteur pipets.
of the tube it appeared that the water may 3.2 Reagents.
be displacing ethylene oxide during sam- 3.2.1 Benzene, reagent grade.
pling. 3.2.2 Carbon Disulfide, reagent grade.
2.5 Desorption Efficiency. 3.2.3 Ethylene oxide, 99.7% pure.
2.5.1 The desorption efficiency, from liq- 3.2.4 Hydrobromic Acid, 48% reagent
uid injection onto charcoal tubes, averaged grade.
88.0% from 0.5 to 2.0 x the target concentra- 3.2.5 Sodium Carbonate, anhydrous, rea-
tion for a 1.0 liter air sample. At lower gent grade.
ranges it appears that the desorption effi- 3.2.6 Desorbing reagent, 99% Benzene/1%
ciency is non-linear (See Backup Data Sec- CS2.
tion 4.2). 3.3 Sample Preparation.
2.5.2 The desorption efficiency may vary 3.3.1 The front and back sections of each
from one laboratory to another and also sample are transferred to separate 2-mL
from one lot of charcoal to another. Thus, it vials.
is necessary to determine the desorption effi- 3.3.2 Each sample is desorbed with 1.0 mL
ciency for a particular lot of charcoal. of desorbing reagent.
3.3.3 The vials are sealed immediately and
2.6 Recommended Air Volume and Sam-
allowed to desorb for one hour with occa-
pling Rate.
sional shaking.
2.6.1 The recommended air volume is 1.0
3.3.4 Desorbing reagent is drawn off the
liter.
charcoal with a disposable pipet and put into
2.6.2 The recommended maximum sam- clean 2-mL vials.
pling rate is 0.05 Lpm. 3.3.5 One drop of HBr is added to each
2.7 Interferences. vial. Vials are resealed and HBr is mixed well
2.7.1 Ethylene glycol and Freon 12 at tar- with the desorbing reagent.
get concentration levels did not interfere 3.3.6 About 0.15 gram of sodium carbonate
with the collection of ethylene oxide. is carefully added to each vial. Vials are
2.7.2 Suspected interferences should be again resealed and mixed well.
listed on the sample data sheets. 3.4 Standard Preparation.
2.7.3 The relative humidity may affect the 3.4.1 Standards are prepared by injecting
sampling procedure. the pure ethylene oxide gas into the
2.8 Safety Precautions. desorbing reagent.
350
3.4.2 A range of standards are prepared to
make a calibration curve. A concentration of mg/m 3 × 24.45
1.0 µ L of ethylene oxide gas per 1 mL ETO, ppm =
desorbing reagent is equivalent to 1.0 ppm 44.05
air concentration (all gas volumes at 25° C where:
and 760 mm) for the recommended 1 liter air mg/m3=results from 3.7.4
sample. This amount is uncorrected for 24.45=molar volume at 25 ° C and 760mm Hg
desorption efficiency (See Backup Data Sec- 44.05=molecular weight of ETO.
tion 4.2. for desorption efficiency correc-
3.8 Safety Precautions
tions).
3.8.1 Ethylene oxide and benzene are po-
3.4.3 One drop of HBr per mL of standard
tential carcinogens and care must be exer-
is added and mixed well.
3.4.4 About 0.15 grams of sodium car- cised when working with these compounds.
bonate is carefully added for each drop of 3.8.2 All work done with the solvents
HBr (A small reaction will occur). (preparation of standards, desorption of sam-
3.5 Analysis. ples, etc.) should be done in a hood.
3.5.1 GC Conditions. 3.8.3 Avoid any skin contact with all of
Nitrogen flow rate—10mL/min. the solvents.
Injector Temperature—250° C 3.8.4 Wear safety glasses at all times.
Detector Temperature—300° C 3.8.5 Avoid skin contact with HBr because
Column Temperature—100° C it is highly toxic and a strong irritant to
Injection size—0.8 µ L eyes and skin.
Elution time—3.9 minutes 4. Backup Data.
3.5.2 Peak areas are measured by an inte- 4.1 Detection Limit Data.
grator or other suitable means. The detection limit was determined by in-
3.5.3 The integrator results are in area jecting 0.8 µL of a 0.015 µg/mL standard of
units and a calibration curve is set up with ethylene oxide into 1% CS2 in benzene. The
concentration vs. area units. detection limit of the analytical procedure is
3.6 Interferences. taken to be 1.20×10¥5 µg per injection. This is
3.6.1 Any compound having the same re- equivalent to 8.3 ppb (0.015 mg/m3) for the
tention time of 2-bromoethanol is a potential recommended air volume.
interference. Possible interferences should 4.2 Desorption Efficiency.
be listed on the sample data sheets. Ethylene oxide was spiked onto charcoal
3.6.2 GC parameters may be changed to tubes and the following recovery data was
circumvent interferences. obtained.
3.6.3 There are usually trace contami-
nants in benzene. These contaminants, how- Amount recovered
Amount spiked (µg) Percent recovery
(µg)
ever, posed no problem of interference.
3.6.4 Retention time data on a single col- 4.5 4.32 96.0
umn is not considered proof of chemical 3.0 2.61 87.0
identity. Samples over the 1.0 ppm target 2.25 2.025 90.0
level should be confirmed by GC/Mass Spec 1.5 1.365 91.0
or other suitable means. 1.5 1.38 92.0
.75 .6525 87.0
3.7 Calculations
.375 .315 84.0
3.7.1 The concentration in µg/mL for a .375 .312 83.2
sample is determined by comparing the area .1875 .151 80.5
of a particular sample to the calibration .094 .070 74.5
curve, which has been prepared from analyt-
ical standards. At lower amounts the recovery appears to
3.7.2 The amount of analyte in each sam- be non-linear.
ple is corrected for desorption efficiency by 4.3 Sensitivity Data.
use of a desorption curve. The following data was used to determine
3.7.3 Analytical results (A) from the two the calibration curve.
tubes that compose a particular air sample
are added together. Injection 0.5×.75 µg/mL 1×1.5 µg/mL 2×3.0 µg/mL
3.7.4 The concentration for a sample is
calculated by the following equation: 1 ............. 30904 59567 111778
2 ............. 30987 62914 106016
3 ............. 32555 58578 106122
AXB
ETO, mg/m 3 = 4 .............
X ............
32242
31672
57173
59558
109716
108408
C
Slope=34.105.
where:
A=µg/mL 4.4 Recovery.
B=desorption volume in milliliters The recovery was determined by spiking
C=air volume in liters. ethylene oxide onto lot 120 charcoal tubes
3.7.5 To convert mg/m3 to parts per mil- and desorbing with 1% CS2 in Benzene. Re-
lion (ppm) the following relationship is used: coveries were done at 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 X the
351
target concentration (1 ppm) for the rec- PERCENT RECOVERY—Continued
ommended air volume.
Refrig-
Day analyzed Ambient
erated
PERCENT RECOVERY
18 ....................................................... 68.0 ................
Sample 0.5x 1.0x 2.0x
19 ....................................................... ................ 64.0
19 ....................................................... ................ 77.0
1 ..................................... 88.7 95.0 91.7
2 ..................................... 83.8 95.0 87.3
3 ..................................... 84.2 91.0 86.0 4.7 Breakthrough Data.
4 ..................................... 88.0 91.0 83.0 Breakthrough studies were done at 2 ppm
5 ..................................... 88.0 86.0 85.0 (3.6 mg/m3) at approximately 85% relative
X .................................... 86.5 90.5 87.0 humidity at 22° C (ambient temperature).
Weighted Average=88.2. Two charcoal tubes were used in series. The
backup tube was changed every 10 minutes
4.5 Precision of the Analytical Procedure. and analyzed for breakthrough. The flow
The following data was used to determine rate was 0.050 Lpm.
the precision of the analytical method:
Percent
0.5x.75 1X1.5 2X3.0 Time
Concentration Tube No. break-
µg/mL µg/mL µg/mL (minutes) through
Injection ................................. .7421 1.4899 3.1184 1 ....................................................... 10 (1)
.7441 1.5826 3.0447 2 ....................................................... 20 (1)
.7831 1.4628 2.9149 3 ....................................................... 30 (1)
.7753 1.4244 2.9185 4 ....................................................... 40 1.23
Average ................................. .7612 1.4899 2.9991 5 ....................................................... 50 3.46
Standard Deviation ................ .0211 .0674 .0998 6 ....................................................... 60 18.71
CV .......................................... .0277 .0452 .0333 7 ....................................................... 70 39.2
8 ....................................................... 80 53.3
9 ....................................................... 90 72.0
3(.0277) 2 + 3(.0452) 2 + 3(.0333) 2 10 ..................................................... 100 96.0
CV = 11 ..................................................... 110 113.0
3+3+3 12 ..................................................... 120 133.9
1 None.
CV+0.036
4.6 Storage Data. The 5% breakthrough volume was reached
Samples were generated at 1.5 mg/m3 ethyl- when 2.6 liters of test atmosphere were
ene oxide at 85% relative humidity, 22° C and drawn through the charcoal tubes.
633 mm. All samples were taken for 20 min- 5. References.
utes at 0.05 Lpm. Six samples were analyzed 5.1 ‘‘NIOSH Manual of Analytical Meth-
as soon as possible and fifteen samples were ods,’’ 2nd ed. NIOSH: Cincinnati, 1977; Meth-
stored at refrigerated temperature (5° C) and od S286.
fifteen samples were stored at ambient tem- 5.2 ‘‘IARC Monographs on the Evaluation
perature (23° C). These stored samples were of Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man,’’
analyzed over a period of nineteen days. International Agency for Research on Can-
cer: Lyon, 1976; Vol. II, p. 157.
PERCENT RECOVERY 5.3 Sax., N.I. ‘‘Dangerous Properties of In-
dustrial Materials,’’ 4th ed.; Van Nostrand
Refrig-
Day analyzed Ambient Reinhold Company. New York, 1975; p. 741.
erated
5.4 ‘‘The Condensed Chemical Dic-
1 ......................................................... 87.0 87.0 tionary’’, 9th ed.; Hawley, G.G., ed.; Van
1 ......................................................... 93.0 93.0 Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York,
1 ......................................................... 94.0 94.0 1977; p. 361.
1 ......................................................... 92.0 92.0
4 ......................................................... 92.0 91.0 Summary of Other Sampling Procedures
4 ......................................................... 93.0 88.0
4 ......................................................... 91.0 89.0 OSHA believes that served other types of
6 ......................................................... 92.0 ................ monitoring equipment and techniques exist
6 ......................................................... 92.0 ................
for monitoring time-weighted averages. Con-
8 ......................................................... ................ 92.0
8 ......................................................... ................ 86.0 siderable research and method development
10 ....................................................... 91.7 ................ is currently being performed, which will lead
10 ....................................................... 95.5 ................ to improvements and a wider variety of mon-
10 ....................................................... 95.7 ................ itoring techniques. A combination of moni-
11 ....................................................... ................ 90.0 toring procedures can be used. There prob-
11 ....................................................... ................ 82.0 ably is no one best method for monitoring
13 ....................................................... 78.0 ................
personal exposure to ethylene oxide in all
13 ....................................................... 81.4 ................
13 ....................................................... 82.4 ................ cases. There are advantages, disadvantages,
14 ....................................................... ................ 78.5 and limitations to each method. The method
14 ....................................................... ................ 72.1 of choice will depend on the need and re-
18 ....................................................... 66.0 ................ quirements. Some commonly used methods
352
include the use of charcoal tubes, passive into a Tedlar gas sampling bag. The ethylene
dosimeters, Tedler gas sampling bags, detec- oxide concentration is often determined on-
tor tubes, photoionization detection units, site using a portable gas chromatograph or
infrared detection units and gas portable infrared spectometer.
chromatographs. A number of these methods D. Detector tubes—A known volume of air
are described below. is drawn through a detector tube using a
small hand pump. The concentration of EtO
A. CHARCOAL TUBE SAMPLING PROCEDURES is related to the length of stain developed in
Qazi-Ketcham method (Ex. 11–133)—This the tube. Detector tubes are economical,
method consists of collecting EtO on Colum- easy to use, and give an immediate readout.
bia JXC activated carbon, desorbing the EtO Unfortunately, partly because they are non-
with carbon disulfide and analyzing by gas specific, their accuracy is often question-
chromatography with flame ionization de- able. Since the sample is taken over a short
tection. Union Carbide has recently updated period of time, they may be useful for deter-
and revalidated this monitoring procedures. mining the source of leaks.
This method is capable of determining both E. Direct Reading Instruments—There are
eight-hour time-weighted average exposures numerous types of direct reading instru-
and short-term exposures. The method was ments, each having its own strengths and
validated to 0.5 ppm. Like other charcoal weaknesses (Exs. 135B, 135C, 107, 11–78, 11–
collecting procedures, the method requires 153). Many are relatively new, offering great-
considerable analytical expertise. er sensitivity and specificity. Popular ethyl-
ASTM-proposed method— The Ethylene ene oxide direct reading instruments include
Oxide Industry Council (EOIC) has con- infrared detection units, photoionization de-
tracted with Clayton Environmental Con- tection units, and gas chromatographs.
sultants, Inc. to conduct a collaborative Portable infrared analyzers provide an im-
study for the proposed method. The ASTM- mediate, continuous indication of a con-
Proposed method is similar to the method centration value; making them particularly
published by Qazi and Ketcham is the No- useful for locating high concentration pock-
vember 1977 American Industrial Hygiene As- ets, in leak detection and in ambient air
sociation Journal, and to the method of monitoring. In infrared detection units, the
Pilney and Coyne, presented at the 1979 amount of infrared light absorbed by the gas
American Industrial Hygiene Conference. being analyzed at selected infrared wave-
After the air to be sampled is drawn through lengths is related to the concentration of a
an activated charcoal tube, the ethylene particular component. Various models have
oxide is desorbed from the tube using carbon either fixed or variable infrared filters, dif-
disulfide and is quantitated by gas chroma- fering cell pathlengths, and microcomputer
tography utilizing a flame ionization detec- controls for greater sensitivity, automation,
tor. The ASTM-proposed method specifies a and interference elimination.
large two-section charcoal tube, shipment in A fairly recent detection system is
dry ice, storage at less photoionization detection. The molecules are
than ¥5° C, and analysis within three weeks ionized by high energy ultraviolet light. The
to prevent migration and sample loss. Two resulting current is measured. Since dif-
types of charcoal tubes are being tested— ferent substances have different ionization
Pittsburgh Coconut-Based (PCB) and Colum- potentials, other organic compounds may be
bia JXC charcoal. This collaborative study ionized. The lower the lamp energy, the bet-
will give an indication of the inter- and ter the selectivity. As a continuous monitor,
intralaboratory precision and accuracy of photoionization detection can be useful for
the ASTM-proposed method. Several labora- locating high concentration pockets, in leak
tories have considerable expertise using the detection, and continuous ambient air moni-
Qazi-Ketcham and Dow methods. toring. Both portable and stationary gas
B. Passive Monitors—Ethylene oxide dif- chromatographs are available with various
fuses into the monitor and is collected in the types of detectors, including photoionization
sampling media. The DuPont Pro-Tek badge detectors. A gas chromatograph with a
collects EtO in an absorbing solution, which photoionization detector retains the
is analyzed colorimetrically to determine photionization sensitivity, but minimizes or
the amount of EtO present. The 3M 350 badge eliminates interferences. For several GC/PID
collects the EtO on chemically treated char- units, the sensitivity is in the 0.1–0.2 ppm
coal. Other passive monitors are currently EtO range. The GC/PID with microprocessors
being developed and tested. Both 3M and Du- can sample up to 20 sample points sequen-
Pont have submitted data indicating their tially, calculate and record data, and acti-
dosimeters meet the precision and accuracy vate alarms or ventilation systems. Many
requirements of the proposed ethylene oxide are quite flexible and can be configured to
standard. Both presented laboratory valida- meet the specific analysis needs for the
tion data to 0.2 ppm (Exs. 11–65, 4–20, 108, 109, workplace.
130). DuPont presented their laboratory valida-
C. Tedlar Gas Sampling Bags-Samples are tion data of the accuracy of the Qazi-
collected by drawing a known volume of air Ketcham charcoal tube, the PCB charcoal
353
tube, Miran 103 IR analyzer, 3M #3550 mon- in regulated areas, or authorized to do
itor and the Du Pont C–70 badge. Quoting El- so by the employer, by this section, or
bert V. Kring: by the OSH Act of 1970.
We also believe that OSHA’s proposed ac- Director means the Director of the
curacy in this standard is appropriate. At National Institute for Occupational
plus or minus 25 percent at one part per mil-
lion, and plus or minus 35 percent below Safety and Health, U.S. Department of
that. And, our data indicates there’s only Health and Human Services, or des-
one monitoring method, right now, that ignee.
we’ve tested thoroughly, that meets that ac- Emergency is any occurrence, such as
curacy requirements. That is the Du Pont but not limited to equipment failure,
Pro-Tek badge* * *. We also believe that this rupture of containers, or failure of con-
kind of data should be confirmed by another trol equipment that results in an un-
independent laboratory, using the same type
dynamic chamber testing (Tr. 1470)
controlled release of a significant
amount of formaldehyde.
Additional data by an independent labora-
tory following their exact protocol was not Employee exposure means the expo-
submitted. However, information was sub- sure to airborne formaldehyde which
mitted on comparisons and precision and ac- would occur without corrections for
curacy of those monitoring procedures which protection provided by any respirator
indicate far better precision and accuracy of that is in use.
those monitoring procedures than that ob- Formaldehyde means the chemical
tained by Du Pont (Ex. 4–20, 130, 11–68, 11–133, substance, HCHO, Chemical Abstracts
130, 135A).
The accuracy of any method depends to a Service Registry No. 50–00–0.
large degree upon the skills and experience (c) Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL)—
of those who not only collect the samples (1) TWA: The employer shall assure
but also those who analyze the samples. that no employee is exposed to an air-
Even for methods that are collaboratively borne concentration of formaldehyde
tested, some laboratories are closer to the which exceeds 0.75 parts formaldehyde
true values than others. Some laboratories per million parts of air (0.75 ppm) as an
may meet the precision and accuracy re-
8-hour TWA.
quirements of the method; others may con-
sistently far exceed them for the same meth- (2) Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL):
od. The employer shall assure that no em-
ployee is exposed to an airborne con-
[49 FR 25796, June 22, 1984, as amended at 50
centration of formaldehyde which ex-
FR 9801, Mar. 12, 1985; 50 FR 41494, Oct. 11,
1985; 51 FR 25053, July 10, 1986; 53 FR 11436, ceeds two parts formaldehyde per mil-
11437, Apr. 6, 1988; 53 FR 27960, July 26, 1988; lion parts of air (2 ppm) as a 15-minute
54 FR 24334, June 7, 1989; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, STEL.
1996; 63 FR 1292, Jan. 8, 1998] (d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.
(i) Each employer who has a workplace
§ 1910.1048 Formaldehyde. covered by this standard shall monitor
(a) Scope and application. This stand- employees to determine their exposure
ard applies to all occupational expo- to formaldehyde.
sures to formaldehyde, i.e. from form- (ii) Exception. Where the employer
aldehyde gas, its solutions, and mate- documents, using objective data, that
rials that release formaldehyde. the presence of formaldehyde or form-
(b) Definitions. For purposes of this aldehyde-releasing products in the
standard, the following definitions workplace cannot result in airborne
shall apply: concentrations of formaldehyde that
Action level means a concentration of would cause any employee to be ex-
0.5 part formaldehyde per million parts posed at or above the action level or
of air (0.5 ppm) calculated as an eight the STEL under foreseeable conditions
(8)-hour time-weighted average (TWA) of use, the employer will not be re-
concentration. quired to measure employee exposure
Assistant Secretary means the Assist- to formaldehyde.
ant Secretary of Labor for the Occupa- (iii) When an employee’s exposure is
tional Safety and Health Administra- determined from representative sam-
tion, U.S. Department of Labor, or des- pling, the measurements used shall be
ignee. representative of the employee’s full
Authorized person means any person shift or short-term exposure to form-
required by work duties to be present aldehyde, as appropriate.
354
(iv) Representative samples for each be statistically representative and con-

job classification in each work area sistent with the employer’s knowledge
shall be taken for each shift unless the of the job and work operation.
employer can document with objective (5) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring
data that exposure levels for a given shall be accurate, at the 95 percent
job classification are equivalent for dif- confidence level, to within plus or
ferent work shifts. minus 25 percent for airborne con-
(2) Initial monitoring. The employer
centrations of formaldehyde at the
shall identify all employees who may
TWA and the STEL and to within plus
be exposed at or above the action level
or at or above the STEL and accu- or minus 35 percent for airborne con-
rately determine the exposure of each centrations of formaldehyde at the ac-
employee so identified. tion level.
(i) Unless the employer chooses to (6) Employee notification of monitoring
measure the exposure of each employee results. Within 15 days of receiving the
potentially exposed to formaldehyde, results of exposure monitoring con-
the employer shall develop a represent- ducted under this standard, the em-
ative sampling strategy and measure ployer shall notify the affected em-
sufficient exposures within each job ployees of these results. Notification
classification for each workshift to shall be in writing, either by distrib-
correctly characterize and not under- uting copies of the results to the em-
estimate the exposure of any employee ployees or by posting the results. If the
within each exposure group. employee exposure is over either PEL,
(ii) The initial monitoring process the employer shall develop and imple-
shall be repeated each time there is a ment a written plan to reduce em-
change in production, equipment, proc-
ployee exposure to or below both PELs,
ess, personnel, or control measures
and give written notice to employees.
which may result in new or additional
exposure to formaldehyde. The written notice shall contain a de-
(iii) If the employer receives reports scription of the corrective action being
of signs or symptoms of respiratory or taken by the employer to decrease ex-
dermal conditions associated with posure.
formaldehyde exposure, the employer (7) Observation of monitoring. (i) The
shall promptly monitor the affected employer shall provide affected em-
employee’s exposure. ployees or their designated representa-
(3) Periodic monitoring. (i) The em- tives an opportunity to observe any
ployer shall periodically measure and monitoring of employee exposure to
accurately determine exposure to formaldehyde required by this stand-
formaldehyde for employees shown by ard.
the initial monitoring to be exposed at (ii) When observation of the moni-
or above the action level or at or above toring of employee exposure to form-
the STEL. aldehyde requires entry into an area
(ii) If the last monitoring results re-
where the use of protective clothing or
veal employee exposure at or above the
action level, the employer shall repeat equipment is required, the employer
monitoring of the employees at least shall provide the clothing and equip-
every 6 months. ment to the observer, require the ob-
(iii) If the last monitoring results re- server to use such clothing and equip-
veal employee exposure at or above the ment, and assure that the observer
STEL, the employer shall repeat moni- complies with all other applicable safe-
toring of the employees at least once a ty and health procedures.
year under worst conditions. (e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer
(4) Termination of monitoring. The em- shall establish regulated areas where
ployer may discontinue periodic moni- the concentration of airborne form-
toring for employees if results from aldehyde exceeds either the TWA or
two consecutive sampling periods the STEL and post all entrances and
taken at least 7 days apart show that accessways with signs bearing the fol-
employee exposure is below the action lowing information:
level and the STEL. The results must
355
DANGER (i) Periods necessary to install or im-
plement feasible engineering and work-
FORMALDEHYDE
practice controls.
IRRITANT AND POTENTIAL CANCER (ii) Work operations, such as mainte-
HAZARD nance and repair activities or vessel
cleaning, for which the employer estab-
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY lishes that engineering and work-prac-
tice controls are not feasible.
(2) The employer shall limit access to (iii) Work operations for which fea-
regulated areas to authorized persons sible engineering and work-practice
who have been trained to recognize the controls are not yet sufficient to re-
hazards of formaldehyde. duce employee exposure to or below the
(3) An employer at a multiemployer PELs.
worksite who establishes a regulated (iv) Emergencies.
area shall communicate the access re- (2) Respirator program. (i) The em-
strictions and locations of these areas ployer must implement a respiratory
to other employers with work oper- protection program in accordance with
ations at that worksite. 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engi- (d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and
neering controls and work practices. The (f) through (m).
employer shall institute engineering (ii) If air-purifying chemical-car-
and work practice controls to reduce tridge respirators are used, the em-
and maintain employee exposures to ployer must:
formaldehyde at or below the TWA and (A) Replace the cartridge after three
the STEL. (3) hours of use or at the end of the
(2) Exception. Whenever the employer workshift, whichever occurs first, un-
less the cartridge contains a NIOSH-ap-
has established that feasible engineer-
proved end-of-service-life indicator
ing and work practice controls cannot
(ESLI) to show when breakthrough oc-
reduce employee exposure to or below
curs.
either of the PELs, the employer shall (B) Unless the canister contains a
apply these controls to reduce em- NIOSH-approved ESLI to show when
ployee exposures to the extent feasible breakthrough occurs, replace canisters
and shall supplement them with res- used in atmospheres up to 7.5 ppm
pirators which satisfy this standard. (10xPEL) every four (4) hours and in-
(g) Respiratory protection—(1) General. dustrial-sized canisters used in
For employees who use respirators re- atmospheres up to 75 ppm (100xPEL)
quired by this section, the employer every two (2) hours, or at the end of the
must provide respirators that comply workshift, whichever occurs first.
with the requirements of this para- (3) Respirator selection. (i) The em-
graph. Respirators must be used dur- ployer must select appropriate res-
ing: pirators from Table 1 in this section.
TABLE 1—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION AGAINST FORMALDEHYDE
Condition of use or formaldehyde con- Minimum respirator required 1
centration (ppm)
Up to 7.5 ppm. (10 x PEL) .......................... Full facepiece with cartridges or canisters specifically approved for protection
against formaldehyde.2
Up to 75 ppm. (100 x PEL) ......................... Full-face mask with chin style or chest or back mounted type, with industrial size
canister specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde. Type C sup-
plied air respirator, demand type, or continuous flow type, with full facepiece,
hood, or helmet.
Above 75 ppm or unknown. (emergencies). Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with positive pressure full facepiece.
(100 x PEL). Combination supplied-air, full facepiece positive pressure respirator with auxiliary
self-contained air supply.
Firefighting ................................................... SCBA with positive pressure in full face-piece.
Escape ........................................................ SCBA in demand or pressure demand mode. Full-face mask with chin style or front
or back mounted type industrial size canister specifically approved for protection
against formaldehyde.
1 Respirators specified for use at higher concentrations may be used at lower concentrations.
2 A half-mask respirator with cartridges specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde can be substituted for the full
facepiece respirator providing that effective gas-proof goggles are provided and used in combination with the half-mask
respirator.
356
(ii) The employer must provide a age areas shall have labels and signs
powered air-purifying respirator ade- containing the following information:
quate to protect against formaldehyde
exposure to any employee who has dif- DANGER
ficulty using a negative-pressure res-
FORMALDEHYDE–CONTAMINATED
pirator. [CLOTHING] EQUIPMENT
(h) Protective equipment and clothing.
Employers shall comply with the provi- AVOID INHALATION AND SKIN CONTACT
sions of 29 CFR 1910.132 and 29 CFR
1910.133. When protective equipment or (iii) The employer shall assure that
clothing is provided under these provi- only persons trained to recognize the
sions, the employer shall provide these hazards of formaldehyde remove the
protective devices at no cost to the em- contaminated material from the stor-
ployee and assure that the employee age area for purposes of cleaning, laun-
wears them. dering, or disposal.
(iv) The employer shall assure that
(1) Selection. The employer shall se-
no employee takes home equipment or
lect protective clothing and equipment
clothing that is contaminated with
based upon the form of formaldehyde
formaldehyde.
to be encountered, the conditions of
(v) The employer shall repair or re-
use, and the hazard to be prevented.
place all required protective clothing
(i) All contact of the eyes and skin
and equipment for each affected em-
with liquids containing 1 percent or
ployee as necessary to assure its effec-
more formaldehyde shall be prevented
tiveness.
by the use of chemical protective
(vi) The employer shall inform any
clothing made of material impervious
person who launders, cleans, or repairs
to formaldehyde and the use of other
such clothing or equipment of
personal protective equipment, such as
formaldehyde’s potentially harmful ef-
goggles and face shields, as appropriate
fects and of procedures to safely handle
to the operation.
the clothing and equipment.
(ii) Contact with irritating or sensi- (i) Hygiene protection. (1) The em-
tizing materials shall be prevented to ployer shall provide change rooms, as
the extent necessary to eliminate the described in 29 CFR 1910.141 for employ-
hazard. ees who are required to change from
(iii) Where a face shield is worn, work clothing into protective clothing
chemical safety goggles are also re- to prevent skin contact with formalde-
quired if there is a danger of formaldehyde.
hyde reaching the area of the eye. (2) If employees’ skin may become
(iv) Full body protection shall be spashed with solutions containing 1
worn for entry into areas where con- percent or greater formaldehyde, for
centrations exceed 100 ppm and for example, because of equipment failure
emergency reentry into areas of un- or improper work practices, the em-
known concentration. ployer shall provide conveniently lo-
(2) Maintenance of protective equipment cated quick drench showers and assure
and clothing. (i) The employer shall as- that affected employees use these fa-
sure that protective equipment and cilities immediately.
clothing that has become contami- (3) If there is any possibility that an
nated with formaldehyde is cleaned or employee’s eyes may be splashed with
laundered before its reuse. solutions containing 0.1 percent or
(ii) When ventilating formaldehyde- greater formaldehyde, the employer
contaminated clothing and equipment, shall provide acceptable eyewash facili-
the employer shall establish a storage ties within the immediate work area
area so that employee exposure is for emergency use.
minimized. Containers for contami- (j) Housekeeping. For operations in-
nated clothing and equipment and stor- volving formaldehyde liquids or gas,
357
the employer shall conduct a program naires, shall be performed by or under

to detect leaks and spills, including the supervision of a licensed physician
regular visual inspections. and shall be provided without cost to
(1) Preventative maintenance of the employee, without loss of pay, and
equipment, including surveys for leaks, at a reasonable time and place.
shall be undertaken at regular inter- (3) Medical disease questionnaire. The
vals. employer shall make the following
(2) In work areas where spillage may medical surveillance available to em-
occur, the employer shall make provi- ployees prior to assignment to a job
sions to contain the spill, to decon- where formaldehyde exposure is at or
taminate the work area, and to dispose above the action level or above the
of the waste. STEL and annually thereafter. The em-
(3) The employer shall assure that all ployer shall also make the following
leaks are repaired and spills are medical surveillance available prompt-
cleaned promptly by employees wear- ly upon determining that an employee
ing suitable protective equipment and is experiencing signs and symptoms in-
trained in proper methods for cleanup dicative of possible overexposure to
and decontamination. formaldehyde.
(4) Formaldehyde-contaminated (i) Administration of a medical dis-
waste and debris resulting from leaks ease questionnaire, such as in appendix
or spills shall be placed for disposal in D, which is designed to elicit informa-
sealed containers bearing a label warn- tion on work history, smoking history,
ing of formaldehyde’s presence and of any evidence of eye, nose, or throat ir-
the hazards associated with formalde- ritation; chronic airway problems or
hyde. hyperreactive airway disease: allergic
(k) Emergencies. For each workplace skin conditions or dermatitis; and
where there is the possibility of an upper or lower respiratory problems.
emergency involving formaldehyde, the
(ii) A determination by the physi-
employer shall assure appropriate pro-
cian, based on evaluation of the med-
cedures are adopted to minimize injury
ical disease questionnaire, of whether a
and loss of life. Appropriate procedures
shall be implemented in the event of an medical examination is necessary for
emergency. employees not required to wear res-
(l) Medical surveillance—(1) Employees pirators to reduce exposure to form-
covered. (i) The employer shall insti- aldehyde.
tute medical surveillance programs for (4) Medical examinations. Medical ex-
all employees exposed to formaldehyde aminations shall be given to any em-
at concentrations at or exceeding the ployee who the physician feels, based
action level or exceeding the STEL. on information in the medical disease
(ii) The employer shall make medical questionnaire, may be at increased risk
surveillance available for employees from exposure to formaldehyde and at
who develop signs and symptoms of the time of initial assignment and at
overexposure to formaldehyde and for least annually thereafter to all em-
all employees exposed to formaldehyde ployees required to wear a respirator to
in emergencies. When determining reduce exposure to formaldehyde. The
whether an employee may be experi- medical examination shall include:
encing signs and symptoms of possible (i) A physical examination with em-
overexposure to formaldehyde, the emphasis on evidence of irritation or sen-
ployer may rely on the evidence that sitization of the skin and respiratory
signs and symptoms associated with system, shortness of breath, or irrita-
formaldehyde exposure will occur only tion of the eyes.
in exceptional circumstances when air- (ii) Laboratory examinations for res-
borne exposure is less than 0.1 ppm and pirator wearers consisting of baseline
when formaldehyde is present in mate- and annual pulmonary function tests.
rial in concentrations less than 0.1 per- As a minimum, these tests shall con-
cent. sist of forced vital capacity (FVC),
(2) Examination by a physician. All forced expiratory volume in one second
medical procedures, including adminis- (FEV1), and forced expiratory flow
tration of medical disease question- (FEF).
358
(iii) Any other test which the exam- veal specific findings or diagnoses un-
ining physician deems necessary to related to occupational exposure to
complete the written opinion. formaldehyde. The written opinion
(iv) Counseling of employees having shall include:
medical conditions that would be di- (A) The physician’s opinion as to
rectly or indirectly aggravated by ex- whether the employee has any medical
posure to formaldehyde on the in- condition that would place the em-
creased risk of impairment of their ployee at an increased risk of material
health. impairment of health from exposure to
(5) Examinations for employees exposed formaldehyde;
in an emergency. The employer shall (B) Any recommended limitations on
make medical examinations available the employee’s exposure or changes in
as soon as possible to all employees the use of personal protective equip-
who have been exposed to formalde- ment, including respirators;
hyde in an emergency. (C) A statement that the employee
(i) The examination shall include a has been informed by the physician of
medical and work history with empha- any medical conditions which would be
sis on any evidence of upper or lower aggravated by exposure to formalde-
respiratory problems, allergic condi- hyde, whether these conditions may
tions, skin reaction or hyper- have resulted from past formaldehyde
sensitivity, and any evidence of eye, exposure or from exposure in an emer-
nose, or throat irritation. gency, and whether there is a need for
(ii) Other examinations shall consist further examination or treatment.
of those elements considered appro- (ii) The employer shall provide for re-
priate by the examining physician. tention of the results of the medical
(6) Information provided to the physi- examination and tests conducted by
cian. The employer shall provide the the physician.
following information to the exam- (iii) The employer shall provide a
ining physician: copy of the physician’s written opinion
(i) A copy of this standard and appen- to the affected employee within 15 days
dix A, C, D, and E; of its receipt.
(ii) A description of the affected em- (8) Medical removal. (i) The provisions
ployee’s job duties as they relate to the of paragraph (l)(8) apply when an em-
employee’s exposure to formaldehyde; ployee reports significant irritation of
(iii) The representative exposure the mucosa of the eyes or the upper
level for the employee’s job assign- airways, respiratory sensitization, der-
ment; mal irritation, or dermal sensitization
(iv) Information concerning any per- attributed to workplace formaldehyde
sonal protective equipment and res- exposure. Medical removal provisions
piratory protection used or to be used do not apply in the case of dermal irri-
by the employee; and tation or dermal sensitization when
(v) Information from previous med- the product suspected of causing the
ical examinations of the affected em- dermal condition contains less than
ployee within the control of the em- 0.05% formaldehyde.
ployer. (ii) An employee’s report of signs or
(vi) In the event of a nonroutine ex- symptoms of possible overexposure to
amination because of an emergency, formaldehyde shall be evaluated by a
the employer shall provide to the phy- physician selected by the employer
sician as soon as possible: A descrip- pursuant to paragraph (l)(3). If the phy-
tion of how the emergency occurred sician determines that a medical exam-
and the exposure the victim may have ination is not necessary under para-
received. graph (l)(3)(ii), there shall be a two-
(7) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For week evaluation and remediation pe-
each examination required under this riod to permit the employer to ascer-
standard, the employer shall obtain a tain whether the signs or symptoms
written opinion from the examining subside untreated or with the use of
physician. This written opinion shall creams, gloves, first aid treatment or
contain the results of the medical ex- personal protective equipment. Indus-
amination except that it shall not re- trial hygiene measures that limit the
359
employee’s exposure to formaldehyde until the employee is determined to be

may also be implemented during this unable to return to workplace form-
period. The employee shall be referred aldehyde exposure, until the employee
immediately to a physician prior to ex- is determined to be able to return to
piration of the two-week period if the the original job status, or for six
signs or symptoms worsen. Earnings, months, whichever comes first.
seniority and benefits may not be al- (vii) The employer shall arrange for a
tered during the two-week period by follow-up medical examination to take
virtue of the report. place within six months after the em-
(iii) If the signs or symptoms have ployee is removed pursuant to this
not subsided or been remedied by the paragraph. This examination shall de-
end of the two-week period, or earlier if termine if the employee can return to
signs or symptoms warrant, the em- the original job status, or if the re-
ployee shall be examined by a physi- moval is to be permanent. The physi-
cian selected by the employer. The cian shall make a decision within six
physician shall presume, absent con- months of the date the employee was
trary evidence, that observed dermal removed as to whether the employee
irritation or dermal sensitization are can be returned to the original job sta-
not attributable to formaldehyde when tus, or if the removal is to be perma-
products to which the affected em- nent.
ployee is exposed contain less than (viii) An employer’s obligation to
0.1% formaldehyde. provide earnings, seniority and other
(iv) Medical examinations shall be benefits to a removed employee may be
conducted in compliance with the re- reduced to the extent that the em-
quirements of paragraph (l)(5) (i) and ployee receives compensation for earn-
(ii). Additional guidelines for con- ings lost during the period of removal
ducting medical exams are contained either from a publicly or employer-
in appendix C. funded compensation program or from
(v) If the physician finds that signifi- employment with another employer
cant irritation of the mucosa of the made possible by virtue of the employ-
eyes or of the upper airways, res- ee’s removal.
piratory sensitization, dermal irrita- (ix) In making determinations of the
tion, or dermal sensitization result formaldehyde content of materials
from workplace formaldehyde exposure under this paragraph the employer
and recommends restrictions or re- may rely on objective data.
moval, the employer shall promptly (9) Multiple physician review. (i) After
comply with the restrictions or rec- the employer selects the initial physi-
ommendation of removal. In the event cian who conducts any medical exam-
of a recommendation of removal, the ination or consultation to determine
employer shall remove the effected em- whether medical removal or restriction
ployee from the current formaldehyde is appropriate, the employee may des-
exposure and if possible, transfer the ignate a second physician to review
employee to work having no or signifi- any findings, determinations or rec-
cantly less exposure to formaldehyde. ommendations of the initial physician
(vi) When an employee is removed and to conduct such examinations, con-
pursuant to paragraph (l)(8)(v), the em- sultations, and laboratory tests as the
ployer shall transfer the employee to second physician deems necessary and
comparable work for which the em- appropriate to evaluate the effects of
ployee is qualified or can be trained in formaldehyde exposure and to facili-
a short period (up to 6 months), where tate this review.
the formaldehyde exposures are as low (ii) The employer shall promptly no-
as possible, but not higher than the ac- tify an employee of the right to seek a
tion level. The employeer shall main- second medical opinion after each oc-
tain the employee’s current earnings, casion that an initial physician con-
seniority, and other benefits. If there is ducts a medical examination or con-
no such work available, the employer sultation for the purpose of medical re-
shall maintain the employee’s current moval or restriction.
earnings, seniority and other benefits (iii) The employer may condition its
until such work becomes available, participation in, and payment for, the
360
multiple physician review mechanism hyde, and materials capable of releas-

upon the employee doing the following ing formaldehyde into the air, under
within fifteen (15) days after receipt of reasonably foreseeable conditions of
the notification of the right to seek a use, at concentrations reaching or ex-
second medical opinion, or receipt of ceeding 0.1 ppm.
the initial physician’s written opinion, (ii) As a minimum, specific health
whichever is later; hazards that the employer shall ad-
(A) The employee informs the em- dress are: Cancer, irritation and sen-
ployer of the intention to seek a second sitization of the skin and respiratory
medical opinion, and system, eye and throat irritation, and
(B) The employee initiates steps to acute toxicity.
make an appointment with a second (2) Manufacturers and importers who
physician. produce or import formaldehyde or
(iv) If the findings, determinations or formaldehyde-containing products
recommendations of the second physi- shall provide downstream employers
cian differ from those of the initial using or handling these products with
physician, then the employer and the an objective determination through the
employee shall assure that efforts are required labels and MSDSs if these
made for the two physicians to resolve items may constitute a health hazard
the disagreement. If the two physicians within the meaning of 29 CFR
are unable to quickly resolve their dis- 1910.1200(d) under normal conditions of
agreement, then the employer and the use.
employee through their respective phy-
(3) Labels. (i) The employer shall as-
sicians shall designate a third physi-
sure that hazard warning labels com-
cian who shall be a specialist in the
plying with the requirements of 29 CFR
field at issue:
1910.1200(f) are affixed to all containers
(A) To review the findings, deter-
of materials listed in paragraph
minations or recommendations of the
(m)(1)(i), except to the extent that 29
prior physicians; and
CFR 1910.1200(f) is inconsistent with
(B) To conduct such examinations,
this paragraph.
consultations, laboratory tests and dis-
cussions with the prior physicians as (ii) Information on labels. As a min-
the third physician deems necessary to imum, for all materials listed in para-
resolve the disagreement of the prior graph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing
physicians. formaldehyde at levels of 0.1 ppm to 0.5
(v) In the alternative, the employer ppm, labels shall identify that the
and the employee or authorized em- product contains formaldehyde; list the
ployee representative may jointly des- name and address of the responsible
ignate such third physician. party; and state that physical and
(vi) The employer shall act con- health hazard information is readily
sistent with the findings, determina- available from the employer and from
tions and recommendations of the material safety data sheets.
third physician, unless the employer (iii) For materials listed in para-
and the employee reach an agreement graph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing
which is otherwise consistent with the formaldehyde at levels above 0.5 ppm,
recommendations of at least one of the labels shall appropriately address all
three physicians. hazards as defined in 29 CFR
(m) Hazard communication—(1) Gen- 1910.1200(d) and 29 CFR 1910.1200 appen-
eral. Communication of the hazards as- dices A and B, including respiratory
sociated with formaldehyde in the sensitization, and shall contain the
workplace shall be governed by the re- words ‘‘Potential Cancer Hazard.’’
quirements of paragraph (m). The defi- (iv) In making the determinations of
nitions of 29 CFR 1910.1200(c) shall anticipated levels of formaldehyde re-
apply under this paragraph. lease, the employer may rely on objec-
(i) The following shall be subject to tive data indicating the extent of po-
the hazard communication require- tential formaldehyde release under rea-
ments of this paragraph: Formaldehyde sonably foreseeable conditions of use.
gas, all mixtures or solutions composed (v) Substitute warning labels. The em-
of greater than 0.1 percent formalde- ployer may use warning labels required
361
by other statutes, regulations, or ordi- (i) A discussion of the contents of

nances which impart the same informa- this regulation and the contents of the
tion as the warning statements re- Material Safety Data Sheet.
quired by this paragraph. (ii) The purpose for and a description
(4) Material safety data sheets. (i) Any of the medical surveillance program re-
employer who uses formaldehyde-con- quired by this standard, including:
taining materials listed in paragraph (A) A description of the potential
(m)(1)(i) shall comply with the require- health hazards associated with expo-
ments of 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) with re- sure to formaldehyde and a description
gard to the development and updating of the signs and symptoms of exposure
of material safety data sheets. to formaldehyde.
(ii) Manufacturers, importers, and (B) Instructions to immediately re-
distributors of formaldehyde-con- port to the employer the development
taining materials listed in paragraph of any adverse signs or symptoms that
(m)(1)(i) shall assure that material the employee suspects is attributable
safety data sheets and updated infor- to formaldehyde exposure.
mation are provided to all employers (iii) Description of operations in the
purchasing such materials at the time work area where formaldehyde is
of the initial shipment and at the time present and an explanation of the safe
of the first shipment after a material work practices appropriate for limiting
safety data sheet is updated. exposure to formaldehyde in each job;
(5) Written hazard communication pro- (iv) The purpose for, proper use of,
gram. The employer shall develop, im- and limitations of personal protective
plement, and maintain at the work- clothing and equipment;
place, a written hazard communication (v) Instructions for the handling of
program for formaldehyde exposures in spills, emergencies, and clean-up proce-
the workplace, which at a minimum dures;
describes how the requirements speci- (vi) An explanation of the importance
fied in this paragraph for labels and of engineering and work practice con-
other forms of warning and material trols for employee protection and any
safety data sheets, and paragraph (n) necessary instruction in the use of
for employee information and training, these controls; and
will be met. Employers in multi-em- (vii) A review of emergency proce-
ployer workplaces shall comply with dures including the specific duties or
the requirements of 29 CFR assignments of each employee in the
1910.1200(e)(2). event of an emergency.
(n) Employee information and train- (4) Access to training materials. (i) The
ing—(1) Participation. The employer employer shall inform all affected em-
shall assure that all employees who are ployees of the location of written
assigned to workplaces where there is training materials and shall make
exposure to formaldehyde participate these materials readily available, with-
in a training program, except that out cost, to the affected employees.
where the employer can show, using (ii) The employer shall provide, upon
objective data, that employees are not request, all training materials relating
exposed to formaldehyde at or above 0.1 to the employee training program to
ppm, the employer is not required to the Assistant Secretary and the Direc-
provide training. tor.
(2) Frequency. Employers shall pro- (o) Recordkeeping—(1) Exposure meas-
vide such information and training to urements. The employer shall establish
employees at the time of initial assign- and maintain an accurate record of all
ment, and whenever a new exposure to measurements taken to monitor em-
formaldehyde is introduced into the ployee exposure to formaldehyde. This
work area. The training shall be re- record shall include:
peated at least annually. (i) The date of measurement;
(3) Training program. The training (ii) The operation being monitored;
program shall be conducted in a man- (iii) The methods of sampling and
ner which the employee is able to un- analysis and evidence of their accuracy
derstand and shall include: and precision;
362
(iv) The number, durations, time, and (ii) Medical records shall be kept for
results of samples taken; the duration of employment plus 30
(v) The types of protective devices years.
worn; and (iii) Respirator fit testing records
(vi) The names, job classifications, shall be kept until replaced by a more
social security numbers, and exposure recent record.
estimates of the employees whose ex- (6) Availability of records. (i) Upon re-
posures are represented by the actual quest, the employer shall make all
monitoring results. records maintained as a requirement of
(2) Exposure determinations. Where the this standard available for examination
employer has determined that no moni- and copying to the Assistant Secretary
toring is required under this standard, and the Director.
(ii) The employer shall make em-
the employer shall maintain a record
ployee exposure records, including esti-
of the objective data relied upon to
mates made from representative moni-
support the determination that no em-
toring and available upon request for
ployee is exposed to formaldehyde at or
examination, and copying to the sub-
above the action level.
ject employee, or former employee, and
(3) Medical surveillance. The employer employee representatives in accord-
shall establish and maintain an accu- ance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e) and (g)–
rate record for each employee subject (i).
to medical surveillance under this (iii) Employee medical records re-
standard. This record shall include: quired by this standard shall be pro-
(i) The name and social security vided upon request for examination and
number of the employee; coying, to the subject employee or
(ii) The physician’s written opinion; former employee or to anyone having
(iii) A list of any employee health the specific written consent of the sub-
complaints that may be related to ex- ject employee or former employee in
posure to formaldehyde; and accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e)
(iv) A copy of the medical examina- and (g)–(i).
tion results, including medical disease (p) Dates—(1) Effective dates—(i) Gen-
questionnaires and results of any med- eral. This section shall become effec-
ical tests required by the standard or tive February 2, 1988, except as noted
mandated by the examining physician. below.
(4) Respirator fit testing. (i) The em- (ii) Laboratories. This standard shall
ployer shall establish and maintain ac- become effective for anatomy, his-
curate records for employees subject to tology, and pathology laboratories
negative pressure respirator fit testing February 2, 1988, except as noted in the
required by this standard. start-up date section. For all other lab-
(ii) This record shall include: oratories, paragraphs (a) and (c) of this
(A) A copy of the protocol selected standard shall become effective Feb-
for respirator fit testing. ruary 2, 1988, and paragraphs (b) and
(d)–(o) of this standard shall become ef-
(B) A copy of the results of any fit
fective on September 1, 1988 except as
testing performed.
noted in the start-up date section.
(C) The size and manufacturer of the (2) Start-up dates—(i) Exposure deter-
types of respirators available for selec- minations. Initial monitoring or objec-
tion. tive determinations that no moni-
(D) The date of the most recent fit toring is required by the standard shall
testing, the name and social security be completed by 6 months after the ef-
number of each tested employee, and fective date of the standard.
the respirator type and facepiece se- (ii) Medical surveillance. The initial
lected. medical surveillance of all eligible em-
(5) Record retention. The employer ployees shall be completed by 6 months
shall retain records required by this after the effective date of the standard.
standard for at least the following peri- (iii) Emergencies. The emergency pro-
ods: cedures required by this standard shall
(i) Exposure records and determina- be implemented by 6 months after the
tions shall be kept for at least 30 years. effective date of the standard.
363
(iv) Respiratory protection. Res- hyde is from resins capable of releasing

piratory protection as required in this formaldehyde, the resin itself and other im-
standard shall be provided as soon as purities or decomposition products may also
be toxic, and employers should include this
possible and no later than 9 months
information as well when informing employ-
after the effective date of the standard. ees of the hazards associated with the mate-
(v) Engineering and work practice con- rials they handle. The precise hazards associ-
trols. Engineering and work practice ated with exposure to formaldehyde depend
controls required by this standard shall both on the form (solid, liquid, or gas) of the
be implemented as soon as possible, but material and the concentration of formalde-
no later than one year after the effec- hyde present. For example, 37–50 percent so-
tive date of the standard. lutions of formaldehyde present a much
(vi) Employee training. Written mate- greater hazard to the skin and eyes from
spills or splashes than solutions containing
rials for employee training shall be up- less than 1 percent formaldehyde. Individual
dated as soon as possible, but no later Substance Technical Guidelines used by the
than 2 months after the effective date employer for training employees should be
of the standard. modified to properly give information on the
(3) Start-up dates of amended para- material actually being used.
graphs—(i) Respiratory protection. Res-
Substance Identification
piratory protection required to meet
the amended PEL of 0.75 ppm TWA Chemical Name: Formaldehyde
shall be provided as soon as possible Chemical Family: Aldehyde
but no later than September 24, 1992. Chemical Formula: HCHO
(ii) Engineering and work practice con- Molecular Weight: 30.03
trols. Engineering and work practice Chemical Abstracts Service Number (CAS Num-
ber): 50–00–0
controls required to meet the amended
PEL of 0.75 ppm TWA shall be imple- Synonyms: Formalin; Formic Aldehyde;
Paraform; Formol; Formalin (Methanol-
mented as soon as possible, but no
free); Fyde; Formalith; Methanal; Methyl
later than June 26, 1993. Aldehyde; Methylene Glycol; Methylene
(iii) Medical removal protection. The Oxide; Tetraoxymethalene; Oxomethane;
medical removal protection provisions Oxymethylene
including the multiple physician re-
view mechanism shall be implemented Components and Contaminants
no later than December 28, 1992. Percent: 37.0 Formaldehyde
(iv) Hazard communication. The label- Percent: 63.0 Water
ing provisions contained in amended (NOTE— Inhibited solutions contain meth-
paragraph (m) of this standard shall be anol.)
implemented no later than December Other Contaminants: Formic acid (alcohol
28, 1992. Labeling of containers of form- free)
aldehyde products shall continue to Exposure Limits:
comply with the provisions of 29 CFR
OSHA TWA—0.75 ppm
1910.1200 (e)–(j) until that time. OSHA STEL—2 ppm
(v) Training. The periodic training
mandated for all employees exposed to Physical Data
formaldehyde between 0.1 ppm and 0.5 Description: Colorless liquid, pungent odor
ppm shall begin no later than August Boiling point: 214 °F (101 °C)
25, 1992. Specific Gravity: 1.08 (H2 O=1 @ 20 °C)
pH: 2.8–4.0
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1048—SUBSTANCE Solubility in Water: Miscible
TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR FORMALIN Solvent Solubility: Soluble in alcohol and ace-
The following Substance Technical Guide- tone
line for Formalin provides information on Vapor Density: 1.04 (Air=1 @ 20 °C)
uninhibited formalin solution (37% formalde- Odor Threshold: 0.8–1 ppm
hyde, no methanol stabilizer). It is designed Fire and Explosion Hazard
to inform employees at the production level
of their rights and duties under the form- Moderate fire and explosion hazard when
aldehyde standard whether their job title de- exposed to heat or flame.
fines them as workers or supervisors. Much The flash point of 37% formaldehyde solu-
of the information provided is general; how- tions is above normal room temperature, but
ever, some information is specific for for- the explosion range is very wide, from 7 to
malin. When employee exposure to formalde- 73% by volume in air.
364
Reaction of formaldehyde with nitrogen di- hyde solutions (0.03–0.04%) may cause dis-
oxide, nitromethane, perchloric acid and ani- comfort in the stomach and pharynx.
line, or peroxyformic acid yields explosive Inhalation (Breathing): Formaldehyde is
compounds. highly irritating to the upper respiratory
Flash Point: 185 °F (85 °C) closed cup tract and eyes. Concentrations of 0.5 to 2.0
Lower Explosion Limit: 7% ppm may irritate the eyes, nose, and throat
Upper Explosion Limit: 73% of some individuals. Concentrations of 3 to 5
Autoignition Temperature: 806 °F (430 °C) ppm also cause tearing of the eyes and are
Flammability Class (OSHA): III A intolerable to some persons. Concentrations
Extinguishing Media: Use dry chemical, ‘‘al- of 10 to 20 ppm cause difficulty in breathing,
cohol foam’’, carbon dioxide, or water in burning of the nose and throat, cough, and
flooding amounts as fog. Solid streams may heavy tearing of the eyes, and 25 to 30 ppm
not be effective. Cool fire-exposed containers causes severe respiratory tract injury lead-
with water from side until well after fire is ing to pulmonary edema and pneumonitis. A
out. concentration of 100 ppm is immediately
Use of water spray to flush spills can also dangerous to life and health. Deaths from ac-
dilute the spill to produce nonflammable cidental exposure to high concentrations of
mixtures. Water runoff, however, should be formaldehyde have been reported.
contained for treatment. Skin (Dermal): Formalin is a severe skin ir-
ritant and a sensitizer. Contact with for-
National Fire Protection Association Section malin causes white discoloration, smarting,
325M Designation: drying, cracking, and scaling. Prolonged and
Health: 2—Materials hazardous to health, repeated contact can cause numbness and a
but areas may be entered with full-faced hardening or tanning of the skin. Previously
mask self-contained breathing apparatus exposed persons may react to future expo-
which provides eye protection. sure with an allergic eczematous dermatitis
Flammability: 2—Materials which must be or hives.
moderately heated before ignition will occur. Eye Contact: Formaldehyde solutions
Water spray may be used to extinguish the splashed in the eye can cause injuries rang-
fire because the material can be cooled below ing from transient discomfort to severe, per-
its flash point. manent corneal clouding and loss of vision.
Reactivity: D—Materials which (in them- The severity of the effect depends on the
selves) are normally stable even under fire concentration of formaldehyde in the solu-
exposure conditions and which are not reaction and whether or not the eyes are flushed
tive with water. Normal fire fighting proce- with water immediately after the accident.
dures may be used. NOTE.— The perception of formaldehyde by
odor and eye irritation becomes less sen-
Reactivity sitive with time as one adapts to formalde-
hyde. This can lead to overexposure if a
Stability: Formaldehyde solutions may self-
worker is relying on formaldehyde’s warning
polymerize to form paraformaldehyde which
properties to alert him or her to the poten-
precipitates.
tial for exposure.
Incompatibility (Materials to Avoid): Strong
oxidizing agents, caustics, strong alkalies, Acute Animal Toxicity:
isocyanates, anhydrides, oxides, and inor- Oral, rats: LD50=800 mg/kg
ganic acids. Formaldehyde reacts with hy- Oral, mouse: LD50=42 mg/kg
drochloric acid to form the potent car- Inhalation, rats: LCLo=250 mg/kg
cinogen, bis-chloromethyl ether. Formalde- Inhalation, mouse: LCLo=900 mg/kg
hyde reacts with nitrogen dioxide, Inhalation, rats: LC50=590 mg/kg
nitromethane, perchloric acid and aniline, or Chronic Effects of Exposure
peroxyformic acid to yield explosive com-
pounds. A violent reaction occurs when Carcinogenicity: Formaldehyde has the po-
formaldehyde is mixed with strong oxidizers. tential to cause cancer in humans. Repeated
Hazardous Combustion or Decomposition and prolonged exposure increases the risk.
Products: Oxygen from the air can oxidize Various animal experiments have conclu-
formaldehyde to formic acid, especially when sively shown formaldehyde to be a car-
heated. Formic acid is corrosive. cinogen in rats. In humans, formaldehyde ex-
posure has been associated with cancers of
Health Hazard Data the lung, nasopharynx and oropharynx, and
nasal passages.
Acute Effects of Exposure
Mutagenicity: Formaldehyde is genotoxic in
Ingestion (Swallowing): Liquids containing several in vitro test systems showing prop-
10 to 40% formaldehyde cause severe irrita- erties of both an initiator and a promoter.
tion and inflammation of the mouth, throat, Toxicity: Prolonged or repeated exposure to
and stomach. Severe stomach pains will fol- formaldehyde may result in respiratory im-
low ingestion with possible loss of conscious- pairment. Rats exposed to formaldehyde at 2
ness and death. Ingestion of dilute formalde- ppm developed benign nasal tumors and
365
changes of the cell structure in the nose as should be trained in your specific duties in
well as inflamed mucous membranes of the the event of an emergency, and it is impor-
nose. Structural changes in the epithelial tant that you clearly understand these du-
cells in the human nose have also been ob- ties. Emergency equipment must be acces-
served. Some persons have developed asthma sible and you should be trained to use any
or bronchitis following exposure to formalde- equipment that you might need. Formalde-
hyde, most often as the result of an acci- hyde contaminated equipment must be
dental spill involving a single exposure to a cleaned before reuse.
high concentration of formaldehyde. If a spill of appreciable quantity occurs,
leave the area quickly unless you have spe-
Emergency and First Aid Procedures cific emergency duties. Do not touch spilled
Ingestion (Swallowing): If the victim is con- material. Designated persons may stop the
scious, dilute, inactivate, or absorb the in- leak and shut off ignition sources if these
gested formaldehyde by giving milk, acti- procedures can be done without risk. Des-
vated charcoal, or water. Any organic mate- ignated persons should isolate the hazard
rial will inactivate formaldehyde. Keep af- area and deny entry except for necessary
fected person warm and at rest. Get medical people protected by suitable protective
attention immediately. If vomiting occurs, clothing and respirators adequate for the ex-
keep head lower than hips. posure. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Do
Inhalation (Breathing): Remove the victim not smoke, and prohibit all flames or flares
from the exposure area to fresh air imme- in the hazard area.
diately. Where the formaldehyde concentra- Special Firefighting Procedures: Learn proce-
tion may be very high, each rescuer must dures and responsibilities in the event of a
put on a self-contained breathing apparatus fire in your workplace. Become familiar with
before attempting to remove the victim, and the appropriate equipment and supplies and
medical personnel should be informed of the their location. In firefighting, withdraw im-
formaldehyde exposure immediately. If mediately in case of rising sound from vent-
breathing has stopped, give artificial respira- ing safety device or any discoloration of
tion. Keep the affected person warm and at storage tank due to fire.
rest. Qualified first-aid or medical personnel
Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures
should administer oxygen, if available, and
maintain the patient’s airways and blood Occupational Spill: For small containers,
pressure until the victim can be transported place the leaking container in a well venti-
to a medical facility. If exposure results in a lated area. Take up small spills with absorb-
highly irritated upper respiratory tract and ent material and place the waste into prop-
coughing continues for more than 10 min- erly labeled containers for later disposal.
utes, the worker should be hospitalized for For larger spills, dike the spill to minimize
observation and treatment. contamination and facilitate salvage or dis-
Skin Contact: Remove contaminated cloth- posal. You may be able to neutralize the spill
ing (including shoes) immediately. Wash the with sodium hydroxide or sodium sulfite.
affected area of your body with soap or mild Your employer must comply with EPA rules
detergent and large amounts of water until regarding the clean-up of toxic waste and no-
no evidence of the chemical remains (at least tify state and local authorities, if required.
15 to 20 minutes). If there are chemical If the spill is greater than 1,000 lb/day, it is
burns, get first aid to cover the area with reportable under EPA’s Superfund legisla-
sterile, dry dressing, and bandages. Get med- tion.
ical attention if you experience appreciable Waste Disposal: Your employer must dis-
eye or respiratory irritation. pose of waste containing formaldehyde in ac-
Eye Contact: Wash the eyes immediately cordance with applicable local, state, and
with large amounts of water occasionally Federal law and in a manner that minimizes
lifting lower and upper lids, until no evi- exposure of employees at the site and of the
dence of chemical remains (at least 15 to 20 clean-up crew.
minutes). In case of burns, apply sterile ban-
dages loosely without medication. Get med- Monitoring and Measurement Procedures
ical attention immediately. If you have ex- Monitoring Requirements: If your exposure
perienced appreciable eye irritation from a to formaldehyde exceeds the 0.5 ppm action
splash or excessive exposure, you should be level or the 2 ppm STEL, your employer
referred promptly to an opthamologist for must monitor your exposure. Your employer
evaluation. need not measure every exposure if a ‘‘high
exposure’’ employee can be identified. This
Emergency Procedures
person usually spends the greatest amount of
Emergencies: If you work in an area where time nearest the process equipment. If you
a large amount of formaldehyde could be re- are a ‘‘representative employee’’, you will be
leased in an accident or from equipment fail- asked to wear a sampling device to collect
ure, your employer must develop procedures formaldehyde. This device may be a passive
to be followed in event of an emergency. You badge, a sorbent tube attached to a pump, or
366
an impinger containing liquid. You should lines for Selection of Chemical Protective
perform your work as usual, but inform the Clothing.
person who is conducting the monitoring of Eye Protection: If you might be splashed in
any difficulties you are having wearing the the eyes with formalin, it is essential that
device. you wear goggles or some other type of com-
Evaluation of 8-hour Exposure: Measure- plete protection for the eye. You may also
ments taken for the purpose of determining need a face shield if your face is likely to be
time-weighted average (TWA) exposures are splashed with formalin, but you must not
best taken with samples covering the full substitute face shields for eye protection.
shift. Samples collected must be taken from (This section pertains to formaldehyde solu-
the employee’s breathing zone air. tions of 1% or more.)
Short-term Exposure Evaluation: If there are Other Protective Equipment: You must wear
tasks that involve brief but intense exposure protective (impervious) clothing and equip-
to formaldehyde, employee exposure must be ment provided by your employer at no cost
measured to assure compliance with the to prevent repeated or prolonged contact
STEL. Sample collections are for brief peri- with formaldehyde liquids. If you are re-
ods, only 15 minutes, but several samples quired to change into whole-body chemical
may be needed to identify the peak exposure. protective clothing, your employer must pro-
Monitoring Techniques: OSHA’s only re- vide a change room for your privacy and for
quirement for selecting a method for sam- storage of your normal clothing.
pling and analysis is that the methods used If you are splashed with formaldehyde, use
accurately evaluate the concentration of the emergency showers and eyewash foun-
formaldehyde in employees’ breathing zones. tains provided by your employer imme-
Sampling and analysis may be performed by diately to prevent serious injury. Report the
collection of formaldehyde on liquid or solid incident to your supervisor and obtain nec-
sorbents with subsequent chemical analysis. essary medical support.
Sampling and analysis may also be per-
formed by passive diffusion monitors and ENTRY INTO AN IDLH ATMOSPHERE
short-term exposure may be measured by in-
struments such as real-time continuous Enter areas where the formaldehyde con-
monitoring systems and portable direct read- centration might be 100 ppm or more only
ing instruments. with complete body protection including a
Notification of Results: Your employer must self-contained breathing apparatus with a
inform you of the results of exposure moni- full facepiece operated in a positive pressure
toring representative of your job. You may mode or a supplied air respirator with full
be informed in writing, but posting the re- facepiece and operated in a positive pressure
sults where you have ready access to them mode. This equipment is essential to protect
constitutes compliance with the standard. your life and health under such extreme con-
ditions.
Protective Equipment and Clothing
Engineering Controls
[Material impervious to formaldehyde is
needed if the employee handles formaldehyde Ventilation is the most widely applied en-
solutions of 1% or more. Other employees gineering control method for reducing the
may also require protective clothing or concentration of airborne substances in the
equipment to prevent dermatitis.] breathing zones of workers. There are two
Respiratory Protection: Use NIOSH-approved distinct types of ventilation.
full facepiece negative pressure respirators Local Exhaust: Local exhaust ventilation is
equipped with approved cartridges or can- designed to capture airborne contaminants
isters within the use limitations of these de- as near to the point of generation as pos-
vices. (Present restrictions on cartridges and sible. To protect you, the direction of con-
canisters do not permit them to be used for taminant flow must always be toward the
a full workshift.) In all other situations, use local exhaust system inlet and away from
positive pressure respirators such as the you.
positive-pressure air purifying respirator or General (Mechanical): General dilution ven-
the self-contained breathing apparatus tilation involves continuous introduction of
(SCBA). If you use a negative pressure res- fresh air into the workroom to mix with the
pirator, your employer must provide you contaminated air and lower your breathing
with fit testing of the respirator at least zone concentration of formaldehyde. Effec-
once a year in accordance with the proce- tiveness depends on the number of air
dures outlined in Appendix E. changes per hour. Where devices emitting
Protective Gloves: Wear protective (imper- formaldehyde are spread out over a large
vious) gloves provided by your employer, at area, general dilution ventilation may be the
no cost, to prevent contact with formalin. only practical method of control.
Your employer should select these gloves Work Practices: Work practices and admin-
based on the results of permeation testing istrative procedures are an important part of
and in accordance with the ACGIH Guide- a control system. If you are asked to perform
367
a task in a certain manner to limit your ex- APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1048—SAMPLING
posure to formaldehyde, it is extremely im- STRATEGY AND ANALYTICAL METH-
portant that you follow these procedures.
ODS FOR FORMALDEHYDE
Medical Surveillance
To protect the health of employees, expo-
Medical surveillance helps to protect em- sure measurements must be unbiased and
ployees’ health. You are encouraged strongly representative of employee exposure. The
to participate in the medical surveillance proper measurement of employee exposure
program. requires more than a token commitment on
Your employer must make a medical sur- the part of the employer. OSHA’s mandatory
veillance program available at no expense to
requirements establish a baseline; under the
you and at a reasonable time and place if
best of circumstances all questions regarding
you are exposed to formaldehyde at con-
employee exposure will be answered. Many
centrations above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour aver-
age or 2 ppm over any 15-minute period. You employers, however, will wish to conduct
will be offered medical surveillance at the more extensive monitoring before under-
time of your initial assignment and once a taking expensive commitments, such as en-
year afterward as long as your exposure is at gineering controls, to assure that the modi-
least 0.5 ppm (TWA) or 2 ppm (STEL). Even fications are truly necessary. The following
if your exposure is below these levels, you sampling strategy, which was developed at
should inform your employer if you have NIOSH by Nelson A. Leidel, Kenneth A.
signs and symptoms that you suspect, Busch, and Jeremiah R. Lynch and described
through your training, are related to your in NIOSH publication No. 77–173 (Occupa-
formaldehyde exposure because you may tional Exposure Sampling Strategy Manual)
need medical surveillance to determine if will assist the employer in developing a
your health is being impaired by your expo- strategy for determining the exposure of his
sure. or her employees.
The surveillance plan includes: There is no one correct way to determine
(a) A medical disease questionnaire. employee exposure. Obviously, measuring
(b) A physical examination if the physician the exposure of every employee exposed to
determines this is necessary.
formaldehyde will provide the most informa-
If you are required to wear a respirator,
tion on any given day. Where few employees
your employer must offer you a physical ex-
amination and a pulmonary function test are exposed, this may be a practical solution.
every year. For most employers, however, use of the fol-
The physician must collect all information lowing strategy will give just as much infor-
needed to determine if you are at increased mation at less cost.
risk from your exposure to formaldehyde. At Exposure data collected on a single day
the physician’s discretion, the medical ex- will not automatically guarantee the em-
amination may include other tests, such as a ployer that his or her workplace is always in
chest x-ray, to make this determination. compliance with the formaldehyde standard.
After a medical examination the physician This does not imply, however, that it is im-
will provide your employer with a written possible for an employer to be sure that his
opinion which includes any special protec- or her worksite is in compliance with the
tive measures recommended and any restric- standard. Indeed, a properly designed sam-
tions on your exposure. The physician must pling strategy showing that all employees
inform you of any medical conditions you are exposed below the PELs, at least with a
have which would be aggravated by exposure 95 percent certainty, is compelling evidence
to formaldehyde. that the exposure limits are being achieved
All records from your medical examina-
provided that measurements are conducted
tions, including disease surveys, must be re-
using valid sampling strategy and approved
tained at your employer’s expense.
analytical methods.
EMERGENCIES There are two PELs, the TWA concentra-
tion and the STEL. Most employers will find
If you are exposed to formaldehyde in an
that one of these two limits is more critical
emergency and develop signs or symptoms
associated with acute toxicity from form- in the control of their operations, and OSHA
aldehyde exposure, your employer must pro- expects that the employer will concentrate
vide you with a medical examination as soon monitoring efforts on the critical compo-
as possible. This medical examination will nent. If the more difficult exposure is con-
include all steps necessary to stabilize your trolled, this information, along with calcula-
health. You may be kept in the hospital for tions to support the assumptions, should be
observation if your symptoms are severe to adequate to show that the other exposure
ensure that any delayed effects are recog- limit is also being achieved.
nized and treated.
368
Sampling Strategy (2) Any processes where there have been
employee complaints or symptoms indic-
Determination of the Need for Exposure ative of exposure to formaldehyde
Measurements (3) Any liquid or spray process involving
The employer must determine whether em- formaldehyde
ployees may be exposed to concentrations in (4) Any process that uses formaldehyde in
excess of the action level. This determina- preserved tissue
tion becomes the first step in an employee (5) Any process that involves the heating
exposure monitoring program that mini- of a formaldehyde-bearing resin.
mizes employer sampling burdens while pro- Processes and work operations that use
viding adequate employee protection. If em- formaldehyde in these manners will probably
ployees may be exposed above the action require further investigation at the worksite
level, the employer must measure exposure. to determine the extent of employee moni-
Otherwise, an objective determination that toring that should be conducted.
employee exposure is low provides adequate
evidence that exposure potential has been Workplace Observations
examined.
The employer should examine all available To this point, the only intention has been
relevant information, eg. insurance company to provide an indication as to the existence
and trade association data and information of potentially exposed employees. With this
from suppliers or exposure data collected information, a visit to the workplace is need-
from similar operations. The employer may ed to observe work operations, to identify
also use previously-conducted sampling in- potential health hazards, and to determine
cluding area monitoring. The employer must whether any employees may be exposed to
make a determination relevant to each oper- hazardous concentrations of formaldehyde.
ation although this need not be on a separate In many circumstances, sources of form-
piece of paper. If the employer can dem- aldehyde can be identified through the sense
onstrate conclusively that no employee is of smell. However, this method of detection
exposed above the action level or the STEL should be used with caution because of olfac-
through the use of objective data, the em- tory fatigue.
ployer need proceed no further on employee Employee location in relation to source of
exposure monitoring until such time that formaldehyde is important in determining if
conditions have changed and the determina- an employee may be significantly exposed to
tion is no longer valid. formaldehyde. In most instances, the closer
If the employer cannot determine that em- a worker is to the source, the higher the
ployee exposure is less than the action level probability that a significant exposure will
and the STEL, employee exposure moni- occur.
toring will have to be conducted. Other characteristics should be considered.
Certain high temperature operations give
Workplace Material Survey rise to higher evaporation rates. Locations
The primary purpose of a survey of raw of open doors and windows provide natural
material is to determine if formaldehyde is ventilation that tend to dilute formaldehyde
being used in the work environment and if emissions. General room ventilation also
so, the conditions under which formaldehyde provides a measure of control.
is being used.
Calculation of Potential Exposure
The first step is to tabulate all situations
Concentrations
where formaldehyde is used in a manner such
that it may be released into the workplace By knowing the ventilation rate in a work-
atmosphere or contaminate the skin. This place and the quantity of formaldehyde gen-
information should be available through erated, the employer may be able to deter-
analysis of company records and information mine by calculation if the PELs might be ex-
on the MSDSs available through provisions ceeded. To account for poor mixing of form-
of this standard and the Hazard Communica- aldehyde into the entire room, locations of
tion standard. fans and proximity of employees to the work
If there is an indication from materials operation, the employer must include a safe-
handling records and accompanying MSDSs ty factor. If an employee is relatively close
that formaldehyde is being used in the fol- to a source, particularly if he or she is lo-
lowing types of processes or work operations, cated downwind, a safety factor of 100 may
there may be a potential for releasing form- be necessary. For other situations, a factor
aldehyde into the workplace atmosphere: of 10 may be acceptable. If the employer can
(1) Any operation that involves grinding, demonstrate through such calculations that
sanding, sawing, cutting, crushing, screen- employee exposure does not exceed the ac-
ing, sieving, or any other manipulation of tion level or the STEL, the employer may
material that generates formaldehyde-bear- use this information as objective data to
ing dust demonstrate compliance with the standard.
369
Sampling Strategy (4) Location of employees and work oper-
ations
Once the employer determines that there
is a possibility of substantial employee expo- (5) Intraday and interday variations in the
sure to formaldehyde, the employer is obli- process
gated to measure employee exposure. (6) Precision and accuracy of sampling and
The next step is selection of a maximum analytic methods, and
risk employee. When there are different (7) Number of samples needed.
processes where employees may be exposed Samples taken for determining compliance
to formaldehyde, a maximum risk employee with the STEL differ from those that meas-
should be selected for each work operation. ure the TWA concentration in important
Selection of the maximum risk employee ways. STEL samples are best taken in a non-
requires professional judgment. The best pro- random fashion using all available knowl-
cedure for selecting the maximum risk em- edge relating to the area, the individual, and
ployee is to observe employees and select the the process to obtain samples during periods
person closest to the source of formaldehyde. of maximum expected concentrations. At
Employee mobility may affect this selection; least three measurements on a shift are gen-
eg. if the closest employee is mobile in his erally needed to spot gross errors or mis-
tasks, he may not be the maximum risk em- takes; however, only the highest value rep-
ployee. Air movement patterns and dif- resents the STEL.
ferences in work habits will also affect selec- If an operation remains constant through-
tion of the maximum risk employee. out the workshift, a much greater number of
When many employees perform essentially samples would need to be taken over the 32
the same task, a maximum risk employee discrete nonoverlapping periods in an 8-hour
cannot be selected. In this circumstance, it workshift to verify compliance with a STEL.
is necessary to resort to random sampling of If employee exposure is truly uniform
the group of workers. The objective is to se- throughout the workshift, however, an em-
lect a subgroup of adequate size so that there ployer in compliance with the l ppm TWA
is a high probability that the random sample would be in compliance with the 2 ppm
will contain at least one worker with high STEL, and this determination can probably
exposure if one exists. The number of persons be made using objective data.
in the group influences the number that need
to be sampled to ensure that at least one in- Need to Repeat the Monitoring Strategy
dividual from the highest 10 percent expo- Interday and intraday fluctuations in em-
sure group is contained in the sample. For ployee exposure are mostly influenced by the
example, to have 90 percent confidence in the physical processes that generate formalde-
results, if the group size is 10, nine should be hyde and the work habits of the employee.
sampled; for 50, only 18 need to be sampled. Hence, in-plant process variations influence
If measurement shows exposure to form- the employer’s determination of whether or
aldehyde at or above the action level or the not additional controls need to be imposed.
STEL, the employer needs to identify all Measurements that employee exposure is low
other employees who may be exposed at or on a day that is not representative of worst
above the action level or STEL and measure conditions may not provide sufficient infor-
or otherwise accurately characterize the ex- mation to determine whether or not addi-
posure of these employees. tional engineering controls should be in-
Whether representative monitoring or ran-
stalled to achieve the PELs.
dom sampling are conducted, the purpose re-
The person responsible for conducting sam-
mains the same—to determine if the expo-
pling must be aware of systematic changes
sure of any employee is above the action
which will negate the validity of the sam-
level. If the exposure of the most exposed
pling results. Systematic changes in form-
employee is less than the action level and
aldehyde exposure concentration for an em-
the STEL, regardless of how the employee is
ployee can occur due to:
identified, then it is reasonable to assume
that measurements of exposure of the other (1) The employee changing patterns of
employees in that operation would be below movement in the workplace
the action level and the STEL. (2) Closing of plant doors and windows
(3) Changes in ventilation from season to
Exposure Measurements season
(4) Decreases in ventilation efficiency or
There is no ‘‘best’’ measurement strategy
abrupt failure of engineering control equip-
for all situations. Some elements to consider
ment
in developing a strategy are:
(1) Availability and cost of sampling equip- (5) Changes in the production process or
ment work habits of the employee.
(2) Availability and cost of analytic facili- Any of these changes, if they may result in
ties additional exposure that reaches the next
(3) Availability and cost of personnel to level of action (i.e. 0.5 or 1.0 ppm as an 8-hr
take samples average or 2 ppm over 15 minutes) require
370
the employer to perform additional moni- use of bubblers containing 10% methanol in
toring to reassess employee exposure. water as the trapping solution.
A number of methods are suitable for This work was undertaken to resolve the
measuring employee exposure to formalde- sample stability problems associated with
hyde or for characterizing emissions within acrolein and also to eliminate the need to
the worksite. The preamble to this standard use bubb1ers to sample formaldehyde. A goal
describes some methods that have been wide- of this work was to develop and/or to evalu-
ly used or subjected to validation testing. A ate a common sampling and analytical pro-
detailed analytical procedure derived from cedure for acrolein and formaldehyde.
the OSHA Method 52 for acrolein and form- NIOSH has developed independent meth-
aldehyde is presented below for informa- odologies for acrolein and formaldehyde
tional purposes. which recommend the use of reagent-coated
Inclusion of OSHA’s method in this appen- adsorbent tubes to collect the aldehydes as
dix in no way implies that it is the only ac- stable derivatives. The formaldehyde sam-
ceptable way to measure employee exposure pling tubes contain Chromosorb 102 adsorb-
to formaldehyde. Other methods that are ent coated with N-benzylethanolamine (BEA)
free from significant interferences and that which reacts with formaldehyde vapor to
can determine formaldehyde at the permis- form a stable oxazolidine compound. The
sible exposure limits within ±25 percent of acrolein sampling tubes contain XAD–2 ad-
the ‘‘true’’ value at the 95 percent confidence sorbent coated with 2-
level are also acceptable. Where applicable, (hydroxymethyl)piperidine (2–HMP) which
the method shou1d a1so be capab1e of meas- reacts with acrolein vapor to form a dif-
uring formaldehyde at the action level to ±35 ferent, stable oxazolidine derivative. Acro-
percent of the ‘‘true’’ value with a 95 percent lein does not appear to react with BEA to
confidence level. OSHA encourages give a suitable reaction product. Therefore,
emp1oyers to choose methods that will be the formaldehyde procedure cannot provide a
best for their individual needs. The employer common method for both aldehydes. How-
must exercise caution, however, in choosing ever, formaldehyde does react with 2–HMP to
an appropriate method since some tech-
form a very suitable reaction product. It is
niques suffer from interferences that are
the quantitative reaction of acrolein and
likely to be present in workplaces of certain
formaldehyde with 2–HMP that provides the
industry sectors where formaldehyde is used.
basis for this evaluation.
OSHA’s Analytical Laboratory Method This sampling and analytical procedure is
very similar to the method recommended by
Method No: 52 NIOSH for acrolein. Some changes in the
Matrix: Air NIOSH methodology were necessary to per-
Target Concentration: 1 ppm (1.2 mg/m 3) mit the simultaneous determination of both
Procedures: Air samples are collected by aldehydes and also to accommodate OSHA
drawing known volumes of air through laboratory equipment and analytical tech-
sampling tubes containing XAD–2 adsorb- niques.
ent which have been coated with 2- 1.2 Limit-defining parameters: The analyte
(hydroxymethyl) piperidine. The samples air concentrations reported in this method
are desorbed with toluene and then ana- are based on the recommended air volume
lyzed by gas chromatography using a ni- for each analyte collected separately and a
trogen selective detector. desorption volume of 1 mL. The amounts are
Recommended Sampling Rate and Air Volumes: presented as acrolein and/or formaldehyde,
0.1 L/min and 24 L even though the derivatives are the actual
Reliable Quantitation Limit:16 ppb (20 µg/m3) species analyzed.
Standard Error of Estimate at the Target Con- 1.2.1 Detection limits of the analytical proce-
centration: 7.3% dure: The detection limit of the analytical
Status of the Method: A sampling and analyt- procedure was 386 pg per injection for form-
ical method that has been subjected to the aldehyde. This was the amount of analyte
established evaluation procedures of the which gave a peak whose height was about
Organic Methods Evaluation Branch. five times the height of the peak given by
Date: March 1985 the residual formaldehyde derivative in a
typical blank front section of the rec-
1. General Discussion ommended sampling tube.
1.1 Background: The current OSHA meth- 1.2.2 Detection limits of the overall proce-
od for collecting acrolein vapor recommends dure: The detection limits of the overall pro-
the use of activated 13X molecular sieves. cedure were 482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20
The samples must be stored in an ice bath µg/m3 for formaldehyde). This was the
during and after sampling and also they amount of analyte spiked on the sampling
must be analyzed within 48 hours of collec- device which allowed recoveries approxi-
tion. The current OSHA method for col- mately equal to the detection limit of the
lecting formaldehyde vapor recommends the analytical procedure.
371
1.2.3 Reliable quantitation limits: The reli- 2. Sampling Procedure
able quantitation limit was 482 ng per sam-
2.1 Apparatus:
ple (16 ppb or 20 µg/m3) for formaldehyde. 2.1.1 Samples are collected by use of a
These were the smallest amounts of analyte personal sampling pump that can be cali-
which could be quantitated within the limits brated to within ±5% of the recommended 0.1
of a recovery of at least 75% and a precision L/min sampling rate with the sampling tube
(±1.96 SD) of ±25% or better. in line.
llllllllllllllllllllllll 2.1.2 Samples are collected with labora-
The reliable quantitation limit and detec- tory prepared sampling tubes. The sampling
tion limits reported in the method are based tube is constructed of silane treated glass
upon optimization of the instrument for the and is about 8-cm long. The ID is 4 mm and
smallest possible amount of analyte. When the OD is 6 mm. One end of the tube is ta-
the target concentration of an analyte is ex- pered so that a glass wool end plug will hold
ceptionally higher than these limits, they the contents of the tube in place during sam-
may not be attainable at the routine oper- pling. The other end of the sampling tube is
ating parameters. open to its full 4-mm ID to facilitate packing
of the tube. Both ends of the tube are fire-
polished for safety. The tube is packed with
1.2.4 Sensitivity: The sensitivity of the an- a 75-mg backup section, located nearest the
alytical procedure over concentration ranges tapered end and a 150-mg sampling section of
representing 0.4 to 2 times the target con- pretreated XAD–2 adsorbent which has been
centration, based on the recommended air coated with 2–HMP. The two sections of
volumes, was 7,589 area units per µg/mL for coated adsorbent are separated and retained
formaldehyde. This value was determined with small plugs of silanized glass wool. Fol-
from the slope of the calibration curve. The lowing packing, the sampling tubes are
sensitivity may vary with the particular in- sealed with two 7⁄32 inch OD plastic end caps.
strument used in the analysis. Instructions for the pretreatment and the
1.2.5 Recovery: The recovery of formalde- coating of XAD–2 adsorbent are presented in
hyde from samples used in an 18-day storage Section 4 of this method.
test remained above 92% when the samples 2.1.3 Sampling tubes, similar to those rec-
were stored at ambient temperature. These ommended in this method, are marketed by
values were determined from regression lines Supelco, Inc. These tubes were not available
which were calculated from the storage data. when this work was initiated; therefore, they
The recovery of the analyte from the collec- were not evaluated.
tion device must be at least 75% following 2.2 Reagents: None required.
storage. 2.3 Technique:
1.2.6 Precision (analytical method only): The 2.3.1 Properly label the sampling tube be-
pooled coefficient of variation obtained from fore sampling and then remove the plastic
replicate determinations of analytical stand- end caps.
ards over the range of 0.4 to 2 times the tar- 2.3.2 Attach the sampling tube to the
get concentration was 0.0052 for formalde- pump using a section of flexible plastic tub-
hyde (Section 4.3). ing such that the large, front section of the
1.2.7 Precision (overall procedure): The pre- sampling tube is exposed directly to the at-
cision at the 95% confidence level for the am- mosphere. Do not place any tubing ahead of
bient temperature storage tests was ±14.3% the sampling tube. The sampling tube should
for formaldehyde. These values each include be attached in the worker’s breathing zone
an additional ±5% for sampling error. The in a vertical manner such that it does not
overall procedure must provide results at the impede work performance.
target concentrations that are ±25% at the 2.3.3 After sampling for the appropriate
95% confidence level. time, remove the sampling tube from the
pump and then seal the tube with plastic end
1.2.8 Reproducibility: Samples collected
caps.
from controlled test atmospheres and a draft
2.3.4 Include at least one blank for each
copy of this procedure were given to a chem-
sampling set. The blank should be handled in
ist unassociated with this evaluation. The
the same manner as the samples with the ex-
formaldehyde samples were analyzed fol-
ception that air is not drawn through it.
lowing 15 days storage. The average recovery
2.3.5 List any potential interferences on
was 96.3% and the standard deviation was
the sample data sheet.
1.7%.
2.4 Breakthrough:
1.3 Advantages: 2.4.1 Breakthrough was defined as the rel-
1.3.1 The sampling and analytical proce- ative amount of analyte found on a backup
dures permit the simultaneous determina- sample in relation to the total amount of
tion of acrolein and formaldehyde. analyte collected on the sampling train.
1.3.2 Samples are stable following storage 2.4.2 For formaldehyde collected from test
at ambient temperature for at least 18 days. atmospheres containing 6 times the PEL, the
1.4 Disadvantages: None. average 5% breakthrough air volume was 41
372
L. The sampling rate was 0.1 L/min and the 3.2.4 Amberlite XAD–2 adsorbent coated
average mass of formaldehyde collected was with 2-(hydroxymethyl—piperidine (2-HMP),
250 µg. 10% by weight (Section 4).
2.5 Desorption Efficiency: No desorption ef- 3.2.5 Desorbing solution with internal
ficiency corrections are necessary to com- standard. This solution was prepared by add-
pute air sample results because analytical ing 20 µL of dimethylformamide to 100 mL of
standards are prepared using coated adsorb- toluene.
ent. Desorption efficiencies were determined, 3.3 Standard preparation:
however, to investigate the recoveries of the 3.3.1 Formaldehyde: Prepare stock stand-
analytes from the sampling device. The aver- ards by diluting known volumes of 37% form-
age recovery over the range of 0.4 to 2 times aldehyde solution with methanol. A proce-
the target concentration, based on the rec- dure to determine the formaldehyde content
ommended air volumes, was 96.2% for form- of these standards is presented in Section 4.
aldehyde. Desorption efficiencies were essen- A standard containing 7.7 mg/mL formalde-
tially constant over the ranges studied. hyde was prepared by diluting 1 mL of the
2.6 Recommended Air Volume and Sampling 37% reagent to 50 mL with methanol.
Rate: 3.3.2 It is recommended that analytical
2.6.1 The recommended air volume for standards be prepared about 16 hours before
formaldehyde is 24 L. the air samples are to be analyzed in order to
2.6.2 The recommended sampling rate is ensure the complete reaction of the analytes
0.1 L/min. with 2–HMP. However, rate studies have
2.7 Interferences: shown the reaction to be greater than 95%
2.7.1 Any collected substance that is capa- complete after 4 hours. Therefore, one or two
ble of reacting 2-HMP and thereby depleting standards can be analyzed after this reduced
the derivatizing agent is a potential inter- time if sample results are outside the con-
ference. Chemicals which contain a carbonyl centration range of the prepared standards.
3.3.3 Place 150-mg portions of coated
group, such as acetone, may be capable or re-
XAD–2 adsorbent, from the same lot number
acting with 2-HMP.
as used to collect the air samples, into each
2.7.2 There are no other known inter-
of several glass 2-mL vials. Seal each vial
ferences to the sampling method.
with a Teflon-lined cap.
2.8 Safety Precautions:
3.3.4 Prepare fresh analytical standards
2.8.1 Attach the sampling equipment to each day by injecting appropriate amounts
the worker in such a manner that it well not of the diluted analyte directly onto 150-mg
interfere with work performance or safety. portions of coated adsorbent. It is permis-
2.8.2 Follow all safety practices that sible to inject both acrolein and formalde-
apply to the work area being sampled. hyde on the same adsorbent portion. Allow
3. Analytical Procedure the standards to stand at room temperature.
A standard, approximately the target levels,
3.1 Apparatus: was prepared by injecting 11 µL of the acro-
3.1.1 A gas chromatograph (GC), equipped lein and 12 µL of the formaldehyde stock
with a nitrogen selective detector. A Hew- standards onto a single coated XAD–2 ad-
lett-Packard Model 5840A GC fitted with a sorbent portion.
nitrogen-phosphorus flame ionization detec- 3.3.5 Prepare a sufficient number of stand-
tor (NPD) was used for this evaluation. In- ards to generate the calibration curves. Ana-
jections were performed using a Hewlett- lytical standard concentrations should
Packard Model 7671A automatic sampler. bracket sample concentrations. Thus, if sam-
3.1.2 A GC column capable of resolving ples are not in the concentration range of
the analytes from any interference. A 6 ft x the prepared standards, additional standards
1⁄4 in OD (2mm ID) glass GC column con-
must be prepared to determine detector re-
taining 10% UCON 50–HB–5100 ∂ 2% KOH on sponse.
80/100 mesh Chromosorb W–AW was used for 3.3.7 Desorb the standards in the same
the evaluation. Injections were performed manner as the samples following the 16-hour
on-column. reaction time.
3.1.3 Vials, glass 2-mL with Teflon-lined 3.4 Sample preparation:
caps. 3.4.1 Transfer the 150-mg section of the
3.1.4 Volumetric flasks, pipets, and sy- sampling tube to a 2-mL vial. Place the 75-
ringes for preparing standards, making dilu- mg section in a separate vial. If the glass
tions, and performing injections. wool plugs contain a significant number of
3.2 Reagents: adsorbent beads, place them with the appro-
3.2.1 Toluene and dimethylformamide. priate sampling tube section. Discard the
Burdick and Jackson solvents were used in glass wool plugs if they do not contain a sig-
this evaluation. nificant number of adsorbent beads.
3.2.2 Helium, hydrogen, and air, GC grade. 3.4.2 Add 1 mL of desorbing solution to
3.2.3 Formaldehyde, 37%, by weight, in each vial.
water. Aldrich Chemical, ACS Reagent Grade 3.4.3 Seal the vials with Teflon-lined caps
formaldehyde was used in this evaluation. and then allow them to desorb for one hour.
373
Shake the vials by hand with vigorous force 3.7.2 The concentration, in µg/mL, for a
several times during the desorption time. particular sample is determined by com-
3.4.4 Save the used sampling tubes to be paring its detector response to the calibra-
cleaned and recycled. tion curve. If either of the analytes is found
3.5 Analysis: on the backup section, it is added to the
3.5.1 GC Conditions amount found on the front section. Blank
Column Temperature: corrections should be performed before add-
Bi-level temperature program—First level: ing the results together.
100 to 140 ° C at 4 ° C/min following comple- 3.7.3 The acrolein and/or formaldehyde air
tion of the first level. concentration can be expressed using the fol-
Second level: 140 to 180 ° C at 20 ° C/min following equation:
lowing completion of the first level. mg/m3=(A)(B)/C
Isothermal period: Hold column at 180 ° C where A=µg/mL from 3.7.2, B=desorption vol-
until the recorder pen returns to baseline ume, and C=L of air sampled.
(usually about 25 min after injection).
No desorption efficiency corrections are re-
Injector temperature: 180 ° C
quired.
Helium flow rate: 30 mL/min (detector re-
3.7.4 The following equation can be used
sponse will be reduced if nitrogen is sub-
to convert results in mg/m3 to ppm.
stituted for helium carrier gas).
Injection volume: 0.8 µL ppm=(mg/m3)(24.45)/MW
GC column: Six-ft x 1⁄4-in OD (2 mm ID) glass where mg/m3=result from 3.7.3, 24.45=molar
GC column containing 10% UCON 50–HB– volume of an ideal gas at 760 mm Hg and
5100∂2% KOH on 80/100 Chromosorb W–AW. 25 ° C, MW=molecular weight (30.0).
NPD conditions:
Hydrogen flow rate: 3 mL/min 4. Backup Data
Air flow rate: 50 mL/min 4.1 Backup data on detection limits, reli-
Detector temperature: 275 ° C able quantitation limits, sensitivity and pre-
3.5.2 Chromatogram: For an example of a cision of the analytical method, break-
typical chromatogram, see Figure 4.11 in through, desorption efficiency, storage, re-
OSHA Method 52. producibility, and generation of test
3.5.3 Use a suitable method, such as elec- atmospheres are available in OSHA Method
tronic integration, to measure detector re- 52, developed by the Organics Methods Eval-
sponse. uation Branch, OSHA Analytical Labora-
3.5.4 Use an internal standard method to tory, Salt Lake City, Utah.
prepare the calibration curve with several 4.2 Procedure to Coat XAD–2 Adsorbent with
standard solutions of different concentra- 2–HMP:
tions. Prepare the calibration curve daily. 4.2.1 Apparatus: Soxhlet extraction appa-
Program the integrator to report results in ratus, rotary evaporation apparatus, vacuum
µg/mL. dessicator, 1–L vacuum flask, 1–L round-bot-
3.5.5 Bracket sample concentrations with tomed evaporative flask, 1–L Erlenmeyer
standards. flask, 250-mL Buchner funnel with a coarse
3.6 Interferences (Analytical) fritted disc, etc.
3.6.1 Any compound with the same gen- 4.2.2 Reagents:
eral retention time as the analytes and 4.2.2.1 Methanol, isooctane, and toluene.
which also gives a detector response is a po- 4.2.2.2 2-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine.
tential interference. Possible interferences 4.2.2.3 Amberlite XAD–2 non-ionic poly-
should be reported to the laboratory with meric adsorbent, 20 to 60 mesh, Aldrich
submitted samples by the industrial hygien- Chemical XAD–2 was used in this evaluation.
ist. 4.2.3 Procedure: Weigh 125 g of crude XAD–
3.6.2 GC parameters (temperature, col- 2 adsorbent into a 1–L Erlenmeyer flask. Add
umn, etc.) may be changed to circumvent about 200 mL of water to the flask and then
interferences. swirl the mixture to wash the adsorbent.
3.6.3 A useful means of structure designa- Discard any adsorbent that floats to the top
tion is GC/MS. It is recommended this proce- of the water and then filter the mixture
dure be used to confirm samples whenever using a fritted Buchner funnel. Air dry the
possible. adsorbent for 2 minutes. Transfer the adsorb-
3.6.4 The coated adsorbent usually con- ent back to the Erlenmeyer flask and then
tains a very small amount of residual form- add about 200 mL of methanol to the flask.
aldehyde derivative (Section 4.8). Swirl and then filter the mixture as before.
3.7 Calculations: Transfer the washed adsorbent back to the
3.7.1 Results are obtained by use of cali- Erlenmeyer flask and then add about 200 mL
bration curves. Calibration curves are pre- of methanol to the flask. Swirl and then fil-
pared by plotting detector response against ter the mixture as before. Transfer the
concentration for each standard. The best washed adsorbent to a 1–L round-bottomed
line through the data points is determined evaporative flask, add 13 g of 2–HMP and
by curve fitting. then 200 mL of methanol, swirl the mixture
374
and then allow it to stand for one hour. Re- high, then the batch should be returned to
move the methanol at about 40 ° C and re- the Soxhlet extractor, extracted with tol-
duced pressure using a rotary evaporation uene again and then recoated. This process
apparatus. Transfer the coated adsorbent to can be repeated until the desired blank lev-
a suitable container and store it in a vacuum els are attained.
desiccator at room temperature overnight. The coated adsorbent is now ready to be
Transfer the coated adsorbent to a Soxhlet packed into sampling tubes. The sampling
extractor and then extract the material with tubes should be stored in a sealed container
toluene for about 24 hours. Discard the con- to prevent contamination. Sampling tubes
taminated toluene, add methanol in its place should be stored in the dark at room tem-
and then continue the Soxhlet extraction for perature. The sampling tubes should be seg-
an additional 4 hours. Transfer the adsorbent regated by coated adsorbent lot number. A
to a weighted 1–L round-bottom evaporative sufficient amount of each lot number of
flask and remove the methanol using the ro- coated adsorbent should be retained to pre-
tary evaporation apparatus. Determine the pare analytical standards for use with air
weight of the adsorbent and then add an samples from that lot number.
amount of 2-HMP, which is 10% by weight of 4.3 A Procedure to Determine Formaldehyde
the adsorbent. Add 200 mL of methanol and by Acid Titration: Standardize the 0.1 N HCl
then swirl the mixture. Allow the mixture to solution using sodium carbonate and methyl
stand for one hour. Remove the methanol by orange indicator.
rotary evaporation. Transfer the coated ad- Place 50 mL of 0.1 M sodium sulfite and
sorbent to a suitable container and store it three drops of thymophthalein indicator into
in a vacuum desiccator until all traces of a 250-mL Erlenmeyer flask. Titrate the con-
solvents are gone. Typically, this will take tents of the flask to a colorless endpoint
2–3 days. The coated adsorbent should be pro- with 0.1 N HCl (usually one or two drops is
tected from contamination. XAD–2 adsorbent sufficient). Transfer 10 mL of the formalde-
treated in this manner will probably not con- hyde/methanol solution (prepared in 3.3.1)
tain residual acrolein derivative. However, into the same flask and titrate the mixture
this adsorbent will often contain residual with 0.1 N HCl, again, to a colorless end-
formaldehyde derivative levels of about 0.1 point. The formaldehyde concentration of
µg per 150 mg of adsorbent. If the blank val- the standard may be calculated by the fol-
ues for a batch of coated adsorbent are too lowing equation:
acid titer × acid normality × 30.0

Formaldehyde, mg/mL =
mL of sample
This method is based on the quantitative II. Toxicology

liberation of sodium hydroxide when form-
aldehyde reacts with sodium sulfite to form A. Acute Effects of Exposure
the formaldehyde-bisulfite addition product. 1. Inhalation (breathing): Formaldehyde is
The volume of sample may be varied depend- highly irritating to the upper airways. The
ing on the formaldehyde content but the so- concentration of formaldehyde that is imme-
lution to be titrated must contain excess so- diately dangerous to life and health is 100
dium sulfite. Formaldehyde solutions con- ppm. Concentrations above 50 ppm can cause
taining substantial amounts of acid or base severe pulmonary reactions within minutes.
must be neutralized before analysis. These include pulmonary edema, pneumonia,
and bronchial irritation which can result in
APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1048—MEDICAL death. Concentrations above 5 ppm readily
SURVEILLANCE—FORMALDEHYDE cause lower airway irritation characterized
by cough, chest tightness and wheezing.
I. Health Hazards There is some controversy regarding whether
The occupational health hazards of form- formaldehyde gas is a pulmonary sensitizer
aldehyde are primarily due to its toxic ef- which can cause occupational asthma in a
previously normal individual. Formaldehyde
fects after inhalation, after direct contact
can produce symptoms of bronchial asthma
with the skin or eyes by formaldehyde in liq-
in humans. The mechanism may be either
uid or vapor form, and after ingestion.
sensitization of the individual by exposure to
formaldehyde or direct irritation by form-
aldehyde in persons with pre-existing asth-
ma. Upper airway irritation is the most com-
mon respiratory effect reported by workers
375
and can occur over a wide range of con- in short-term tests, and cytotoxic changes in
centrations, most frequently above 1 ppm. the cells of the target organ suggesting both
However, airway irritation has occurred in preneoplastic changes and a dose-rate effect.
some workers with exposures to formalde- Formaldehyde is a complete carcinogen and
hyde as low as 0.1 ppm. Symptoms of upper appears to exert an effect on at least two
airway irritation include dry or sore throat, stages of the carcinogenic process.
itching and burning sensations of the nose,
and nasal congestion. Tolerance to this level III. Surveillance considerations
of exposure may develop within 1–2 hours.
A. History
This tolerance can permit workers remain-
ing in an environment of gradually increas- 1. Medical and occupational history: Along
ing formaldehyde concentrations to be un- with its acute irritative effects, formalde-
aware of their increasingly hazardous expo- hyde can cause allergic sensitization and
sure. cancer. One of the goals of the work history
2. Eye contact: Concentrations of formalde- should be to elicit information on any prior
hyde between 0.05 ppm and 0.5 ppm produce a or additional exposure to formaldehyde in ei-
sensation of irritation in the eyes with burn- ther the occupational or the non-occupa-
ing, itching, redness, and tearing. Increased tional setting.
rate of blinking and eye closure generally 2. Respiratory history: As noted above, form-
protects the eye from damage at these low aldehyde has recognized properties as an air-
levels, but these protective mechanisms may way irritant and has been reported by some
interfere with some workers’ work abilities. authors as a cause of occupational asthma.
Tolerance can occur in workers continuously In addition, formaldehyde has been associ-
exposed to concentrations of formaldehyde ated with cancer of the entire respiratory
in this range. Accidental splash injuries of system of humans. For these reasons, it is
human eyes to aqueous solutions of form- appropriate to include a comprehensive re-
aldehyde (formalin) have resulted in a wide view of the respiratory system in the med-
range of ocular injuries including corneal ical history. Components of this history
opacities and blindness. The severity of the might include questions regarding dyspnea
reactions have been directly dependent on on exertion, shortness of breath, chronic air-
the concentration of formaldehyde in solu- way complaints, hyperreactive airway dis-
tion and the amount of time lapsed before ease, rhinitis, bronchitis, bronchiolitis, asth-
emergency and medical intervention. ma, emphysema, respiratory allergic reac-
3. Skin contact: Exposure to formaldehyde tion, or other preexisting pulmonary disease.
solutions can cause irritation of the skin and In addition, generalized airway hyper-
allergic contact dermatitis. These skin dis- sensitivity can result from exposures to a
eases and disorders can occur at levels well single sensitizing agent. The examiner
below those encountered by many formalde- should, therefore, elicit any prior history of
hyde workers. Symptoms include erythema, exposure to pulmonary irritants, and any
edema, and vesiculation or hives. Exposure short- or long-term effects of that exposure.
to liquid formalin or formaldehyde vapor can Smoking is known to decrease mucociliary
provoke skin reactions in sensitized individ- clearance of materials deposited during res-
uals even when airborne concentrations of piration in the nose and upper airways. This
formaldehyde are well below 1 ppm. may increase a worker’s exposure to inhaled
4. Ingestion: Ingestion of as little as 30 ml materials such as formaldehyde vapor. In ad-
of a 37 percent solution of formaldehyde (for- dition, smoking is a potential confounding
malin) can result in death. Gastrointestinal factor in the investigation of any chronic
toxicity after ingestion is most severe in the respiratory disease, including cancer. For
stomach and results in symptoms which can these reasons, a complete smoking history
include nausea, vomiting, and servere ab- should be obtained.
dominal pain. Diverse damage to other organ 3. Skin Disorders: Because of the dermal ir-
systems including the liver, kidney, spleen, ritant and sensitizing effects of formalde-
pancreas, brain, and central nervous systems hyde, a history of skin disorders should be
can occur from the acute response to inges- obtained. Such a history might include the
tion of formaldehyde. existence of skin irritation, previously docu-
mented skin sensitivity, and other dermato-
B. Chronic Effects of Exposure logic disorders. Previous exposure to form-
Long term exposure to formaldehyde has aldehyde and other dermal sensitizers should
been shown to be associated with an in- be recorded.
creased risk of cancer of the nose and acces- 4. History of atopic or allergic diseases: Since
sory sinuses, nasopharyngeal and formaldehyde can cause allergic sensitiza-
oropharyngeal cancer, and lung cancer in hu- tion of the skin and airways, it might be use-
mans. Animal experiments provide conclu- ful to identify individuals with prior allergen
sive evidence of a causal relationship be- sensitization. A history of atopic disease and
tween nasal cancer in rats and formaldehyde allergies to formaldehyde or any other sub-
exposure. Concordant evidence of carcino- stances should also be obtained. It is not
genicity includes DNA binding, genotoxicity definitely known at this time whether atopic
376
diseases and allergies to formaldehyde or tigation of a suspected existing sensitivity.
any other substances should also be ob- Guidelines for such testing have been pre-
tained. Also it is not definitely known at pared by the North American Contact Der-
this time whether atopic individuals have a matitis Group.
greater propensity to develop formaldehyde
sensitivity than the general population, but C. Additional Examinations or Tests
identification of these individuals may be The physician may deem it necessary to
useful for ongoing surveillance. perform other medical examinations or tests
5. Use of disease questionnaires: Comparison as indicated. The standard provides a mecha-
of the results from previous years with nism whereby these additional investiga-
present results provides the best method for tions are covered under the standard for oc-
detecting a general deterioration in health cupational exposure to formaldehyde.
when toxic signs and symptoms are meas-
ured subjectively. In this way recall bias D. Emergencies
does not affect the results of the analysis.
The examination of workers exposed in an
Consequently, OSHA has determined that
emergency should be directed at the organ
the findings of the medical and work his-
systems most likely to be affected. Much of
tories should be kept in a standardized form
the content of the examination will be simi-
for comparison of the year-to-year results.
lar to the periodic examination unless the
B. Physical Examination patient has received a severe acute exposure
requiring immediate attention to prevent se-
1. Mucosa of eyes and airways: Because of rious consequences. If a severe overexposure
the irritant effects of formaldehyde, the ex- requiring medical intervention or hos-
amining physician should be alert to evi- pitalization has occurred, the physician
dence of this irritation. A speculum exam- must be alert to the possibility of delayed
ination of the nasal mucosa may be helpful symptoms. Followup nonroutine examina-
in assessing possible irritation and cytotoxic tions may be necessary to assure the pa-
changes, as may be indirect inspection of the tient’s well-being.
posterior pharynx by mirror.
2. Pulmonary system: A conventional res- E. Employer Obligations
piratory examination, including inspection
The employer is required to provide the
of the thorax and auscultation and percus-
physician with the following information: A
sion of the lung fields should be performed as
copy of this standard and appendices A, C, D,
part of the periodic medical examination. Al-
and E; a description of the affected employ-
though routine pulmonary function testing
ee’s duties as they relate to his or her expo-
is only required by the standard once every
sure concentration; an estimate of the em-
year for persons who are exposed over the
ployee’s exposure including duration (e.g. 15
TWA concentration limit, these tests have
hr/wk, three 8-hour shifts, full-time); a de-
an obvious value in investigating possible
scription of any personal protective equip-
respiratory dysfunction and should be used
ment, including respirators, used by the em-
wherever deemed appropriate by the physi-
ployee; and the results of any previous med-
cian. In cases of alleged formaldehyde-in-
ical determinations for the affected em-
duced airway disease, other possible causes
ployee related to formaldehyde exposure to
of pulmonary disfunction (including expo-
the extent that this information is within
sures to other substances) should be ruled
the employer’s control.
out. A chest radiograph may be useful in
these circumstances. In cases of suspected F. Physician’s Obligations
airway hypersensitivity or allergy, it may be
appropriate to use bronchial challenge test- The standard requires the employer to ob-
ing with formaldehyde or methacholine to tain a written statement from the physician.
determine the nature of the disorder. Such This statement must contain the physician’s
testing should be performed by or under the opinion as to whether the employee has any
supervision of a physician experienced in the medical condition which would place him or
procedures involved. her at increased risk of impaired health from
3. Skin: The physician should be alert to exposure to formaldehyde or use of res-
evidence of dermal irritation of sensitiza- pirators, as appropriate. The physician must
tion, including reddening and inflammation, also state his opinion regarding any restric-
urticaria, blistering, scaling, formation of tions that should be placed on the employ-
skin fissures, or other symptoms. Since the ee’s exposure to formaldehyde or upon the
integrity of the skin barrier is compromised use of protective clothing or equipment such
by other dermal diseases, the presence of as respirators. If the employee wears a res-
such disease should be noted. Skin sensi- pirator as a result of his or her exposure to
tivity testing carries with it some risk of in- formaldehyde, the physician’s opinion must
ducing sensitivity, and therefore, skin test- also contain a statement regarding the suit-
ing for formaldehyde sensitivity should not ability of the employee to wear the type of
be used as a routine screening test. Sensi- respirator assigned. Finally, the physician
tivity testing may be indicated in the inves- must inform the employer that the employee
377
has been told the results of the medical ex- 7. Have you ever been told you had hepatitis?
amination and of any medical conditions Yes b No b
which require further explanation or treat- 8. Have you ever been told that you had cir-
ment. This written opinion is not to contain rhosis?
any information on specific findings or diag- Yes b No b
noses unrelated to occupational exposure to 9. Have you ever been told that you had can-
formaldehyde. cer?
The purpose in requiring the examining Yes b No b
physician to supply the employer with a 10. Have you ever had arthritis or joint pain?
written opinion is to provide the employer Yes b No b
with a medical basis to assist the employer 11. Have you ever been told that you had
in placing employees initially, in assuring high blood pressure?
that their health is not being inpaired by Yes b No b
formaldehyde, and to assess the employee’s 12. Have you ever had a heart attack or heart
ability to use any required protective equip- trouble?
ment. Yes b No b
B–1. Medical History Update
APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1048—NONMANDA-
TORY MEDICAL DISEASE QUESTION- 1. Have you been in the hospital as a patient
NAIRE any time within the past year?
Yes b No b
A. Identification If so, for what condition? llllllllll
Plant Name lllllllllllllllll 2. Have you been under the care of a physi-
Date lllllllllllllllllllll cian during the past year?
Employee Name lllllllllllllll Yes b No b
S.S. # llllllllllllllllllll If so, for what condition? llllllllll
Job Title llllllllllllllllll 3. Is there any change in your breathing
Birthdate: llllllllllllllllll since last year?
Age: lllllllllllllllllllll Yes b No b
Better? lllllllllllllllllll
Sex: lllllllllllllllllllll Worse? lllllllllllllllllll
Height: lllllllllllllllllll No change? lllllllllllllllll
Weight: lllllllllllllllllll If change, do you know why? llllllll
B. Medical History 4. Is your general health different this year

from last year?
1. Have you ever been in the hospital as a pa- Yes b No b
tient? If different, in what way? llllllllll
Yes b No b llllllllllllllllllllllll
If yes, what kind of problem were you hav- 5. Have you in the past year or are you now
ing? llllllllllllllllllll taking any medication on a regular
llllllllllllllllllllllll basis?
2. Have you ever had any kind of operation? Yes b No b
Yes b No b Name Rx llllllllllllllllll
If yes, what kind? llllllllllllll Condition being treated lllllllllll
3. Do you take any kind of medicine regu- C. Occupational History

larly? 1. How long have you worked for your
Yes b No b present employer?
If yes, what kind? llllllllllllll llllllllllllllllllllllll
llllllllllllllllllllllll 2. What jobs have you held with this em-
4. Are you allergic to any drugs, foods, or ployer? Include job title and length of
chemicals? time in each job.
If yes, what kind of allergy is it? llllll llllllllllllllllllllllll
llllllllllllllllllllllll llllllllllllllllllllllll
What causes the allergy? llllllllll llllllllllllllllllllllll
llllllllllllllllllllllll 3. In each of these jobs, how many hours a
5. Have you ever been told that you have day were you exposed to chemicals?
asthma, hayfever, or sinusitis? llllllllllllllllllllllll
Yes b No b 4. What chemicals have you worked with
6. Have you ever been told that you have em- most of the time?
physema, bronchitis, or any other res- llllllllllllllllllllllll
piratory problems? 5. Have you ever noticed any type of skin

Yes b No b rash you feel was related to your work?
378
Yes b No b 3. Do you wear glasses or contact lenses?
6. Have you ever noticed that any kind of Yes b No b
chemical makes you cough? 4. Do you get any physical exercise other
Yes b No b∠ than that required to do your job?
Wheeze? Yes b No b
Yes b No b If so, explain: llllllllllllllll
Become short of breath or cause your chest llllllllllllllllllllllll
to become tight? 5. Do you have any hobbies or ‘‘side jobs’’
Yes b No b that require you to use chemicals, such
7. Are you exposed to any dust or chemicals as furniture stripping, sand blasting, in-
at home? sulation or manufacture of urethane
Yes b No b foam, furniture, etc?
If yes, explain: lllllllllllllll Yes b No b
llllllllllllllllllllllll If so, please describe, giving type of business
8. In other jobs, have you ever had exposure or hobby, chemicals used and length of ex-
to: posures.
Wood dust? llllllllllllllllllllllll
Yes b No b
Nickel or chromium? E. Symptoms Questionnaire
Yes b No b
1. Do you ever have any shortness of breath?
Silica (foundry, sand blasting)?
Yes b No b
Yes b No b
If yes, do you have to rest after climbing sev-
Arsenic or asbestos?
eral flights of stairs?
Yes b No b
Yes b No b
Organic solvents?
If yes, if you walk on the level with people
Yes b No b
your own age, do you walk slower than
Urethane foams?
they do?
Yes b No b
Yes b No b
C–1. Occupational History Update If yes, if you walk slower than a normal
pace, do you have to limit the distance
1. Are you working on the same job this year that you walk?
as you were last year? Yes b No b
Yes b No b If yes, do you have to stop and rest while
If not, how has your job changed? lllll bathing or dressing?
Yes b No b
2. What chemicals are you exposed to on 2. Do you cough as much as three months out
your job? of the year?
Yes b No b
3. How many hours a day are you exposed to If yes, have you had this cough for more than
chemicals? two years?
Yes b No b
4. Have you noticed any skin rash within the If yes, do you ever cough anything up from
past year you feel was related to your chest?
work? Yes b No b
Yes b No b 3. Do you ever have a feeling of smothering,
If so, explain circumstances: llllllll unable to take a deep breath, or tight-
ness in your chest?
5. Have you noticed that any chemical Yes b No b
makes you cough, be short of breath, or If yes, do you notice that this on any par-
wheeze? ticular day of the week?
Yes b No b Yes b No b
If so, can you identify it? llllllllll If yes, what day or the week?
Yes b No b
If yes, do you notice that this occurs at any
D. Miscellaneous
particular place?
1. Do you smoke? Yes b No b
Yes b No b If yes, do you notice that this is worse after
If so, how much and for how long? lllll you have returned to work after being off
llllllllllllllllllllllll for several days?
Pipe lllllllllllllllllllll Yes b No b
Cigars llllllllllllllllllll 4. Have you ever noticed any wheezing in
Cigarettes llllllllllllllllll your chest?
2. Do you drink alcohol in any form? Yes b No b
Yes b No b If yes, is this only with colds or other infec-
If so, how much, how long, and how often? tions?
llllllllllllllllllllllll Yes b No b
379
Is this caused by exposure to any kind of Yes b No b
dust or other material? 22. Do you ever have cracking or bleeding of
Yes b No b the skin on your hands?
If yes, what kind? llllllllllllll Yes b No b
5. Have you noticed any burning, tearing, or 23. Are you under a physician’s care?
redness of your eyes when you are at Yes b No b
work? If yes, for what are you being treated? lll
If so, explain circumstances: llllllll
24. Do you have any physical complaints
today?
6. Have you noticed any sore or burning
Yes b No b
throat or itchy or burning nose when you
are at work? If yes, explain? lllllllllllllll
Yes b No b
If so, explain circumstances: llllllll 25. Do you have other health conditions not
covered by these questions?
7. Have you noticed any stuffiness or dryness Yes b No b
of your nose? If yes, explain: lllllllllllllll
8. Do you ever have swelling of the eyelids or [57 FR 22310, May 27, 1992; 57 FR 27161, June
face? 18, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13, 1996; 63 FR 1292,
Yes b No b Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998]
9. Have you ever been jaundiced?
Yes b No b
§ 1910.1050 Methylenedianiline.
If yes, was this accompanied by any pain?
Yes b No b (a) Scope and application. (1) This sec-
10. Have you ever had a tendency to bruise tion applies to all occupational expo-
easily or bleed excessively? sures to MDA, Chemical Abstracts
Yes b No b
Service Registry No. 101–77–9, except as
11. Do you have frequent headaches that are
not relieved by aspirin or tylenol? provided in paragraphs (a)(2) through
Yes b No b (a)(7) of this section.
If yes, do they occur at any particular time (2) Except as provided in paragraphs
of the day or week? (a)(8) and (e)(5) of this section, this sec-
Yes b No b tion does not apply to the processing,
If yes, when do they occur? lllllllll use, and handling of products con-
taining MDA where initial monitoring
12. Do you have frequent episodes of nervous-
ness or irritability? indicates that the product is not capa-
Yes b No b ble of releasing MDA in excess of the
13. Do you tend to have trouble concen- action level under the expected condi-
trating or remembering? tions of processing, use, and handling
Yes b No b which will cause the greatest possible
14. Do you ever feel dizzy, light-headed, ex- release; and where no ‘‘dermal exposure
cessively drowsy or like you have been to MDA’’ can occur.
drugged?
Yes b No b
(3) Except as provided in paragraph
15. Does your vision ever become blurred? (a)(8) of this section, this section does
Yes b No b not apply to the processing, use, and
16. Do you have numbness or tingling of the handling of products containing MDA
hands or feet or other parts of your body? where objective data are reasonably re-
Yes b No b lied upon which demonstrate the prod-
17. Have you ever had chronic weakness or uct is not capable of releasing MDA
fatigue?
under the expected conditions of proc-
Yes b No b
18. Have you ever had any swelling of your essing, use, and handling which will
feet or ankles to the point where you cause the greatest possible release; and
could not wear your shoes? where no ‘‘dermal exposure to MDA’’
Yes b No b can occur.
19. Are you bothered by heartburn or indiges- (4) This section does not apply to the
tion? storage, transportation, distribution or
Yes b No b
sale of MDA in intact containers sealed
20. Do you ever have itching, dryness, or
peeling and scaling of the hands? in such a manner as to contain the
Yes b No b MDA dusts, vapors, or liquids, except
21. Do you ever have a burning sensation in for the provisions of 29 CFR 1910.1200
the hands, or reddening of the skin? and paragraph (d) of this section.
380
(5) This section does not apply to the concentrations greater than 0.1% by
construction industry as defined in 29 weight or volume; and
CFR 1910.12(b). (Exposure to MDA in (ii) Materials other than ‘‘finished ar-
the construction industry is covered by ticles’’ containing MDA in concentra-
29 CFR 1926.60). tions greater than 0.1% by weight or
(6) Except as provided in paragraph volume.
(a)(8) of this secton, this section does Director means the Director of the
not apply to materials in any form National Institute for Occupational
which contain less than 0.1% MDA by Safety and Health, U.S. Department of
weight or volume. Health and Human Services, or des-
(7) Except as provided in paragraph ignee.
(a)(8) of this section, this section does Emergency means any occurrence
not apply to ‘‘finished articles con- such as, but not limited to, equipment
taining MDA.’’ failure, rupture of containers, or fail-
(8) Where products containing MDA ure of control equipment which results
are exempted under paragraphs (a)(2) in an unexpected and potentially haz-
through (a)(7) of this section, the em- ardous release of MDA.
ployer shall maintain records of the Employee exposure means exposure to
initial monitoring results or objective MDA which would occur if the em-
data supporting that exemption and ployee were not using respirators or
the basis for the employer’s reliance on protective work clothing and equip-
the data, as provided in the record- ment.
keeping provision of paragraph (n) of Finished article containing MDA is de-
this section. fined as a manufactured item:
(i) Which is formed to a specific
(b) Definitions. For the purpose of this
shape or design during manufacture;
section, the following definitions shall
(ii) Which has end use function(s) de-
apply:
pendent in whole or part upon its shape
Action level means a concentration of or design during end use; and
airborne MDA of 5 ppb as an eight (8)- (iii) Where applicable, is an item
hour time-weighted average. which is fully cured by virtue of having
Assistant Secretary means the Assist- been subjected to the conditions (tem-
ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa- perature, time) necessary to complete
tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart- the desired chemical reaction.
ment of Labor, or designee. 4,4′ Methylenedianiline or MDA means
Authorized person means any person the chemical, 4,4′-
specifically authorized by the employer diaminodiphenylmethane, Chemical
whose duties require the person to Abstract Service Registry number 101–
enter a regulated area, or any person 77–9, in the form of a vapor, liquid, or
entering such an area as a designated solid. The definition also includes the
representative of employees, for the salts of MDA.
purpose of exercising the right to ob- Regulated areas means areas where
serve monitoring and measuring proce- airborne concentrations of MDA exceed
dures under paragraph (o) of this sec- or can reasonably be expected to ex-
tion, or any other person authorized by ceed, the permissible exposure limits,
the Act or regulations issued under the or where dermal exposure to MDA can
Act. occur.
Container means any barrel, bottle, STEL means short term exposure
can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel, limit as determined by any 15 minute
storage tank, commercial packaging or sample period.
the like, but does not include piping (c) Permissible exposure limits (PEL).
systems. The employer shall assure that no em-
Dermal exposure to MDA occurs where ployee is exposed to an airborne con-
employees are engaged in the handling, centration of MDA in excess of ten
application or use of mixtures or mate- parts per billion (10 ppb) as an 8-hour
rials containing MDA, with any of the time-weighted average or a STEL of 100
following non-airborne forms of MDA: ppb.
(i) Liquid, powdered, granular, or (d) Emergency situations—(1) Written
flaked mixtures containing MDA in plan. (i) A written plan for emergency
381
situations shall be developed for each rately the airborne concentrations of

workplace where there is a possibility MDA to which employees may be ex-
of an emergency. Appropriate portions posed.
of the plan shall be implemented in the (3) Periodic monitoring and monitoring
event of an emergency. frequency. (i) If the monitoring required
(ii) The plan shall specifically pro- by paragraph (e)(2) of this section re-
vide that employees engaged in cor- veals employee exposure at or above
recting emergency conditions shall be the action level, but at or below the
equipped with the appropriate personal PELs, the employer shall repeat such
protective equipment and clothing as representative monitoring for each
required in paragraphs (h) and (i) of such employee at least every six (6)
this section until the emergency is months.
abated. (ii) If the monitoring required by
(iii) The plan shall specifically in- paragraph (e)(2) of this section reveals
clude provisions for alerting and evacu- employee exposure above the PELs, the
ating affected employees as well as the employer shall repeat such monitoring
elements prescribed in 29 CFR 1910.38, for each such employee at least every
‘‘Employee emergency plans and fire three (3) months.
prevention plans.’’ (iii) The employer may alter the
(2) Alerting employees. Where there is monitoring schedule from every three
the possibility of employee exposure to months to every six months for any
MDA due to an emergency, means shall employee for whom two consecutive
be developed to alert promptly those measurements taken at least 7 days
employees who have the potential to be apart indicate that the employee expo-
directly exposed. Affected employees sure has decreased to below the TWA
not engaged in correcting emergency but above the action level.
conditions shall be evacuated imme- (4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the
diately in the event that an emergency initial monitoring required by para-
occurs. Means shall also be developed graph (e)(2) of this section reveals em-
and implemented for alerting other ployee exposure to be below the action
employees who may be exposed as a re- level, the employer may discontinue
sult of the emergency. the monitoring for that employee, ex-
(e) Exposure monitoring—(1) General. cept as otherwise required by para-
(i) Determinations of employee expo- graph (e)(5) of this section.
sure shall be made from breathing zone (ii) If the periodic monitoring re-
air samples that are representative of quired by paragraph (e)(3) of this sec-
each employee’s exposure to airborne tion reveals that employee exposures,
MDA over an eight (8) hour period. De- as indicated by at least two consecu-
termination of employee exposure to tive measurements taken at least 7
the STEL shall be made from breathing days apart, are below the action level
zone air samples collected over a 15 the employer may discontinue the
minute sampling period. monitoring for that employee, except
(ii) Representative employee expo- as otherwise required by paragraph
sure shall be determined on the basis of (e)(5) of this section.
one or more samples representing full (5) Additional monitoring. The em-
shift exposure for each shift for each ployer shall institute the exposure
job classification in each work area monitoring required under paragraphs
where exposure to MDA may occur. (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section when
(iii) Where the employer can docu- there has been a change in production
ment that exposure levels are equiva- process, chemicals present, control
lent for similar operations in different equipment, personnel, or work prac-
work shifts, the employer shall only be tices which may result in new or addi-
required to determine representative tional exposures to MDA, or when the
employee exposure for that operation employer has any reason to suspect a
during one shift. change which may result in new or ad-
(2) Initial monitoring. Each employer ditional exposures.
who has a workplace or work operation (6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring
covered by this standard shall perform shall be accurate, to a confidence level
initial monitoring to determine accu- of 95 percent, to within plus or minus
382
25 percent for airborne concentrations drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or

of MDA. apply cosmetics in regulated areas.
(7) Employee notification of monitoring (g) Methods of compliance—(1) Engi-
results. (i) The employer shall, within neering controls and work practices. (i)
15 working days after the receipt of the The employer shall institute engineer-
results of any monitoring performed ing controls and work practices to re-
under this standard, notify each em- duce and maintain employee exposure
ployee of these results, in writing, ei- to MDA at or below the PELs except to
ther individually or by posting of re- the extent that the employer can es-
sults in an appropriate location that is tablish that these controls are not fea-
accessible to affected employees. sible or where the provisions of para-
(ii) The written notification required graph (g)(1)(ii) or (h)(1) (i) through (iv)
by paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section of this section apply.
shall contain the corrective action (ii) Wherever the feasible engineering
being taken by the employer to reduce controls and work practices which can
the employee exposure to or below the be instituted are not sufficient to re-
PELs, wherever the PELs are exceeded. duce employee exposure to or below the
(8) Visual monitoring. The employer PELs, the employer shall use them to
shall make routine inspections of em- reduce employee exposure to the lowest
ployee hands, face and forearms poten- levels achievable by these controls and
tially exposed to MDA. Other potential shall supplement them by the use of
dermal exposures reported by the em- respiratory protective devices which
ployee must be referred to the appro- comply with the requirements of para-
priate medical personnel for observa- graph (h) of this section.
tion. If the employer determines that
(2) Compliance program. (i) The em-
the employee has been exposed to MDA
ployer shall establish and implement a
the employer shall:
written program to reduce employee
(i) Determine the source of exposure;
exposure to or below the PELs by
(ii) Implement protective measures
means of engineering and work prac-
to correct the hazard; and
tice controls, as required by paragraph
(iii) Maintain records of the correc-
tive actions in accordance with para- (g)(1) of this section, and by use of res-
graph (n) of this section. piratory protection where permitted
(f) Regulated areas—(1) Establishment— under this section. The program shall
(i) Airborne exposures. The employer include a schedule for periodic mainte-
shall establish regulated areas where nance (e.g., leak detection) and shall
airborne concentrations of MDA exceed include the written plan for emergency
or can reasonably be expected to ex- situations as specified in paragraph (d)
ceed, the permissible exposure limits. of this section.
(ii) Dermal exposures. Where employ- (ii) Upon request this written pro-
ees are subject to dermal exposure to gram shall be furnished for examina-
MDA the employer shall establish tion and copying to the Assistant Sec-
those work areas as regulated areas. retary, the Director, affected employ-
(2) Demarcation. Regulated areas shall ees, and designated employee rep-
be demarcated from the rest of the resentatives. The employer shall re-
workplace in a manner that minimizes view and, as necessary, update such
the number of persons potentially ex- plans at least once every 12 months to
posed. make certain they reflect the current
(3) Access. Access to regulated areas status of the program.
shall be limited to authorized persons. (3) Employee rotation. Employee rota-
(4) Personal protective equipment and tion shall not be permitted as a means
clothing. Each person entering a regu- of reducing exposure.
lated area shall be supplied with, and (h) Respiratory protection—(1) General.
required to use, the appropriate per- For employees who use respirators re-
sonal protective clothing and equip- quired by this section, the employer
ment in accordance with paragraphs must provide respirators that comply
(h) and (i) of this section. with the requirements of this para-
(5) Prohibited activities. The employer graph. Respirators must be used dur-
shall ensure that employees do not eat, ing:
383
(i) Periods necessary to install or im- (iv) Emergencies.

plement feasible engineering and work- (2) Respirator program. The employer
practice controls. must implement a respiratory protec-
(ii) Work operations for which the tion program in accordance with 29
employer establishes that engineering CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except
and work-practice controls are not fea- (d)(1)(iii)), and (f) through (m).
sible. (3) Respirator selection. (i) The em-
(iii) Work operations for which fea-
ployer must select, and ensure that
sible engineering and work-practice
employees use, the appropriate res-
controls are not yet sufficient to re-
pirator from Table 1 in this section.
duce employee exposure to or below the
PEL.
TABLE 1—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR MDA
Airborne concentration of MDA or condition Respirator type
of use
a. Less than or equal to 10 × PEL ............. (1) Half-Mask Respirator with HEPA 1 Cartridge.2
b. Less than or equal to 50 × PEL ............. (1) Full facepiece Respirator with HEPA 1 Cartridge or Canister.2
c. Less than or equal to 1000 × PEL .......... (1) Full facepiece powered air-purifying respirator with HEPA 1 cartridges.2
d. Greater than 1000 × PEL or unknown (1) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure
concentrations. mode.
(2) Full facepiece positive pressure demand supplied-air respirator with auxiliary
self-contained air supply.
e. Escape .................................................... (1) Any full facepiece air-purifying respirator with HEPA 1 cartridges; 2
(2) Any positive pressure or continuous flow self-contained breathing apparatus
with full facepiece or hood.
f. Firefighting ............................................... (1) Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus in positive pressure demand
mode.
Note: Respirators assigned for higher environmental concentrations may be used at lower concentrations.
1 High Efficiency Particulate in Air filter (HEPA) means a filter that is at least 99.97 percent efficient against mono-dispersed
particles of 0.3 micrometers or larger.
2 Combination HEPA/Organic Vapor Cartridges shall be used whenever MDA in liquid form or a process requiring heat is used.
(ii) Any employee who cannot use a (2) Removal and storage. (i) The em-
negative-pressure respirator must be ployer shall ensure that, at the end of
given the option of using a positive- their work shift, employees remove
pressure respirator, or a supplied-air MDA-contaminated protective work
respirator operated in the continuous- clothing and equipment that is not
flow or pressure-demand mode. routinely removed throughout the day
(i) Protective work clothing and equip- in change rooms provided in accord-
ment—(1) Provision and use. Where em- ance with the provisions established
ployees are subject to dermal exposure for change rooms.
to MDA, where liquids containing MDA (ii) The employer shall ensure that,
can be splashed into the eyes, or where during their work shift, employees re-
airborne concentrations of MDA are in move all other MDA-contaminated pro-
excess of the PEL, the employer shall tective work clothing or equipment be-
fore leaving a regulated area.
provide, at no cost to the employee,
(iii) The employer shall ensure that
and ensure that the employee uses, ap-
no employee takes MDA-contaminated
propriate protective work clothing and
work clothing or equipment out of the
equipment which prevent contact with
change room, except those employees
MDA such as, but not limited to: authorized to do so for the purpose of
(i) Aprons, coveralls or other full- laundering, maintenance, or disposal.
body work clothing; (iv) MDA-contaminated work cloth-
(ii) Gloves, head coverings, and foot ing or equipment shall be placed and
coverings; and stored in closed containers which pre-
(iii) Face shields, chemical goggles; vent dispersion of the MDA outside the
or container.
(iv) Other appropriate protective (v) Containers of MDA-contaminated
equipment which comply with protective work clothing or equipment
§ 1910.133. which are to be taken out of change
384
rooms or the workplace for cleaning, pursuant to the provisions contained

maintenance, or disposal, shall bear la- herein do not leave the workplace
bels warning of the hazards of MDA. wearing any protective clothing or
(3) Cleaning and replacement. (i) The equipment worn during the work shift.
employer shall provide the employee (ii) Where dermal exposure to MDA
with clean protective clothing and occurs, the employer shall ensure that
equipment. The employer shall ensure materials spilled or deposited on the
that protective work clothing or equip- skin are removed as soon as possible by
ment required by this paragraph is methods which do not facilitate the
cleaned, laundered, repaired, or re- dermal absorption of MDA.
placed at intervals appropriate to (3) Lunch facilities—(i) Availability and
maintain its effectiveness. construction. (A) Whenever food or bev-
(ii) The employer shall prohibit the erages are consumed at the worksite
removal of MDA from protective work and employees are exposed to MDA at
clothing or equipment by blowing, or above the PEL or are subject to der-
shaking, or any methods which allow mal exposure to MDA the employer
MDA to re-enter the workplace. shall provide readily accessible lunch
(iii) The employer shall ensure that areas.
laundering of MDA-contaminated (B) Lunch areas located within the
clothing shall be done so as to prevent workplace and in areas where there is
the release of MDA in the workplace. the potential for airborne exposure to
(iv) Any employer who gives MDA- MDA at or above the PEL shall have a
contaminated clothing to another per- positive pressure, temperature con-
son for laundering shall inform such trolled, filtered air supply.
person of the requirement to prevent (C) Lunch areas may not be located
the release of MDA. in areas within the workplace where
(v) The employer shall inform any the potential for dermal exposure to
person who launders or cleans protec- MDA exists.
tive clothing or equipment contami- (ii) The employer shall ensure that
nated with MDA of the potentially employees who have been subjected to
harmful effects of exposure. dermal exposure to MDA or who have
(vi) MDA-contaminated clothing been exposed to MDA above the PEL
shall be transported in properly la- wash their hands and faces with soap
beled, sealed, impermeable bags or con- and water prior to eating, drinking,
tainers. smoking, or applying cosmetics.
(j) Hygiene facilities and practices—(1) (iii) The employer shall ensure that
Change rooms. (i) The employer shall employees exposed to MDA do not
provide clean change rooms for em- enter lunch facilities with MDA-con-
ployees, who must wear protective taminated protective work clothing or
clothing, or who must use protective equipment.
equipment because of their exposure to (k) Communication of hazards to em-
MDA. ployees—(1) Signs and labels. (i) The em-
(ii) Change rooms must be equipped ployer shall post and maintain legible
with separate storage for protective signs demarcating regulated areas and
clothing and equipment and for street entrances or accessways to regulated
clothes which prevents MDA contami- areas that bear the following legend:
nation of street clothes.
(2) Showers. (i) The employer shall en- DANGER
sure that employees, who work in areas MDA MAY CAUSE CANCER LIVER TOXIN
where there is the potential for expo- AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE
sure resulting from airborne MDA (e.g., CLOTHING
particulates or vapors) above the ac- MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE WORN IN THIS
tion level, shower at the end of the AREA
work shift.
(A) Shower facilities required by this (ii) The employer shall ensure that
paragraph shall comply with labels or other appropriate forms of
§ 1910.141(d)(3). warning are provided for containers of
(B) The employer shall ensure that MDA within the workplace. The labels
employees who are required to shower shall comply with the requirements of
385
29 CFR 1910.1200(f) and shall include the (ii) The employer shall provide to the
following legend: Assistant Secretary and the Director,
(A) For Pure MDA upon request, all information and
training materials relating to the em-
DANGER ployee information and training pro-
CONTAINS MDA gram.
MAY CAUSE CANCER LIVER TOXIN (l) Housekeeping. (1) All surfaces shall
be maintained as free as practicable of
(B) For mixtures containing MDA
visible accumulations of MDA.
DANGER (2) The employer shall institute a
CONTAINS MDA program for detecting MDA leaks,
CONTAINS MATERIALS WHICH MAY spills, and discharges, including reg-
CAUSE ular visual inspections of operations
CANCER LIVER TOXIN involving liquid or solid MDA.
(3) All leaks shall be repaired and liq-
(2) Material safety data sheets (MSDS). uid or dust spills cleaned up promptly.
(i) Employers shall obtain or develop, (4) Surfaces contaminated with MDA
and shall provide access to their em- may not be cleaned by the use of com-
ployees, to a material safety data sheet pressed air.
(MSDS) for MDA. In meeting this obli- (5) Shoveling, dry sweeping, and
gation, employers shall make appro- other methods of dry clean-up of MDA
priate use of the information found in may be used where HEPA-filtered
Appendices A and B. vacuuming and/or wet cleaning are not
(ii) Employers who are manufactur- feasible or practical.
ers or importers shall: (6) Waste, scrap, debris, bags, con-
(A) Comply with paragraph (k) (1) (ii) tainers, equipment, and clothing con-
of this section as appropriate, and taminated with MDA shall be collected
(B) Comply with the requirement in and disposed of in a manner to prevent
OSHA’s Hazard Communication stand- the re-entry of MDA into the work-
ard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, that they deliver place.
to downstream employers an MSDS for (m) Medical surveillance—(1) General.
MDA. (i) The employer shall make available
(3) Information and training. (i) The a medical surveillance program for em-
employer shall provide employees with ployees exposed to MDA:
information and training on MDA, in (A) Employees exposed at or above
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1200(h), at the action level for 30 or more days per
the time of initial assignment and at year;
least annually thereafter. (B) Employees who are subject to
(ii) In addition to the information re- dermal exposure to MDA for 15 or more
quired under 29 CFR 1910.1200, the em- days per year;
ployer shall: (C) Employees who have been exposed
(A) Provide an explanation of the in an emergency situation;
contents of this section, including ap- (D) Employees whom the employer,
pendices A and B, and indicate to em- based on results from compliance with
ployees where a copy of the standard is paragraph (e)(8) of this section, has
available; reason to believe are being dermally
(B) Describe the medical surveillance exposed; and
program required under paragraph (m) (E) Employees who show signs or
of this section, and explain the infor- symptoms of MDA exposure.
mation contained in Appendix C; and (ii) The employer shall ensure that
(C) Describe the medical removal all medical examinations and proce-
provision required under paragraph (m) dures are performed by, or under the
of this section. supervision of, a licensed physician, at
(4) Access to training materials. (i) The a reasonable time and place, and pro-
employer shall make readily available vided without cost to the employee.
to all affected employees, without cost, (2) Initial examinations. (i) Within 150
all written materials relating to the days of the effective date of this stand-
employee training program, including ard, or before the time of initial assign-
a copy of this regulation. ment, the employer shall provide each
386
employee covered by paragraph (4) Emergency examinations. If the em-

(m)(1)(i) of this section with a medical ployer determines that the employee
examination including the following has been exposed to a potentially haz-
elements: ardous amount of MDA in an emer-
(A) A detailed history which in- gency situation as addressed in para-
cludes: graph (d) of this section, the employer
(1) Past work exposure to MDA or shall provide medical examinations in
any other toxic substances; accordance with paragraphs (m)(3)(i)
(2) A history of drugs, alcohol, to- and (ii) of this section. If the results of
bacco, and medication routinely taken liver function testing indicate an ab-
(duration and quantity); and normality, the employee shall be re-
(3) A history of dermatitis, chemical moved in accordance with paragraph
skin sensitization, or previous hepatic (m)(9) of this section. Repeat liver
disease. function tests shall be conducted on
(B) A physical examination which in- the advice of the physician. If the re-
cludes all routine physical examina- sults of the tests are normal, tests
tion parameters, skin examination, and must be repeated two to three weeks
signs of liver disease. from the initial testing. If the results
(C) Laboratory tests including: of the second set of tests are normal
and, on the advice of the physician, no
(1) Liver function tests and
additional testing is required.
(2) Urinalysis.
(5) Additional examinations. Where the
(D) Additional tests as necessary in employee develops signs and symptoms
the opinion of the physician. associated with exposure to MDA, the
(ii) No initial medical examination is employer shall provide the employee
required if adequate records show that with an additional medical examina-
the employee has been examined in action including a liver function test. Re-
cordance with the requirements of this peat liver function tests shall be con-
section within the previous six months ducted on the advice of the physician.
prior to the effective date of this stand- If the results of the tests are normal,
ard or prior to the date of initial as- tests must be repeated two to three
signment. weeks from the initial testing. If the
(3) Periodic examinations. (i) The em- results of the second set of tests are
ployer shall provide each employee normal and, on the advice of the physi-
covered by this section with a medical cian, no additional testing is required.
examination at least annually fol- (6) Multiple physician review mecha-
lowing the initial examination. These nism. (i) If the employer selects the ini-
periodic examinations shall include at tial physician who conducts any med-
least the following elements: ical examination or consultation pro-
(A) A brief history regarding any new vided to an employee under this sec-
exposure to potential liver toxins, tion, and the employee has signs or
changes in drug, tobacco, and alcohol symptoms of occupational exposure to
intake, and the appearance of physical MDA (which could include an abnormal
signs relating to the liver, and the liver function test), and the employee
skin; disagrees with the opinion of the exam-
(B) The appropriate tests and exami- ining physician, and this opinion could
nations including liver function tests affect the employee’s job status, the
and skin examinations; and employee may designate an appro-
(C) Appropriate additional tests or priate, mutually acceptable second
examinations as deemed necessary by physician:
the physician. (A) To review any findings, deter-
(ii) If in the physicians’ opinion the minations, or recommendations of the
results of liver function tests indicate initial physician; and
an abnormality, the employee shall be (B) To conduct such examinations,
removed from further MDA exposure in consultations, and laboratory tests as
accordance with paragraph (m)(9) of the second physician deems necessary
this section. Repeat liver function to facilitate this review.
tests shall be conducted on advice of (ii) The employer shall promptly no-
the physician. tify an employee of the right to seek a
387
second medical opinion after each oc- (C) The employee’s current actual or
casion that an initial physician con- representative MDA exposure level;
ducts a medical examination or con- (D) A description of any personal pro-
sultation pursuant to this section. The tective equipment used or to be used;
employer may condition its participa- and
tion in, and payment for, the multiple (E) Information from previous em-
physician review mechanism upon the ployment-related medical examina-
employee doing the following within tions of the affected employee.
fifteen (15) days after receipt of the (ii) The employer shall provide the
foregoing notification, or receipt of the foregoing information to a second phy-
initial physician’s written opinion, sician under this section upon request
whichever is later: either by the second physician, or by
(A) The employee informing the em- the employee.
ployer that he or she intends to seek a (8) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For
second medical opinion, and each examination under this section,
(B) The employee initiating steps to the employer shall obtain, and provide
make an appointment with a second the employee with a copy of, the exam-
physician. ining physician’s written opinion with-
(iii) If the findings, determinations, in 15 days of its receipt. The written
or recommendations of the second phy- opinion shall include the following:
sician differ from those of the initial (A) The occupationally-pertinent re-
physician, then the employer and the sults of the medical examination and
employee shall assure that efforts are tests;
made for the two physicians to resolve (B) The physician’s opinion con-
any disagreement. cerning whether the employee has any
detected medical conditions which
(iv) If the two physicians have been
would place the employee at increased
unable to resolve quickly their dis-
risk of material impairment of health
agreement, then the employer and the
from exposure to MDA;
employee through their respective phy-
(C) The physician’s recommended
sicians shall designate a third physi-
limitations upon the employee’s expo-
cian;
sure to MDA or upon the employee’s
(A) To review any findings, deter-
use of protective clothing or equipment
minations, or recommendations of the
and respirators; and
prior physicians; and
(D) A statement that the employee
(B) To conduct such examinations, has been informed by the physician of
consultations, laboratory tests, and the results of the medical examination
discussions with the prior physicians and any medical conditions resulting
as the third physician deems necessary from MDA exposure which require fur-
to resolve the disagreement of the ther explanation or treatment.
prior physicians. (ii) The written opinion obtained by
(v) The employer shall act consistent the employer shall not reveal specific
with the findings, determinations, and findings or diagnoses unrelated to oc-
recommendations of the third physi- cupational exposures.
cian, unless the employer and the em- (9) Medical removal—(i) Temporary
ployee reach an agreement which is medical removal of an employee—(A)
otherwise consistent with the rec- Temporary removal resulting from occupa-
ommendations of at least one of the tional exposure. The employee shall be
three physicians. removed from work environments in
(7) Information provided to the exam- which exposure to MDA is at or above
ining and consulting physicians. (i) The the action level or where dermal expo-
employer shall provide the following sure to MDA may occur, following an
information to the examining physi- initial examination (paragraph (m)(2)
cian: of this section), periodic examinations
(A) A copy of this regulation and its (paragraph (m)(3) of this section), an
appendices; emergency situation paragraph (m)(4)
(B) A description of the affected em- of this section, or an additional exam-
ployee’s duties as they relate to the ination (paragraph (m)(5) of this sec-
employee’s potential exposure to MDA; tion) in the following circumstances:
388
(1) When the employee exhibits signs under the terms of a collective bar-
and/or symptoms indicative of acute gaining agreement.
exposure to MDA; or (iii) Removal of other employee special
(2) When the examining physician de- protective measure or limitations. The
termines that an employee’s abnormal employer shall remove any limitations
liver function tests are not associated placed on an employee, or end any spe-
with MDA exposure but that the abnor- cial protective measures provided to an
malities may be exacerbated as a re- employee, pursuant to a final medical
sult of occupational exposure to MDA. determination, when a subsequent final
(B) Temporary removal due to a final medical determination indicates that
medical determination. (1) The employer the limitations or special protective
shall remove an employee from work measures are no longer necessary.
environments in which exposure to (iv) Employer options pending a final
MDA is at or above the action level or medical determination. Where the physi-
where dermal exposure to MDA may cian review mechanism used pursuant
occur, on each occasion that there is a to the medical surveillance provisions
final medical determination or opinion of this section, has not yet resulted in
that the employee has a detected med- a final medical determination with re-
ical condition which places the em- spect to an employee, the employer
ployee at increased risk of material shall act as follows:
impairment to health from exposure to
(A) Removal. The employer may re-
MDA.
move the employee from exposure to
(2) For the purposes of this section,
MDA, provide special protective meas-
the phrase ‘‘final medical determina-
ures to the employee, or place limita-
tion’’ shall mean the outcome of the
tions upon the employee, consistent
physician review mechanism used pur-
with the medical findings, determina-
suant to the medical surveillance pro-
tions, or recommendations of any of
visions of this section.
the physicians who have reviewed the
(3) Where a final medical determina-
employee’s health status.
tion results in any recommended spe-
cial protective measures for an em- (B) Return. The employer may return
ployee, or limitations on an employee’s the employee to his or her former job
exposure to MDA, the employer shall status, and end any special protective
implement and act consistent with the measures provided to the employee,
recommendation. consistent with the medical findings,
(ii) Return of the employee to former job determinations, or recommendations of
status. (A) The employer shall return any of the physicians who have re-
an employee to his or her former job viewed the employee’s health status,
status: with two exceptions.
(1) When the employee no longer (1) If the initial removal, special pro-
shows signs or symptoms of exposure tection, or limitation of the employee
to MDA, or upon the advice of the phy- resulted from a final medical deter-
sician. mination which differed from the find-
(2) When a subsequent final medical ings, determinations, or recommenda-
determination results in a medical tions of the initial physician; or
finding, determination, or opinion that (2) If the employee has been on re-
the employee no longer has a detected moval status for the preceding six
medical condition which places the em- months as a result of exposure to MDA,
ployee at increased risk of material then the employer shall await a final
impairment to health from exposure to medical determination.
MDA. (v) Medical removal protection bene-
(B) For the purposes of this section, fits—(A) Provisions of medical removal
the requirement that an employer re- protection benefits. The employer shall
turn an employee to his or her former provide to an employee up to six (6)
job status is not intended to expand months of medical removal protection
upon or restrict any rights an em- benefits on each occasion that an em-
ployee has or would have had, absent ployee is removed from exposure to
temporary medical removal, to a spe- MDA or otherwise limited pursuant to
cific job classification or position this section.
389
(B) Definition of medical removal pro- tain a final medical determination

tection benefits. For the purposes of this with respect to the employee;
section, the requirement that an em- (2) The employer shall assure that
ployer provide medical removal protec- the final medical determination ob-
tion benefits means that the employer tained indicates whether or not the
shall maintain the earnings, seniority, employee may be returned to his or her
and other employment rights and bene- former job status, and, if not, what
fits of an employee as though the em- steps should be taken to protect the
ployee had not been removed from nor- employee’s health;
mal exposure to MDA or otherwise lim- (3) Where the final medical deter-
ited. mination has not yet been obtained, or,
(C) Follow-up medical surveillance dur- once obtained indicates that the em-
ing the period of employee removal or lim- ployee may not yet be returned to his
itations. During the period of time that or her former job status, the employer
an employee is removed from normal shall continue to provide medical re-
exposure to MDA or otherwise limited, moval protection benefits to the em-
the employer may condition the provi- ployee until either the employee is re-
sion of medical removal protection turned to former job status, or a final
benefits upon the employee’s participa- medical determination is made that
tion in follow-up medical surveillance the employee is incapable of ever safe-
made available pursuant to this sec- ly returning to his or her former job
tion. status; and
(D) Workers’ compensation claims. If a (4) Where the employer acts pursuant
removed employee files a claim for to a final medical determination which
workers’ compensation payments for a permits the return of the employee to
MDA-related disability, then the em- his or her former job status, despite
ployer shall continue to provide med- what would otherwise be an abnormal
liver function test, later questions con-
ical removal protection benefits pend-
cerning removing the employee again
ing disposition of the claim. To the ex-
shall be decided by a final medical de-
tent that an award is made to the em-
termination. The employer need not
ployee for earnings lost during the pe-
automatically remove such an em-
riod of removal, the employer’s med-
ployee pursuant to the MDA removal
ical removal protection obligation
criteria provided by this section.
shall be reduced by such amount. The
(vi) Voluntary removal or restriction of
employer shall receive no credit for
an employee. Where an employer, al-
workers’ compensation payments re-
though not required by this section to
ceived by the employee for treatment-
do so, removes an employee from expo-
related expenses. sure to MDA or otherwise places limi-
(E) Other credits. The employer’s obli- tations on an employee due to the ef-
gation to provide medical removal pro- fects of MDA exposure on the employ-
tection benefits to a removed employee ee’s medical condition, the employer
shall be reduced to the extent that the shall provide medical removal protec-
employee receives compensation for tion benefits to the employee equal to
earnings lost during the period of re- that required by paragraph (m)(9)(v) of
moval either from a publicly or em- this section.
ployer-funded compensation program, (n) Recordkeeping—(1) Monitoring data
or receives income from non-MDA-re- for exempted employers. (i) Where as a
lated employment with any employer result of the initial monitoring the
made possible by virtue of the employ- processing, use, or handling of products
ee’s removal. made from or containing MDA are ex-
(F) Employees who do not recover with- empted from other requirements of this
in the 6 months of removal. The em- section under paragraph (a)(2) of this
ployer shall take the following meas- section, the employer shall establish
ures with respect to any employee re- and maintain an accurate record of
moved from exposure to MDA: monitoring relied on in support of the
(1) The employer shall make avail- exemption.
able to the employee a medical exam- (ii) This record shall include at least
ination pursuant to this section to ob- the following information:
390
(A) The product qualifying for ex- dure used to determine representative
emption; employee exposures;
(B) The source of the monitoring (B) Identification of the sampling
data (e.g., was monitoring performed and analytical methods used;
by the employer or a private con- (C) A description of the type of res-
tractor); piratory protective devices worn, if
(C) The testing protocol, results of any; and
testing, and/or analysis of the material (D) The name, social security num-
for the release of MDA; ber, job classification and exposure lev-
(D) A description of the operation ex- els of the employee monitored and all
empted and how the data support the other employees whose exposure the
exemption (e.g., are the monitoring measurement is intended to represent.
data representative of the conditions (iii) The employer shall maintain
at the affected facility); and this record for at least 30 years, in ac-
(E) Other data relevant to the oper- cordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
ations, materials, processing, or em- (4) Medical surveillance. (i) The em-
ployee exposures covered by the ex- ployer shall establish and maintain an
emption. accurate record for each employee sub-
(iii) The employer shall maintain ject to medical surveillance required
this record for the duration of the em- by paragraph (m) of this section, in ac-
ployer’s reliance upon such objective cordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
data. (ii) This record shall include:
(2) Objective data for exempted employ- (A) The name, social security number
ers. (i) Where the processing, use, or and description of the duties of the em-
handling of products made from or con- ployee;
taining MDA are exempted from other (B) The employer’s copy of the physi-
requirements of this section under cian’s written opinion on the initial,
paragraph (a) of this section, the em- periodic, and any special examinations,
ployer shall establish and maintain an including results of medical examina-
accurate record of objective data relied tion and all tests, opinions, and rec-
upon in support of the exemption. ommendations;
(ii) This record shall include at least (C) Results of any airborne exposure
the following information: monitoring done for that employee and
(A) The product qualifying for ex- the representative exposure levels sup-
emption; plied to the physician; and
(B) The source of the objective data; (D) Any employee medical com-
(C) The testing protocol, results of plaints related to exposure to MDA;
testing, and/or analysis of the material (iii) The employer shall keep, or as-
for the release of MDA; sure that the examining physician
(D) A description of the operation ex- keeps, the following medical records:
empted and how the data support the (A) A copy of this standard and its
exemption; and appendices, except that the employer
(E) Other data relevant to the oper- may keep one copy of the standard and
ations, materials, processing, or emits appendices for all employees pro-
ployee exposures covered by the ex- vided the employer references the
emption. standard and its appendices in the med-
(iii) The employer shall maintain ical surveillance record of each em-
this record for the duration of the employee;
ployer’s reliance upon such objective (B) A copy of the information pro-
data. vided to the physician as required by
(3) Exposure measurements. (i) The em- any paragraphs in the regulatory text;
ployer shall establish and maintain an (C) A description of the laboratory
accurate record of all measurements procedures and a copy of any standards
required by paragraph (e) of this sec- or guidelines used to interpret the test
tion, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.20. results or references to the informa-
(ii) This record shall include: tion;
(A) The dates, number, duration, and (D) A copy of the employee’s medical
results of each of the samples taken, and work history related to exposure
including a description of the proce- to MDA; and
391
(iv) The employer shall maintain this the records to the Director if so re-
record for at least the duration of em- quested by the Director within that pe-
ployment plus 30 years, in accordance riod.
with 29 CFR 1910.20. (o) Observation of monitoring—(1) Em-
(5) Medical removals. (i) The employer ployee observation. The employer shall
shall establish and maintain an accu- provide affected employees, or their
rate record for each employee removed designated representatives, an oppor-
from current exposure to MDA pursu- tunity to observe the measuring or
ant to paragraph (m) of this section. monitoring of employee exposure to
(ii) Each record shall include: MDA conducted pursuant to paragraph
(A) The name and social security (e) of this section.
number of the employee; (2) Observation procedures. When ob-
(B) The date of each occasion that servation of the measuring or moni-
the employee was removed from cur- toring of employee exposure to MDA
rent exposure to MDA as well as the requires entry into areas where the use
corresponding date on which the em- of protective clothing and equipment
ployee was returned to his or her or respirators is required, the employer
former job status; shall provide the observer with per-
(C) A brief explanation of how each sonal protective clothing and equip-
removal was or is being accomplished; ment or respirators required to be worn
and by employees working in the area, as-
(D) A statement with respect to each sure the use of such clothing and equip-
removal indicating the reason for the ment or respirators, and require the
removal. observer to comply with all other ap-
(iii) The employer shall maintain plicable safety and health procedures.
each medical removal record for at (p) Effective date. This standard shall
least the duration of an employee’s em- become effective September 9, 1992.
ployment plus 30 years. (q) Appendices. The information con-
(6) Availability. (i) The employer shall tained in appendices A, B, C and D of
assure that records required to be this section is not intended by itself, to
maintained by this section shall be create any additional obligations not
made available, upon request, to the otherwise imposed by this standard nor
Assistant Secretary and the Director detract from any existing obligation.
for examination and copying. The protocols for respiratory fit test-
(ii) Employee exposure monitoring ing in appendix E of this section are
records required by this section shall mandatory.
be provided upon request for examina- (r) Startup dates. Compliance with all
tion and copying to employees, em- obligations of this standard commence
ployee representatives, and the Assist- on the effective date except as follows:
ant Secretary in accordance with 29 (1) Initial monitoring under para-
CFR 1910.20 (a)–(e) and (g)–(i). graph (e)(2) of this section shall be
(iii) Employee medical records re- completed as soon as possible but no
quired by this section shall be provided later than December 8, 1992.
upon request for examination and (2) Medical examinations under para-
copying, to the subject employee, to graph (m) of this section shall be com-
anyone having the specific written con- pleted as soon as possible but no later
sent of the subject employee, and to than February 8, 1993.
the Assistant Secretary in accordance (3) Emergency plans required by
with 29 CFR 1910.20. paragraph (d) of this section shall be
(7) Transfer of records. (i) The em- provided and available for inspection
ployer shall comply with the require- and copying as soon as possible but no
ments involving transfer of records set later than January 7, 1993.
forth in 29 CFR 1910.20(h). (4) Initial training and education
(ii) If the employer ceases to do busi- shall be completed as soon as possible
ness and there is no successor employer but no later than January 7, 1993.
to receive and retain the records for (5) Hygiene and lunchroom facilities
the prescribed period, the employer under paragraph (j) shall be in oper-
shall notify the Director, at least 90 ation as soon as possible but no later
days prior to disposal, and transmit than September 9, 1993.
392
(6) Respiratory Protection required III. Protective Clothing and Equipment

by paragraph (h) of this section shall A. Respirators. Respirators are required
be provided as soon as possible but no for those operations in which engineering
later than January 7, 1993. controls or work-practice controls are not
adequate or feasible to reduce exposure to
(7) Written compliance plans required
the permissible limit. If respirators are
by paragraph (g)(2) of this section shall worn, they must have a label issued by the
be completed and available for inspec- National Institute for Occupational Safety
tion and copying as soon as possible and Health under the provisions of 42 CFR
but no later than January 7, 1993. part 84 stating that the respirators have been
approved for this purpose, and cartridges and
(8) OSHA shall enforce the permis-
canisters must be replaced in accordance
sible exposure limits in paragraph (c) with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.134. If
of this section no earlier than January you experience difficulty breathing while
7, 1993. wearing a respirator, you can request a posi-
(9) Engineering controls needed to tive-pressure respirator from your employer.
achieve the PELs must be in place Sep- You must be thoroughly trained to use the
assigned respirator, and the training must be
tember 9, 1993. provided by your employer.
(10) Personal protective clothing re- MDA does not have a detectable odor ex-
quired by paragraph (i) of this section cept at levels well above the permissible ex-
shall be available January 7, 1993. posure limits. Do not depend on odor to warn
you when a respirator canister is exhausted.
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1050—SUBSTANCE If you can smell MDA while wearing a res-
DATA SHEET, FOR 4,4′- pirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If
you experience difficulty breathing while
METHYLENEDIANILINE wearing a respirator, tell your employer.
B. Protective Clothing. You may be required
to wear coveralls, aprons, gloves, face
A. Substance: Methylenedianiline (MDA) shields, or other appropriate protective
B. Permissible Exposure: clothing to prevent skin contact with MDA.
1. Airborne: Ten parts per billion parts of Where protective clothing is required, your
air (10 ppb), time-weighted average (TWA) employer is required to provide clean gar-
for an 8-hour workday and an action level of ments to you, as necessary, to assure that
five parts per billion parts of air (5 ppb). the clothing protects you adequately. Re-
place or repair impervious clothing that has
2. Dermal: Eye contact and skin contact
developed leaks.
with MDA are not permitted.
MDA should never be allowed to remain on
C. Appearance and odor: White to tan solid; the skin. Clothing and shoes which are not
amine odor impervious to MDA should not be allowed to
become contaminated with MDA, and if they
do, the clothing and shoes should be prompt-
A. Ways in which MDA affects your health. ly removed and decontaminated. The cloth-
MDA can affect your health if you inhale it, ing should be laundered to remove MDA or
or if it comes in contact with your skin or discarded. Once MDA penetrates shoes or
eyes. MDA is also harmful if you happen to other leather articles, they should not be
swallow it. Do not get MDA in eyes, on skin, worn again.
or on clothing. C. Eye protection. You must wear
splashproof safety goggles in areas where liq-
B. Effects of overexposure. 1. Short-term
uid MDA may contact your eyes. Contact
(acute) overexposure: Overexposure to MDA
lenses should not be worn in areas where eye
may produce fever, chills, loss of appetite,
contact with MDA can occur. In addition,
vomiting, jaundice. Contact may irritate
you must wear a face shield if your face
skin, eyes and mucous membranes. Sen- could be splashed with MDA liquid.
sitization may occur.
2. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated or IV. Emergency and First Aid Procedures
prolonged exposure to MDA, even at rel- A. Eye and face exposure. If MDA is
atively low concentrations, may cause can- splashed into the eyes, wash the eyes for at
cer. In addition, damage to the liver, kid- least 15 minutes. See a doctor as soon as pos-
neys, blood, and spleen may occur with long sible.
term exposure. B. Skin exposure. If MDA is spilled on your
3. Reporting signs and symptoms. You should clothing or skin, remove the contaminated
inform your employer if you develop any clothing and wash the exposed skin with
signs or symptoms which you suspect are large amounts of soap and water imme-
caused by exposure to MDA including yellow diately. Wash contaminated clothing before
staining of the skin. you wear it again.
393
C. Breathing. If you or any other person B. Emergency clean-up. Wear self-contained
breathes in large amounts of MDA, get the breathing apparatus and fully clothe the
exposed person to fresh air at once. Apply ar- body in the appropriate personal protective
tificial respiration if breathing has stopped. clothing and equipment.
Call for medical assistance or a doctor as
soon as possible. Never enter any vessel or APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1050—SUBSTANCE
confined space where the MDA concentration TECHNICAL GUIDELINES, MDA
might be high without proper safety equip-
ment and at least one other person present I. Identification
who will stay outside. A life line should be
A. Substance identification.
used.
1. Synonyms: CAS No. 101–77–9. 4,4′-
D. Swallowing. If MDA has been swallowed
methylenedianiline; 4,4′-
and the patient is conscious, do not induce
methylenebisaniline; methylenedianiline;
vomiting. Call for medical assistance or a
dianilinomethane.
doctor immediately.
2. Formula: C13 H14 N2
V. Medical Requirements
II. Physical Data
If you are exposed to MDA at a concentra-
1. Appearance and Odor: White to tan solid;
tion at or above the action level for more
amine odor
than 30 days per year, or exposed to liquid
2. Molecular Weight: 198.26
mixtures more than 15 days per year, your
3. Boiling Point: 398–399 degrees C at 760
employer is required to provide a medical ex-
mm Hg
amination, including a medical history and
laboratory tests, within 60 days of the effec- 4. Melting Point: 88–93 degrees C (190–100
tive date of this standard and annually degrees F)
thereafter. These tests shall be provided 5. Vapor Pressure: 9 mmHg at 232 degrees C
without cost to you. In addition, if you are 6. Evaporation Rate (n-butyl acetate = 1):
accidentally exposed to MDA (either by in- Negligible
gestion, inhalation, or skin/eye contact) 7. Vapor Density (Air=1): Not Applicable
under conditions known or suspected to con- 8. Volatile Fraction by Weight: Negligible
stitute toxic exposure to MDA, your em- 9. Specific Gravity (Water=1): Slight
ployer is required to make special examina- 10. Heat of Combustion: ¥8.40 kcal/g
tions and tests available to you. 11. Solubility in Water: Slightly soluble in
cold water, very soluble in alcohol, benzene,
VI. Observation of Monitoring ether, and many organic solvents.
Your employer is required to perform III. Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard
measurements that are representative of Data
your exposure to MDA and you or your des-
ignated representative are entitled to ob- 1. Flash Point: 190 degrees C (374 degrees F)
serve the monitoring procedure. You are en- Setaflash closed cup
titled to observe the steps taken in the 2. Flash Point: 226 degrees C (439 degrees F)
measurement procedure and to record the re- Cleveland open cup
sults obtained. When the monitoring proce- 3. Extinguishing Media: Water spray; Dry
dure is taking place in an area where res- Chemical; Carbon dioxide.
pirators or personal protective clothing and 4. Special Fire Fighting Procedures: Wear
equipment are required to be worn, you and self-contained breathing apparatus and pro-
your representative must also be provided tective clothing to prevent contact with skin
with, and must wear, the protective clothing and eyes.
and equipment. 5. Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards:
Fire or excessive heat may cause production
VII. Access to Records of hazardous decomposition products.
You or your representative are entitled to IV. Reactivity Data
see the records of measurements of your ex-
posure to MDA upon written request to your 1. Stability: Stable
employer. Your medical examination records 2. Incompatibility: Strong oxidizers
can be furnished to your physician or des- 3. Hazardous Decomposition Products: As
ignated representative upon request by you with any other organic material, combustion
to your employer. may produce carbon monoxide. Oxides of ni-
trogen may also be present.
VIII. Precautions for Safe Use, Handling and 4. Hazardous Polymerization: Will not
Storage occur.
A. Material is combustible. Avoid strong
V. Spill and Leak Procedures
acids and their anhydrides. Avoid strong
oxidants. Consult supervisor for disposal re- 1. Sweep material onto paper and place in
quirements. fiber carton.
394
2. Package appropriately for safe feed to an cause damage to the eyes. Dermatitis and
incinerator or dissolve in compatible waste skin sensitization have been observed. Al-
solvents prior to incineration. most all forms of acute environmental he-
3. Dispose of in an approved incinerator patic injury in humans involve the hepatic
equipped with afterburner and scrubber or parenchyma and produce hepatocellular
contract with licensed chemical waste dis- jaundice. This agent produces intrahepatic
posal service. cholestasis. The clinical picture consists of
4. Discharge treatment or disposal may be cholestatic jaundice, preceded or accom-
subject to federal, state, or local laws. panied by abdominal pain, fever, and chills.
5. Wear appropriate personal protective Onset in about 60% of all observed cases is
equipment. abrupt with severe abdominal pain. In about
30% of observed cases, the illness presented
VI. Special Storage and Handling Precautions and evolved more slowly and less dramati-
A. High exposure to MDA can occur when cally, with only slight abdominal pain. In
transferring the substance from one con- about 10% of the cases only jaundice was evi-
tainer to another. Such operations should be dent. The cholestatic nature of the jaundice
well ventilated and good work practices is evident in the prominence of itching, the
must be established to avoid spills. histologic predominance of bile stasis, and
B. Pure MDA is a solid with a low vapor portal inflammatory infiltration, accom-
pressure. Grinding or heating operations in- panied by only slight parenchymal injury in
crease the potential for exposure. most cases, and by the moderately elevated
C. Store away from oxidizing materials. transaminase values. Acute, high doses, how-
D. Employers shall advise employees of all ever, have been known to cause
areas and operations where exposure to MDA hepatocellular damage resulting in elevated
could occur. SGPT, SGOT, alkaline phosphatase and bili-
rubin.
VII. Housekeeping and Hygiene Facilities Absorption through the skin is rapid. MDA
A. The workplace should be kept clean, or- is metabolized and excreted over a 48-hour
derly, and in a sanitary condition. period. Direct contact may be irritating to
The employer should institute a leak and the skin, causing dermatitis. Also MDA
spill detection program for operations in- which is deposited on the skin is not thor-
volving MDA in order to detect sources of fu- oughly removed through washing.
gitive MDA emissions. MDA may cause bladder cancer in humans.
B. Adequate washing facilities with hot Animal data supporting this assumption is
and cold water are to be provided and main- not available nor is conclusive human data.
tained in a sanitary condition. Suitable However, human data collected on workers
cleansing agents should also be provided to at a helicopter manufacturing facility where
assure the effective removal of MDA from MDA is used suggests a higher incidence of
the skin. bladder cancer among exposed workers.
VIII. Common Operations III. Signs and Symptoms

Common operations in which exposure to Skin may become yellow from contact
MDA is likely to occur include the following: with MDA.
Manufacture of MDA; Manufacture of Meth- Repeated or prolonged contact with MDA
ylene diisocyanate; Curing agent for epoxy may result in recurring dermatitis (red-
resin structures; Wire coating operations; itchy, cracked skin) and eye irritation. Inha-
and filament winding. lation, ingestion or absorption through the
skin at high concentrations may result in
APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1050—MEDICAL hepatitis, causing symptoms such as fever
SURVEILLANCE GUIDELINES FOR MDA and chills, nausea and vomiting, dark urine,
anorexia, rash, right upper quadrant pain
I. Route of Entry and jaundice. Corneal burns may occur when
Inhalation; skin absorption; ingestion. MDA is splashed in the eyes.
MDA can be inhaled, absorbed through the
skin, or ingested. IV. Treatment of Acute Toxic Effects/Emergency
Situation
II. Toxicology
If MDA gets into the eyes, immediately
MDA is a suspect carcinogen in humans. wash eyes with large amounts of water. If
There are several reports of liver disease in MDA is splashed on the skin, immediately
humans and animals resulting from acute ex- wash contaminated skin with mild soap or
posure to MDA. A well documented case of detergent. Employee should be removed from
an acute cardiomyopathy secondary to expo- exposure and given proper medical treat-
sure to MDA is on record. Numerous human ment. Medical tests required under the emer-
cases of hepatitis secondary to MDA are gency section of the medical surveillance
known. Upon direct contact MDA may also section (M)(4) must be conducted.
395
If the chemical is swallowed do not induce added before or after the filters are trans-
vomiting but remove by gastric lavage. ferred. The vials must be sealable and capa-
ble of holding at least 7 mL of liquid. Small
APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1050—SAMPLING glass scintillation vials with caps containing
AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR Teflon liners are recommended.
MDA MONITORING AND MEASURE-
Reagents
MENT PROCEDURES
Deionized water is needed for addition to
Measurements taken for the purpose of de- the vials.
termining employee exposure to MDA are
best taken so that the representative aver- Sampling Technique
age 8-hour exposure may be determined from
a single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour sam- Immediately before sampling, remove the
ples. Short-time interval samples (or grab plastic plugs from the filter cassettes.
samples) may also be used to determine av- Attach the cassette to the sampling pump
erage exposure level if a minimum of five with flexible tubing and place the cassette in
measurements are taken in a random man- the employee’s breathing zone.
ner over the 8-hour work shift. Random sam- After sampling, seal the cassettes with
pling means that any portion of the work plastic plugs until the filters are transferred
shift has the same chance of being sampled to the vials containing deionized water.
as any other. The arithmetic average of all At some convenient time within 10 hours
such random samples taken on one work of sampling, transfer the sample filters to
shift is an estimate of an employee’s average vials.
level of exposure for that work shift. Air Seal the small vials lengthwise.
samples should be taken in the employee’s Submit at least one blank filter with each
breathing zone (air that would most nearly sample set. Blanks should be handled in the
represent that inhaled by the employee). same manner as samples, but no air is drawn
There are a number of methods available through them.
for monitoring employee exposures to MDA. Record sample volumes (in L of air) for
The method OSHA currently uses is included each sample, along with any potential inter-
below. ferences.
The employer, however, has the obligation
of selecting any monitoring method which Retention Efficiency
meets the accuracy and precision require-
A retention efficiency study was performed
ments of the standard under his unique field
by drawing 100 L of air (80% relative humid-
conditions. The standard requires that the
ity) at 1 L/min through sample filters that
method of monitoring must have an accu-
had been spiked with 0.814 µg MDA. Instead
racy, to a 95 percent confidence level, of not
of using backup pads, blank acid-treated fil-
less than plus or minus 25 percent for the se-
ters were used as backups in each cassette.
lect PEL.
Upon analysis, the top filters were found to
OSHA Methodology have an average of 91.8% of the spiked
amount. There was no MDA found on the
Sampling Procedure bottom filters, so the amount lost was prob-
ably due to the slight instability of the MDA
Apparatus salt.
Samples are collected by use of a personal
sampling pump that can be calibrated within Extraction Efficiency
±5% of the recommended flow rate with the The average extraction efficiency for six
sampling filter in line. filters spiked at the target concentration is
Samples are collected on 37 mm Gelman 99.6%.
type A/E glass fiber filters treated with sul- The stability of extracted and derivatized
furic acid. The filters are prepared by soak- samples was verified by reanalyzing the
ing each filter with 0.5 mL of 0.26N H2 SO4. above six samples the next day using fresh
(0.26 N H2 SO4 can be prepared by diluting 1.5 standards. The average extraction efficiency
mL of 36N H2 SO4 to 200 mL with deionized for the reanalyzed samples is 98.7%.
water.) The filters are dried in an oven at 100
degrees C for one hour and then assembled Recommended Air Volume and Sampling
into two-piece 37 mm polystyrene cassettes Rate
with backup pads. The cassettes are sealed
with shrink bands and the ends are plugged The recommended air volume is 100 L.
with plastic plugs. The recommended sampling rate is 1 L/
After sampling, the filters are carefully re- min.
moved from the cassettes and individually
Interferences (Sampling)
transferred to small vials containing ap-
proximately 2 mL deionized water. The vials MDI appears to be a positive interference.
must be tightly sealed. The water can be It was found that when MDI was spiked onto
396
an acid-treated filter, the MDI converted to 25 uL HFAA are added to each vial and the
MDA after air was drawn through it. vials are capped and shaken for 10 seconds.
Suspected interferences should be reported After 10 min, 1 mL of buffer is added to
to the laboratory with submitted samples. each vial.
The vials are recapped and shaken for 10
Safety Precautions (Sampling) seconds.
Attach the sampling equipment to the em- After allowing the layers to separate,
ployees so that it will not interfere with aliquots of the toluene (upper) layers are re-
work performance or safety. moved with a syringe and analyzed by GC.
Follow all safety procedures that apply to Analytical standard concentrations should
the work area being sampled. bracket sample concentrations. Thus, if sam-
ples fall out of the range of prepared stand-
Analytical Procedure ards, additional standards must be prepared
to ascertain detector response.
Apparatus: The following are required for
analysis. Sample Preparation
A GC equipped with an electron capture de-
tector. For this evaluation a Tracor 222 Gas The sample filters are received in vials
Chromatograph equipped with a Nickel 63 containing deionized water.
High Temperature Electron Capture Detec- 1 mL of 0.5N NaOH and 2.0 mL toluene are
tor and a Linearizer was used. added to each vial.
A GC column capable of separating the The vials are recapped and shaken for 10
MDA derivative from the solvent and inter- min.
ferences. A 6 ft X 2 mm ID glass column After allowing the layers to separate, ap-
packed with 3% OV–101 coated on 100/120 Gas proximately 1 mL aliquots of the toluene
Chrom Q was used in this evaluation. (upper) layers are transferred to separate
A electronic integrator or some other suit- vials with clean disposable pipets.
able means of measuring peak areas or The toluene layers are treated and ana-
heights. lyzed.
Small resealable vials with Teflon-lined
caps capable of holding 4 mL. Analysis
A dispenser or pipet for toluene capable of GC conditions
delivering 2.0 mL.
Pipets (or repipets with plastic or Teflon Zone temperatures:
tips) capable of delivering 1 mL for the so- Column—220 degrees C
dium hydroxide and buffer solutions. Injector—235 degrees C
A repipet capable of delivering 25 µL Detector—335 degrees C
HFAA. Gas flows, Ar/CH4 Column—28 mL/min
Syringes for preparation of standards and (95/5) Purge—40 mL/min
injection of standards and samples into a GC. Injection volume: 5.0 uL
Volumetric flasks and pipets to dilute the Column: 6 ft X 1/8 in ID glass, 3% OV–101 on
pure MDA in preparation of standards. 100/120 Gas Chrom Q
Disposable pipets to transfer the toluene Retention time of MDA derivative: 3.5 min
layers after the samples are extracted.
Chromatogram
Reagents
Peak areas or heights are measured by an
0.5 NaOH prepared from reagent grade integrator or other suitable means.
NaOH. A calibration curve is constructed by plot-
Toluene, pesticide grade. Burdick and ting response (peak areas or heights) of
Jackson distilled in glass toluene was used. standard injections versus ug of MDA per
Heptafluorobutyric acid anhydride sample. Sample concentrations must be
(HFAA). HFAA from Pierce Chemical Com- bracketed by standards.
pany was used.
pH 7.0 phosphate buffer, prepared from 136 Interferences (Analytical)
g potassium dihydrogen phosphate and 1 L Any compound that gives an electron cap-
deionized water. The pH is adjusted to 7.0 ture detector response and has the same gen-
with saturated sodium hydroxide solution. eral retention time as the HFAA derivative
4,4′ -Methylenedianiline (MDA), reagent of MDA is a potential interference. Sus-
grade. pected interferences reported to the labora-
tory with submitted samples by the indus-
Standard Preparation
trial hygienist must be considered before
Concentrated stock standards are prepared samples are derivatized.
by diluting pure MDA with toluene. Analyt- GC parameters may be changed to possibly
ical standards are prepared by injecting uL circumvent interferences.
amounts of diluted stock standards into Retention time on a single column is not
vials that contain 2.0 mL toluene. considered proof of chemical identity.
397
Analyte identity should be confirmed by GC/ erated by such mixtures can exceed the
MS if possible. action level or STEL under reasonably
Calculations predictable conditions of processing,
use or handling that will cause the
The analyte concentration for samples is greatest possible release.
obtained from the calibration curve in terms
of ug MDA per sample. The extraction effi- (iii) Except for labeling requirements
ciency is 100%. If any MDA is found on the and requirements for emergency re-
blank, that amount is subtracted from the sponse, this section does not apply to
sample amounts. The air concentrations are the storage, transportation, distribu-
calculated using the following formulae. tion or sale of BD or liquid mixtures in
µg/m3=(µg MDA per sample) (1000)/(L of air intact containers or in transportation
sampled)
pipelines sealed in such a manner as to
ppb=(µg/m3) (24.46)/(198.3)=(µg/m3) (0.1233)
where 24.46 is the molar volume at 25 de- fully contain BD vapors or liquid.
grees C and 760 mm Hg (3) Where products or processes con-
taining BD are exempted under para-
Safety Precautions (Analytical) graph (a)(2) of this section, the em-
Avoid skin contact and inhalation of all ployer shall maintain records of the ob-
chemicals. jective data supporting that exemption
Restrict the use of all chemicals to a fume and the basis for the employer’s reli-
hood if possible. ance on the data, as provided in para-
Wear safety glasses and a lab coat at all
times while in the lab area.
graph (m)(1) of this section.
(b) Definitions: For the purpose of this
[57 FR 35666, Aug. 10, 1992, as amended at 57 section, the following definitions shall
FR 49649, Nov. 3, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb. 13,
1996; 63 FR 1293, Jan. 8, 1998]
apply:
Action level means a concentration of
§ 1910.1051 1,3-Butadiene. airborne BD of 0.5 ppm calculated as an
eight (8)-hour time-weighted average.
tion applies to all occupational expo- Assistant Secretary means the Assist-
sures to 1,3-Butadiene (BD), Chemical ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
Abstracts Service Registry No. 106–99– tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart-
0, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) ment of Labor, or designee.
of this section. Authorized person means any person
(2)(i) Except for the recordkeeping specifically designated by the em-
provisions in paragraph (m)(1) of this ployer, whose duties require entrance
section, this section does not apply to into a regulated area, or a person en-
the processing, use, or handling of tering such an area as a designated rep-
products containing BD or to other resentative of employees to exercise
work operations and streams in which the right to observe monitoring and
BD is present where objective data are measuring procedures under paragraph
reasonably relied upon that dem- (d)(8) of this section, or a person des-
onstrate the work operation or the ignated under the Act or regulations
product or the group of products or op- issued under the Act to enter a regu-
erations to which it belongs may not lated area.
reasonably be foreseen to release BD in 1,3–Butadiene means an organic com-
airborne concentrations at or above pound with chemical formula CH2=CH–
the action level or in excess of the CH=CH2 that has a molecular weight of
STEL under the expected conditions of approximately 54.15 gm/mole.
processing, use, or handling that will Business day means any Monday
cause the greatest possible release or through Friday, except those days des-
in any plausible accident. ignated as federal, state, local or com-
(ii) This section also does not apply pany specific holidays.
to work operations, products or Complete Blood Count (CBC) means
streams where the only exposure to BD laboratory tests performed on whole
is from liquid mixtures containing 0.1% blood specimens and includes the fol-
or less of BD by volume or the vapors lowing: White blood cell count (WBC),
released from such liquids, unless ob- hematocrit (Hct), red blood cell count
jective data become available that (RBC), hemoglobin (Hgb), differential
show that airborne concentrations gen- count of white blood cells, red blood
398
cell morphology, red blood cell indices, of BD per million parts of air (5 ppm)
and platelet count. as determined over a sampling period
Day means any part of a calendar of fifteen (15) minutes.
day. (d) Exposure monitoring—(1) General.
Director means the Director of the (i) Determinations of employee expo-
National Institute for Occupational sure shall be made from breathing zone
Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. De- air samples that are representative of
partment of Health and Human Serv- the 8-hour TWA and 15-minute short-
ices, or designee. term exposures of each employee.
Emergency situation means any occur- (ii) Representative 8-hour TWA em-
rence such as, but not limited to, ployee exposure shall be determined on
equipment failure, rupture of con-
the basis of one or more samples rep-
tainers, or failure of control equipment
resenting full-shift exposure for each
that may or does result in an uncon-
shift and for each job classification in
trolled significant release of BD.
Employee exposure means exposure of each work area.
a worker to airborne concentrations of (iii) Representative 15-minute short-
BD which would occur if the employee term employee exposures shall be de-
were not using respiratory protective termined on the basis of one or more
equipment. samples representing 15-minute expo-
Objective data means monitoring sures associated with operations that
data, or mathematical modelling or are most likely to produce exposures
calculations based on composition, above the STEL for each shift and for
chemical and physical properties of a each job classification in each work
material, stream or product. area.
Permissible Exposure Limits, PELs (iv) Except for the initial monitoring
means either the 8 hour Time Weighted required under paragraph (d)(2) of this
Average (8-hr TWA) exposure or the section, where the employer can docu-
Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL). ment that exposure levels are equiva-
Physician or other licensed health care lent for similar operations on different
professional is an individual whose le- work shifts, the employer need only de-
gally permitted scope of practice (i.e., termine representative employee expo-
license, registration, or certification) sure for that operation from the shift
allows him or her to independently pro- during which the highest exposure is
vide or be delegated the responsibility expected.
to provide one or more of the specific (2) Initial monitoring. (i) Each em-
health care services required by para-
ployer who has a workplace or work
graph (k) of this section.
operation covered by this section, shall
Regulated area means any area where
perform initial monitoring to deter-
airborne concentrations of BD exceed
mine accurately the airborne con-
or can reasonably be expected to ex-
ceed the 8-hour time weighted average centrations of BD to which employees
(8-hr TWA) exposure of 1 ppm or the may be exposed, or shall rely on objec-
short-term exposure limit (STEL) of 5 tive data pursuant to paragraph
ppm for 15 minutes. (a)(2)(i) of this section to fulfill this re-
This section means this 1,3-butadiene quirement.
standard. (ii) Where the employer has mon-
(c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)— itored within two years prior to the ef-
(1) Time-weighted average (TWA) limit. fective date of this section and the
The employer shall ensure that no em- monitoring satisfies all other require-
ployee is exposed to an airborne con- ments of this section, the employer
centration of BD in excess of one (1) may rely on such earlier monitoring
part BD per million parts of air (ppm) results to satisfy the requirements of
measured as an eight (8)-hour time- paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, pro-
weighted average. vided that the conditions under which
(2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL). the initial monitoring was conducted
The employer shall ensure that no em- have not changed in a manner that
ployee is exposed to an airborne con- may result in new or additional expo-
centration of BD in excess of five parts sures.
399
(3) Periodic monitoring and its fre- ployer may discontinue the monitoring
quency. (i) If the initial monitoring re- for those employees who are rep-
quired by paragraph (d)(2) of this sec- resented by such monitoring.
tion reveals employee exposure to be at (5) Additional monitoring. (i) The em-
or above the action level but at or ployer shall institute the exposure
below both the 8-hour TWA limit and monitoring required under paragraph
the STEL, the employer shall repeat (d) of this section whenever there has
the representative monitoring required been a change in the production, proc-
by paragraph (d)(1) of this section ess, control equipment, personnel or
every twelve months. work practices that may result in new
(ii) If the initial monitoring required or additional exposures to BD or when
by paragraph (d)(2) of this section re- the employer has any reason to suspect
veals employee exposure to be above that a change may result in new or ad-
the 8-hour TWA limit, the employer ditional exposures.
shall repeat the representative moni- (ii) Whenever spills, leaks, ruptures
toring required by paragraph (d)(1)(ii) or other breakdowns occur that may
of this section at least every three lead to employee exposure above the 8-
months until the employer has col- hr TWA limit or above the STEL, the
lected two samples per quarter (each at employer shall monitor [using leak
least 7 days apart) within a two-year source, such as direct reading instru-
period, after which such monitoring ments, area or personal monitoring],
must occur at least every six months. after the cleanup of the spill or repair
(iii) If the initial monitoring required of the leak, rupture or other break-
by paragraph (d)(2) of this section re- down, to ensure that exposures have re-
veals employee exposure to be above turned to the level that existed prior to
the STEL, the employer shall repeat the incident.
the representative monitoring required
(6) Accuracy of monitoring. Monitoring
by paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section
shall be accurate, at a confidence level
at least every three months until the
of 95 percent, to within plus or minus
employer has collected two samples per
25 percent for airborne concentrations
quarter (each at least 7 days apart)
within a two-year period, after which of BD at or above the 1 ppm TWA limit
such monitoring must occur at least and to within plus or minus 35 percent
every six months. for airborne concentrations of BD at or
(iv) The employer may alter the mon- above the action level of 0.5 ppm and
itoring schedule from every six months below the 1 ppm TWA limit.
to annually for any required represent- (7) Employee notification of monitoring
ative monitoring for which two con- results. (i) The employer shall, within 5
secutive measurements taken at least 7 business days after the receipt of the
days apart indicate that employee ex- results of any monitoring performed
posure has decreased to or below the 8- under this section, notify the affected
hour TWA, but is at or above the ac- employees of these results in writing
tion level. either individually or by posting of re-
(4) Termination of monitoring. (i) If the sults in an appropriate location that is
initial monitoring required by para- accessible to affected employees.
graph (d)(2) of this section reveals em- (ii) The employer shall, within 15
ployee exposure to be below the action business days after receipt of any mon-
level and at or below the STEL, the itoring performed under this section
employer may discontinue the moni- indicating the 8-hour TWA or STEL
toring for employees whose exposures has been exceeded, provide the affected
are represented by the initial moni- employees, in writing, with informa-
toring. tion on the corrective action being
(ii) If the periodic monitoring re- taken by the employer to reduce em-
quired by paragraph (d)(3) of this sec- ployee exposure to or below the 8-hour
tion reveals that employee exposures, TWA or STEL and the schedule for
as indicated by at least two consecu- completion of this action.
tive measurements taken at least 7 (8) Observation of monitoring—(i) Em-
days apart, are below the action level ployee observation. The employer shall
and at or below the STEL, the em- provide affected employees or their
400
designated representatives an oppor- (2) Compliance plan. (i) Where any ex-
tunity to observe any monitoring of posures are over the PELs, the em-
employee exposure to BD conducted in ployer shall establish and implement a
accordance with paragraph (d) of this written plan to reduce employee expo-
section. sure to or below the PELs primarily by
(ii) Observation procedures. When ob- means of engineering and work prac-
servation of the monitoring of em- tice controls, as required by paragraph
ployee exposure to BD requires entry (f)(1) of this section, and by the use of
into an area where the use of protec- respiratory protection where required
tive clothing or equipment is required, or permitted under this section. No
the employer shall provide the observer compliance plan is required if all expo-
at no cost with protective clothing and sures are under the PELs.
equipment, and shall ensure that the (ii) The written compliance plan
observer uses this equipment and com- shall include a schedule for the devel-
plies with all other applicable safety opment and implementation of the en-
and health procedures. gineering controls and work practice
(e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer controls including periodic leak detec-
shall establish a regulated area wher- tion surveys.
ever occupational exposures to air- (iii) Copies of the compliance plan re-
borne concentrations of BD exceed or quired in paragraph (f)(2) of this sec-
can reasonably be expected to exceed tion shall be furnished upon request for
the permissible exposure limits, either examination and copying to the Assist-
the 8-hr TWA or the STEL. ant Secretary, the Director, affected
employees and designated employee
(2) Access to regulated areas shall be
representatives. Such plans shall be re-
limited to authorized persons.
viewed at least every 12 months, and
(3) Regulated areas shall be demar- shall be updated as necessary to reflect
cated from the rest of the workplace in significant changes in the status of the
any manner that minimizes the num- employer’s compliance program.
ber of employees exposed to BD within (iv) The employer shall not imple-
the regulated area. ment a schedule of employee rotation
(4) An employer at a multi-employer as a means of compliance with the
worksite who establishes a regulated PELs.
area shall communicate the access re- (g) Exposure Goal Program. (1) For
strictions and locations of these areas those operations and job classifications
to other employers with work oper- where employee exposures are greater
ations at that worksite whose employ- than the action level, in addition to
ees may have access to these areas. compliance with the PELs, the em-
(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engi- ployer shall have an exposure goal pro-
neering controls and work practices. (i) gram that is intended to limit em-
The employer shall institute engineer- ployee exposures to below the action
ing controls and work practices to re- level during normal operations.
duce and maintain employee exposure (2) Written plans for the exposure
to or below the PELs, except to the ex- goal program shall be furnished upon
tent that the employer can establish request for examination and copying to
that these controls are not feasible or the Assistant Secretary, the Director,
where paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section affected employees and designated em-
applies. ployee representatives.
(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering (3) Such plans shall be updated as
controls and work practices which can necessary to reflect significant changes
be instituted are not sufficient to re- in the status of the exposure goal pro-
duce employee exposure to or below the gram.
8-hour TWA or STEL, the employer (4) Respirator use is not required in
shall use them to reduce employee ex- the exposure goal program.
posure to the lowest levels achievable (5) The exposure goal program shall
by these controls and shall supplement include the following items unless the
them by the use of respiratory protec- employer can demonstrate that the
tion that complies with the require- item is not feasible, will have no sig-
ments of paragraph (h) of this section. nificant effect in reducing employee
401
exposures, or is not necessary to (ii) If air-purifying respirators are

achieve exposures below the action used, the employer must replace the
level: air-purifying filter elements according
(i) A leak prevention, detection, and to the replacement schedule set for the
repair program. class of respirators listed in Table 1 of
(ii) A program for maintaining the this section, and at the beginning of
effectiveness of local exhaust ventila- each work shift.
tion systems. (iii) Instead of using the replacement
(iii) The use of pump exposure con- schedule listed in Table 1 of this sec-
trol technology such as, but not lim- tion, the employer may replace car-
ited to, mechanical double-sealed or tridges or canisters at 90% of their ex-
seal-less pumps.
piration service life, provided the em-
(iv) Gauging devices designed to
ployer:
limit employee exposure, such as mag-
netic gauges on rail cars. (A) Demonstrates that employees
(v) Unloading devices designed to will be adequately protected by this
limit employee exposure, such as a procedure.
vapor return system. (B) Uses BD breakthrough data for
(vi) A program to maintain BD con- this purpose that have been derived
centration below the action level in from tests conducted under worst-case
control rooms by use of engineering conditions of humidity, temperature,
controls. and air-flow rate through the filter ele-
(h) Respiratory protection—(1) General. ment, and the employer also describes
For employees who use respirators re- the data supporting the cartridge-or
quired by this section, the employer canister-change schedule, as well as
must provide respirators that comply the basis for using the data in the em-
with the requirements of this para- ployer’s respirator program.
graph. Respirators must be used dur- (iv) A label must be attached to each
ing: filter element to indicate the date and
(i) Periods necessary to install or im- time it is first installed on the res-
plement feasible engineering and work- pirator.
practice controls. (v) If NIOSH approves an end-of-serv-
(ii) Non-routine work operations that
ice-life indicator (ESLI) for an air-puri-
are performed infrequently and for
fying filter element, the element may
which employee exposures are limited
in duration. be used until the ESLI shows no fur-
(iii) Work operations for which fea- ther useful service life or until the ele-
sible engineering and work-practice ment is replaced at the beginning of
controls are not yet sufficient to re- the next work shift, whichever occurs
duce employee exposures to or below first.
the PELs. (vi) Regardless of the air-purifying
(iv) Emergencies. element used, if an employee detects
(2) Respirator program. (i) The em- the odor of BD, the employer must re-
ployer must implement a respiratory place the air-purifying element imme-
protection program in accordance with diately.
29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (3) Respirator selection. (i) The em-
(d)(1)(iii), (d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), and (2)), and ployer must select appropriate res-
(f) through (m). pirators from Table 1 of this section.
TABLE 1—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE BD
Concentration of airborne BD (ppm) or Minimum required respirator
condition of use
Less than or equal to 5 ppm (5 times PEL) (a) Air-purifying half mask or full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD
or organic vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced
every 4 hours.
Less than or equal to 10 ppm (10 times (a) Air-purifying half mask or full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD
PEL). or organic vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced
every 3 hours.
Less than or equal to 25 ppm (25 times (a) Air-purifying full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD or organic
PEL). vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced every 2
hours.
402
TABLE 1—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE BD—Continued

Concentration of airborne BD (ppm) or Minimum required respirator
condition of use
(b) Any powered air-purifying respirator equipped with approved BD or organic

vapor cartridges. PAPR cartridges shall be replaced every 2 hours.
(c) Continuous flow supplied air respirator equipped with a hood or helmet.
Less than or equal to 50 ppm (50 times (a) Air-purifying full facepiece respirator equipped with approved BD or organic
PEL). vapor cartridges or canisters. Cartridges or canisters shall be replaced every (1)
hour.
(b) Powered air-purifying respirator equipped with a tight-fitting facepiece and an
approved BD or organic vapor cartridges. PAPR cartridges shall be replaced
every (1) hour.
Less than or equal to 1,000 ppm (1,000 (a) Supplied air respirator equipped with a half mask of full facepiece and operated
times PEL). in a pressure demand or other positive pressure mode.
Greater than 1000 ppm unknown con- (a) Self-contained breathing apparatus equipped with a full facepiece and operated
centration, or firefighting. in a pressure demand or other positive pressure mode.
(b) Any supplied air respirator equipped with a full facepiece and operated in a
pressure demand or other positive pressure mode in combination with an auxil-
iary self-contained breathing apparatus operated in a pressure demand or other
positive pressure mode.
Escape from IDLH conditions ..................... (a) Any positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus with an appropriate
service life.
(b) A air-purifying full facepiece respirator equipped with a front or back mounted
BD or organic vapor canister.
NOTES: Respirators approved for use in higher concentrations are permitted to be used in lower concentrations. Full facepiece
is required when eye irritation is anticipated.
(ii) Air-purifying respirators must ployer shall institute a medical screen-

have filter elements approved by ing and surveillance program as speci-
NIOSH for organic vapors or BD. fied in this paragraph for:
(iii) When an employee whose job re- (i) Each employee with exposure to
quires the use of a respirator cannot BD at concentrations at or above the
use a negative-pressure respirator, the action level on 30 or more days or for
employer must provide the employee employees who have or may have expo-
with a respirator that has less breath- sure to BD at or above the PELs on 10
ing resistance than the negative-pres- or more days a year;
sure respirator, such as a powered air- (ii) Employers (including successor
purifying respirator or supplied-air res- owners) shall continue to provide med-
pirator, when the employee is able to ical screening and surveillance for em-
use it and if it provides the employee ployees, even after transfer to a non-
adequate protection. BD exposed job and regardless of when
(i) Protective clothing and equipment. the employee is transferred, whose
Where appropriate to prevent eye con- work histories suggest exposure to BD:
tact and limit dermal exposure to BD, (A) At or above the PELs on 30 or
the employer shall provide protective more days a year for 10 or more years;
clothing and equipment at no cost to (B) At or above the action level on 60
the employee and shall ensure its use. or more days a year for 10 or more
Eye and face protection shall meet the years; or
requirements of 29 CFR 1910.133. (C) Above 10 ppm on 30 or more days
(j) Emergency situations. Written plan. in any past year; and
A written plan for emergency situa- (iii) Each employee exposed to BD
tions shall be developed, or an existing following an emergency situation.
plan shall be modified, to contain the (2) Program administration. (i) The em-
applicable elements specified in 29 CFR ployer shall ensure that the health
1910.38, ‘‘Employee Emergency Plans questionnaire, physical examination
and Fire Prevention Plans,’’ and in 29 and medical procedures are provided
CFR 1910.120 ‘‘Hazardous Waste Oper- without cost to the employee, without
ations and Emergency Responses,’’ for loss of pay, and at a reasonable time
each workplace where there is a possi- and place.
bility of an emergency. (ii) Physical examinations, health
(k) Medical screening and surveil- questionnaires, and medical procedures
lance—(1) Employees covered. The em- shall be performed or administered by
403
a physician or other licensed health shall be placed on the hematopoietic

care professional. and reticuloendothelial systems, in-
(iii) Laboratory tests shall be concluding exposure to chemicals, in addi-
ducted by an accredited laboratory. tion to BD, that may have an adverse
(3) Frequency of medical screening ac- effect on these systems, the presence of
tivities. The employer shall make med- signs and symptoms that might be re-
ical screening available on the fol- lated to disorders of these systems, and
lowing schedule: any other information determined by
(i) For each employee covered under the examining physician or other li-
paragraphs (j)(1) (i)–(ii) of this section, censed health care professional to be
a health questionnaire and complete necessary to evaluate whether the em-
blood count with differential and plate- ployee is at increased risk of material
let count (CBC) every year, and a phys- impairment of health from BD expo-
ical examination as specified below: sure. Health questionnaires shall con-
(A) An initial physical examination sist of the sample forms in Appendix C
that meets the requirements of this to this section, or be equivalent to
rule, if twelve months or more have those samples;
elapsed since the last physical exam- (B) A complete physical examination,
ination conducted as part of a medical with special emphasis on the liver,
screening program for BD exposure; spleen, lymph nodes, and skin;
(B) Before assumption of duties by (C) A CBC; and
the employee in a job with BD expo- (D) Any other test which the exam-
sure; ining physician or other licensed
(C) Every 3 years after the initial health care professional deems nec-
physical examination; essary to evaluate whether the em-
(D) At the discretion of the physician ployee may be at increased risk from
or other licensed health care profes- exposure to BD.
sional reviewing the annual health (ii) Medical screening for employees
questionnaire and CBC; exposed to BD in an emergency situa-
(E) At the time of employee reassign- tion shall focus on the acute effects of
ment to an area where exposure to BD BD exposure and at a minimum in-
is below the action level, if the employ- clude: A CBC within 48 hours of the ex-
ee’s past exposure history does not posure and then monthly for three
meet the criteria of paragraph (j)(1)(ii) months; and a physical examination if
of this section for continued coverage the employee reports irritation of the
in the screening and surveillance pro- eyes, nose throat, lungs, or skin,
gram, and if twelve months or more blurred vision, coughing, drowsiness,
have elapsed since the last physical ex- nausea, or headache. Continued em-
amination; and ployee participation in the medical
(F) At termination of employment if screening and surveillance program,
twelve months or more have elapsed beyond these minimum requirements,
since the last physical examination. shall be at the discretion of the physi-
(ii) Following an emergency situa- cian or other licensed health care pro-
tion, medical screening shall be con- fessional.
ducted as quickly as possible, but not (5) Additional medical evaluations and
later than 48 hours after the exposure. referrals. (i) Where the results of med-
(iii) For each employee who must ical screening indicate abnormalities
wear a respirator, physical ability to of the hematopoietic or
perform the work and use the res- reticuloendothelial systems, for which
pirator must be determined as required a non-occupational cause is not readily
by 29 CFR 1910.134. apparent, the examining physician or
(4) Content of medical screening. (i) other licensed health care professional
Medical screening for employees cov- shall refer the employee to an appro-
ered by paragraphs (j)(1) (i)–(ii) of this priate specialist for further evaluation
section shall include: and shall make available to the spe-
(A) A baseline health questionnaire cialist the results of the medical
that includes a comprehensive occupa- screening.
tional and health history and is up- (ii) The specialist to whom the em-
dated annually. Particular emphasis ployee is referred under this paragraph
404
shall determine the appropriate con- specific records, findings, and diag-
tent for the medical evaluation, e.g., noses that have no bearing on the em-
examinations, diagnostic tests and pro- ployee’s ability to work with BD.
cedures, etc. NOTE: However, this provision does not ne-
(6) Information provided to the physi- gate the ethical obligation of the physician
cian or other licensed health care profes- or other licensed health care professional to
transmit any other adverse findings directly
sional. The employer shall provide the
to the employee.
following information to the exam- (8) Medical surveillance. (i) The em-
ining physician or other licensed ployer shall ensure that information
health care professional involved in the obtained from the medical screening
evaluation: program activities is aggregated (with
(i) A copy of this section including all personal identifiers removed) and
its appendices; periodically reviewed, to ascertain
(ii) A description of the affected em- whether the health of the employee
ployee’s duties as they relate to the population of that employer is ad-
employee’s BD exposure; versely affected by exposure to BD.
(iii) The employee’s actual or rep- (ii) Information learned from medical
resentative BD exposure level during surveillance activities must be dis-
employment tenure, including expo- seminated to covered employees, as de-
sure incurred in an emergency situa- fined in paragraph (k)(1) of this sec-
tion; tion, in a manner that ensures the con-
(iv) A description of pertinent per- fidentiality of individual medical infor-
sonal protective equipment used or to mation.
be used; and (l) Communication of BD hazards to
(v) Information, when available, from employees—(1) Hazard communication.
previous employment-related medical The employer shall communicate the
evaluations of the affected employee hazards associated with BD exposure in
which is not otherwise available to the accordance with the requirements of
physician or other licensed health care the Hazard Communication Standard,
professional or the specialist. 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, and
(7) The written medical opinion. (i) For 29 CFR 1926.59.
each medical evaluation required by (2) Employee information and training.
this section, the employer shall ensure (i) The employer shall provide all em-
that the physician or other licensed ployees exposed to BD with informa-
health care professional produces a tion and training in accordance with
written opinion and provides a copy to the requirements of the Hazard Com-
the employer and the employee within munication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200,
15 business days of the evaluation. The 29 CFR 1915.1200, and 29 CFR 1926.59.
written opinion shall be limited to the (ii) The employer shall institute a
following information: training program for all employees who
(A) The occupationally pertinent re- are potentially exposed to BD at or
sults of the medical evaluation; above the action level or the STEL, en-
(B) A medical opinion concerning sure employee participation in the pro-
whether the employee has any detected gram and maintain a record of the con-
medical conditions which would place tents of such program.
the employee’s health at increased risk (iii) Training shall be provided prior
of material impairment from exposure to or at the time of initial assignment
to BD; to a job potentially involving exposure
(C) Any recommended limitations to BD at or above the action level or
upon the employee’s exposure to BD; STEL and at least annually thereafter.
and (iv) The training program shall be
(D) A statement that the employee conducted in a manner that the em-
has been informed of the results of the ployee is able to understand. The em-
medical evaluation and any medical ployee shall ensure that each employee
conditions resulting from BD exposure exposed to BD over the action level or
that require further explanation or STEL is informed of the following:
treatment. (A) The health hazards associated
(ii) The written medical opinion pro- with BD exposure, and the purpose and
vided to the employer shall not reveal a description of the medical screening
405
and surveillance program required by (A) The product or activity quali-

this section; fying for exemption;
(B) The quantity, location, manner of (B) The source of the objective data;
use, release, and storage of BD and the (C) The testing protocol, results of
specific operations that could result in testing, and analysis of the material
exposure to BD, especially exposures for the release of BD;
above the PEL or STEL; (D) A description of the operation ex-
(C) The engineering controls and empted and how the data support the
work practices associated with the em- exemption; and
ployee’s job assignment, and emer- (E) Other data relevant to the oper-
gency procedures and personal protec- ations, materials, processing, or em-
tive equipment; ployee exposures covered by the ex-
(D) The measures employees can take emption.
to protect themselves from exposure to (iii) The employer shall maintain
BD. this record for the duration of the em-
(E) The contents of this standard and ployer’s reliance upon such objective
its appendices, and data.
(F) The right of each employee ex- (2) Exposure measurements. (i) The em-
posed to BD at or above the action ployer shall establish and maintain an
level or STEL to obtain: accurate record of all measurements
(1) medical examinations as required taken to monitor employee exposure to
by paragraph (j) of this section at no BD as prescribed in paragraph (d) of
cost to the employee; this section.
(2) the employee’s medical records re- (ii) The record shall include at least
quired to be maintained by paragraph the following information:
(m)(4) of this section; and (A) The date of measurement;
(3) all air monitoring results rep- (B) The operation involving exposure
resenting the employee’s exposure to to BD which is being monitored;
BD and required to be kept by para-
(C) Sampling and analytical methods
graph (m)(2) of this section.
used and evidence of their accuracy;
(3) Access to information and training
(D) Number, duration, and results of
materials. (i) The employer shall make
samples taken;
a copy of this standard and its appen-
(E) Type of protective devices worn,
dices readily available without cost to
if any; and
all affected employees and their des-
ignated representatives and shall pro- (F) Name, social security number and
vide a copy if requested. exposure of the employees whose expo-
(ii) The employer shall provide to the sures are represented.
Assistant Secretary or the Director, or (G) The written corrective action and
the designated employee representa- the schedule for completion of this ac-
tives, upon request, all materials relat- tion required by paragraph (d)(7)(ii) of
ing to the employee information and this section.
the training program. (iii) The employer shall maintain
(m) Recordkeeping—(1) Objective data this record for at least 30 years in ac-
for exemption from initial monitoring. (i) cordance with 29 CFR 1910.20.
Where the processing, use, or handling (3) Respirator Fit-test. (i) The em-
of products or streams made from or ployer shall establish a record of the fit
containing BD are exempted from tests administered to an employee in-
other requirements of this section cluding:
under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, (A) The name of the employee,
or where objective data have been re- (B) Type of respirator,
lied on in lieu of initial monitoring (C) Brand and size of respirator,
under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this sec- (D) Date of test, and
tion, the employer shall establish and (E) Where QNFT is used, the fit fac-
maintain a record of the objective data tor, strip chart recording or other re-
reasonably relied upon in support of cording of the results of the test.
the exemption. (ii) Fit test records shall be main-
(ii) This record shall include at least tained for respirator users until the
the following information: next fit test is administered.
406
(4) Medical screening and surveillance. (ii) The requirements of paragraphs

(i) The employer shall establish and (c) through (m) of this section, includ-
maintain an accurate record for each ing feasible work practice controls but
employee subject to medical screening not including engineering controls
and surveillance under this section. specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this sec-
(ii) The record shall include at least tion, shall be complied with within
the following information: one-hundred and eighty (180) days after
(A) The name and social security the effective date of this section.
number of the employee; (iii) Engineering controls specified by
(B) Physician’s or other licensed paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be
health care professional’s written opin- implemented within two (2) years after
ions as described in paragraph (k)(7) of the effective date of this section, and
this section; the exposure goal program specified in
(C) A copy of the information pro- paragraph (g) of this section shall be
vided to the physician or other licensed implemented within three (3) years
health care professional as required by after the effective date of this section.
(o) Appendices. (1) Appendix E to this
paragraphs (k)(7)(ii)–(iv) of this sec-
section is mandatory.
tion.
(2) Appendices A, B, C, D, and F to
(iii) Medical screening and surveil- this section are informational and are
lance records shall be maintained for not intended to create any additional
each employee for the duration of em- obligations not otherwise imposed or
ployment plus 30 years, in accordance to detract from any existing obliga-
with 29 CFR 1910.20. tions.
(5) Availability. (i) The employer,
upon written request, shall make all APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1051—SUBSTANCE
records required to be maintained by SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR 1,3-BUTA-
this section available for examination DIENE (NON-MANDATORY)
and copying to the Assistant Secretary
and the Director. I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION
(ii) Access to records required to be A. Substance: 1,3-Butadiene (CH2= CH-CH=
maintained by paragraphs (l)(1)–(3) of CH2).
this section shall be granted in accord- B. Synonyms: 1,3-Butadiene (BD); buta-
diene; biethylene; bi-vinyl; divinyl; buta-
ance with 29 CFR 1910.20(e). diene-1,3; buta-1,3-diene; erythrene; NCI–
(6) Transfer of records. (i) Whenever C50602; CAS–106–99–0.
the employer ceases to do business, the C. BD can be found as a gas or liquid.
employer shall transfer records re- D. BD is used in production of styrene-bu-
quired by this section to the successor tadiene rubber and polybutadiene rubber for
employer. The successor employer the tire industry. Other uses include copoly-
mer latexes for carpet backing and paper
shall receive and maintain these
coating, as well as resins and polymers for
records. If there is no successor em- pipes and automobile and appliance parts. It
ployer, the employer shall notify the is also used as an intermediate in the pro-
Director, at least three (3) months duction of such chemicals as fungicides.
prior to disposal, and transmit them to E. Appearance and odor: BD is a colorless,
the Director if requested by the Direc- non-corrosive, flammable gas with a mild ar-
tor within that period. omatic odor at standard ambient tempera-
ture and pressure.
(ii) The employer shall transfer med-
F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not
ical and exposure records as set forth exceed 1 part BD per million parts of air
in 29 CFR 1910.20(h). averaged over the 8-hour workday, nor may
(n) Dates—(1) Effective date. This sec- short-term exposure exceed 5 parts of BD per
tion shall become effective ninety (90) million parts of air averaged over any 15-
days after the date of publication in minute period in the 8-hour workday.
the FEDERAL REGISTER. II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA
(2) Start-up dates. (i) The initial moni-
A. BD can affect the body if the gas is in-
toring required under paragraph (d)(2)
haled or if the liquid form, which is very cold
of this section shall be completed with- (cryogenic), comes in contact with the eyes
in sixty (60) days of the effective date or skin.
of this standard or the introduction of B. Effects of overexposure: Breathing very
BD into the workplace. high levels of BD for a short time can cause
407
central nervous system effects, blurred vi- IV. RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
sion, nausea, fatigue, headache, decreased
A. Respirators: Good industrial hygiene
blood pressure and pulse rate, and uncon-
practices recommend that engineering and
sciousness. There are no recorded cases of ac- work practice controls be used to reduce en-
cidental exposures at high levels that have vironmental concentrations to the permis-
caused death in humans, but this could sible exposure level. However, there are some
occur. Breathing lower levels of BD may exceptions where respirators may be used to
cause irritation of the eyes, nose, and throat. control exposure. Respirators may be used
Skin contact with liquefied BD can cause ir- when engineering and work practice controls
ritation and frostbite. are not technically feasible, when such con-
C. Long-term (chronic) exposure: BD has trols are in the process of being installed, or
been found to be a potent carcinogen in ro- when these controls fail and need to be sup-
dents, inducing neoplastic lesions at mul- plemented or during brief, non-routine,
tiple target sites in mice and rats. A recent intermittent exposure. Respirators may also
study of BD-exposed workers showed that ex- be used in situations involving non-routine
posed workers have an increased risk of de- work operations which are performed infre-
veloping leukemia. The risk of leukemia in- quently and in which exposures are limited
creases with increased exposure to BD. in duration, and in emergency situations. In
OSHA has concluded that there is strong evi- some instances cartridge respirator use is al-
dence that workplace exposure to BD poses lowed, but only with strict time constraints.
an increased risk of death from cancers of For example, at exposure below 5 ppm BD, a
the lymphohematopoietic system. cartridge (or canister) respirator, either full
D. Reporting signs and symptoms: You or half face, may be used, but the cartridge
should inform your supervisor if you develop must be replaced at least every 4 hours, and
any of these signs or symptoms and suspect it must be replaced every 3 hours when the
that they are caused by exposure to BD. exposure is between 5 and 10 ppm. If the use
of respirators is necessary, the only res-
III. EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES pirators permitted are those that have been
approved by the National Institute for Occu-
In the event of an emergency, follow the pational Safety and Health (NIOSH). In addi-
emergency plan and procedures designated tion to respirator selection, a complete res-
for your work area. If you have been trained piratory protection program must be insti-
in first aid procedures, provide the necessary tuted which includes regular training, main-
first aid measures. If necessary, call for addi- tenance, fit testing, inspection, cleaning, and
tional assistance from co-workers and emer- evaluation of respirators. If you can smell
gency medical personnel. BD while wearing a respirator, proceed im-
A. Eye and Skin Exposures: If there is a mediately to fresh air, and change cartridge
potential that liquefied BD can come in con- (or canister) before re-entering an area
tact with eye or skin, face shields and skin where there is BD exposure. If you experi-
protective equipment must be provided and ence difficulty in breathing while wearing a
used. If liquefied BD comes in contact with respirator, tell your supervisor.
the eye, immediately flush the eyes with B. Protective Clothing: Employees should
large amounts of water, occasionally lifting be provided with and required to use imper-
the lower and the upper lids. Flush repeat- vious clothing, gloves, face shields (eight-
edly. Get medical attention immediately. inch minimum), and other appropriate pro-
Contact lenses should not be worn when tective clothing necessary to prevent the
working with this chemical. In the event of skin from becoming frozen by contact with
skin contact, which can cause frostbite, re- liquefied BD (or a vessel containing liquid
move any contaminated clothing and flush BD).
the affected area repeatedly with large Employees should be provided with and re-
amounts of tepid water. quired to use splash-proof safety goggles
B. Breathing: If a person breathes in large where liquefied BD may contact the eyes.
amounts of BD, move the exposed person to
fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, V. Precautions for Safe Use, Handling, and
begin cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) Storage
if you have been trained in this procedure. A. Fire and Explosion Hazards: BD is a
Keep the affected person warm and at rest. flammable gas and can easily form explosive
Get medical attention immediately. mixtures in air. It has a lower explosive
C. Rescue: Move the affected person from limit of 2%, and an upper explosive limit of
the hazardous exposure. If the exposed per- 11.5%. It has an autoignition temperature of
son has been overcome, call for help and 420 °C (788 °F). Its vapor is heavier than air
begin emergency rescue procedures. Use ex- (vapor density, 1.9) and may travel a consid-
treme caution so that you do not become a erable distance to a source of ignition and
casualty. Understand the plant’s emergency flash back. Usually it contains inhibitors to
rescue procedures and know the locations of prevent self-polymerization (which is accom-
rescue equipment before the need arises. panied by evolution of heat) and to prevent
408
formation of explosive peroxides. At elevated 263, 264, 268 and 270. Disposal can occur only
temperatures, such as in fire conditions, po- in properly permitted facilities. Check state
lymerization may take place. If the polym- and local regulation of any additional re-
erization takes place in a container, there is quirements as these may be more restrictive
a possibility of violent rupture of the con- than federal laws and regulation.
tainer. I. You should not keep food, beverages, or
B. Hazard: Slightly toxic. Slight res- smoking materials in areas where there is
piratory irritant. Direct contact of liquefied BD exposure, nor should you eat or drink in
BD on skin may cause freeze burns and frost- such areas.
bite. J. Ask your supervisor where BD is used in
C. Storage: Protect against physical dam- your work area and ask for any additional
age to BD containers. Outside or detached plant safety and health rules.
storage of BD containers is preferred. Inside
storage should be in a cool, dry, well-venti- VI. Medical Requirements
lated, noncombustible location, away from Your employer is required to offer you the
all possible sources of ignition. Store cyl- opportunity to participate in a medical
inders vertically and do not stack. Do not screening and surveillance program if you
store with oxidizing material. are exposed to BD at concentrations exceed-
D. Usual Shipping Containers: Liquefied ing the action level (0.5 ppm BD as an 8-hour
BD is contained in steel pressure apparatus. TWA) on 30 days or more a year, or at or
E. Electrical Equipment: Electrical instal- above the 8 hr TWA (1 ppm) or STEL (5 ppm
lations in Class I hazardous locations, as de- for 15 minutes) on 10 days or more a year.
fined in Article 500 of the National Electrical Exposure for any part of a day counts. If you
Code, should be in accordance with Article have had exposure to BD in the past, but
501 of the Code. If explosion-proof electrical have been transferred to another job, you
equipment is necessary, it shall be suitable may still be eligible to participate in the
for use in Group B. Group D equipment may medical screening and surveillance program.
be used if such equipment is isolated in ac- The OSHA rule specifies the past exposures
cordance with Section 501–5(a) by sealing all that would qualify you for participation in
conduit 1⁄2- inch size or larger. See Venting of the program. These past exposure are work
Deflagrations (NFPA No. 68, 1994), National histories that suggest the following: (1) That
Electrical Code (NFPA No. 70, 1996 ), Static you have been exposed at or above the PELs
Electricity (NFPA No. 77, 1993), Lightning on 30 days a year for 10 or more years; (2)
Protection Systems (NFPA No. 780, 1995), and that you have been exposed at or above the
Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable Liq- action level on 60 days a year for 10 or more
uids, Gases and Volatile Solids (NFPA No. years; or (3) that you have been exposed
325, 1994). above 10 ppm on 30 days in any past year. Ad-
F. Fire Fighting: Stop flow of gas. Use
ditionally, if you are exposed to BD in an
water to keep fire-exposed containers cool.
emergency situation, you are eligible for a
Fire extinguishers and quick drenching fa-
medical examination within 48 hours. The
cilities must be readily available, and you
basic medical screening program includes a
should know where they are and how to oper-
health questionnaire, physical examination,
ate them.
and blood test. These medical evaluations
G. Spill and Leak: Persons not wearing
must be offered to you at a reasonable time
protective equipment and clothing should be
and place, and without cost or loss of pay.
restricted from areas of spills or leaks until
clean-up has been completed. If BD is spilled VII. Observation of Monitoring
or leaked, the following steps should be
taken: Your employer is required to perform
1. Eliminate all ignition sources. measurements that are representative of
2. Ventilate area of spill or leak. your exposure to BD and you or your des-
3. If in liquid form, for small quantities, ignated representative are entitled to ob-
allow to evaporate in a safe manner. serve the monitoring procedure. You are en-
4. Stop or control the leak if this can be titled to observe the steps taken in the
done without risk. If source of leak is a cyl- measurement procedure, and to record the
inder and the leak cannot be stopped in results obtained. When the monitoring pro-
place, remove the leaking cylinder to a safe cedure is taking place in an area where res-
place and repair the leak or allow the cyl- pirators or personal protective clothing and
inder to empty. equipment are required to be worn, you or
H. Disposal: This substance, when dis- your representative must also be provided
carded or disposed of, is a hazardous waste with, and must wear, the protective clothing
according to Federal regulations (40 CFR and equipment.
part 261). It is listed as hazardous waste
VIII. Access to Information
number D001 due to its ignitability. The
transportation, storage, treatment, and dis- A. Each year, your employer is required to
posal of this waste material must be con- inform you of the information contained in
ducted in compliance with 40 CFR parts 262, this appendix. In addition, your employer
409
must instruct you in the proper work prac- possible distance. Stop flow of gas before ex-
tices for using BD, emergency procedures, tinguishing fire. Use water spray to keep
and the correct use of protective equipment. fire-exposed cylinders cool.
B. Your employer is required to determine 6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: BD
whether you are being exposed to BD. You or vapors are heavier than air and may travel
your representative has the right to observe to a source of ignition and flash back. Closed
employee measurements and to record the containers may rupture violently when heat-
results obtained. Your employer is required ed.
to inform you of your exposure. If your em- 7. For purposes of compliance with the re-
ployer determines that you are being over- quirements of 29 CFR 1910.106, BD is classi-
exposed, he or she is required to inform you fied as a flammable gas. For example, 7,500
of the actions which are being taken to re- ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower
duce your exposure to within permissible ex- flammable limit, would be considered to pose
posure limits and of the schedule to imple- a potential fire and explosion hazard.
ment these actions. 8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR
C. Your employer is required to keep 1910.155, BD is classified as a Class B fire haz-
records of your exposures and medical ex- ard.
aminations. These records must be kept by
9. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR
the employer for at least thirty (30) years.
1910.307, locations classified as hazardous due
D. Your employer is required to release
to the presence of BD shall be Class I.
your exposure and medical records to you or
your representative upon your request. B. Reactivity:
1. Conditions contributing to instability:
APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1051—SUBSTANCE Heat. Peroxides are formed when inhibitor
TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR 1,3-BU- concentration is not maintained at proper
level. At elevated temperatures, such as in
TADIENE (NON-MANDATORY)
fire conditions, polymerization may take
I. Physical and Chemical Data place.
2. Incompatibilities: Contact with strong
A. Substance identification: oxidizing agents may cause fires and explo-
1. Synonyms: 1,3-Butadiene (BD); buta-
sions. The contacting of crude BD (not BD
diene; biethylene; bivinyl; divinyl; buta-
monomer) with copper and copper alloys
diene-1,3; buta-1,3-diene; erythrene; NCI-
may cause formations of explosive copper
C50620; CAS–106–99–0.
compounds.
2. Formula: CH2= CH-CH= CH2.
3. Molecular weight: 54.1. 3. Hazardous decomposition products:
B. Physical data: Toxic gases (such as carbon monoxide) may
1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): ¥4.7 °C (23.5 be released in a fire involving BD.
°F). 4. Special precautions: BD will attack
2. Specific gravity (water=1): 0.62 at 20 °C some forms of plastics, rubber, and coatings.
(68 °F). BD in storage should be checked for proper
3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of inhibitor content, for self-polymerization,
BD): 1.87. and for formation of peroxides when in con-
4. Vapor pressure at 20 °C (68 °F): 910 mm tact with air and iron. Piping carrying BD
Hg. may become plugged by formation of rub-
5. Solubility in water, g/100 g water at 20 °C bery polymer.
(68 °F): 0.05. C. Warning Properties:
6. Appearance and odor: Colorless, flam- 1. Odor Threshold: An odor threshold of 0.45
mable gas with a mildly aromatic odor. Liq- ppm has been reported in The American In-
uefied BD is a colorless liquid with a mildly dustrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) Report,
aromatic odor. Odor Thresholds for Chemicals with Established
Occupational Health Standards. (Ex. 32–28C)
II. Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard Data 2. Eye Irritation Level: Workers exposed to
A. Fire: vapors of BD (concentration or purity un-
1. Flash point: ¥76 °C (¥105 °F) for take specified) have complained of irritation of
out; liquefied BD; Not applicable to BD gas. eyes, nasal passages, throat, and lungs. Dogs
2. Stability: A stabilizer is added to the and rabbits exposed experimentally to as
monomer to inhibit formation of polymer much as 6700 ppm for 71⁄2 hours a day for 8
during storage. Forms explosive peroxides in months have developed no histologically de-
air in absence of inhibitor. monstrable abnormality of the eyes.
3. Flammable limits in air, percent by vol- 3. Evaluation of Warning Properties: Since
ume: Lower: 2.0; Upper: 11.5. the mean odor threshold is about half of the
4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide for 1 ppm PEL, and more than 10-fold below the
small fires, polymer or alcohol foams for 5 ppm STEL, most wearers of air purifying
large fires. respirators should still be able to detect
5. Special fire fighting procedures: Fight breakthrough before a significant overexpo-
fire from protected location or maximum sure to BD occurs.
410
III. Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures TABLE 1—FIVE EXPOSURE SCENARIOS AND
A. Persons not wearing protective equip- THEIR ASSOCIATED MONITORING FRE-
ment and clothing should be restricted from QUENCIES—Continued
areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has
Action 8-hr
been completed. If BD is spilled or leaked, level TWA STEL Required monitoring activity
the following steps should be taken:
1. Eliminate all ignition sources. + + + Periodic monitoring 8-hr TWA, in
2. Ventilate areas of spill or leak. accordance with (d)(3)(ii)**. Peri-
odic monitoring STEL, in accord-
3. If in liquid form, for small quantities, ance with (d)(3)(iii).
allow to evaporate in a safe manner. + ¥ + Periodic monitoring STEL, in ac-
4. Stop or control the leak if this can be cordance with (d)(3)(iii). Monitor
done without risk. If source of leak is a cyl- 8-hr TWA, annually.
inder and the leak cannot be stopped in * Exposure Scenario, Limit Exceeded: + = Yes, ¥= No.
place, remove the leaking cylinder to a safe ** The employer may decrease the frequency of exposure
place and repair the leak or allow the cyl- monitoring to annually when at least 2 consecutive measure-
ments taken at least 7 days apart show exposures to be
inder to empty. below the 8 hr TWA, but at or above the action level.
B. Disposal: This substance, when dis-
carded or disposed of, is a hazardous waste 4. Monitoring techniques: Appendix D de-
according to Federal regulations (40 CFR scribes the validated method of sampling and
part 261). It is listed by the EPA as haz- analysis which has been tested by OSHA for
ardous waste number D001 due to its ignit- use with BD. The employer has the obliga-
ability. The transportation, storage, treat- tion of selecting a monitoring method which
ment, and disposal of this waste material meets the accuracy and precision require-
must be conducted in compliance with 40 ments of the standard under his or her
CFR parts 262, 263, 264, 268 and 270. Disposal unique field conditions. The standard re-
can occur only in properly permitted facili- quires that the method of monitoring must
ties. Check state and local regulations for be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level,
any additional requirements because these to plus or minus 25 percent for concentra-
may be more restrictive than federal laws tions of BD at or above 1 ppm, and to plus or
and regulations. minus 35 percent for concentrations below 1
ppm.
IV. Monitoring and Measurement Procedures
V. Personal Protective Equipment
A. Exposure above the Permissible Expo-
A. Employees should be provided with and
sure Limit (8-hr TWA) or Short-Term Expo-
required to use impervious clothing, gloves,
sure Limit (STEL):
face shields (eight-inch minimum), and other
1. 8-hr TWA exposure evaluation: Measure-
appropriate protective clothing necessary to
ments taken for the purpose of determining
prevent the skin from becoming frozen from
employee exposure under this standard are
contact with liquid BD.
best taken with consecutive samples cov-
B. Any clothing which becomes wet with
ering the full shift. Air samples must be
liquid BD should be removed immediately
taken in the employee’s breathing zone (air
and not re-worn until the butadiene has
that would most nearly represent that in-
evaporated.
haled by the employee).
C. Employees should be provided with and
2. STEL exposure evaluation: Measure- required to use splash proof safety goggles
ments must represent 15 minute exposures where liquid BD may contact the eyes.
associated with operations most likely to ex-
ceed the STEL in each job and on each shift. VI. Housekeeping and Hygiene Facilities
3. Monitoring frequencies: Table 1 gives
various exposure scenarios and their re- For purposes of complying with 29 CFR
quired monitoring frequencies, as required 1910.141, the following items should be em-
by the final standard for occupational expo- phasized:
sure to butadiene. A. The workplace should be kept clean, or-
derly, and in a sanitary condition.
B. Adequate washing facilities with hot
TABLE 1—FIVE EXPOSURE SCENARIOS AND
and cold water are to be provided and main-
THEIR ASSOCIATED MONITORING FREQUENCIES tained in a sanitary condition.
Action 8-hr VII. Additional Precautions
STEL Required monitoring activity
level TWA
A. Store BD in tightly closed containers in
¥* ¥ ¥ No 8-hr TWA or STEL monitoring
a cool, well-ventilated area and take all nec-
required.
+* ¥ ¥ No STEL monitoring required. Mon-
essary precautions to avoid any explosion
itor 8-hr TWA annually. hazard.
+ + ¥ No STEL monitoring required. Peri- B. Non-sparking tools must be used to open
odic monitoring 8-hr TWA, in ac- and close metal containers. These containers
cordance with (d)(3)(ii).** must be effectively grounded.
411
C. Do not incinerate BD cartridges, tanks concentrations are unlikely, however, except
or other containers. in an extreme emergency because BD poses
D. Employers must advise employees of all an explosion hazard at these levels.
areas and operations where exposure to BD
might occur. B. Chronic
The principal adverse health effects of con-
APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1051—MEDICAL cern are BD-induced lymphoma, leukemia
SCREENING AND SURVEILLANCE FOR and potential reproductive toxicity. Anemia
1,3-BUTADIENE (NON-MANDATORY) and other changes in the peripheral blood
cells may be indicators of excessive exposure
I. Basis for Medical Screening and Surveillance to BD.
Requirements
C. Reproductive
A. Route of Entry Inhalation
Workers may be concerned about the possi-
B. Toxicology bility that their BD exposure may be affect-
ing their ability to procreate a healthy child.
Inhalation of BD has been linked to an in-
For workers with high exposures to BD, es-
creased risk of cancer, damage to the repro-
pecially those who have experienced difficul-
ductive organs, and fetotoxicity. Butadiene
can be converted via oxidation to ties in conceiving, miscarriages, or still-
epoxybutene and diepoxybutane, two births, appropriate medical and laboratory
genotoxic metabolites that may play a role evaluation of fertility may be necessary to
in the expression of BD’s toxic effects. determine if BD is having any adverse effect
BD has been tested for carcinogenicity in on the reproductive system or on the health
mice and rats. Both species responded to BD of the fetus.
exposure by developing cancer at multiple III. Medical Screening Components At-A–Glance
primary organ sites. Early deaths in mice
were caused by malignant lymphomas, pri- A. Health Questionnaire
marily lymphocytic type, originating in the
thymus. The most important goal of the health
Mice exposed to BD have developed ovarian questionnaire is to elicit information from
or testicular atrophy. Sperm head mor- the worker regarding potential signs or
phology tests also revealed abnormal sperm symptoms generally related to leukemia or
in mice exposed to BD; lethal mutations other blood abnormalities. Therefore, physi-
were found in a dominant lethal test. In cians or other licensed health care profes-
light of these results in animals, the possi- sionals should be aware of the presenting
bility that BD may adversely affect the re- symptoms and signs of lymphohematopoietic
productive systems of male and female work- disorders and cancers, as well as the proce-
ers must be considered. dures necessary to confirm or exclude such
Additionally, anemia has been observed in diagnoses. Additionally, the health question-
animals exposed to butadiene. In some cases, naire will assist with the identification of
this anemia appeared to be a primary re- workers at greatest risk of developing leu-
sponse to exposure; in other cases, it may kemia or adverse reproductive effects from
have been secondary to a neoplastic re- their exposures to BD.
sponse. Workers with a history of reproductive dif-
ficulties or a personal or family history of
C. Epidemiology immune deficiency syndromes, blood
Epidemiologic evidence demonstrates that dyscrasias, lymphoma, or leukemia, and
BD exposure poses an increased risk of leu- those who are or have been exposed to medic-
kemia. Mild alterations of hematologic pa- inal drugs or chemicals known to affect the
rameters have also been observed in syn- hematopoietic or lymphatic systems may be
thetic rubber workers exposed to BD. at higher risk from their exposure to BD.
After the initial administration, the health
II. Potential Adverse Health Effects questionnaire must be updated annually.
A. Acute B. Complete Blood Count (CBC)

Skin contact with liquid BD causes char- The medical screening and surveillance
acteristic burns or frostbite. BD is gaseous program requires an annual CBC, with dif-
form can irritate the eyes, nasal passages, ferential and platelet count, to be provided
throat, and lungs. Blurred vision, coughing, for each employee with BD exposure. This
and drowsiness may also occur. Effects are test is to be performed on a blood sample ob-
mild at 2,000 ppm and pronounced at 8,000 tained by phlebotomy of the venous system
ppm for exposures occurring over the full or, if technically feasible, from a fingerstick
workshift. sample of capillary blood. The sample is to
At very high concentrations in air, BD is be analyzed by an accredited laboratory.
an anesthetic, causing narcosis, respiratory Abnormalities in a CBC may be due to a
paralysis, unconsciousness, and death. Such number of different etiologies. The concern
412
for workers exposed to BD includes, but is will no longer be working in jobs with BD ex-
not limited to, timely identification of posure are intended to rule out
lymphohematopoietic cancers, such as leu- lymphohematopoietic disorders.
kemia and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. Abnor- The need for physical examinations for
malities of portions of the CBC are identified workers concerned about adverse reproduc-
by comparing an individual’s results to those tive effects from their exposure to BD should
of an established range of normal values for be identified by the physician or other li-
males and females. A substantial change in censed health care professional and provided
any individual employee’s CBC may also be accordingly. For these workers, such con-
viewed as ‘‘abnormal’’ for that individual sultations and examinations may relate to
even if all measurements fall within the pop- developmental toxicity and reproductive ca-
ulation-based range of normal values. It is pacity.
suggested that a flowsheet for laboratory Physical examination of workers acutely
values be included in each employee’s med- exposed to significant levels of BD should be
ical record so that comparisons and trends in especially directed at the respiratory sys-
annual CBCs can be easily made. tem, eyes, sinuses, skin, nervous system, and
A determination of the clinical signifi- any region associated with particular com-
cance of an abnormal CBC shall be the re- plaints. If the worker has received a severe
sponsibility of the examining physician, acute exposure, hospitalization may be re-
other licensed health care professional, or quired to assure proper medical manage-
medical specialist to whom the employee is ment. Since this type of exposure may place
referred. Ideally, an abnormal CBC should be workers at greater risk of blood abnormali-
compared to previous CBC measurements for ties, a CBC must be obtained within 48 hours
the same employee, when available. Clinical and repeated at one, two, and three months.
common sense may dictate that a CBC value
that is very slightly outside the normal APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1051—SAMPLING
range does not warrant medical concern. A AND ANALYTICAL METHOD FOR 1,3-
CBC abnormality may also be the result of a BUTADIENE (NON-MANDATORY)
temporary physical stressor, such as a tran-
sient viral illness, blood donation, or OSHA Method No.: 56.
Matrix: Air.
menorrhagia, or laboratory error. In these
Target concentration: 1 ppm (2.21 mg/m3)
cases, the CBC should be repeated in a time-
Procedure: Air samples are collected by
ly fashion, i.e., within 6 weeks, to verify that
drawing known volumes of air through sam-
return to the normal range has occurred. A
pling tubes containing charcoal adsorbent
clinically significant abnormal CBC should
which has been coated with 4-tert-
result in removal of the employee from fur-
butylcatechol. The samples are desorbed
ther exposure to BD. Transfer of the em- with carbon disulfide and then analyzed by
ployee to other work duties in a BD-free en- gas chromatography using a flame ionization
vironment would be the preferred rec- detector.
ommendation. Recommended sampling rate and air volume:
C. Physical Examination 0.05 L/min and 3 L.
Detection limit of the overall procedure: 90
The medical screening and surveillance ppb (200 ug/m 3) (based on 3 L air volume).
program requires an initial physical exam- Reliable quantitation limit: 155 ppb (343 ug/
ination for workers exposed to BD; this ex- m 3) (based on 3 L air volume).
amination is repeated once every three Standard error of estimate at the target con-
years. The initial physical examination centration: 6.5%.
should assess each worker’s baseline general Special requirements: The sampling tubes
health and rule out clinical signs of medical must be coated with 4-tert-butylcatechol.
conditions that may be caused by or aggra- Collected samples should be stored in a freez-
vated by occupational BD exposure. The er.
physical examination should be directed at Status of method: A sampling and analytical
identification of signs of method has been subjected to the established
lymphohematopoietic disorders, including evaluation procedures of the Organic Meth-
lymph node enlargement, splenomegaly, and ods Evaluation Branch, OSHA Analytical
hepatomegaly. Laboratory, Salt Lake City, Utah 84165.
Repeated physical examinations should up-
1. Background
date objective clinical findings that could be
indicative of interim development of a This work was undertaken to develop a
lymphohematopoietic disorder, such as sampling and analytical procedure for BD at
lymphoma, leukemia, or other blood abnor- 1 ppm. The current method recommended by
mality. Physical examinations may also be OSHA for collecting BD uses activated coco-
provided on an as needed basis in order to nut shell charcoal as the sampling medium
follow up on a positive answer on the health (Ref. 5.2). This method was found to be inad-
questionnaire, or in response to an abnormal equate for use at low BD levels because of
CBC. Physical examination of workers who sample instability.
413
The stability of samples has been signifi- 1.2.2. Detection limit of the overall procedure
cantly improved through the use of a spe-
cially cleaned charcoal which is coated with The detection limit of the overall proce-
4-tert-butylcatechol (TBC). TBC is a polym- dure was 0.60 µg per sample (90 ppb or 200 µg/
erization inhibitor for BD (Ref. 5.3). m3). This amount was determined graphi-
cally. It was the amount of analyte which,
1.1.1 Toxic effects when spiked on the sampling device, would
allow recovery approximately equal to the
Symptoms of human exposure to BD in- detection limit of the analytical procedure.
clude irritation of the eyes, nose and throat.
It can also cause coughing, drowsiness and 1.2.3. Reliable quantitation limit
fatigue. Dermatitis and frostbite can result
from skin exposure to liquid BD. (Ref. 5.1) The reliable quantitation limit was 1.03 µg
NIOSH recommends that BD be handled in per sample (155 ppb or 343 µg/m3). This was
the workplace as a potential occupational the smallest amount of analyte which could
carcinogen. This recommendation is based be quantitated within the limits of a recov-
on two inhalation studies that resulted in ery of at least 75% and a precision (±1.96 SD)
cancers at multiple sites in rats and in mice. of ±25% or better.
BD has also demonstrated mutagenic activ-
ity in the presence of a liver microsomal ac- 1.2.4. Sensitivity 1
tivating system. It has also been reported to The sensitivity of the analytical procedure
have adverse reproductive effects. (Ref. 5.1) over a concentration range representing 0.6
1.1.2. Potential workplace exposure to 2 times the target concentration, based on
the recommended air volume, was 387 area
About 90% of the annual production of BD units per µg/mL. This value was determined
is used to manufacture styrene-butadiene from the slope of the calibration curve. The
rubber and Polybutadiene rubber. Other uses sensitivity may vary with the particular in-
include: Polychloroprene rubber, acrylo- strument used in the analysis.
nitrile butadiene-stryene resins, nylon inter-
mediates, styrene-butadiene latexes, buta- 1.2.5. Recovery
diene polymers, thermoplastic elastomers,
nitrile resins, methyl methacrylate-buta- The recovery of BD from samples used in
diene styrene resins and chemical intermedi- storage tests remained above 77% when the
ates. (Ref. 5.1) samples were stored at ambient temperature
and above 94% when the samples were stored
1.1.3. Physical properties (Ref. 5.1) at refrigerated temperature. These values
were determined from regression lines which
CAS No.: 106–99–0 were calculated from the storage data. The
Molecular weight: 54.1 recovery of the analyte from the collection
Appearance: Colorless gas device must be at least 75% following stor-
Boiling point: ¥4.41 °C (760 mm Hg) age.
Freezing point: ¥108.9 °C
Vapor pressure: 2 atm @ 15.3 °C; 5 atm @ 47 1.2.6. Precision (analytical method only)
°C
The pooled coefficient of variation ob-
Explosive limits: 2 to 11.5% (by volume in
air) tained from replicate determinations of ana-
lytical standards over the range of 0.6 to 2
Odor threshold: 0.45 ppm
times the target concentration was 0.011.
Structural formula: H2 C:CHCH:CH2
Synonyms: BD; biethylene; bivinyl; buta- 1.2.7. Precision (overall procedure)
diene; divinyl; buta-1,3-diene; alpha-gamma-
butadiene; erythrene; NCI–C50602; The precision at the 95% confidence level
pyrrolylene; vinylethylene. for the refrigerated temperature storage test
was ±12.7%. This value includes an additional
1.2. Limit defining parameters ±5% for sampling error. The overall proce-
The analyte air concentrations listed dure must provide results at the target con-
throughout this method are based on an air centrations that are ±25% at the 95% con-
volume of 3 L and a desorption volume of 1 fidence level.
mL. Air concentrations listed in ppm are ref-
erenced to 25 °C and 760 mm Hg. 1 The reliable quantitation limit and detec-
tion limits reported in the method are based

1.2.1. Detection limit of the analytical
upon optimization of the instrument for the
procedure
smallest possible amount of analyte. When
The detection limit of the analytical pro- the target concentration of an analyte is ex-
cedure was 304 pg per injection. This was the ceptionally higher than these limits, they
amount of BD which gave a response relative may not be attainable at the routine oper-
to the interferences present in a standard. ation parameters.
414
1.2.8. Reproducibility 2.3.4. Include at least one blank for each
sampling set. The blank should be handled in
Samples collected from a controlled test
the same manner as the samples with the ex-
atmosphere and a draft copy of this proce-
dure were given to a chemist unassociated ception that air is not drawn through it.
with this evaluation. The average recovery 2.3.5. List any potential interferences on
was 97.2% and the standard deviation was the sample data sheet.
6.2%. 2.3.6. The samples require no special ship-
ping precautions under normal conditions.
2. Sampling procedure The samples should be refrigerated if they
are to be exposed to higher than normal am-
2.1. Apparatus bient temperatures. If the samples are to be
2.1.1. Samples are collected by use of a stored before they are shipped to the labora-
personal sampling pump that can be cali- tory, they should be kept in a freezer. The
brated to within ±5% of the recommended samples should be placed in a freezer upon
0.05 L/min sampling rate with the sampling receipt at the laboratory.
tube in line.
2.1.2. Samples are collected with labora- 2.4. Breakthrough
tory prepared sampling tubes. The sampling
(Breakthrough was defined as the relative
tube is constructed of silane-treated glass
amount of analyte found on the backup sec-
and is about 5-cm long. The ID is 4 mm and
tion of the tube in relation to the total
the OD is 6 mm. One end of the tube is ta-
pered so that a glass wool end plug will hold amount of analyte collected on the sampling
the contents of the tube in place during sam- tube. Five-percent breakthrough occurred
pling. The opening in the tapered end of the after sampling a test atmosphere containing
sampling tube is at least one-half the ID of 2.0 ppm BD for 90 min at 0.05 L/min. At the
the tube (2 mm). The other end of the sam- end of this time 4.5 L of air had been sampled
pling tube is open to its full 4-mm ID to fa- and 20.1 µg of the analyte was collected. The
cilitate packing of the tube. Both ends of the relative humidity of the sampled air was 80%
tube are fire-polished for safety. The tube is at 23 °C.)
packed with 2 sections of pretreated charcoal Breakthrough studies have shown that the
which has been coated with TBC. The tube is recommended sampling procedure can be
packed with a 50-mg backup section, located used at air concentrations higher than the
nearest the tapered end, and with a 100-mg target concentration. The sampling time,
sampling section of charcoal. The two sec- however, should be reduced to 45 min if both
tions of coated adsorbent are separated and the expected BD level and the relative hu-
retained with small plugs of silanized glass midity of the sampled air are high.
wool. Following packing, the sampling tubes
are sealed with two 7⁄32 inch OD plastic end 2.5. Desorption efficiency
caps. Instructions for the pretreatment and
coating of the charcoal are presented in Sec- The average desorption efficiency for BD
tion 4.1 of this method. from TBC coated charcoal over the range
from 0.6 to 2 times the target concentration
2.2. Reagents was 96.4%. The efficiency was essentially
constant over the range studied.
None required.
2.6. Recommended air volume and sampling
2.3. Technique
rate
2.3.1. Properly label the sampling tube be-
2.6.1. The recommended air volume is 3L.
fore sampling and then remove the plastic
end caps. 2.6.2. The recommended sampling rate is
2.3.2. Attach the sampling tube to the 0.05 L/min for 1 hour.
pump using a section of flexible plastic tub-
2.7. Interferences
ing such that the larger front section of the
sampling tube is exposed directly to the at- There are no known interferences to the
mosphere. Do not place any tubing ahead of sampling method.
the sampling tube. The sampling tube should
be attached in the worker’s breathing zone 2.8. Safety precautions
in a vertical manner such that it does not
impede work performance. 2.8.1. Attach the sampling equipment to
2.3.3. After sampling for the appropriate the worker in such a manner that it will not
time, remove the sampling tube from the interfere with work performance or safety.
pump and then seal the tube with plastic end 2.8.2. Follow all safety practices that
caps. Wrap the tube lengthwise. apply to the work area being sampled.
415
3. Analytical procedure 3.4. Sample preparation
3.1. Apparatus 3.4.1. Transfer the 100-mg section of the

sampling tube to a 2-mL vial. Place the 50-
3.1.1. A gas chromatograph (GC), mg section in a separate vial. If the glass
equipped with a flame ionization detector wool plugs contain a significant amount of
(FID).2 charcoal, place them with the appropriate
3.1.2. A GC column capable of resolving sampling tube section.
the analytes from any interference.3 3.4.2. Add 1-mL of carbon disulfide to
3.1.3. Vials, glass 2-mL with Teflon-lined each vial.
caps. 3.4.3. Seal the vials with Teflon-lined
3.1.4. Disposable Pasteur-type pipets, vol- caps and then allow them to desorb for one
umetric flasks, pipets and syringes for pre- hour. Shake the vials by hand vigorously
paring samples and standards, making dilu- several times during the desorption period.
tions and performing injections. 3.4.4. If it is not possible to analyze the
samples within 4 hours, separate the carbon
3.2. Reagents disulfide from the charcoal, using a dispos-
able Pasteur-type pipet, following the one
3.2.1. Carbon disulfide.4 hour. This separation will improve the sta-
The benzene contaminant that was present bility of desorbed samples.
in the carbon disulfide was used as an inter- 3.4.5. Save the used sampling tubes to be
nal standard (ISTD) in this evaluation. cleaned and repacked with fresh adsorbent.
3.2.2. Nitrogen, hydrogen and air, GC
grade. 3.5. Analysis
3.2.3. BD of known high purity.5 3.5.1. GC Conditions
Column temperature: 95 °C
3.3. Standard preparation Injector temperature: 180 °C
3.3.1. Prepare standards by diluting Detector temperature: 275 °C
known volumes of BD gas with carbon disul- Carrier gas flow rate: 30 mL/min
fide. This can be accomplished by injecting Injection volume: 0.80 µL
the appropriate volume of BD into the GC column: 20-ft x 1⁄8-in OD stainless steel
headspace above the 1-mL of carbon disulfide GC column containing 20%
contained in sealed 2-mL vial. Shake the vial FFAP on 80/100 Chromabsorb W–AW–
after the needle is removed from the sep- DMCS.
tum.6 3.5.2. Chromatogram. See Section 4.2.
3.3.2. The mass of BD gas used to prepare 3.5.3. Use a suitable method, such as elec-
standards can be determined by use of the tronic or peak heights, to measure detector
following equations: response.
3.5.4. Prepare a calibration curve using
MV = (760/BP)(273+t)/(273)(22.41) several standard solutions of different con-
Where: centrations. Prepare the calibration curve
daily. Program the integrator to report the
MV = ambient molar volume
results in µg/mL.
BP = ambient barometric pressure
3.5.5. Bracket sample concentrations
T = ambient temperature with standards.
µg/µL = 54.09/MV
µg/standard = (µg/µL)(µL) BD used to prepare 3.6. Interferences (analytical)
the standard 3.6.1. Any compound with the same gen-
eral retention time as the analyte and which
2 A Hewlett-Packard Model 5840A GC was also gives a detector response is a potential
used for this evaluation. Injections were per- interference. Possible interferences should
formed using a Hewlett-Packard Model 7671A be reported by the industrial hygienist to
automatic sampler. the laboratory with submitted samples.
3 A 20-ft x 1⁄8-inch OD stainless steel GC col- 3.6.2. GC parameters (temperature, col-
umn containing 20% FFAP on 80/100 mesh umn, etc.) may be changed to circumvent
Chromabsorb W–AW–DMCS was used for this interferences.
evaluation. 3.6.3. A useful means of structure des-
4 Fisher Scientific Company A.C.S. Rea- ignation is GC/MS. It is recommended that
gent Grade solvent was used in this evalua- this procedure be used to confirm samples
tion. whenever possible.
5 Matheson Gas Products, CP Grade 1,3-bu-
3.7. Calculations
tadiene was used in this study.
6 A standard containing 7.71 µg/mL (at am- 3.7.1. Results are obtained by use of cali-
bient temperature and pressure) was pre- bration curves. Calibration curves are pre-
pared by diluting 4 µL of the gas with 1-mL pared by plotting detector response against
of carbon disulfide. concentration for each standard. The best
416
line through the data points is determined 4.1.2.3. Specially cleaned coconut shell
by curve fitting. charcoal, 20/40 mesh.11
3.7.2. The concentration, in ug/mL, for a 4.1.2.4. Nitrogen gas, GC grade.
particular sample is determined by com- 4.1.3. Procedure.
paring its detector response to the calibra- Weigh 30g of charcoal into a 500-mL Erlen-
tion curve. If any analyte is found on the meyer flask. Add about 250 mL of 10% phos-
backup section, this amount is added to the phoric acid to the flask and then swirl the
amount found on the front section. Blank mixture. Stir the mixture for 1 hour using a
corrections should be performed before add- magnetic stirrer. Filter the mixture using a
ing the results together. fitted Buchner funnel. Wash the charcoal
3.7.3. The BD air concentration can be ex- several times with 250-mL portions of deion-
pressed using the following equation: ized water to remove all traces of the acid.
mg/m 3 = (A)(B)/(C)(D) Transfer the washed charcoal to the tube
Where: furnace quartz tube. Place the quartz tube in
A = µg/mL from Section 3.7.2 the furnace and then connect the nitrogen
B = volume gas purge to the tube. Fire the charcoal to
C = L of air sampled 700 °C. Maintain that temperature for at
D = efficiency least 1 hour. After the charcoal has cooled to
room temperature, transfer it to a tared
3.7.4. The following equation can be used beaker. Determine the weight of the char-
to convert results in mg/m 3 to ppm: coal and then add an amount of TBC which
ppm = (mg/m 3)(24.46)/54.09
is 10% of the charcoal, by weight.
Where: CAUTION-TBC is toxic and should only be
mg/m 3 = result from Section 3.7.3. handled in a fume hood while wearing gloves.
24.46 = molar volume of an ideal gas at 760 Carefully mix the contents of the beaker
mm Hg and 25 °C. and then transfer the mixture to a 4-oz bot-
tle. Stopper the bottle with a clean rubber
3.8. Safety precautions (analytical) stopper which has been wrapped with Teflon
3.8.1. Avoid skin contact and inhalation tape. Clamp the bottle in a water bath so
of all chemicals. that the water level is above the charcoal
3.8.2. Restrict the use of all chemicals to level. Gently heat the bath to 60 °C and then
a fume hood whenever possible. maintain that temperature for 1 hour. Cool
3.8.3. Wear safety glasses and a lab coat the charcoal to room temperature and then
in all laboratory areas. transfer the coated charcoal to a suitable
container.
4. Additional Information The coated charcoal is now ready to be
packed into sampling tubes. The sampling
4.1. A procedure to prepare specially cleaned
charcoal coated with TBC tubes should be stored in a sealed container
to prevent contamination. Sampling tubes
4.1.1. Apparatus. should be stored in the dark at room tem-
4.1.1.1. Magnetic stirrer and stir bar. perature. The sampling tubes should be seg-
4.1.1.2. Tube furnace capable of maintain- regated by coated adsorbent lot number.
ing a temperature of 700 °C and equipped
with a quartz tube that can hold 30 g of char- 4.2 Chromatograms
coal.8
The chromatograms were obtained using
4.1.1.3. A means to purge nitrogen gas
the recommended analytical method. The
through the charcoal inside the quartz tube.
chart speed was set at 1 cm/min for the first
4.1.1.4. Water bath capable of maintain-
three min and then at 0.2 cm/min for the
ing a temperature of 60 °C.
4.1.1.5. Miscellaneous laboratory equip- time remaining in the analysis.
ment: One-liter vacuum flask, 1–L Erlen- The peak which elutes just before BD is a
meyer flask, 350–M1 Buchner funnel with a reaction product between an impurity on the
coarse fitted disc, 4-oz brown bottle, rubber charcoal and TBC. This peak is always
stopper, Teflon tape etc. present, but it is easily resolved from the
analyte. The peak which elutes immediately
4.1.2. Reagents before benzene is an oxidation product of
TBC.
4.1.2.1. Phosphoric acid, 10% by weight, in
water.9 5. References
4.1.2.2. 4-tert-Butylcatechol (TBC).10
5.1. ‘‘Current Intelligence Bulletin 41, 1,3-
Butadiene’’, U.S. Dept. of Health and Human
8 A Lindberg Type 55035 Tube furnace was
used in this evaluation.

9 Baker Analyzed’’ Reagent grade was di- 11 Specially cleaned charcoal was obtained
luted with water for use in this evaluation. from Supelco, Inc. for use in this evaluation.
10 The Aldrich Chemical Company 99% The cleaning process used by Supelco is pro-
grade was used in this evaluation. prietary.
417
Services, Public Health Service, Center for 5.3. Hawley, G.C., Ed. ‘‘The Condensed
Disease Control, NIOSH. Chemical Dictionary’’, 8th ed.; Van Nostrand
5.2. ‘‘NIOSH Manual of Analytical Meth- Rienhold Company: New York, 1971; 139.5.4.
ods’’, 2nd ed; U.S. Dept. of Health Education Chem. Eng. News (June 10, 1985), (63), 22–66.
and Welfare, National Institute for Occupa-
tional Safety and Health: Cincinnati, OH. APPENDIX E [RESERVED]
1977, Vol. 2, Method No. S91 DHEW (NIOSH)
Publ. (US), No. 77–157–B.
APPENDIX F TO § 1910.1051—MEDICAL QUESTIONNAIRES (NON-MANDATORY)
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
[61 FR 56831, Nov. 4, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 1294, Jan. 8, 1998]
425
§ 1910.1052 Methylene Chloride. tion, or any other person authorized by

This occupational health standard es- the OSH Act or regulations issued
tablishes requirements for employers under the Act.
to control occupational exposure to Director means the Director of the
methylene chloride (MC). Employees National Institute for Occupational
exposed to MC are at increased risk of Safety and Health, U.S. Department of
developing cancer, adverse effects on Health and Human Services, or des-
the heart, central nervous system and ignee.
liver, and skin or eye irritation. Expo- Emergency means any occurrence,
sure may occur through inhalation, by such as, but not limited to, equipment
absorption through the skin, or failure, rupture of containers, or fail-
through contact with the skin. MC is a ure of control equipment, which re-
solvent which is used in many different sults, or is likely to result in an uncon-
types of work activities, such as paint trolled release of MC. If an incidental
stripping, polyurethane foam manufac- release of MC can be controlled by em-
turing, and cleaning and degreasing. ployees such as maintenance personnel
Under the requirements of paragraph at the time of release and in accord-
(d) of this section, each covered em- ance with the leak/spill provisions re-
ployer must make an initial deter- quired by paragraph (f) of this section,
mination of each employee’s exposure it is not considered an emergency as
to MC. If the employer determines that defined by this standard.
employees are exposed below the ac- Employee exposure means exposure to
tion level, the only other provisions of airborne MC which occurs or would
this section that apply are that a occur if the employee were not using
record must be made of the determina- respiratory protection.
tion, the employees must receive infor- Methylene chloride (MC) means an or-
mation and training under paragraph ganic compound with chemical for-
(l) of this section and, where appro- mula, CH2 Cl2. Its Chemical Abstracts
priate, employees must be protected Service Registry Number is 75–09–2. Its
from contact with liquid MC under molecular weight is 84.9 g/mole.
paragraph (h) of this section. The pro-
Physician or other licensed health care
visions of the MC standard are as fol-
professional is an individual whose le-
lows:
gally permitted scope of practice (i.e.,
(a) Scope and application. This section
license, registration, or certification)
applies to all occupational exposures to
allows him or her to independently pro-
methylene chloride (MC), Chemical Ab-
vide or be delegated the responsibility
stracts Service Registry Number 75–09–
to provide some or all of the health
2, in general industry, construction and
care services required by paragraph (j)
shipyard employment.
(b) Definitions. For the purposes of of this section.
this section, the following definitions Regulated area means an area, demar-
shall apply: cated by the employer, where an em-
Action level means a concentration of ployee’s exposure to airborne con-
airborne MC of 12.5 parts per million centrations of MC exceeds or can rea-
(ppm) calculated as an eight (8)-hour sonably be expected to exceed either
time-weighted average (TWA). the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL.
Assistant Secretary means the Assist- Symptom means central nervous sys-
ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa- tem effects such as headaches, dis-
tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart- orientation, dizziness, fatigue, and de-
ment of Labor, or designee. creased attention span; skin effects
Authorized person means any person such as chapping, erythema, cracked
specifically authorized by the employer skin, or skin burns; and cardiac effects
and required by work duties to be such as chest pain or shortness of
present in regulated areas, or any per- breath.
son entering such an area as a des- This section means this methylene
ignated representative of employees for chloride standard.
the purpose of exercising the right to (c) Permissible exposure limits (PELs)—
observe monitoring and measuring pro- (1) Eight-hour time-weighted average
cedures under paragraph (d) of this sec- (TWA) PEL. The employer shall ensure
426
that no employee is exposed to an air- used to perform exposure monitoring

borne concentration of MC in excess of produce results that are accurate to a
twenty-five parts of MC per million confidence level of 95 percent, and are:
parts of air (25 ppm) as an 8-hour TWA. (A) Within plus or minus 25 percent
(2) Short-term exposure limit (STEL). for airborne concentrations of MC
The employer shall ensure that no em- above the 8-hour TWA PEL or the
ployee is exposed to an airborne con- STEL; or
centration of MC in excess of one hun- (B) Within plus or minus 35 percent
dred and twenty-five parts of MC per for airborne concentrations of MC at or
million parts of air (125 ppm) as deter- above the action level but at or below
mined over a sampling period of fifteen the 8-hour TWA PEL.
minutes. (2) Initial determination. Each em-
(d) Exposure monitoring—(1) Character- ployer whose employees are exposed to
ization of employee exposure. (i) Where MC shall perform initial exposure mon-
MC is present in the workplace, the itoring to determine each affected em-
employer shall determine each employ- ployee’s exposure, except under the fol-
ee’s exposure by either: lowing conditions:
(A) Taking a personal breathing zone (i) Where objective data demonstrate
air sample of each employee’s expo- that MC cannot be released in the
sure; or workplace in airborne concentrations
(B) Taking personal breathing zone at or above the action level or above
air samples that are representative of the STEL. The objective data shall rep-
each employee’s exposure. resent the highest MC exposures likely
(ii) Representative samples. The em- to occur under reasonably foreseeable
ployer may consider personal breathing conditions of processing, use, or han-
zone air samples to be representative of dling. The employer shall document
employee exposures when they are the objective data exemption as speci-
taken as follows: fied in paragraph (m) of this section;
(A) 8-hour TWA PEL. The employer (ii) Where the employer has per-
has taken one or more personal breath- formed exposure monitoring within 12
ing zone air samples for at least one months prior to April 10, 1997 and that
employee in each job classification in a exposure monitoring meets all other
work area during every work shift, and requirements of this section, and was
the employee sampled is expected to conducted under conditions substan-
have the highest MC exposure. tially equivalent to existing condi-
(B) Short-term exposure limits. The em- tions; or
ployer has taken one or more personal (iii) Where employees are exposed to
breathing zone air samples which indi- MC on fewer than 30 days per year (e.g.,
cate the highest likely 15-minute expo- on a construction site), and the em-
sures during such operations for at ployer has measurements by direct-
least one employee in each job classi- reading instruments which give imme-
fication in the work area during every diate results (such as a detector tube)
work shift, and the employee sampled and which provide sufficient informa-
is expected to have the highest MC ex- tion regarding employee exposures to
posure. determine what control measures are
(C) Exception. Personal breathing necessary to reduce exposures to ac-
zone air samples taken during one ceptable levels.
work shift may be used to represent (3) Periodic monitoring. Where the ini-
employee exposures on other work tial determination shows employee ex-
shifts where the employer can docu- posures at or above the action level or
ment that the tasks performed and above the STEL, the employer shall es-
conditions in the workplace are similar tablish an exposure monitoring pro-
across shifts. gram for periodic monitoring of em-
(iii) Accuracy of monitoring. The employee exposure to MC in accordance
ployer shall ensure that the methods with Table 1:
427
TABLE 1—INITIAL DETERMINATION EXPOSURE SCENARIOS AND THEIR ASSOCIATED MONITORING

FREQUENCIES
Exposure scenario Required monitoring activity
Below the action level and at or below the No 8-hour TWA or STEL monitoring required.
STEL.
Below the action level and above the STEL No 8-hour TWA monitoring required; monitor STEL exposures every three months.
At or above the action level, at or below Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures every six months.
the TWA, and at or below the STEL.
At or above the action level, at or below Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures every six months and monitor STEL exposures
the TWA, and above the STEL. every three months.
Above the TWA and at or below the STEL Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures every three months. In addition, without regard to
the last sentence of the note to paragraph (d)(3), the following employers must
monitor STEL exposures every three months until either the date by which they
must achieve the 8-hour TWA PEL under paragraph (n) of this section or the
date by which they in fact achieve the 8-hour TWA PEL, whichever comes first:
employers engaged in polyurethane foam manufacturing; foam fabrication; fur-
niture refinishing; general aviation aircraft stripping; product formulation; use of
MC-based adhesives for boat building and repair, recreational vehicle manufac-
ture, van conversion, or upholstery; and use of MC in construction work for res-
toration and preservation of buildings, painting and paint removal, cabinet mak-
ing, or floor refinishing and resurfacing.
Above the TWA and above the STEL ........ Monitor 8-hour TWA exposures and STEL exposures every three months.
[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (d)(3): The employer (ii) Whenever monitoring results in-
may decrease the frequency of 8-hour TWA dicate that employee exposure is above
exposure monitoring to every six months the 8-hour TWA PEL or the STEL, the
when at least two consecutive measurements
employer shall describe in the written
taken at least seven days apart show expo-
sures to be at or below the 8-hour TWA PEL. notification the corrective action being
The employer may discontinue the periodic taken to reduce employee exposure to
8-hour TWA monitoring for employees where or below the 8-hour TWA PEL or STEL
at least two consecutive measurements and the schedule for completion of this
taken at least seven days apart are below the action.
action level. The employer may discontinue (6) Observation of monitoring—(i) Em-
the periodic STEL monitoring for employees ployee observation. The employer shall
where at least two consecutive measure- provide affected employees or their
ments taken at least 7 days apart are at or
designated representatives an oppor-
below the STEL.]
tunity to observe any monitoring of
(4) Additional monitoring. (i) The em- employee exposure to MC conducted in
ployer shall perform exposure moni- accordance with this section.
toring when a change in workplace (ii) Observation procedures. When ob-
conditions indicates that employee ex- servation of the monitoring of em-
posure may have increased. Examples ployee exposure to MC requires entry
of situations that may require addi- into an area where the use of protec-
tional monitoring include changes in tive clothing or equipment is required,
production, process, control equip- the employer shall provide, at no cost
ment, or work practices, or a leak, rup- to the observer(s), and the observer(s)
ture, or other breakdown. shall be required to use such clothing
(ii) Where exposure monitoring is and equipment and shall comply with
performed due to a spill, leak, rupture all other applicable safety and health
or equipment breakdown, the employer procedures.
shall clean-up the MC and perform the (e) Regulated areas. (1) The employer
appropriate repairs before monitoring. shall establish a regulated area wher-
(5) Employee notification of monitoring ever an employee’s exposure to air-
results. (i) The employer shall, within borne concentrations of MC exceeds or
15 working days after the receipt of the can reasonably be expected to exceed
results of any monitoring performed either the 8-hour TWA PEL or the
under this section, notify each affected STEL.
employee of these results in writing, (2) The employer shall limit access to
either individually or by posting of re- regulated areas to authorized persons.
sults in an appropriate location that is (3) The employer shall supply a res-
accessible to affected employees. pirator, selected in accordance with
428
paragraph (h)(3) of this section, to each supplement them by the use of res-
person who enters a regulated area and piratory protection that complies with
shall require each affected employee to the requirements of paragraph (g) of
use that respirator whenever MC expo- this section.
sures are likely to exceed the 8-hour (2) Prohibition of rotation. The em-
TWA PEL or STEL. ployer shall not implement a schedule
[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (e)(3): An employer of employee rotation as a means of
who has implemented all feasible engineer- compliance with the PELs.
ing, work practice and administrative con- (3) Leak and spill detection. (i) The em-
trols (as required in paragraph (f) of this sec- ployer shall implement procedures to
tion), and who has established a regulated
detect leaks of MC in the workplace. In
area (as required by paragraph (e)(1) of this
section) where MC exposure can be reliably work areas where spills may occur, the
predicted to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL or employer shall make provisions to con-
the STEL only on certain days (for exam- tain any spills and to safely dispose of
ple,because of work or process schedule) any MC-contaminated waste materials.
would need to have affected employees use (ii) The employer shall ensure that
respirators in that regulated area only on all incidental leaks are repaired and
those days.] that incidental spills are cleaned
(4) The employer shall ensure that, promptly by employees who use the ap-
within a regulated area, employees do propriate personal protective equip-
not engage in non-work activities ment and are trained in proper meth-
which may increase dermal or oral MC
ods of cleanup.
exposure. [NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (f)(3)(ii): See Appen-
(5) The employer shall ensure that dix A of this section for examples of proce-
while employees are wearing res- dures that satisfy this requirement. Employ-
pirators, they do not engage in activi- ers covered by this standard may also be sub-
ties (such as taking medication or ject to the hazardous waste and emergency
chewing gum or tobacco) which inter- response provisions contained in 29 CFR
fere with respirator seal or perform- 1910.120 (q).]
ance. (g) Respiratory protection—(1) General.
(6) The employer shall demarcate For employees who use respirators re-
regulated areas from the rest of the quired by this section, the employer
workplace in any manner that ade- must provide respirators that comply
quately establishes and alerts employ- with the requirements of this para-
ees to the boundaries of the area and graph. Respirators must be used dur-
minimizes the number of authorized ing:
employees exposed to MC within the (i) Periods when an employee’s expo-
regulated area. sure to MC exceeds the 8-hour TWA
(7) An employer at a multi-employer PEL, or STEL (for example, when an
worksite who establishes a regulated employee is using MC in a regulated
area shall communicate the access re- area).
strictions and locations of these areas (ii) Periods necessary to install or
to all other employers with work oper- implement feasible engineering and
ations at that worksite. work-practice controls.
(f) Methods of compliance—(1) Engi- (iii) A few work operations, such as
neering and work practice controls. The some maintenance operations and re-
employer shall institute and maintain pair activities, for which the employer
the effectiveness of engineering con- demonstrates that engineering and
trols and work practices to reduce em- work-practice controls are infeasible.
ployee exposure to or below the PELs (iv) Work operations for which fea-
except to the extent that the employer sible engineering and work-practice
can demonstrate that such controls are controls are not sufficient to reduce
not feasible. Wherever the feasible en- employee exposures to or below the
gineering controls and work practices PELs.
which can be instituted are not suffi- (v) Emergencies.
cient to reduce employee exposure to (2) Respirator program. (i) The em-
or below the 8–TWA PEL or STEL, the ployer must implement a respiratory
employer shall use them to reduce em- protection program in accordance with
ployee exposure to the lowest levels 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (m) (except
achievable by these controls and shall (d)(1)(iii) and (d)(3)(iii)(B) (1) and (2)).
429
(ii) Employers who provide employ- (3) Respirator selection. The employer
ees with gas masks with organic-vapor must select appropriate atmosphere-
canisters for the purpose of emergency supplying respirators from Table 2 of
escape must replace the canisters after this section.
any emergency use and before the gas
masks are returned to service.
TABLE 2—MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE METHYLENE
CHLORIDE
Methylene chloride airborne concentration Minimum respirator required 1
(ppm) or condition of use
Up to 625 ppm (25 X PEL) ......................... (1) Continuous flow supplied-air respirator, hood or helmet.
Up to 1250 ppm (50 X 8–TWA PEL) .......... (1) Full facepiece supplied-air respirator operated in negative pressure (demand)
mode.
(2) Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) operated in negative
pressure (demand) mode.
Up to 5000 ppm (200 X 8–TWA PEL) ........ (1) Continuous flow supplied-air respirator, full facepiece.
(2) Pressure demand supplied-air respirator, full facepiece.
(3) Positive pressure full facepiece SCBA.
Unknown concentration, or above 5000 (1) Positive pressure full facepiece SCBA.
ppm (Greater than 200 X 8–TWA PEL).
(2) Full facepiece pressure demand supplied-air respirator with an auxiliary self-
contained air supply.
Fire fighting ................................................. Positive pressure full facepiece SCBA.
Emergency escape ..................................... (1) Any continuous flow or pressure demand SCBA.
(2) Gas mask with organic vapor canister.
1 Respirators assigned for higher airborne concentrations may be used at lower concentrations.
(4) Medical evaluation. Before having [NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (h)(4): See Appendix A
an employee use a supplied-air res- for examples of disposal procedures that will
pirator in the negative-pressure mode, satisfy this requirement.]
or a gas mask with an organic-vapor (i) Hygiene facilities. (1) If it is reason-
canister for emergency escape, the em- ably foreseeable that employees’ skin
ployer must: may contact solutions containing 0.1
(i) Have a physician or other licensed percent or greater MC (for example,
health-care professional (PLHCP) through splashes, spills or improper
evaluate the employee’s ability to use work practices), the employer shall
such respiratory protection. provide conveniently located washing
(ii) Ensure that the PLHCP provides facilities capable of removing the MC,
their findings in a written opinion to and shall ensure that affected employ-
the employee and the employer. ees use these facilities as needed.
(h) Protective Work Clothing and (2) If it is reasonably foreseeable that
Equipment. (1) Where needed to prevent an employee’s eyes may contact solu-
MC-induced skin or eye irritation, the tions containing 0.1 percent or greater
employer shall provide clean protective MC (for example through splashes,
clothing and equipment which is resist- spills or improper work practices), the
ant to MC, at no cost to the employee, employer shall provide appropriate
and shall ensure that each affected em- eyewash facilities within the imme-
ployee uses it. Eye and face protection diate work area for emergency use, and
shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR shall ensure that affected employees
1910.133 or 29 CFR 1915.153, as applica- use those facilities when necessary.
ble. (j) Medical surveillance—(1) Affected
(2) The employer shall clean, launder, employees. The employer shall make
repair and replace all protective cloth- medical surveillance available for em-
ing and equipment required by this ployees who are or may be exposed to
paragraph as needed to maintain their MC as follows:
effectiveness. (i) At or above the action level on 30
(3) The employer shall be responsible or more days per year, or above the 8-
for the safe disposal of such clothing hour TWA PEL or the STEL on 10 or
and equipment. more days per year;
430
(ii) Above the 8–TWA PEL or STEL or more have elapsed since the last
for any time period where an employee medical surveillance.
has been identified by a physician or (iv) Additional surveillance. The em-
other licensed health care professional ployer shall provide additional medical
as being at risk from cardiac disease or surveillance at frequencies other than
from some other serious MC-related those listed above when recommended
health condition and such employee re- in the written medical opinion. (For
quests inclusion in the medical surveil- example, the physician or other li-
lance program; censed health care professional may
(iii) During an emergency. determine an examination is warranted
(2) Costs. The employer shall provide in less than 36 months for employees
all required medical surveillance at no younger than 45 years of age based
cost to affected employees, without upon evaluation of the results of the
loss of pay and at a reasonable time annual medical and work history.)
and place. (5) Content of medical surveillance—(i)
(3) Medical personnel. The employer Medical and work history. The com-
shall ensure that all medical surveil- prehensive medical and work history
lance procedures are performed by a shall emphasize neurological symp-
physician or other licensed health care toms, skin conditions, history of hem-
professional, as defined in paragraph atologic or liver disease, signs or symp-
(b) of this section. toms suggestive of heart disease (an-
(4) Frequency of medical surveillance. gina, coronary artery disease), risk fac-
The employer shall make medical sur- tors for cardiac disease, MC exposures,
veillance available to each affected em- and work practices and personal pro-
ployee as follows: tective equipment used during such ex-
(i) Initial surveillance. The employer posures.
shall provide initial medical surveil- [NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(5)(i): See Appendix
lance under the schedule provided by B of this section for an example of a medical
paragraph (n)(2)(iii) of this section, or and work history format that would satisfy
before the time of initial assignment of this requirement.]
the employee, whichever is later. The (ii) Physical examination. Where phys-
employer need not provide the initial ical examinations are provided as re-
surveillance if medical records show quired above, the physician or other li-
that an affected employee has been censed health care professional shall
provided with medical surveillance accord particular attention to the
that complies with this section within lungs, cardiovascular system (includ-
12 months before April 10, 1997. ing blood pressure and pulse), liver,
(ii) Periodic medical surveillance. The nervous system, and skin. The physi-
employer shall update the medical and cian or other licensed health care pro-
work history for each affected em- fessional shall determine the extent
ployee annually. The employer shall and nature of the physical examination
provide periodic physical examina- based on the health status of the em-
tions, including appropriate laboratory ployee and analysis of the medical and
surveillance, as follows: work history.
(A) For employees 45 years of age or (iii) Laboratory surveillance. The phy-
older, within 12 months of the initial sician or other licensed health care
surveillance or any subsequent medical professional shall determine the extent
surveillance; and of any required laboratory surveillance
(B) For employees younger than 45 based on the employee’s observed
years of age, within 36 months of the health status and the medical and
initial surveillance or any subsequent work history.
medical surveillance. [NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(5)(iii): See Appen-
dix B of this section for information regard-
(iii) Termination of employment or reas-
ing medical tests. Laboratory surveillance
signment. When an employee leaves the may include before- and after-shift
employer’s workplace, or is reassigned carboxyhemoglobin determinations, resting
to an area where exposure to MC is ECG, hematocrit, liver function tests and
consistently at or below the action cholesterol levels.]
level and STEL, medical surveillance (iv) Other information or reports. The
shall be made available if six months medical surveillance shall also include
431
any other information or reports the (v) Information from previous em-
physician or other licensed health care ployment-related medical surveillance
professional determines are necessary of the affected employee which is not
to assess the employee’s health in rela- otherwise available to the physician or
tion to MC exposure. other licensed health care professional.
(6) Content of emergency medical sur- (9) Written medical opinions. (i) For
veillance. The employer shall ensure each physical examination required by
that medical surveillance made avail- this section, the employer shall ensure
able when an employee has been ex- that the physician or other licensed
posed to MC in emergency situations health care professional provides to the
includes, at a minimum: employer and to the affected employee
(i) Appropriate emergency treatment a written opinion regarding the results
and decontamination of the exposed of that examination within 15 days of
employee; completion of the evaluation of med-
(ii) Comprehensive physical examina- ical and laboratory findings, but not
tion with special emphasis on the nerv- more than 30 days after the examina-
ous system, cardiovascular system, tion. The written medical opinion shall
lungs, liver and skin, including blood be limited to the following informa-
pressure and pulse; tion:
(iii) Updated medical and work his- (A) The physician or other licensed
tory, as appropriate for the medical health care professional’s opinion con-
condition of the employee; and cerning whether exposure to MC may
(iv) Laboratory surveillance, as indi- contribute to or aggravate the employ-
cated by the employee’s health status. ee’s existing cardiac, hepatic, neuro-
[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(6)(iv): See Appen- logical (including stroke) or dermal
dix B for examples of tests which may be ap- disease or whether the employee has
propriate.] any other medical condition(s) that
(7) Additional examinations and refer- would place the employee’s health at
rals. Where the physician or other li- increased risk of material impairment
censed health care professional deter- from exposure to MC.
mines it is necessary, the scope of the (B) Any recommended limitations
medical examination shall be expanded upon the employee’s exposure to MC,
and the appropriate additional medical including removal from MC exposure,
surveillance, such as referrals for con- or upon the employee’s use of res-
sultation or examination, shall be pro- pirators, protective clothing, or other
vided. protective equipment.
(8) Information provided to the physi- (C) A statement that the employee
cian or other licensed health care profes- has been informed by the physician or
sional. The employer shall provide the other licensed health care professional
following information to a physician or that MC is a potential occupational
other licensed health care professional carcinogen, of risk factors for heart
who is involved in the diagnosis of MC- disease, and the potential for exacer-
induced health effects: bation of underlying heart disease by
(i) A copy of this section including exposure to MC through its metabolism
its applicable appendices; to carbon monoxide; and
(ii) A description of the affected em- (D) A statement that the employee
ployee’s past, current and anticipated has been informed by the physician or
future duties as they relate to the em- other licensed health care professional
ployee’s MC exposure; of the results of the medical examina-
(iii) The employee’s former or cur- tion and any medical conditions result-
rent exposure levels or, for employees ing from MC exposure which require
not yet occupationally exposed to MC, further explanation or treatment.
the employee’s anticipated exposure (ii) The employer shall instruct the
levels and the frequency and exposure physician or other licensed health care
levels anticipated to be associated with professional not to reveal to the em-
emergencies; ployer, orally or in the written opin-
(iv) A description of any personal ion, any specific records, findings, and
protective equipment, such as res- diagnoses that have no bearing on oc-
pirators, used or to be used; and cupational exposure to MC.
432
[NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (j)(9)(ii): The written until transfer or removal becomes ap-
medical opinion may also include informa- propriate, provided:
tion and opinions generated to comply with
other OSHA health standards.]
(1) The employer ensures that the
employee receives additional medical
(10) Medical presumption. For purposes
surveillance, including a physical ex-
of this paragraph (j) of this section, the
physician or other licensed health care amination at least every 60 days until
professional shall presume, unless med- transfer or removal occurs; and
ical evidence indicates to the contrary, (2) The employer or PLHCP informs
that a medical condition is unlikely to the employee of the risk to the em-
require medical removal from MC expo- ployee’s health from continued MC ex-
sure if the employee is not exposed to posure.
MC above the 8-hour TWA PEL. If the (C) The employer shall maintain in
physician or other licensed health care effect any job-related protective meas-
professional recommends removal for ures or limitations, other than re-
an employee exposed below the 8-hour moval, for as long as a medical deter-
TWA PEL, the physician or other li- mination recommends them to be nec-
censed health care professional shall essary.
cite specific medical evidence, suffi- (ii) End of MRP benefits and return
cient to rebut the presumption that ex- of the employee to former job status.
posure below the 8-hour TWA PEL is (A) The employer may cease pro-
unlikely to require removal, to support viding MRP benefits at the earliest of
the recommendation. If such evidence the following:
is cited by the physician or other li- (1) Six months;
censed health care professional, the (2) Return of the employee to the em-
employer must remove the employee. ployee’s former job status following re-
If such evidence is not cited by the ceipt of a medical determination con-
physician or other licensed health care cluding that the employee’s exposure
professional, the employer is not re-
to MC no longer will aggravate any
quired to remove the employee.
cardiac, hepatic, neurological (includ-
(11) Medical Removal Protection (MRP). ing stroke), or dermal disease;
(i) Temporary medical removal and re-
(3) Receipt of a medical determina-
turn of an employee.
tion concluding that the employee can
(A) Except as provided in paragraph
never return to MC exposure.
(j)(10) of this section, when a medical
determination recommends removal (B) For the purposes of this para-
because the employee’s exposure to MC graph (j), the requirement that an em-
may contribute to or aggravate the ployer return an employee to the em-
employee’s existing cardiac, hepatic, ployee’s former job status is not in-
neurological (including stroke), or skin tended to expand upon or restrict any
disease, the employer must provide rights an employee has or would have
medical removal protection benefits to had, absent temporary medical re-
the employee and either: moval, to a specific job classification
(1) Transfer the employee to com- or position under the terms of a collec-
parable work where methylene chloride tive bargaining agreement.
exposure is below the action level; or (12) Medical removal protection benefits.
(2) Remove the employee from MC (i) For purposes of this paragraph (j),
exposure. the term medical removal protection
(B) If comparable work is not avail- benefits means that, for each removal,
able and the employer is able to dem- an employer must maintain for up to
onstrate that removal and the costs of six months the earnings, seniority, and
extending MRP benefits to an addi- other employment rights and benefits
tional employee, considering feasi- of the employee as though the em-
bility in relation to the size of the employee had not been removed from MC
ployer’s business and the other require- exposure or transferred to a com-
ments of this standard, make further parable job.
reliance on MRP an inappropriate rem- (ii) During the period of time that an
edy, the employer may retain the addi- employee is removed from exposure to
tional employee in the existing job MC, the employer may condition the
433
provision of medical removal protec- appointment with a second PLHCP

tion benefits upon the employee’s par- within 15 days of receiving a copy of
ticipation in follow-up medical surveil- the written opinion of the initial
lance made available pursuant to this PLHCP, the employer shall pay for the
section. PLHCP chosen by the employee to per-
(iii) If a removed employee files a form at least the following:
workers’ compensation claim for a MC- (A) Review any findings, determina-
related disability, the employer shall tions or recommendations of the initial
continue the MRP benefits required by PLHCP; and
this paragraph until either the claim is (B) Conduct such examinations, con-
resolved or the 6-month period for pay- sultations, and laboratory tests as the
ment f MRP benefits has passed, which-
PLHCP deems necessary to facilitate
ever occurs first. To the extent the em-
this review.
ployee is entitled to indemnity pay-
ments for earnings lost during the pe- (iii) If the findings, determinations
riod of removal, the employer’s obliga- or recommendations of the second
tion to provide medical removal pro- PLHCP differ from those of the initial
tection benefits to the employee shall PLHCP, then the employer and the em-
be reduced by the amount of such in- ployee shall instruct the two health
demnity payments. care professionals to resolve the dis-
(iv) The employer’s obligation to pro- agreement.
vide medical removal protection bene- (iv) If the two health care profes-
fits to a removed employee shall be re- sionals are unable to resolve their dis-
duced to the extent that the employee agreement within 15 days, then those
receives compensation for earnings lost two health care professionals shall
during the period of removal from ei- jointly designate a PLHCP who is a
ther a publicly or an employer-funded specialist in the field at issue. The em-
compensation program, or receives in- ployer shall pay for the specialist to
come from employment with another perform at least the following:
employer made possible by virtue of (A) Review the findings, determina-
the employee’s removal. tions, and recommendations of the first
(13) Voluntary removal or restriction of two PLHCPs; and
an employee. Where an employer, al- (B) Conduct such examinations, con-
though not required by this section to sultations, laboratory tests and discus-
do so, removes an employee from expo- sions with the prior PLHCPs as the
sure to MC or otherwise places any specialist deems necessary to resolve
limitation on an employee due to the the disagreements of the prior health
effects of MC exposure on the employ- care professionals.
ee’s medical condition, the employer
(v) The written opinion of the spe-
shall provide medical removal protec-
cialist shall be the definitive medical
tion benefits to the employee equal to
determination. The employer shall act
those required by paragraph (j)(12) of
this section. consistent with the definitive medical
(14) Multiple health care professional determination, unless the employer
review mechanism. (i) If the employer and employee agree that the written
selects the initial physician or licensed opinion of one of the other two
health care professional (PLHCP) to PLHCPs shall be the definitive medical
conduct any medical examination or determination.
consultation provided to an employee (vi) The employer and the employee
under this paragraph (j)(11), the em- or authorized employee representative
ployer shall notify the employee of the may agree upon the use of any expedi-
right to seek a second medical opinion tious alternate health care professional
each time the employer provides the determination mechanism in lieu of
employee with a copy of the written the multiple health care professional
opinion of that PLHCP. review mechanism provided by this
(ii) If the employee does not agree paragraph so long as the alternate
with the opinion of the employer-se- mechanism otherwise satisfies the re-
lected PLHCP, notifies the employer of quirements contained in this para-
that fact, and takes steps to make an graph.
434
(k) Hazard communication. The em- (6) Whenever there are workplace
ployer shall communicate the fol- changes, such as modifications of tasks
lowing hazards associated with MC on or procedures or the institution of new
labels and in material safety data tasks or procedures, which increase
sheets in accordance with the require- employee exposure, and where those
ments of the Hazard Communication exposures exceed or can reasonably be
Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR expected to exceed the action level, the
1915.1200, or 29 CFR 1926.59, as employer shall update the training as
appropiate: cancer, cardiac effects (in- necessary to ensure that each affected
cluding elevation of employee has the requisite proficiency.
carboxyhemoglobin), central nervous (7) An employer whose employees are
system effects, liver effects, and skin exposed to MC at a multi-employer
and eye irritation. worksite shall notify the other employ-
(l) Employee information and training. ers with work operations at that site in
(1) The employer shall provide informa- accordance with the requirements of
tion and training for each affected em- the Hazard Communication Standard,
ployee prior to or at the time of initial 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29
assignment to a job involving potential CFR 1926.59, as appropiate.
exposure to MC. (8) The employer shall provide to the
(2) The employer shall ensure that in- Assistant Secretary or the Director,
formation and training is presented in upon request, all available materials
a manner that is understandable to the relating to employee information and
employees. training.
(m) Recordkeeping—(1) Objective data.
(3) In addition to the information re-
(i) Where an employer seeks to dem-
quired under the Hazard Communica-
onstrate that initial monitoring is un-
tion Standard at 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29
necessary through reasonable reliance
CFR 1915.1200, or 29 CFR 1926.59, as
on objective data showing that any ma-
appropiate:
terials in the workplace containing MC
(i) The employer shall inform each will not release MC at levels which ex-
affected employee of the requirements ceed the action level or the STEL
of this section and information avail- under foreseeable conditions of expo-
able in its appendices, as well as how to sure, the employer shall establish and
access or obtain a copy of it in the maintain an accurate record of the ob-
workplace; jective data relied upon in support of
(ii) Wherever an employee’s exposure the exemption.
to airborne concentrations of MC ex- (ii) This record shall include at least
ceeds or can reasonably be expected to the following information:
exceed the action level, the employer (A) The MC-containing material in
shall inform each affected employee of question;
the quantity, location, manner of use, (B) The source of the objective data;
release, and storage of MC and the spe- (C) The testing protocol, results of
cific operations in the workplace that testing, and/or analysis of the material
could result in exposure to MC, par- for the release of MC;
ticularly noting where exposures may (D) A description of the operation ex-
be above the 8-hour TWA PEL or empted under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this
STEL; section and how the data support the
(4) The employer shall train each af- exemption; and
fected employee as required under the (E) Other data relevant to the oper-
Hazard Communication standard at 29 ations, materials, processing, or em-
CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1915.1200, or 29 ployee exposures covered by the ex-
CFR 1926.59, as appropiate. emption.
(5) The employer shall re-train each (iii) The employer shall maintain
affected employee as necessary to en- this record for the duration of the em-
sure that each employee exposed above ployer’s reliance upon such objective
the action level or the STEL maintains data.
the requisite understanding of the prin- (2) Exposure measurements. (i) The em-
ciples of safe use and handling of MC in ployer shall establish and keep an ac-
the workplace. curate record of all measurements
435
taken to monitor employee exposure to records required to be maintained by

MC as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section available to the Assistant
this section. Secretary and the Director for exam-
(ii) Where the employer has 20 or ination and copying in accordance with
more employees, this record shall in- 29 CFR 1910.1020.
clude at least the following informa- [NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (m)(4)(i): All records
tion: required to be maintained by this section
(A) The date of measurement for each may be kept in the most administratively
sample taken; convenient form (for example, electronic or
(B) The operation involving exposure computer records would satisfy this require-
to MC which is being monitored; ment).]
(C) Sampling and analytical methods (ii) The employer, upon request, shall
used and evidence of their accuracy; make any employee exposure and ob-
(D) Number, duration, and results of jective data records required by this
samples taken; section available for examination and
(E) Type of personal protective copying by affected employees, former
equipment, such as respiratory protec- employees, and designated representa-
tive devices, worn, if any; and tives in accordance with 29 CFR
(F) Name, social security number, job 1910.1020.
classification and exposure of all of the (iii) The employer, upon request,
employees represented by monitoring, shall make employee medical records
indicating which employees were actu- required to be kept by this section
ally monitored. available for examination and copying
(iii) Where the employer has fewer by the subject employee and by anyone
than 20 employees, the record shall in- having the specific written consent of
clude at least the following informa- the subject employee in accordance
tion: with 29 CFR 1910.1020.
(A) The date of measurement for each (5) Transfer of records. The employer
sample taken; shall comply with the requirements
(B) Number, duration, and results of concerning transfer of records set forth
samples taken; and in 29 CFR 1910.1020(h).
(C) Name, social security number, job (n) Dates—(1) Effective date. This sec-
classification and exposure of all of the tion shall become effective April 10,
employees represented by monitoring, 1997.
indicating which employees were actu- (2) Start-up dates. (i) Initial moni-
ally monitored. toring required by paragraph (d)(2) of
(iv) The employer shall maintain this this section shall be completed accord-
record for at least thirty (30) years, in ing to the following schedule:
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020. (A) For employers with fewer than 20
(3) Medical surveillance. (i) The em- employees, within 300 days after the ef-
ployer shall establish and maintain an fective date of this section.
(B) For polyurethane foam manufac-
ject to medical surveillance under
turers with 20 to 99 employees, within
paragraph (j) of this section.
255 days after the effective date of this
(ii) The record shall include at least
section.
the following information:
(A) The name, social security number (C) For all other employers, within
and description of the duties of the em- 150 days after the effective date of this
ployee; section.
(B) Written medical opinions; and (ii) Engineering controls required
(C) Any employee medical conditions under paragraph (f)(1) of this section
related to exposure to MC. shall be implemented according to the
(iii) The employer shall ensure that following schedule:
this record is maintained for the dura- (A) For employers with fewer than 20
tion of employment plus thirty (30) employees: within three (3) years after
years, in accordance with 29 CFR the effective date of this section.
1910.1020. (B) For employers with fewer than
(4) Availability. (i) The employer, 150 employees engaged in foam fabrica-
upon written request, shall make all tion; for employers with fewer than 50
436
employees engaged in furniture refin- ance with paragraphs (e)(3), (f)(1), and
ishing, general aviation aircraft strip- (g)(1) of this section: by the applicable
ping, and product formulation; for em- dates indicated in paragraph (n)(2)(iv)
ployers with fewer than 50 employees of this section.
using MC-based adhesives for boat (C) Implementation of work practices
building and repair, recreational vehi- (such as leak and spill detection, clean-
cle manufacture, van conversion, and up and enclosure of containers) re-
upholstering; for employers with fewer quired by paragraph (f)(1) of this sec-
than 50 employees using MC in con- tion: by the applicable dates indicated
struction work for restoration and in paragraph (n)(2)(iv) of this section.
preservation of buildings, painting and (D) Notification of corrective action
paint removal, cabinet making and/or under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this sec-
floor refinishing and resurfacing: with- tion: no later than (90) days before the
in three (3) years after the effective compliance date applicable to such cor-
date of this section. rective action.
(C) For employers engaged in poly- (iv) Unless otherwise specified in this
urethane foam manufacturing with 20 paragraph (n), all other requirements
employees or more: within thirty (30) of this section shall be complied with
months after the effective date of this according to the following schedule:
section. (A) For employers with fewer than 20
(D) For employers with 150 or more employees, within one (1) year after
employees engaged in foam fabrication; the effective date of this section.
for employers with 50 or more employ- (B) For employers engaged in poly-
ees engaged in furniture refinishing, urethane foam manufacturing with 20
general aviation aircraft stripping, and to 99 employees, within 270 days after
product formulation; for employers the effective date of this section.
with 50 or more employees using MC- (C) For all other employers, within
based adhesives in boat building and 255 days after the effective date of this
repair, recreational vehicle manufac- section.
ture, van conversion and upholstering; (3) Transitional dates. The exposure
and for employers with 50 or more em- limits for MC specified in 29 CFR
ployees using MC in construction work 1910.1000 (1996), Table Z-2, shall remain
for restoration and preservation of in effect until the start-up dates for
buildings, painting and paint removal, the exposure limits specified in para-
cabinet making and/or floor refinishing graph (n) of this section, or if the expo-
and resurfacing: within two (2) years sure limits in this section are stayed or
after the effective date of this section. vacated.
(E) For all other employers: within (o) Appendices. The information con-
one (1) year after the effective date of tained in the appendices does not, by
this section. itself, create any additional obliga-
(iii) Employers identified in para- tions not otherwise imposed or detract
graphs (n)(2)(ii)(B), (C), and (D) of this from any existing obligation.
section shall comply with the require- [NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (o): The requirement
ments listed below in this subpara- of 29 CFR 1910.1052(g)(1) to use respiratory
graph by the dates indicated: protection whenever an employee’s exposure
(A) Use of respiratory protection to methylene chloride exceeds or can reason-
ably be expected to exceed the 8-hour TWA
whenever an employee’s exposure to
PEL is hereby stayed until August 31, 1998
MC exceeds or can reasonably be ex- for employers engaged in polyurethane foam
pected to exceed the 8-hour TWA PEL, manufacturing; foam fabrication; furniture
in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1), refinishing; general aviation aircraft strip-
(e)(3), (f)(1) and (g)(1) of this section: by ping; formulation of products containing
the applicable dates set out in para- methylene chloride; boat building and re-
graphs (n)(2)(ii)(B), (C) and (D) of this pair; recreational vehicle manufacture; van
section for the installation of engineer- conversion; upholstery; and use of methylene
chloride in construction work for restoration
ing controls.
and preservation of buildings, painting and
(B) Use of respiratory protection paint removal, cabinet making and/or floor
whenever an employee’s exposure to refinishing and resurfacing.
MC exceeds or can reasonably be ex- The requirement of 29 CFR 1910.1052(f)(1) to
pected to exceed the STEL in accord- implement engineering controls to achieve
437
the 8-hour TWA PEL and STEL is hereby ppm) averaged over a 15-minute period
stayed until December 10, 1998 for employers (STEL).
with more than 100 employees engaged in
polyurethane foam manufacturing and for II. HEALTH HAZARD DATA
employers with more than 20 employees en- A. MC can affect the body if it is inhaled or
gaged in foam fabrication; furniture refin- if the liquid comes in contact with the eyes
ishing; general aviation aircraft stripping; or skin. It can also affect the body if it is
formulation of products containing meth- swallowed.
ylene chloride; boat building and repair; rec- B. Effects of overexposure:
reational vehicle manufacture; van conver- 1. Short-term Exposure:
sion; upholstery; and use of methylene chlo- MC is an anesthetic. Inhaling the vapor
ride in construction work for restoration and may cause mental confusion, light-
preservation of buildings, painting and paint headedness, nausea, vomiting, and headache.
removal, cabinet making and/or floor refin- Continued exposure may cause increased
ishing and resurfacing.] light-headedness, staggering, unconscious-
ness, and even death. High vapor concentra-
APPENDIX A TO SECTION 1910.1052—SUB- tions may also cause irritation of the eyes
STANCE SAFETY DATA SHEET AND and respiratory tract. Exposure to MC may
TECHNICAL GUIDELINES FOR METH- make the symptoms of angina (chest pains)
worse. Skin exposure to liquid MC may cause
YLENE CHLORIDE
irritation. If liquid MC remains on the skin,
I. SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION it may cause skin burns. Splashes of the liq-
uid into the eyes may cause irritation.
A. Substance: Methylene chloride (CH2 2. Long-term (chronic) exposure:
Cl2). The best evidence that MC causes cancer is
B. Synonyms: MC, Dichloromethane from laboratory studies in which rats, mice
(DCM); Methylene dichloride; Methylene bi- and hamsters inhaled MC 6 hours per day, 5
chloride; Methane dichloride; CAS: 75–09–2; days per week for 2 years. MC exposure pro-
NCI–C50102. duced lung and liver tumors in mice and
C. Physical data: mammary tumors in rats. No carcinogenic
1. Molecular weight: 84.9. effects of MC were found in hamsters.
2. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 39.8 °C (104 There are also some human epidemiolog-
°F). ical studies which show an association be-
3. Specific gravity (water=1): 1.3. tween occupational exposure to MC and in-
4. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point): creases in biliary (bile duct) cancer and a
2.9. type of brain cancer. Other epidemiological
5. Vapor pressure at 20 °C (68 °F): 350 mm studies have not observed a relationship be-
Hg. tween MC exposure and cancer. OSHA inter-
6. Solubility in water, g/100 g water at 20 °C prets these results to mean that there is sug-
(68 °F)=1.32. gestive (but not absolute) evidence that MC
is a human carcinogen.
7. Appearance and odor: colorless liquid
C. Reporting signs and symptoms:
with a chloroform-like odor.
You should inform your employer if you
D. Uses: develop any signs or symptoms and suspect
MC is used as a solvent, especially where that they are caused by exposure to MC.
high volatility is required. It is a good sol- D. Warning Properties:
vent for oils, fats, waxes, resins, bitumen, 1. Odor Threshold:
rubber and cellulose acetate and is a useful Different authors have reported varying
paint stripper and degreaser. It is used in odor thresholds for MC. Kirk-Othmer and
paint removers, in propellant mixtures for Sax both reported 25 to 50 ppm; Summer and
aerosol containers, as a solvent for plastics, May both reported 150 ppm; Spector reports
as a degreasing agent, as an extracting agent 320 ppm. Patty, however, states that since
in the pharmaceutical industry and as a one can become adapted to the odor, MC
blowing agent in polyurethane foams. Its sol- should not be considered to have adequate
vent property is sometimes increased by warning properties.
mixing with methanol, petroleum naphtha or 2. Eye Irritation Level:
tetrachloroethylene. Kirk-Othmer reports that ‘‘MC vapor is se-
E. Appearance and odor: riously damaging to the eyes.’’ Sax agrees
MC is a clear colorless liquid with a chloro- with Kirk-Othmer’s statement. The ACGIH
form-like odor. It is slightly soluble in water Documentation of TLVs states that irrita-
and completely miscible with most organic tion of the eyes has been observed in workers
solvents. exposed to concentrations up to 5000 ppm.
F. Permissible exposure: 3. Evaluation of Warning Properties:
Exposure may not exceed 25 parts MC per Since a wide range of MC odor thresholds
million parts of air (25 ppm) as an eight-hour are reported (25–320 ppm), and human adapta-
time-weighted average (8-hour TWA PEL) or tion to the odor occurs, MC is considered to
125 parts of MC per million parts of air (125 be a material with poor warning properties.
438
III. EMERGENCY FIRST AID PROCEDURES Employees must be provided with and re-
quired to use impervious clothing, gloves,
In the event of emergency, institute first
face shields (eight-inch minimum), and other
aid procedures and send for first aid or med-
appropriate protective clothing necessary to
ical assistance.
prevent repeated or prolonged skin contact
A. Eye and Skin Exposures: with liquid MC or contact with vessels con-
If there is a potential for liquid MC to taining liquid MC. Any clothing which be-
come in contact with eye or skin, face comes wet with liquid MC should be removed
shields and skin protective equipment must immediately and not reworn until the em-
be provided and used. If liquid MC comes in ployer has ensured that the protective cloth-
contact with the eye, get medical attention. ing is fit for reuse. Contaminated protective
Contact lenses should not be worn when clothing should be placed in a regulated area
working with this chemical. designated by the employer for removal of
B. Breathing: MC before the clothing is laundered or dis-
If a person breathes in large amounts of posed of. Clothing and equipment should re-
MC, move the exposed person to fresh air at main in the regulated area until all of the
once. If breathing has stopped, perform MC contamination has evaporated; clothing
cardiopulmorary resuscitation. Keep the af- and equipment should then be laundered or
fected person warm and at rest. Get medical disposed of as appropriate.
attention as soon as possible. C. Eye Protection:
C. Rescue: Employees should be provided with and re-
Move the affected person from the haz- quired to use splash-proof safety goggles
ardous exposure immediately. If the exposed where liquid MC may contact the eyes.
person has been overcome, notify someone
else and put into effect the established emer- V. HOUSEKEEPING AND HYGIENE FACILITIES
gency rescue procedures. Understand the fa- For purposes of complying with 29 CFR
cility’s emergency rescue procedures and 1910.141, the following items should be em-
know the locations of rescue equipment be- phasized:
fore the need arises. Do not become a cas- A. The workplace should be kept clean, or-
ualty yourself. derly, and in a sanitary condition. The em-
ployer should institute a leak and spill de-
IV. RESPIRATORS, PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, AND
tection program for operations involving liq-
EYE PROTECTION
uid MC in order to detect sources of fugitive
A. Respirators: MC emissions.
Good industrial hygiene practices rec- B. Emergency drench showers and eyewash
ommend that engineering controls be used to facilities are recommended. These should be
reduce environmental concentrations to the maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable
permissible exposure level. However, there cleansing agents should also be provided to
are some exceptions where respirators may assure the effective removal of MC from the
be used to control exposure. Respirators may skin.
be used when engineering and work practice C. Because of the hazardous nature of MC,
controls are not feasible, when such controls contaminated protective clothing should be
are in the process of being installed, or when placed in a regulated area designated by the
these controls fail and need to be supple- employer for removal of MC before the cloth-
mented. Respirators may also be used for oping is laundered or disposed of.
erations which require entry into tanks or
closed vessels, and in emergency situations. VI. PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE USE, HANDLING,
AND STORAGE
If the use of respirators is necessary, the
only respirators permitted are those that A. Fire and Explosion Hazards:
have been approved by the Mine Safety and MC has no flash point in a conventional
Health Administration (MSHA) or the Na- closed tester, but it forms flammable vapor-
tional Institute for Occupational Safety and air mixtures at approximately 100 °C (212 °F),
Health (NIOSH). Supplied-air respirators are or higher. It has a lower explosion limit of
required because air-purifying respirators do 12%, and an upper explosion limit of 19% in
not provide adequate respiratory protection air. It has an autoignition temperature of
against MC. 556.1 °C (1033 °F), and a boiling point of 39.8
In addition to respirator selection, a com- °C (104 °F). It is heavier than water with a
plete written respiratory protection program specific gravity of 1.3. It is slightly soluble in
should be instituted which includes regular water.
training, maintenance, inspection, cleaning, B. Reactivity Hazards:
and evaluation. If you can smell MC while Conditions contributing to the instability
wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to of MC are heat and moisture. Contact with
fresh air. If you experience difficulty in strong oxidizers, caustics, and chemically
breathing while wearing a respirator, tell active metals such as aluminum or magne-
your employer. sium powder, sodium and potassium may
B. Protective Clothing: cause fires and explosions.
439
Special precautions: Liquid MC will attack J. Methods of Waste Disposal:
some forms of plastics, rubber, and coatings. Small spills should be absorbed onto sand
C. Toxicity: and taken to a safe area for atmospheric
Liquid MC is painful and irritating if evaporation. Incineration is the preferred
splashed in the eyes or if confined on the method for disposal of large quantities by
skin by gloves, clothing, or shoes. Vapors in mixing with a combustible solvent and
high concentrations may cause narcosis and spraying into an incinerator equipped with
death. Prolonged exposure to vapors may acid scrubbers to remove hydrogen chloride
cause cancer or exacerbate cardiac disease. gases formed. Complete combustion will con-
D. Storage: vert carbon monoxide to carbon dioxide.
Protect against physical damage. Because Care should be taken for the presence of
of its corrosive properties, and its high vapor phosgene.
pressure, MC should be stored in plain, gal- K. You should not keep food, beverage, or
vanized or lead lined, mild steel containers smoking materials, or eat or smoke in regu-
in a cool, dry, well ventilated area away lated areas where MC concentrations are
from direct sunlight, heat source and acute above the permissible exposure limits.
fire hazards. L. Portable heating units should not be
E. Piping Material: used in confined areas where MC is used.
All piping and valves at the loading or un- M. Ask your supervisor where MC is used
loading station should be of material that is in your work area and for any additional
resistant to MC and should be carefully in- plant safety and health rules.
spected prior to connection to the transport
vehicle and periodically during the oper- VII. MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS
ation.
Your employer is required to offer you the
F. Usual Shipping Containers:
opportunity to participate in a medical sur-
Glass bottles, 5- and 55-gallon steel drums,
veillance program if you are exposed to MC
tank cars, and tank trucks.
NOTE: This section addresses MC exposure at concentrations at or above the action
in marine terminal and longshore employ- level (12.5 ppm 8-hour TWA) for more than 30
ment only where leaking or broken packages days a year or at concentrations exceeding
allow MC exposure that is not addressed the PELs (25 ppm 8-hour TWA or 125 ppm 15-
through compliance with 29 CFR parts 1917 minute STEL) for more than 10 days a year.
and 1918, respectively. If you are exposed to MC at concentrations
G. Electrical Equipment: over either of the PELs, your employer will
Electrical installations in Class I haz- also be required to have a physician or other
ardous locations as defined in Article 500 of licensed health care professional ensure that
the National Electrical Code, should be in- you are able to wear the respirator that you
stalled according to Article 501 of the code; are assigned. Your employer must provide all
and electrical equipment should be suitable medical examinations relating to your MC
for use in atmospheres containing MC va- exposure at a reasonable time and place and
pors. See Flammable and Combustible Liq- at no cost to you.
uids Code (NFPA No. 325M), Chemical Safety VIII. MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT
Data Sheet SD–86 (Manufacturing Chemists’ PROCEDURES
Association, Inc.).
H. Fire Fighting: A. Exposure above the Permissible Expo-
When involved in fire, MC emits highly sure Limit:
toxic and irritating fumes such as phosgene, 1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Meas-
hydrogen chloride and carbon monoxide. urements taken for the purpose of deter-
Wear breathing apparatus and use water mining employee exposure under this section
spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool. are best taken with consecutive samples cov-
Water spray may be used to flush spills away ering the full shift. Air samples must be
from exposures. Extinguishing media are dry taken in the employee’s breathing zone.
chemical, carbon dioxide, foam. For purposes 2. Monitoring techniques: The sampling
of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.307, locations and analysis under this section may be per-
classified as hazardous due to the presence of formed by collection of the MC vapor on two
MC shall be Class I. charcoal adsorption tubes in series or other
I. Spills and Leaks: composition adsorption tubes, with subse-
Persons not wearing protective equipment quent chemical analysis. Sampling and anal-
and clothing should be restricted from areas ysis may also be performed by instruments
of spills or leaks until cleanup has been com- such as real-time continuous monitoring sys-
pleted. If MC has spilled or leaked, the fol- tems, portable direct reading instruments, or
lowing steps should be taken: passive dosimeters as long as measurements
1. Remove all ignition sources. taken using these methods accurately evalu-
2. Ventilate area of spill or leak. ate the concentration of MC in employees’’
3. Collect for reclamation or absorb in breathing zones.
vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or a similar OSHA method 80 is an example of a vali-
material. dated method of sampling and analysis of
440
MC. Copies of this method are available from posed of greater than 0.1 percent MC. An ex-
OSHA or can be downloaded from the Inter- ample of a label that would satisfy these re-
net at http://www.osha.gov. The employer quirements would be:
has the obligation of selecting a monitoring
method which meets the accuracy and preci- DANGER CONTAINS METHYLENE CHLORIDE
sion requirements of the standard under his POTENTIAL CANCER HAZARD
or her unique field conditions. The standard May worsen heart disease because meth-
requires that the method of monitoring must ylene chloride is converted to carbon mon-
be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level, oxide in the body.
to plus or minus 25 percent for concentra- May cause dizziness, headache, irritation
tions of MC at or above 25 ppm, and to plus of the throat and lungs, loss of consciousness
or minus 35 percent for concentrations at or and death at high concentrations (for exam-
below 25 ppm. In addition to OSHA method ple, if used in a poorly ventilated room).
80, there are numerous other methods avail-
Avoid Skin Contact. Contact with liquid
able for monitoring for MC in the workplace.
causes skin and eye irritation.
B. Since many of the duties relating to em-
ployee exposure are dependent on the results XI. COMMON OPERATIONS AND CONTROLS
of measurement procedures, employers must
assure that the evaluation of employee expo- The following list includes some common
sure is performed by a technically qualified operations in which exposure to MC may
person. occur and control methods which may be ef-
fective in each case:
IX. OBSERVATION OF MONITORING
Operations Controls
Your employer is required to perform
measurements that are representative of Use as solvent in paint and General dilution ventilation;
your exposure to MC and you or your des- varnish removers; manu- local exhaust ventilation;
ignated representative are entitled to ob- facture of aerosols; cold personal protective equip-
serve the monitoring procedure. You are en- cleaning and ultrasonic ment; substitution.
cleaning; and as a solvent
titled to observe the steps taken in the
in furniture stripping.
measurement procedure, and to record the Use as solvent in vapor Process enclosure; local ex-
results obtained. When the monitoring pro- degreasing. haust ventilation; chilling
cedure is taking place in an area where res- coils; substitution.
pirators or personal protective clothing and Use as a secondary refrig- General dilution ventilation;
equipment are required to be worn, you or erant in air conditioning local exhaust ventilation;
your representative must also be provided and scientific testing. personal protective equip-
with, and must wear, protective clothing and ment.
equipment.
APPENDIX B TO SECTION 1910.105—MED-
X. ACCESS TO INFORMATION
ICAL SURVEILLANCE FOR METHYLENE
A. Your employer is required to inform you CHLORIDE
of the information contained in this Appen-
dix. In addition, your employer must in- I. PRIMARY ROUTE OF ENTRY
struct you in the proper work practices for
using MC, emergency procedures, and the Inhalation.
correct use of protective equipment. II. TOXICOLOGY
B. Your employer is required to determine
whether you are being exposed to MC. You or Methylene Chloride (MC) is primarily an
your representative has the right to observe inhalation hazard. The principal acute haz-
employee measurements and to record the ardous effects are the depressant action on
results obtained. Your employer is required the central nervous system, possible cardiac
to inform you of your exposure. If your em- toxicity and possible liver toxicity. The
ployer determines that you are being over range of CNS effects are from decreased eye/
exposed, he or she is required to inform you hand coordination and decreased perform-
of the actions which are being taken to re- ance in vigilance tasks to narcosis and even
duce your exposure to within permissible ex- death of individuals exposed at very high
posure limits. doses. Cardiac toxicity is due to the metabo-
C. Your employer is required to keep lism of MC to carbon monoxide, and the ef-
records of your exposures and medical ex- fects of carbon monoxide on heart tissue.
aminations. These records must be kept by Carbon monoxide displaces oxygen in the
the employer for at least thirty (30) years. blood, decreases the oxygen available to
D. Your employer is required to release heart tissue, increasing the risk of damage
your exposure and medical records to you or to the heart, which may result in heart at-
your representative upon your request. tacks in susceptible individuals. Susceptible
E. Your employee is required to provide la- individuals include persons with heart dis-
bels and material safety data sheets (MSDS) ease and those with risk factors for heart
for all materials, mixtures or solutions com- disease.
441
Elevated liver enzymes and irritation to Low levels and short duration exposures do
the respiratory passages and eyes have also not seem to produce permanent disability,
been reported for both humans and experi- but chronic exposures to MC have been dem-
mental animals exposed to MC vapors. onstrated to produce liver toxicity in ani-
MC is metabolized to carbon monoxide and mals, and therefore, the evidence is sugges-
carbon dioxide via two separate pathways. tive for liver toxicity in humans after chron-
Through the first pathway, MC is metabo- ic exposure.
lized to carbon monoxide as an end-product Chronic exposure to MC may also cause
via the P–450 mixed function oxidase path- cancer.
way located in the microsomal fraction of
the cell. This biotransformation of MC to IV. SURVEILLANCE AND PREVENTIVE
carbon monoxide occurs through the process CONSIDERATIONS
of microsomal oxidative dechlorination As discussed above, MC is classified as a
which takes place primarily in the liver. The suspect or potential human carcinogen. It is
amount of conversion to carbon monoxide is a central nervous system (CNS) depressant
significant as measured by the concentration and a skin, eye and respiratory tract irri-
of carboxyhemoglobin, up to 12% measured tant. At extremely high concentrations, MC
in the blood following occupational exposure has caused liver damage in animals.
of up to 610 ppm. Through the second path- MC principally affects the CNS, where it
way, MC is metabolized to carbon dioxide as acts as a narcotic. The observation of the
an end product (with formaldehyde and for- symptoms characteristic of CNS depression,
mic acid as metabolic intermediates) via the along with a physical examination, provides
glutathione dependent enzyme found in the the best detection of early neurological dis-
cytosolic fraction of the liver cell. Metabo- orders. Since exposure to MC also increases
lites along this pathway are believed to be the carboxyhemoglobin level in the blood,
associated with the carcinogenic activity of ambient carbon monoxide levels would have
MC. an additive effect on that
MC has been tested for carcinogenicity in carboxyhemoglobin level. Based on such in-
several laboratory rodents. These rodent formation, a periodic post-shift
studies indicate that there is clear evidence carboxyhemoglobin test as an index of the
that MC is carcinogenic to male and female presence of carbon monoxide in the blood is
mice and female rats. Based on epidemio- recommended, but not required, for medical
logic studies, OSHA has concluded that there surveillance.
is suggestive evidence of increased cancer Based on the animal evidence and three
risk in MC-related worker populations. The epidemiologic studies previously mentioned,
epidemiological evidence is consistent with OSHA concludes that MC is a suspect human
the finding of excess cancer in the experi- carcinogen. The medical surveillance pro-
mental animal studies. NIOSH regards MC as gram is designed to observe exposed workers
a potential occupational carcinogen and the on a regular basis. While the medical surveil-
International Agency for Research Cancer lance program cannot detect MC-induced
(IARC) classifies MC as an animal car- cancer at a preneoplastic stage, OSHA an-
cinogen. OSHA considers MC as a suspected ticipates that, as in the past, early detection
human carcinogen. and treatments of cancers leading to en-
hanced survival rates will continue to
III. MEDICAL SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF ACUTE evolve.
EXPOSURE A. Medical and Occupational History:
The medical and occupational work his-
Skin exposure to liquid MC may cause irri- tory plays an important role in the initial
tation or skin burns. Liquid MC can also be evaluation of workers exposed to MC. It is
irritating to the eyes. MC is also absorbed therefore extremely important for the exam-
through the skin and may contribute to the ining physician or other licensed health care
MC exposure by inhalation. professional to evaluate the MC-exposed
At high concentrations in air, MC may worker carefully and completely and to
cause nausea, vomiting, light-headedness, focus the examination on MC’s potentially
numbness of the extremities, changes in associated health hazards. The medical eval-
blood enzyme levels, and breathing prob- uation must include an annual detailed work
lems, leading to bronchitis and pulmonary and medical history with special emphasis
edema, unconsciousness and even death. on cardiac history and neurological symp-
At lower concentrations in air, MC may toms.
cause irritation to the skin, eye, and res- An important goal of the medical history
piratory tract and occasionally headache and is to elicit information from the worker re-
nausea. Perhaps the greatest problem from garding potential signs or symptoms associ-
exposure to low concentrations of MC is the ated with increased levels of
CNS effects on coordination and alertness carboxyhemoglobin due to the presence of
that may cause unsafe operations of machin- carbon monoxide in the blood. Physicians or
ery and equipment, leading to self-injury or other licensed health care professionals
accidents. should ensure that the smoking history of
442
all MC exposed employees is known. Expo- Any industry in which you used aerosol ad-
sure to MC may cause a significant increase hesives
in carboxyhemoglobin level in all exposed 3. If you have not listed hobbies or house-
persons. However, smokers as well as work- hold projects on the occupational history
ers with anemia or heart disease and those form, especially furniture refinishing, spray
concurrently exposed to carbon monoxide painting, or paint stripping, please do so.
are at especially high risk of toxic effects be-
cause of an already reduced oxygen carrying III. Medical History
capacity of the blood.
A comprehensive or interim medical and A. General
work history should also include occurrence 1. Do you consider yourself to be in good
of headache, dizziness, fatigue, chest pain, health? If no, state reason(s).
shortness of breath, pain in the limbs, and ir- 2. Do you or have you ever had:
ritation of the skin and eyes. a. Persistent thirst
In addition, it is important for the physi- b. Frequent urination (three times or more
cian or other licensed health care profes- at night)
sional to become familiar with the operating c. Dermatitis or irritated skin
conditions in which exposure to MC is likely d. Non-healing wounds
to occur. The physician or other licensed 3. What prescription or non-prescription
health care professional also must become medications do you take, and for what rea-
familiar with the signs and symptoms that sons?
may indicate that a worker is receiving oth- 4. Are you allergic to any medications, and
erwise unrecognized and exceptionally high what type of reaction do you have?
exposure levels of MC.
B. Respiratory
An example of a medical and work history
that would satisfy the requirement for a 1. Do you have or have you ever had any
comprehensive or interim work history is chest illnesses or diseases? Explain.
represented by the following: 2. Do you have or have you ever had any of
The following is a list of recommended the following:
questions and issues for the self-adminis- a. Asthma
tered questionnaire for methylene chloride b. Wheezing
exposure. c. Shortness of breath
3. Have you ever had an abnormal chest X-
QUESTIONNAIRE FOR METHYLENE CHLORIDE ray? If so, when, where, and what were the
EXPOSURE findings?
4. Have you ever had difficulty using a res-
I. Demographic Information pirator or breathing apparatus? Explain.
1. Name 5. Do any chest or lung diseases run in
2. Social Security Number your family? Explain.
3. Date 6. Have you ever smoked cigarettes, cigars,
4. Date of Birth or a pipe? Age started:
5. Age 7. Do you now smoke?
6. Present occupation 8. If you have stopped smoking completely,
7. Sex how old were you when you stopped?
8. Race 9. On the average of the entire time you
smoked, how many packs of cigarettes, ci-
II. Occupational History gars, or bowls of tobacco did you smoke per
day?
1. Have you ever worked with methylene
chloride, dichloromethane, methylene di- C. Cardiovascular
chloride, or CH2 Cl2 (all are different names
1. Have you ever been diagnosed with any
for the same chemical)? Please list which on
of the following: Which of the following
the occupational history form if you have
apply to you now or did apply to you at some
not already.
time in the past, even if the problem is con-
2. If you have worked in any of the fol- trolled by medication? Please explain any
lowing industries and have not listed them yes answers (i.e., when problem was diag-
on the occupational history form, please do nosed, length of time on medication).
so.
Furniture stripping a. High cholesterol or triglyceride level
Polyurethane foam manufacturing b. Hypertension (high blood pressure)
Chemical manufacturing or formulation c. Diabetes
d. Family history of heart attack, stroke, or
Pharmaceutical manufacturing
blocked arteries
Any industry in which you used solvents to
clean and degrease equipment or parts 2. Have you ever had chest pain? If so, an-
Construction, especially painting and refin- swer the next five questions.
ishing a. What was the quality of the pain (i.e.,
Aerosol manufacturing crushing, stabbing, squeezing)?
443
b. Did the pain go anywhere (i.e., into jaw, a. Anemia
left arm)? b. Sickle cell disease or trait
c. What brought the pain out? c. Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase defi-
d. How long did it last? ciency
e. What made the pain go away? d. Bleeding tendency disorder
3. Have you ever had heart disease, a heart
2. If not already mentioned previously,
attack, stroke, aneurysm, or blocked arte-
ries anywhere in you body? Explain (when, have you ever had a reaction to sulfa drugs
treatment). or to drugs used to prevent or treat malaria?
4. Have you ever had bypass surgery for What was the drug? Describe the reaction.
blocked arteries in your heart or anywhere
B. Physical Examination
else? Explain.
5. Have you ever had any other procedures The complete physical examination, when
done to open up a blocked artery (balloon coupled with the medical and occupational
angioplasty, carotid endarterectomy, clot- history, assists the physician or other li-
dissolving drug)? censed health care professional in detecting
6. Do you have or have you ever had (ex- pre-existing conditions that might place the
plain each): employee at increased risk, and establishes a
a. Heart murmur baseline for future health monitoring. These
b. Irregular heartbeat examinations should include:
c. Shortness of breath while lying flat 1. Clinical impressions of the nervous sys-
d. Congestive heart failure tem, cardiovascular function and pulmonary
e. Ankle swelling
function, with additional tests conducted
f. Recurrent pain anywhere below the waist
where indicated or determined by the exam-
while walking
ining physician or other licensed health care
7. Have you ever had an electrocardiogram professional to be necessary.
(EKG)? When?
2. An evaluation of the advisability of the
8. Have you ever had an abnormal EKG? If
worker using a respirator, because the use of
so, when, where, and what were the findings?
certain respirators places an additional bur-
9. Do any heart diseases, high blood pres-
den on the cardiopulmonary system. It is
sure, diabetes, high cholesterol, or high
triglycerides run in your family? Explain. necessary for the attending physician or
other licensed health care professional to
D. Hepatobiliary and Pancreas evaluate the cardiopulmonary function of
these workers, in order to inform the em-
1. Do you now or have you ever drunk alco- ployer in a written medical opinion of the
holic beverages? Age started: llll Age worker’s ability or fitness to work in an area
stopped: llll.
requiring the use of certain types of res-
2. Average numbers per week:
piratory protective equipment. The presence
a. Beers: llll, ounces in usual container: of facial hair or scars that might interfere
b. Glasses of wine: llll, ounces per glass: with the worker’s ability to wear certain
c. Drinks: llll, ounces in usual con- types of respirators should also be noted dur-
tainer: ing the examination and in the written med-
3. Do you have or have you ever had (ex- ical opinion.
plain each): Because of the importance of lung function
a. Hepatitis (infectious, autoimmune, drug- to workers required to wear certain types of
induced, or chemical) respirators to protect themselves from MC
b. Jaundice exposure, these workers must receive an as-
c. Elevated liver enzymes or elevated bili- sessment of pulmonary function before they
rubin begin to wear a negative pressure respirator
d. Liver disease or cancer and at least annually thereafter. The rec-
ommended pulmonary function tests include
E. Central Nervous System
measurement of the employee’s forced vital
1. Do you or have you ever had (explain capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume at
each): one second (FEV1), as well as calculation of
a. Headache the ratios of FEV1 to FVC, and the ratios of
b. Dizziness measured FVC and measured FEV1 to ex-
c. Fainting pected respective values corrected for vari-
d. Loss of consciousness ation due to age, sex, race, and height. Pul-
e. Garbled speech monary function evaluation must be con-
f. Lack of balance ducted by a physician or other licensed
g. Mental/psychiatric illness health care professional experienced in pul-
h. Forgetfulness monary function tests.
F. Hematologic The following is a summary of the ele-
1. Do you have, or have you ever had (ex- ments of a physical exam which would fulfill
plain each): the requirements under the MC standard:
444
PHYSICAL EXAM When a worker examination reveals unex-
plained symptoms or signs (i.e. in the phys-
I. Skin and appendages ical examination or in the laboratory tests),
1. Irritated or broken skin follow-up medical examinations are nec-
2. Jaundice essary to assure that MC exposure is not ad-
3. Clubbing cyanosis, edema versely affecting the worker’s health. When
4. Capillary refill time the examining physician or other licensed
5. Pallor health care professional finds it necessary,
additional tests should be included to deter-
II. Head
mine the nature of the medical problem and
1. Facial deformities the underlying cause. Where relevant, the
2. Scars worker should be sent to a specialist for fur-
3. Hair growth ther testing and treatment as deemed nec-
essary.
III. Eyes
The final rule requires additional inves-
1. Scleral icterus tigations to be covered and it also permits
2. Corneal arcus physicians or other licensed health care pro-
3. Pupillary size and response fessionals to add appropriate or necessary
4. Fundoscopic exam tests to improve the diagnosis of disease
should such tests become available in the fu-
IV. Chest
ture.
1. Standard exam 2. Emergencies
V. Heart The examination of workers exposed to MC
1. Standard exam in an emergency should be directed at the
2. Jugular vein distension organ systems most likely to be affected. If
3. Peripheral pulses the worker has received a severe acute expo-
sure, hospitalization may be required to as-
VI. Abdomen sure proper medical intervention. It is not
possible to precisely define ‘‘severe,’’ but the
1. Liver span
physician or other licensed health care pro-
VII. Nervous System fessional’s judgement should not merely rest
on hospitalization. If the worker has suffered
1. Complete standard neurologic exam
significant conjunctival, oral, or nasal irri-
VIII. Laboratory tation, respiratory distress, or discomfort,
the physician or other licensed health care
1. Hemoglobin and hematocrit professional should instigate appropriate fol-
2. Alanine aminotransferase (ALT, SGPT) low-up procedures. These include attention
3. Post-shift carboxyhemoglobin
to the eyes, lungs and the neurological sys-
IX. Studies tem. The frequency of follow-up examina-
tions should be determined by the attending
1. Pulmonary function testing physician or other licensed health care pro-
2. Electrocardiogram fessional. This testing permits the early
An evaluation of the oxygen carrying ca- identification essential to proper medical
pacity of the blood of employees (for exam- management of such workers.
ple by measured red blood cell volume) is
considered useful, especially for workers D. Employer Obligations
acutely exposed to MC.
It is also recommended, but not required, The employer is required to provide the re-
that end of shift carboxyhemoglobin levels sponsible physician or other licensed health
be determined periodically, and any level care professional and any specialists in-
above 3% for non-smokers and above 10% for volved in a diagnosis with the following in-
smokers should prompt an investigation of formation: a copy of the MC standard includ-
the worker and his workplace. This test is ing relevant appendices, a description of the
recommended because MC is metabolized to affected employee’s duties as they relate to
CO, which combines strongly with hemo- his or her exposure to MC; an estimate of the
globin, resulting in a reduced capacity of the employee’s exposure including duration (e.g.,
blood to transport oxygen in the body. This 15hr/wk, three 8-hour shifts/wk, full time); a
is of particular concern for cigarette smok- description of any personal protective equip-
ers because they already have a diminished ment used by the employee, including res-
hemoglobin capacity due to the presence of pirators; and the results of any previous
CO in cigarette smoke. medical determinations for the affected em-
ployee related to MC exposure to the extent
C. Additional Examinations and Referrals
that this information is within the employ-
1. Examination by a Specialist er’s control.
445
E. Physicians’ or Other Licensed Health Care by the physician or other licensed health
Professionals’ Obligations care professional about the cancer risk of MC
The standard requires the employer to en- and about risk factors for heart disease, and
sure that the physician or other licensed the potential for exacerbation of underlying
health care professional provides a written heart disease by exposure to MC through its
statement to the employee and the em- metabolism to carbon monoxide. Finally, the
ployer. This statement should contain the physician or other licensed health care pro-
physician’s or licensed health care profes- fessional should inform the employer that
sional’s opinion as to whether the employee the employee has been told the results of the
has any medical condition placing him or her medical examination and of any medical
at increased risk of impaired health from ex- conditions which require further explanation
posure to MC or use of respirators, as appro- or treatment. This written opinion must not
priate. The physician or other licensed contain any information on specific findings
health care professional should also state his or diagnosis unrelated to employee’s occupa-
or her opinion regarding any restrictions tional exposures.
that should be placed on the employee’s ex- The purpose in requiring the examining
posure to MC or upon the use of protective physician or other licensed health care pro-
clothing or equipment such as respirators. If fessional to supply the employer with a writ-
the employee wears a respirator as a result ten opinion is to provide the employer with
of his or her exposure to MC, the physician a medical basis to assist the employer in
or other licensed health care professional’s placing employees initially, in assuring that
opinion should also contain a statement re- their health is not being impaired by expo-
garding the suitability of the employee to sure to MC, and to assess the employee’s
wear the type of respirator assigned. Fur- ability to use any required protective equip-
thermore, the employee should be informed ment.
APPENDIX C TO SECTION 1910.1052—QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS—METHYLENE
CHLORIDE CONTROL IN FURNITURE STRIPPING
446
447
448
449
450
451
[62 FR 1601, Jan. 10, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 42667, Aug. 8, 1997; 62 FR 54383, Oct. 20, 1997;
62 FR 66277, Dec. 18, 1997; 63 FR 1295, Jan. 8, 1998; 63 FR 20099, Apr. 23, 1998; 63 FR 50729, Sept.
22, 1998]
452
§ 1910.1096 Ionizing radiation. (iii) A dose of 0.1 rad due to neutrons

or high energy protons;
(a) Definitions applicable to this sec-
(iv) A dose of 0.05 rad due to particles
tion. (1) Radiation includes alpha rays,
heavier than protons and with suffi-
beta rays, gamma rays, X-rays, neu-
cient energy to reach the lens of the
trons, high-speed electrons, high-speed
eye;
protons, and other atomic particles;
(v) If it is more convenient to meas-
but such term does not include sound
ure the neutron flux, or equivalent,
or radio waves, or visible light, or in-
than to determine the neutron dose in
frared or ultraviolet light.
rads, as provided in paragraph (a)(7)(iii)
(2) Radioactive material means any of this section, 1 rem of neutron radi-
material which emits, by spontaneous ation may, for purposes of the provi-
nuclear disintegration, corpuscular or sions in this section be assumed to be
electromagnetic emanations. equivalent to 14 million neutrons per
(3) Restricted area means any area ac- square centimeter incident upon the
cess to which is controlled by the em- body; or, if there is sufficient informa-
ployer for purposes of protection of in- tion to estimate with reasonable accu-
dividuals from exposure to radiation or racy the approximate distribution in
radioactive materials. energy of the neutrons, the incident
(4) Unrestricted area means any area number of neutrons per square centi-
access to which is not controlled by the meter equivalent to 1 rem may be esti-
employer for purposes of protection of mated from Table G–17:
individuals from exposure to radiation
or radioactive materials. TABLE G–17—NEUTRON FLUX DOSE
(5) Dose means the quantity of ion- EQUIVALENTS
izing radiation absorbed, per unit of
Average
mass, by the body or by any portion of Number of flux to de-
neutrons per
the body. When the provisions in this square centi- liver 100
Neutron energy (million elec- millirem in
section specify a dose during a period tron volts (Mev)) meter equiva- 40 hours
lent to a dose
of time, the dose is the total quantity of 1 rem (neu- (neutrons/
cm 2 per
of radiation absorbed, per unit of mass, trons/cm 2) sec.)
by the body or by any portion of the
body during such period of time. Sev- Thermal ................................... 970 × 10 6 670
0.0001 ...................................... 720 × 10 6 500
eral different units of dose are in cur- 0.005 ........................................ 820 × 10 6 570
rent use. Definitions of units used in 0.02 .......................................... 400 × 10 6 280
this section are set forth in paragraphs 0.1 ............................................ 120 × 10 6 80
0.5 ............................................ 43 × 10 6 30
(a) (6) and (7) of this section. 1.0 ............................................ 26 × 10 6 18
(6) Rad means a measure of the dose 2.5 ............................................ 29 × 10 6 20
of any ionizing radiation to body tis- 5.0 ............................................ 26 × 10 6 18
7.5 ............................................ 24 × 10 6 17
sues in terms of the energy absorbed 10 ............................................. 24 × 10 6 17
per unit of mass of the tissue. One rad 10 to 30 ................................... 14 × 10 6 10
is the dose corresponding to the ab-
sorption of 100 ergs per gram of tissue (8) For determining exposures to X-
(1 millirad (mrad)=0.001 rad). or gamma rays up to 3 Mev., the dose
(7) Rem means a measure of the dose limits specified in this section may be
of any ionizing radiation to body tissue assumed to be equivalent to the ‘‘air
in terms of its estimated biological ef- dose’’. For the purpose of this section
fect relative to a dose of 1 roentgen (r) air dose means that the dose is meas-
of X-rays (1 millirem (mrem)=0.001 ured by a properly calibrated appro-
rem). The relation of the rem to other priate instrument in air at or near the
dose units depends upon the biological body surface in the region of the high-
effect under consideration and upon est dosage rate.
the conditions for irradiation. Each of (b) Exposure of individuals to radiation
the following is considered to be equiv- in restricted areas. (1) Except as pro-
alent to a dose of 1 rem: vided in paragraph (b)(2) of this sec-
(i) A dose of 1 roentgen due to X- or tion, no employer shall possess, use, or
gamma radiation; transfer sources of ionizing radiation
(ii) A dose of 1 rad due to X-, gamma, in such a manner as to cause any indi-
or beta radiation; vidual in a restricted area to receive in
453
any period of one calendar quarter (ii) The first period in a calendar
from sources in the employer’s posses- year of 13 complete, consecutive cal-
sion or control a dose in excess of the endar weeks; the second period in a cal-
limits specified in Table G–18: endar year of 13 complete, consecutive
weeks; the third period in a calendar
TABLE G–18 year of 13 complete, consecutive cal-
Rems per endar weeks; the fourth period in a cal-
calendar endar year of 13 complete, consecutive
quarter
calendar weeks. If at the end of a cal-
Whole body: Head and trunk; active blood-form- endar year there are any days not fall-
ing organs; lens of eyes; or gonads ................ 11⁄4 ing within a complete calendar week of
Hands and forearms; feet and ankles ................. 183⁄4
Skin of whole body .............................................. 71⁄2
that year, such days shall be included
within the last complete calendar week
(2) An employer may permit an indi- of that year. If at the beginning of any
vidual in a restricted area to receive calendar year there are days not falling
doses to the whole body greater than within a complete calendar week of
those permitted under subparagraph (1) that year, such days shall be included
of this paragraph, so long as: within the last complete calendar week
(i) During any calendar quarter the of the previous year; or
dose to the whole body shall not exceed (iii) The four periods in a calendar
3 rems; and year may consist of the first 14 com-
(ii) The dose to the whole body, when plete, consecutive calendar weeks; the
added to the accumulated occupational next 12 complete, consecutive calendar
dose to the whole body, shall not ex- weeks, the next 14 complete, consecu-
ceed 5 (N–18) rems, where ‘‘N’’ equals tive calendar weeks, and the last 12
the individual’s age in years at his last complete, consecutive calendar weeks.
birthday; and If at the end of a calendar year there
(iii) The employer maintains ade- are any days not falling within a com-
quate past and current exposure plete calendar week of that year, such
records which show that the addition days shall be included (for purposes of
of such a dose will not cause the indi- this section) within the last complete
vidual to exceed the amount authorized calendar week of the year. If at the be-
in this subparagraph. As used in this ginning of any calendar year there are
subparagraph Dose to the whole body days not falling within a complete cal-
shall be deemed to include any dose to endar week of that year, such days
the whole body, gonad, active shall be included (for purposes of this
bloodforming organs, head and trunk, section) within the last complete week
or lens of the eye. of the previous year.
(3) No employer shall permit any em- (c) Exposure to airborne radioactive ma-
ployee who is under 18 years of age to terial. (1) No employer shall possess,
receive in any period of one calendar use or transport radioactive material
quarter a dose in excess of 10 percent of in such a manner as to cause any em-
the limits specified in Table G–18. ployee, within a restricted area, to be
(4) Calendar quarter means any 3- exposed to airborne radioactive mate-
month period determined as follows: rial in an average concentration in ex-
(i) The first period of any year may cess of the limits specified in Table 1 of
begin on any date in January: Provided, appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. The lim-
That the second, third, and fourth peri- its given in Table 1 are for exposure to
ods accordingly begin on the same date the concentrations specified for 40
in April, July, and October, respec- hours in any workweek of 7 consecu-
tively, and that the fourth period ex- tive days. In any such period where the
tends into January of the succeeding number of hours of exposure is less
year, if necessary to complete a 3- than 40, the limits specified in the
month quarter. During the first year of table may be increased proportion-
use of this method of determination, ately. In any such period where the
the first period for that year shall also number of hours of exposure is greater
include any additional days in January than 40, the limits specified in the
preceding the starting date for the first table shall be decreased proportion-
period; or ately.
454
(2) No employer shall possess, use, or carried by an individual for the purpose
transfer radioactive material in such a of measuring the dose received (e.g.,
manner as to cause any individual film badges, pocket chambers, pocket
within a restricted area, who is under dosimeters, film rings, etc.);
18 years of age, to be exposed to air- (ii) Radiation area means any area,
borne radioactive material in an aver- accessible to personnel, in which there
age concentration in excess of the lim- exists radiation at such levels that a
its specified in Table II of appendix B major portion of the body could receive
to 10 CFR part 20. For purposes of this in any 1 hour a dose in excess of 5
paragraph, concentrations may be millirem, or in any 5 consecutive days
averaged over periods not greater than a dose in excess of 100 millirem; and
1 week. (iii) High radiation area means any
(3) Exposed as used in this paragraph area, accessible to personnel, in which
means that the individual is present in there exists radiation at such levels
an airborne concentration. No allow- that a major portion of the body could
ance shall be made for the use of pro- receive in any one hour a dose in excess
tective clothing or equipment, or par- of 100 millirem.
ticle size.
(e) Caution signs, labels, and signals—
(d) Precautionary procedures and per-
(1) General. (i) Symbols prescribed by
sonal monitoring. (1) Every employer
this paragraph shall use the conven-
shall make such surveys as may be nec-
tional radiation caution colors (ma-
essary for him to comply with the pro-
genta or purple on yellow background).
visions in this section. Survey means an
The symbol prescribed by this para-
evaluation of the radiation hazards in-
cident to the production, use, release, graph is the conventional three-bladed
disposal, or presence of radioactive ma- design:
terials or other sources of radiation
under a specific set of conditions. When
appropriate, such evaluation includes a
physical survey of the location of ma-
terials and equipment, and measure-
ments of levels of radiation or con-
centrations of radioactive material
present.
(2) Every employer shall supply ap-
propriate personnel monitoring equip-
ment, such as film badges, pocket
chambers, pocket dosimeters, or film
rings, and shall require the use of such
equipment by:
(i) Each employee who enters a re-
stricted area under such circumstances
that he receives, or is likely to receive,
a dose in any calendar quarter in ex-
cess of 25 percent of the applicable
value specified in paragraph (b)(1) of
this section; and
(ii) Each employee under 18 years of
age who enters a restricted area under
such circumstances that he receives, or
is likely to receive, a dose in any cal-
endar quarter in excess of 5 percent of
the applicable value specified in para-
graph (b)(1) of this section; and
(iii) Each employee who enters a high Figure G–10
radiation area. (ii) [Reserved]
(3) As used in this section: (2) Radiation area. Each radiation
(i) Personnel monitoring equipment area shall be conspicuously posted with
means devices designed to be worn or a sign or signs bearing the radiation
455
caution symbol described in subpara- than natural uranium or thorium) in

graph (1) of this paragraph and the any amount exceeding 10 times the
words: quantity of such material specified in
appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall be
CAUTION
conspicuously posted with a sign or
RADIATION AREA signs bearing the radiation caution
(3) High radiation area. (i) Each high symbol described in paragraph (e)(1) of
radiation area shall be conspicuously this section and the words:
posted with a sign or signs bearing the CAUTION
radiation caution symbol and the
words: RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS
CAUTION (ii) Each area or room in which nat-
ural uranium or thorium is used or
HIGH RADIATION AREA stored in an amount exceeding 100
(ii) Each high radiation area shall be times the quantity of such material
equipped with a control device which specified in 10 CFR part 20 shall be con-
shall either cause the level of radiation spicuously posted with a sign or signs
to be reduced below that at which an bearing the radiation caution symbol
individual might receive a dose of 100 described in paragraph (e)(1) of this
millirems in 1 hour upon entry into the section and the words:
area or shall energize a conspicuous
visible or audible alarm signal in such CAUTION
a manner that the individual entering RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS
and the employer or a supervisor of the
activity are made aware of the entry. (6) Containers. (i) Each container in
In the case of a high radiation area es- which is transported, stored, or used a
tablished for a period of 30 days or less, quantity of any radioactive material
such control device is not required. (other than natural uranium or tho-
(4) Airborne radioactivity area. (i) As rium) greater than the quantity of
used in the provisions of this section, such material specified in appendix C
airborne radioactivity area means: to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear a durable,
(a) Any room, enclosure, or operating clearly visible label bearing the radi-
area in which airborne radioactive ma- ation caution symbol described in para-
terials, composed wholly or partly of graph (e)(1) of this section and the
radioactive material, exist in con- words:
centrations in excess of the amounts
CAUTION
specified in column 1 of Table 1 of ap-
pendix B to 10 CFR part 20 or RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS
(b) Any room, enclosure, or operating
(ii) Each container in which natural
area in which airborne radioactive ma-
uranium or thorium is transported,
terials exist in concentrations which,
stored, or used in a quantity greater
averaged over the number of hours in
than 10 times the quantity specified in
any week during which individuals are
appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear
in the area, exceed 25 percent of the
a durable, clearly visible label bearing
amounts specified in column 1 of Table
the radiation caution symbol described
1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20.
(ii) Each airborne radioactivity area in paragraph (e)(1) of this section and
shall be conspicuously posted with a the words:
sign or signs bearing the radiation cau- CAUTION
tion symbol described in paragraph
(e)(1) of this section and the words: RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS
CAUTION (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions

of paragraphs (e)(6) (i) and (ii) of this
AIRBORNE RADIOACTIVITY AREA section a label shall not be required:
(5) Additional requirements.(i) Each (a) If the concentration of the mate-
area or room in which radioactive ma- rial in the container does not exceed
terial is used or stored and which con- that specified in column 2 of Table 1 of
tains any radioactive material (other appendix B to 10 CFR part 20, or
456
(b) For laboratory containers, such as tion against damage in case of fire, ex-
beakers, flasks, and test tubes, used plosion, corrosive atmosphere, or other
transiently in laboratory procedures, environmental extremes consistent
when the user is present. with adequate system performance.
(iv) Where containers are used for (iv) The signal-generating system
storage, the labels required in this sub- shall be designed with the minimum
paragraph shall state also the quan- number of components necessary to
tities and kinds of radioactive mate- make it function as intended, and
rials in the containers and the date of should utilize components which do not
measurement of the quantities. require frequent servicing such as lu-
(f) Immediate evacuation warning sig- brication or cleaning.
nal—(1) Signal characteristics. (i) The (v) Where several activating devices
signal shall be a midfrequency complex feed activating information to a cen-
sound wave amplitude modulated at a tral signal generator, failure of any ac-
subsonic frequency. The complex sound tivating device shall not render the sig-
wave in free space shall have a funda- nal-generator system inoperable to ac-
mental frequency (f1) between 450 and tivating information from the remain-
500 hertz (Hz) modulated at a subsonic ing devices.
rate between 4 and 5 hertz. (vi) The signal-generating system
(ii) The signal generator shall not be shall be designed to enhance the prob-
less than 75 decibels at every location ability that alarm occurs only when
where an individual may be present immediate evacuation is warranted.
whose immediate, rapid, and complete The number of false alarms shall not be
evacuation is essential. so great that the signal will come to be
(iii) A sufficient number of signal disregarded and shall be low enough to
units shall be installed such that the minimize personal injuries or excessive
requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of property damage that might result
this section are met at every location from such evacuation.
where an individual may be present (3) Testing. (i) Initial tests, inspec-
whose immediate, rapid, and complete tions, and checks of the signal-gener-
evacuation is essential. ating system shall be made to verify
(iv) The signal shall be unique in the that the fabrication and installation
plant or facility in which it is in- were made in accordance with design
stalled. plans and specifications and to develop
(v) The minimum duration of the sig- a thorough knowledge of the perform-
nal shall be sufficient to insure that all ance of the system and all components
affected persons hear the signal. under normal and hostile conditions.
(vi) The signal-generating system
(ii) Once the system has been placed
shall respond automatically to an initi-
in service, periodic tests, inspections,
ating event without requiring any
and checks shall be made to minimize
human action to sound the signal.
the possibility of malfunction.
(2) Design objectives. (i) The signal-
(iii) Following significant alterations
generating system shall be designed to
or revisions to the system, tests and
incorporate components which enable
checks similar to the initial installa-
the system to produce the desired sig-
tion tests shall be made.
nal each time it is activated within
one-half second of activation. (iv) Tests shall be designed to mini-
(ii) The signal-generating system mize hazards while conducting the
shall be provided with an automati- tests.
cally activated secondary power supply (v) Prior to normal operation the sig-
which is adequate to simultaneously nal-generating system shall be checked
power all emergency equipment to physically and functionally to assure
which it is connected, if operation dur- reliability and to demonstrate accu-
ing power failure is necessary, except racy and performance. Specific tests
in those systems using batteries as the shall include:
primary source of power. (a) All power sources.
(iii) All components of the signal- (b) Calibration and calibration sta-
generating system shall be located to bility.
provide maximum practicable protec- (c) Trip levels and stability.
457
(d) Continuity of function with loss (2) Rooms or other areas in onsite
and return of required services such as medical facilities are not required to
AC or DC power, air pressure, etc. be posted with caution signs because of
(e) All indicators. the presence of patients containing ra-
(f) Trouble indicator circuits and sig- dioactive material, provided that there
nals, where used. are personnel in attendance who shall
(g) Air pressure (if used) take the precautions necessary to pre-
(h) Determine that sound level of the vent the exposure of any individual to
signal is within the limit of paragraph radiation or radioactive material in ex-
(f)(1)(ii) of this section at all points cess of the limits established in the
that require immediate evacuation. provisions of this section.
(vi) In addition to the initial startup (3) Caution signs are not required to
and operating tests, periodic scheduled
be posted at areas or rooms containing
performance tests and status checks
radioactive materials for periods of
must be made to insure that the sys-
less than 8 hours: Provided, That
tem is at all times operating within de-
sign limits and capable of the required (i) The materials are constantly at-
response. Specific periodic tests or tended during such periods by an indi-
checks or both shall include: vidual who shall take the precautions
(a) Adequacy of signal activation de- necessary to prevent the exposure of
vice. any individual to radiation or radio-
(b) All power sources. active materials in excess of the limits
(c) Function of all alarm circuits and established in the provisions of this
trouble indicator circuits including section; and
trip levels. (ii) Such area or room is subject to
(d) Air pressure (if used). the employer’s control.
(e) Function of entire system includ- (h) Exemptions for radioactive materials
ing operation without power where repackaged for shipment. Radioactive ma-
quired. terials packaged and labeled in accord-
(f) Complete operational tests includ- ance with regulations of the Depart-
ing sounding of the signal and deter- ment of Transportation published in 49
mination that sound levels are ade- CFR Chapter I, are exempt from the la-
quate. beling and posting requirements of this
(vii) Periodic tests shall be scheduled subpart during shipment, provided that
on the basis of need, experience, dif- the inside containers are labeled in ac-
ficulty, and disruption of operations. cordance with the provisions of para-
The entire system should be operation- graph (e) of this section.
ally tested at least quarterly.
(i) Instruction of personnel, posting. (1)
(viii) All employees whose work may
Employers regulated by the Nuclear
necessitate their presence in an area
Regulatory Commission shall be gov-
covered by the signal shall be made fa-
miliar with the actual sound of the sig- erned by 10 CFR part 20 standards. Em-
nal—preferably as it sounds at their ployers in a State named in paragraph
work location. Before placing the sys- (p)(3) of this section shall be governed
tem into operation, all employees nor- by the requirements of the laws and
mally working in the area shall be regulations of that State. All other em-
made acquainted with the signal by ac- ployers shall be regulated by the fol-
tual demonstration at their work loca- lowing:
tions. (2) All individuals working in or fre-
(g) Exceptions from posting require- quenting any portion of a radiation
ments. Notwithstanding the provisions area shall be informed of the occur-
of paragraph (e) of this section: rence of radioactive materials or of ra-
(1) A room or area is not required to diation in such portions of the radi-
be posted with a caution sign because ation area; shall be instructed in the
of the presence of a sealed source, pro- safety problems associated with expo-
vided the radiation level 12 inches from sure to such materials or radiation and
the surface of the source container or in precautions or devices to minimize
housing does not exceed 5 millirem per exposure; shall be instructed in the ap-
hour. plicable provisions of this section for
458
the protection of employees from expo- (2) Twenty-four hour notification. Each
sure to radiation or radioactive mate- employer shall within 24 hours fol-
rials; and shall be advised of reports of lowing its occurrence notify the Assist-
radiation exposure which employees ant Secretary of Labor or his duly au-
may request pursuant to the regula- thorized representative for employees
tions in this section. not protected by the Nuclear Regu-
(3) Each employer to whom this sec- latory Commission by means of 10 CFR
tion applies shall post a current copy part 20; paragraph (p)(2) of this section,
of its provisions and a copy of the oper- or the requirements of the laws and ap-
ating procedures applicable to the plicable regulations of States named in
work conspicuously in such locations paragraph (p)(3) of this section, by tele-
as to insure that employees working in phone or telegraph of any incident in-
or frequenting radiation areas will ob- volving radiation which may have
serve these documents on the way to caused or threatens to cause:
and from their place of employment, or (i) Exposure of the whole body of any
shall keep such documents available individual to 5 rems or more of radi-
for examination of employees upon re- ation; exposure of the skin of the whole
quest. body of any individual to 30 rems or
(j) Storage of radioactive materials. Ra- more of radiation; or exposure of the
dioactive materials stored in a non- feet, ankles, hands, or forearms to 75
radiation area shall be secured against rems or more of radiation; or
unauthorized removal from the place of (ii) [Reserved]
storage. (m) Reports of overexposure and exces-
(k) Waste disposal. No employer shall sive levels and concentrations. (1) In ad-
dispose of radioactive material except dition to any notification required by
by transfer to an authorized recipient, paragraph (1) of this section each em-
or in a manner approved by the Nu- ployer shall make a report in writing
clear Regulatory Commission or a within 30 days to the Assistant Sec-
State named in paragraph (p)(3) of this retary of Labor or his duly authorized
section. representative, for employees not pro-
(l) Notification of incidents—(1) Imme- tected by the Nuclear Regulatory Com-
diate notification. Each employer shall mission by means of 10 CFR part 20; or
immediately notify the Assistant Sec- under paragraph (p)(2) of this section,
retary of Labor or his duly authorized or the requirements of the laws and
representative, for employees not pro- regulations of States named in para-
tected by the Nuclear Regulatory Com- graph (p)(3) of this section, of each ex-
mission by means of 10 CFR part 20; posure of an individual to radiation or
paragraph (p)(2) of this section, or the concentrations of radioactive material
requirements of the laws and regula- in excess of any applicable limit in this
tions of States named in paragraph section. Each report required under
(p)(3) of this section, by telephone or this paragraph shall describe the ex-
telegraph of any incident involving ra- tent of exposure of persons to radiation
diation which may have caused or or to radioactive material; levels of ra-
threatens to cause: diation and concentration of radio-
(i) Exposure of the whole body of any active material involved, the cause of
individual to 25 rems or more of radi- the exposure, levels of concentrations;
ation; exposure of the skin of the whole and corrective steps taken or planned
body of any individual to 150 rems or to assure against a recurrence.
more of radiation; or exposure of the (2) In any case where an employer is
feet, ankles, hands, or forearms of any required pursuant to the provisions of
individual to 375 rems or more of radi- this paragraph to report to the U.S. De-
ation; or partment of Labor any exposure of an
(ii) The release of radioactive mate- individual to radiation or to concentra-
rial in concentrations which, if aver- tions of radioactive material, the em-
aged over a period of 24 hours, would ployer shall also notify such individual
exceed 5,000 times the limit specified of the nature and extent of exposure.
for such materials in Table II of appen- Such notice shall be in writing and
dix B to 10 CFR part 20. shall contain the following statement:
459
‘‘You should preserve this report for fu- cordance with the standards, proce-
ture reference.’’ dures, and other requirements for radi-
(n) Records. (1) Every employer shall ation protection established by the
maintain records of the radiation expo- Commission for such contract pursuant
sure of all employees for whom per- to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as
sonnel monitoring is required under amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), shall
paragraph (d) of this section and advise be deemed to be in compliance with the
each of his employees of his individual requirements of this section with re-
exposure on at least an annual basis. spect to such possession and use.
(2) Every employer shall maintain (3) NRC-agreement State licensees or
records in the same units used in tables registrants:
in paragraph (b) of this section and ap- (i) Atomic Energy Act sources. Any em-
pendix B to 10 CFR part 20. ployer who possesses or uses source
(o) Disclosure to former employee of in- material, byproduct material, or spe-
dividual employee’s record. (1) At the re- cial nuclear material, as defined in the
quest of a former employee an em- Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended
ployer shall furnish to the employee a (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), and has either
report of the employee’s exposure to registered such sources with, or is op-
radiation as shown in records main- erating under a license issued by, a
tained by the employer pursuant to State which has an agreement in effect
paragraph (n)(1) of this section. Such with the Nuclear Regulatory Commis-
report shall be furnished within 30 days sion pursuant to section 274(b) (42
from the time the request is made, and U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic Energy
shall cover each calendar quarter of Act of 1954, as amended, and in accord-
the individual’s employment involving ance with the requirements of that
exposure to radiation or such lesser pe- State’s laws and regulations shall be
riod as may be requested by the em- deemed to be in compliance with the
ployee. The report shall also include radiation requirements of this section,
the results of any calculations and insofar as his possession and use of
analysis of radioactive material depos- such material is concerned, unless the
ited in the body of the employee. The Secretary of Labor, after conference
report shall be in writing and contain with the Nuclear Regulatory Commis-
the following statement: ‘‘You should sion, shall determine that the State’s
preserve this report for future ref- program for control of these radiation
erence.’’ sources is incompatible with the re-
(2) [Reserved] quirements of this section. Such agree-
(p) Nuclear Regulatory Commission li- ments currently are in effect only in
censees—NRC contractors operating NRC the States of Alabama, Arkansas, Cali-
plants and facilities—NRC Agreement fornia, Kansas, Kentucky, Florida, Mis-
State licensees or registrants. (1) Any em- sissippi, New Hampshire, New York,
ployer who possesses or uses source North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Or-
material, byproduct material, or spe- egon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Lou-
cial nuclear material, as defined in the isiana, Nebraska, Washington, Mary-
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amend- land, North Dakota, South Carolina,
ed, under a license issued by the Nu- and Georgia.
clear Regulatory Commission and in (ii) Other sources. Any employer who
accordance with the requirements of 10 possesses or uses radiation sources
CFR part 20 shall be deemed to be in other than source material, byproduct
compliance with the requirements of material, or special nuclear material,
this section with respect to such pos- as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of
session and use. 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.),
(2) NRC contractors operating NRC and has either registered such sources
plants and facilities: Any employer with, or is operating under a license
who possesses or uses source material, issued by a State which has an agree-
byproduct material, special nuclear ment in effect with the Nuclear Regu-
material, or other radiation sources latory Commission pursuant to section
under a contract with the Nuclear Reg- 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic
ulatory Commission for the operation Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in
of NRC plants and facilities and in ac- accordance with the requirements of
460
that State’s laws and regulations shall present; labeling of containers of

be deemed to be in compliance with the chemicals in the workplace, as well as
radiation requirements of this section, of containers of chemicals being
insofar as his possession and use of shipped to other workplaces; prepara-
such material is concerned, provided tion and distribution of material safety
the State’s program for control of data sheets to employees and down-
these radiation sources is the subject stream employers; and development
of a currently effective determination and implementation of employee train-
by the Assistant Secretary of Labor ing programs regarding hazards of
that such program is compatible with chemicals and protective measures.
the requirements of this section. Such Under section 18 of the Act, no state or
determinations currently are in effect political subdivision of a state may
only in the States of Alabama, Arkan- adopt or enforce, through any court or
sas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, agency, any requirement relating to
Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire, the issue addressed by this Federal
New York, North Carolina, Texas, Ten- standard, except pursuant to a Feder-
nessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colo- ally-approved state plan.
rado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Wash- (b) Scope and application. (1) This sec-
ington, Maryland, North Dakota, tion requires chemical manufacturers
South Carolina, and Georgia. or importers to assess the hazards of
[39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43 chemicals which they produce or im-
FR 49746, Oct. 24, 1978; 43 FR 51759, Nov. 7, port, and all employers to provide in-
1978; 49 FR 18295, Apr. 30, 1984; 58 FR 35309, formation to their employees about the
June 30, 1993. Redesignated at 61 FR 31430, hazardous chemicals to which they are
June 20, 1996] exposed, by means of a hazard commu-
§ 1910.1200 Hazard communication. nication program, labels and other
forms of warning, material safety data
(a) Purpose. (1) The purpose of this sheets, and information and training.
section is to ensure that the hazards of In addition, this section requires dis-
all chemicals produced or imported are tributors to transmit the required in-
evaluated, and that information con- formation to employers. (Employers
cerning their hazards is transmitted to who do not produce or import chemi-
employers and employees. This trans- cals need only focus on those parts of
mittal of information is to be accom- this rule that deal with establishing a
plished by means of comprehensive workplace program and commu-
hazard communication programs, nicating information to their workers.
which are to include container labeling
Appendix E of this section is a general
and other forms of warning, material
guide for such employers to help them
safety data sheets and employee train-
determine their compliance obligations
ing.
under the rule.)
(2) This occupational safety and
health standard is intended to address (2) This section applies to any chem-
comprehensively the issue of evalu- ical which is known to be present in
ating the potential hazards of chemi- the workplace in such a manner that
cals, and communicating information employees may be exposed under nor-
concerning hazards and appropriate mal conditions of use or in a foresee-
protective measures to employees, and able emergency.
to preempt any legal requirements of a (3) This section applies to labora-
state, or political subdivision of a tories only as follows:
state, pertaining to this subject. Evalu- (i) Employers shall ensure that labels
ating the potential hazards of chemi- on incoming containers of hazardous
cals, and communicating information chemicals are not removed or defaced;
concerning hazards and appropriate (ii) Employers shall maintain any
protective measures to employees, may material safety data sheets that are re-
include, for example, but is not limited ceived with incoming shipments of haz-
to, provisions for: developing and main- ardous chemicals, and ensure that they
taining a written hazard communica- are readily accessible during each
tion program for the workplace, includ- workshift to laboratory employees
ing lists of hazardous chemicals when they are in their work areas;
461
(iii) Employers shall ensure that lab- (i) Any pesticide as such term is de-
oratory employees are provided infor- fined in the Federal Insecticide, Fun-
mation and training in accordance gicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C.
with paragraph (h) of this section, ex- 136 et seq.), when subject to the labeling
cept for the location and availability of requirements of that Act and labeling
the written hazard communication pro- regulations issued under that Act by
gram under paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this the Environmental Protection Agency;
section; and, (ii) Any chemical substance or mix-
(iv) Laboratory employers that ship ture as such terms are defined in the
hazardous chemicals are considered to Toxic Substances Control Act (15
be either a chemical manufacturer or a U.S.C. 2601 et seq.), when subject to the
distributor under this rule, and thus labeling requirements of that Act and
must ensure that any containers of labeling regulations issued under that
hazardous chemicals leaving the lab- Act by the Environmental Protection
oratory are labeled in accordance with Agency.
paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and (iii) Any food, food additive, color ad-
that a material safety data sheet is ditive, drug, cosmetic, or medical or
provided to distributors and other em- veterinary device or product, including
ployers in accordance with paragraphs materials intended for use as ingredi-
(g)(6) and (g)(7) of this section. ents in such products (e.g. flavors and
(4) In work operations where employ- fragrances), as such terms are defined
ees only handle chemicals in sealed in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cos-
containers which are not opened under metic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) or the
normal conditions of use (such as are Virus-Serum-Toxin Act of 1913 (21
found in marine cargo handling, U.S.C. 151 et seq.), and regulations
warehousing, or retail sales), this sec- issued under those Acts, when they are
tion applies to these operations only as subject to the labeling requirements
follows: under those Acts by either the Food
(i) Employers shall ensure that labels and Drug Administration or the De-
on incoming containers of hazardous partment of Agriculture;
chemicals are not removed or defaced; (iv) Any distilled spirits (beverage al-
(ii) Employers shall maintain copies cohols), wine, or malt beverage in-
of any material safety data sheets that tended for nonindustrial use, as such
are received with incoming shipments terms are defined in the Federal Alco-
of the sealed containers of hazardous hol Administration Act (27 U.S.C. 201 et
chemicals, shall obtain a material safe- seq.) and regulations issued under that
ty data sheet as soon as possible for Act, when subject to the labeling re-
sealed containers of hazardous chemi- quirements of that Act and labeling
cals received without a material safety regulations issued under that Act by
data sheet if an employee requests the the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and
material safety data sheet, and shall Firearms;
ensure that the material safety data (v) Any consumer product or haz-
sheets are readily accessible during ardous substance as those terms are de-
each work shift to employees when fined in the Consumer Product Safety
they are in their work area(s); and, Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq.) and Federal
(iii) Employers shall ensure that em- Hazardous Substances Act (15 U.S.C.
ployees are provided with information 1261 et seq.) respectively, when subject
and training in accordance with para- to a consumer product safety standard
graph (h) of this section (except for the or labeling requirement of those Acts,
location and availability of the written or regulations issued under those Acts
hazard communication program under by the Consumer Product Safety Com-
paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section), to mission; and,
the extent necessary to protect them (vi) Agricultural or vegetable seed
in the event of a spill or leak of a haz- treated with pesticides and labeled in
ardous chemical from a sealed con- accordance with the Federal Seed Act
tainer. (7 U.S.C. 1551 et seq.) and the labeling
(5) This section does not require la- regulations issued under that Act by
beling of the following chemicals: the Department of Agriculture.
462
(6) This section does not apply to: (i) defined in the Consumer Product Safe-
Any hazardous waste as such term is ty Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq.) and Fed-
defined by the Solid Waste Disposal eral Hazardous Substances Act (15
Act, as amended by the Resource Con- U.S.C. 1261 et seq.) respectively, where
servation and Recovery Act of 1976, as the employer can show that it is used
amended (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.), when in the workplace for the purpose in-
subject to regulations issued under tended by the chemical manufacturer
that Act by the Environmental Protec- or importer of the product, and the use
tion Agency; results in a duration and frequency of
(ii) Any hazardous substance as such exposure which is not greater than the
term is defined by the Comprehensive range of exposures that could reason-
Environmental Response, Compensa- ably be experienced by consumers when
tion and Liability ACT (CERCLA) (42 used for the purpose intended;
U.S.C. 9601 et seq.) when the hazardous (x) Nuisance particulates where the
substance is the focus of remedial or chemical manufacturer or importer
removal action being conducted under can establish that they do not pose any
CERCLA in accordance with Environ- physical or health hazard covered
mental Protection Agency regulations; under this section;
(iii) Tobacco or tobacco products; (xi) Ionizing and nonionizing radi-
(iv) Wood or wood products, including ation; and,
lumber which will not be processed, (xii) Biological hazards.
where the chemical manufacturer or (c) Definitions.
importer can establish that the only Article means a manufactured item
hazard they pose to employees is the other than a fluid or particle: (i) which
potential for flammability or combus- is formed to a specific shape or design
tibility (wood or wood products which during manufacture; (ii) which has end
have been treated with a hazardous use function(s) dependent in whole or
chemical covered by this standard, and in part upon its shape or design during
wood which may be subsequently sawed end use; and (iii) which under normal
or cut, generating dust, are not ex- conditions of use does not release more
empted); than very small quantities, e.g., minute
(v) Articles (as that term is defined or trace amounts of a hazardous chem-
in paragraph (c) of this section); ical (as determined under paragraph (d)
(vi) Food or alcoholic beverages of this section), and does not pose a
which are sold, used, or prepared in a physical hazard or health risk to em-
retail establishment (such as a grocery ployees.
store, restaurant, or drinking place), Assistant Secretary means the Assist-
and foods intended for personal con- ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
sumption by employees while in the tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart-
workplace; ment of Labor, or designee.
(vii) Any drug, as that term is de- Chemical means any element, chem-
fined in the Federal Food, Drug, and ical compound or mixture of elements
Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.), and/or compounds.
when it is in solid, final form for direct Chemical manufacturer means an em-
administration to the patient (e.g., tab- ployer with a workplace where chem-
lets or pills); drugs which are packaged ical(s) are produced for use or distribu-
by the chemical manufacturer for sale tion.
to consumers in a retail establishment Chemical name means the scientific
(e.g., over-the-counter drugs); and designation of a chemical in accord-
drugs intended for personal consump- ance with the nomenclature system de-
tion by employees while in the work- veloped by the International Union of
place (e.g., first aid supplies); Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC)
(viii) Cosmetics which are packaged or the Chemical Abstracts Service
for sale to consumers in a retail estab- (CAS) rules of nomenclature, or a name
lishment, and cosmetics intended for which will clearly identify the chem-
personal consumption by employees ical for the purpose of conducting a
while in the workplace; hazard evaluation.
(ix) Any consumer product or haz- Combustible liquid means any liquid
ardous substance, as those terms are having a flashpoint at or above 100 °F
463
(37.8 °C), but below 200 °F (93.3 °C), ex- office workers or bank tellers who en-
cept any mixture having components counter hazardous chemicals only in
with flashpoints of 200 °F (93.3 °C), or non-routine, isolated instances are not
higher, the total volume of which make covered.
up 99 percent or more of the total vol- Employer means a person engaged in a
ume of the mixture. business where chemicals are either
Commercial account means an ar- used, distributed, or are produced for
rangement whereby a retail distributor use or distribution, including a con-
sells hazardous chemicals to an em- tractor or subcontractor.
ployer, generally in large quantities Explosive means a chemical that
over time and/or at costs that are causes a sudden, almost instantaneous
below the regular retail price. release of pressure, gas, and heat when
Common name means any designation subjected to sudden shock, pressure, or
or identification such as code name, high temperature.
code number, trade name, brand name Exposure or exposed means that an
or generic name used to identify a employee is subjected in the course of
chemical other than by its chemical employment to a chemical that is a
name. physical or health hazard, and includes
Compressed gas means: potential (e.g. accidental or possible)
(i) A gas or mixture of gases having, exposure. ‘‘Subjected’’ in terms of
in a container, an absolute pressure ex- health hazards includes any route of
ceeding 40 psi at 70 °F (21.1 °C); or entry (e.g. inhalation, ingestion, skin
(ii) A gas or mixture of gases having, contact or absorption.)
in a container, an absolute pressure ex- Flammable means a chemical that
ceeding 104 psi at 130 °F (54.4 °C) regard- falls into one of the following cat-
less of the pressure at 70 °F (21.1 °C); or egories:
(iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure (i) Aerosol, flammable means an aer-
exceeding 40 psi at 100 °F (37.8 °C) as de- osol that, when tested by the method
termined by ASTM D–323–72. described in 16 CFR 1500.45, yields a
Container means any bag, barrel, bot- flame projection exceeding 18 inches at
tle, box, can, cylinder, drum, reaction full valve opening, or a flashback (a
vessel, storage tank, or the like that flame extending back to the valve) at
contains a hazardous chemical. For any degree of valve opening;
purposes of this section, pipes or piping (ii) Gas, flammable means: (A) A gas
systems, and engines, fuel tanks, or that, at ambient temperature and pres-
other operating systems in a vehicle, sure, forms a flammable mixture with
are not considered to be containers. air at a concentration of thirteen (13)
Designated representative means any percent by volume or less; or
individual or organization to whom an (B) A gas that, at ambient tempera-
employee gives written authorization ture and pressure, forms a range of
to exercise such employee’s rights flammable mixtures with air wider
under this section. A recognized or cer- than twelve (12) percent by volume, re-
tified collective bargaining agent shall gardless of the lower limit;
be treated automatically as a des- (iii) Liquid, flammable means any liq-
ignated representative without regard uid having a flashpoint below 100 °F
to written employee authorization. (37.8 °C), except any mixture having
Director means the Director, National components with flashpoints of 100 °F
Institute for Occupational Safety and (37.8 °C) or higher, the total of which
Health, U.S. Department of Health and make up 99 percent or more of the total
Human Services, or designee. volume of the mixture.
Distributor means a business, other (iv) Solid, flammable means a solid,
than a chemical manufacturer or im- other than a blasting agent or explo-
porter, which supplies hazardous sive as defined in § 1910.109(a), that is
chemicals to other distributors or to liable to cause fire through friction,
employers. absorption of moisture, spontaneous
Employee means a worker who may be chemical change, or retained heat from
exposed to hazardous chemicals under manufacturing or processing, or which
normal operating conditions or in fore- can be ignited readily and when ignited
seeable emergencies. Workers such as burns so vigorously and persistently as
464
to create a serious hazard. A chemical to determine the hazards which must

shall be considered to be a flammable be covered.)
solid if, when tested by the method de- Health hazard means a chemical for
scribed in 16 CFR 1500.44, it ignites and which there is statistically significant
burns with a self-sustained flame at a evidence based on at least one study
rate greater than one-tenth of an inch conducted in accordance with estab-
per second along its major axis. lished scientific principles that acute
Flashpoint means the minimum tem- or chronic health effects may occur in
perature at which a liquid gives off a exposed employees. The term ‘‘health
vapor in sufficient concentration to ig- hazard’’ includes chemicals which are
nite when tested as follows: carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic
(i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See agents, reproductive toxins, irritants,
American National Standard Method of corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins,
Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents
Tester, Z11.24–1979 (ASTM D 56–79)) for which act on the hematopoietic sys-
liquids with a viscosity of less than 45 tem, and agents which damage the
Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100 lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous mem-
°F (37.8 °C), that do not contain sus- branes. Appendix A provides further
pended solids and do not have a tend- definitions and explanations of the
ency to form a surface film under test; scope of health hazards covered by this
or section, and Appendix B describes the
(ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester criteria to be used to determine wheth-
(see American National Standard er or not a chemical is to be considered
Method of Test for Flash Point by hazardous for purposes of this stand-
Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z11.7–
ard.
1979 (ASTM D 93–79)) for liquids with a
Identity means any chemical or com-
viscosity equal to or greater than 45
mon name which is indicated on the
SUS at 100 °F (37.8 °C), or that contain
suspended solids, or that have a tend- material safety data sheet (MSDS) for
ency to form a surface film under test; the chemical. The identity used shall
or permit cross-references to be made
(iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see among the required list of hazardous
American National Standard Method of chemicals, the label and the MSDS.
Test for Flash Point by Setaflash Immediate use means that the haz-
Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278–78)). ardous chemical will be under the con-
trol of and used only by the person who
Organic peroxides, which undergo
autoaccelerating thermal decomposi- transfers it from a labeled container
tion, are excluded from any of the and only within the work shift in
flashpoint determination methods which it is transferred.
specified above. Importer means the first business
Foreseeable emergency means any po- with employees within the Customs
tential occurrence such as, but not lim- Territory of the United States which
ited to, equipment failure, rupture of receives hazardous chemicals produced
containers, or failure of control equip- in other countries for the purpose of
ment which could result in an uncon- supplying them to distributors or em-
trolled release of a hazardous chemical ployers within the United States.
into the workplace. Label means any written, printed, or
Hazardous chemical means any chem- graphic material displayed on or af-
ical which is a physical hazard or a fixed to containers of hazardous chemi-
health hazard. cals.
Hazard warning means any words, Material safety data sheet (MSDS)
pictures, symbols, or combination means written or printed material con-
thereof appearing on a label or other cerning a hazardous chemical which is
appropriate form of warning which con- prepared in accordance with paragraph
vey the specific physical and health (g) of this section.
hazard(s), including target organ ef- Mixture means any combination of
fects, of the chemical(s) in the con- two or more chemicals if the combina-
tainer(s). (See the definitions for tion is not, in whole or in part, the re-
‘‘physical hazard’’ and ‘‘health hazard’’ sult of a chemical reaction.
465
Organic peroxide means an organic is either flammable or presents a

compound that contains the bivalent health hazard.
-O-O-structure and which may be con- Work area means a room or defined
sidered to be a structural derivative of space in a workplace where hazardous
hydrogen peroxide where one or both of chemicals are produced or used, and
the hydrogen atoms has been replaced where employees are present.
by an organic radical. Workplace means an establishment,
Oxidizer means a chemical other than job site, or project, at one geographical
a blasting agent or explosive as defined location containing one or more work
in § 1910.109(a), that initiates or pro- areas.
motes combustion in other materials, (d) Hazard determination. (1) Chemical
thereby causing fire either of itself or manufacturers and importers shall
through the release of oxygen or other evaluate chemicals produced in their
gases. workplaces or imported by them to de-
Physical hazard means a chemical for termine if they are hazardous. Employ-
which there is scientifically valid evi- ers are not required to evaluate chemi-
dence that it is a combustible liquid, a cals unless they choose not to rely on
compressed gas, explosive, flammable, the evaluation performed by the chem-
an organic peroxide, an oxidizer, ical manufacturer or importer for the
pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or chemical to satisfy this requirement.
water-reactive. (2) Chemical manufacturers, import-
Produce means to manufacture, proc- ers or employers evaluating chemicals
ess, formulate, blend, extract, gen- shall identify and consider the avail-
erate, emit, or repackage. able scientific evidence concerning
such hazards. For health hazards, evi-
Pyrophoric means a chemical that
dence which is statistically significant
will ignite spontaneously in air at a
and which is based on at least one posi-
temperature of 130 °F (54.4 °C) or below.
tive study conducted in accordance
Responsible party means someone who with established scientific principles is
can provide additional information on considered to be sufficient to establish
the hazardous chemical and appro- a hazardous effect if the results of the
priate emergency procedures, if nec- study meet the definitions of health
essary. hazards in this section. Appendix A
Specific chemical identity means the shall be consulted for the scope of
chemical name, Chemical Abstracts health hazards covered, and Appendix
Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any B shall be consulted for the criteria to
other information that reveals the pre- be followed with respect to the com-
cise chemical designation of the sub- pleteness of the evaluation, and the
stance. data to be reported.
Trade secret means any confidential (3) The chemical manufacturer, im-
formula, pattern, process, device, infor- porter or employer evaluating chemi-
mation or compilation of information cals shall treat the following sources as
that is used in an employer’s business, establishing that the chemicals listed
and that gives the employer an oppor- in them are hazardous:
tunity to obtain an advantage over (i) 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxic
competitors who do not know or use it. and Hazardous Substances, Occupa-
Appendix D sets out the criteria to be tional Safety and Health Administra-
used in evaluating trade secrets. tion (OSHA); or,
Unstable (reactive) means a chemical (ii) Threshold Limit Values for Chem-
which in the pure state, or as produced ical Substances and Physical Agents in
or transported, will vigorously polym- the Work Environment, American Con-
erize, decompose, condense, or will be- ference of Governmental Industrial Hy-
come self-reactive under conditions of gienists (ACGIH) (latest edition). The
shocks, pressure or temperature. chemical manufacturer, importer, or
Use means to package, handle, react, employer is still responsible for evalu-
emit, extract, generate as a byproduct, ating the hazards associated with the
or transfer. chemicals in these source lists in ac-
Water-reactive means a chemical that cordance with the requirements of this
reacts with water to release a gas that standard.
466
(4) Chemical manufacturers, import- missible exposure limit or ACGIH

ers and employers evaluating chemi- Threshold Limit Value, or could
cals shall treat the following sources as present a health risk to employees in
establishing that a chemical is a car- those concentrations, the mixture shall
cinogen or potential carcinogen for be assumed to present the same hazard.
hazard communication purposes: (6) Chemical manufacturers, import-
(i) National Toxicology Program ers, or employers evaluating chemicals
(NTP), Annual Report on Carcinogens shall describe in writing the procedures
(latest edition); they use to determine the hazards of
(ii) International Agency for Re- the chemical they evaluate. The writ-
search on Cancer (IARC) Monographs ten procedures are to be made avail-
(latest editions); or able, upon request, to employees, their
(iii) 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, designated representatives, the Assist-
Toxic and Hazardous Substances, Occu- ant Secretary and the Director. The
pational Safety and Health Adminis- written description may be incor-
tration.
porated into the written hazard com-
NOTE: The Registry of Toxic Effects of Chem-
ical Substances published by the National In-
munication program required under
stitute for Occupational Safety and Health paragraph (e) of this section.
indicates whether a chemical has been found (e) Written hazard communication pro-
by NTP or IARC to be a potential car- gram. (1) Employers shall develop, im-
cinogen. plement, and maintain at each work-
(5) The chemical manufacturer, im- place, a written hazard communication
porter or employer shall determine the program which at least describes how
hazards of mixtures of chemicals as fol- the criteria specified in paragraphs (f),
lows: (g), and (h) of this section for labels
(i) If a mixture has been tested as a and other forms of warning, material
whole to determine its hazards, the re- safety data sheets, and employee infor-
sults of such testing shall be used to mation and training will be met, and
determine whether the mixture is haz- which also includes the following:
ardous;
(i) A list of the hazardous chemicals
(ii) If a mixture has not been tested
known to be present using an identity
as a whole to determine whether the
that is referenced on the appropriate
mixture is a health hazard, the mixture
material safety data sheet (the list
shall be assumed to present the same
health hazards as do the components may be compiled for the workplace as a
which comprise one percent (by weight whole or for individual work areas);
or volume) or greater of the mixture, and,
except that the mixture shall be as- (ii) The methods the employer will
sumed to present a carcinogenic hazard use to inform employees of the hazards
if it contains a component in con- of non-routine tasks (for example, the
centrations of 0.1 percent or greater cleaning of reactor vessels), and the
which is considered to be a carcinogen hazards associated with chemicals con-
under paragraph (d)(4) of this section; tained in unlabeled pipes in their work
(iii) If a mixture has not been tested areas.
as a whole to determine whether the (2) Multi-employer workplaces. Em-
mixture is a physical hazard, the chem- ployers who produce, use, or store haz-
ical manufacturer, importer, or em- ardous chemicals at a workplace in
ployer may use whatever scientifically such a way that the employees of other
valid data is available to evaluate the employer(s) may be exposed (for exam-
physical hazard potential of the mix- ple, employees of a construction con-
ture; and, tractor working on-site) shall addition-
(iv) If the chemical manufacturer, ally ensure that the hazard commu-
importer, or employer has evidence to nication programs developed and im-
indicate that a component present in plemented under this paragraph (e) in-
the mixture in concentrations of less clude the following:
than one percent (or in the case of car- (i) The methods the employer will
cinogens, less than 0.1 percent) could use to provide the other employer(s)
be released in concentrations which on-site access to material safety data
would exceed an established OSHA per- sheets for each hazardous chemical the
467
other employer(s)’ employees may be to be provided prior to or at the time of

exposed to while working; the first shipment; and,
(ii) The methods the employer will (iii) This exception to requiring la-
use to inform the other employer(s) of bels on every container of hazardous
any precautionary measures that need chemicals is only for the solid material
to be taken to protect employees dur- itself, and does not apply to hazardous
ing the workplace’s normal operating chemicals used in conjunction with, or
conditions and in foreseeable emer- known to be present with, the material
gencies; and, and to which employees handling the
(iii) The methods the employer will items in transit may be exposed (for
use to inform the other employer(s) of example, cutting fluids or pesticides in
the labeling system used in the work- grains).
place. (3) Chemical manufacturers, import-
(3) The employer may rely on an ex- ers, or distributors shall ensure that
isting hazard communication program each container of hazardous chemicals
to comply with these requirements, leaving the workplace is labeled,
provided that it meets the criteria es- tagged, or marked in accordance with
tablished in this paragraph (e). this section in a manner which does
(4) The employer shall make the not conflict with the requirements of
written hazard communication pro- the Hazardous Materials Transpor-
gram available, upon request, to em- tation Act (49 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) and
ployees, their designated representa- regulations issued under that Act by
tives, the Assistant Secretary and the the Department of Transportation.
Director, in accordance with the re- (4) If the hazardous chemical is regu-
quirements of 29 CFR 1910.20 (e). lated by OSHA in a substance-specific
(5) Where employees must travel be- health standard, the chemical manu-
tween workplaces during a workshift, facturer, importer, distributor or em-
i.e., their work is carried out at more ployer shall ensure that the labels or
than one geographical location, the other forms of warning used are in ac-
written hazard communication pro- cordance with the requirements of that
gram may be kept at the primary standard.
workplace facility. (5) Except as provided in paragraphs
(f) Labels and other forms of warning. (f)(6) and (f)(7) of this section, the em-
(1) The chemical manufacturer, im- ployer shall ensure that each container
porter, or distributor shall ensure that of hazardous chemicals in the work-
each container of hazardous chemicals place is labeled, tagged or marked with
leaving the workplace is labeled, the following information:
tagged or marked with the following (i) Identity of the hazardous chem-
information: ical(s) contained therein; and,
(i) Identity of the hazardous chem- (ii) Appropriate hazard warnings, or
ical(s); alternatively, words, pictures, symbols,
(ii) Appropriate hazard warnings; and or combination thereof, which provide
(iii) Name and address of the chem- at least general information regarding
ical manufacturer, importer, or other the hazards of the chemicals, and
responsible party. which, in conjunction with the other
(2)(i) For solid metal (such as a steel information immediately available to
beam or a metal casting), solid wood, employees under the hazard commu-
or plastic items that are not exempted nication program, will provide employ-
as articles due to their downstream ees with the specific information re-
use, or shipments of whole grain, the garding the physical and health haz-
required label may be transmitted to ards of the hazardous chemical.
the customer at the time of the initial (6) The employer may use signs, plac-
shipment, and need not be included ards, process sheets, batch tickets, op-
with subsequent shipments to the same erating procedures, or other such writ-
employer unless the information on the ten materials in lieu of affixing labels
label changes; to individual stationary process con-
(ii) The label may be transmitted tainers, as long as the alternative
with the initial shipment itself, or with method identifies the containers to
the material safety data sheet that is which it is applicable and conveys the
468
information required by paragraph in the workplace for each hazardous

(f)(5) of this section to be on a label. chemical which they use.
The written materials shall be readily (2) Each material safety data sheet
accessible to the employees in their shall be in English (although the em-
work area throughout each work shift. ployer may maintain copies in other
(7) The employer is not required to languages as well), and shall contain at
label portable containers into which least the following information:
hazardous chemicals are transferred (i) The identity used on the label,
from labeled containers, and which are and, except as provided for in para-
intended only for the immediate use of graph (i) of this section on trade se-
the employee who performs the trans- crets:
fer. For purposes of this section, drugs
(A) If the hazardous chemical is a
which are dispensed by a pharmacy to
single substance, its chemical and com-
a health care provider for direct ad-
mon name(s);
ministration to a patient are exempted
from labeling. (B) If the hazardous chemical is a
(8) The employer shall not remove or mixture which has been tested as a
deface existing labels on incoming con- whole to determine its hazards, the
tainers of hazardous chemicals, unless chemical and common name(s) of the
the container is immediately marked ingredients which contribute to these
with the required information. known hazards, and the common
(9) The employer shall ensure that la- name(s) of the mixture itself; or,
bels or other forms of warning are leg- (C) If the hazardous chemical is a
ible, in English, and prominently dis- mixture which has not been tested as a
played on the container, or readily whole:
available in the work area throughout (1) The chemical and common
each work shift. Employers having em- name(s) of all ingredients which have
ployees who speak other languages been determined to be health hazards,
may add the information in their lan- and which comprise 1% or greater of
guage to the material presented, as the composition, except that chemicals
long as the information is presented in identified as carcinogens under para-
English as well. graph (d) of this section shall be listed
(10) The chemical manufacturer, im- if the concentrations are 0.1% or great-
porter, distributor or employer need er; and,
not affix new labels to comply with (2) The chemical and common
this section if existing labels already name(s) of all ingredients which have
convey the required information. been determined to be health hazards,
(11) Chemical manufacturers, import- and which comprise less than 1% (0.1%
ers, distributors, or employers who be- for carcinogens) of the mixture, if
come newly aware of any significant there is evidence that the ingredient(s)
information regarding the hazards of a could be released from the mixture in
chemical shall revise the labels for the concentrations which would exceed an
chemical within three months of be- established OSHA permissible exposure
coming aware of the new information. limit or ACGIH Threshold Limit Value,
Labels on containers of hazardous or could present a health risk to em-
chemicals shipped after that time shall
ployees; and,
contain the new information. If the
(3) The chemical and common
chemical is not currently produced or
imported, the chemical manufacturer, name(s) of all ingredients which have
importers, distributor, or employer been determined to present a physical
shall add the information to the label hazard when present in the mixture;
before the chemical is shipped or intro- (ii) Physical and chemical character-
duced into the workplace again. istics of the hazardous chemical (such
(g) Material safety data sheets. (1) as vapor pressure, flash point);
Chemical manufacturers and importers (iii) The physical hazards of the haz-
shall obtain or develop a material safe- ardous chemical, including the poten-
ty data sheet for each hazardous chem- tial for fire, explosion, and reactivity;
ical they produce or import. Employers (iv) The health hazards of the haz-
shall have a material safety data sheet ardous chemical, including signs and
469
symptoms of exposure, and any med- (4) Where complex mixtures have
ical conditions which are generally rec- similar hazards and contents (i.e. the
ognized as being aggravated by expo- chemical ingredients are essentially
sure to the chemical; the same, but the specific composition
(v) The primary route(s) of entry; varies from mixture to mixture), the
(vi) The OSHA permissible exposure chemical manufacturer, importer or
limit, ACGIH Threshold Limit Value, employer may prepare one material
and any other exposure limit used or safety data sheet to apply to all of
recommended by the chemical manu- these similar mixtures.
facturer, importer, or employer pre- (5) The chemical manufacturer, im-
paring the material safety data sheet, porter or employer preparing the mate-
where available; rial safety data sheet shall ensure that
(vii) Whether the hazardous chemical the information recorded accurately
is listed in the National Toxicology reflects the scientific evidence used in
Program (NTP) Annual Report on Car- making the hazard determination. If
cinogens (latest edition) or has been the chemical manufacturer, importer
found to be a potential carcinogen in or employer preparing the material
the International Agency for Research safety data sheet becomes newly aware
on Cancer (IARC) Monographs (latest of any significant information regard-
editions), or by OSHA; ing the hazards of a chemical, or ways
to protect against the hazards, this
(viii) Any generally applicable pre-
new information shall be added to the
cautions for safe handling and use
material safety data sheet within three
which are known to the chemical man-
months. If the chemical is not cur-
ufacturer, importer or employer pre-
rently being produced or imported the
paring the material safety data sheet,
chemical manufacturer or importer
including appropriate hygienic prac-
shall add the information to the mate-
tices, protective measures during re-
rial safety data sheet before the chem-
pair and maintenance of contaminated
ical is introduced into the workplace
equipment, and procedures for clean-up
again.
of spills and leaks;
(6)(i) Chemical manufacturers or im-
(ix) Any generally applicable control porters shall ensure that distributors
measures which are known to the and employers are provided an appro-
chemical manufacturer, importer or priate material safety data sheet with
employer preparing the material safety their initial shipment, and with the
data sheet, such as appropriate engi- first shipment after a material safety
neering controls, work practices, or data sheet is updated;
personal protective equipment; (ii) The chemical manufacturer or
(x) Emergency and first aid proce- importer shall either provide material
dures; safety data sheets with the shipped
(xi) The date of preparation of the containers or send them to the dis-
material safety data sheet or the last tributor or employer prior to or at the
change to it; and, time of the shipment;
(xii) The name, address and telephone (iii) If the material safety data sheet
number of the chemical manufacturer, is not provided with a shipment that
importer, employer or other respon- has been labeled as a hazardous chem-
sible party preparing or distributing ical, the distributor or employer shall
the material safety data sheet, who can obtain one from the chemical manufac-
provide additional information on the turer or importer as soon as possible;
hazardous chemical and appropriate and,
emergency procedures, if necessary. (iv) The chemical manufacturer or
(3) If no relevant information is importer shall also provide distributors
found for any given category on the or employers with a material safety
material safety data sheet, the chem- data sheet upon request.
ical manufacturer, importer or em- (7)(i) Distributors shall ensure that
ployer preparing the material safety material safety data sheets, and up-
data sheet shall mark it to indicate dated information, are provided to
that no applicable information was other distributors and employers with
found. their initial shipment and with the
470
first shipment after a material safety permitted as long as no barriers to im-

data sheet is updated; mediate employee access in each work-
(ii) The distributor shall either pro- place are created by such options.)
vide material safety data sheets with (9) Where employees must travel be-
the shipped containers, or send them to tween workplaces during a workshift,
the other distributor or employer prior i.e., their work is carried out at more
to or at the time of the shipment; than one geographical location, the
(iii) Retail distributors selling haz- material safety data sheets may be
ardous chemicals to employers having kept at the primary workplace facility.
a commercial account shall provide a In this situation, the employer shall
material safety data sheet to such em- ensure that employees can imme-
ployers upon request, and shall post a diately obtain the required information
sign or otherwise inform them that a in an emergency.
material safety data sheet is available; (10) Material safety data sheets may
(iv) Wholesale distributors selling be kept in any form, including oper-
hazardous chemicals to employers ating procedures, and may be designed
over-the-counter may also provide ma- to cover groups of hazardous chemicals
terial safety data sheets upon the re- in a work area where it may be more
quest of the employer at the time of appropriate to address the hazards of a
the over-the-counter purchase, and process rather than individual haz-
shall post a sign or otherwise inform ardous chemicals. However, the em-
such employers that a material safety ployer shall ensure that in all cases the
data sheet is available; required information is provided for
(v) If an employer without a commer- each hazardous chemical, and is readily
cial account purchases a hazardous accessible during each work shift to
chemical from a retail distributor not employees when they are in in their
required to have material safety data work area(s).
sheets on file (i.e., the retail dis- (11) Material safety data sheets shall
tributor does not have commercial ac- also be made readily available, upon
counts and does not use the materials), request, to designated representatives
the retail distributor shall provide the and to the Assistant Secretary, in ac-
employer, upon request, with the cordance with the requirements of 29
name, address, and telephone number CFR 1910.20(e). The Director shall also
of the chemical manufacturer, im- be given access to material safety data
porter, or distributor from which a ma- sheets in the same manner.
terial safety data sheet can be ob- (h) Employee information and training.
tained; (1) Employers shall provide employees
(vi) Wholesale distributors shall also with effective information and training
provide material safety data sheets to on hazardous chemicals in their work
employers or other distributors upon area at the time of their initial assign-
request; and, ment, and whenever a new physical or
(vii) Chemical manufacturers, im- health hazard the employees have not
porters, and distributors need not pro- previously been trained about is intro-
vide material safety data sheets to reduced into their work area. Informa-
tail distributors that have informed tion and training may be designed to
them that the retail distributor does cover categories of hazards (e.g., flam-
not sell the product to commercial ac- mability, carcinogenicity) or specific
counts or open the sealed container to chemicals. Chemical-specific informa-
use it in their own workplaces. tion must always be available through
(8) The employer shall maintain in labels and material safety data sheets.
the workplace copies of the required (2) Information. Employees shall be
material safety data sheets for each informed of:
hazardous chemical, and shall ensure (i) The requirements of this section;
that they are readily accessible during (ii) Any operations in their work area
each work shift to employees when where hazardous chemicals are present;
they are in their work area(s). (Elec- and,
tronic access, microfiche, and other al- (iii) The location and availability of
ternatives to maintaining paper copies the written hazard communication pro-
of the material safety data sheets are gram, including the required list(s) of
471
hazardous chemicals, and material treatment, the chemical manufacturer,

safety data sheets required by this sec- importer, or employer shall imme-
tion. diately disclose the specific chemical
(3) Training. Employee training shall identity of a trade secret chemical to
include at least: that treating physician or nurse, re-
(i) Methods and observations that gardless of the existence of a written
may be used to detect the presence or statement of need or a confidentiality
release of a hazardous chemical in the agreement. The chemical manufac-
work area (such as monitoring con- turer, importer, or employer may re-
ducted by the employer, continuous quire a written statement of need and
monitoring devices, visual appearance confidentiality agreement, in accord-
or odor of hazardous chemicals when ance with the provisions of paragraphs
being released, etc.); (i) (3) and (4) of this section, as soon as
(ii) The physical and health hazards circumstances permit.
of the chemicals in the work area; (3) In non-emergency situations, a
(iii) The measures employees can chemical manufacturer, importer, or
take to protect themselves from these employer shall, upon request, disclose
hazards, including specific procedures a specific chemical identity, otherwise
the employer has implemented to pro- permitted to be withheld under para-
tect employees from exposure to haz- graph (i)(1) of this section, to a health
ardous chemicals, such as appropriate professional (i.e. physician, industrial
work practices, emergency procedures, hygienist, toxicologist, epidemiologist,
and personal protective equipment to or occupational health nurse) providing
be used; and, medical or other occupational health
(iv) The details of the hazard commu- services to exposed employee(s), and to
nication program developed by the em- employees or designated representa-
ployer, including an explanation of the tives, if:
labeling system and the material safe- (i) The request is in writing;
ty data sheet, and how employees can (ii) The request describes with rea-
obtain and use the appropriate hazard sonable detail one or more of the fol-
information. lowing occupational health needs for
(i) Trade secrets. (1) The chemical the information:
manufacturer, importer, or employer (A) To assess the hazards of the
may withhold the specific chemical chemicals to which employees will be
identity, including the chemical name exposed;
and other specific identification of a
(B) To conduct or assess sampling of
hazardous chemical, from the material
the workplace atmosphere to deter-
safety data sheet, provided that:
mine employee exposure levels;
(i) The claim that the information
(C) To conduct pre-assignment or
withheld is a trade secret can be sup-
periodic medical surveillance of ex-
ported;
posed employees;
(ii) Information contained in the ma-
terial safety data sheet concerning the (D) To provide medical treatment to
properties and effects of the hazardous exposed employees;
chemical is disclosed; (E) To select or assess appropriate
(iii) The material safety data sheet personal protective equipment for ex-
indicates that the specific chemical posed employees;
identity is being withheld as a trade se- (F) To design or assess engineering
cret; and, controls or other protective measures
(iv) The specific chemical identity is for exposed employees; and,
made available to health professionals, (G) To conduct studies to determine
employees, and designated representa- the health effects of exposure.
tives in accordance with the applicable (iii) The request explains in detail
provisions of this paragraph. why the disclosure of the specific
(2) Where a treating physician or chemical identity is essential and that,
nurse determines that a medical emer- in lieu thereof, the disclosure of the
gency exists and the specific chemical following information to the health
identity of a hazardous chemical is professional, employee, or designated
necessary for emergency or first-aid representative, would not satisfy the
472
purposes described in paragraph prior to, or at the same time as, such
(i)(3)(ii) of this section: disclosure.
(A) The properties and effects of the (7) If the chemical manufacturer, im-
chemical; porter, or employer denies a written re-
(B) Measures for controlling workers’ quest for disclosure of a specific chem-
exposure to the chemical; ical identity, the denial must:
(C) Methods of monitoring and ana- (i) Be provided to the health profes-
lyzing worker exposure to the chem- sional, employee, or designated rep-
ical; and, resentative, within thirty days of the
(D) Methods of diagnosing and treat- request;
ing harmful exposures to the chemical; (ii) Be in writing;
(iv) The request includes a descrip- (iii) Include evidence to support the
tion of the procedures to be used to claim that the specific chemical iden-
maintain the confidentiality of the dis- tity is a trade secret;
closed information; and, (iv) State the specific reasons why
(v) The health professional, and the the request is being denied; and,
employer or contractor of the services (v) Explain in detail how alternative
of the health professional (i.e. down- information may satisfy the specific
stream employer, labor organization, medical or occupational health need
or individual employee), employee, or without revealing the specific chemical
designated representative, agree in a identity.
written confidentiality agreement that (8) The health professional, em-
the health professional, employee, or ployee, or designated representative
designated representative, will not use whose request for information is denied
the trade secret information for any under paragraph (i)(3) of this section
purpose other than the health need(s) may refer the request and the written
asserted and agree not to release the denial of the request to OSHA for con-
information under any circumstances sideration.
other than to OSHA, as provided in (9) When a health professional, em-
paragraph (i)(6) of this section, except ployee, or designated representative re-
as authorized by the terms of the fers the denial to OSHA under para-
agreement or by the chemical manu- graph (i)(8) of this section, OSHA shall
facturer, importer, or employer. consider the evidence to determine if:
(4) The confidentiality agreement au- (i) The chemical manufacturer, im-
thorized by paragraph (i)(3)(iv) of this porter, or employer has supported the
section: claim that the specific chemical iden-
(i) May restrict the use of the infor- tity is a trade secret;
mation to the health purposes indi- (ii) The health professional, em-
cated in the written statement of need; ployee, or designated representative
(ii) May provide for appropriate legal has supported the claim that there is a
remedies in the event of a breach of the medical or occupational health need
agreement, including stipulation of a for the information; and,
reasonable pre-estimate of likely dam- (iii) The health professional, em-
ages; and, ployee or designated representative has
(iii) May not include requirements demonstrated adequate means to pro-
for the posting of a penalty bond. tect the confidentiality.
(5) Nothing in this standard is meant (10)(i) If OSHA determines that the
to preclude the parties from pursuing specific chemical identity requested
non-contractual remedies to the extent under paragraph (i)(3) of this section is
permitted by law. not a bona fide trade secret, or that it
(6) If the health professional, emis a trade secret, but the requesting
ployee, or designated representative re- health professional, employee, or des-
ceiving the trade secret information ignated representative has a legitimate
decides that there is a need to disclose medical or occupational health need
it to OSHA, the chemical manufac- for the information, has executed a
turer, importer, or employer who pro- written confidentiality agreement, and
vided the information shall be in- has shown adequate means to protect
formed by the health professional, em- the confidentiality of the information,
ployee, or designated representative the chemical manufacturer, importer,
473
or employer will be subject to citation provisions of this section by March 11,

by OSHA. 1994.
(ii) If a chemical manufacturer, im- NOTE: The effective date of the clarifica-
porter, or employer demonstrates to tion that the exemption of wood and wood
OSHA that the execution of a confiden- products from the Hazard Communication
tiality agreement would not provide standard in paragraph (b)(6)(iv) only applies
sufficient protection against the poten- to wood and wood products including lumber
which will not be processed, where the manu-
tial harm from the unauthorized dis-
facturer or importer can establish that the
closure of a trade secret specific chem- only hazard they pose to employees is the
ical identity, the Assistant Secretary potential for flammability or combustibility,
may issue such orders or impose such and that the exemption does not apply to
additional limitations or conditions wood or wood products which have been
upon the disclosure of the requested treated with a hazardous chemical covered
chemical information as may be appro- by this standard, and wood which may be
priate to assure that the occupational subsequently sawed or cut generating dust
health services are provided without an has been stayed from March 11, 1994 to Au-
gust 11, 1994.
undue risk of harm to the chemical
manufacturer, importer, or employer.
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1200—HEALTH
(11) If a citation for a failure to re-
HAZARD DEFINITIONS (MANDATORY)
lease specific chemical identity infor-
mation is contested by the chemical Although safety hazards related to the
manufacturer, importer, or employer, physical characteristics of a chemical can be
the matter will be adjudicated before objectively defined in terms of testing re-
the Occupational Safety and Health quirements (e.g. flammability), health haz-
Review Commission in accordance with ard definitions are less precise and more sub-
the Act’s enforcement scheme and the jective. Health hazards may cause measur-
able changes in the body—such as decreased
applicable Commission rules of proce- pulmonary function. These changes are gen-
dure. In accordance with the Commis- erally indicated by the occurrence of signs
sion rules, when a chemical manufac- and symptoms in the exposed employees—
turer, importer, or employer continues such as shortness of breath, a non-measur-
to withhold the information during the able, subjective feeling. Employees exposed
contest, the Administrative Law Judge to such hazards must be apprised of both the
may review the citation and supporting change in body function and the signs and
documentation in camera or issue ap- symptoms that may occur to signal that
propriate orders to protect the con- change.
The determination of occupational health
fidentiality of such matters.
hazards is complicated by the fact that many
(12) Notwithstanding the existence of of the effects or signs and symptoms occur
a trade secret claim, a chemical manu- commonly in non-occupationally exposed
facturer, importer, or employer shall, populations, so that effects of exposure are
upon request, disclose to the Assistant difficult to separate from normally occur-
Secretary any information which this ring illnesses. Occasionally, a substance
section requires the chemical manufac- causes an effect that is rarely seen in the
turer, importer, or employer to make population at large, such as angiosarcomas
available. Where there is a trade secret caused by vinyl chloride exposure, thus mak-
ing it easier to ascertain that the occupa-
claim, such claim shall be made no
tional exposure was the primary causative
later than at the time the information factor. More often, however, the effects are
is provided to the Assistant Secretary common, such as lung cancer. The situation
so that suitable determinations of is further complicated by the fact that most
trade secret status can be made and chemicals have not been adequately tested
the necessary protections can be imple- to determine their health hazard potential,
mented. and data do not exist to substantiate these
(13) Nothing in this paragraph shall effects.
be construed as requiring the disclo- There have been many attempts to cat-
sure under any circumstances of proc- egorize effects and to define them in various
ways. Generally, the terms ‘‘acute’’ and
ess or percentage of mixture informa- ‘‘chronic’’ are used to delineate between ef-
tion which is a trade secret. fects on the basis of severity or duration.
(j) Effective dates. Chemical manufac- ‘‘Acute’’ effects usually occur rapidly as a
turers, importers, distributors, and em- result of short-term exposures, and are of
ployers shall be in compliance with all short duration. ‘‘Chronic’’ effects generally
474
occur as a result of long-term exposure, and (a) A chemical that has a median lethal
are of long duration. dose (LD50) of 50 milligrams or less per kilo-
The acute effects referred to most fre- gram of body weight when administered oral-
quently are those defined by the American ly to albino rats weighing between 200 and
National Standards Institute (ANSI) stand- 300 grams each.
ard for Precautionary Labeling of Hazardous (b) A chemical that has a median lethal
Industrial Chemicals (Z129.1–1988)—irrita- dose (LD50) of 200 milligrams or less per kilo-
tion, corrosivity, sensitization and lethal gram of body weight when administered by
dose. Although these are important health continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if
effects, they do not adequately cover the death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare
considerable range of acute effects which skin of albino rabbits weighing between two
may occur as a result of occupational expo- and three kilograms each.
sure, such as, for example, narcosis. (c) A chemical that has a median lethal
Similarly, the term chronic effect is often concentration (LC50) in air of 200 parts per
used to cover only carcinogenicity, million by volume or less of gas or vapor, or
teratogenicity, and mutagenicity. These ef- 2 milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume,
fects are obviously a concern in the work- or dust, when administered by continuous in-
place, but again, do not adequately cover the halation for one hour (or less if death occurs
area of chronic effects, excluding, for exam- within one hour) to albino rats weighing be-
ple, blood dyscrasias (such as anemia), tween 200 and 300 grams each.
chronic bronchitis and liver atrophy. 4. Irritant: A chemical, which is not corro-
The goal of defining precisely, in measur- sive, but which causes a reversible inflam-
able terms, every possible health effect that matory effect on living tissue by chemical
may occur in the workplace as a result of action at the site of contact. A chemical is a
chemical exposures cannot realistically be skin irritant if, when tested on the intact
accomplished. This does not negate the need skin of albino rabbits by the methods of 16
for employees to be informed of such effects CFR 1500.41 for four hours exposure or by
and protected from them. Appendix B, which other appropriate techniques, it results in an
is also mandatory, outlines the principles empirical score of five or more. A chemical
and procedures of hazard assessment. is an eye irritant if so determined under the
For purposes of this section, any chemicals procedure listed in 16 CFR 1500.42 or other
which meet any of the following definitions, appropriate techniques.
as determined by the criteria set forth in Ap- 5. Sensitizer: A chemical that causes a sub-
pendix B are health hazards. However, this is stantial proportion of exposed people or ani-
not intended to be an exclusive categoriza- mals to develop an allergic reaction in nor-
tion scheme. If there are available scientific mal tissue after repeated exposure to the
data that involve other animal species or chemical.
test methods, they must also be evaluated to 6. Toxic. A chemical falling within any of
determine the applicability of the HCS.7 the following categories:
1. Carcinogen: A chemical is considered to (a) A chemical that has a median lethal
be a carcinogen if: dose (LD50) of more than 50 milligrams per
(a) It has been evaluated by the Inter- kilogram but not more than 500 milligrams
national Agency for Research on Cancer per kilogram of body weight when adminis-
(IARC), and found to be a carcinogen or po- tered orally to albino rats weighing between
tential carcinogen; or 200 and 300 grams each.
(b) It is listed as a carcinogen or potential (b) A chemical that has a median lethal
carcinogen in the Annual Report on Carcino- dose (LD50) of more than 200 milligrams per
gens published by the National Toxicology kilogram but not more than 1,000 milligrams
Program (NTP) (latest edition); or, per kilogram of body weight when adminis-
(c) It is regulated by OSHA as a car- tered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or
cinogen. less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the
2. Corrosive: A chemical that causes visible bare skin of albino rabbits weighing between
destruction of, or irreversible alterations in, two and three kilograms each.
living tissue by chemical action at the site (c) A chemical that has a median lethal
of contact. For example, a chemical is con- concentration (LC50) in air of more than 200
sidered to be corrosive if, when tested on the parts per million but not more than 2,000
intact skin of albino rabbits by the method parts per million by volume of gas or vapor,
described by the U.S. Department of Trans- or more than two milligrams per liter but
portation in appendix A to 49 CFR part 173, not more than 20 milligrams per liter of
it destroys or changes irreversibly the struc- mist, fume, or dust, when administered by
ture of the tissue at the site of contact fol- continuous inhalation for one hour (or less if
lowing an exposure period of four hours. This death occurs within one hour) to albino rats
term shall not refer to action on inanimate weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.
surfaces. 7. Target organ effects.
3. Highly toxic: A chemical falling within The following is a target organ categoriza-
any of the following categories: tion of effects which may occur, including
475
examples of signs and symptoms and chemi- termining hazards, but they must be able to
cals which have been found to cause such ef- demonstrate that they have adequately
fects. These examples are presented to illus- ascertained the hazards of the chemicals pro-
trate the range and diversity of effects and duced or imported in accordance with the
hazards found in the workplace, and the criteria set forth in this Appendix.
broad scope employers must consider in this Hazard evaluation is a process which relies
area, but are not intended to be all-inclusive. heavily on the professional judgment of the
a. Hepatotoxins: Chemicals which produce evaluator, particularly in the area of chronic
liver damage3 hazards. The performance-orientation of the
Signs & Symptoms: Jaundice; liver en- hazard determination does not diminish the
largement
duty of the chemical manufacturer, importer
Chemicals: Carbon tetrachloride;
or employer to conduct a thorough evalua-
nitrosamines
b. Nephrotoxins: Chemicals which produce tion, examining all relevant data and pro-
kidney damage ducing a scientifically defensible evaluation.
Signs & Symptoms: Edema; proteinuria For purposes of this standard, the following
Chemicals: Halogenated hydrocarbons; ura- criteria shall be used in making hazard de-
nium terminations that meet the requirements of
c. Neurotoxins: Chemicals which produce this standard.
their primary toxic effects on the nerv- 1. Carcinogenicity: As described in para-
ous system graph (d)(4) of this section and Appendix A of
Signs & Symptoms: Narcosis; behavioral this section, a determination by the Na-
changes; decrease in motor functions tional Toxicology Program, the Inter-
Chemicals: Mercury; carbon disulfide national Agency for Research on Cancer, or
d. Agents which act on the blood or hemato- OSHA that a chemical is a carcinogen or po-
poietic system: Decrease hemoglobin
tential carcinogen will be considered conclu-
function; deprive the body tissues of oxy-
sive evidence for purposes of this section. In
gen
Signs & Symptoms: Cyanosis; loss of con- addition, however, all available scientific
sciousness data on carcinogenicity must be evaluated in
Chemicals: Carbon monoxide; cyanides accordance with the provisions of this Ap-
e. Agents which damage the lung: Chemicals pendix and the requirements of the rule.
which irritate or damage pulmonary tis- 2. Human data: Where available, epidemio-
sue logical studies and case reports of adverse
Signs & Symptoms: Cough; tightness in health effects shall be considered in the eval-
chest; shortness of breath uation.
Chemicals: Silica; asbestos 3. Animal data: Human evidence of health
f. Reproductive toxins: Chemicals which af- effects in exposed populations is generally
fect the reproductive capabilities includ- not available for the majority of chemicals
ing chromosomal damage (mutations) produced or used in the workplace. There-
and effects on fetuses (teratogenesis) fore, the available results of toxicological
Signs & Symptoms: Birth defects; sterility
testing in animal populations shall be used
Chemicals: Lead; DBCP
g. Cutaneous hazards: Chemicals which af- to predict the health effects that may be ex-
fect the dermal layer of the body perienced by exposed workers. In particular,
Signs & Symptoms: Defatting of the skin; the definitions of certain acute hazards refer
rashes; irritation to specific animal testing results (see Appen-
Chemicals: Ketones; chlorinated com- dix A).
pounds 4. Adequacy and reporting of data. The re-
h. Eye hazards: Chemicals which affect the sults of any studies which are designed and
eye or visual capacity conducted according to established scientific
Signs & Symptoms: Conjunctivitis; corneal principles, and which report statistically sig-
damage nificant conclusions regarding the health ef-
Chemicals: Organic solvents; acids fects of a chemical, shall be a sufficient basis
for a hazard determination and reported on
APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1200—HAZARD any material safety data sheet. In vitro stud-
DETERMINATION (MANDATORY) ies alone generally do not form the basis for
The quality of a hazard communication a definitive finding of hazard under the HCS
program is largely dependent upon the ade- since they have a positive or negative result
quacy and accuracy of the hazard determina- rather than a statistically significant find-
tion. The hazard determination requirement ing.
of this standard is performance-oriented. The chemical manufacturer, importer, or
Chemical manufacturers, importers, and em- employer may also report the results of
ployers evaluating chemicals are not re- other scientifically valid studies which tend
quired to follow any specific methods for de- to refute the findings of hazard.
476
APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1200 [RESERVED] (3) the extent of measures taken by him to

guard the secrecy of the information; (4) the
APPENDIX D TO § 1910.1200—DEFINITION value of the information to him and his com-
OF ‘‘TRADE SECRET’’ (MANDATORY) petitors; (5) the amount of effort or money
expended by him in developing the informa-
The following is a reprint of the Restate- tion; (6) the ease or difficulty with which the
ment of Torts section 757, comment b (1939): information could be properly acquired or
b. Definition of trade secret. A trade secret duplicated by others.
may consist of any formula, pattern, device Novelty and prior art. A trade secret may be
or compilation of information which is used a device or process which is patentable; but
in one’s business, and which gives him an op-
it need not be that. It may be a device or
portunity to obtain an advantage over com-
process which is clearly anticipated in the
petitors who do not know or use it. It may be
prior art or one which is merely a mechan-
a formula for a chemical compound, a proc-
ess of manufacturing, treating or preserving ical improvement that a good mechanic can
materials, a pattern for a machine or other make. Novelty and invention are not req-
device, or a list of customers. It differs from uisite for a trade secret as they are for pat-
other secret information in a business (see entability. These requirements are essential
s759 of the Restatement of Torts which is not to patentability because a patent protects
included in this Appendix) in that it is not against unlicensed use of the patented device
simply information as to single or ephemeral or process even by one who discovers it prop-
events in the conduct of the business, as, for erly through independent research. The pat-
example, the amount or other terms of a se- ent monopoly is a reward to the inventor.
cret bid for a contract or the salary of cer- But such is not the case with a trade secret.
tain employees, or the security investments Its protection is not based on a policy of re-
made or contemplated, or the date fixed for warding or otherwise encouraging the devel-
the announcement of a new policy or for opment of secret processes or devices. The
bringing out a new model or the like. A trade protection is merely against breach of faith
secret is a process or device for continuous and reprehensible means of learning an-
use in the operations of the business. Gen- other’s secret. For this limited protection it
erally it relates to the production of goods, is not appropriate to require also the kind of
as, for example, a machine or formula for the novelty and invention which is a requisite of
production of an article. It may, however, re- patentability. The nature of the secret is,
late to the sale of goods or to other oper- however, an important factor in determining
ations in the business, such as a code for de- the kind of relief that is appropriate against
termining discounts, rebates or other conces- one who is subject to liability under the rule
sions in a price list or catalogue, or a list of stated in this Section. Thus, if the secret
specialized customers, or a method of book- consists of a device or process which is a
keeping or other office management. novel invention, one who acquires the secret
Secrecy. The subject matter of a trade se-
wrongfully is ordinarily enjoined from fur-
cret must be secret. Matters of public knowl-
ther use of it and is required to account for
edge or of general knowledge in an industry
the profits derived from his past use. If, on
cannot be appropriated by one as his secret.
the other hand, the secret consists of me-
Matters which are completely disclosed by
chanical improvements that a good me-
the goods which one markets cannot be his
secret. Substantially, a trade secret is chanic can make without resort to the se-
known only in the particular business in cret, the wrongdoer’s liability may be lim-
which it is used. It is not requisite that only ited to damages, and an injunction against
the proprietor of the business know it. He future use of the improvements made with
may, without losing his protection, commu- the aid of the secret may be inappropriate.
nicate it to employees involved in its use. He
may likewise communicate it to others APPENDIX E TO § 1910.1200—(ADVISORY)—
pledged to secrecy. Others may also know of GUIDELINES FOR EMPLOYER COMPLIANCE
it independently, as, for example, when they
have discovered the process or formula by The Hazard Communication Standard
independent invention and are keeping it se- (HCS) is based on a simple concept—that em-
cret. Nevertheless, a substantial element of ployees have both a need and a right to know
secrecy must exist, so that, except by the the hazards and identities of the chemicals
use of improper means, there would be dif- they are exposed to when working. They also
ficulty in acquiring the information. An need to know what protective measures are
exact definition of a trade secret is not pos- available to prevent adverse effects from oc-
sible. Some factors to be considered in deter- curring. The HCS is designed to provide em-
mining whether given information is one’s ployees with the information they need.
trade secret are: (1) The extent to which the Knowledge acquired under the HCS will
information is known outside of his business; help employers provide safer workplaces for
(2) the extent to which it is known by em- their employees. When employers have infor-
ployees and others involved in his business; mation about the chemicals being used, they
477
can take steps to reduce exposures, sub- workplace have some hazard potential, and
stitute less hazardous materials, and estab- thus will be covered by the rule.
lish proper work practices. These efforts will One difference between this rule and many
help prevent the occurrence of work-related others adopted by OSHA is that this one is
illnesses and injuries caused by chemicals. performance-oriented. That means that you
The HCS addresses the issues of evaluating have the flexibility to adapt the rule to the
and communicating hazards to workers. needs of your workplace, rather than having
Evaluation of chemical hazards involves a to follow specific, rigid requirements. It also
number of technical concepts, and is a proc- means that you have to exercise more judg-
ess that requires the professional judgment ment to implement an appropriate and effec-
of experienced experts. That’s why the HCS tive program.
is designed so that employers who simply use The standard’s design is simple. Chemical
chemicals, rather than produce or import manufacturers and importers must evaluate
them, are not required to evaluate the haz- the hazards of the chemicals they produce or
ards of those chemicals. Hazard determina- import. Using that information, they must
tion is the responsibility of the producers then prepare labels for containers, and more
and importers of the materials. Producers detailed technical bulletins called material
and importers of chemicals are then required safety data sheets (MSDS).
to provide the hazard information to employ- Chemical manufacturers, importers, and
ers that purchase their products. distributors of hazardous chemicals are all
Employers that don’t produce or import required to provide the appropriate labels
chemicals need only focus on those parts of and material safety data sheets to the em-
the rule that deal with establishing a work- ployers to which they ship the chemicals.
place program and communicating informa- The information is to be provided automati-
tion to their workers. This appendix is a gen- cally. Every container of hazardous chemi-
eral guide for such employers to help them cals you receive must be labeled, tagged, or
determine what’s required under the rule. It marked with the required information. Your
does not supplant or substitute for the regu- suppliers must also send you a properly com-
latory provisions, but rather provides a sim- pleted material safety data sheet (MSDS) at
plified outline of the steps an average em- the time of the first shipment of the chem-
ployer would follow to meet those require- ical, and with the next shipment after the
ments. MSDS is updated with new and significant
information about the hazards.
1. Becoming Familiar With The Rule. You can rely on the information received
OSHA has provided a simple summary of from your suppliers. You have no inde-
the HCS in a pamphlet entitled ‘‘Chemical pendent duty to analyze the chemical or
Hazard Communication,’’ OSHA Publication evaluate the hazards of it.
Number 3084. Some employers prefer to begin Employers that ‘‘use’’ hazardous chemicals
to become familiar with the rule’s require- must have a program to ensure the informa-
ments by reading this pamphlet. A copy may tion is provided to exposed employees. ‘‘Use’’
be obtained from your local OSHA Area Of- means to package, handle, react, or transfer.
fice, or by contacting the OSHA Publications This is an intentionally broad scope, and in-
Office at (202) 523–9667. cludes any situation where a chemical is
The standard is long, and some parts of it present in such a way that employees may be
are technical, but the basic concepts are exposed under normal conditions of use or in
simple. In fact, the requirements reflect a foreseeable emergency.
what many employers have been doing for The requirements of the rule that deal spe-
years. You may find that you are already cifically with the hazard communication
largely in compliance with many of the pro- program are found in this section in para-
visions, and will simply have to modify your graphs (e), written hazard communication
existing programs somewhat. If you are oper- program; (f), labels and other forms of warn-
ating in an OSHA-approved State Plan ing; (g), material safety data sheets; and (h),
State, you must comply with the State’s re- employee information and training. The re-
quirements, which may be different than quirements of these paragraphs should be the
those of the Federal rule. Many of the State focus of your attention. Concentrate on be-
Plan States had hazard communication or coming familiar with them, using paragraphs
‘‘right-to-know’’ laws prior to promulgation (b), scope and application, and (c), defini-
of the Federal rule. Employers in State Plan tions, as references when needed to help ex-
States should contact their State OSHA of- plain the provisions.
fices for more information regarding applica- There are two types of work operations
ble requirements. where the coverage of the rule is limited.
The HCS requires information to be pre- These are laboratories and operations where
pared and transmitted regarding all haz- chemicals are only handled in sealed con-
ardous chemicals. The HCS covers both phys- tainers (e.g., a warehouse). The limited pro-
ical hazards (such as flammability), and visions for these workplaces can be found in
health hazards (such as irritation, lung dam- paragraph (b) of this section, scope and ap-
age, and cancer). Most chemicals used in the plication. Basically, employers having these
478
types of work operations need only keep la- 3. Identify Hazardous Chemicals in the
bels on containers as they are received; Workplace.
maintain material safety data sheets that The standard requires a list of hazardous
are received, and give employees access to chemicals in the workplace as part of the
them; and provide information and training written hazard communication program. The
for employees. Employers do not have to list will eventually serve as an inventory of
have written hazard communication pro- everything for which an MSDS must be
grams and lists of chemicals for these types maintained. At this point, however, pre-
of operations. paring the list will help you complete the
The limited coverage of laboratories and rest of the program since it will give you
sealed container operations addresses the ob- some idea of the scope of the program re-
ligation of an employer to the workers in the quired for compliance in your facility.
operations involved, and does not affect the The best way to prepare a comprehensive
employer’s duties as a distributor of chemi- list is to survey the workplace. Purchasing
cals. For example, a distributor may have records may also help, and certainly employ-
warehouse operations where employees ers should establish procedures to ensure
would be protected under the limited sealed that in the future purchasing procedures re-
sult in MSDSs being received before a mate-
container provisions. In this situation, re-
rial is used in the workplace.
quirements for obtaining and maintaining
The broadest possible perspective should
MSDSs are limited to providing access to be taken when doing the survey. Sometimes
those received with containers while the sub- people think of ‘‘chemicals’’ as being only
stance is in the workplace, and requesting liquids in containers. The HCS covers chemi-
MSDSs when employees request access for cals in all physical forms—liquids, solids,
those not received with the containers. How- gases, vapors, fumes, and mists—whether
ever, as a distributor of hazardous chemicals, they are ‘‘contained’’ or not. The hazardous
that employer will still have responsibilities nature of the chemical and the potential for
for providing MSDSs to downstream cus- exposure are the factors which determine
tomers at the time of the first shipment and whether a chemical is covered. If it’s not
when the MSDS is updated. Therefore, al- hazardous, it’s not covered. If there is no po-
though they may not be required for the em- tential for exposure (e.g., the chemical is in-
ployees in the work operation, the dis- extricably bound and cannot be released),
tributor may, nevertheless, have to have the rule does not cover the chemical.
MSDSs to satisfy other requirements of the Look around. Identify chemicals in con-
rule. tainers, including pipes, but also think about
chemicals generated in the work operations.
2. Identify Responsible Staff For example, welding fumes, dusts, and ex-
haust fumes are all sources of chemical expo-
Hazard communication is going to be a sures. Read labels provided by suppliers for
continuing program in your facility. Compli- hazard information. Make a list of all chemi-
ance with the HCS is not a ‘‘one shot deal.’’ cals in the workplace that are potentially
In order to have a successful program, it will hazardous. For your own information and
be necessary to assign responsibility for both planning, you may also want to note on the
the initial and ongoing activities that have list the location(s) of the products within the
to be undertaken to comply with the rule. In workplace, and an indication of the hazards
some cases, these activities may already be as found on the label. This will help you as
part of current job assignments. For exam- you prepare the rest of your program.
ple, site supervisors are frequently respon- Paragraph (b) of this section, scope and ap-
sible for on-the-job training sessions. Early plication, includes exemptions for various
identification of the responsible employees, chemicals or workplace situations. After
and involvement of them in the development compiling the complete list of chemicals,
of your plan of action, will result in a more you should review paragraph (b) of this sec-
tion to determine if any of the items can be
effective program design. Evaluation of the
eliminated from the list because they are ex-
effectiveness of your program will also be en-
empted materials. For example, food, drugs,
hanced by involvement of affected employ-
and cosmetics brought into the workplace
ees. for employee consumption are exempt. So
For any safety and health program, suc- rubbing alcohol in the first aid kit would not
cess depends on commitment at every level be covered.
of the organization. This is particularly true Once you have compiled as complete a list
for hazard communication, where success reas possible of the potentially hazardous
quires a change in behavior. This will only chemicals in the workplace, the next step is
occur if employers understand the program, to determine if you have received material
and are committed to its success, and if em- safety data sheets for all of them. Check
ployees are motivated by the people pre- your files against the inventory you have
senting the information to them. just compiled. If any are missing, contact
479
your supplier and request one. It is a good The written program must describe how
idea to document these requests, either by the requirements for labels and other forms
copy of a letter or a note regarding tele- of warning, material safety data sheets, and
phone conversations. If you have MSDSs for employee information and training, are
chemicals that are not on your list, figure going to be met in your facility. The fol-
out why. Maybe you don’t use the chemical lowing discussion provides the type of infor-
anymore. Or maybe you missed it in your mation compliance officers will be looking
survey. Some suppliers do provide MSDSs for for to decide whether these elements of the
products that are not hazardous. These do hazard communication program have been
not have to be maintained by you. properly addressed:
You should not allow employees to use any
chemicals for which you have not received A. Labels and Other Forms of Warning
an MSDS. The MSDS provides information
In-plant containers of hazardous chemicals
you need to ensure proper protective meas-
must be labeled, tagged, or marked with the
ures are implemented prior to exposure.
identity of the material and appropriate haz-
4. Preparing and Implementing a Hazard ard warnings. Chemical manufacturers, im-
Communication Program porters, and distributors are required to en-
sure that every container of hazardous
All workplaces where employees are ex- chemicals they ship is appropriately labeled
posed to hazardous chemicals must have a with such information and with the name
written plan which describes how the stand- and address of the producer or other respon-
ard will be implemented in that facility. sible party. Employers purchasing chemicals
Preparation of a plan is not just a paper ex- can rely on the labels provided by their sup-
ercise—all of the elements must be imple- pliers. If the material is subsequently trans-
mented in the workplace in order to be in ferred by the employer from a labeled con-
compliance with the rule. See paragraph (e) tainer to another container, the employer
of this section for the specific requirements will have to label that container unless it is
regarding written hazard communication subject to the portable container exemption.
programs. The only work operations which See paragraph (f) of this section for specific
do not have to comply with the written plan labeling requirements.
requirements are laboratories and work op-
The primary information to be obtained
erations where employees only handle
from an OSHA-required label is an identity
chemicals in sealed containers. See para-
for the material, and appropriate hazard
graph (b) of this section, scope and applica-
warnings. The identity is any term which ap-
tion, for the specific requirements for these
pears on the label, the MSDS, and the list of
two types of workplaces.
chemicals, and thus links these three sources
The plan does not have to be lengthy or
of information. The identity used by the sup-
complicated. It is intended to be a blueprint
plier may be a common or trade name
for implementation of your program—an as-
surance that all aspects of the requirements (‘‘Black Magic Formula’’), or a chemical
have been addressed. name (1,1,1,-trichloroethane). The hazard
Many trade associations and other profes- warning is a brief statement of the haz-
sional groups have provided sample programs ardous effects of the chemical (‘‘flammable,’’
and other assistance materials to affected ‘‘causes lung damage’’). Labels frequently
employers. These have been very helpful to contain other information, such as pre-
many employers since they tend to be tai- cautionary measures (‘‘do not use near open
lored to the particular industry involved. flame’’), but this information is provided
You may wish to investigate whether your voluntarily and is not required by the rule.
industry trade groups have developed such Labels must be legible, and prominently dis-
materials. played. There are no specific requirements
Although such general guidance may be for size or color, or any specified text.
helpful, you must remember that the written With these requirements in mind, the com-
program has to reflect what you are doing in pliance officer will be looking for the fol-
your workplace. Therefore, if you use a ge- lowing types of information to ensure that
neric program it must be adapted to address labeling will be properly implemented in
the facility it covers. For example, the writ- your facility:
ten plan must list the chemicals present at 1. Designation of person(s) responsible for
the site, indicate who is to be responsible for ensuring labeling of in-plant containers;
the various aspects of the program in your 2. Designation of person(s) responsible for
facility, and indicate where written mate- ensuring labeling of any shipped containers;
rials will be made available to employees. 3. Description of labeling system(s) used;
If OSHA inspects your workplace for com- 4. Description of written alternatives to la-
pliance with the HCS, the OSHA compliance beling of in-plant containers (if used); and,
officer will ask to see your written plan at 5. Procedures to review and update label
the outset of the inspection. In general, the information when necessary.
following items will be considered in evalu- Employers that are purchasing and using
ating your program. hazardous chemicals—rather than producing
480
or distributing them—will primarily be con- learn to use them yourself. A glossary of
cerned with ensuring that every purchased MSDS terms may be helpful in this regard.
container is labeled. If materials are trans- Generally speaking, most employers using
ferred into other containers, the employer hazardous chemicals will primarily be con-
must ensure that these are labeled as well, cerned with MSDS information regarding
unless they fall under the portable container hazardous effects and recommended protec-
exemption (paragraph (f)(7) of this section). tive measures. Focus on the sections of the
In terms of labeling systems, you can simply MSDS that are applicable to your situation.
choose to use the labels provided by your MSDSs must be readily accessible to em-
suppliers on the containers. These will gen- ployees when they are in their work areas
erally be verbal text labels, and do not usu- during their workshifts. This may be accom-
ally include numerical rating systems or plished in many different ways. You must de-
symbols that require special training. The cide what is appropriate for your particular
most important thing to remember is that workplace. Some employers keep the MSDSs
this is a continuing duty—all in-plant con- in a binder in a central location (e.g., in the
tainers of hazardous chemicals must always pick-up truck on a construction site). Oth-
be labeled. Therefore, it is important to des- ers, particularly in workplaces with large
ignate someone to be responsible for ensur- numbers of chemicals, computerize the infor-
ing that the labels are maintained as re- mation and provide access through termi-
quired on the containers in your facility, and nals. As long as employees can get the infor-
that newly purchased materials are checked mation when they need it, any approach may
for labels prior to use. be used. The employees must have access to
the MSDSs themselves—simply having a sys-
B. Material Safety Data Sheets tem where the information can be read to
Chemical manufacturers and importers are them over the phone is only permitted under
required to obtain or develop a material the mobile worksite provision, paragraph
safety data sheet for each hazardous chem- (g)(9) of this section, when employees must
ical they produce or import. Distributors are travel between workplaces during the shift.
responsible for ensuring that their customers In this situation, they have access to the
are provided a copy of these MSDSs. Employ- MSDSs prior to leaving the primary work-
ers must have an MSDS for each hazardous site, and when they return, so the telephone
chemical which they use. Employers may system is simply an emergency arrangement.
rely on the information received from their In order to ensure that you have a current
suppliers. The specific requirements for ma- MSDS for each chemical in the plant as re-
terial safety data sheets are in paragraph (g) quired, and that employee access is provided,
of this section. the compliance officers will be looking for
There is no specified format for the MSDS the following types of information in your
under the rule, although there are specific written program:
information requirements. OSHA has devel- 1. Designation of person(s) responsible for
oped a non-mandatory format, OSHA Form obtaining and maintaining the MSDSs;
174, which may be used by chemical manu- 2. How such sheets are to be maintained in
facturers and importers to comply with the the workplace (e.g., in notebooks in the work
rule. The MSDS must be in English. You are area(s) or in a computer with terminal ac-
entitled to receive from your supplier a data cess), and how employees can obtain access
sheet which includes all of the information to them when they are in their work area
required under the rule. If you do not receive during the work shift;
one automatically, you should request one. 3. Procedures to follow when the MSDS is
If you receive one that is obviously inad- not received at the time of the first ship-
equate, with, for example, blank spaces that ment;
are not completed, you should request an ap- 4. For producers, procedures to update the
propriately completed one. If your request MSDS when new and significant health in-
for a data sheet or for a corrected data sheet formation is found; and,
does not produce the information needed, 5. Description of alternatives to actual
you should contact your local OSHA Area data sheets in the workplace, if used.
Office for assistance in obtaining the MSDS. For employers using hazardous chemicals,
The role of MSDSs under the rule is to pro- the most important aspect of the written
vide detailed information on each hazardous program in terms of MSDSs is to ensure that
chemical, including its potential hazardous someone is responsible for obtaining and
effects, its physical and chemical character- maintaining the MSDSs for every hazardous
istics, and recommendations for appropriate chemical in the workplace. The list of haz-
protective measures. This information ardous chemicals required to be maintained
should be useful to you as the employer reas part of the written program will serve as
sponsible for designing protective programs, an inventory. As new chemicals are pur-
as well as to the workers. If you are not fa- chased, the list should be updated. Many
miliar with material safety data sheets and companies have found it convenient to in-
with chemical terminology, you may need to clude on their purchase orders the name and
481
address of the person designated in their work practices will be followed in your work-
company to receive MSDSs. place.
If you are going to do the training your-
C. Employee Information and Training self, you will have to understand the mate-
Each employee who may be ‘‘exposed’’ to rial and be prepared to motivate the workers
to learn. This is not always an easy task, but
hazardous chemicals when working must be
the benefits are worth the effort. More infor-
provided information and trained prior to
mation regarding appropriate training can
initial assignment to work with a hazardous
be found in OSHA Publication No. 2254 which
chemical, and whenever the hazard changes.
contains voluntary training guidelines pre-
‘‘Exposure’’ or ‘‘exposed’’ under the rule
pared by OSHA’s Training Institute. A copy
means that ‘‘an employee is subjected to a of this document is available from OSHA’s
hazardous chemical in the course of employ- Publications Office at (202) 219–4667.
ment through any route of entry (inhalation,
In reviewing your written program with re-
ingestion, skin contact or absorption, etc.)
gard to information and training, the fol-
and includes potential (e.g., accidental or lowing items need to be considered:
possible) exposure.’’ See paragraph (h) of this
1. Designation of person(s) responsible for
section for specific requirements. Informa-
conducting training;
tion and training may be done either by indi-
2. Format of the program to be used
vidual chemical, or by categories of hazards
(audiovisuals, classroom instruction, etc.);
(such as flammability or carcinogenicity). If
3. Elements of the training program
there are only a few chemicals in the work-
(should be consistent with the elements in
place, then you may want to discuss each
paragraph (h) of this section); and,
one individually. Where there are large num-
4. Procedure to train new employees at the
bers of chemicals, or the chemicals change
time of their initial assignment to work with
frequently, you will probably want to train
a hazardous chemical, and to train employ-
generally based on the hazard categories
ees when a new hazard is introduced into the
(e.g., flammable liquids, corrosive materials,
workplace.
carcinogens). Employees will have access to
The written program should provide
the substance-specific information on the la-
enough details about the employer’s plans in
bels and MSDSs.
this area to assess whether or not a good
Information and training is a critical part faith effort is being made to train employ-
of the hazard communication program. Infor- ees. OSHA does not expect that every worker
mation regarding hazards and protective will be able to recite all of the information
measures are provided to workers through about each chemical in the workplace. In
written labels and material safety data general, the most important aspects of train-
sheets. However, through effective informa- ing under the HCS are to ensure that em-
tion and training, workers will learn to read ployees are aware that they are exposed to
and understand such information, determine hazardous chemicals, that they know how to
how it can be obtained and used in their own read and use labels and material safety data
workplaces, and understand the risks of ex- sheets, and that, as a consequence of learn-
posure to the chemicals in their workplaces ing this information, they are following the
as well as the ways to protect themselves. A appropriate protective measures established
properly conducted training program will en- by the employer. OSHA compliance officers
sure comprehension and understanding. It is will be talking to employees to determine if
not sufficient to either just read material to they have received training, if they know
the workers, or simply hand them material they are exposed to hazardous chemicals,
to read. You want to create a climate where and if they know where to obtain substance-
workers feel free to ask questions. This will specific information on labels and MSDSs.
help you to ensure that the information is The rule does not require employers to
understood. You must always remember that maintain records of employee training, but
the underlying purpose of the HCS is to re- many employers choose to do so. This may
duce the incidence of chemical source ill- help you monitor your own program to en-
nesses and injuries. This will be accom- sure that all employees are appropriately
plished by modifying behavior through the trained. If you already have a training pro-
provision of hazard information and informa- gram, you may simply have to supplement it
tion about protective measures. If your pro- with whatever additional information is re-
gram works, you and your workers will bet- quired under the HCS. For example, con-
ter understand the chemical hazards within struction employers that are already in com-
the workplace. The procedures you establish pliance with the construction training stand-
regarding, for example, purchasing, storage, ard (29 CFR 1926.21) will have little extra
and handling of these chemicals will im- training to do.
prove, and thereby reduce the risks posed to An employer can provide employees infor-
employees exposed to the chemical hazards mation and training through whatever
involved. Furthermore, your workers’ com- means are found appropriate and protective.
prehension will also be increased, and proper Although there would always have to be
482
Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor §1910.1201
some training on-site (such as informing em- Established procedures to evaluate effective-
ployees of the location and availability of ness. llll
the written program and MSDSs), employee
training may be satisfied in part by general 6. Further Assistance
training about the requirements of the HCS If you have a question regarding compli-
and about chemical hazards on the job which ance with the HCS, you should contact your
is provided by, for example, trade associa- local OSHA Area Office for assistance. In ad-
tions, unions, colleges, and professional dition, each OSHA Regional Office has a Haz-
schools. In addition, previous training, edu- ard Communication Coordinator who can an-
cation and experience of a worker may re- swer your questions. Free consultation serv-
lieve the employer of some of the burdens of ices are also available to assist employers,
informing and training that worker. Regard- and information regarding these services can
less of the method relied upon, however, the be obtained through the Area and Regional
employer is always ultimately responsible offices as well.
for ensuring that employees are adequately The telephone number for the OSHA office
trained. If the compliance officer finds that closest to you should be listed in your local
the training is deficient, the employer will telephone directory. If you are not able to
be cited for the deficiency regardless of who obtain this information, you may contact
actually provided the training on behalf of OSHA’s Office of Information and Consumer
the employer. Affairs at (202) 219–8151 for further assistance
in identifying the appropriate contacts.
D. Other Requirements
[59 FR 6170, Feb. 9, 1994, as amended at 59 FR
In addition to these specific items, compli-
17479, Apr. 13, 1994; 59 FR 65948, Dec. 22, 1994;
ance officers will also be asking the fol-
61 FR 9245, Mar. 7. 1996]
lowing questions in assessing the adequacy
of the program:
Does a list of the hazardous chemicals
§1910.1201 Retention of DOT mark-
exist in each work area or at a central loca-
ings, placards and labels.
tion? (a) Any employer who receives a
Are methods the employer will use to in- package of hazardous material which is
form employees of the hazards of non-routine required to be marked, labeled or plac-
tasks outlined? arded in accordance with the U. S. De-
Are employees informed of the hazards as-
sociated with chemicals contained in
partment of Transportation’s Haz-
unlabeled pipes in their work areas? ardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR
On multi-employer worksites, has the em- Parts 171 through 180) shall retain
ployer provided other employers with infor- those markings, labels and placards on
mation about labeling systems and pre- the package until the packaging is suf-
cautionary measures where the other em- ficiently cleaned of residue and purged
ployers have employees exposed to the ini- of vapors to remove any potential haz-
tial employer’s chemicals?
ards.
Is the written program made available to
employees and their designated representa- (b) Any employer who receives a
tives? freight container, rail freight car,
If your program adequately addresses the motor vehicle, or transport vehicle
means of communicating information to em- that is required to be marked or plac-
ployees in your workplace, and provides an- arded in accordance with the Haz-
swers to the basic questions outlined above, ardous Materials Regulations shall re-
it will be found to be in compliance with the tain those markings and placards on
rule.
the freight container, rail freight car,
5. Checklist for Compliance motor vehicle or transport vehicle
until the hazardous materials which re-
The following checklist will help to ensure
you are in compliance with the rule: quire the marking or placarding are
Obtained a copy of the rule. llll sufficiently removed to prevent any po-
Read and understood the requirements. tential hazards.
llll (c) Markings, placards and labels
Assigned responsibility for tasks. llll shall be maintained in a manner that
Prepared an inventory of chemicals. llll ensures that they are readily visible.
Ensured containers are labeled. llll (d) For non-bulk packages which will
Obtained MSDS for each chemical. llll
not be reshipped, the provisions of this
Prepared written program. llll
Made MSDSs available to workers. llll section are met if a label or other ac-
Conducted training of workers. llll ceptable marking is affixed in accord-
Established procedures to maintain current ance with the Hazard Communication
program. llll Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).
483
(e) For the purposes of this section, (B) Commercially prepared kits such
the term ‘‘hazardous material’’ and as those used in performing pregnancy
any other terms not defined in this sec- tests in which all of the reagents need-
tion have the same definition as in the ed to conduct the test are contained in
Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 the kit.
CFR Parts 171 through 180). (b) Definitions—
[59 FR 36700, July 19, 1994] Action level means a concentration
designated in 29 CFR part 1910 for a
§ 1910.1450 Occupational exposure to specific substance, calculated as an
hazardous chemicals in labora- eight (8)-hour time-weighted average,
tories. which initiates certain required activi-
(a) Scope and application. (1) This sec- ties such as exposure monitoring and
tion shall apply to all employers en- medical surveillance.
gaged in the laboratory use of haz- Assistant Secretary means the Assist-
ardous chemicals as defined below. ant Secretary of Labor for Occupa-
(2) Where this section applies, it shall tional Safety and Health, U.S. Depart-
supersede, for laboratories, the requirement of Labor, or designee.
ments of all other OSHA health stand- Carcinogen (see select carcinogen).
ards in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, ex- Chemical Hygiene Officer means an
cept as follows: employee who is designated by the em-
(i) For any OSHA health standard, ployer, and who is qualified by training
only the requirement to limit em- or experience, to provide technical
ployee exposure to the specific permis- guidance in the development and im-
sible exposure limit shall apply for lab- plementation of the provisions of the
oratories, unless that particular stand- Chemical Hygiene Plan. This definition
ard states otherwise or unless the con- is not intended to place limitations on
ditions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this the position description or job classi-
section apply. fication that the designated indvidual
(ii) Prohibition of eye and skin con- shall hold within the employer’s orga-
tact where specified by any OSHA nizational structure.
health standard shall be observed. Chemical Hygiene Plan means a writ-
(iii) Where the action level (or in the ten program developed and imple-
absence of an action level, the permis- mented by the employer which sets
sible exposure limit) is routinely ex- forth procedures, equipment, personal
ceeded for an OSHA regulated sub-
protective equipment and work prac-
stance with exposure monitoring and
tices that (i) are capable of protecting
medical surveillance requirements,
employees from the health hazards pre-
paragraphs (d) and (g)(1)(ii) of this sec-
sented by hazardous chemicals used in
tion shall apply.
that particular workplace and (ii)
(3) This section shall not apply to:
meets the requirements of paragraph
(i) Uses of hazardous chemicals which
(e) of this section.
do not meet the definition of labora-
tory use, and in such cases, the em- Combustible liquid means any liquid
ployer shall comply with the relevant having a flashpoint at or above 100 °F
standard in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, (37.8 °C), but below 200 °F (93.3 °C), ex-
even if such use occurs in a laboratory. cept any mixture having components
(ii) Laboratory uses of hazardous with flashpoints of 200 °F (93.3 °C), or
chemicals which provide no potential higher, the total volume of which make
for employee exposure. Examples of up 99 percent or more of the total vol-
such conditions might include: ume of the mixture.
(A) Procedures using chemically-im- Compressed gas means:
pregnated test media such as Dip-and- (i) A gas or mixture of gases having,
Read tests where a reagent strip is in a container, an absolute pressure ex-
dipped into the specimen to be tested ceeding 40 psi at 70 °F (21.1 °C); or
and the results are interpreted by com- (ii) A gas or mixture of gases having,
paring the color reaction to a color in a container, an absolute pressure ex-
chart supplied by the manufacturer of ceeding 104 psi at 130 °F (54.4 °C) regard-
the test strip; and less of the pressure at 70 °F (21.1 °C); or
484
(iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure manufacturing or processing, or which

exceeding 40 psi at 100 °F (37.8 °C) as de- can be ignited readily and when ignited
termined by ASTM D–323–72. burns so vigorously and persistently as
Designated area means an area which to create a serious hazard. A chemical
may be used for work with ‘‘select car- shall be considered to be a flammable
cinogens,’’ reproductive toxins or sub- solid if, when tested by the method de-
stances which have a high degree of scribed in 16 CFR 1500.44, it ignites and
acute toxicity. A designated area may burns with a self-sustained flame at a
be the entire laboratory, an area of a rate greater than one-tenth of an inch
laboratory or a device such as a labora- per second along its major axis.
tory hood. Flashpoint means the minimum tem-
Emergency means any occurrence perature at which a liquid gives off a
such as, but not limited to, equipment vapor in sufficient concentration to ig-
failure, rupture of containers or failure nite when tested as follows:
of control equipment which results in (i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See
an uncontrolled release of a hazardous American National Standard Method of
chemical into the workplace. Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed
Employee means an individual em- Tester, Z11.24–1979 (ASTM D 56–79))-for
ployed in a laboratory workplace who liquids with a viscosity of less than 45
may be exposed to hazardous chemicals Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100
in the course of his or her assignments. °F (37.8 °C), that do not contain sus-
Explosive means a chemical that pended solids and do not have a tend-
causes a sudden, almost instantaneous ency to form a surface film under test;
release of pressure, gas, and heat when or
subjected to sudden shock, pressure, or (ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester
high temperature. (see American National Standard
Flammable means a chemical that Method of Test for Flash Point by
falls into one of the following cat- Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z11.7–
egories: 1979 (ASTM D 93–79))-for liquids with a
(i) Aerosol, flammable means an aer- viscosity equal to or greater than 45
osol that, when tested by the method SUS at 100 °F (37.8 °C), or that contain
described in 16 CFR 1500.45, yields a suspended solids, or that have a tend-
flame protection exceeding 18 inches at ency to form a surface film under test;
full valve opening, or a flashback (a or
flame extending back to the valve) at (iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see
any degree of valve opening; American National Standard Method of
(ii) Gas, flammable means: Test for Flash Point by Setaflash
(A) A gas that, at ambient tempera- Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278–78)).
ture and pressure, forms a flammable Organic peroxides, which undergo
mixture with air at a concentration of autoaccelerating thermal decomposi-
13 percent by volume or less; or tion, are excluded from any of the
(B) A gas that, at ambient tempera- flashpoint determination methods
ture and pressure, forms a range of specified above.
flammable mixtures with air wider Hazardous chemical means a chemical
than 12 percent by volume, regardless for which there is statistically signifi-
of the lower limit. cant evidence based on at least one
(iii) Liquid, flammable means any liq- study conducted in accordance with es-
uid having a flashpoint below 100 °F tablished scientific principles that
(37.8 °C), except any mixture having acute or chronic health effects may
components with flashpoints of 100 °F occur in exposed employees. The term
(37.8 °C) or higher, the total of which health hazard includes chemicals which
make up 99 percent or more of the total are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic
volume of the mixture. agents, reproductive toxins, irritants,
(iv) Solid, flammable means a solid, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins,
other than a blasting agent or explo- nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents
sive as defined in § 1910.109(a), that is which act on the hematopoietic sys-
liable to cause fire through friction, tems, and agents which damage the
absorption of moisture, spontaneous lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous mem-
chemical change, or retained heat from branes.
485
Appendices A and B of the Hazard Medical consultation means a con-

Communication Standard (29 CFR sultation which takes place between an
1910.1200) provide further guidance in employee and a licensed physician for
defining the scope of health hazards the purpose of determining what med-
and determining whether or not a ical examinations or procedures, if any,
chemical is to be considered hazardous are appropriate in cases where a sig-
for purposes of this standard. nificant exposure to a hazardous chem-
Laboratory means a facility where the ical may have taken place.
‘‘laboratory use of hazardous chemi- Organic peroxide means an organic
cals’’ occurs. It is a workplace where compound that contains the bivalent
relatively small quantities of haz- ¥O¥O¥structure and which may be
ardous chemicals are used on a non- considered to be a structural derivative
production basis. of hydrogen peroxide where one or both
Laboratory scale means work with of the hydrogen atoms has been re-
substances in which the containers placed by an organic radical.
used for reactions, transfers, and other Oxidizer means a chemical other than
handling of substances are designed to a blasting agent or explosive as defined
be easily and safely manipulated by in § 1910.109(a), that initiates or pro-
one person. ‘‘Laboratory scale’’ ex- motes combustion in other materials,
cludes those workplaces whose func- thereby causing fire either of itself or
tion is to produce commercial quan- through the release of oxygen or other
tities of materials. gases.
Physical hazard means a chemical for
Laboratory-type hood means a device
which there is scientifically valid evi-
located in a laboratory, enclosure on
dence that it is a combustible liquid, a
five sides with a moveable sash or fixed
compressed gas, explosive, flammable,
partial enclosed on the remaining side;
an organic peroxide, an oxidizer,
constructed and maintained to draw
pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or
air from the laboratory and to prevent
water-reactive.
or minimize the escape of air contami-
Protective laboratory practices and
nants into the laboratory; and allows
equipment means those laboratory pro-
chemical manipulations to be con-
cedures, practices and equipment ac-
ducted in the enclosure without inser-
cepted by laboratory health and safety
tion of any portion of the employee’s
experts as effective, or that the em-
body other than hands and arms.
ployer can show to be effective, in
Walk-in hoods with adjustable sashes
minimizing the potential for employee
meet the above definition provided
exposure to hazardous chemicals.
that the sashes are adjusted during use Reproductive toxins means chemicals
so that the airflow and the exhaust of which affect the reproductive capabili-
air contaminants are not compromised ties including chromosomal damage
and employees do not work inside the (mutations) and effects on fetuses
enclosure during the release of air- (teratogenesis)
borne hazardous chemicals. Select carcinogen means any sub-
Laboratory use of hazardous chemicals stance which meets one of the fol-
means handling or use of such chemi- lowing criteria:
cals in which all of the following condi- (i) It is regulated by OSHA as a car-
tions are met: cinogen; or
(i) Chemical manipulations are car- (ii) It is listed under the category,
ried out on a ‘‘laboratory scale;’’ ‘‘known to be carcinogens,’’ in the An-
(ii) Multiple chemical procedures or nual Report on Carcinogens published
chemicals are used; by the National Toxicology Program
(iii) The procedures involved are not (NTP) (latest edition); or
part of a production process, nor in any (iii) It is listed under Group 1 (‘‘car-
way simulate a production process; and cinogenic to humans’’) by the Inter-
(iv) ‘‘Protective laboratory practices national Agency for Research on Can-
and equipment’’ are available and in cer Monographs (IARC) (latest edi-
common use to minimize the potential tions); or
for employee exposure to hazardous (iv) It is listed in either Group 2A or
chemicals. 2B by IARC or under the category,
486
‘‘reasonably anticipated to be carcino- (e) Chemical hygiene plan—General.

gens’’ by NTP, and causes statistically (Appendix A of this section is non-man-
significant tumor incidence in experi- datory but provides guidance to assist
mental animals in accordance with any employers in the development of the
of the following criteria: Chemical Hygiene Plan.)
(A) After inhalation exposure of 6–7 (1) Where hazardous chemicals as de-
hours per day, 5 days per week, for a fined by this standard are used in the
significant portion of a lifetime to dos- workplace, the employer shall develop
ages of less than 10 mg/m3; and carry out the provisions of a writ-
(B) After repeated skin application of ten Chemical Hygiene Plan which is:
less than 300 (mg/kg of body weight)
(i) Capable of protecting employees
per week; or
(C) After oral dosages of less than 50 from health hazards associated with
mg/kg of body weight per day. hazardous chemicals in that laboratory
Unstable (reactive) means a chemical and
which is the pure state, or as produced (ii) Capable of keeping exposures
or transported, will vigorously polym- below the limits specified in paragraph
erize, decompose, condense, or will be- (c) of this section.
come self-reactive under conditions of (2) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall
shocks, pressure or temperature. be readily available to employees, em-
Water-reactive means a chemical that ployee representatives and, upon re-
reacts with water to release a gas that quest, to the Assistant Secretary.
is either flammable or presents a (3) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall
health hazard. include each of the following elements
(c) Permissible exposure limits. For lab- and shall indicate specific measures
oratory uses of OSHA regulated sub- that the employer will take to ensure
stances, the employer shall assure that laboratory employee protection:
laboratory employees’ exposures to (i) Standard operating procedures rel-
such substances do not exceed the per-
evant to safety and health consider-
missible exposure limits specified in 29
ations to be followed when laboratory
CFR part 1910, subpart Z.
(d) Employee exposure determination— work involves the use of hazardous
(1) Initial monitoring. The employer chemicals;
shall measure the employee’s exposure (ii) Criteria that the employer will
to any substance regulated by a stand- use to determine and implement con-
ard which requires monitoring if there trol measures to reduce employee expo-
is reason to believe that exposure lev- sure to hazardous chemicals including
els for that substance routinely exceed engineering controls, the use of per-
the action level (or in the absence of an sonal protective equipment and hy-
action level, the PEL). giene practices; particular attention
(2) Periodic monitoring. If the initial shall be given to the selection of con-
monitoring prescribed by paragraph trol measures for chemicals that are
(d)(1) of this section discloses employee known to be extremely hazardous;
exposure over the action level (or in (iii) A requirement that fume hoods
the absence of an action level, the and other protective equipment are
PEL), the employer shall immediately functioning properly and specific meas-
comply with the exposure monitoring ures that shall be taken to ensure prop-
provisions of the relevant standard. er and adequate performance of such
(3) Termination of monitoring. Moni- equipment;
toring may be terminated in accord-
(iv) Provisions for employee informa-
ance with the relevant standard.
tion and training as prescribed in para-
(4) Employee notification of monitoring
results. The employer shall, within 15 graph (f) of this section;
working days after the receipt of any (v) The circumstances under which a
monitoring results, notify the em- particular laboratory operation, proce-
ployee of these results in writing either dure or activity shall require prior ap-
individually or by posting results in an proval from the employer or the em-
appropriate location that is accessible ployer’s designee before implementa-
to employees. tion;
487
(vi) Provisions for medical consulta- (v) The location and availability of
tion and medical examinations in ac- known reference material on the haz-
cordance with paragraph (g) of this sec- ards, safe handling, storage and dis-
tion; posal of hazardous chemicals found in
(vii) Designation of personnel respon- the laboratory including, but not lim-
sible for implementation of the Chem- ited to, Material Safety Data Sheets
ical Hygiene Plan including the assign- received from the chemical supplier.
ment of a Chemical Hygiene Officer (4) Training. (i) Employee training
and, if appropriate, establishment of a shall include:
Chemical Hygiene Committee; and (A) Methods and observations that
(viii) Provisions for additional em- may be used to detect the presence or
ployee protection for work with par- release of a hazardous chemical (such
ticularly hazardous substances. These as monitoring conducted by the em-
include ‘‘select carcinogens,’’ reproduc- ployer, continuous monitoring devices,
tive toxins and substances which have visual appearance or odor of hazardous
a high degree of acute toxicity. Spe- chemicals when being released, etc.);
cific consideration shall be given to the (B) The physical and health hazards
following provisions which shall be in- of chemicals in the work area; and
cluded where appropriate: (C) The measures employees can take
(A) Establishment of a designated to protect themselves from these haz-
area; ards, including specific procedures the
(B) Use of containment devices such employer has implemented to protect
as fume hoods or glove boxes; employees from exposure to hazardous
(C) Procedures for safe removal of chemicals, such as appropriate work
contaminated waste; and practices, emergency procedures, and
(D) Decontamination procedures. personal protective equipment to be
(4) The employer shall review and used.
evaluate the effectiveness of the Chem- (ii) The employee shall be trained on
ical Hygiene Plan at least annually and the applicable details of the employer’s
update it as necessary. written Chemical Hygiene Plan.
(f) Employee information and training. (g) Medical consultation and medical
(1) The employer shall provide employ- examinations. (1) The employer shall
ees with information and training to provide all employees who work with
ensure that they are apprised of the hazardous chemicals an opportunity to
hazards of chemicals present in their receive medical attention, including
work area. any follow-up examinations which the
(2) Such information shall be pro- examining physician determines to be
vided at the time of an employee’s ini- necessary, under the following cir-
tial assignment to a work area where cumstances:
hazardous chemicals are present and (i) Whenever an employee develops
prior to assignments involving new ex- signs or symptoms associated with a
posure situations. The frequency of re- hazardous chemical to which the em-
fresher information and training shall ployee may have been exposed in the
be determined by the employer. laboratory, the employee shall be pro-
(3) Information. Employees shall be vided an opportunity to receive an ap-
informed of: propriate medical examination.
(i) The contents of this standard and (ii) Where exposure monitoring re-
its appendices which shall be made veals an exposure level routinely above
available to employees; the action level (or in the absence of an
(ii) The location and availability of action level, the PEL) for an OSHA
the employer’s Chemical Hygiene Plan; regulated substance for which there are
(iii) The permissible exposure limits exposure monitoring and medical sur-
for OSHA regulated substances or rec- veillance requirements, medical sur-
ommended exposure limits for other veillance shall be established for the
hazardous chemicals where there is no affected employee as prescribed by the
applicable OSHA standard; particular standard.
(iv) Signs and symptoms associated (iii) Whenever an event takes place
with exposures to hazardous chemicals in the work area such as a spill, leak,
used in the laboratory; and explosion or other occurrence resulting
488
in the likelihood of a hazardous expo- ceived with incoming shipments of haz-

sure, the affected employee shall be ardous chemicals, and ensure that they
provided an opportunity for a medical are readily accessible to laboratory
consultation. Such consultation shall employees.
be for the purpose of determining the (2) The following provisions shall
need for a medical examination. apply to chemical substances developed
(2) All medical examinations and in the laboratory:
consultations shall be performed by or (i) If the composition of the chemical
under the direct supervision of a li- substance which is produced exclu-
censed physician and shall be provided sively for the laboratory’s use is
without cost to the employee, without known, the employer shall determine if
loss of pay and at a reasonable time it is a hazardous chemical as defined in
and place. paragraph (b) of this section. If the
(3) Information provided to the physi- chemical is determined to be haz-
cian. The employer shall provide the ardous, the employer shall provide ap-
following information to the physician: propriate training as required under
(i) The identity of the hazardous paragraph (f) of this section.
chemical(s) to which the employee may (ii) If the chemical produced is a by-
have been exposed; product whose composition is not
(ii) A description of the conditions known, the employer shall assume that
under which the exposure occurred in-
the substance is hazardous and shall
cluding quantitative exposure data, if
implement paragraph (e) of this sec-
available; and
tion.
(iii) A description of the signs and
(iii) If the chemical substance is pro-
symptoms of exposure that the em-
duced for another user outside of the
ployee is experiencing, if any.
laboratory, the employer shall comply
(4) Physician’s written opinion. (i) For
with the Hazard Communication
examination or consultation required
Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) including
under this standard, the employer shall
the requirements for preparation of
obtain a written opinion from the ex-
material safety data sheets and label-
amining physician which shall include
ing.
the following:
(A) Any recommendation for further (i) Use of respirators. Where the use of
medical follow-up; respirators is necessary to maintain
(B) The results of the medical exam- exposure below permissible exposure
ination and any associated tests; limits, the employer shall provide, at
(C) Any medical condition which may no cost to the employee, the proper
be revealed in the course of the exam- respiratory equipment. Respirators
ination which may place the employee shall be selected and used in accord-
at increased risk as a result of expo- ance with the requirements of 29 CFR
sure to a hazardous chemical found in 1910.134.
the workplace; and (j) Recordkeeping. (1) The employer
(D) A statement that the employee shall establish and maintain for each
has been informed by the physician of employee an accurate record of any
the results of the consultation or med- measurements taken to monitor em-
ical examination and any medical con- ployee exposures and any medical con-
dition that may require further exam- sultation and examinations including
ination or treatment. tests or written opinions required by
(ii) The written opinion shall not re- this standard.
veal specific findings of diagnoses unre- (2) The employer shall assure that
lated to occupational exposure. such records are kept, transferred, and
(h) Hazard identification. (1) With re- made available in accordance with 29
spect to labels and material safety data CFR 1910.20.
sheets: (k) Dates—(1) Effective date. This sec-
(i) Employers shall ensure that labels tion shall become effective May 1, 1990.
on incoming containers of hazardous (2) Start-up dates. (i) Employers shall
chemicals are not removed or defaced. have developed and implemented a
(ii) Employers shall maintain any written Chemical Hygiene Plan no
material safety data sheets that are re- later than January 31, 1991.
489
(ii) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section E. General Procedures for Working With
shall not take effect until the employer Chemicals
has developed and implemented a writ- 1. General Rules for all Laboratory Work
ten Chemical Hygiene Plan. with Chemicals
(l) Appendices. The information con- 2. Allergens and Embryotoxins
tained in the appendices is not in- 3. Chemicals of Moderate Chronic or High
tended, by itself, to create any addi- Acute Toxicity
tional obligations not otherwise im- 4. Chemicals of High Chronic Toxicity
posed or to detract from any existing 5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High
obligation. Chronic Toxicity
[55 FR 3327, Jan. 31, 1990, 55 FR 7967, Mar. 6, F. Safety Recommendations

1990, 55 FR 12111, Mar. 30, 1990]
G. Material Safety Data Sheets
APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1450—NATIONAL
RESEARCH COUNCIL RECOMMENDA- Foreword
TIONS CONCERNING CHEMICAL HY- As guidance for each employer’s develop-
GIENE IN LABORATORIES (NON-MAN- ment of an appropriate laboratory Chemical
DATORY) Hygiene Plan, the following non-mandatory
recommendations are provided. They were
TABLE OF CONTENTS extracted from ‘‘Prudent Practices for Han-
dling Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories’’
Foreword
(referred to below as ‘‘Prudent Practices’’),
Corresponding Sections of the Standard and which was published in 1981 by the National
This Appendix Research Council and is available from the
National Academy Press, 2101 Constitution
A. General Principles Ave., NW., Washington DC 20418.
1. Minimize all Chemical Exposures ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ is cited because of its
2. Avoid Underestimation of Risk wide distribution and acceptance and be-
3. Provide Adequate Ventilation cause of its preparation by members of the
4. Institute a Chemical Hygiene Program laboratory community through the sponsor-
5. Observe the PELs and TLVs ship of the National Research Council. How-
ever, none of the recommendations given
B. Responsibilities here will modify any requirements of the
laboratory standard. This Appendix merely
1. Chief Executive Officer
presents pertinent recommendations from
2. Supervisor of Administrative Unit
‘‘Prudent Practices’’, organized into a form
3. Chemical Hygiene Officer
convenient for quick reference during oper-
4. Laboratory Supervisor
ation of a laboratory facility and during de-
5. Project Director
velopment and application of a Chemical Hy-
6. Laboratory Worker
giene Plan. Users of this appendix should
C. The Laboratory Facility consult ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ for a more ex-
tended presentation and justification for
1. Design each recommendation.
2. Maintenance ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ deals with both safety
3. Usage and chemical hazards while the laboratory
4. Ventilation standard is concerned primarily with chem-
D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene Plan ical hazards. Therefore, only those rec-
ommendations directed primarily toward
1. Basic Rules and Procedures control of toxic exposures are cited in this
2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution, appendix, with the term ‘‘chemical hygiene’’
and Storage being substituted for the word ‘‘safety’’.
3. Environmental Monitoring However, since conditions producing or
4. Housekeeping, Maintenance and Inspec- threatening physical injury often pose toxic
tions risks as well, page references concerning
5. Medical Program major categories of safety hazards in the lab-
6. Personal Protective Apparel and Equip- oratory are given in section F.
ment The recommendations from ‘‘Prudent
7. Records Practices’’ have been paraphrased, combined,
8. Signs and Labels or otherwise reorganized, and headings have
9. Spills and Accidents been added. However, their sense has not
10. Training and Information been changed.
11. Waste Disposal
490
Corresponding Sections of the Standard and this should be a regular, continuing effort, not
Appendix merely a standby or short-term activity (6,
11). Its recommendations should be followed
The following table is given for the conven-
in academic teaching laboratories as well as
ience of those who are developing a Chemical
Hygiene Plan which will satisfy the require- by full-time laboratory workers (13).
ments of paragraph (e) of the standard. It in- 5. Observe the PELs, TLVs. The Permissible
dicates those sections of this appendix which Exposure Limits of OSHA and the Threshold
are most pertinent to each of the sections of Limit Values of the American Conference of
paragraph (e) and related paragraphs. Governmental Industrial Hygienists should
not be exceeded (13).
Relevant
Paragraph and topic in laboratory standard appendix B. Chemical Hygiene Responsibilities
section
Responsibility for chemical hygiene rests
(e)(3)(i) Standard operating procedures for C, D, E at all levels (6, 11, 21) including the:
handling toxic chemicals. 1. Chief executive officer, who has ultimate
(e)(3)(ii) Criteria to be used for implementa- D responsibility for chemical hygiene within
tion of measures to reduce exposures.
(e)(3)(iii) Fume hood performance ................... C4b
the institution and must, with other admin-
(e)(3)(iv) Employee information and training D10, D9 istrators, provide continuing support for in-
(including emergency procedures). stitutional chemical hygiene (7, 11).
(e)(3)(v) Requirements for prior approval of E2b, E4b 2. Supervisor of the department or other ad-
laboratory activities. ministrative unit, who is responsible for chem-
(e)(3)(vi) Medical consultation and medical ex- D5, E4f ical hygiene in that unit (7).
aminations.
(e)(3)(vii) Chemical hygiene responsibilities .... B
3. Chemical hygiene officer(s), whose ap-
(e)(3)(viii) Special precautions for work with E2, E3, E4 pointment is essential (7) and who must:
particularly hazardous substances. (a) Work with administrators and other
employees to develop and implement appro-
In this appendix, those recommendations priate chemical hygiene policies and prac-
directed primarily at administrators and su- tices (7);
pervisors are given in sections A–D. Those (b) Monitor procurement, use, and disposal
recommendations of primary concern to em- of chemicals used in the lab (8);
ployees who are actually handling labora- (c) See that appropriate audits are main-
tory chemicals are given in section E. (Ref- tained (8);
erence to page numbers in ‘‘Prudent Prac- (d) Help project directors develop pre-
tices’’ are given in parentheses.) cautions and adequate facilities (10);
(e) Know the current legal requirements
A. General Principles for Work with Laboratory concerning regulated substances (50); and
Chemicals (f) Seek ways to improve the chemical hy-
In addition to the more detailed rec- giene program (8, 11).
ommendations listed below in sections B–E, 4. Laboratory supervisor, who has overall re-
‘‘Prudent Practices’’ expresses certain gen- sponsibility for chemical hygiene in the lab-
eral principles, including the following: oratory (21) including responsibility to:
1. It is prudent to minimize all chemical expo- (a) Ensure that workers know and follow
sures. Because few laboratory chemicals are the chemical hygiene rules, that protective
without hazards, general precautions for equipment is available and in working order,
handling all laboratory chemicals should be and that appropriate training has been pro-
adopted, rather than specific guidelines for vided (21, 22);
particular chemicals (2, 10). Skin contact (b) Provide regular, formal chemical hy-
with chemicals should be avoided as a car- giene and housekeeping inspections includ-
dinal rule (198). ing routine inspections of emergency equip-
2. Avoid underestimation of risk. Even for ment (21, 171);
substances of no known significant hazard, (c) Know the current legal requirements
exposure should be minimized; for work with concerning regulated substances (50, 231);
substances which present special hazards, (d) Determine the required levels of protec-
special precautions should be taken (10, 37, tive apparel and equipment (156, 160, 162); and
38). One should assume that any mixture will (e) Ensure that facilities and training for
be more toxic than its most toxic component use of any material being ordered are ade-
(30, 103) and that all substances of unknown quate (215).
toxicity are toxic (3, 34). 5. Project director or director of other specific
3. Provide adequate ventilation. The best operation, who has primary responsibility for
way to prevent exposure to airborne sub- chemical hygiene procedures for that oper-
stances is to prevent their escape into the ation (7).
working atmosphere by use of hoods and 6. Laboratory worker, who is responsible for:
other ventilation devices (32, 198). (a) Planning and conducting each oper-
4. Institute a chemical hygiene program. A ation in accordance with the institutional
mandatory chemical hygiene program de- chemical hygiene procedures (7, 21, 22, 230);
signed to minimize exposures is needed; it and
491
(b) Developing good personal chemical hy- tion from airborne toxic substances will con-
giene habits (22). tinue to be adequate (12, 193, 204).
(f) Performance. Rate: 4–12 room air
C. The Laboratory Facility changes/hour is normally adequate general
1. Design. The laboratory facility should ventilation if local exhaust systems such as
have: hoods are used as the primary method of
(a) An appropriate general ventilation sys- control (194).
tem (see C4 below) with air intakes and ex- (g) Quality. General air flow should not be
hausts located so as to avoid intake of con- turbulent and should be relatively uniform
taminated air (194); throughout the laboratory, with no high ve-
(b) Adequate, well-ventilated stockrooms/ locity or static areas (194, 195); airflow into
storerooms (218, 219); and within the hood should not be exces-
(c) Laboratory hoods and sinks (12, 162); sively turbulent (200); hood face velocity
(d) Other safety equipment including eye- should be adequate (typically 60–100 lfm) (200,
wash fountains and drench showers (162, 169); 204).
and (h) Evaluation. Quality and quantity of
(e) Arrangements for waste disposal (12, ventilation should be evaluated on installa-
240). tion (202), regularly monitored (at least
2. Maintenance. Chemical-hygiene-related every 3 months) (6, 12, 14, 195), and reevalu-
equipment (hoods, incinerator, etc.) should ated whenever a change in local ventilation
undergo continuing appraisal and be modi- devices is made (12, 195, 207). See pp. 195–198
fied if inadequate (11, 12). for methods of evaluation and for calculation
3. Usage. The work conducted (10) and its of estimated airborne contaminant con-
scale (12) must be appropriate to the centrations.
physicial facilities available and, especially,
to the quality of ventilation (13). D. Components of the Chemical Hygiene Plan
4. Ventilation—(a) General laboratory ventila-
1. Basic Rules and Procedures (Recommenda-
tion. This system should: Provide a source of
tions for these are given in section E,
air for breathing and for input to local ven-
below)
tilation devices (199); it should not be relied
on for protection from toxic substances re- 2. Chemical Procurement, Distribution, and
leased into the laboratory (198); ensure that Storage
laboratory air is continually replaced, pre-
venting increase of air concentrations of (a) Procurement. Before a substance is re-
toxic substances during the working day ceived, information on proper handling, stor-
(194); direct air flow into the laboratory from age, and disposal should be known to those
non-laboratory areas and out to the exterior who will be involved (215, 216). No container
of the building (194). should be accepted without an adequate
(b) Hoods. A laboratory hood with 2.5 linear identifying label (216). Preferably, all sub-
feet of hood space per person should be pro- stances should be received in a central loca-
vided for every 2 workers if they spend most tion (216).
of their time working with chemicals (199); (b) Stockrooms/storerooms. Toxic substances
each hood should have a continuous moni- should be segregated in a well-identified area
toring device to allow convenient confirma- with local exhaust ventilation (221). Chemi-
tion of adequate hood performance before cals which are highly toxic (227) or other
use (200, 209). If this is not possible, work chemicals whose containers have been
with substances of unknown toxicity should opened should be in unbreakable secondary
be avoided (13) or other types of local ven- containers (219). Stored chemicals should be
tilation devices should be provided (199). See examined periodically (at least annually) for
pp. 201–206 for a discussion of hood design, replacement, deterioration, and container
construction, and evaluation. integrity (218–19).
(c) Other local ventilation devices. Ventilated Stockrooms/storerooms should not be used
storage cabinets, canopy hoods, snorkels, as preparation or repackaging areas, should
etc. should be provided as needed (199). Each be open during normal working hours, and
canopy hood and snorkel should have a sepa- should be controlled by one person (219).
rate exhaust duct (207). (c) Distribution. When chemicals are hand
(d) Special ventilation areas. Exhaust air carried, the container should be placed in an
from glove boxes and isolation rooms should outside container or bucket. Freight-only
be passed through scrubbers or other treat- elevators should be used if possible (223).
ment before release into the regular exhaust (d) Laboratory storage. Amounts permitted
system (208). Cold rooms and warm rooms should be as small as practical. Storage on
should have provisions for rapid escape and bench tops and in hoods is inadvisable. Expo-
for escape in the event of electrical failure sure to heat or direct sunlight should be
(209). avoided. Periodic inventories should be con-
(e) Modifications. Any alteration of the ven- ducted, with unneeded items being discarded
tilation system should be made only if thor- or returned to the storeroom/stockroom (225–
ough testing indicates that worker protec- 6, 229).
492
3. Environmental Monitoring 7. Records
Regular instrumental monitoring of air- (a) Accident records should be written and
borne concentrations is not usually justified retained (174).
or practical in laboratories but may be ap- (b) Chemical Hygiene Plan records should
propriate when testing or redesigning hoods document that the facilities and precautions
or other ventilation devices (12) or when a were compatible with current knowledge and
highly toxic substance is stored or used regu- regulations (7).
larly (e.g., 3 times/week) (13). (c) Inventory and usage records for high-
risk substances should be kept as specified in
4. Housekeeping, Maintenance, and sections E3e below.
Inspections (d) Medical records should be retained by
(a) Cleaning. Floors should be cleaned reg- the institution in accordance with the re-
ularly (24). quirements of state and federal regulations
(b) Inspections. Formal housekeeping and (12).
chemical hygiene inspections should be held
8. Signs and Labels
at least quarterly (6, 21) for units which have
frequent pesonnel changes and semiannually Prominent signs and labels of the following
for others; informal inspections should be types should be posted:
continual (21). (a) Emergency telephone numbers of emer-
(c) Maintenance. Eye wash fountains should gency personnel/facilities, supervisors, and
be inspected at intervals of not less than 3 laboratory workers (28);
months (6). Respirators for routine use (b) Identity labels, showing contents of
should be inspected periodically by the lab- containers (including waste receptacles) and
oratory supervisor (169). Safety showers associated hazards (27, 48);
should be tested routinely (169). Other safety (c) Location signs for safety showers, eye-
equipment should be inspected regularly. wash stations, other safety and first aid
(e.g., every 3–6 months) (6, 24, 171). Proce- equipment, exits (27) and areas where food
dures to prevent restarting of out-of-service and beverage consumption and storage are
equipment should be established (25). permitted (24); and
(d) Passageways. Stairways and hallways (d) Warnings at areas or equipment where
should not be used as storage areas (24). Ac- special or unusual hazards exist (27).
cess to exits, emergency equipment, and util-
ity controls should never be blocked (24). 9. Spills and Accidents
(a) A written emergency plan should be es-
5. Medical Program
tablished and communicated to all per-
(a) Compliance with regulations. Regular sonnel; it should include procedures for ven-
medical surveillance should be established to tilation failure (200), evacuation, medical
the extent required by regulations (12). care, reporting, and drills (172).
(b) Routine surveillance. Anyone whose (b) There should be an alarm system to
work involves regular and frequent handling alert people in all parts of the facility in-
of toxicologically significant quantities of a cluding isolation areas such as cold rooms
chemical should consult a qualified physi- (172).
cian to determine on an individual basis (c) A spill control policy should be devel-
whether a regular schedule of medical sur- oped and should include consideration of pre-
veillance is desirable (11, 50). vention, containment, cleanup, and report-
(c) First aid. Personnel trained in first aid ing (175).
should be available during working hours (d) All accidents or near accidents should
and an emergency room with medical per- be carefully analyzed with the results dis-
sonnel should be nearby (173). See pp. 176–178 tributed to all who might benefit (8, 28).
for description of some emergency first aid
procedures. 10. Information and Training Program
(a) Aim: To assure that all individuals at
6. Protective Apparel and Equipment risk are adequately informed about the work
These should include for each laboratory: in the laboratory, its risks, and what to do if
(a) Protective apparel compatible with the an accident occurs (5, 15).
required degree of protection for substances (b) Emergency and Personal Protection
being handled (158–161); Training: Every laboratory worker should
(b) An easily accessible drench-type safety know the location and proper use of avail-
shower (162, 169); able protective apparel and equipment (154,
(c) An eyewash fountain (162); 169).
(d) A fire extinguisher (162–164); Some of the full-time personnel of the lab-
(e) Respiratory protection (164–9), fire oratory should be trained in the proper use
alarm and telephone for emergency use (162) of emergency equipment and procedures (6).
should be available nearby; and Such training as well as first aid instruc-
(f) Other items designated by the labora- tion should be available to (154) and encour-
tory supervisor (156, 160). aged for (176) everyone who might need it.
493
(c) Receiving and stockroom/storeroom (a) Accidents and spills—Eye Contact:
personnel should know about hazards, han- Promptly flush eyes with water for a pro-
dling equipment, protective apparel, and rel- longed period (15 minutes) and seek medical
evant regulations (217). attention (33, 172).
(d) Frequency of Training: The training Ingestion: Encourage the victim to drink
and education program should be a regular, large amounts of water (178).
continuing activity—not simply an annual Skin Contact: Promptly flush the affected
presentation (15). area with water (33, 172, 178) and remove any
(e) Literature/Consultation: Literature and contaminated clothing (172, 178). If symp-
consulting advice concerning chemical hy- toms persist after washing, seek medical at-
giene should be readily available to labora- tention (33).
tory personnel, who should be encouraged to Clean-up. Promptly clean up spills, using
use these information resources (14). appropriate protective apparel and equip-
ment and proper disposal (24 33). See pp. 233–
11. Waste Disposal Program. 237 for specific clean-up recommendations.
(b) Avoidance of ‘‘routine’’ exposure: Develop
(a) Aim: To assure that minimal harm to and encourage safe habits (23); avoid unnec-
people, other organisms, and the environ- essary exposure to chemicals by any route
ment will result from the disposal of waste (23);
laboratory chemicals (5). Do not smell or taste chemicals (32). Vent
(b) Content (14, 232, 233, 240): The waste dis- apparatus which may discharge toxic chemi-
posal program should specify how waste is to cals (vacuum pumps, distillation columns,
be collected, segregated, stored, and trans- etc.) into local exhaust devices (199).
ported and include consideration of what ma- Inspect gloves (157) and test glove boxes
terials can be incinerated. Transport from (208) before use.
the institution must be in accordance with Do not allow release of toxic substances in
DOT regulations (244). cold rooms and warm rooms, since these
(c) Discarding Chemical Stocks: Unlabeled have contained recirculated atmospheres
containers of chemicals and solutions should (209).
undergo prompt disposal; if partially used, (c) Choice of chemicals: Use only those
they should not be opened (24, 27). chemicals for which the quality of the avail-
Before a worker’s employment in the lab- able ventilation system is appropriate (13).
oratory ends, chemicals for which that per- (d) Eating, smoking, etc.: Avoid eating,
son was responsible should be discarded or drinking, smoking, gum chewing, or applica-
returned to storage (226). tion of cosmetics in areas where laboratory
(d) Frequency of Disposal: Waste should be chemicals are present (22, 24, 32, 40); wash
removed from laboratories to a central waste hands before conducting these activities (23,
storage area at least once per week and from 24).
the central waste storage area at regular in- Avoid storage, handling or consumption of
tervals (14). food or beverages in storage areas, refrig-
(e) Method of Disposal: Incineration in an erators, glassware or utensils which are also
environmentally acceptable manner is the used for laboratory operations (23, 24, 226).
most practical disposal method for combus- (e) Equipment and glassware: Handle and
tible laboratory waste (14, 238, 241). store laboratory glassware with care to
Indiscriminate disposal by pouring waste avoid damage; do not use damaged glassware
chemicals down the drain (14, 231, 242) or add- (25). Use extra care with Dewar flasks and
ing them to mixed refuse for landfill burial other evacuated glass apparatus; shield or
is unacceptable (14). wrap them to contain chemicals and frag-
Hoods should not be used as a means of dis- ments should implosion occur (25). Use
posal for volatile chemicals (40, 200). equipment only for its designed purpose (23,
Disposal by recycling (233, 243) or chemical 26).
decontamination (40, 230) should be used (f) Exiting: Wash areas of exposed skin well
when possible. before leaving the laboratory (23).
(g) Horseplay: Avoid practical jokes or
E. Basic Rules and Procedures for Working with other behavior which might confuse, startle
Chemicals or distract another worker (23).
(h) Mouth suction: Do not use mouth suc-
The Chemical Hygiene Plan should require tion for pipeting or starting a siphon (23, 32).
that laboratory workers know and follow its (i) Personal apparel: Confine long hair and
rules and procedures. In addition to the pro- loose clothing (23, 158). Wear shoes at all
cedures of the sub programs mentioned times in the laboratory but do not wear san-
above, these should include the rules listed dals, perforated shoes, or sneakers (158).
below. (j) Personal housekeeping: Keep the work
area clean and uncluttered, with chemicals
1. General Rules
and equipment being properly labeled and
The following should be used for essen- stored; clean up the work area on completion
tially all laboratory work with chemicals: of an operation or at the end of each day (24).
494
(k) Personal protection: Assure that appro- any substances which might interfere with
priate eye protection (154–156) is worn by all the biological activity of waste water treat-
persons, including visitors, where chemicals ment plants, create fire or explosion hazards,
are stored or handled (22, 23, 33, 154). cause structural damage or obstruct flow
Wear appropriate gloves when the poten- (242).
tial for contact with toxic materials exists (q) Working alone: Avoid working alone in a
(157); inspect the gloves before each use, building; do not work alone in a laboratory
wash them before removal, and replace them if the procedures being conducted are haz-
periodically (157). (A table of resistance to ardous (28).
chemicals of common glove materials is
given p. 159). 2. Working with Allergens and Embryotoxins
Use appropriate (164–168) respiratory equip- (a) Allergens (examples: diazomethane,
ment when air contaminant concentrations isocyanates, bichromates): Wear suitable
are not sufficiently restricted by engineering gloves to prevent hand contact with aller-
controls (164–5), inspecting the respirator be- gens or substances of unknown allergenic ac-
fore use (169). tivity (35).
Use any other protective and emergency
(b) Embryotoxins (34–5) (examples:
apparel and equipment as appropriate (22,
organomercurials, lead compounds, form-
157–162).
amide): If you are a woman of childbearing
Avoid use of contact lenses in the labora-
age, handle these substances only in a hood
tory unless necessary; if they are used, in-
whose satisfactory performance has been
form supervisor so special precautions can be
confirmed, using appropriate protective ap-
taken (155).
parel (especially gloves) to prevent skin con-
Remove laboratory coats immediately on
significant contamination (161). tact.
(l) Planning: Seek information and advice Review each use of these materials with
about hazards (7), plan appropriate protec- the research supervisor and review con-
tive procedures, and plan positioning of tinuing uses annually or whenever a proce-
equipment before beginning any new oper- dural change is made.
ation (22, 23). Store these substances, properly labeled, in
(m) Unattended operations: Leave lights on, an adequately ventilated area in an unbreak-
place an appropriate sign on the door, and able secondary container.
provide for containment of toxic substances Notify supervisors of all incidents of expo-
in the event of failure of a utility service sure or spills; consult a qualified physician
(such as cooling water) to an unattended op- when appropriate.
eration (27, 128). 3. Work with Chemicals of Moderate Chronic
(n) Use of hood: Use the hood for operations or High Acute Toxicity
which might result in release of toxic chem-
ical vapors or dust (198–9). EXAMPLES: diisopropylflurophosphate (41),
As a rule of thumb, use a hood or other hydrofluoric acid (43), hydrogen cyanide (45).
local ventilation device when working with Supplemental rules to be followed in addi-
any appreciably volatile substance with a tion to those mentioned above (Procedure B
TLV of less than 50 ppm (13). of ‘‘Prudent Practices’’, pp. 39–41):
Confirm adequate hood performance before (a) Aim: To minimize exposure to these
use; keep hood closed at all times except toxic substances by any route using all rea-
when adjustments within the hood are being sonable precautions (39).
made (200); keep materials stored in hoods to (b) Applicability: These precautions are ap-
a minimum and do not allow them to block propriate for substances with moderate
vents or air flow (200). chronic or high acute toxicity used in sig-
Leave the hood ‘‘on’’ when it is not in ac- nificant quantities (39).
tive use if toxic substances are stored in it or (c) Location: Use and store these substances
if it is uncertain whether adequate general only in areas of restricted access with spe-
laboratory ventilation will be maintained cial warning signs (40, 229).
when it is ‘‘off’’ (200). Always use a hood (previously evaluated to
(o) Vigilance: Be alert to unsafe conditions confirm adequate performance with a face
and see that they are corrected when de- velocity of at least 60 linear feet per minute)
tected (22). (40) or other containment device for proce-
(p) Waste disposal: Assure that the plan for dures which may result in the generation of
each laboratory operation includes plans and aerosols or vapors containing the substance
training for waste disposal (230). (39); trap released vapors to prevent their
Deposit chemical waste in appropriately discharge with the hood exhaust (40).
labeled receptacles and follow all other (d) Personal protection: Always avoid skin
waste disposal procedures of the Chemical contact by use of gloves and long sleeves
Hygiene Plan (22, 24). (and other protective apparel as appropriate)
Do not discharge to the sewer concentrated (39). Always wash hands and arms imme-
acids or bases (231); highly toxic, mal- diately after working with these materials
odorous, or lachrymatory substances (231); or (40).
495
(e) Records: Maintain records of the (e) Housekeeping: Use a wet mop or a vacu-
amounts of these materials on hand, um cleaner equipped with a HEPA filter in-
amounts used, and the names of the workers stead of dry sweeping if the toxic substance
involved (40, 229). was a dry powder (50).
(f) Prevention of spills and accidents: Be pre- (f) Medical surveillance: If using
pared for accidents and spills (41). toxicologically significant quantities of such
Assure that at least 2 people are present at a substance on a regular basis (e.g., 3 times
all times if a compound in use is highly toxic per week), consult a qualified physician con-
or of unknown toxicity (39). cerning desirability of regular medical sur-
Store breakable containers of these sub- veillance (50).
stances in chemically resistant trays; also (g) Records: Keep accurate records of the
work and mount apparatus above such trays amounts of these substances stored (229) and
or cover work and storage surfaces with reused, the dates of use, and names of users
movable, absorbent, plastic backed paper (48).
(40). (h) Signs and labels: Assure that the con-
If a major spill occurs outside the hood, trolled area is conspicuously marked with
evacuate the area; assure that cleanup per- warning and restricted access signs (49) and
sonnel wear suitable protective apparel and that all containers of these substances are
equipment (41). appropriately labeled with identity and
(g) Waste: Thoroughly decontaminate or in- warning labels (48).
cinerate contaminated clothing or shoes (41). (i) Spills: Assure that contingency plans,
If possible, chemically decontaminate by equipment, and materials to minimize expo-
chemical conversion (40). sures of people and property in case of acci-
Store contaminated waste in closed, suit- dent are available (233–4).
ably labeled, impervious containers (for liq- (j) Storage: Store containers of these
chemicals only in a ventilated, limited ac-
uids, in glass or plastic bottles half-filled
cess (48, 227, 229) area in appropriately la-
with vermiculite) (40).
beled, unbreakable, chemically resistant,
4. Work with Chemicals of High Chronic secondary containers (48, 229).
Toxicity (k) Glove boxes: For a negative pressure
glove box, ventilation rate must be at least
(Examples: dimethylmercury and nickel 2 volume changes/hour and pressure at least
carbonyl (48), benzo-a-pyrene (51), N- 0.5 inches of water (48). For a positive pres-
nitrosodiethylamine (54), other human car- sure glove box, thoroughly check for leaks
cinogens or substances with high carcino- before each use (49). In either case, trap the
genic potency in animals (38).) exit gases or filter them through a HEPA fil-
Further supplemental rules to be followed, ter and then release them into the hood (49).
in addition to all these mentioned above, for (l) Waste: Use chemical decontamination
work with substances of known high chronic whenever possible; ensure that containers of
toxicity (in quantities above a few milli- contaminated waste (including washings
grams to a few grams, depending on the sub- from contaminated flasks) are transferred
stance) (47). (Procedure A of ‘‘Prudent Prac- from the controlled area in a secondary con-
tices’’ pp. 47–50). tainer under the supervision of authorized
(a) Access: Conduct all transfers and work personnel (49, 50, 233).
with these substances in a ‘‘controlled area’’:
a restricted access hood, glove box, or por- 5. Animal Work with Chemicals of High
tion of a lab, designated for use of highly Chronic Toxicity
toxic substances, for which all people with (a) Access: For large scale studies, special
access are aware of the substances being facilities with restricted access are pref-
used and necessary precautions (48). erable (56).
(b) Approvals: Prepare a plan for use and (b) Administration of the toxic substance:
disposal of these materials and obtain the When possible, administer the substance by
approval of the laboratory supervisor (48). injection or gavage instead of in the diet. If
(c) Non-contamination/Decontamination: Pro- administration is in the diet, use a caging
tect vacuum pumps against contamination system under negative pressure or under
by scrubbers or HEPA filters and vent them laminar air flow directed toward HEPA fil-
into the hood (49). Decontaminate vacuum ters (56).
pumps or other contaminated equipment, in- (c) Aerosol suppression: Devise procedures
cluding glassware, in the hood before remov- which minimize formation and dispersal of
ing them from the controlled area (49, 50). contaminated aerosols, including those from
Decontaminate the controlled area before food, urine, and feces (e.g., use HEPA filtered
normal work is resumed there (50). vacuum equipment for cleaning, moisten
(d) Exiting: On leaving a controlled area, contaminated bedding before removal from
remove any protective apparel (placing it in the cage, mix diets in closed containers in a
an appropriate, labeled container) and thor- hood) (55, 56).
oughly wash hands, forearms, face, and neck (d) Personal protection: When working in
(49). the animal room, wear plastic or rubber
496
gloves, fully buttoned laboratory coat or *Formaldehyde (130)
jumpsuit and, if needed because of incom- *Hydrazine and salts (132)
plete suppression of aerosols, other apparel Hydrofluoric acid (43)
and equipment (shoe and head coverings, res- Hydrogen bromide (98)
pirator) (56). Hydrogen chloride (98)
(e) Waste disposal: Dispose of contaminated *Hydrogen cyanide (133)
animal tissues and excreta by incineration if *Hydrogen sulfide (135)
the available incinerator can convert the Mercury and compounds (52)
contaminant to non-toxic products (238); oth- *Methanol (137)
erwise, package the waste appropriately for *Morpholine (138)
burial in an EPA-approved site (239). *Nickel carbonyl (99)
*Nitrobenzene (139)
F. Safety Recommendations Nitrogen dioxide (100)
The above recommendations from ‘‘Pru- N-nitrosodiethylamine (54)
*Peracetic acid (141)
dent Practices’’ do not include those which
*Phenol (142)
are directed primarily toward prevention of
*Phosgene (143)
physical injury rather than toxic exposure.
*Pyridine (144)
However, failure of precautions against in-
*Sodium azide (145)
jury will often have the secondary effect of
*Sodium cyanide (147)
causing toxic exposures. Therefore, we list
Sulfur dioxide (101)
below page references for recommendations
*Trichloroethylene (149)
concerning some of the major categories of
*Vinyl chloride (150)
safety hazards which also have implications
for chemical hygiene: APPENDIX B TO § 1910.1450—REFERENCES
1. Corrosive agents: (35–6) (NON-MANDATORY)
2. Electrically powered laboratory apparatus:
(179–92) The following references are provided to
3. Fires, explosions: (26, 57–74, 162–4, 174–5, assist the employer in the development of a
219–20, 226–7) Chemical Hygiene Plan. The materials listed
4. Low temperature procedures: (26, 88) below are offered as non-mandatory guid-
5. Pressurized and vacuum operations (in- ance. References listed here do not imply
cluding use of compressed gas cylinders): specific endorsement of a book, opinion,
(27, 75–101) technique, policy or a specific solution for a
safety or health problem. Other references
G. Material Safety Data Sheets
not listed here may better meet the needs of
Material safety data sheets are presented a specific laboratory. (a) Materials for the
in ‘‘Prudent Practices’’ for the chemicals development of the Chemical Hygiene Plan:
listed below. (Asterisks denote that com- 1. American Chemical Society, Safety in
prehensive material safety data sheets are Academic Chemistry Laboratories, 4th edi-
provided). tion, 1985.
*Acetyl peroxide (105) 2. Fawcett, H.H. and W. S. Wood, Safety
*Acrolein (106) and Accident Prevention in Chemical Oper-
*Acrylonilrile (107) ations, 2nd edition, Wiley-Interscience, New
Ammonia (anhydrous) (91) York, 1982.
*Aniline (109) 3. Flury, Patricia A., Environmental
*Benzene (110) Health and Safety in the Hospital Labora-
*Benzo[a]pyrene (112) tory, Charles C. Thomas Publisher, Spring-
*Bis(chloromethyl) ether (113) field IL, 1978.
Boron trichloride (91) 4. Green, Michael E. and Turk, Amos, Safe-
Boron trifluoride (92) ty in Working with Chemicals, Macmillan
Bromine (114) Publishing Co., NY, 1978.
*Tert-butyl hydroperoxide (148) 5. Kaufman, James A., Laboratory Safety
*Carbon disulfide (116) Guidelines, Dow Chemical Co., Box 1713, Mid-
Carbon monoxide (92) land, MI 48640, 1977.
*Carbon tetrachloride (118) 6. National Institutes of Health, NIH
*Chlorine (119) Guidelines for the Laboratory use of Chem-
Chlorine trifluoride (94) ical Carcinogens, NIH Pub. No. 81–2385, GPO,
*Chloroform (121) Washington, DC 20402, 1981.
Chloromethane (93) 7. National Research Council, Prudent
*Diethyl ether (122) Practices for Disposal of Chemicals from
Diisopropyl fluorophosphate (41) Laboratories, National Academy Press,
*Dimethylformamide (123) Washington, DC, 1983.
*Dimethyl sulfate (125) 8. National Research Council, Prudent
*Dioxane (126) Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemicals
*Ethylene dibromide (128) in Laboratories, National Academy Press,
*Fluorine (95) Washington, DC, 1981.
497
9. Renfrew, Malcolm, Ed., Safety in the Human Services, Public Health Service, Cen-
Chemical Laboratory, Vol. IV, J. Chem. Ed., ters for Disease Control, National Institute
American Chemical Society, Easlon, PA, for Occupational Safety and Health, Revised
1981. Annually, for sale from Superintendent of
10. Steere, Norman V., Ed., Safety in the Documents U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Wash-
Chemical Laboratory, J. Chem. Ed. American ington, DC 20402.
Chemical Society, Easlon, PA, 18042, Vol. I, 12. The Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of
1967, Vol. II, 1971, Vol. III 1974. Chemicals and Drugs. Merck and Company
11. Steere, Norman V., Handbook of Lab- Inc. Rahway, N.J., 1976 (or latest edition).
oratory Safety, the Chemical Rubber Com- 13. Sax, N.I. Dangerous Properties of Indus-
pany Cleveland, OH, 1971. trial Materials, 5th edition, Van Nostrand
12. Young, Jay A., Ed., Improving Safety in Reinhold, NY., 1979.
the Chemical Laboratory, John Wiley & 14. Sittig, Marshall, Handbook of Toxic and
Sons, Inc. New York, 1987. Hazardous Chemicals, Noyes Publications,
(b) Hazardous Substances Information: Park Ridge, NJ, 1981.
1. American Conference of Governmental
(c) Information on Ventilation:
Industrial Hygienists, Threshold Limit Val-
1. American Conference of Governmental
ues for Chemical Substances and Physical
Industrial Hygienists Industrial Ventilation
Agents in the Workroom Environment with
(latest edition), 6500 Glenway Avenue, Bldg.
Intended Changes, 6500 Glenway Avenue,
Bldg. D–7 Cincinnati, OH 45211–4438 (latest D–7, Cincinnati, Ohio 45211–4438.
edition). 2. American National Standards Institute,
2. Annual Report on Carcinogens, National Inc. American National Standards Fun-
Toxicology Program U.S. Department of damentals Governing the Design and Oper-
Health and Human Services, Public Health ation of Local Exhaust Systems ANSI Z 9.2–
Service, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1979 American National Standards Institute,
Washington, DC, (latest edition). N.Y. 1979.
3. Best Company, Best Safety Directory, 3. Imad, A.P. and Watson, C.L. Ventilation
Vols. I and II, Oldwick, N.J., 1981. Index: An Easy Way to Decide about Haz-
4. Bretherick, L., Handbook of Reactive ardous Liquids, Professional Safety pp 15–18,
Chemical Hazards, 2nd edition, April 1980.
Butterworths, London, 1979. 4. National Fire Protection Association,
5. Bretherick, L., Hazards in the Chemical Fire Protection for Laboratories Using
Laboratory, 3rd edition, Royal Society of Chemicals NFPA–45, 1982.
Chemistry, London, 1986. Safety Standard for Laboratories in Health
6. Code of Federal Regulations, 29 CFR part Related Institutions, NFPA, 56c, 1980.
1910 subpart Z. U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Fire Protection Guide on Hazardous Mate-
Washington, DC 20402 (latest edition). rials, 7th edition, 1978.
7. IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of National Fire Protection Association,
the Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.
World Health Organization Publications Cen- 5. Scientific Apparatus Makers Association
ter, 49 Sheridan Avenue, Albany, New York (SAMA), Standard for Laboratory Fume
12210 (latest editions). Hoods, SAMA LF7–1980, 1101 16th Street,
8. NIOSH/OSHA Pocket Guide to Chemical NW., Washington, DC 20036.
Hazards. NIOSH Pub. No. 85–114, U.S. Gov- (d) Information on Availability of Ref-
ernment Printing Office, Washington, DC, erenced Material:
1985 (or latest edition). 1. American National Standards Institute
9. Occupational Health Guidelines, NIOSH/ (ANSI), 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018.
OSHA NIOSH Pub. No. 81–123 U.S. Govern- 2. American Society for Testing and Mate-
ment Printing Office, Washington, DC, 1981. rials (ASTM), 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia,
10. Patty, F.A., Industrial Hygiene and
PA 19103.
Toxicology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New
York, NY (Five Volumes). [55 FR 3327, Jan. 31, 1990; 55 FR 7967, Mar. 6,
11. Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical 1990; 57 FR 29204, July 1, 1992; 61 FR 5508, Feb.
Substances, U.S. Department of Health and 13, 1996]
498
Occupational Safety and Health Admin., Labor Pt. 1910, Index
EDITORIAL NOTE: This listing is provided for information purposes only. It is compiled and
kept up-to-date by the Department of Labor.
SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910— SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OC-
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTHSTANDARDS CUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued
Subject term Section No.
Subject term Section No.
A-Frame Derricks: (see also Der- .181
ricks). Abrasive Wheels: (see Abrasive
AIDS (see Bloodborne patho- .1030 Wheel Machinery)
gens). Access:
Aboveground storage tanks, .106(b)(2) Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(2)(ii)
flammable and combustible liq- Cranes ................................. .179(c)(2)
uid. Exposure and medical .1020
Spacing ................................ .106(b)(2)(ii) records.
Venting ................................. .106(b)(2) (iv), Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(9)(ii)
(v), (vi) Powered Platforms .............. .66
Spill control .......................... .106(b)(2) (viii) Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(8)(ii)
Abrasive Blasting: (see also Ven- .94 Spraying Operations, Vents .107(d)(10)
tilation). Sprinkler valve ..................... .107(f)(2)
Air Compressors, Breathing .94(a)(6) Accident Prevention Signs and .145
Air. Tags: (see also Signs and
Air Supply, Breathing ........... .94(a)(6) Tags).
Blast Cleaning Enclosures ... .94(a)(3) Effective Dates ..................... .149(a)
Cleaning Nozzles ................. .244(b) Standards Sources .............. .150
Dust Hazards ....................... .94(a)(2) 2-Acetylaminofluorene ................ .1003
Abrasive Wheel Machinery: Area requirements ............... .1003(c)
Blotters ................................. .215(c)(6) Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2)
Definitions ............................ .211(b) ation.
Effective Dates ..................... .220 Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)
Excluded Machinery ............ .215(a)(5) Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5)
Flanges ................................ .215(a)(3), (c) contamination activi-
Guard Design ....................... .215(a)(2) ties.
Specifications ................ .215(b)(12) Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3)
Guard Exposure Angles ...... .215(b)(2) erations.
Band Type .................... .215(b)(11) Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4)
Bench and Floor Stands .215(b)(3) operation.
Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)
Cup Wheels .................. .215(b)(1)
Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)
Cylindrical Grinders ...... .215(b)(4)
Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)
Dimensions ................... .215(b)(10)
Regulated area require- .1003(d)
Material Requirements .215(b)(10)
ments.
Snagging Machines ...... .215(b)(7)
Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)
Surface Grinding ........... .215(b)(5) Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
Swing Frame ................ .215(b)(6) Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3)
Guarding .............................. .215(a)(1), (b) practices.
Mounting .............................. .215(d) Reports ................................ .1003(f)
Arbor Size ..................... .215(d)(2) Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)
Blotters .......................... .215(d)(5) Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)
Bushings ....................... .215(d)(4) Signs, information, and train- .1003(e)
Inspections .................... .215(d)(1) ing.
Multiple Wheel .............. .215(d)(6) Container contents .1003(e)(2)
Ring Test ...................... .215(d)(1) identification.
Surface Conditions ....... .215(d)(3) Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)
Standards Sources .............. .221 Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)
Work Rests .......................... .215(a)(4) Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)
Abrasive Wheel Machinery, Port- Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5)
able: tion.
Definitions ............................ .241(b) Acetylene .................................... .102
Guarding .............................. .243(c) Cylinders .............................. .102(a), (c)
Cup Wheels .................. .243(c)(2) Generators ........................... .102(c)
General Requirements .243(c)(1) Pipe Systems ....................... .102(b)
Other Type Grinders ..... .243(c)(4) Acetylene Generators ................. .253(f)
Vertical Grinders ........... .243(c)(3) Approval ............................... .253(f)(1)
Inspection ............................. .243(c)(5) Location ............................... .253(f)(3)
Mounting .............................. .243(c)(5) Maintenance ........................ .253(f)(7)
499
Pt. 1910, Index 29 CFR Ch. XVII (7–1–99 Edition)
SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OC- SUBJECT INDEX FOR 29 CFR PART 1910—OC-
CUPATIONAL SAFETY AND CUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued HEALTHSTANDARDS—Continued
Subject term Section No. Subject term Section No.
Marking ................................ .253(f)(1) Alarms: (see also Fire Alarms,

Operation ............................. .253(f)(7) Sprinklers, Warning Devices)
Portable ................................ .253(f)(5) Employee alarm systems .... .165
Pressure Limits .................... .253(f)(2) Mills and Calenders ............. .216(g)
Rating ................................... .253(f)(2) Rubber and Plastics ............ .216(g)
Stationary ............................. .253(f)(4) 4-Aminodiphenyl ......................... .1003
Houses and Rooms ...... .253(f)(6) Area requirements ............... .1003(c)
Acid Carboys ............................... .262(nn) Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2)
Acrylonitrile .................................. .1045 ation.
Emergency situations .......... .1045(i) Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)
Employee information and .1045(o) Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5)
training. contamination activi-
Exposure monitoring ............ .1045(e) ties.
Housekeeping ...................... .1045(k) Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3)
Hygiene facilities and prac- .1045(m) erations.
tices. Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4)
Medical surveillance ............ .1045(n) operation.
Methods of compliance ........ .1045(g) Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)
Notification of regulated .1045(d) Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)
areas and emergencies. Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)
Observation and monitoring .1045(r) Regulated area require- .1003(d)
Permissible exposure limit ... .1045(c) ments.
Protective clothing and .1045(j) Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)
equipment. Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
Recordkeeping ..................... .1045(q) Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3)
Regulated areas .................. .1045(f) practices.
Respiratory protection .......... .1045(h) Reports ................................ .1003(f)
Signs and labels .................. .1045(p) Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)
Waste disposal .................... .1045(l) Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)
Adjustments: Signs, information, and train- .1003(e)
Cranes ................................. .179(l)(3) ing.
Derricks ................................ .181(f)(2), (3) Container contents .1003(e)(2)
AEC Licensees ........................... .96(p) identification.
Agricultural Operations ............... .267 Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)
Air Compressors, Abrasive Blast- .94(a)(6), Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)
ing. .134(d)(2)(ii) Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)
Air Contaminants ........................ .1000, .1001 Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5)
Effective Dates ..................... .98, .1000 tion.
Exposure Limits ................... .1000, .1001 Ammonia, Anhydrous: (see also .111
Permissible exposure limits .1000 Anhydrous Ammonia).
Standards Sources .............. .99 Ammonium Nitrate ...................... .109(i)
Air Controlling Equipment, Power .217(b)(10) Bulk Storage ........................ .109(i)(4)
Presses. Containers ............................ .109(i)(3)
Air Lift Hammers, Forging ........... .218(e)(1) Contaminants ....................... .109(i)(5)
Air Quality ................................... .134(d) Electrical Installations .......... .109(i)(6)
Air Receivers: Fire Protection ..................... .109(i)(7)
Application ........................... .169(a)(1) Separation Walls .................. .109(i)(5)
Compressed Air ................... .169 Warehouses ......................... .109(i)(4)
Equipment: Anchoring Fixed Machinery ........ .212(a)(5), (b)
Drains ........................... .169(b)(2) Anhydrous Ammonia:
Installation ..................... .169(b)(1) Containers:
Pressure Gages ............ .169(b)(3) Appurtenances .............. .111(b)(6)
Traps ............................. .169(b)(2) Charging ....................... .111(b)(11)
Valves ........................... .169(b)(3) DOT .............................. .111(e)
Standards Sources .............. .169(a)(2), .170 Farm Vehicles ............... .111(g), (h)
Air Supply .................................... .94(a)(6), .134(d) Location ........................ .111(b)(5)
Airborne Radioactive Materials .96(c) Motor Vehicle ................ .111(f)
Exposure Limits. Markings ....................... .111(b)(3)
Airhoses ...................................... .243(b)(2) Non-Refrigerated .......... .111(b)(2), (c)
Aisles: Refrigerated .................. .111(d)
Working Surfaces ................ .22(b) Markings ................ .111(b)(4)
500
Safety Relief Devices ... .111(b)(9), (c)(3), Attendants:

(d)(4), (f)(5) Liquified Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(4)(ii)
Electrical Systems ............... .111(b)(16) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(14)
Fittings ................................. .111(b)(7) Automatic Sprinkler Systems: .159
Handling ............................... .111 (see also Sprinkler Systems,
Hoses ................................... .111(b)(8) Automatic).
Liquid Level Gaging Devices .111(b)(14) Automobile Undercoatings .......... .107(k)
Liquid Transfer ..................... .111(b)(12), (f)(6) Baffle Plates:
Piping ................................... .111(b)(7) Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(4)
Standards Sources .............. .115 Bakery Equipment ....................... .263(k)
Storage ................................ .111 Air Conditioning ................... .268(i)(14)
Tank Car Unloading ............. .111(b)(13) Bag Chutes and Lifts ........... .263(d)(2)
Tubing .................................. .111(b)(7) Biscuit Equipment ................ .263(k)
Appliances: Blenders ............................... .263(d)(3)
Electric ................................. .306(d)(1) Bolting Reels ........................ .263(d)(5)
Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(20), Conveyors ............................ .263(d)(7), (i)(7)
(g)(11) Cracker Equipment .............. .263(k)
Arbor Grinding Wheels ............... .215(d)(2) Dividers ................................ .263(f)
Arc Welding ................................. .254 Dough Brakes ...................... .263(h)
Environmental Conditions .... .254(b)(2) Dumpbins ............................. .263(d)(3)
Equipment: Flour Elevators ..................... .263(d)(4)
Design ........................... .254(b)(4) Flour Handling Equipment ... .263(d)
Disconnecting Means ... .305(j)(3) Machine Guarding ............... .263(c)
Grounding ..................... .254(c)(2) Miscellaneous Equipment .... .263(i)
Installation ..................... .254(c) Mixers .................................. .263(e)
Maintenance ................. .254(d)(9) Moulders .............................. .263(g)
Operation ...................... .254(d) Ovens ................................... .263(l)
Personnel Protection .... .252(b) Pulverizers ........................... .263(k)(2)
Protection from Rays .... .252(b)(2)(iii) Scales, Flour ........................ .263(d)(9)
Supply Connections ...... .254(c)(3), (d)(3) Sifters ................................... .263(d)(8)
Health Protection ................. .252(c) Slicers .................................. .263(j)
Ventilation ............................ .252(b)(4)(ii), (c) Storage Bins ........................ .263(d)(6)
Voltage ................................. .254(b)(3) Wrappers ............................. .263(j)
Arsenic, Inorganic ....................... .1018 Ballast, Cranes ............................ .180(i)(2)
Asbestos: Band Saws and Resaws ............. .213(i)
Airborne Concentration ........ .1001(c) Barking Devices:
Caution Signs and Labels ... .1001(g) Hydraulic .............................. .261(e)(14)
Change Rooms .................... .1001(d)(4) Pulp Wood and Chips .......... .261(c), (e)(8)
Compliance .......................... .1001(f) Sawmills ............................... .265(d)(4)
Definitions ............................ .1001(a) Barrels:
Exposure, Permissible ......... .1001(c) Guarding .............................. .212(a)(4)
Fibers Exposure, Permis- .1001(b) Basket Derricks: (see Derricks) .. .181
sible. Bathing Facilities:
Hazard Communication ....... .1001(j) Labor Camps ....................... .142(f)
Housekeeping ...................... .1001(k) Battery Changing and Charging .178(g), .305(j)(7)
Hygiene Facilities and Prac- .1001(i) Bearings ...................................... .219(j), (p)(3)
tices. Belts:
Medical Surveillance ............ .1001(l) Definitions ............................ .211(f)(1)–(3)
Measurements ..................... .1001(e) Manlifts ................................. .68(c)(1)
Medical Examinations .......... .1001(j) Power Transmission Appa- .219(e)(1), (o)(3),
Monitoring ............................ .1001(d) ratus. (p)(6)
Personal Protective Equip- .1001(h) Bench and Floor Stands Guard- .215(b)(3)
ment. ing.
Recordkeeping ..................... .1001(m) Benzene ...................................... .1028
Regulated Areas .................. .1001(e) Communication of benzene .1028(j)
Respiratory protection .......... .1001(g) hazards to employees.
Special Clothing ................... .1001(d)(3) Exposure monitoring and .1028(e)
Waste Disposal .................... .1001(h)(2) measurement.
Atmospheric Contaminants: (see Medical surveillance ............ .1028(i)
Air Contaminants) Methods of compliance ........ .1028(f)
Atmospheric Tanks ..................... .106(b)(1)(iii) Observation of monitoring ... .1028(l)
501
Permissible exposure limit ... .1028(c) Bloodborne pathogens ................ .1030

Protective clothing and .1028(h) Effective dates ..................... .1030(i)
equipment. Engineering and work-prac- .1030(d)(2)
Recordkeeping ..................... .1028(k) tice controls.
Regulated areas .................. .1028(d) Housekeeping ...................... .1030(d)(4)
Respiratory protection .......... .1028(g) Laboratories and production .1030(e)
Benzidine .................................... .1003 facilities, HIV and
Area requirements ............... .1003(c) HBVresearch.
Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2) Personal protective equip- .1030(c)(2)(ii),
ation. ment. (d)(2)(i), (3)
Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1) Recordkeeping ..................... .1030(f)(6), (h)
Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5) Training ................................ .1030(e)(5),
contamination activi- (g)(2)
ties. Vaccinations, HBV ............... .1030(f)
Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3) Warning labels an signs ...... .1030(g)(1)
erations. Blotters ........................................ .215(c)(1)(v),
Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4) (c)(6), (d)(5)
operation. Board Drop Hammers ................. .218(e)(2)
Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g) Boatswain’s Chair Scaffolds ....... .28(j)
Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1) Employee Protection ............ .28(j)(4)
Records ........................ .1003(g)(2) Fiber Ropes ......................... .28(j)(2)
Regulated area require- .1003(d) Life Belts .............................. .28(j)(4)
ments. Roof Irons, Hooks ................ .28(j)(6)
Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4) Seat Slings ........................... .28(j)(3)
Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2) Size ...................................... .28(j)(1)
Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3) Tackle .................................. .28(j)(5)
practices. Boom Guards:
Reports ................................ .1003(f) Cranes ................................. .180(j)(2)
Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2) Derricks ................................ .181(j)(5)(ii)
Operations .................... .1003(f)(1) Booms, Derricks .......................... .181(i)(6)
Signs, information, and train- .1003(e) Boring Machines ......................... .213(l)
ing. Brakes:
Container contents .1003(e)(2) Bandsaws ............................ .213(j)(1)
identification. Bridges ................................. .179(f)(4), (6)
Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3) Control ................................. .179(f)(3)
Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4) Cranes ................................. .179(f)
Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1) Friction, Power Presses ....... .217(b)(2)
Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5) Hoists ................................... .179(f)(1)
tion. Holding ................................. .179(f)(2)
Beryllium ..................................... .1000, Table Z–2 Industrial Trucks .................. .178(g), (h),
Bins, Bulk Storage of Explosives .109(g)(4) (m)(5)
Biological Hazards Signs and .145(e)(4), (f)(8) Manlifts ................................. .68(c)(1)(i)
Tags. Power Control ...................... .179(f)(3)
Blades Exposure ......................... .212(a)(5) Trolleys ................................ .179(f)(4), (5)
Blankets, Rubber Insulating ........ .137 Brazing: (see also Welding) ........ .252
Blasting Agents (see also Explo- .109(g), (k) (1), Definitions ............................ .251
sives and Blasting Agents). (2), .119 Standards Sources .............. .256
Bulk Delivery ........................ .109(g)(3), (h)(4) Breast Derricks: (see also Der- .181(a)(4)
Bulk Storage Bins ................ .109(g)(4) ricks).
Effective Dates ..................... .114 Bricklayers’ Square Scaffolds ..... .28(l)
Mixing, Fixed Location ......... .109(g)(2), (h)(3) Bridge Bumpers, Cranes ............ .179(e)(2)
Mixing Vehicles .................... .109(g)(3), (h)(4) Bridge Plates: (see also .30(a)
Slurries ................................. .109(h) Dockboards).
Standards Sources .............. .115 Buffing: (see Grinding, Polishing
Storage ................................ .109(g)(5) and Buffing)
Transportation ...................... .109(g)(6) Building Maintenance Powered .66
Use ....................................... .109(g)(7) Platforms.
Water Gels ........................... .109(h) Buildings, Sawmills ..................... .265(c)
Bleaching: Bulk Delivery:
Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(h) Blasting Agents .................... .109(g)(3), (h)(4)
Textiles ................................. .262(p) Explosives ............................ .109(h)(4)
502
Bulk Oxygen Systems ................. .104 Permissible Exposure Limits .1051(c)

Accessibility ......................... .104(b)(2)(ii) Exposure Monitoring ............ .1051(d)
Cleaning ............................... .104(b)(8)(i) Regulated Areas .................. .1051(e)
Clear Zone ........................... .104(b)(10)(ii) Methods of Compliance ....... .1051(f)
Containers ............................ .104(b)(4), (6) Exposure Goal Program ...... .1051(g)
Gaseous ....................... .104(b)(4)(iii) Respiratory Protection ......... .1051(h)
Liquid ............................ .104(b)(4)(ii) Protective Clothing and .1051(i)
Dikes .................................... .104(b)(2)(v) Equipment.
Distances from Hazards ...... .104(b)(3) Emergency Situations .......... .1051(j)
Combustible Liquids ..... .104(b)(3)(vii), Medical Screening and Sur- .1051(k)
(viii) veillance.
Combustible Materials .. .104(b)(3)(x) Communication of BD Haz- .1051(l)
Combustible Structures .104(b)(3)(ii) ards to Employees.
Congested Areas .......... .104(b)(3)(xiii) Recordkeeping ..................... .1051(m)
Fire Resistant Struc- .104(b)(3)(iii) Cabinets, Flammable and Com- .106(d)(3)
tures. bustible Liquid storage.
Flammable Gases ........ .104(b)(3)(ix) Size ...................................... .106(d)(3)(i)
Flammable Liquids ....... .104(b)(3)(v), (vi) Fire resistance ..................... .106(d)(3)(ii)
Openings ...................... .104(b)(3)(iv) Cabs:
Slow-Burning Materials .104(b)(3)(xi) Cranes ................................. .179(c), (o)(2);
Electrical Wiring ................... .104(b)(8)(ix) 180(i)(3)
Firewalls ............................... .104(b)(3)(viii) Derricks ................................ .181(j)(6)
Fittings ................................. .104(b)(5) Cadmium ..................................... .252(c)(9)
Inspection ............................. .104(b)(10)(i) Airborne Concentration ........ .1027(c)
Installation ............................ .104(b)(8)(iv) Compliance .......................... .1027(f)
Joints .................................... .104(b)(8)(ii) Confined Spaces ................. .252(c)(9)(ii)
Leakage ............................... .104(b)(2)(iii) Emergency Situations .......... .1027(h)
Liquid Oxygen Vaporizers ... .104(b)(7) Exposure, Permissible ......... .1027(c)
Grounding ..................... .104(b)(7)(iv) Hazard Communication ....... .1027(m)
Location ............................... .104(b)(2) Housekeeping ...................... .1027(k)
Maintenance ........................ .104(b)(10) Hygiene Areas and Prac- .1027(j)
Marking ................................ .104(b)(8)(viii) tices.
Operating Instructions .......... .104(b)(9) Indoors ................................. .252(c)(9)(i)
Piping ................................... .104(b)(5) Medical Surveillance ............ .1027(l)
Placarding ............................ .104(b)(8)(viii) Monitoring ............................ .1027(d)
Safety Relief Devices .......... .104(b)(6), (7)(ii) Personal Protective Equip- .1027(i)
All Containers ............... .104(b)(6)(i) ment.
ASME Containers ......... .104(b)(6)(iii) Clothing ................. .1027(i)
DOT Containers ............ .104(b)(6)(ii) Recordkeeping ..................... .1027(n)
Security ................................ .104(b)(8)(vi) Regulated Areas .................. .1027(e)
Storage Containers .............. .104(b)(4), (6) Respiratory protection .......... .1027(g)
Testing ................................. .104(b)(8)(v) Warning Labels .................... .252(c)(1)(v),
Tubing .................................. .104(b)(5) Calcium Carbide:
Vaporizers ............................ .104(b)(7) Indoors ................................. .253(g)(2)
Ventilation ............................ .104(b)(3)(xii) Packaging ............................ .253(g)(1)
Venting ................................. .104(b)(8)(vii) Storage ................................ .253(g)(2), (3)
Bulk Plants, Flammable and .106(f) Calenders .................................... .262(ee)
Combustible Liquids. Rubber and Plastics Indus-
Buildings .............................. .106(f)(2) try:
Drainage .............................. .106(f)(7) Alarms ........................... .216(g)
Electrical Equipment ............ .106(f)(5) Location Protection ....... .216(d)(2)
Fire Protection ..................... .106(f)(8) Safety Controls ............. .216(c)
Ignition Sources ................... .106(f)(6) Stopping Limits ............. .216(f)(1), (3)
Liquid Storage ...................... .106(f)(1) Switches, Trip and .216(e)
Loading ................................ .106(f)(3) Emergency.
Waste Disposal .................... .106(f)(7) Textiles ................................. .262(ee)
Wharves ............................... .106(f)(4) Canisters, Gas Mask: (see Gas
Bumpers: Mask Canisters, Respirators)
Bridge ................................... .179(e)(2) Cantilever Gantry Cranes: (see
Trolley .................................. .179(e)(3) Gantry Cranes)
1,3 Butadiene:. Carpenters’ Bracket Scaffolds .... .28(k)
503
Bracket Attachment ............. .28(k)(2) Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5)

Bracket Dimensions ............. .28(k)(1) contamination activi-
Employee Protection ............ .28(k)(3) ties.
Guardrails ............................ .28(k)(5) Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3)
Platform Size ....................... .28(k)(4) erations.
Caustics ...................................... .262(oo) Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4)
Emergency Showers ............ .261(g)(18)(i) operation.
Pipeline Identification ........... .261(h)(3)(vi) Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)
Caution Signs and Labels ........... .145(c)(2), (d)(4) Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)
Asbestos .............................. .1001(g) Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)
Fluorides .............................. .252(c)(1)(iv) Regulated area require- .1003(d)
Ionizing Radiation ................ .96(e), (g), (h) ments.
Welding ................................ .252(c)(1)(iv) Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)
Ceiling Workers’ Scaffolds: (see .28(o) Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
also Plasterers’Scaffolds). Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3)
Chain Guarding ........................... .219(f) practices.
Reports ................................ .1003(f)
Change Rooms:
Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)
Asbestos .............................. .1001(d)(4)
Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)
Drying Facilities ................... .141(f)
Signs, information, and train- .1003(e)
Separate Facilities ............... .141(e)
ing.
Charge Initiation .......................... .109(e)(4)
Container contents .1003(e)(2)
Chemical Plants: (see also Refin- .106(i)
identification.
eries, Chemical Plants Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)
andDistilleries). Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)
Chemicals, hazard communica- .1200 Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)
tion. Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5)
Chemicals, hazardous; occupation.
tional exposure in laboratories: Chute Openings .......................... .23(a)(2)
Chemical Hygiene Plan ....... .1450(e) Circular Resaws .......................... .213(e)
Exposure determination, .1450(d) Circular Saws .............................. .213(f)
monitoring. Arbors .................................. .213(s)(4)
Hazard identification ............ .1450(h) Portable ................................ .243(a)(1)
Hygiene recommendations .. .1450, App. A Clean Air, Spray Finishing .......... .94(c)(7)
Medical consultations and .1450(g) Cleaning:
examinations. Air Receivers ....................... .169
Permissible exposure limits .1450(c) Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(8)(i)
Recordkeeping ..................... .1450(j) Compressed Air ................... .242(b)
Respirator use ..................... .1450(i) Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(4)(i)
Training ................................ .1450(f) Powered Platforms .............. .66(e)(7)
Chemicals, highly hazardous; .119 Respirators ........................... .134(f)(3)
process safety management. Solvents ............................... .107(g)(5)
Chemicals, toxic and reac- .119, App. A Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(9)
tive, threshold list. Spraying Operations ............ .107(g)(2)
Compliance guidelines ......... .119, App. A Cleaning Compounds ................. .252(c)(11)
Contractor, employer re- .119(h) Degreasing ........................... .252(c)(11)(ii)
sponsibilities. Manufacturer’s Instructions .. .252(c)(11)(i)
Emergency planning and re- .119(h) Cleaning Solvents:
sponse. Spraying ............................... .107(g)(5)
Hot work (welding) permits .. .119(n) Clear Zones:
Trade secrets ....................... .119(p) Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(10)
Training ................................ .119(g) Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(9)(iv)
Chicago Boom Derricks: (see .181 Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(5)(ii)
also Derricks). Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(8)(iv)
Chicken Ladders: (see also .28(t) Clearances:
Crawling Boards). Cranes ................................. .179(b)(6),
bis-Chloromethyl ether ................ .1003 .180(j)(1)
Area requirements ............... .1003(c) Derricks ................................ .181(j)(5)
Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2) Fixed Ladders ...................... .27(c)
ation. Back .............................. .27(c)(4)
Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(l) Climbing Side ............... .27(c)(1)
504
Grab Bars ..................... .27(c)(5) Physical Hazards, Colors .... .144(a),

Hatch Covers ................ .27(c)(7) .145(d)(2)
Step-Across Distance ... .27(c)(6) Respirators ........................... .134(g)(6)
With Cages or Baskets .27(c)(3) Standards Sources .............. .150
Without Cages or Wells .27(c)(2) Stop ...................................... .144(a)(1)(iii)
Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(11) Combustible Dusts, Trucks Used .178(c)(2)(vi)
Spraying Discharges ............ .107(d)(8) Combustible Liquids: (see Flam- .106
Stairs .................................... .24(i) mable and
Clothing, Protective: (see also .252(b)(3), .132 CombustibleLiquids).
Personal Protective Equip- Effective Dates ..................... .114
ment). Standards Sources .............. .115
Asbestos .............................. .1001(d)(3) Combustible Materials:
Body ..................................... .156(e)(3) Welding ................................ .252(a)(2)
Electrical .............................. .137 Communicable Diseases Report-
Eye ....................................... .133, .156(e)(5) ing:
Labor Camps ....................... .142(l)
Face ..................................... .133,.156(e)(5)
Communications, Powered Plat- .66(e)(11)(vi)
Fire brigade .......................... .156
forms.
Footwear .............................. .136,.156(e)(2)
Compressed Air, Cleaning .......... .242(b)
Goggles ................................ .133 Compressed Air Equipment: (see
Hand .................................... .156(e)(4) also Compressed Gas Equip-
Head .................................... .135, .156(e)(5) ment)
Helmets ................................ .135 Air Receivers ....................... .169
Leg ....................................... .156(e)(3) Compressed Gas Cylinders: (see .253(a)(2)
Rubber ................................. .137 also Compressed Gases).
Storage ................................ .107(g)(4) Approval ............................... .252(b)(1)
Welders ................................ .252(b)(3) Inspection ............................. .101(a)
Clutches ...................................... .217(b)(3), (7) Manifolding ........................... .253(c)
Definition .............................. .180(a)(19) Markings .............................. .253(b)(1)
Power Transmission Appa- .219(k) Operating Procedures .......... .253(b)(5)
ratus. Oxygen Manifolds ................ .253(c)(2), (3)
Coatings, Spray: Public Protection .................. .101(c),
Dual Component .................. .107(m) .252(a)(8)
Organic Peroxide ................. .107(m) Safety Relief Valves ............ .101(c)
Powder ................................. .107(l) Standards Sources .............. .170
Undercoatings ...................... .107(k) Storage ................................ .253(b)(2)–(4)
Collars ......................................... .219(i) Compressed Gas Equipment:
Coke oven emissions .................. .1029 (see Compressed Gas Cyl-
Employee information and .1029(k) inders)
training. Compressed Gases: (see also .101
Exposure monitoring and .1029(e) Compressed Gas Cylinders).
measurement. Effective Dates ..................... .114
Hygiene facilities and prac- .1029(i) Handling ............................... .101(b)
tices. Safety Relief Devices .......... .101(c)
Medical surveillance ............ .1029(j) Standards Sources .............. .115
Methods of compliance ........ .1029(f) Storage ................................ .101(b)
Observation of monitoring ... .1029(n) Conductors: (see also Electric
Permissible exposure limit ... .1029(c) Wiring)
Protective clothing and .1029(h) Cranes ................................. .179(g)(1)(iv), (6)
equipment. General Wiring ..................... .305(f)
Precautionary signs and la- .1029(l) Confined Spaces, Hazardous .120(b)(4)(ii)(I),
bels. work. (c)(3)
Recordkeeping ..................... .1029(m) Electrical safety-related work .333(c)(5)
Regulated areas .................. .1029(d) practices.
Respiratory protection .......... .1029(g) Confined Spaces:
Color Codes: Atmospheric testing flow .146, App. B
Air Contaminants ................. .134(g)(6) charts.
Danger ................................. .144(a)(1)(ii), Attendant duties ................... .146(i)
.145((d)(2) Authorized entrant duties ..... .146(h)
Effective Dates ..................... .149 Entry supervisor duties ........ .146(j)
Gas Mask Canisters ............ .134(g)(6) Flow chart, decisions ........... .146, App. A
505
Instruction of employees re- .21(b)(6) Reinstallation ................ .110(d)(5)

lating to. Safety Relief Devices ... .110(d)(4)
Permit samples .................... .146, App. D Valves ........................... .110(d)(3)
Program examples ............... .146, App. C Original Testing .................... .110(b)(4)
Rescue and emergency .146(k) Piping ................................... .110(b)(8), (d)(3),
services. (e)(6), (h)(10),
Sewer system entry ............. .146, App. E (h)(9)
Training ................................ .146(g) Pressure Design .................. .110(d)(2), (e)(3)
Welding and Cutting ............ .353(b), .352(g) Safety Relief Devices .......... .110(b)(10),
Containers: (see also Tank Stor- (c)(7), (d)(4),
age, Portable) (e)(7), (h)(4)
Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(3) Tubing .................................. .110(b)(8), (e)(6)
Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(4), (6) Valves .................................. .110(b)(7), (c)(6),
Gaseous ....................... .104(b)(4)(iii) (d)(3), (e)(5),
Liquid ............................ .104(b)(4)(ii) (h)(9)
Flammable and Combustible .106(d) Vaporizers ............................ .110(b)(11),
Liquids. (d)(17), (e)(8)
Design ........................... .106(d)(2) Welding ................................ .110(b)(4)
Bulk plants, storage ...... .106(f) Controllers:
Industrial plants, stor- .106(e)(2)(ii) Cranes ................................. .179(g)(3)
age. Conveyors:
Service stations, stor- .106(g)(1) Bakeries ............................... .263(d)(7), (i)(7)
age. Electrostatic Spraying .......... .107(h)(7)
Processing plants ......... .106(h)(4) Forging Machines ................ .218(j)(3)
Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(i) Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(18)
Guarding .............................. .212(a)(4) Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(7)
Liquified Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(i) Corrosion Protection:
Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110 Piping, Valves and Fittings .. .106(c)(5)
Spraying ............................... .107(e)(3), (5) Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b)(1)(vi)
Welding, Gas ....................... .253(a), (b) Underground Tanks ............. .106(b)(3)(iii)
Containers, Liquefied Petroleum .110 Cotton Dust ................................. .1043
Gases. Counterbalances ......................... .217(b)(9)
Accessories .......................... .110(b)(7); (c)(6); Counterweights:
(d)(3), (8); Cranes ................................. .180(i)(2)
(e)(5) Covers, Openings:
Awaiting Use or Resale ....... .110(f) Working Surfaces ................ .22(e);23(a)(1),
Capacity ............................... .110(d)(6), (h)(5) (3)(i), (5), (6),
Charging Plants ................... .110(d)(13) (8)(ii), (9)
Construction ......................... .110(b)(3) Cranes:
Cylinder Systems ................. .110(c) Crawler ................................. .180
Accessories .................. .110(c)(6) Definitions ............................ .179(a)
Indoor ............................ .110(c)(5) Effective Dates ..................... .179(b)(2),
Markings ....................... .110(c)(2) .180(b)(2),
Outdoor ......................... .110(c)(4) .182
Valves ........................... .110(c)(6) Electric ................................. .306(b)
Filling Densities .................... .110(b)(12) Gantry .................................. .179
Fire Protection ..................... .110(d)(14) Locomotive ........................... .180
Fittings ................................. .110(b)(8); (e)(6); Overhead ............................. .179
(h)(7), (9) Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(c)(8)
Hoses ................................... .110(b)(9) Standards Sources .............. .183
Industrial Plants ................... .110(d)(12) Truck .................................... .180
Installation ............................ .110(e)(4), (h)(6) Crawler Cranes: (see also Crawl- .180
Lighting ................................ .110(d)(16) er, Locomotive and Truck
Location ............................... .110(b)(6), (f)(5) Cranes).
Markings .............................. .110(b)(5), (c)(2) Crawler, Locomotive and Truck .180
Non-DOT Containers ........... .110(d) Cranes.
Accessories .................. .110(d)(3) Cabs ..................................... .180(i)(3)
Capacity ........................ .110(d)(6) Electric Power Lines ............ .180(j)
Installation ..................... .110(d)(7) Fire Extinguishers ................ .180(i)(5)
Pipes ............................. .110(d)(3) Inspections ........................... .180(d)
Pressure, Design .......... .110(d)(2) Frequent ....................... .180(d)(3)
506
Idle (Irregular) ............... .180(d)(5) Decorations:

Initial ............................. .180(d)(1) Egress .................................. .37(l)
Periodic ......................... .180(d)(4) Explosives ............................ .37(l)
Records ........................ .180(d)(6) Decorators’ Scaffolds: (see also .28(o)
Ropes ........................... .180(g) Plasterers’ Scaffolds).
Load Handling ...................... .180(h) Degreasing:
Load Ratings ........................ .180(c) Cleaning Compounds .......... .252(c)(11)(ii)
Maintenance ........................ .180(f) Derricks:
Refueling .............................. .180(i)(4) Adjustments ......................... .181(f)(3)
Rope Inspection ................... .180(g) Cabs ..................................... .181(j)(6)
Standards Sources .............. .183 Electric Power Lines ............ .181(j)(5)
Swinging Locomotives ......... .180(i)(6) Fire Extinguishers ................ .181(j)(3)
Guards ................................. .181(j)(1)
Testing ................................. .180(e)
Hooks ................................... .181(j)(2)
Crawling Boards .......................... .28(t)
Inspections ........................... .181(d) and (g)
Crosscut Table Saws .................. .213(d)
Load Handling ...................... .181(i)
Cup Wheels ................................ .243(c)(2)
Load Ratings ........................ .181(c)
Flaring-Cup, Type 11 ........... .241(b)(8)
Maintenance ........................ .181(f)
Straight-Cup, Type 6 ........... .241(b)(9) Operations ........................... .181(h)
Straight, Type 1 ................... .241(b)(10) Refueling .............................. .181(j)(4)
Curing Apparatus: (see Drying, Repairs ................................. .181(f)(3)
Curing and Fusion Apparatus) Rope Inspections ................. .181(g)
Cutting: (see also Welding) ........ .252 Standards Sources .............. .183
Containers ............................ .252(a)(3) Testing ................................. .181(e)
Definitions ............................ .251 3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine (and its .1003
Ventilation ............................ .252(c) salts).
Cutting-Off Machines .................. .215(b)(5) Area requirements ............... .1003(c)
Cutoff Couplings ......................... .219(k)(1) Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2)
Cutoff Saws, Swing ..................... .213(g) ation.
Cylinders, Welding Gas .............. .253(b) Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)
Manifolding ........................... .253(c) Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5)
Operating Procedures .......... .253(b)(5) contamination activi-
Storage ................................ .253(b)(2)–(4) ties.
Cylindrical Grinders ..................... .215(b)(4) Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3)
Danger: erations.
Color Codes ......................... .144(a)(1)(ii) Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4)
Signs .................................... .145(c)(1), (d)(2) operation.
Tag ....................................... .145(f)(5) Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)
Dates, Effective: (see Effective Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)
Dates) Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)
DBCP (1,2–Dibromo 3– .1044 Regulated area require- .1003(d)
Chloropropane). ments.
Emergency situations .......... .1044(i) Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)
Employee information and .1044(n) Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
training. Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3)
Exposure monitoring ............ .1044(f) practices.
Housekeeping ...................... .1044(k) Reports ................................ .1003(f)
Hygiene facilities and prac- .1044(l) Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)
tices. Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)
Medical surveillance ............ .1044(m) Signs, information, and train- .1003(e)
Methods of compliance ........ .1044(g) ing.
Notification of use ................ .1044(d) Container contents .1003(e)(2)
Observation of monitoring ... .1044(q) identification.
Permissible exposure limit ... .1044(c) Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)
Protective clothing and .1044(j) Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)
equipment. Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)
Recordkeeping ..................... .1044(p) Training and Indoctrina- .1003(e)(5)
Regulated areas .................. .1044(e) tion.
Respirators ........................... .1044(h) Dies ............................................. .217(d)
Signs and labels .................. .1044(o) Changing .............................. .218(h)(5)
Dead-Man Controls ..................... .243(a)(2) Fastening ............................. .217(d)(7)
507
Guide Post Hazards ............ .217(d)(4) Fire Protection ..................... .125(f)

Handling ............................... .217(d)(3), (8) Flow Coating ........................ .126(b)
Requirements ....................... .217(d)(1) Hardening ............................ .126(a)(1)(i),(ii)
Scrap: Heating ................................. .125(g)
Ejecting ......................... .217(d)(2) Ignition Sources ................... .125(e)
Handling ........................ .217(d)(3) Inspections ........................... .124(j)(1),(3)
Selling .................................. .217(d)(9) Liquid Storage ...................... .125(e)(2)
Stroke ................................... .217(d)(6) Maintenance ........................ .125(e)(4)
Tonnage ............................... .217(d)(6) Overflow Pipes ..................... .125(b)
Unitized Tooling ................... .217(d)(5) Sprinklers ............................. .125(f)
Weight .................................. .217(d)(6) Tempering ............................ .126(a)
Diesel Powered Trucks ............... .178(b)(1)–(3) Ventilation ............................ .124(b),
Dikes: .125(d)(2)
Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(2)(v) Warning Signs ..................... .125(e)(2)
Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b)(2)(vii), (c) Waste Cans ......................... .125(e)(4)(ii),(iii)
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene ...... .1003 Disposal Systems: (see Waste
Area Requirements .............. .1003(c) Disposal Systems)
Closed System Oper- .1003(c)(2) Distances From Hazards:
ation. Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(5)
Isolated Systems .......... .1003(c)(1) Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(3)
Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5) Electrostatic Spraying .......... .107(h)(6)
contamination activi- Explosives Storage .............. .109(c)
ties. Ignition Sources, Separation .107(c)(2)
Open-vessel System .1003(c)(3) Spray Booths, Separations .. .107(b)(8)
Operations. Distilleries: (see also Refineries, .106(i)
Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4) Chemical Plants and Distill-
operation. eries).
Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g) Distribution Plates:
Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1) Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(4)
Records ........................ .1003(g)(2) Dividers, Bakery Equipment ....... .263(f)
Regulated Area Require- .1003(d) Diving, Commercial ..................... .401, .410, .411,
ments. .420–.427,
Contamination Control .. .1003(d)(4) .430, .440,
Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2) .441
Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3) Scientific ............................... .401(iv), 402, Ap-
practices. pendix B
Reports ................................ .1003(f) Dockboards ................................. .30(a)
Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2) Dough Brakes, Manually Fed ..... .263(h)
Operations .................... .1003(f)(1) Drag Saws .................................. .213(r)
Signs, Information, and .1003(e) Drainage:
Training. Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(7)
Container Contents .1003(e)(2) Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(3)(iii)
Identification. Labor Camps ....................... .142(a)
Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3) Materials Handling ............... .176(d)
Prohibited Statements .. .1003(e)(4) Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(3)(ii)
Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1) Service Stations ................... .106(g)(7)
Training and Indoctrina- .1003(e)(5) Sprinkler Systems ................ .159(c)(7)
tion. Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b)(2)(vii)(c)
Dining Facilities: (see also Drains:
Lunchrooms) Air Receivers ....................... .169(b)(2)
Labor Camps ....................... .142(i) Dressing Rooms, Personnel ....... .141(e)
Dip Tanks: ................................... .123–.126 Drips, Condensed Gas ............... .110(d)(11)
Application ........................... .123(a) Drives—Belt, Rope and Chain .... .219(e), (g),
Bottom Drains ...................... .125(c) (o)(3)
Construction ......................... .124(a), .125(a) Belt Tighteners ..................... .219(e)(6)
Conveyors ............................ .125(d), Cone-Pulley Belts ................ .219(e)(5)
.126(g)(2) Horizontal Belts and Ropes .219(e)(1)(i)
Covers .................................. .125(f)(3) Inclined Belts ....................... .219(e)(3)
Electrical Ignition Sources ... .125(e)(1) Overhead Horizontal Belts ... .219(e)(2)
Electrostatic Apparatus ........ .126(g) Vertical Belts ........................ .219(e)(3), (4)
Fire Extinguishers ................ .125(f)(2)(i) Drums .......................................... .212(a)(4)
508
Dry Chemical Extinguishing Sys- .161 Mechanical Power Trans- .221

tems, Fixed. mission Apparatus.
Scope and Application ......... .161(a) Mills and Calenders ............. .216(a)(1), (2);
Specific Requirements ......... .161(b) .220
Drying: National Electrical Code ...... .309
Spraying Operations ............ .107(d)(12) Nitrous Oxide ....................... .114
Drying, Curing, and Fusion Ap- .107(j) Noise Exposure ................... .98
paratus.
Nonionizing Radiation .......... .98
Adjacent System .................. .107(j)(3)
Nonwater Disposal Systems .149
Alternate Use:
Permitted ...................... .107(j)(4) Occupational Health ............ .98
Prohibited ...................... .107(j)(2) Overhead and Gantry .179(b)(2), .182
Conformance ....................... .107(j)(1) Cranes.
Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(3) Oxygen ................................. .114
Spraying Rooms .................. .107(j)(2) Physical Hazards Markings .149
Dual Component Coatings .......... .107(m) Powered Industrial Trucks ... .182
Dust Hazards: Powered Tools, Hand and .245
Abrasive Blasting ................. .94(a)(2) Portable.
Asbestos .............................. .19, .93a Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(n)
Employee Exposure ............. .1000(a) Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(f)
Grain handling facilities ....... .272 Safety Color Codes ............. .149
Effective Dates: Sanitation ............................. .149
Abrasive Wheels .................. .220 Sawmills ............................... .265(j)
Accident Prevention Signs .149 Signs and Tags .................... .149
and Tags.
Spray Finishing .................... .114
Acetylene ............................. .114
Air Contaminants ................. .98 Standpipe and Hose Sys- .165
Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .114 tems.
Asbestos .............................. .1001(b)(1), (2); Ventilation ............................ .98
.98 Woodworking ....................... .220
Blasting Agents .................... .114 Egress Means: (see also Exits)
Clothing, Protective .............. .138 Access to Exits .................... .37(f), (g), (j), (l)
Color Codes ......................... .149 Alarms, Fire ......................... .37(n)
Combustible Liquids ............ .114 Application ........................... .36(a)
Compressed Gases ............. .114 Automatic Sprinkler Systems .37(m)
Cooperage Machinery ......... .220 Definitions ............................ .35
Crawler, Locomotive, and .180(b)(2), .182 Discharge From Exits .......... .37(h)
Truck Cranes.
Elevation Changes ............... .37(j)
Derricks ................................ .181(b)(2), .182
Employee Capacity .............. .36(c)
Dies ...................................... .217(d)(1)
Dip Tanks ............................. .114 Exit Arrangements ............... .37(e)
Environmental Controls ....... .98, .149 Exit Capacity ........................ .37(c), (d)
Explosives ............................ .114 Exit Components ................. .37(a)
Federal Standards ............... .17 Exit Markings ....................... .37(q)
Flammable Liquids ............... .114 Exit Width ............................. .37(c)
Forging ................................. .221 Exterior Exit Access ............. .37(g)
Guarding Machinery ............ .220 Furnishings and Decorations .37(l)
Hand-Held Equipment ......... .245 General Requirements ......... .36
Hazardous Materials ............ .114 Headroom ............................ .37(i)
Hydrogen ............................. .114 Lighting ................................ .36(b)(6)
Indoor Storage ..................... .182
Maintenance ........................ .37(k)
Ionizing Radiation ................ .98
Occupant Load .................... .37(d)
Labor Camps ....................... .142(d)(7),
.149(b) Paints ................................... .37(o)
Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(19)(i), Protective Enclosures .......... .37(b)
(i)(3); .11 Sprinklers ............................. .37(d)(2), (m)
Machinery ............................ .221 Standards Sources .............. .39
Machinery Guarding ............ .220 Workmanship ....................... .37(k)
Materials Handling ............... .182 Electric controls, Mechanical .217(b)(8)
Mechanical Power Presses .220 Power Presses.
509
Electric energy, hazardous; con- Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(8)(ix)

trol of (see Lockout/tagout) Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(5)
Electric Equipment: (see Elec- Cabinets ............................... .305(b)
trical Wiring) Capacitors ............................ .305(i)(6)
Electric Ignition Sources: (see Ig- .107(c), (d)(5) Communications Systems ... .308(e)
nition Sources). Conductors ........................... .305(f)
Electric Motor Ignition Sources ... .107(d)(5) Cranes ................................. .179(g), .306(b)
Electric power generation, trans- .269 Data Processing Systems ... .306(e)
mission, and distribution. Electrolytic Cells .................. .306(h)
Definitions ............................ .269(x) Elevators .............................. .306(c)
Enclosed spaces .................. .269(e) Emergency Systems ............ .308(b)
Fall protection ...................... .269(g)(1) Enclosures for Damp or Wet .305(e)
Hazardous energy control .269(d) Locations.
(Lockout/tagout). Escalators ............................ .306(c)
Ladders, platforms, steps, .269(h) Examination of Equipment ... .303(b)(1)
etc. Fire Protective Signaling Cir- .308(d)
Live-line tools ....................... .269(j) cuits.
Materials handling and stor- .269(k) Fittings ................................. .305(b)
age. Fixture Wires ........................ .305(i)
Mechanical equipment ......... .269(p) Flexible Cords and Cables .. .305(g)
Medical services and first .269(b) General requirements .......... .303
aid. Grounded and Grounding .304(a)
Overhead lines ..................... .269(q) Conductors, Installation
Personal protective equip- .269(g), (n)(4), and Use.
ment. (r)(2)(v), Grounding ............................ .304(f)
(r)(4)(ii) Guarding Live Parts ............. .303(g)(2), (h)(2)
Power tools, hand and port- .269(i) Hand Spraying ..................... .107(i)(5)
able. Hazardous (Classified) Lo- .307
Telecommunications facili- .269(s) cations.
ties. Heating Equipment .............. .306(g)
Testing and test facilities ..... .269(o) High Voltage (Over 600
Training ................................ .269(a)(2), (b)(1), Volts):
(d)(2), (e)(2), General ......................... .308(a)
(q)(3)(i), Grounding ..................... .304(f)(7)
(r)(1)(vi) Guarding ....................... .303(h)(2)
Tree trimming, line-clear- .269(r), (a)(1)(E) Workspace .................... .303(h)(3), (h)(4)
ance. Hoists ................................... .306(b)
Water, work near ................. .269(w)(5) Identification of Dis- .303(f)
Electric Power Lines: connecting Means and
Crane Operations ................ .180(j) Circuits.
Boom Guards ............... .180(j)(2) Ignition Sources ................... .107(c)(4), (6)
Clearances .................... .180(j)(1) Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(7)
Notifying Owners .......... .180(j)(3) Installation and Use of .303(b)(2)
Overhead Wires ............ .180(j)(4) Equipments.
Derrick Operations ............... .181(j)(5) Irrigation Machines .............. .306(i)
Boom Guards ............... .181(j)(5)(ii) Lamps .................................. .305(j)(1)
Clearances .................... .181(j)(5)(i) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(ix)
Notifying Owners .......... .181(j)(5)(iii) Liquefied Petroleum Sys- .110(b)(17), (18),
Overhead Wires ............ .181(j)(5)(iv) tems. (h)(13)
Safety-related work .333(c)(3) Marking ................................ .303(e)
practices. Motors .................................. .305(j)(4)
Electric Powered Trucks ............. .178(b)(4)–(7), Moving Walks ...................... .306(c)
.120(g)(3) Outline Lighting .................... .306(a)
Electric wiring: Outside Conductors ............. .304(c)
Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(6) Overcurrent Protection ......... .304(e)
Appliances ........................... .305(j)(3) Panelboards ......................... .305(d)
Approval ............................... .303(a) Portable Cables ................... .305(h)
Arcing Parts ......................... .303(d) Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(1)
Attachment Plugs (Caps) ..... .304(j)(2) Power–Limited Circuits ........ .308(c)
Boxes ................................... .305(b) Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(7)(iii)
Branch Circuits .................... .304(b) Receptacles ......................... .305(j)(2)
510
Remote Control Circuits ...... .308(c) Location ........................ .107(h)(3)

Services ............................... .304(d) Safe Distances ............. .107(h)(6)
Service Stations ................... .106(g)(5) Supports ....................... .107(h)(4)
Signaling Circuits ................. .308(c) Ventilation ..................... .107(h)(11)
Signs .................................... .306(a) Electrostatic Hand Spraying .107(i)
Splices ................................. .303(c) Equipment.
Spraying Operations ............ .107(c)(4), (6), Application ........................... .107(i)(1)
(i)(1)–(5) Approval ............................... .107(i)(3)
Storage Batteries ................. .305(j)(7) Conformance ....................... .107(i)(2)
Storage Rooms .................... .106(d)(4)(iii) Electrical Support Equip- .107(i)(4)
Swimming Pools .................. .306(j) ment.
Switchboards ....................... .305(d) Grounding ............................ .107(i)(5)–(7)
Switches ............................... .305(c) Interlocks .............................. .107(i)(8)
Transformers ........................ .305(j)(5) Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(6)
Type F Powered Platforms .. .66(c)(22) Specifications ....................... .107(i)(3), (4)
Type T Powered Platforms .. .66(d)(6) Spray Gun Grounding .......... .107(i)(5)
Welders ................................ .306(d) Ventilation ............................ .107(i)(9)
Wiring Design and Protec- .304 Elevating Work Platforms: (see .67
tion. Vehicle-Mounted
Wiring Methods .................... .305(a) WorkPlatforms).
Work practices, safety-re- .331–.335 Emergency Action Plan .............. .38(a)
lated. Hazardous waste operations .120(l)(1)(ii)
Working Space about Elec- .303(g)(1), (h)(3), and emergency response,
tric Equipment. (h)(4) exemption.
X–Ray Equipment ................ .306(f) Highly hazardous chemicals, .119(n)
Electrical Installations ................. .301–.399 process safety manage-
Electrical Protective Equipment .. .137, .268(f) ment.
Design .................................. .137(a) Emergency Lighting .................... .261(b)(2)
Care and use, in-service ..... .137(b) Employee Alarm Systems ........... .165
Electrical safety-related work .331–.335 Installation and Restoration .165(c)
practices. Maintenance and Testing .... .165(d)
Confined spaces .................. .333(c)(5) Manual Operation ................ .165(e)
Illumination ........................... .333(c)(4) Employee-Owned Protective .132(b)
Ladders, portable ................. .333(c)(7) Equipment.
Lockout and tags ................. .333(b), Employee Protection: (see also
.335(b)(1) Personal Protective Equip-
Personal protective equip- .333(c)(2), ment)
ment. .335(a) Egress .................................. .36(c)
Portable electric equipment .334(a) Engine Room Guardrails ............ .219(k)(2)
Power lines, overhead ......... .333(c)(3) Environmental Controls:
Training ................................ .332 Accident Prevention Signs .145
Electromagnetic Radiation: and Tags.
Definitions ............................ .97(a)(1) Air Contaminants ................. .93
Nonionizing Radiation .......... .97(a) Asbestos .............................. .93a
Protection Guide .................. .97(a)(2) Effective Dates ..................... .98, .149
Warning Symbol .................. .97(a)(3) Labor Camps ....................... .142
Electrostatic Apparatus: (see Marking Physical Hazards ... .144
also Electrostatic Apparatus, Noise Exposure ................... .95
Fixed; Electrostatic Hand Physical Hazards Markings .144
Spraying Equipment) Radiation:
Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(5)–(7) Ionizing ......................... .96
Electrostatic Apparatus, Fixed .... .107(h) Nonionizing ................... .97
Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(5) Safety Color Codes ............. .144
Spraying: Sanitation ............................. .141
Conformance ................ .107(h)(1) Signs and Tags .................... .145
Conveyors ..................... .107(h)(7) Standards Sources .............. .99, .150
Fail-Safe Controls ......... .107(h)(9) Ventilation ............................ .94
Fire Protection .............. .107(h)(12) Emergency Response, Haz- .120
Grounding ..................... .107(h)(5) ardous Waste.
Guarding ....................... .107(h)(10) Equalizers, Crane Hoists ............ .179(h)(3)
Insulators ...................... .107(h)(5) Ethylene Oxide ............................ .1047
511
Ethyleneimine .............................. .1003 Low-Velocity Tools ............... .243(d)(2)(ii)

Area requirements ............... .1003(c) Maintenance ........................ .243(d)(2)
Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2) Explosive character of fur- .37(l)
ation. nishings and decorations; oc-
Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1) cupancy use.
Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5) Explosives and Blasting Agents .109
contamination activi- Blast Holes ........................... .109(e)(3)
ties. Bulk Delivery ........................ .109(h)(4)
Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3) Charge Initiation ................... .109(e)(4)
erations. Warning ........................ .109(e)(5)
Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4) Chemicals, highly haz- .119
operation. ardous, process safety
Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g) management.
Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1) Effective Dates ..................... .114
Records ........................ .1003(g)(2) Hours of Transfer ................. .109(f)(5)
Regulated area require- .1003(d) Loading ................................ .109(e)(3)
ments. Magazines ............................ .109(c)(2)
Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)
Mixing Vehicles .................... .109(h)(4)
Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
Piers ..................................... .109(f)
Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3)
Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(c)(7)
practices.
Railroad Cars and Stations .109(f)
Reports ................................ .1003(f)
Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2) Slurries ................................. .109(h)
Operations .................... .1003(f)(1) Small Arms Ammunition ...... .109(j)
Signs, information, and train- .1003(e) Smoking ............................... .109(e)(1)
ing. Standards Sources .............. .115
Container contents .1003(e)(2) Storage ................................ .109(c), (f)(4)
identification. Transportation ...................... .109(d)
Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3) Use ....................................... .109(e)
Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4) Vessels ................................ .109(f)
Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1) Water Gels ........................... .109(h)
Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5) Exposure:
tion. Air Contaminants ................. .1000
Evacuation, Ionizing Radiation ... .96(f) Airborne Radioactive Mate- .96(c)
Exhaust Air Filters, Spray Booths .107(b)(5) rial.
Exhaust Systems: (see also Ven- .94(a)(4) Asbestos .............................. .1001(b)
tilation) Abrasive Blasting. Asbestos Fibers ................... .1001(b)
Grinding, Polishing, Buffing .94(b)(4) Limits (Tables G–1 to G–3) .1000
Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(20) Mineral Dusts ....................... .1000
Exhausts, Spraying Operations .. .107(d) (3), (7), Minors .................................. .96(b)(3), (c)(2),
(9) (d)(2)(ii)
Exits: (see also Access, Egress) Noise .................................... .95
Access ................................. .37(f) Radiation Exposure ............. .96(b)
Arrangement ........................ .37(e) Extension Ladders, Portable:
Capacity ............................... .37(c), (d) Metal .................................... .26(a)(2)
Components ......................... .37(a) Metal, Trestle ....................... .26(a)(4)
Discharge From ................... .37(h) Wood .................................... .25
Elevation Change ................ .37(j) Wood, Trestle ...................... .25(c)(3)(v)
Headroom ............................ .37(i) Extension Lamps, Cranes ........... .179(g)(7)
Illumination ........................... .37(q) Extractors .................................... .262(y)
Maintenance ........................ .37(k) Eye and Face Protection ............ .133
Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(8) Markings .............................. .133(a)(4)
Markings .............................. .37(q) Optical Corrections .............. .133(a)(3)
Protective Enclosures .......... .37(b) Protectors ............................. .133(a)(2)
Explosive-Actuated Fastening .243(d) Welding ................................ .252(b)(2)
Tools. Face Protection: (see also Eye .133
Definitions ............................ .241(a) and Face Protection; Personal
Fasteners ............................. .243(d)(3) Protective Equipment).
High-Velocity Tools .............. .243(d)(2)(i) Facilities, Labor Camps: (see
Inspection ............................. .243(d)(2) Labor Camps, Temporary)
Loads ................................... .243(d)(3) Fail-Safe Controls, Spraying ....... .107(h)(9)
512
Overhead and Gantry .179(a)(40), Explosives ............................ .109(i)(7)

Cranes. (g)(3)(viii) Flammable Liquids ............... .106(d)(7), (e)(5),
Fan-Rotating Element ................. .107(d)(4) (f)(8), (g)(9),
Farm Vehicles, Anhydrous Am- .111(g), (h) (h)(6), (i)(5)
monia. Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(5)
Fasteners .................................... .243(d)(3) Liquified Petroleum Gases .. .110(d)(14),
Fastening Tools .......................... .243(d) (f)(7), (h)(14)
Fibers, Asbestos ......................... .1001(b) Local Fire Alarms ................. .163
Filling Densities, Liquefied Petro- .110(b)(12) Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(6)
leum Gases. Refineries ............................. .106(i)(5)
Filters, Spraying .......................... .107(b)(5) Service Stations ................... .106(g)(9)
Fire Alarms: (see also Fire Pro- Spray Booths ....................... .107(f)
tection) Cleaning ........................ .107(f)(3)
Egress .................................. .37(n) Conformance ................ .107(f)(1)
Fire Brigades ............................... .156 Extinguishers, Portable .107(f)(4)
Fire Fighting Equipment ...... .156(d) Valve Access ................ .107(f)(2)
Organization ......................... .156(b) Storage Tanks ..................... .106(d)(7)
Protective Clothing ............... .156(e)(1) Trucks .................................. .178
Body protection ............. .156(e)(3) Fire Protection Equipment:
Foot and Leg Protection .156(e)(2) Color Identification ............... .144(a)(1)
Hand Protection ............ .156(e)(4) Fire Brigades ....................... .156(d)
Head, Eye, Face Pro- .156(e)(5) Fire Resistance (Rating):
tection. Inside Storage Rooms ......... .106(d)(4)(ii)
Respiratory Protection ......... .156(f) Storage Cabinets ................. .106(d)(3)(ii)
General Requirements .156(f)(1) Tank Supports ..................... .106(b)(5)(ii)
Positive–Pressure .156(f)(2) Fire Retardant Paints .................. .37(o)
Breathing Apparatus. Fire Watch, Welding ................... .252(a)(2)(iii)
Selection and Distribution .... .157(d) Fireworks: (see Pytrotechnics)
Training and Education ........ .156(c) First Aid ....................................... .262(pp)
Fire Prevention Plan ................... .38(b) Eye Flushing ........................ .151(c)
Fire Detection Systems ............... .164 Labor Camps ....................... .142(k)
Installation and Restoration .164(b) Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(c)(1)(vii)
Maintenance and Testing .... .164(c) Standards Sources .............. .153
Number, Location, Spacing .164(f) Welding ................................ .252(c)(13)
Protection of Detectors ........ .164(d) Fittings: (see Piping, Fittings and
Response Time .................... .164(e) Tubing; Piping, Valves and Fit-
Fire Extinguishers tings)
Cranes ................................. .179(c)(3), (i)(5), Fixed Extinguishing Systems ...... .160, .161, .162,
(o)(3) .163
Derricks ................................ .180(j)(5) Dry Chemical Agent Sys- .161
Dip Tanks ............................. .125(f)(2)(i) tems.
Explosives Transportation ... .109(d)(2)(ii) Gaseous Agent Systems ..... .162
Powered working platforms .66(f)(5)(ii)(I) General Requirements ......... .160(b)
Welding ................................ .252(a)(2)(ii) Total Flooding Systems ....... .160(c)
Fire Extinguishers, Portable ........ .157 Water Spray and Foam Sys- .163
Exemptions .......................... .157(b) tems.
General Requirements ......... .157(c) Fixed Industrial Stairs: (see .24
Hydrostatic Testing .............. .157(f) Stairs, Fixed Industrial).
Inspection, Maintenance .157(e) Fixed Ladders: (see Ladders, .27
Testing. Fixed).
Selection and Distribution .... .157(d) Flammable and Combustible Liq-
Training and Education ........ .157(g) uids:
Fire Prevention Plan ................... .38(b) Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)
Fire Protection: Chemical Plants ................... .106(i)
Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(7) Container Marking, color .144(a)(1)(ii)
Blasting Agents .................... .109(i)(7) codes.
Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(4)(ix), (8) Containers ............................ .106(d)
Chemical Plants ................... .106(i)(5) Dip Tanks ............................. .123–.126
Definitions ............................ .155 Distilleries ............................. .106(i)
Distilleries ............................. .106(i)(5) Effective Dates ..................... .114
Electrostatic Apparatus ........ .107(h)(12) Hazardous communication .. .1200
513
Ignition Sources ................... .106(b)(6), (e)(6), Floors:

(f)(6), (g)(8), Covers, Hinged .................... .23(a)(3)(i)
(h)(7) Open-Sided .......................... .23(c)
Industrial Plants ................... .106(e) Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(3)
Piping, Valves and Fittings .. .106(c) Flow Coatings ............................. .126(b)
Pressure Vessels ................. .106(b)(1)(v) Fluidized Beds ............................ .107(l)(7)
Process safety management .119 Fluorine Compounds, Welding: .252(c)(5)
of highly hazardous (see also Air Contaminants).
chemicals. Foam Extinguishing Systems, .163
Processing Plants ................ .106(h) Fixed.
Refineries ............................. .106(i) Food Handling ............................. .141(h),
Service Stations ................... .106(g) .120(m)(4)
Spray Finishing .................... .107 Foot Pedals, Power Presses ...... .217(b)(4)
Storage and Handling ... .107(e) Foot Protection ............................ .136
Conformance ......... .107(e)(1) Footwalks:
Containers ............. .107(e)(3), (5) Cranes ................................. .179(d)
Hoses .................... .107(e)(6) Forging Hammers ....................... .218(a)(3)
Grounding .............. .107(c)(9), (e)(9) Foot-Operated Devices ........ .218(b)(2)
Gravity .................................. .218(e)
Liquid Heaters ....... .107(e)(7)
Air Lifts .......................... .218(e)(1)
Liquid Transfer ...... .107(e)(4)
Board Drop Hammers .. .218(e)(2)
Pipes ...................... .107(e)(6)
Keys ..................................... .218(b)(1)
Pump Relief ........... .107(e)(8)
Power-Driven ....................... .218(d)
Quantity ................. .107(e)(2)
Cylinder Draining .......... .218(d)(3)
Safety Relief De- .107(e)(8) Pressure Pipes ............. .218(d)(4)
vices. Safety Cylinder Heads .. .218(d)(1)
Spraying Con- .107(e)(5) Shutoff Valves .............. .218(d)(2)
tainers. Forging Machine Area ................ .30(b)
Standards Sources .............. .115 Forging Machines:
Storage Containers .............. .106(d) Billet Shears ......................... .218(j)(1)
Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b), (d) Boltheading .......................... .218(i)(1)
Tanks ................................... .106(b), (d) Conveyors ............................ .218(j)(3)
Flammable Materials, Trucks .178(c)(2) Definitions ............................ .211(e)
Used. Effective Dates ..................... .220
Flanges, Abrasive Wheel Ma- .215(a)(3), (c) Grinding ............................... .218(j)(5)
chinery. Hammers ............................. .218(a)(3), (b),
Balance ................................ .215(c)(3) (d), (e)
Blotters ................................. .215(c)(1)(v), Inspections ........................... .218(a)(2)
(c)(6), (d)(5) Lead Use ............................. .218(a)(1)
Diameter Uniformity ............. .215(c)(4) Maintenance ........................ .218(a)(2)
Dimensions .......................... .215(c)(8) Presses ................................ .218(a)(3), (c),
Driving .................................. .215(c)(7) (f), (g)
Finish ................................... .215(c)(3) Rivet Making ........................ .218(i)(2)
General Requirements ......... .215(c)(1) Saws .................................... .218(j)(2)
Maintenance ........................ .215(c)(9) Shot Blast ............................ .218(j)(4)
Recess ................................. .215(c)(5) Standards Sources .............. .221
Repairs ................................. .215(c)(9) Upsetters .............................. .218(h)
Types ................................... .215(c)(1)(iv) Forging Presses .......................... .218(f)
Undercut .............................. .215(c)(5) Fork Trucks: (see also Powered .178
Flash Welding Equipment ........... .255(d) Industrial Trucks).
Fire Curtains ........................ .255(d)(2) Formaldehyde ............................. .1048
Ventilation ............................ .255(d)(1) Airborne Concentration ........ .1048(c)
Float Scaffolds ............................ .28(u) Compliance .......................... .1048(f)
Flooding, Tank Areas .................. .106(b)(5)(vi) Emergencies ........................ .1048(k)
Floor Loading .............................. .22(d) Exposure, Permissible ......... .1048(c)
Floor Openings (Holes) ............... .23(a) Hazard Communication ....... .1048(m)
Manlifts ................................. .68(b) (5), (7) Housekeeping ...................... .1048(j)
Flooring: (see also Floor Open- Hygiene Protection .............. .1048(i)
ings; Floors) Medical Surveillance ............ .1048(l)
Type F Powered Platforms .. .66(c)(12) Monitoring ............................ .1048(d)
Type T Powered Platforms .. .66 (b)(5)(iii)(d) Personal Protective Clothing .1048(h)
514
Recordkeeping ..................... .1048(o) Flanges ................................ .215(a)(3)

Regulated Areas .................. .1048(e) Surface Grinders .................. .215(b)(5)
Respiratory protection .......... .1048(g) Swing Frame Grinders ......... .215(b)(6)
Training, Employee .............. .1048(n) Top Grinding ........................ .215(b)(8)
Fuel-Gas Systems: (see also Ox- .253 Work Rest ............................ .215(a)(4)
ygen-Fuel Gas Systems). Grinding, Polishing, and Buffing:
Fuels: (see also Refueling) Branch Pipes ....................... .94(b)(3)
Handling and Storage .......... .178(f) Enclosure Design ................. .94(b)(5)
Furnishings: Exhaust Systems ................. .94(b)(4)
Egress .................................. .37(l) Hoods ................................... .94(b)(3), (5)
Fusion Apparatus: (see Drying, Grinding, Top .............................. .215(b)(8)
Curing and Fusion Apparatus) Grounding:
Gantry Cranes: (see also Over- .179 Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(7)(iv)
head and Gantry Cranes). Circuits ................................. .314
Garages, Undercoating Oper- .107(k)
Electrostatic Spraying .......... .107(h)(5), (i)(5)–
ations.
(7)
Garnett Machines ........................ .262(f)
Flammable and Combustible .106(e)(6)(ii),
Gas Cylinder Inspection .............. .101(a)
Liquids. (f)(3)(iv)
Gaging Devices ........................... .110(b)(19)
General ................................ .304(f)
Gas Mask Canisters ................... .134(g)
Hand Spraying ..................... .107(i)(5)–(7)
Color Codes ......................... .134(g)(6)
Labeling ............................... .134(g) Ignition Sources ................... .107(c)(9)
Gaseous agent extinguishing .162 Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(4)(iv)
systems; fixed. Liquid Transfer ..................... .107(e)(9)
Scope and Application ......... .162(a) Methods ............................... .314(e)
Specific Requirements ......... .162(b) Spray Booths ....................... .107(h)(10)
Gaseous Hydrogen Systems: Spraying Operations ............ .107(c)(9), (e)(9),
(see Hydrogen) (i)(5)–(7)
Gasoline Powered Trucks ........... .178(b)(8), (9) Welding ................................ .254(c)(2), (d)(3);
Gears .......................................... .219(f) .255(b)(9),
Gill Boxes .................................... .262(k) (c)(6)
Gin Pole Derricks: (see also Der- .181(a)(6) Woodworking Tools ............. .243(a)(5)
ricks). Guarding: (see also Term To .211–.222
Gloves, Rubber Insulating .......... .137 Which It Applies).
Glue Spreaders ........................... .213(r) Abrasive Wheels, Portable .. .243(c)
Goggles: (see also Eye Protec- .133 Floor Openings (Holes) ....... .23(a)
tion; Eye and Face Protection). Hatchways ........................... .23(a)(3)
Grain Handling ............................ .272 Ladderways .......................... .23(a)(2)
Application ........................... .272(b) Live Parts ............................. .303(g)(2), (h)(2)
Continuous flow bulk raw .272(o) Machinery ............................ .211–.222
grain dryers. Mechanical Power Trans- .219(m)
Contractors .......................... .272(h) mission Apparatus.
Emergency action plan ........ .272(d) Clutches ........................ .219(k)
Emergency escape .............. .272(n) Friction Drives ............... .219(g)
Entry into bins, silos, tanks .. .272(g) Prime Movers ............... .219(b)
Filter collectors ..................... .272(k) Pulleys .......................... .219(d)
Grain stream processing .272(m) Open-Sided Floors ............... .23(c)
equipment. Platforms .............................. .23(c)
Grate openings .................... .272(j) Powered Tools, Portable ..... .243
Hot work permit ................... .272(f) Railings ................................ .23(e)
Housekeeping ...................... .272(i) Runways .............................. .23(c)
Inside bucket elevators ........ .272(p) Skylight ................................ .23(a)(4)
Preventive maintenance ...... .272(l) Spraying Equipment ............ .107(h)(10)
Training ................................ .272(e) Stairways ............................. .23(a)(1), (d)
Gravity Hammers ........................ .218(e) Wall Openings (Holes) ......... .23(b)
Grinders: (see also Abrasive Guardrails:
Wheel) Definitions ............................ .21(f)(10)
Machinery; Cutoff Wheels ... .243(c)(3), (4) Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(8)(i),
Grinding, Forging Equipment ...... .218(j)(5) (10)(iv)
Grinding Machines: Power Transmission Appa- .219(o)(5)
Cylindrical ............................ .215(b)(4) ratus.
515
Powered and Working Plat- .66(e)(3), Hazardous energy; control of

forms. (f)(3)(i)(K), (see Lockout/tagout)
(f)(5)(i)(G), Hazardous Materials:
(f)(5)(ii)(K) Acetylene ............................. .102
Removable ........................... .23(a)(3) Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111
Working Surfaces ................ .22(c) Blasting Agents .................... .109
Guardrails, Scaffolds: (see List- Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104
ing Under Specific Type Scaf- Chemicals (see entries .119
fold) under Chemicals, etc.).
Combustible Liquids ............ .106
Guards: (see also Guardrails)
Compressed Gases ............. .101
Derricks ................................ .181(j)(1) Dip Tanks ............................. .108
Hoisting Ropes .................... .179(e)(5) Effective Dates ..................... .114
Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(7)–(9) Explosives ............................ .109
Moving Parts ........................ .179(e)(6) Flammable Liquids ............... .106
Trucks .................................. .178(e) Hazardous Wastes .............. .120
Guide Posts ................................ .217(d)(4) Hydrogen ............................. .103
Gudgeon Pin ............................... .181(a)(20) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110
Guy Derricks ............................... .181(a)(7) Nitrous Oxide ....................... .105
Hammers, Forging: (see Forging Oxygen ................................. .104
Hammers) Packages, transport vehi- .1201
Hand protection ........................... .138 cles, etc., retention of
Hand Spraying Equipment: (see DOT markings.
Electrostatic Hand Spraying Spray Finishing .................... .107
Equipment) Standards Sources .............. .115
Hand Tools .................................. .242 Storage and Handling:
Anhydrous Ammonia .... .111
Dead-Man Controls .............. .243(a)(2)
DOT markings, reten- .1201
Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(c)(13)
tion.
Handholds, Manlifts .................... .68(c)(4) Liquefied Petroleum .110
Handling: (see also Materials Gases.
Handling and Storage) Trucks Used ......................... .178(c)(2)
Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111 Hazardous Waste Operations:
Compressed Gases ............. .101(b) Contractors and Subcontrac- .120(b)(1)(iv)
Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(2)(iii) tors.
Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110 Decontamination .................. .120(k), (p)(4)
Liquids .................................. .106(h)(4) Drums and Containers ......... .120(j)
Service Stations ................... .106(g)(1) Emergency Response ......... .120(e)(7), (l),
Handrails ..................................... .24(h) (p)(8), (q)
Cranes ................................. .179(d)(3), (4)(ii) Engineering Controls and .120(g)
Mobile Ladder Stands .......... .29(f)(4) Personal Protective Equip-
Hangers ....................................... .219(p)(4) ment.
Hardening Tanks ......................... .126(a)(1)(i),(ii) Illumination ........................... .120(m)
Hatchways Guarding ................... .23(a)(3) Information Program ............ .120(b)(i)
Laboratory Waste Packs ..... .120(j)(6)
Hazard Communication, chem- .1200
Material Handling ................. .120(j)
ical information, transmittal.
Medical Surveillance ............ .120(f), (p)(3),
Hazard Communication Pro- .1200(e)
(q)(9)
gram.
Monitoring ............................ .120(c)(6), (h)
Hazard Determination .......... .1200(d) Post-emergency Response .120(l)(5)
Information and Training ...... .1200(h) Radioactive Wastes ............. .120(j)(4)
Labels and Warnings ........... .1200(f) Recordkeeping ..................... .120(f)(7)
Material Safety Data Sheets .1200(g) RCRA Facilities .................... .120(p)
Trade Secrets ...................... .1200(i) Safety and Health Program .120(b)
Hazardous chemicals, occupa- .1450 Sanitation ............................. .120(n)
tional exposure to in labora- Site Characterization and .120(c)
tories (see Chemicals, haz- Analysis.
ardous). Site Control .......................... .120(d)
Hazardous chemicals, highly, .119 Training ................................ .120(e), (p)(8)(iii),
process safety management (q)(6)
(see Chemicals, etc.). Shock-sensitive Wastes ....... .120(j)(5)
516
Site Safety and Health Plan .120(b)(4) Containers .................... .103(b)(1)(i)

Tank and Vault Procedures .120(j)(9) Design ........................... .103(b)(1)
Totally-encapsulating Chem- .120(g)(4) Equipment Assembly .... .103(b)(1)(iv)
ical Protective Suits. Fittings .......................... .103(b)(1)(iii)
Uncontrolled sites, emer- .120(l) Inspection ..................... .103(b)(5)
gency responses. Location ........................ .103(b)(2)
Head Protection .......................... .135 Outdoor .................. .103(b)(3)(i)
Headroom, Egress ...................... .37(i) Separate Buildings .103(b)(3)(ii)
Healthcare professions and re- .1030 Operating Instructions .. .103(b)(4)
lated industries, exposures to Piping ............................ .103(b)(1)(iii)
bloodborne pathogens.
Safety Relief Devices ... .103(b)(1)(ii)
Hearing Conservation Program .. .95(c)
Testing .......................... .103(b)(1)(vi)
Heating:
Dip Tanks ............................. .125(g) Tubing ........................... .103(b)(1)(iii)
Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(2)(ii) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(a)(2)(ii),
Service Stations ................... .106(g)(6) .103(c)
Helicopters .................................. .183 Clear Zone .................... .103(c)(5)(ii)
Helmets ....................................... .135, .252(e)(2), Containers .................... .103(c)(1)(i)
.266(c)(iii) Design ........................... .103(c)(1)
Hepatitis B (see also Bloodborne .1030 Electrical Systems ........ .103(c)(1)(ix)
pathogens). Equipment Assembly .... .103(c)(1)(vi)
Hinged Floor Covers ................... .23(a)(3)(i) Fittings .......................... .103(c)(1)(v)
Hoist Limit Switches .................... .179(n)(4) Grounding ..................... .103(c)(4)(iv)
Hoisting Equipment: Inspection ..................... .103(c)(5)(i)
Cranes ................................. .179(e)(5), (h) Location ........................ .103(c)(2)
Powered Platforms .............. .66(f)(4), (g)(6) Outdoor .................. .103(c)(3)(i)
Rope Guards ....................... .179(e)(5) Separate Buildings .103(c)(3)(ii)
Holding Brakes ............................ .179(f)(2) Special Rooms ...... .103(c)(3)(iii)
Holes: (see also Floor Openings .23 Maintenance ................. .103(c)(5)
(Holes); Wall Openings Markings ....................... .103(c)(1)(iii)
(Holes)). Operating Instructions .. .103(c)(4)
Hooks: Attendants ............. .103(c)(4)(ii)
Cranes ................................. .179(h)(4) Security .................. .103(c)(4)(iii)
Derricks ................................ .181(j)(2) Piping ............................ .103(c)(1)(v)
Horse Scaffolds ........................... .28(m) Safety Relief Devices ... .103(c)(1)(iv)
Hoses. Supports ....................... .103(c)(1)(ii)
Flammable Liquids ............... .107(e)(6) Testing .......................... .103(c)(1)(vii)
Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(9) Tubing ........................... .103(c)(1)(v)
Semiconductors ................... .109(a)(12)
Vaporizers ..................... .103(c)(1)(viii)
Sprinkler Systems ................ .159(c)(5)
Standards Sources .............. .115
Standpipe and hose sys- .158(c)(3)
Hydrostatic Tests: (see also
tems.
Testing)
Welding and Cutting ............ .253(e)
Hot Sources ................................ .107(c)(3) Fire Extinguishers ................ .157(f)
Hot-work permits, process safety .119(k) Piping ................................... .106(c)(7)
management of highly haz- Ignition Sources:
ardous chemicals. Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(6)
Hours of Transfer, Explosives .... .109(f)(5) Dip Tanks ............................. .125(e)
Household Stepladders, Type III .25(c)(2)(iv) Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(6)
Housekeeping ............................. .141(a)(3) Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(1)
Asbestos .............................. .1001(d) Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(7)
Flammable Liquids ............... .106(e)(9) Service Stations ................... .106(g)(8)
Walking-Working Surfaces .. .22(a) Spraying Operations ............ .107(c)
Hydraulic Barkers ........................ .261(e)(14) Combustible Residues .. .107(c)(5)
Hydraulic Equipment ................... .217(b)(11) Conformance ................ .107(c)(1)
Hydraulically designed sprinkler .159(c)(11) Electrical Wiring ............ .107(c)(4), (6)
systems. Grounding ..................... .107(c)(9)
Hydrogen ..................................... .103 Hot Sources .................. .107(c)(3)
Effective Dates ..................... .114 Lamps ........................... .107(c)(7), (8)
Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(a)(2)(i), (b) Separation Minimum ..... .107(c)(2)
Clear Zone .................... .103(b)(5)(ii) Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b)(6)
517
Illumination: (see Lighting) Employees:

Indoor Storage: Disclosure ..................... .1096(o)
Effective Dates ..................... .182 Exposure Records ........ .1096(m), (n)
Flammable and Combustible .106(b)(4), (d)(4), Incident Reporting ........ .1096(l)
Liquids. (d)(5), (e)(5), Instruction Posting ........ .1096(i)
(g)(1)(iii), Evacuation ........................... .1096(f)
(h)(4)(i) Exemptions .......................... .1096(g), (h)
Rooms .................................. .106(d)(4) Exposure .............................. .1096(b)
Standards Sources .............. .183 Airborne Radioactive .1096(c)
Industrial Plants: Materials.
Flammable and Combustible .106(e) Minors ........................... .1096(b)(3),
Liquids. (c)(2), (d)(2)(ii)
Electrical Systems ........ .106(e)(7) Exposure Records ............... .1096(m)–(o)
Fire Protection .............. .106(e)(5) Incident Reporting ................ .1096(l)
Housekeeping ............... .106(e)(9) Monitoring ............................ .1096(d)
Incidental Storage ......... .106(e)(2) Overexposure Reports ......... .1096(m)
Ignition Sources ............ .106(e)(6) Personnel Instructions, Post- .1096(i)
Maintenance ................. .106(e)(9) ing.
Repairs, Equipment ...... .106(e)(8) Radioactive Materials:.
Packaged ...................... .1096(h)
Tank Loading ................ .106(e)(4)
Storage ......................... .1096(j)
Unit Physical Oper- .106(e)(3)
Warning Signals ................... .1096(f)
ations.
Waste Disposal .................... .1096(k)
Liquefied Petroleum ............. .110(d)(12), (f)(4)
Jacks:
Industrial Stepladders, Type I ..... .25(c)(2)(ii)
Definitions ............................ .241(d)
Insect Control .............................. .141(a)(5) Fixed Truck .......................... .178(k)(3)
Labor Camps ....................... .142(j) Loading ................................ .244(a)(1)
Inspection: (see also Term To Marking ................................ .244(a)(1)
Which It Applies) Maintenance ........................ .244(a)(2)
Compressed Gas Cylinders .101(a), .166 Truck .................................... .178(k)(3)
Cranes ................................. .179(j), .180(d) Jointers ........................................ .213(j)
Crawler ......................... .180(d) Blades .................................. .213(s)(12)
Gantry ........................... .179(j) Keys, Projecting .......................... .219(h)
Ropes .................... .179(m) Kiers ............................................ .262(q)
Locomotive ................... .180(d) Kilns ............................................ .265(f)
Overhead ...................... .179(j) Kitchens, Labor Camps .............. .142(i)
Ropes .................... .179(m) Labeling, Hazardous Chemicals .1200
Truck ............................. .180(d) Labor Camps, Temporary ........... .142
Cylinders .............................. .101(a) Bathing Facilities .................. .142(f)
Derricks ................................ .181(d) Bedding ................................ .142(b)(3)
Fire Extinguishers ................ .157(e) Communicable Diseases .142(i)
Flooding, Tank Areas .......... .106(b)(5)(vi), (v) Reportings.
Gas Cylinders ...................... .101(a) Dining Facilities .................... .142(j)
Gaseous Hydrogen .............. .103(b)(5) Effective Dates ..................... .149
Liquefied Hydrogen .............. .103(c)(5)(i) Facilities ............................... .142(b)
Liquid Oxygen ...................... .104(b)(10)(i) First Aid ................................ .142(k)
Manlifts ................................. .68(e) Furnishings .......................... .142(b)
Open Surface Tanks ............ .94(d)(11) Floors ................................... .142(b)(4), (5)
Power Presses ..................... .217(e) Grounds ............................... .142(a)(3)
Powered Platforms .............. .66(g) Heating Equipment .............. .142(b)(11)
Respirators ........................... .134(f) Insect Control ....................... .142(j)
Ropes, Cranes ..................... .179(m) Kitchens ............................... .142(i)
Woodworking Machines ....... .213(s) Laundry Facilities ................. .142(f)
Instruction Signs, Manlifts ........... .68(c)(7) Lighting ................................ .142(g)
Insulators ..................................... .107(h)(5) Refuse Disposal ................... .142(h)
Interior Hung Scaffolds ............... .28(p) Rodent Control ..................... .142(j)
Ionizing Radiation ....................... .1096 Screening ............................. .142(b)(8)
AEC Licensees .................... .1096(p) Sewage Disposal ................. .142(e)
Airborne Radioactive Mate- .1096(c) Shelters ................................ .142(b)
rials. Site ....................................... .142(a)
Caution Signs and Labels ... .1096(e) Size ...................................... .142(a)(2)
518
Sleeping ............................... .142(b)(2), (3) Single ..................... .25(c)(3)(ii)

Space ................................... .142(b)(2), (9) Trestle .................... .25(c)(3)(v)
Standards Sources .............. .150 Two-Section ........... .25(c)(3)(iii)
Stoves .................................. .142(b)(10) Side-Rolling Ladders .... .25(c)(5)
Toilet Facilities ..................... .142(d) Special Purpose Lad- .25(c)(4)
Washing ............................... .142(f) ders.
Waste Disposal .................... .142(h) Masons’ ................. .25(c)(4)(iii)
Water Supply ....................... .142(c) Painters’ ................. .25(c)(4)(ii)
Windows .............................. .142(b)(7), (8) Standards Sources ....... .31
Laboratories, occuptional expo- .1450 Stepladders ................... .25(c)(2)
sures to hazardous chemicals Trolley Ladders ............. .25(c)(5)
in (see Chemicals, hazardous). Materials .............................. .25(b)
Laboratories and production fa- .1030(e) Use ....................................... .25(d)(2)
cilities, HIV and HBVresearch. Ladderway Guarding ................... .23(a)(2)
Ladder-Jack Scaffolds ................ .28(q) Lamps: (see also Lighting) ......... .107(c)(7)(8);
Ladder Stands, Manual Mobile; .29(f) .305(j)(1)
(see Work Platforms, Mobile). Landings, Manlifts ....................... .68(b) (6), (10)
Ladders: Lathers’ Scaffolds: (see also .28(o)
Cranes ................................. .179(d)(4), (o)(1) Plasterers’ Scaffolds).
Fixed .................................... .27 Lathes ......................................... .213(o)
Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(12) Laundry Facilities, Labor Camps .142(f)
Portable Metal ...................... .26 Laundry Operations .................... .264
Portable Wood ..................... .25 Miscellaneous Equipment .... .264(c)(4)
Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(10) Operating Rules ................... .264(d)
Ladders, Fixed ............................ .27 Markers ......................... .264(d)(1)(iii)
Cages ................................... .27(c)(3), (d)(1) Mechanical Safeguards .264(d)(2)
Clearances ........................... .27(c) Point-of-Operation Guards ... .264(c)
Cleats ................................... .27(b)(1) Washroom Machines ........... .264(c)(1)
Design .................................. .27(a) Lavatories .................................... .141(d)(2)
Stresses ........................ .27(a)(2) Lawn Mowers, Power ................. .243(e)
Deterioration ........................ .27(b)(7) Definitions ............................ .241(c)
Electrolytic Action ................ .27(b)(5) Forging Machines ................ .218(a)(1)
Extensions ........................... .27(d)(3) General Requirements ......... .243(e)(1)
Fastenings ........................... .27(b)(3) Riding Rotary ....................... .243(e)(2), (4)
Grab Bars ............................ .27(c)(5), (d)(4) Walk-Behind ......................... .243(e)(2), (3)
Ladder Extensions ............... .27(d)(3) Lead ............................................ .1025, .252(f)(7)
Landing Platforms ................ .27(d)(2) Compliance .......................... .1025(e)
Maintenance ........................ .27(f) Confined Spaces ................. .252(f)(7)(i), (iii)
Pitch ..................................... .27(e) Housekeeping ...................... .1025(h)
Rungs ................................... .27(b)(1) Hygiene Facilities and Prac- .1025(i)
Safety Devices ..................... .27(d)(5) tices.
Side Rails ............................. .27(b)(2) Indoors ................................. .252(c)(7)(ii), (iii)
Splices ................................. .27(b)(4) Medical Removal ................. .1025(k)
Standards Sources .............. .31 Medical Surveillance ............ .1025(j)
Welding ................................ .27(b)(6) Monitoring ............................ .1025(d)
Wells .................................... .27(d)(1) Monitoring, Observation of .. .1025(o)
Ladders, Portable Metal .............. .26 Protective Equipment and ... .1025(g)
Care ..................................... .26(c)(2) Clothing ................. .1025(g)
Electrical safety-related work .333(c)(7) Recordkeeping ..................... .1025(n)
practices. Respiratory Protection ......... .1025(f)
Extension Ladders ............... .26(a)(2), (4) Signs .................................... .1025(m)
General Requirements ......... .26(a)(1) Training, Employee .............. .1025(l)
Platform Ladders ................. .26(a)(5) Ventilation ............................ .252(c)(7)(iii)
Standards Sources .............. .31 Leakage, Bulk Oxygen Systems .104(b)(2)(iii)
Stepladders .......................... .26(a)(3) Levers, Hand-Operated .............. .217(b)(5)
Straight Ladders .................. .26(a)(2), (4) Lifelines: (see also Safety Belts)
Use ....................................... .26(c)(3) Confined Spaces ................. .252(b)(4)(iv)
Ladders, Portable Wood ............. .25 Crawling Boards .................. .28(t)(2)
Care ..................................... .25(d)(1) Powered Platforms .............. .66(d)(9), App. C
Rung Ladders ............... .25(c)(3) Welding ................................ .252(b)(4)(iv)
Sectional ................ .25(c)(3)(iv) Chicken Ladders .................. .28(t)(2)
519
Lighting: (see also Lamps) Service Stations ................... .110(h)

Container Areas ................... .110(d)(16) Standards Sources .............. .115
Cranes ................................. .179(c)(4), (g)(7) Storage ................................ .110
Electric Equipment, Work- .303(g)(1)(v), Tank Car Loading ................ .110(b)(15)
space About. (h)(3)(ii) Transport Trucks .................. .110(b)(15)
Electrical safety-related work .333(c)(4) Trucks .................................. .178(b)(10), (11)
practices. Trucks Conversion ............... .178(d), (q)(12)
Exits and Exit Signs ............. .37(q) Liquid Fuels:
Hazardous Waste Oper- .120(m) Handling and Storage .......... .178(f)
ations. Service Stations ................... .106(g)
Labor Camps ....................... .142(g) Liquid Heaters, Spray ................. .107(e)(7)
Machinery, Basement Areas .219(c)(5) Liquid Transfer:
Manlifts ................................. .68(b)(6)(iii), (14) Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111(b)(12), (f)(6)
Operating Areas, Industrial .178(h) Flammable Liquids ............... .106(e)(2)(iv),
Trucks. (e)(3)(vi),
Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(b)(2), (f)(3)(vi), (g),
(c)(10), (k)(21) (h)(4),
Pulpwood Harvesting ........... .266(e)(15) .107(e)(4), (9)
Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(5)(iii), (9), Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(14)
(23)(iii) Load Handling:
Spray Booths ....................... .107(b)(10) Crawler, Locomotive and .180(h)
Storage Areas ...................... .177(f)(1), .178(h) Truck Cranes.
Lighting Receptacles: Attaching ....................... .180(h)(2)
Cranes ................................. .179(g)(7) Holding .......................... .180(h)(4)
Liquefied Hydrogen Systems: Moving .......................... .180(h)(3)
(see Hydrogen) Size ............................... .180(h)(1)
Liquefied, Petroleum Gases: .110, Derricks ................................ .181
(see also Containers, Liquefied .168(b)(3)(x) Attaching ....................... .181(i)(2)
Petroleum Gases). Boom Securing ............. .181(i)(6)
Appliances ........................... .110(b)(20) Holding .......................... .181(i)(4)
Attendant .............................. .110(b)(14) Moving .......................... .181(i)(3)
Buildings: Size ............................... .181(i)(1)
Engines Use ................. .110(e)(11), (12) Winch Heads ................ .181(i)(5)
Industrial Trucks ........... .110(e)(13) Overhead and Gantry .179(n)
Inside Storage .............. .110(f) Cranes.
Piping Into ..................... .110(b)(13) Attaching ....................... .179(n)(2)
Condensed Gas Drips ......... .110(d)(9) Hoist Limit Switches ..... .179(n)(4)
Definitions ............................ .110(a) Moving .......................... .179(n)(3)
Effective Dates ..................... .110(b)(19)(i), Size ............................... .179(n)(1)
.114 Load Ratings:
Electrical Equipment ............ .110(b)(17), (18); Cranes ................................. .180(c)
(h)(13) Derricks ................................ .181(c)
Engines in Buildings ............ .110(e)(11), (12) Overhead and Gantry .179(b)(5)
Equipment Approval ............ .110(b)(2) Cranes.
Fire Protection ..................... .110(d)(14), Powered Platforms .............. .66(c)(7)
(f)(7), (h)(14) Loading:
Fuel Handling and Storage .. .178(f) Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(3)
Gaging Devices ................... .110(b)(19) Explosives ............................ .109(e)(3)
Garaging Vehicles ............... .110(e)(14) Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(4)
Handling ............................... .110 Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(15)
Liquid Level Gaging Device .110(b)(19) Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(5)
Liquid Transfer ..................... .110(b)(14) Scaffolds .............................. .29(a)(2)
Loading ................................ .110(b)(15) Lockout/tagout of hazardous en- .147
Motor Fuel ............................ .110(e) ergy.
Odorizing Gases .................. .110(b)(1) Control sequence ................. .147(d)
Pits and Drains .................... .110(d)(11) Electrical safety-related work .333(b)
Regulating Equipment ......... .110(b)(6); (c)(5); practices.
(d)(9); (e)(9) Inspection ............................. .147(c)(6)
Indoor ............................ .110(c)(5) Powered platforms ............... .66(f)(3)()i)(J)
Location ........................ .110(b)(6) Release procedures ............. .147(e)
Outdoor ......................... .110(c)(4) Testing ................................. .147(f)(1)
520
Training ................................ .147(c)(7) Industrial Plants ................... .106(e)(9)

Locomotive Cranes: (see also .180 Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(5)
Crawler, Locomotive and Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(4)
TruckCranes). Powered Industrial Trucks ... .178(q)
Log Handling: (see also Saw- .265(d) Powered Platforms .............. .66(e)(6)
mills). Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(8)
Longshoring ................................ .16(a) Respirators ........................... .134(f)
Looms ......................................... .262(n) Standpipe and Hose System .158(e)
Low Pressure Tanks ................... .106(b)(1)(iv) Sprinkler Systems ................ .159(c)(2)
LP-Gases: (see Liquefied Petro- Type F Powered Platforms .. .66(c)(5)
leum Gases) Manifolding Gas Cylinders .......... .253(c)
Lumber Handling ......................... .265(c)(27), (28) Fuel-Gas .............................. .253(c)(1)
Lunchrooms ................................ .141(g) Operating Procedures .......... .253(c)(5)
Location ............................... .141(g)(1), (2) Oxygen ................................. .253(c)(2), (3)
Waste Disposal Containers .141(g)(3) Portable Outlet Headers ...... .253(c)(4)
Machine Guarding: (see Ma- Manholes ..................................... .23(a)(6), .268(o)
chine(ry) Guarding) Manlifts ........................................ .68
Machine(ry) Guarding ................. .211–.222 Belts ..................................... .68(c)(1)(ii)
Abrasive Wheel Machinery .. .215 Brakes .................................. .68(c)(1)(i)
Anchoring Fixed Machinery .212(a), (b) Clearances ........................... .68(b)(11)
Bakeries ............................... .263(c) Design .................................. .68(b)(3)
Barrels .................................. .212(a)(4) Exit Protection ...................... .68(b)(8)
Blades Exposure .................. .212(a)(5) Floor Openings .................... .68(b)(5), (7)
Calendars ............................. .216 Guardrails ............................ .68(b)(8)(i),
Containers ............................ .212(a)(4) (10)(iv)
Definitions ............................ .211 Guards ................................. .68(b)(7), (9)
Drums .................................. .212(a)(4) Handholds ............................ .68(c)(4)
Effective Dates ..................... .220 Inspections ........................... .68(e)
Forging Machines ................ .218 Instruction Signs .................. .68(c)(7)
Mills ...................................... .216 Ladders ................................ .68(b)(12)
Point of Operation ................ .212(a)(3) Landings .............................. .68(b)(6)
Power Presses ..................... .217 Lighting ................................ .68(b)(6)(iii), (14)
Power Transmission Equip- .219 Machinery ............................ .68(c)
ment. Mechanical Requirements ... .68(c)
Standards Sources .............. .221 Operating Rules ................... .68(d)
Types ................................... .212(a)(1) Platforms .............................. .68(c)(3)
Woodworking Machinery ..... .213 Speed ................................... .68(c)(2)
Machines: Standards Sources .............. .68(b)(4), .69
Abrasive Wheels .................. .215 Steps .................................... .68(c)(3)
Definitions ............................ .211 Stops .................................... .68(c)(5), (6)
Forging ................................. .218 Warning Signs ..................... .68(c)(7)
Laundry ................................ .264 Weather Protection .............. .68(b)(15)
Mills and Calenders ............. .216 Marine Service Stations .............. .106(g)(4)
Power Transmission, Me- .219 Marine Terminals ........................ .16(b)
chanical. Marking Physical Hazards .......... .144
Presses, Mechanical ............ .217 Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(11)
Textiles ................................. .262 Markings: (see also Signs and
Woodworking ....................... .213 Tags)
Magazines, Explosives ............... .109(c)(2) Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(8)(viii)
Class I .................................. .109(c)(3) Compressed Gas Cylinders .253(b)(1)
Class II ................................. .109(c)(4) Electric equipment:
Class III ................................ .109(c)(5) General ......................... .303(e)
Maintenance: (see also Term To Hazardous locations ..... .307(b)(2)(ii)
Which It Applies) Explosive Actuated Tools .... .243(d)(3)
Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(10) Explosives ............................ .109(d)(2)(ii)
Cranes ................................. .179(l), .180(f) Eye and Face Protection ..... .133(a)(4)
Derricks ................................ .181(f) Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(v)
Egress .................................. .36(d), .37(k) Hazardous materials, reten- .1201
Fire Alarm Systems ............. .163(c) tion of DOT markings.
Fire Extinguishers: .157(e) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(iii)
Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(5) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(5), (c)
521
Load Ratings: Hazards:

Cranes .......................... .180(c)(2) Guide Posts .................. .217(d)(4)
Derricks ......................... .181(c) Personnel ...................... .217(b)(1)
Powered Industrial .178(a)(3) Hydraulic Equipment ............ .217(b)(11)
Trucks. Inspection, Records ............. .217(e)(1)
Powered Platforms ....... .66(f)(7) Instructions ........................... .217(f)(2)
Physical Hazards ................. .144 Lever, Hand–Operated ........ .217(b)(5)
Respirators ........................... .134(g) Maintenance:
Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(11) Records ........................ .217(e)(1)
Mason’s Adjustable Multiple .28(f) Training Personnel ....... .217(e)(3)
Point Suspension Scaffolds. Modifications ........................ .217(a)(4), (e)(2)
Masons’ Ladders ......................... .25(c)(4)(iii) Operating Instructions .......... .217(f)(2)
Matching Machines ..................... .213(n) Overloading .................. .217(f)(4)
Material Safety Data Sheets, .1200 Point of Operation ........ .217(c)
chemical hazards information. Pressure Vessels ................. .217(b)(12)
Materials Handling and Storage: Slide Counterbalances ......... .217(b)(9)
Aisles and Passageways ..... .176(a) Air ................................. .217(b)(9)(iii)–(v)
Clearance Signs .................. .176(e) Spring ........................... .217(b)(9)(i), (ii)
Cranes—Crawler, Loco- .180 Standards Sources .............. .221
motive and Truck. Training Maintenance Per- .217(e)(3)
Cranes, Overhead and Gan- .179 sonnel.
try. Treadles ............................... .217(b)(4)
Derricks ................................ .181 Trips, Two-Hand .................. .217(b)(6)
Effective Dates ..................... .182 Unitized Tooling ................... .217(d)(5)
Guarding Openings .............. .176(g) Mechanical Power Transmission .219
Hazardous materials, reten- .1201 Apparatus.
tion of DOT markings. Bearings ............................... .219(j), (p)(3)
Hazardous Waste Oper- .120(j), (p)(6) Belts:
ations. Care .............................. .219(p)(6)
Housekeeping ...................... .176(c) Fasteners ...................... .219(l)(4)
Mechanical Equipment ........ .176(a) Perches ......................... .219(l)(3)
Powered Industrial Trucks ... .178 Shifters .......................... .219(l)(1)
Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(c), (d), (m) Shippers ........................ .219(l)(2)
Railroad Car Blocks ............. .176(f) Chains .................................. .219(f)
Securing ............................... .176(b) Clutches ............................... .219(k), (l)
Standards Sources .............. .183 Collars .................................. .219(i)
Maximum Allowable Concentra- Couplings ............................. .219(i), (k)(1)
tion: Cutoff Couplings .................. .219(k)(1)
Fluorine ................................ .252(c)(5)(ii) Definitions ............................ .211(f)
Welding Contamination ........ .252(c)(1)(iii) Drives:
Means of Egress: (see Egress Belt, Rope, and Chain .. .219(e)
Means) Friction .......................... .219(g)
Mechanical Handling Equipment: Effective Dates ..................... .220
Clearances ........................... .176(a) Engine Rooms ..................... .219(k)(2)
Powered Industrial Trucks ... .177(e), .178 Equipment Care ................... .219(p)
Mechanical Power Presses: Excluded Apparatus ............. .219(a)(1)
Air Controlling Equipment .... .217(b)(10) Gears ................................... .219(f)
Brakes, Friction .................... .217(b)(2) Guarding .............................. .219
Clearances, Work Area ....... .217(f)(3) Guards:
Clutches: Disks ............................. .219(m)(1)
Full Revolution .............. .217(b)(3) Horizontal Overhead:
Part Revolution ............. .217(b)(7) Belts ....................... .219(o)(3)
Definitions ............................ .211(d) Rope and Chain .219(o)(4)
Dies ...................................... .217(d) Drives.
Effective Dates ..................... .220 Materials ....................... .219(m)(1), (o)
Electrical Controls ................ .217(b)(8) Prime Mover ................. .219(b)
Excluded Machines .............. .217(a)(5) Shields .......................... .219(m)(2)
Foot Pedals .......................... .217(b)(4) Standard ....................... .219(m)
Guarding .............................. .217(b) Manufacturing .219(m)(2)
Guide Posts ......................... .217(d)(4) Methods.
Hand Feeding Tools ............ .217(c)(4) Materials ............ .219(m)(1)
522
Toeboards ..................... .219(o)(5) Regulated area require- .1003(d)

U-Guards ...................... .219(m)(3) ments.
Wooden ........................ .219(o)(2) Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)
Hangers ............................... .219(p)(4) Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
Keys ..................................... .219(h) Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3)
Located in Basements, Tow- .219(c)(5) practices.
ers, and Rooms. Reports ................................ .1003(f)
Personnel Protection ........... .219(p)(7) Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)
Prime Mover Guards: Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)
Connecting Rods .......... .219(b)(2) Signs, information, and train- .1003(e)
Cranks .......................... .219(b)(2) ing.
Extension Piston Rods .219(b)(3) Container contents .1003(e)(2)
Flywheels ...................... .219(b)(1) identification.
Tail Rods ...................... .219(b)(3) Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)
Projections ........................... .219(h) Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)
Pulleys ................................. .219(d), (k), Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)
(p)(5) Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5)
Setscrews ............................ .219(h) tion.
Shafting ................................ .219(c) Methylene Chloride:.
Care .............................. .219(p)(2) Permissible Exposure Limits .1052(c)
Guarding ....................... .219(c)(2), (3) Exposure Monitoring ............ .1052(d)
Installation ..................... .219(c)(1) Regulated Areas .................. .1052(e)
Projecting Shafts .......... .219(c)(4) Methods of Compliance ....... .1052(f)
Sprockets ............................. .219(f) Respiratory Protection ......... .1052(g)
Standards Sources .............. .221 Protective Work Clothing .1052(h)
Textile Industry .................... .219(a)(3) and Equipment.
Medical Services: (see also First .151 Hygiene Facilities ................. .1052(i)
Aid Personnel Protective Medical Surveillance ............ .1052(j)
Equipment). Hazard Communications ..... .1052(k)
Asbestos .............................. .1001(j) Employee Information and .1052(l)
First Aid ................................ .151 Training.
Labor Camps ................ .142(k) Recordkeeping ..................... .1052(m)
Pulpwood Logging ........ .266(c)(1) 4,4-Methylenedianiline:
Textiles ......................... .262(pp) Airborne Concentration ........ .1050(c)
Welding ......................... .252(c)(13) Compliance .......................... .1050(g)
Labor Camps ....................... .142(k) Emergency Situations .......... .1050(d)
Radiation Exposure Records .96(n) Hazard Communication ....... .1050(k)
Standards Sources .............. .153 Exposure, Permissible ......... .1050(c)
Medical Surveillance ................... .120(b)(5), (f) Housekeeping ...................... .1050(l)
Mercantile Occupancies .............. .106(d)(5)(iv) Hygiene Facilities and Prac- .1050(j)
Mercury ....................................... .252(f)(10) tices.
Exposure Limit ..................... .95(b) Medical Surveillance ............ .1050(m)
Metal Cutting: (see Cutting and Monitoring ............................ .1050(e)
Welding) Personal Protective Equip- .1050(i)
Metal Ladders, Portable: (see .26 ment.
also Ladders, Portable Metal). Clothing ................. .1050(i)
Methyl chloromethyl ether ........... .1003 Recordkeeping ..................... .1050(n)
Area requirements ............... .1003(c) Regulated Areas .................. .1050(f)
Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2) Respiratory protection .......... .1050(h)
ation. Mill Roll Heights .......................... .216(a)(4)
Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1) Mills, Pulp, Paper and Paper- .261
Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5) board (see also Pulp, Paper
contamination activi- and Paperboard Mills).
ties. Mills, Rubber and Plastics Indus-
Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3) try:
erations. Definitions ............................ .211(c)
Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4) Location Protection .............. .216(d)(1)
operation. Roll Heights ......................... .216(a)(4)
Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g) Safety Controls .................... .216(b)
Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1) Auxiliary Equipment ...... .216(b)(3)
Records ........................ .1003(g)(2) Safety Trip Control ....... .216(b)(1)
523
Stopping Limits .................... .216(f)(1), (2) Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5)

Switches, Trip and Emer- .216(e) tion.
gency. beta-Napthylamine ...................... .1003
Minors: Area requirements ............... .1003(c)
Ionizing Radiation Exposure .96(b)(3), (c)(2), Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)
(d)(2)(ii) Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2)
Minors Employment .................... .217(f)(4) ation.
Mixing: Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
Blasting Agents .................... .109(g)(2), (3); General regulated area .1003(d)
(h)(3), (4) requirements.
Explosives ............................ .109(h)(3), (4) Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3)
Molding Machines ....................... .213(n) practices.
Monitoring: Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)
Asbestos .............................. .1001(f) Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5)
Ionizing Radiation ................ .96(d) contamination activi-
Mortising Machines ..................... .213(e) ties.
Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3)
Motor Fuels ................................. .110(e)
erations.
Motor Vehicles:
Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4)
Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111(f)
operation.
Motorized Hand Trucks: (see .178
Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)
also Powered Industrial Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)
Trucks). Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)
Multi–piece Rim Wheels ............. .177 Regulated area require- .1003(d)
alpha-Napthylamine .................... .1003 ments.
Area requirements ............... .1003(c) Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)
Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2) Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
ation. Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3)
Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4) practices.
Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2) Reports ................................ .1003(f)
General regulated area .1003(d) Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)
requirements. Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)
Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3) Signs, information, and train- .1003(e)
practices. ing.
Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1) Container contents .1003(e)(2)
Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5) identification.
contamination activi- Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)
ties. Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)
Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3) Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)
erations. Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5)
Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4) tion.
operation. Needle Beam Scaffolds .............. .28(n)
Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g) 4-Nitrobiphenyl ............................ .1003
Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1) Area requirements ............... .1003(c)
Records ........................ .1003(g)(2) Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2)
Regulated area require- .1003(d) ation.
ments. Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1)
Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4) Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5)
Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2) contamination activi-
Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3) ties.
practices. Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3)
Reports ................................ .1003(f) erations.
Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2) Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4)
Operations .................... .1003(f)(1) operation.
Signs, information, and train- .1003(e) Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g)
ing. Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)
Container contents .1003(e)(2) Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)
identification. Regulated area require- .1003(d)
Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3) ments.
Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4) Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)
Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1) Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
524
Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3) Standards Sources .............. .99

practices. Nonpotable Water ....................... .120(n)(2)
Reports ................................ .1003(f) Noxious Gases, Storage Areas .. .178(i)
Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2) Nozzles:
Operations .................... .1003(f)(1) Abrasive Blasting ................. .94(a)(2)(iii),
Signs, information, and train- .1003(e) .244(b)
ing. Gasoline ............................... .106(g)(3)(vi)
Container contents .1003(e)(2) Standpipe ............................. .158(c)(4)
identification. Occupant Load ............................ .37(d)
Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3) Occupational Noise Exposure:
Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4) (see Noise Exposure)
Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1) Odorizing Gases ......................... .110(b)(1)
Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5) Open-Sided Floors ...................... .23(c)
tion. Open Surface Tanks: (see
N-Nitrosodimethylamine .............. .1003 Tanks: Open Surface)
Area requirements ............... .1003(c) Openings: (see also Floor Open- .23
Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2) ings (Holes), Wall Openings
ation. (Holes)).
Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1) Tanks:
Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5) Inside ............................ .106(b)(4)(iv)
contamination activi- Organic Peroxide Coatings: (see .107(m)
ties. also Dual Component Coat-
Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3) ings).
erations. Outdoor Storage:
Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4) Flammable Liquids ............... .106(d)(6)
operation. Outlet Headers, welding ............. .253(c)(4)
Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g) Protective Equipment ........... .253(e)(4)
Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1) Outrigger Scaffolds ..................... .28(e)
Records ........................ .1003(g)(2) Outside Storage Trucks .............. .178(c)(2)(ix), (xi)
Regulated area require- .1003(d) Ovens .......................................... .263(l)
ments. Direct-Fire ............................ .263(l)(10)
Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4) Direct Recirculating .............. .263(l)(11)
Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2) Electrical Heating Equipment .263(l)(8)
Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3) General Requirements ......... .263(l)(9)
practices. Indirect Recirculating ........... .263(l)(15)
Reports ................................ .1003(f) Location ............................... .263(l)(1)
Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2) Mechanical Parts ................. .263(l)(3)
Operations .................... .1003(f)(1) Overflow Pipes, Dip Tanks ......... .125(b)
Signs, information, and train- .1003(e) Overhead Cranes: (see also .179
ing. Overhead and Gantry Cranes).
Container contents .1003(e)(2) Overhead and Gantry Cranes:
identification. Access ................................. .179(c)(2)
Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3) Adjustments ......................... .179(l)(3)
Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4) Brakes .................................. .179(f)
Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1) Bridge Bumpers ................... .179(e)(2)
Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5) Cabs ..................................... .179(c)
tion. Clearances ........................... .179(b)(6)
Nitrous Oxide .............................. .105 Effective Dates ..................... .179(b)(2), .182
Administrative Controls ........ .95(b)(1) Electric Equipment ............... .179(g)
Effective Dates ..................... .114 Fire Extinguishers ................ .179(c)(3), (o)(3)
Engineering Controls ........... .95(b)(1) Footwalks ............................. .179(d)
Standards Sources .............. .115 Guards ................................. .179(e)(5), (6)
Noise Exposure ........................... .95 Handrails .............................. .179(d)(3), (4)(ii)
Effective Dates ..................... .98 Hoisting Equipment .............. .179(h)
Personal Protective Equip- .95(b)(1), (c), (i), Hoisting Rope Guards ......... .179(e)(5)
ment. (j) Inspections ........................... .179(j), (m)
Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(c)(1)(vi) Ladders ................................ .179(d)(4)
Standards Sources .............. .99 Lighting ................................ .179(c)(4)
Nonionizing Radiation ................. .97 Load Handling ...................... .179(n)
Effective Dates ..................... .98 Maintenance ........................ .179(l)
Electromagnetic Radiation ... .97(a) Modifications ........................ .179(b)(3)
525
Moving Part Guards ............. .179(e)(6) Face Protection .................... .133

Rail Clamps ......................... .179(b)(4) Fire Brigades ....................... .156
Rail Sweeps ......................... .179(e)(4) Foot Protection .................... .136
Rated Load: General Requirements ......... .132
Markings ....................... .179(b)(5) Hand protection ................... .138
Tests ............................. .179(k)(2) Hazardous Waste Oper- .120(g)
Repairs ................................. .179(l)(3) ations.
Rope inspection ................... .179(m) Head Protection ................... .135
Stairways ............................. .179(d)(4) Noise Exposure ................... .95(b)(1)
Standards Sources .............. .183 Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(g)(2), (i)(4),
Testing ................................. .179(k) (k)(3)
Toeboards ............................ .179(d)(3) Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(c)(1)(i)–(v)
Trolley Bumpers ................... .179(e)(3) Respiratory Protection ......... .134
Trolley Stops ........................ .179(e)(1) Textiles ................................. .262(qq)
Warning Devices .................. .179(i) Welding ................................ .252–.257
Wind Indicators .................... .179(b)(4) Booths ........................... .252(b)(2)(iii)
Overhead Wires: Cable ............................ .252(b)(1)(ii)
Cranes ................................. .180(j)(4) Clothing ......................... .252(b)(3)
Derricks ................................ .181(j)(5)(iv) Eye Protection .............. .252(b)(2)
Overspray Collectors .................. .107(b)(6) Helmets ......................... .252(b)(2)
Oxygen: (see also Bulk Oxygen .104 Railing ........................... .252(b)(1)(i)
Systems). Shade Numbers, .252(b)(2)(ii)(H),
Effective Dates ..................... .114 Lenses. (b)
Standards Sources .............. .115 Physical Hazards Markings: (see .144
Storage ................................ .252(a)(2)(iv) also Color Codes, Physical
Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems ......... .253 Hazards: Markings).
Outlet Headers ..................... .253(c)(4) Effective Dates ..................... .149
Piping Systems .................... .253(d) Standards Sources .............. .150
Protective Equipment ........... .253(e) Piers and Wharves: (see also
Oxygen Manifolds: Wharves)
High Pressure ...................... .253(c)(2) Trucks Used ......................... .178(c)(2)(x)
Low Pressure ....................... .253(c)(3) Pipes:
Painters’ Stepladders .................. .25(c)(4)(ii) Dip Tanks ............................. .125(b)
Paints: Flammable Liquids ............... .107(e)(6)
Color Code ........................... .144 Overflow ............................... .125(b)
Fire Retardant ...................... .37(o) Piping: (see Piping, Fittings and
Paper and Paperboard Mills: .261 Tubing; Piping, Valves and
(see also Pulp, Paper and Pa- Tubing)
perboard Mills). Piping, Fittings and Tubing:
Passageways, Working Surfaces .22(b) Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111(b)(7)
Permissible Exposure Limits ....... .1000 Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(5)
Personal Protection: (see also .219(p)(7) Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(ii), (iii)
Personal Protective Equip- Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(iv), (v)
ment). Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(8)
Personal Protective Equipment: Safety Relief Devices .......... .103(b)(1)(ii),
(see also Lifelines, and Other (c)(1)(iv)
Terms Listed Below) Piping Systems, Oxygen-Fuel .... .253(d)
Abrasive Blasting ................. .94(a)(5) Fittings ................................. .253(d)(1)
Asbestos Exposure .............. .1001(d) Installation ............................ .253(d)(3)
Clothing ......................... .1001(d)(3) Painting ................................ .253(d)(4)
Bloodborne pathogens, ex- .1030(c)(2)(ii), Piping ................................... .253(d)(1)
posure to, use of ppe. (d)(2)(i) and (3) Piping Joints ........................ .253(d)(2)
Electrical Protective Equip- .137, .268(f) Pressure Relief Devices ...... .253(e)(2)
ment. Protective Equipment ........... .253(e)(3), (4)
Electrical safety-related work .333(c)(2), Signs .................................... .253(d)(4)
practices, use of ppe. .335(a) Station Outlets ..................... .253(e)(4)
Emergency Showers and Testing ................................. .253(d)(5)
Fountains: X-ray Inspections ................. .252(d)(1)(vii)
Pulp, Paper and Paper- .261(g)(5), (18) Piping, Valves, and Fittings:
board Mills. Flammable and Combustible .106(c)
Eye Protection ..................... .133 Liquids.
526
Corrosion Protection ..... .106(c)(5) Batteries ............................... .178(g)

Design ........................... .106(c)(1) Combustible Dusts ............... .178(c)(2)(vi)
Joints ............................ .106(c)(3) Conversion ........................... .178(d), (q)(12)
Materials ....................... .106(c)(2) Design and Construction ..... .178(a)(2)
Supports ....................... .106(c)(4) Designated Locations .......... .178(c)(1)
Testing .......................... .106(c)(7) Designations, Trucks:
Valves ........................... .106(c)(6) D ................................... .178(b)(1)
Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(h)(7) DS ................................. .178(b)(2)
Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(4)(ii) DY ................................. .178(b)(3)
Pits .............................................. .23(a)(5) E ................................... .178(b)(4)
Drains ................................... .110(d)(11) ES ................................. .178(b)(5)
Planing Machines ........................ .213(n) EE ................................. .178(b)(6)
Plasterers’ Scaffolds ................... .28(o) EX ................................. .178(b)(7)
Plastics Industry: (see also Mills, G ................................... .178(b)(8)
Rubber and Plastics Industry) GS ................................. .178(b)(9)
Auxiliary Equipment ............. .216(a)(3) LP ................................. .178(b)(10)
Effective Dates ..................... .216(a)(1), (2), LPS ............................... .178(b)(11)
.220 Effective Dates ..................... .182
Installations: Fire Protection ..................... .178(a)(1)
Existing ......................... .216(a)(2) Front End Attachments ........ .178(a)(5)
New ............................... .216(a)(1) Fuel Handling ....................... .178(f)
Mills and Calenders ............. .216 Gases and Fumes ............... .178(i)
Standards Sources .............. .221 Grain Handling ..................... .178(c)(2)(vi), (b)
Platform Lift Trucks: (see also .178 Hazardous Materials ............ .178(c)(2)
Powered Industrial Trucks). Lighting ................................ .178(h)
Platforms, Scaffolds: (see also Loading ................................ .178(o)
Listings Under Specific Type Maintenance ........................ .178(q)
Scaffold) Markings .............................. .178(a)(6)
Guarding .............................. .23(c) Modifications ........................ .178(a)(4)
Manlifts ................................. .68(c)(3) Operations ........................... .178(p)
Pneumatic Powered Tools .......... .243(b) Repairs ................................. .178(q)
Airhoses ............................... .243(b)(2) Safety Guards ...................... .178(e)
Portable ................................ .243(b)(1) Standards Sources .............. .183
Point of Operation Guarding ....... .212(a)(3), Training Operators ............... .178(l)
.217(c) Traveling .............................. .178(n)
Polishing: (see Grinding, Truck Operations ................. .178(m)
Polishing and Buffing) Powered Platforms ...................... .66–.70
Portable Fire Extinguishers: (see .157 Access ................................. .66(f)(3) (i)(K),
also Fire Extinguishers, Port- (ii)(D),
able). (iii)(C)(2),
Portable Metal Ladders: (see .26 (f)(5)(ii)(J)
also Ladders, Portable Metal). Application ........................... .66(b)
Portable Stepladders: (see Step- Buildings, affected parts ...... .66(e)
ladders, Portable) Definitions ............................ .66(d)
Portable Tank Storage: (see Electrical .............................. .66(e)(11), (f)(8)
Tank Storage, Portable) Equipment ............................ .66(f)
Portable Tanks: (see Tanks, Fall Arrest systems .............. 66(f)(5)(ii)(L),
Portable) (M), (iii)(B), (j),
Portable Tools: (see also Pow- .244 App. C
ered Tools, Hand and Port- Hoisting Equipment .............. .66(f)(4), (g)(6)
able). Inspections ........................... .66(g)
Portable Welding Machines: (see Lockout ................................ .66(f)(3)(i)(J)
Welding Machines, Portable) Maintenance ........................ .66(e)(5), (10),
Portable Wood Ladders: (see .25 (g), (h)
also Ladders, Portable Wood). Manlifts ................................. .68
Powder Coatings ......................... .107(l) Reshackling Hoists .............. .66(h)(4)
Power Presses, Mechanical: Ropes ................................... .66(f)(7), (g)(5),
(see Mechanical Power Press- (h)(3), (4)
es) Standards Sources .............. .69
Powered Industrial Trucks: Tests .................................... .66(g)
Approval Labels ................... .178(a)(3), (7) Vehicle-Mounted .................. .67
527
Powered Tools, Hand and Port- Examinations ................ .1003(g)(1)

able: Records ........................ .1003(g)(2)
Abrasive Wheels .................. .243(c) Regulated area require- .1003(d)
Compressed Air Cleaning .... .242(b) ments.
Definitions ............................ .241 Contamination control ... .1003(d)(4)
Effective Dates ..................... .245 Emergencies ................. .1003(d)(2)
Employees ........................... .242(a) Hygiene facilities and .1003(d)(3)
Explosive Actuated Fas- .243(d) practices.
tening. Reports ................................ .1003(f)
Guarding .............................. .243 Incidents ....................... .1003(f)(2)
Lawn Mowers, Power .......... .243(e) Operations .................... .1003(f)(1)
Pneumatic Powered ............. .243(b) Signs, information, and train- .1003(e)
Standards Sources .............. .246 ing.
Woodworking ....................... .243(a) Container contents .1003(e)(2)
Presses: (see also Mechanical identification.
Power Presses) Lettering ........................ .1003(e)(3)
Cold Trimming ..................... .218(g)(2) Prohibited statements ... .1003(e)(4)
Forging ................................. .218(f) Signs ............................. .1003(e)(1)
Hot Trimming ....................... .218(g)(2) Training and indoctrina- .1003(e)(5)
Hydraulic Forging ................. .218(f)(2) tion.
Trimming .............................. .218(g) Protective Clothing: (see Cloth-
Pressure Gages, Air Receivers .. .169(b)(3) ing, Protective and Personal
Pressure Vessels ........................ .106(b)(1)(v), Protective Equipment)
.217(b)(12) Protective Equipment, Piping: .253(e)
Chemical Plants ................... .106(i)(3) (see also Personal Protective
Distilleries ............................. .106(i)(3) Equipment).
Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .216(g)(16), (17) Hoses and Connections ...... .253(5)
Refineries ............................. .106(i)(3) Pressure-Reducing Regula- .253(6)
Pressures: (see Safety Relief tions.
Devices) Stations Outlet ..................... .253(4)
Prime Mover Guards ................... .219(b) Pulleys ......................................... .219(d), (k),
Primers, Ammunition ................... .109(j)(4) (p)(5)
Process safety management of .119 Pulp, Paper and Paperboard
highly hazardous chemicals Mills:
(see Chemicals, etc.). Barking Devices ................... .261(c)(12)
Processing Plants, Flammable .106(h) Belt Conveyors .................... .261(c)(15)
and Combustible Liquids. Bleaching ............................. .261(h)
Application ........................... .106(h)(1) Bridge or Dock Plates .......... .261(c)(11)
Buildings .............................. .106(h)(3) Chemical Processes ............ .261(g)
Fire Protection ..................... .106(h)(6) Cranes ................................. .261(c)(8)
Housekeeping ...................... .106(h)(8) Finishing Rooms .................. .261(1)
Ignition Sources ................... .106(h)(7) Hand Tools .......................... .261(c)(13)
Liquid Handling .................... .106(h)(4) Handling ............................... .261(c), (d)
Loading ................................ .106(h)(5) Lighting ................................ .261(b)(2),
Location ............................... .106(h)(2) (c)(10), (k)(21)
Maintenance ........................ .106(h)(8) Lockouts ............................... .261(b)(1)
Profile Lathes .............................. .213(o) Machine Rooms ................... .261(k)
Projections .................................. .219(h) Materials Handling ............... .261(m)
beta-Propiolactone ...................... .1003 Mechanical Pulp Processes .261(i)
Area requirements ............... .1003(c) Personal Protective Equip- .261(d)(1)
Closed system oper- .1003(c)(2) ment.
ation. Pulpwood:
Isolated systems ........... .1003(c)(1) Preparation ................... .261(e)
Maintenance and de- .1003(c)(5) Removal ........................ .261(c)(14)
contamination activi- Rags and Old Paper ............ .261(f)
ties. Safe Practices ...................... .261(b)
Open-vessel system op- .1003(c)(3) Signs:
erations. Conveyors ..................... .261(c)(16)
Transfer from a closed .1003(c)(4) Traffic ............................ .261(c)(9)
operation. Standards Sources .............. .261(a)(3), (4);
Medical surveillance ............ .1003(g) .268
528
Stock Preparation ................ .261(j) Ramps:

Storage ................................ .261(c), (d) Egress .................................. .37(j)
Chocking Rolls .............. .261(d)(4) Rated Load Markings:
Clearances .................... .261(d)(2) Cranes ................................. .179(b)(5)
Piling ............................. .261(d)(3) Derricks ................................ .181(c)(2)
Traffic Warning Signs .......... .261(c)(9) Rated Load Test:
Pulpwood Logging ...................... .266 Crawler, Locomotive, and .180(e)(2)
Chain Saw Operations ......... .266(e)(2) Truck Cranes.
Chipping ............................... .266(h)(4) Overhead and Gantry .179(k)(2)
Environmental Conditions .... .266(d)(5) Cranes.
Explosives ............................ .266(d)(10) Recordkeeping:
First Aid ................................ .266(d)(2), (i)(7), Asbestos .............................. .1001(i), (j)(6)
App. A, App. B Bloodborne pathogens, ex- .1030(f)(6), (h)
Hand and Portable Powered .266(e) posure to.
Tools. Building Inspection, assur- .66(c)
Harvesting ............................ .266(h) ance for powered platform
Bucking ......................... .266(h)(3) use.
Felling ........................... .266(h)(2) Communicable Diseases ..... .142(l)(1) and (2)
Limbing ......................... .266(h)(3) Cranes:
Loading .266(h)(6) Crawler, Locomotive .180(d)(2) and
Machines for Moving Mate- .266(f) and Truck. (6), (e)(2),
rials. (g)(i) and (2)
designated operator ...... .266(f)(2) Overhead and Gantry ... .179(k)(2), (m)(1)
FOPS/ROPS ................. .266(f)(3) and (2)
overhead guard ............ .266(f)(4) Derricks ................................ .181(g)(1) and
machine access ............ .266(f)(5) (3)
exhaust system ............. .266(f)(6) Forging Equipment Inspec- .218(a)(2)
brakes ........................... .266(f)(7) tion.
guarding ........................ .266(f)(8) Hazardous Waste Oper- .120(f)(7)
Personal Protective Equip- .266(d)(1) ations.
ment. Injury Reporting, Welding .... .252(c)(13)
Seat Belts ............................ .266(d)(3) Ionizing Radiation Exposure .96(m), (o)
Storage ................................ .266(h)(8) Labor Camps ....................... .142(l)(1) and (2)
Training ................................ .266((i) Liquid Storage Tanks, Class .106(g)(1)
frequency ...................... .266(i)(2) I.
content .......................... .266(i)(3) Manlifts ................................. .68(e)(3)
first-aid .......................... .266(i)(7) Mechanical Power Presses .217(e)(1)
designated trainer ......... .266(i)(8) Personal Monitoring:
certification .................... .266(i)(10) Asbestos ....................... .1001(i)(1)
meetings ....................... .266(i)(11) Ionizing Radiation ......... .96(n)
Vehicles ............................... .266(g) Power Presses Inspection ... .217(e)(1)
maintenance ................. .266(g)(1) Powered Platforms Inspec- .66(g)
inspection ...................... .266(g)(2) tion.
instructions .................... .266(g)(3) Radiation Exposure ............. .96(b)(2)(iii),
Work Areas .......................... .266(d)(6) (m)(1), (n),
Pumps, Gasoline: (see also .106(g)(3), (4) (o)(1)
Service Stations). Records, Disclosure, Ion- .96(o)(1)
Pyrotechnics ................................ .109(k), .119 izing Radiation.
Radial Saws ................................ .213(h) Respirators ........................... .134(e)(2),
Radiation: (f)(2)(iv)
Ionizing ................................. .96 Welding Operations ............. .252(c)(13),
Nonionizing .......................... .97 .255(e)
Radioactive Materials: Records:
Packaged ............................. .96(h) Asbestos .............................. .93a(i), (j)(6)
Storage ................................ .96(j) Ionizing Radiation ................ .96(m), (n)
Rail Clamps ................................. .179(b)(4), Mechanical Power Presses .217(e)(1)
.180(i)(1) Refineries, Chemical Plants and .106(i)
Rail Sweeps ................................ .179(e)(4) Distilleries.
Railroad Cars .............................. .176, .178(k)(2)– Application ........................... .106(j)
(4) Fire Protection ..................... .106(i)(5)
Explosives ............................ .109(f) Pressure Vessels ................. .106(i)(3)
529
Process Unit Location .......... .106(i)(4) Respiratory Protection: (see also .134
Storage Tanks ..................... .106(i)(1) Respirators).
Wharves ............................... .106(i)(2) Air Quality ............................ .94(a)(6), .134(d)
Refrigerated Containers: Air Supply ............................ .94(a)(6), .134(d)
Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111(d) Fire brigades ........................ .156(f)
Refueling: Fit testing ............................. .1001(g)(4), App.
Cranes ................................. .180(i)(4) C, .1025(f)(3),
Derricks ................................ .181(j)(4) App. D,
Trucks .................................. .178(p)(2) .1028(g)(5),
Refuse: App. E,
Disposal ............................... .142(h) .1048(g)(3)(ii),
Receptacles ......................... .141(a)(4) App. E
Relief Devices: (see Safety Re- Gas Mask Canister Identi- .134(g)
lief Devices) fication.
Remote Gas Pumping Systems .106(g)(3)(v) Minimum Acceptable Pro- .134(b)
Residue Disposal: (see Waste gram.
Disposal) Permissible Practices .......... .134(a)(1)
Resistance Welding Equipment .. .255(c) Respirators ........................... .134(a)(2), (b),
Capacitor Discharge Weld- .255(b)(2) (c), (e)
Use ....................................... .134(e)(5)
ing.
Right to know .............................. .1200
Disconnecting Means .......... .306(d)(2)
Rim wheels, multi–piece ............. .177
Foot Switches ...................... .255(b)(6)
Ring Test ..................................... .215(d)(1)
Grounding ............................ .255(b)(9) Ripsaws ....................................... .213(c), .214(d)
Guarding .............................. .255(a)(4), (b)(4) Risers, Open ............................... .24(j)
Installation ............................ .255(a)(1) Rodent Control ............................ .141(a)(5)
Interlocks .............................. .255(b)(3) Labor Camps ....................... .142(j)
Safety Pins ........................... .255(b)(8) Rolling Scaffolds: (see Work
Shields ................................. .255(b)(5) Platforms, Mobile).
Spot and Seam Welding ...... .255(b) Roofing Brackets ......................... .28(s)
Stop Buttons ........................ .255(b)(7) Catch Platforms ................... .28(s)(3)
Thermal Protection .............. .255(a)(2) Construction ......................... .28(s)(1)
Resistors: Supports ............................... .28(s)(2)
Cranes ................................. .179(g)(4) Rope Inspections:
Respirators: (see also Gas Mask .134 Cranes ................................. .179(m), .180(g)
Canisters). Derricks ................................ .181(g)
Abrasive Blasting ................. .94 (a)(1)(ii), Ropes:
(a)(5) Cranes ................................. .179(m), .180(g)
Air Supply ............................ .94(a)(6), .134(d) Hoists ............................ .179(h)(2)
Asbestos .............................. .1001(d)(1), (2) Inspections .................... .179(m), .180(g)
Cleaning ............................... .134(b)(5), (f)(3) Running ........................ .179(m)(1)
Color Codes ......................... .134(g)(6) Derricks ................................ .181(g)
Employer Provided .............. .134(a)(2) Idle Ropes .................... .181(g)(3)
Fire brigades ........................ .156(f) Limited Travel ............... .181(g)(2)
Identification ......................... .134(g) Nonrotating Ropes ........ .181(g)(4)
Inspection ............................. .134(b)(7), (f) Running ........................ .181(g)(1)
Labeling ............................... .134(g) Powered Platforms .............. .66(f)(7), (g)(5),
Maintenance ........................ .134(f) (h)(3), (4)
Minimum Acceptable Pro- .134(b) Rotary Lawn Mowers .................. .243(e)(1), (4)
gram. Rotating Work Platforms: (see .67
Positive–pressure ................ .156(f)(2) also Vehicle-Mounted
Pulp, and Paper Mills .......... .261(g)(2), (6), WorkPlatforms).
(10), (15)(ii) Rubber Industry: (see also Mills,
Repairs ................................. .134(f)(4) Rubber and Plastics Industry)
Selection .............................. .134(c) Auxiliary Equipment ............. .216(a)(3), (b)(3)
Storage ................................ .134(b)(6), (f)(5) Effective Dates ..................... .216(a)(1), (2);
Training ................................ .134(b)(3) .220
Use ....................................... .134(e) Installations:
Welding ................................ .252(c)(4)(ii), (iii); Existing ......................... .216(a)(2)
(5)(ii); (7)(ii); New ............................... .216(a)(1)
(8); (9); (10) Mills and Calenders ............. .216
530
Standards Sources .............. .221 Sawmills:

Rubber Protective Equipment ..... .221 Bins, Bunkers, Hoppers, and .265(c)(23)
Rung Ladders, Portable .............. .25(c)(3) Fuel Houses.
Running Ropes: Lighting ......................... .265(c)(23)(iii)
Cranes ................................. .179(m)(1), Loading Bins ................. .265(c)(23)(ii)
.180(g)(1) Blower Systems ................... .265(c)(20)
Derricks ................................ .181(g)(1) Building Facilities ................. .265(c)
Runway Conductors: Docks ............................ .265(c)(4)
Cranes ................................. .179(g)(6) Emergency Exits ........... .265(c)(6)
Runway Protection ...................... .23(c) Fire Escapes ................. .265(c)(6)
Safety Belts: (see also Lifelines) Floors ............................ .265(c)(3)
Powered Platforms .............. .66(f)(5(ii), (L), Lighting ......................... .265(c)(9)
(M), (iii)(B), (j), Platforms ....................... .265(c)(4)
App. C Stairways ...................... .265(c)(5)
Pulp, Paper, and Paper- .261(g)(4), (15) Handrails ............... .265(c)(5)(ii)
board Mills. Lighting .................. .265(c)(5)(iii)
Scaffolding ........................... .28(j)(4), (n)(8), Tanks ............................ .265(c)(8)
(s)(3), Vats ............................... .265(c)(8)
(t)(2),(u)(6) Walkways ...................... .265(c)(4)
Welding ................................ .252(b)(4)(iv) Work Areas ................... .265(c)(2)
Safety Color Codes: Burners ................................ .265(c)(29)
Effective Dates ..................... .149 Chippers ............................... .265(c)(21)
Standards Sources .............. .147 Conveyors ............................ .265(c)(18)
Safety Devices: Definitions ............................ .265(b)
Ladders ................................ .27(d)(5) Effective Dates ..................... .265(j)
Safety Guard Design, Abrasive .215(a)(2), Exhaust Systems ................. .265(c)(20)
Wheel Machinery. (b)(10)–(12) Gas Piping and Appliances .265(c)(15)
Safety Instruction Signs .............. .145(c)(3), (d)(6) General Requirements ......... .265(a)
Safety Relief Devices: Hydraulic Systems ............... .265(c)(13)
Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(6), (7)(ii) Kilns, Dry ............................. .265(f)
Flammable Liquids ............... .107(e)(8) Log Breakdown .................... .265(e)
Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(ii) Log Handling, Sorting, and .265(d)
Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(iv) Storage.
Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(10), Barking Devices ............ .265(d)(4)
(c)(7), (d)(4), Log Decks ..................... .265(d)(3)
(e)(7), (g)(7), Storage Areas ............... .265(d)(2)
(h)(4) Unloading ...................... .265(d)(1)
Non-DOT Containers ........... .110(d)(4) Unloading Areas ........... .265(d)(2)
Spraying ............................... .107(e)(8) Lumber:
Safety-Toe Footwear: (see Foot Loading ......................... .265(c)(28)
Protection) Piling ............................. .265(c)(27)
Sanding Machines ...................... .213(p), Storage ......................... .265(c)(27)
.243(a)(3) Marking Physical Hazards ... .265(c)(11)
Sanitation .................................... .141 Refuse Removal .................. .265(c)(20)(vi)
Application ........................... .141(a)(1) Ropes, Cables, Slings, and .265(c)(24)
Change Rooms .................... .141(e) Chains.
Effective Dates ..................... .149 Stackers and Unstackers ..... .265(c)(26)
Food Handling ..................... .141(h) Standards Sources .............. .265(a)(2), (j);
Hazardous Waste Oper- .120(b)(13), (n) .268
ations. Traffic Control ...................... .265(c)(31)
Housekeeping ...................... .141(a)(3) Tramways ............................ .265(c)(19)
Insect Control ....................... .141(a)(5) Trestles ................................ .265(c)(19)
Lunchrooms ......................... .141(g) Vehicles ............................... .265(c)(30)
Rodent Control ..................... .141(a)(5) Saws:
Sawmills ............................... .265(h) Band ..................................... .213(i)
Standards Sources .............. .150 Band Resaws ....................... .213(i)
Toilet Facilities ..................... .141(c) Circular ................................. .213(f); .243(a)(1)
Vermin Control ..................... .141(a)(5) Circular Resaws ................... .213(e)
Washing Facilities ................ .141(d) Cracked ................................ .243(a)(4)
Waste Disposal .................... .141(a)(4) Cylindrical Saws .................. .214(c)
Water Supply ....................... .141(b) Drag ..................................... .213(r)
531
Forging Machines ................ .218(j)(2) Fire Protection ..................... .106(g)(9)

Heading Bolt ........................ .214(a), (c) Handling ............................... .106(g)(1)
Inspection ............................. .213(s) Heating Equipment .............. .106(g)(6)
Radial ................................... .213(h) Ignition Sources ................... .106(g)(8)
Ripsaws ............................... .213(c) Marine Stations .................... .106(g)(4)
Swing Cutoff ........................ .213(g) Multi–piece rim wheels, .177
Table .................................... .213(d) servicing.
Scaffolding: (see also Scaffolds) Private Stations .................... .106(g)(2)
Safety Requirements ........... .28 Storage ................................ .106(g)(1)
Scaffolds: (see also Ladder Waste Disposal .................... .106(g)(7)
Stands Listings by Names of Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(h)
Scaffolds) Containers .................... .110(h)(2)
Boatswain’s Chair ................ .28(j) Accessories ........... .110(h)(3)
Bricklayers’ Square .............. .28(l) Capacity ................. .110(h)(5)
Carpenters’ Bracket ............. .28(k) Installation ............. .110(h)(6)
Chicken Ladders .................. .28(t) Protecting Fittings .. .110(h)(7), (9)
Coupler, Mobile .................... .29(d) Valves .................... .110(h)(3)
Crawling Boards .................. .28(t) Dispensing Devices ...... .110(h)(11)
Decorators’ ........................... .28(o) Electrical Systems ........ .110(h)(13)
Float ..................................... .28(u) Fire Protection .............. .110(h)(14)
Horse ................................... .28(m) Fittings .......................... .110(h)(7)
Interior Hung ........................ .28(p) Piping ............................ .110(h)(7)
Ladder-Jack ......................... .28(q) Pumps ........................... .110(h)(10)
Masons’ Adjustable Multiple- .28(f) Safety Relief Valves ..... .110(h)(4)
Point Suspension. Truck Unloading ........... .110(h)(8)
Needle Beam ....................... .28(n) Valves ........................... .110(h)(7)
Outrigger .............................. .28(e) Setscrews .................................... .219(h)
Plasterers’ ............................ .28(o) Sewage Disposal ........................ .142(e)
Powered platforms ............... .66 Shafting Guarding:
Roofing Brackets ................. .28(s) Horizontal ............................. .219(c)(2)
Ship ...................................... .28(u) Inclined ................................. .219(c)(3)
Single-Point Adjustable Sus- .28(i) Vertical ................................. .219(c)(3)
pension. Sheaves:
Stone Setters’ Adjustable .28(h) Crane Hoists ........................ .179(h)(1)
Multiple Point Suspension. Shelters, Labor Camps: (see .142(b)
Suspension .......................... .28(f), (g), (h), (i) also Facilities, Labor Camps).
Swinging .............................. .28(g) Ship Scaffolds: (see also Float .28(u)
Tube and Coupler ................ .28(c) Scaffolds).
Tube and Coupler, Mobile ... .29(d) Side-Rolling Ladders ................... .25(c)(5)
Tubular Welded Frame ........ .28(d), .29(b) Signs and Tags: (see also Mark-
Tubular Welded Sectional .29(c) ings)
Folding. Accident Prevention ............. .145
Two-Point Suspension ......... .28(g) Classification ................. .145(c)
Window-Jack ........................ .28(r) Definitions ..................... .145(b)
Wood Pole ........................... .28(b) Use Classification ......... .145(c)
Scaffolds, Manual Mobile: (see .29 Biological Hazards ............... .145(e)(4), (f)(8)
also Work Platforms, Mobile Caution ................................. .1001(g),
Scaffolds). .145(c)(2),
Scientific Diving (see Diving, Sci- (d)(4), (f)(6)
entific Colors ................................... .145(d)
Semigantry Cranes: (see Gantry Danger ................................. .145(c)(1), (d)(2),
Cranes) (e)(3), (f)(5)
Separation Walls: (see also Dis- Design .................................. .145(d), (f)(4)
tances From Hazards) Effective Dates ..................... .149
Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(5) Egress Means ...................... .37(q)
Service Stations: Exits ..................................... .37(q)
Flammable and Combustible .106(g) Gas Mask Canisters ............ .134(g)
Liquids. Hazardous materials, reten- .1201
Dispensing Systems ............ .106(g)(3) tion of DOT markings.
Drainage .............................. .106(g)(7) Powered Platforms .............. .66(f)(7)(vi)
Electrical Equipment ............ .106(g)(5) Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(c)(9), (16)
532
Radiation Warning ............... .97(a)(3) Electrostatic Apparatus ........ .107(h), (1)

Respirators ........................... .134(g) Fire Protection ..................... .107(f)
Safety Instruction ................. .145(c)(3), (d)(6) Flammable Liquids Storage .107(e)
Slow-Moving Vehicles .......... .145(d)(10) Fusion Apparatus ................. .107(j)
Specifications ....................... .93a(g)(ii), .145 Ignition Sources ................... .107(c)
Standards Sources .............. .150 Location ............................... .94(c)(2)
Wordings .............................. .145(e) Maintenance ........................ .106(g)
Single-Point Adjustable Suspen- .28(i) Make-Up Air ......................... .94(c)(7)
sion Scaffolds. Organic Peroxide Coatings .. .107(m)
Single-Rung Ladders .................. .25(c)(3)(ii) Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)
Mason’s ................................ .25(c)(4)(iii) Spray Booths ....................... .94(c)(3), .107(b)
Skylight Floor Openings .............. .23(a)(4) Spray Rooms ....................... .94(c)(4)
Sleeping Facilities, temporary ..... .120(n)(5) Undercoatings ...................... .107(k)
Sleeves, Rubber Insulating ......... .137 Velocity ................................ .94(c)(6)
Slings .......................................... .184 Ventilation ............................ .94(c)(5), .107(d)
Slurries ........................................ .109(h) Spray Liquid Heaters .................. .107(e)(7)
Small Arms Ammunition ............. .109(j) Spraying Operations ................... .107(g)
Primers ................................. .109(j)(4) Sprinkler Systems:
Smokeless Propellants ........ .109(j)(3) Egress .................................. .37(m)
Storage ................................ .109(j) Sprinkler Systems, Automatic ..... .159
Smokeless Propellants ............... .109(j)(3) Acceptance tests ................. .159(c)(3)
Smoking: Design .................................. .159(c)(1)
Dual Component Coatings .. .107(m)(2) Drainage .............................. .159(c)(7)
Explosives ............................ .109(e)(1) Exemptions .......................... .159(a)
Flammable Liquids ............... .106(d)(7)(iii) Hose Connections ............... .159(c)(5)
Powder Coatings ................. .107(l)(4)(iii) Hydraulically Designed ........ .159(c)(11)
Spraying ............................... .107(g)(7), Maintenance ........................ .159(c)(2)
(l)(4)(iii), (m)(2) Protection of Piping ............. .159(c)(6)
Snagging Machines .................... .215(b)(7) Sprinkler Alarms .................. .159(c)(9)
Sources of Standards: (see Sprinkler Spacing ................. .159(c)(10)
Standards Sources) Water supply ........................ .159(c)(4)
Special Industries: Sprinklers
Bakeries ............................... .263 Dip Tanks ............................. .125(f)
Cooperage ........................... .214 Egress Means ...................... .37(m)
Forging ................................. .218 Sprockets .................................... .219(f)
Hazardous Waste Oper- .120 Stability Margin:
ations. Crane Loads ........................ .180(c)(1)(i)–(iv)
Laundries ............................. .264 Stainless Steel Cutting ................ .252(c)(12)
Paper and Paperboard Mills .261 Stairs, Fixed Industrial ................ .24
Plastics Industry ................... .216 Handrails .............................. .24(h)
Pulp Mills ............................. .261 Length of Stairways ............. .24(g)
Pulpwood Logging ............... .266 Railings ................................ .24(h)
Rubber Industry ................... .216 Rise Angle ........................... .24(e)
Sawmills ............................... .265 Strength ............................... .24(c)
Standards Sources .............. .268 Treads .................................. .24(f)
Textiles ................................. .219(a)(3), .262 Vertical Clearance ............... .24(i)
Woodworking ....................... .213 Width .................................... .24(d)
Spill Containment ........................ .106(d)(6)(iii) Standards Sources:
Spot and Seam Welding Ma- .255(b) Accident Prevention Signs .150
chines. and Tags.
Spray Booths .............................. .107(b) Acetylene ............................. .115
Spray Finishing ........................... .107 Air Contaminants ................. .99
Air Flow ................................ .94(c)(6) Air Receivers ....................... .169(a)(2), .170
Application ........................... .107(n) Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .115
Automobile Undercoatings ... .107(k) Asbestos .............................. .99
Clean Air .............................. .94(c)(7) Blasting Agents .................... .115
Combustible Liquids Storage .107(e) Color Codes ......................... .150
Curing Apparatus ................. .107(j) Combustible Gases ............. .115
Drying Apparatus ................. .107(j) Combustible Liquids ............ .115
Dual Component Coatings .. .107(m) Compressed Gas Equipment .170
Electrical Systems ............... .107(c) Compressed Gases ............. .115
533
Cranes ................................. .189 Maintenance ................. .158(e)(2)

Derricks ................................ .189 Water Supply ....................... .158(d)
Dip Tanks ............................. .115 Stands, Ladder: (see also Scaf-
Egress Means ...................... .39 folds; Work Platforms, Mobile)
Environmental Controls ....... .99, .150 Stationary Derricks: (see also .181
Explosives ............................ .115 Derricks).
First Aid ................................ .153 Static Sparks ............................... .219(p)(2)(ii)
Flammable Liquids ............... .115 Steps: (see Stairs)
Guarding Machinery ............ .221 Stepladders:
Hand-Held Equipment ......... .246 Portable Metal ...................... .26(a)(3)
Hazardous Materials ............ .115 Stepladders, Portable ................. .25(c)(2)
Hydrogen ............................. .115 Sticking Machines ....................... .213(n)
Indoor Storage ..................... .189 Stiffleg Derricks: (see also Der- .181
Ionizing Radiation ................ .99 ricks).
Labor Camps ....................... .150 Stone Setters’ Adjustable Mul-
Ladders ................................ .31 tiple-Point:
Life Safety Code .................. .39 Suspension Scaffolds .......... .28(h)
Liquefied Petroleum Gases .115 Stopping Limits, Mills and Cal- .216(f) (1)–(3)
Machinery Guarding ............ .221 enders.
Manlifts ................................. .69 Stops: (see also Safety Devices)
Materials Handling ............... .189 Manlifts ................................. .68(c)(5), (6)
Medical ................................. .153 Storage: (see also Materials
Medical Services .................. .153 Storage: Storage Areas; Tank
Nitrous Oxide ....................... .115 Storage: Tank Storage, Port-
Noise Exposure ................... .99 able)
Nonionizing Radiation .......... .99 Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)
Nonwater Disposal Systems .150 Anhydrous Ammonia ........... .111
Occupational Health ............ .99 Blasting Agents .................... .109(g)(5)
Oxygen ................................. .115 Buildings .............................. .106(d)(5)
Physical Hazards Markings .150 Mercantile Occupancies .106(d)(5)(iv)
Platforms, Powered ............. .69 Office Occupancies ...... .106(d)(5)(iii)
Powered Industrial Trucks ... .189 Warehouses .................. .106(d)(5)(v)
Powered Platforms .............. .69 Clothing ................................ .107(g)(4)
Powered Tools, Hand and .246 Compressed Gases ............. .101(b), .167–
Portable. .168
Railings ................................ .31 Containers, Bulk Oxygen ..... .104(b)(4), (6)
Safety Color Codes ............. .150 Explosives ............................ .109(c), (e)(2),
Sanitation ............................. .150 (b)(1)
Signs and Tags .................... .150 Flammable and Combustible .106(b), (d)
Special Industries ................ .274 Liquids.
Spray Finishing .................... .115 Inside Storage Rooms .. .106(d)(4)
Tanks, Cargo and Portable .170 Storage Inside Buildings .106(d)(5)
Toeboards ............................ .31 Storage Outside Build- .106(d)(6)
Toxic Substances ................ .1499 ings.
Vehicle Mounted Work Plat- .69 Indoor Rooms ...................... .106(d)(5)
forms. Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110
Ventilation ............................ .99 Logs ..................................... .265(d)
Walking-Working Surfaces .. .31 Lumber ................................. .265(c)(27)
Wall Openings ..................... .31 Pulp and Paper Mills ........... .261(c), (d)
Standpipe and Hose Systems .... .158 Pulpwood Logging ............... .266(e)(12)
Equipment ............................ .158(c) Respirators ........................... .134(f)(5)
Hose ............................. .158(c)(3) Service Stations ................... .106(g)(1)
Hose Outlets and Con- .158(c)(2) Storage Areas:
nections. Aisles and Passageways ..... .176(a)
Nozzles ......................... .158(c)(4) Bridge Plates ....................... .178(j), (k)(4)
Reels and Equipment ... .158(c)(1) Clearance Signs .................. .176(e)
Exceptions ........................... .158(a)(2) Clearances ........................... .176(a)
Protection ............................. .158(b) Dockboards .......................... .178(j), (k)(4)
Scope and Application ......... .158(a)(1) Drainage .............................. .176(d)
Tests and Maintenance ....... .158(e) Housekeeping ...................... .176(c)
Acceptance Tests ......... .158(e)(1) Lighting ................................ .178(h)
534
Noxious Gases .................... .178(i) Storage Cabinets .......... .106(d)(3)

Railroad Cars ....................... .178(k)(2)–(4) Temporary Floor Openings ......... .23(a)(7)
Securing ............................... .176(b) Temporary Labor Camps: (see .142
Trucks, Highway .................. .178(k)(1), (3); also Labor Camps, Tem-
(m) porary).
Storage Batteries: (see Battery Tempering Tanks ........................ .126(a)
Changing and Charging) Tenoning Machines ..................... .213(k)
Storage Bridge Cranes: (see Telecommunications ................... .268
Gantry Cranes) Testing:
Storage, Tanks: (see Tank Stor- Bulk Oxygen ........................ .104(b)(8)(v)
age; Tank Storage, Portable) Cranes ................................. .179(k), .180(e)
Straight Ladders, Portable Metal .26(a)(2) Derricks ................................ .18(e)
Surface Grinders ......................... .215(b)(5) Fire Extinguishers: .157(e)
Swing Frame Grinders ................ .215(b)(6) Gaseous Hydrogen Systems .103(b)(1)(vi)
Swing-Head Lathes ..................... .213(o) Liquefied Hydrogen Systems .103(c)(1)(vii)
Swinging Locomotive Cranes ..... .180(i)(6) Piping ................................... .106(c)(7)
Swinging Scaffolds: (see also .28(g) Powered Platforms .............. .66(g)
Two-Point Suspension Scaf- Radiation Alarm ................... .96(f)(3)
folds). Sprinkler Systems ................ .159(c)(3)
Switches: Standpipe and hose sys- .158(e)
Electric ................................. .305(c) tems.
Cranes ................................. .179(g)(5) Storage Tanks ..................... .106(b)(7)
Trip and Emergency ............ .216(e) Textiles:
Table Saws ................................. .213(d) Acid Carboys ....................... .262(nn)
Tags: (see Signs and Tags) Bleaching ............................. .262(p)
Tanks: (see also Cargo Tanks— Calenders ............................. .262(ee)
Portable Tanks) Caustics ............................... .262(oo)
Hardening ............................ .126(a)(1)(i),(ii) Color-Mixing Room .............. .262(kk)
Tempering ............................ .126(a) Cotton Cards ........................ .262(e)
Tanks, Dip: (see also Dip Tanks) .123–.126 Cotton Combers ................... .262(j)
Tanks, Storage: Drawing Frames .................. .262(j)
Flammable and Combustible .106(b) Drying Cans ......................... .262(w)
Liquids. Drying Tumblers .................. .262(cc)
Atmospheric Tanks ....... .106(b)(1)(iii) Dyeing Jigs .......................... .262(u)
Construction .................. .106(b)(1) Dye Vats .............................. .262(mm)
Corrosion ...................... .106(b)(1)(vi) Extractors ............................. .262(y)
Diking ............................ .106(b)(2)(vii) First Aid ................................ .262(pp)
Ignition Sources ............ .106(b)(6) Flat Work Ironers ................. .262(x)
Installation: Folders, Overhead ............... .262(jj)
Above Ground, .106(b)(2) Garnet Machines ................. .262(f)
Outside. Gill Boxes ............................. .262(k)
Inside Buildings ..... .106(b)(4) Hand Boiling Machines ........ .262(hh)
Underground .......... .106(b)(3) Kiers ..................................... .262(q)
Low Pressure Tanks ..... .106(b)(1)(iv) Lappers ................................ .262(m)
Materials ....................... .106(b)(1)(i) Looms .................................. .262(n)
Pressure Vessels .......... .106(b)(1)(v) Mercerizing Ranges ............. .262(s)
Supports ....................... .106(b)(5) Nip Guards ........................... .262(dd)(1), (v),
Testing .......................... .106(b)(7) (z)
Venting .......................... .106(b)(2)(iv), (v), Openers ............................... .262(d)
(vi), (3)(iv), Padders ................................ .262(v)
(4)(ii), (iii) Personal Protective Equip- .262(qq)
Tanks, Storage, Portable: ment.
Flammable and Combustible .106(d) Pickers ................................. .262(d)
Liquids. Power Transmission ............ .219(a)(3)
Application .................... .106(d)(1)(i) Printing Machines ................ .262(dd)
Capacity ........................ .106(d)(2) Rings Frames ...................... .262(j)
Design ........................... .106(d)(2) Roll Bench ........................... .262(ii)
Exceptions .................... .106(d)(1), (2) Rope Washers ..................... .262(bb)
Fire Protection .............. .106(d)(7) Sanforizing and Palmer Ma- .262(aa)
Indoor Storage .............. .106(d)(4), (5) chines.
Outdoor Storage ........... .106(d)(6) Shearing Machines .............. .262(o)
535
Slashers ............................... .262(h) X-ray Inspection ................... .252(d)(1)(vii)

Slubbers ............................... .262(j) Transportation:
Spinning Mules .................... .262(g) Blasting Agents .................... .109(g)(6)
Standards Sources .............. .262(a)(2), .265(j) Explosives ............................ .109(d)
Staple Cullers ...................... .262(ff) Fire Extinguishers ......... .109(d)(2)(iii)
Tanks, Open ........................ .262(ll) Markings ....................... .109(d)(2)(ii)
Tenter Frames ..................... .262(t) Vehicles ........................ .109(d)(2), (3)
Tumblers .............................. .262(cc) Trapdoors .................................... .23(a)(5)
Warpers ............................... .262(i) Traps, Air Receivers ................... .169(b)(2)
Worsted Drawing ................. .262(l) Treads, Stairs .............................. .24(f)(k)
Toe Protection: (see Foot Pro- Treadles ...................................... .217(b)(4)
tection) Trestle Ladders, Portable:
Toeboards: Metal .................................... .26(a)(4)
Cranes ................................. .179(d)(3) Wood .................................... .25(c)(3)(v)
Definition .............................. .21(a)(9) Trimming Presses ....................... .218(g)
Power Transmission Appa- .219(o)(5) Trips, Two-Hand ......................... .217(b)(6)
ratus. Trolley Bumpers, Cranes ............ .179(e)(3)
Powered Platforms .............. .66(f)(5)(i)(G) Trolley Ladders, Portable ............ .25(c)(5)
Walking-Working Surfaces .. .23(a)(2), (3)(ii), Trolley Stops, Cranes ................. .179(e)(1)
(e) Truck Cranes: (see Crawler, Lo- .180
Toilet Facilities: (see also Toilets) .141(c) comotive and Truck Cranes).
Construction ......................... .141(c)(2), (3) Trucks ......................................... .178(k), (m)
Hazardous Waste ................ .120(n)(3) Forklift .................................. .261(c)(1)
Labor Camps ....................... .142(d) Hand .................................... .261(m)(1)
Lavatories ............................ .141(d)(2) Highway ............................... .178(k), (m)
Minimum Numbers ............... .141(c)(1), (d)(2) Powered Industrial ............... .178
Towels .................................. .141(d)(3)(v) Trucks, Powered Industrial: (see .178
Washing Facilities ................ .141(e)(1)(vii), (d) also Powered IndustrialTrucks).
Tongs, Upsetters ......................... .218(h)(4) Tube and Coupler Scaffolds ....... .28(c)
Tooling ........................................ .217(d)(5) Tube and Coupler Scaffolds, Mo- .29(d)
Torch Valves, Welding ................ .252(a)(4)(ii) bile.
Towels ......................................... .141(d)(3)(v) Tubing: (see Piping, Fittings, and
Towers, Scaffolds: (see Ladder .29 Tubing)
Stands and Scaffolds; Scaf- Tubular Welded Frame Scaffolds .28(d)
folds; Work Platforms, Mobile). Tubular Welded Frame Scaf- .29(b)
Tractors: (see also Powered In- .178 folds, Mobile.
dustrial Trucks). Tubular Welded Sectional Fold- .29(c)
Trailers ........................................ .111(d)(7) ing Scaffolds.
Training Personnel ...................... .96(i), .217(e)(3) Turning Machines ....................... .213(o)
Bloodborne pathogens, ex- .1030(e)(5), Two-Point Suspension Scaffolds .28(g)
posure to. (g)(2) Two-Section Rung Ladders ........ .25(c)(3)(iii)
Electrical safety-related work .332 U-Guards ..................................... .219(m)(3)
practices. Underground Storage Tanks, .106(b)(3)
Fire brigades ........................ .156 Flammable and
Fire extinguishers ................ .157(g) CombustibleLiquids.
Hazardous chemicals .......... .1200 Location ............................... .106(b)(3)(i)
Hazardous chemicals, high- .119(g) Depth and Cover ................. .106(b)(3)(ii)
ly, process safety man- Corrosion Protection ............ .106(b)(3)(iii)
agement. Vents .................................... .106(b)(3)(iv)
Hazardous waste operations .120(e), (p)(7), Unit Physical Operations ............ .106(e)(3)(v)
(q)(6) Upsetters ..................................... .218(h)
Respirators ........................... .134(b)(3), (e)(5) Dies Changing ..................... .218(h)(5)
Telecommunications ............ .268(c) Lockouts ............................... .218(h)(2)
Truck Operators ................... .178(l) Manual Controls ................... .218(h)(3)
Working platform operations .66(i)(1) Supporting Foundations ....... .218(h)(1)
Transmission Pipeline Welding ... .252(d)(1) Tongs ................................... .218(h)(4)
Construction Standards ....... .252(d)(1)(v) Valves: (see also Piping, Valves,
Electric Shock ...................... .252(d)(1)(iii) and Fittings)
Field Shop Operations ......... .252(d)(1)(ii) Air Receivers ....................... .169(b)(3)
Flammable Substances ....... .252(d)(1)(vi) Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(7)
Pressure Testing .................. .252(d)(1)(iv) Non-DOT Containers ........... .110(d)(3)
536
Vaporizers: Ladders:
Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(11) Fixed ............................. .27
Liquid Hydrogen ................... .103(c)(1)(viii) Portable:
Liquid Oxygen ...................... .104(b)(7) Metal ...................... .26
Vehicles, slow-moving, signs ...... .145(d)(10) Wood ..................... .25
Veneer Machinery ....................... .30(c) Stands ........................... .29
Cutters ................................. .213(q), (s)(13) Passageways ....................... .22(b)
Ventilation ................................... .94, .107(d) Scaffolding Safety ................ .28
Abrasive Blasting ................. .94(a) Scaffolds (Towers) ............... .29
Asbestos .............................. .1001(c)(1)(ii) Stairs, Fixed Industrial ......... .24
Bulk Oxygen Systems ......... .104(b)(3)(xii) Standards Sources .............. .31
Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(2)(iii)
Wall Openings Guarding ..... .23
Confined Spaces ................. .255(e)(4)(ii), (f)
Working Surfaces ................ .30
Dip Tanks ............................. .124(b),
Wall Cranes: (see Gantry
.125(d)(2)
Cranes)
Effective Dates ..................... .98
Wall Openings (Holes) ................ .23(b)
Electrostatic Spraying .......... .107(i), .107(r)(9)
Grinding, Polishing, and .94(b) Warehouses:
Buffing. Ammonium Nitrate ............... .109(i)(4)
Inside Storage Rooms ......... .106(d)(4)(iv) Flammable Liquids ............... .106(d)(5)(v)
Laundries ............................. .262(c)(4)(ii), Warning Devices and Signs:
(d)(1)(ii) (see also Signs and Tags)
Powder Coatings ................. .107(1)(2) Bloodborne pathogens ......... .1030(g)(1)
Processing Buildings ........... .106(h)(3)(iii) Cranes ................................. .179(i)
Sawmills ............................... .265(c)(7) Ionizing Radiation ................ .96(f)
Spray Finishing .................... .94(c)(5) Manlifts ................................. .68(c)(7)
Spraying Operations ............ .94(c), .107(d) Nonionizing Radiation .......... .97(a)(3)
Exhaust Duct System .......... .107(d)(3), (7) Washing Facilities ....................... .141(d), .142(f),
Fan-Rotating Element ... .107(d)(4) .120(n)(6)
Independent Exhaust .... .107(d)(3) Waste Disposal ........................... .141(a)(4)
Room Intakes ............... .107(d)(11) Asbestos .............................. .1001(h)(2)
Standards Sources .............. .99 Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(7)
Venting, Tanks: Containers ............................ .141(g)(3)
Aboveground ........................ .106(b)(2)(iv)–(vi) Dip Tanks ............................. .125(e)(4)(ii),(iii)
Inside ................................... .106(b)(4)(ii) Ionizing Radiation ................ .96(k)
Portable ................................ .106(d)(2)(ii) Labor Camps ....................... .142(e), (h)
Underground ........................ .106(b)(3)(iv) Processing Plants ................ .106(h)(8)(iii)
Vents: (see Venting) Radiation .............................. .96(k)
Vermin Control ............................ .141(a)(5)
Service Stations ................... .106(g)(7)
Vinyl Chloride .............................. .1017
Spraying ............................... .107(g)(3)
Emergency situations .......... .1017(i)
Water Gels .................................. .109(h)
Hazardous operations .......... .1017(h)
Medical surveillance ............ .1017(k) Water Spray Extinguishing Sys- .163
Methods of compliance ........ .1017(f) tems, Fixed.
Monitoring ............................ .1017(d) Water Supply:
Permissible exposure limit ... .1017(c) Hazardous waste operations .120(n)
Regulated area .................... .1017(e) Labor Camps ....................... .142(c)
Respiratory protection .......... .1017(g) Nonpotable Water ................ .141(b)(2)
Signs and labels .................. .1017(l) Potable Water ...................... .141(b)(1)
Training ................................ .1017(j) Sprinkler Systems ................ .159(c)(4)
Walking-Working Surfaces: Standpipe and Hose Sys- .158(d)
Aisles ................................... .22(b) tems.
Covers .................................. .22(c) Weather Protection Manlifts ........ .68(b)(15)
Definitions ............................ .21 Welding: (see also Acetylene .251–.257
Fixed Industrial Stairs .......... .24 Generators; Arc Welding;
Floor Loading ....................... .22(d) Flash Welding Equipment; Re-
Floor Openings Guard ......... .23 sistance Welding Equipment;
General Requirements ......... .22 Welding Machines, Portable).
Guardrails ............................ .22(c) Beryllium .............................. .252(c)(8)
Housekeeping ...................... .22(a) Cadmium .............................. .252(c)(1)(v), (9)
537
Chemicals, highly haz- .119(k) Band Saws and Resaws ..... .213(i)
ardous, process safety Boring Machines .................. .213(l)
management; hot-work Circular Resaws ................... .213(e)
permits. Construction ......................... .213(a)
Cleaning Compounds .......... .252(c)(11) Controls ................................ .213(b)
Concentrations, Maximum .252(c)(1)(iii) Crosscut Table Saws ........... .213(d)
Allowable. Definitions ............................ .211(a)
Containers ............................ .252(a)(3) Drag Saws ........................... .213(r)
Contamination ...................... .252(c)(1)(i) Effective Dates ..................... .220
Definitions ............................ .251 Glue Spreaders, Roll-Type .. .213(r)
Exhaust Hoods .................... .252(c)(3) Hand-Fed Crosscut Table .213(d)
Fire Protection ..................... .252(a)(2)(i), (ii), Saws.
(xv) Hand-Fed Ripsaws .............. .213(c)
First Aid Equipment ............. .252(c)(13) Inspection ............................. .213(s)
Fluorine Compounds ........... .252(c)(1)(v), (5) Jointers ................................ .213(j)
Labels .................................. .252(c)(1)(iv) Maintenance ........................ .213(s)
Ladders, Fixed ..................... .27(b)(6)
Matching Machines .............. .213(n)
Lead ..................................... .252(c)(7)
Molding Machines ................ .213(n)
Liquefied Petroleum Gases .110(b)(4)
Mortising Machines .............. .213(l)
Mercury ................................ .252(c)(10)
Planing Machines ................ .213(n)
Piping Systems, Mechanical .252(d)(2)
Profile Lathes ....................... .213(o)
Personnel Protection ........... .252(b)
Precautions .......................... .252(a)(2), Radial Saws ......................... .213(h)
.255(e) Ripsaws ............................... .213(c)
Prohibited Areas .................. .252(a)(2)(vi) Sanding Machines ............... .213(p)
Screens ................................ .252(c)(1)(ii) Self-Fed Circular Saws ........ .213(f)
Spot and Seam .................... .255(b) Standards Sources .............. .221
Stainless Steels ................... .252(c)(12) Sticking ................................ .213(n)
Supervisory Responsibility ... .252(a)(2)(xiv) Swing Cutoff Saws .............. .213(g)
Transmission Pipelines ........ .252(d)(1) Swing Head Lathes ............. .213(o)
Ventilation ............................ .252(c)(1)(ii), Table Saws .......................... .213(d)
(c)(2)–(4) Tenoning Machines ............. .213(k)
Zinc ...................................... .252(c)(6) Turning Machines ................ .213(o)
Welding Machines, Portable ....... .255(c) Veneer Cutters ..................... .213(q)
Clevis ................................... .255(c)(3) Wood Heel Turning Ma- .213(o)
Counterbalance .................... .255(c)(1) chines.
Grounding ............................ .255(c)(6) Wood Shapers ..................... .213(m)
Holder, Movable ................... .255(c)(5) Woodworking Tools, Portable .243(a)
Safety Chains ...................... .255(c)(2) Powered.
Switch Guards ..................... .255(c)(4) Belt Sanding Machines ........ .243(a)(3)
Wharves: Circular Saws ....................... .243(a)(1)
Bulk Plants ........................... .106(f)(4) Cracked Saws ...................... .243(a)(4)
Chemical Plants ................... .106(i)(2) Dead-Man Controls .............. .243(a)(2)
Distilleries ............................. .106(i)(2) Grounding ............................ .243(a)(5)
Explosives ............................ .109(f) Sanding Machines ............... .243(a)(3)
Marine Service Stations ....... .106(g)(4) Work Platforms ........................... .66, .67
Refineries ............................. .106(i)(2) Elevating and Rotating ........ .67
Wheels, Multi–Piece Rim: Serv- .177 Powered Platforms .............. .66
icing. Vehicle-Mounted .................. .67
Winch Heads, Derricks ............... .181(i)(5) Application .................... .67(b)(1)
Wind Indicators ........................... .179(b)(4) Design ........................... .67(b)(2)
Window-Jack Scaffolds ............... .28(r) Work Platforms, Mobile: (see .29(e)
Guardrails ............................ .28(r)(3) also Scaffolds).
Use ....................................... .28(r)(1), (2) Working Surfaces: (see also .30
Wood Heel Turning Machines .... .213(o) Walking-Working Surfaces).
Wood Ladders, Portable: (see .25 X-ray Inspections, Mechanical .252(d)(2)(ii)
also Ladders, Portable Wood). Piping Systems.
Wood Pole Scaffolds .................. .28(b) Zinc ............................................. .252(c)(6)
Wood Shapers ............................ .213(m) Confined Spaces ................. .252(c)(6)(i)
Wooden Guards .......................... .219(o)(2) Indoors ................................. .252(c)(6)(ii)
Woodworking Machinery ............. .213
538

Oshareg2 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Oshareg2 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Oshareg2 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

federalregulations

For sale by U.S. Government Printing Office

Subtitle B—Regulations Relating to Labor (Continued):

Chapter XVII—Occupational Safety and Health Administration,

Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference ............................ 541

Table of CFR Titles and Chapters ....................................................... 543

Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR ......................... 561

Table of OMB Control Numbers .......................................................... 571

List of CFR Sections Affected ............................................................. 573

To cite the regulations in

SUBTITLE B—REGULATIONS RELATING TO LABOR (Continued)

CHAPTER XVII—Occupational Safety and Health Administra-

(2) Acceptable ceiling concentrations. that an employee is subject to the fol-

Acetaldehyde .......................................................................... 75–07–0 200 360

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Butadiene (1,3-Butadiene); See 29 CFR 1910.1051; 29 106–99–0 1 ppm/5 ....................

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Chrysene; see Coal tar pitch volatiles.

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Dimethylaniline (N,N-Dimethylaniline) .................................... 121–69–7 5 25 X

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Graphite, natural, respirable dust ........................................... 7782–42–5 (3)

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Methyl acetylene (Propyne) ................................................... 74–99–7 1000 1650

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Ozone ..................................................................................... 10028–15–6 0.1 0.2

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

Selenium hexafluoride (as Se) ............................................... 7783–79–1 0.05 0.4

TABLE Z–1—LIMITS FOR AIR CONTAMINANTS—Continued

TABLE Z–3—MINERAL DUSTS

Silicates (less than 1% crystalline silica):

Respirable fraction less than 5% SiO2 .......................................................................................... .................... 2.4 mg/m3 e

TABLE Z–3—MINERAL DUSTS—Continued

Inert or Nuisance Dust: d

§ 1910.1001 Asbestos. Assistant Secretary means the Assist-

length-to-diameter ratio of at least 3 to prescribed in Appendix A to this sec-

or handling, then no initial monitoring (A) Replicate exposure data used to

be provided without cost to the em- questionnaire in Appendix D to this

0 to 10 ............................................................. Every 5 years ................... Every 5 years ................... Every 5 years.

(4) Termination of employment exami- that employer to meet the require-

APPENDIX A TO § 1910.1001—OSHA and a numerical aperture of 0.65 to 0.75. The

AC =  FL   BFL   pair of counts that estimate AC in fibers/cc.

 FB   BFB  8.1. Dreesen, W.C., et al, U.S. Public Health

APPENDIX C TO § 1910.1001 [RESERVED] gram. Part 1 of the appendix contains the

APPENDIX E TO § 1910.1001—INTERPRETA- APPENDIX F TO § 1910.1001—WORK PRAC-

§ 1910.1010 Benzidine. (3) Authorized person means any per-

(3) No employee may be exposed to (e) Regulated area. (1) A regulated

Atmospheric concentration of vinyl chloride Required apparatus

(ii) When air-purifying respirators (i) Emergency situations. A written

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AREA ployees, designated representatives,

ity, Forced expiratory volume at 1 second, riod.

(e) Exposure monitoring—(1) General. senic, additional monitoring which

TABLE II—RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENICALS (SUCH AS ARSENIC

(i) [Reserved] all workers working in regulated areas,

(iii) Whenever a covered employee opinion specific findings or diagnoses

identity of a toxic substance is nec- (C) Methods of monitoring and ana-

served for at least thirty (30) years, the llllllllllllllllllllllll